mares
fae PO ae
Seoeet.
eS

aia

srangete gcainnrrtes a ea.
Pago ha Qut ¢ ares PPL Ted SHE ee. . Sa hasbaiees teen ate tae
Recetas oes Nahe? > PAR? Bo Rohn he han ip
: ABE Dap lane nh one Rn een F
re ns cy ne
at hig R Kee e

o7 :
vy

AR

ae

¥
ae

ali

$50,642
Geo/,
NJ : al THE

QUARTERLY JOURNAL

OF THE

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

EDITED BY

THE ASSISTANT-SECRETARY OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

VOLUME THE TENTH.

1854.

PART THE FIRST.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

eon STP
Ss YON
&S A

. %
“ie *
’

4
\

2BYBAG |
Z, 7

LONDON: ae
QS’

aN)
LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LO nal WS

PARIS :—FRIED. KLINCKSIECK, 11 RUE DE LILLE; BAUDRY, 9 RUE DU COQ,
PRES LE LOUVRE; LEIPZIG, T. O. WEIGEL.

SOLD ALSO AT THE APARTMENTS OF THE SOCIETY.

MDCCCLIYV.

List

OF THE

OFFICERS

OF THE

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

resiVent.
William John Hamilton, Esq.

Cice-Aresidents.
John Carrick Moore, Esq., M.A.
Sir R. I. Murchison, G.C.St.8., F.R.S. and L.S.

Prof. John Phillips, F.R.S.

Lieut.-Col. Portlock, R.E., F.R.S.

Secretaries.
R. A. C. Austen, Esq., B.A., F.R.S.

Foreign Secretary.
Samuel Peace Pratt, Esq., F.R.S. and L.S.

Treasurer.
D. Sharpe, Esq., F.R.S. and L.S.

COUNGIL.

R. A. C. Austen, Esq., B.A., F.R.S.
John J. Bigsby, M.D.

James S. Bowerbank, Esq., F.R.S. & L.S.
Sir P. G. Egerton, Bart., M-P., F.R.S.
Earl of Enniskillen, D.C.L., F.R.S.
Prof. E. Forbes, F.R.S. & L.S.

G. B. Greenough, Esq., F.R.S. & LS.
William John Hamilton, Esq.

J. D. Hooker, M.D., F.R.S. & L.S.
Leonard Horner, Esq., F.R.S.L. & E.
P. N. Johnson, Esq., F.R.S.

John C. Moore, Esq., M.A.

Prof. John Morris.

Sir B I. Murchison, G.C.St.S., F.R.S. &
L.S.

R. W. Mylne, Esq.

John Perey, M.D., F.R.S.

Prof. John Phillips, F.R.S.

Lieut.-Col. Portlock, R.E., F.R.S.

Samuel Peace Pratt, Esq., F.R.S. & L.S.

J. Prestwich, Jun., Esq., F.R.S.

J. W. Salter, Esq.

D. Sharpe, Esq., F.R.S. & L.S.

Capt. Richard Strachey.

Assistant-Secretary, Curator, and Librarian.
T. Rupert Jones, Esq.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

PART I.—ORIGINAL COMMUNICATIONS.

ALEXANDER, Captain H. On Remains of Fish in Flints ........ 334

Brecxes, 8. H., Esq. On the Ornithoidichnites of the Wealden.
(With a Plate. epi Bg Me REE RTO EN OER EE RON. bya coe as lee alallale 456
Biessy, Dr. J. J. On the Geology of Rainy Lake, South Hudson
Baye, s@Wathia, Plates) csr aise a rae SU a ae oi alia 215
BInFIELD, W. R., Esq., and H. BinrieLp, Esq. On the Occur-
rence of Fossil Insects in the Wealden Strata of the Sussex Coast. 171
BuanrorpD, W. T., Esq. Ona Section lately exposed in some Ex-

cavations at the West India Docks ..............00eccec008 433
Bronte, The Rev. P. B. On the Insect-beds of the Purbeck Forma-

fronvinyWaltshirejand: Dorsetshirelmnins cece oe ceieoeie seis oe 475
Cumming, The Rey. J.G. On the Superior Limits of the Glacial

Mepositsem: thevlsle of Wane er si iets eve cess aicrs (euclel aise safes s) = 211
Davipson, T., Esq. On the Chonetes comoides (Sowerby). (With

SOP TALO ere eer i eet creo emcee et yeMabe io Sista alate apa sane eetars a seer enabets 202
Dawson, J. W., Esq. On the Coal-Measures of the South Joggins,

NOVAS COLA i) Se ARIA RRS EU atee RAR INS EPO a sas tae ae 1

—. On the Structure of the Albion Coal-Measures, Nova Scotia.
With Journals of the Exploratory Works at the Albion Mines,

Pictou, Nova Scotia; by Henry Poote, Esq............... 42
Devesse, M. A. On the Pegmatite of Ireland. [Abstract.]...... 397
Ecerton, Sir P. de M. G. Postscript to Palichthyologic Note

INO345 GE Chim dus))peepeve an a sere a cae oer aera eee ARCO T, ie 367

——. Palichthyologie Notes. No.6. (Dipteronotus). (Witha Plate.) 367
—. Palichthyologic Notes. No.7. (Deccan Fish). (Witha Plate.) 371
—. Palichthyologic Notes. No. 8. (Mokattam Fish). (With a

Bl ate \pa i vaoret cuca ad paconanasee ee anole ales at nhs hate one piston vane alae Oiade 374

Hamiuton, W. J., Esq. On the Geology of the Mayence Bas .. 254
Heapuy, C., Esq. On the Coromandel Gold-diggings in New

Lica an dlinhay sans bates a9) tofsve es rei sy 204 20/0) ps) alajie evoke Ayes 9. ohe oclaneney dal 322
Hisxop, S., and R. Hunter, The Rev. Messrs. On the Geology of
the neighbourhood of Nagpur, Central India. [Abstract.] .... 470

Hooker, Dr. J. D. On a new species of Volkmannia, (With a
Plate ase ewe te ger ‘Aaii sey Mo cael hae aie cuca EAA Site et I= 199

iv TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Pa
Hopkins, E., Esq. On the Geological Formation and the Gold-
bearing Rocks of the Colony of Victoria... ........ee+eeeeeee 324
Horner, L., Esq. On some intrusive Igneous Rocks in Cawsand
Bays Wear, ELVMOUCH jejetscs| 2 lce)sic sveeyers)/evopelel«tejelajelsi+\e) ole) eee 359

Lorrus, W. K., Esq. On the Geology of Portions of the Turko-
Persian Frontier, and of the Districts adjoinmg. [Abstract.] .. 464
LYELL, Sir C. On the Geology of some parts of Madeira ........ 325

Owen, Prof. Description of the Cranium of a Labyrinthodont
Reptile (Brachyops laticeps) from Mangali, Central India.

PAID Stractlitcy hit. Rt RALATS «eae ttadoh sla sleet eee 473
——. On a Fossil Reptilian Skull imbedded in a mass of Pictou

Coal, from Nova Scotia. (With a Plate.) ..........0.0000% 207
——. On some Fossil Reptilian and Mammalian Remains from the

Purbecks:,, «(With Higures')/ 2:10) wrctere 2 tee sasotetepeienate rete oheeraele 420
Pattison, 8. R., Esq. On Auriferous Quartz-rock in North Corn-

Wali ee ajt'cs ayay oreo th eyecosey dualoye Siaaseete Aceuabeceltel’ Wleyese qn bitet dsl aRe eeepc 247
Prestwicn, J.,Jun., Esq. On some Swallow Holes on the Chalk

Hillsmear, Canterbury, “sas 4» st1o:1< 0/2 06,0 6) 018.4 Meine elaegeke 222
—. On the Correlation of the Lower Tertiaries of England with

those of. France and Belgium. ([Abstract.]......)...2..2-005 454
——. On the distinctive Physical aud Paleontological Features of

the London Clay and the Bracklesham Sands................ 435
—. On the Origin of the Sand and Gravel Pipes in the Chalk of

the! London’ Tertiary District.’ .).{... ./'.c0 leh te eae eee 24]

——-. On the Structure of the Strata between the London Clay and

the Chalk m the London and Hampshire Tertiary Systems.

Part I1.—The Woolwich and Reading Series. (With a Plate.).. 75
——. Appendix; and Descriptions of Fossils. By J. PRestwicu,

Jun., Esq., Prof. Morris, T. Rupert Jones, Esq., and Dr.

J. DeHOOKER: (With Plates!) so... soccer eee 139
——. On the Thickness of the London Clay; on the Relative Posi-

tion of the Fossiliferous Beds of Sheppey, Highgate, &e.; and

on the Probable Occurrence of the Bagshot Sands in the Isle of

HET DOV Yer.) cleus a/0ici ate jo-eiore. eee ofecetasc iehece daslerel ene eee ae 401
Ramsay, Prof. A.C. On the Geology of the Gold-bearing District

of Merionethshire, North Wales: 5: . .): tan ccna eee iteroticr: 242
Sa.TER, J. W., Esq., and W. T. AvELINE, Esq. On the “‘ Caradoc

Sandstone” of Shropshire ; with Descriptions of some Silurian

Hossilsyibydc W.. SALTER, Esq. scjaceeeee Teejerste ope ereraneters aie 62
Satter, J. W., Esq. On the Tracks of a Crustacean in the

Se MUI aS 27) 056, lav eteie)auei si sc eres. 6:01 ce eee 208

Sankey, Lieut. R. H. On the Geology of some parts of Central
Indias o(PAstract.i|..! seis ad soc 22/5 0 eee
ScHLAGInTWEIT, Dr. A. On the Geological Structure of part of
the Bavarian Alps; with Remarks on the Erratic Phenomena.. 346
Sepewick, The Rev. Prof. A. On the May Hill Sandstone and the
Palzeozoic System of the British Isles. [Abstract.] ........-- 366
SeLwyn, A. R. C., Esq. On the Geology and Mineralogy of Mount
Alexander, and the adjacent Country lying between the Rivers
Iuoddon and"Campaspe si. 25. Sec. LS ee 299
SHarpe, D., Esq. On the Age of the Fossiliferous Sands and
Gravels of Farringdon and its neighbourhood; and Descriptions
of some of the Farringdon Fossils. (With Plates.)

TABLE OF CONTENTS. v

Page

Sorsy, H.C., Esq. On Yedmandale, as illustrating the Excavation ;

of some Valleys in the Eastern part of Yorkshire ............ 328
STEPHEN, G. M., Esq. On the Gems and Gold-crystals of the

Australian © OLOMeSMr Maya Mc alelotr eters cn oe saree atajee 303
STRACHEY, Captam RicHarp. On the Physical Geology of the

Hamalayarty PAlbstractal ier. tasetua) «ivuienisteoeaten cic miei erates fs 249

TRIMMER, J., Esq. Additional Observations on the Occurrence of
Pipes and Furrows in Calecareous and Non-Caleareous Strata.

foAlbstractal Weiss Henini Seer moana aia une tL sang Ada 474
——. On Pipes and Furrows in Calcareous and Non-Calcareous

Strata Ts Aecaee ee LN aaee eto sets ABU Meee Sishei ed cy MG) MPRSE se 231
——. On some Mammaliferous Deposits in the Valley of the Nene,

MEAT eter DOrous lieth dels tue selene oteceyed she) ailsfet oral ete 5) 343
—. On the Superficial Deposits of the Isle of Wight .......... ol
Weston, C. H., Esq. Geological Notices of the Isle of Sheppey,

and, ofits Quther of Bagshot Sand y1.1-b.1.15 che ve von eceoeneeit 399
Westwoop, J. O., Esq. Contributions to Fossil Eutomology.

CWathy -Blates iii sce a Wats scuecs caidas Mem Tonehseiol sistant oteale 378
Witson, J. 8., Esq. On the Gold Regions of California ........ 308
Woopwarp, 8. P., Esq. On the Structure and Affinities of the

Ebippuritidees faslbstract: yi. ij San een beer ieialneenal saat ietei. balaiees 397
PANNA ERCP ONLY ersesse als! ayaNeccea ei statetovsret tia Sasatctal (ahaa tia edatausisl oleh? els 1
Anniversary Address): \isyarrsaneciuitie tle louie ene idlakactra sion has che piiiepel X1X

Donations to the Museum and Library .......... vi, 57, 225, 335, 483

LIST OF THE FOSSILS FIGURED AND DESCRIBED
IN THIS VOLUME.

[In this list, those fossils, the names of which are printed in Roman type, have
been previously described. |

ie a in NGO SS Se ee

Name of Species. Formation. Locality. Page.
PLANT.
Abies (Cone of). Pl. iii. f. 3 ......... Woolwich and | The Reculvers ...| 156
Reading
Series.
Artisia (structure of). Woodcuts ...| Carboniferous...| Nova Scotia ...... 38
Calamites. Woodcuts.................. Carboniferous...| Nova Scotia ...... Bay a
Renny eats, ble aii. fs Gy paastts cawetscss- Woolwich and | Counter Hill ...... 156
Reading
Series.
Blanit-rem als: aerleilVeacs jen -tacese ssi W. & R. Series.| Reading ............ 163
Seed-vessels. Pl. iii. f. 4,5 ......... W. & R. Series. | Counter Hill ...... 156
Sigallaria: Woodcuts):...<0...Jc:secu. Carboniferous...| Nova Scotia ...... 32
Volkmannia Morrisii.. Pl.vii. ...... Carboniferous...| Carluke ............ 199
Wood (structure of). Woodcuts ...' Carboniferous...) Nova Scotia ...... 38

AmorpHozoA. (6.)

Chenendopora fungiformis ............ Cretaceous ...... Farringdon......... 194
Manon Farringdonense. Pl. v.f.5, 6.) Cretaceous ...... Farringdon......... 196
macropora. Pl. v.f. 3,4 ...... Cretaceous ...... Farringdon......... 195
—— = PPEZIZA/ Bee eiwsseewine seewecacccereoes Cretaceous ...... Farringdon......... 194
—— porcatum. Pl. v. f. 2.........+++ Cretaceous ......) Farringdon......... 196
Verticillipora anastomosans. PI. v.| Cretaceous...... Farringdon......... 195
fh:

ANNELIDE. (1.)

Serpula. Pl. ii. f. 26 ..........06....0- | Woolwich and
Reading
Series.

Sundridge ......... | 156

Crustacea. (7.)

Candona Richardsoni. P). iii. f.13...; Woolwich and | Woolwich ......... 162
Reading
Series.
Cythere Kostelensis. PI. iii. f. 10...| W. & R.Series.| Woolwich ......... 161
Wetherelli. Pl. iii. f. 9 ......... W. & R. Series. | Woolwich ......... 161
Cytheridea Mulleri. PI. iii. f. 7...... | W. & R. Series. | Woolwich ......... 160
et , var. torosa. Pl. iii. f. 8...) W. & R. Series.| Woolwich ......... 161
Cythereis angulatopora. Pl. iii. f. 12.] W. & R. Series.| Woolwich ......... 162

—— plicata. Pl. iii.f.11 ............ | W. & R. Series. | Woolwich

vil

Name of Species.

Formation.

Locality.

INSECTA.

Aischnidium Bubas. Pl. xv. f. 5

Agrilium Cyllabacus. P\. xvi. f.32...

—— Cyllarus. Pl. xvi. f. 29 .........
—— Strombus. Pl. xvi. f. 6.........
—— Stomphax. Pl. xvi. f. 23 ......

Agrionidium Attna. Pl. xviii. f. 39 .
Archeoniscus Edwardsit. Pl. xiv. £.12
Blapsium Egertoni. Pl. xiv. f.13 ...
Blattidium Achelous. P1. xviii. f. 26
“—— Molossus. PI. xv. f. 26
—— Nogaus. Pl. xviii. f. 23..........
—— Symyrus. Pl. xviii. f. 33 ......
Buprestium Bolbus. Pl. xvii. f. 5 ...
Dardanus. Pl. xvi. f 38
—— Gorgus. PI. xv.f. 7 ......se00es
— Stygnus. Pl. xvi. f. 11
—— ——, var.? Pl. xvi. f. 22
Teleas. PI. xiv. f. 19
Valgus. Pl. xvi.f.31.........65
—— Woodlei. Pl. xiv.f.11 .........
Carabidium Dejeanianum. PI. xviii.
f. 1.
Cecidomium grandevum. P\. xv. f.21
Cercopidium Hahnii. Pl. xviii. f.3 ...
—— Mimas. Pl. xv. f.3 .......00...
Schefferi. Pl. xviii. f.5 ......
—— Signorettii. Pl. xviii. f. 36......
Telesphorus. Pl. xv. f. 14**...
Cicadellium Dipsas. P\. xv. f. 6, (up-
per left-hand figure.)
MESOCUS HED EXV tem O ie ecia set
Cimicidium Dallasii. Pl. xvii.f.15 .

oeeeercee

eecees

eoccceses

Corethrium Pertinax. Pl. xv. f. 2...
Ctenicerium Blissus. Pl. xvi. f. 36...
—— Hylastes. P\. xvi.f. 37 .........

Curculium Syrichthus. Pl. xiv. f. 3...
Cyllonium Hewitsonianum. PA. xviii.
vs Alo
Boisduvalianum. PI. xvii. f£.17
Diaperidium Mithrax. Pi. xv. f. 8
(right-hand figure).
Dragon-fly. PI. xviii. f. 29............
Elaterium Barypus.
Proneus. Pl. xiv. f. 1
Triopas. Pl. xvi. f. 4
Formicium Brodiei.
Gryllidium Oweni. Pl. xvii.f.19 ..
Harpalidium Anactus. PI. xiv. f. 20.

INOTRTUSe a blbexvilenia oy paseee eee
Helopium Agabus. Pl. xiv. f. 2 ......
Neoridas. Pl. xvi. £.13
Insect? Pl. xviii. f. 2
Tnsect-remains.

a tee were cere eesees

Pl. xiv.—xviii, ......

Insect-remains. Pl. xvi. f. 34,35 ...

.| Middle & Lower

Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Great Oolite ...
Lower Purbeck.
Middle Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Middle Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.

Middle Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Middle Purbeck.
Middle Purbeck.

Middle Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.

Lower Purbeck.
Middle Purbeck.

Great Oolite ...

.| Lower Purbeck.

Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
Lower Purbeck.
ILE Sys icespneaeoe

eri)

Durdlestone Bay,
Dorset.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Stonesfield .........
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.

Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.

Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.

Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.

By etordie-nere cnn
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Durdlestone Bay.
Gloucestershire ...
Durdlestone Bay &
Ridgway, Dorset.

Creech, Dorset ...

Page.

394

395
395
395
395
396
393
393
396
394
396
396
395
395
394
395
395
393
395
393
396

394
396
394
396
396
394
394

394
395
394
395
395
393
396

395
394

389
395
393
3995
393
395
393,
395
395
395
38)
378

381

vill

Name of Species. Formation. Locality. Page.
Insect-remains ? .........0seseeseesseese Wealden......... Swanage Bay...... 382
Libellulium Agrias. Pl. xv. f.4...... Lower Purbeck.} Durdlestone Bay. | 394
Kaupii. Pl. xvii. f.21 2202-000. Lower Purbeck.} Durdlestone Bay. | 395
Myrmicium Heerii. PI. xviii. f. 21...) Lower Purbeck.| Durdlestone Bay. | 396
Nepidium Stolones. P\.xviii.f.9 ...| Lower Purbeck.| Ridgway, Dorset. | 396
Panorpidium tessellatum. P1. xv. f.17| Middle Purbeck.| Durdlestone Bay. | 394
A aifneeed WPA ib 6 pln eal 4) Janos Lower Purbeck.| Durdlestone Bay. | 395
Phryganeidium Pytho. Pl. xviii.f. 31] Lower Purbeck.) Durdlestone Bay. | 396
Raphidium Brephos. P\. xvii. f.16 .| Lower Purbeck.| Durdlestone Bay. | 395
Sialium Sipylus. Pl. xviii. f. 24 ...... Lower Purbeck.| Durdlestone Bay. | 396
Simulidium priscum. PI. xv. f. 15...) Middle Purbeck.) Durdlestone Bay. | 594
Telephorium Abgarus. P\.xvii.f. 4.) Lower Purbeck.| Durdlestone Bay. | 395
Tentyridium Peleus. P\. xiv. f. 21...| Lower Purbeck.) Durdlestone Bay. | 393
Termitidium ignotum. Pl.xv.f.16 .| MiddlePurbeck.| Durdlestone Bay. | 394
Bryozoon. (1.)

Lopholepis Hagenovii. Pl. v.f.7 ...| Cretaceous...... | Farringdon......... | 196
Mottusca. (40.)
(Palliobranchiata.)

Chonetes comoides. PI. viii. f. 1-8...) Carboniferous. | North Wales, &c.| 202

aANeSPey. Eloyvillentsel 2s Us oncceane Devonian ...... Néhou, France ...| 206
Productus giganteus? PI. viii. f. 9...| Carboniferous. |............10.000-000 206
—— horridus. Pl. vii.f.10 ......... |, Carboniferous.) \|o-.+--coseapcesssse sens 206

longispinus. PI. viii. f-11...... | Carboniferous.)))|"cscs-seqsese<encs sone 1206

(Lamellibranchiata.)
Cardium Laytoniz. Pl. ii. f.1,2...... Woolwich and | Richborough ...... 157
Reading
Series.
Corbula Arnouldii. PI. ii. f. 3......... Wa R: Series:)|(Oalcwellso---cereeses 155
Regulbiensis. PI. ii. f. 4, 5;| W. & R. Series. | The Reculvers .... 157
var. 6. Pl. ii. f. 6.
Cyrena cordata, Pl. ii. f.7-9......... W. & R. Series. | Woolwich ......... 158

intermedia. Pl. ii. f.10,11 ...) W. & R. Series. | Woolwich ......... 155
Dianchora / guttata. Pl. vi. f.4......| Cretaceous ...... Farringdon......... 197
Lima Farringdonensis. Pl. vi. f. 2 ...) Cretaceous ...... Farringdon......... 198
Modiola. Woodcuts ........+......06 Carboniferous. | Nova Scotia ...... 39
Modiola Mitchelli. Pl. ii.f. 12,13 ...| Woolwich and | New Cross, &c....| 158

Reading
Series.

dorsatas” PIE U4 oo. 525. 2.20 W. & R. Series. | Sundridge ......... 158
Plicatula inequidens. Pl.vi.f.3 ...| Cretaceous...... Farringdon......... 197
Psammobia ? Condamini. Pl. ii. f. 15.) Woolwich and | Counter Hill ......) 159

Reading
Series.
Umios WOodeutsesesess--2--e--rscncles Carboniferous. | Nova Scotia ...... 39
( Gasteropoda.)
Ampullaria (Natica) subdepressa.| Woolwich and | Richborough ...... 155
Pl. ii. f. 16. Reading
Series.
Auricula (Conovulus) pygmea. PI.) W. & R. Series. | Woolwich ......... 159

uf. 17.

Name of Species. Formation. Locality. Page.
Cerithium Bowerbankii. P1.ii.f.18., W. & R. Series. | Woolwich ......... 159
gnacilet wale tel Ole nese W. & R. Series. | Woolwich ......... 159
Punnii eae leis tee O\crsce sete W. & R. Series. | Woolwich ......... 159
Dentahwme WPVM 2Oy seessesescec: W. & R. Series. | Herne Bay......... 155
Hydrobia Parkinsoni. Pl. ii.f. 21 ...| W. & R. Series. | Woolwich, &c. ...| 160
Websteri. Pl. ii.f,22 ......... W. & R. Series. | Woolwich, &c. ...| 160
Paludina lenta, var. Pl.ii. f, 23...... W. & R. Series. | New Cross, &c....| 160
Patella: RV ii fo24 terse ces he seer as W. & R. Series. Sundridge ......... 155
( Cephalopoda.)
Nautilus Farringdonensis. PI. vi. f. 1.| Cretaceous......| Farringdon......... 198
[ Cephalopoda in Part II. (Miscell.) of this Volume.]
Ascoceras. Woodcut .................. Silurian ......... Bohemia........... 26
Cyrtoceras heteroclytum. Woodcut.) Silurian ......... Bohemiasccsssneee: 25
Cyrtocerata. Woodcuts ............... Silurian ......... Bohemia...... hoods 24
Gomphoceras. Woodcut ............ Silurian ......... Bohemia........... 25
mirum. Woodcut ........00. ....| Silurian ......... Bohemia........... 22
Lituite (mouth of). Woodcut ...... Silurian ......... Bohemia........... 22
Nautilus Bohemicus. Woodcut......| Silurian ......... Bohemia........... 21
Orthocerata. Woodcuts............... Silurian ......... Bohemia.........++ 23
Phragmoceras Broderipii. Woodcut.| Silurian ......... Bohemia........... 25
—— callistoma(mouth of). Woodceut.} Silurian ......... Bohemia........... 26
—— Loveni (mouth of). Woodcut.| Silurian ......... ' Bohemia........... 26
Pisces. (6.)
Dipteronotus cyphus. P\. xi.......... New Red Sand-| Bromsgrove ..... 369
stone.
Lepidosteus (vertebra). Pl. iii. f. 1...) Woolwich and | Upnor.............. 156
Reading
Series.
Lepidotus breviceps. Pl. xii. f. 2 ...| Jurassic ......... | Kotah, Deccan ...| 372
—— longiceps. Pl. xii. f.1 ......... JUYASSIC ......06. Kotah, Deccan , 371
Fish-remains (Perca Lorenti?). Pl. Tertiary ......... Mokattam, Egypt.| 374
Xill.
Fish-remains. PI. iii. f. 2, 2*, 2**. | Woolwich and | Woolwich, &c. ...! 157
Reading
Series.
Rerrinia. (4.)
Baphetes planiceps. PI. ix............. Carboniferous...} Pictou, Nova 207
Scotia.
BRACHYOPSIIALICEPS Wevslens oosaseneontesen||seeleecsea-rescce-ee- Mangali, Central | 473
India.
Macellodus Brodie. Woodcuts, figs.| Purbeck ......... Durdlestone Bay, 422
6-8. Dorset.
Nuthetes destructor. Woodcuts, figs.| Purbeck ......... Durdlestone Bay, 420
1-5, Dorset.
Avis. (1.)
LB IHEMS [YO “GossceooosnadaSnubqbacasosauce | W. & R. Series. | Counter Hill ...... 157

x

Name of Species. | Formation. | Locality. | Page.

MamMate. (1.)

Spalacotherium tricuspidens. Me el Purbecksneaensee: Durdlestone Bay, | 426
cuts, figs. 9-12. | Dorset.
[IcuyiTEs. |
Ichnites (of Hymenocaris ?). Wood-| Silurian ......... North Wales ...... 210
cut.
Mehmitess(9)e5) Ble xaXey ceceereaceceoaeee Wealden.........| Hastings and Bex-| 456

hill.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE
1e——SECTIONS ase eee ee eee )
2.—FossiL SHELLS ............
To illustrate Mr. Prestwich’s paper on

3.—Fossiz BonEs, Puants, ¢ the Woolwich and Reading Series.

AND ENTOMOSTRACA... To face p. 170
4.—Fossin PLANTS .......0000- p)
5.—Fossit AMORPHOZOA ASE)

BRYOZOAL ue ... Lo illustrate Mr. D. Sharpe’s paper on

Farringdon Gravels................

pee Ne eee iG the Farringdon Gravels.. .. 198

7.—VoLKMANNIA Morais, to illustrate Dr. Hooker’s paper on a New
Speciesroravolkimanniaweeeccssssteostesceseactoereeaiencecneeccece ances

8.—CHONETES AND Propuctus, to illustrate Mr. Davidson’s paper on
Chonetesicomoidesseniessesccsee otras ee seschoaescscescecsieetecaeneeeecs

9.—BAPHETES PLANICEPS, to illustrate Prof. Owen’s Paper on a Fossil
Reptile in the Coal of Pictou............0+ GuboppdcddadadocoReadudadaseodHado

10.—GroLocicaL Map, to illustrate Dr. Bigsby’s paper on the Geology of
ainypWakeseaceccscensestencsssescecters ses opdospeaua0nd Selvrcebiseiaeletces ae auret

1].—DipTERONOTUS CyPHUS, to illustrate Sir P. Egerton’s Palichthyologic
IN@EES8 NOs Zo cocascaqconodogacasoo00anqaodddaoObCoDoDoGUCeHdoodboonNoK0bdbo00

12.—Fossiz FisHes rrom THE Deccan, to illustrate Sir P. Egerton’s
Palichthyologic Notes: No. 8. ..............seeees coobodendoqcoqBacuDEE8be6

13.—FisH-REMAINS FROM Heyer, to illustrate Sir P. Egerton’s Palich-
THENOMOEAK INOWES'S) INO, Oasaocosacocosoacdooasedcodonacososoqsdbodonobadasann6

14-18.—FossiL INSECT-REMAINS, to illustrate Mr. Westwood’s Contribu-
tions to Fossil Entomology .........ceceesssseeseerecseeee gnngs000000 900000

19.—Fossiz Footprints, to illustrate Mr. Beckles’s paper on the Orni-
thoidichnites of the Wealden ............ onn0000 Seeetencaes Seclaae cnet °

199

206

207

215

371

373

377

396

456

ERRATA.

Page 119, line 6 from the top, for L. Hopei and dubia read L. elegans, Hopei,

and verticalis ?

— 125, — 5 from the bottom, and p. 130, note, line 2, for Greyweathers
read Greywethers.

—- 127, —14 from bottom, for Apchurch read Upchurch.

— 169, —11 from bottom, add (magnified 15 diameters).

— 296, —23 from bottom, for Fichtelgebirge read Vogelgebirge.

— 310, woodcut, for Atlantic read Pacific.

— 322, line 2 from top, for HEapLey read Heapuy.

— 474, — 23 from top, for dreviceps read laticeps.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, FEB. 17, 1854.

REPORT OF THE COUNCIL.

In laying their Annual Report before the Fellows of the Geological
Society, the Council have again the satisfaction of congratulating
them on its continued efficiency and prosperity. Its numbers have
increased during the past year, its income has considerably exceeded
its expenditure, and its publications have been more than usually
demanded by foreign geologists.

During this period 26 new Fellows have been elected, and 5 elected
in the preceding year have paid their admission-fees ; making an in-
crease of 31 new Members. On the other hand, there have been
13 deaths, 8 resignations, and 5 removals, viz. Fellows whose names
have been struck off in accordance with the By-Laws of the Society ;
making the number of 26 to be deducted from 31, and leaving a
total increase of 5. No change has taken place in the numbers of
the Foreign Members ; the Society has lost 2 by death, but this has
been compensated by the election of 2 new Foreign Members. The
total number of the Society has been thus raised from 866 in 1853 to
871 at the commencement of the present year.

The income of the Society during the past year (exclusive of compo-
sition-fees) has exceeded the expenditure by the sum of £112 3s. 3d. ;
an excess owing principally to the increased number of admission-
fees. It will be remembered, that at the close of 1852 the excess of
income over expenditure during that year was £70 12s. 3d.

The number of compounders at the close of 1852 was 133; at the
close of 1853 it was increased to 134, three having died during the
interval, and four Fellows having compounded ; three of whose com-
positions, together with one received in 1852, but too late to be funded
that year, have been invested in the funds. The total amount received
from these 134 compositions is £4221. The amount of stock now
held by the Society is £4014 15s. 8d., instead of £3888 10s. 6d.,
the amount held at the close of 1852; and its estimated value (taking
Consols at 90) is £3613.

One composition remains unfunded, and the Council have to an-
VOL. X. a

ul ANNIVERSARY MEETING.

nounce that, acting on the suggestion of some of its Members, who
consider that the object recommended by the Auditors in 1833, viz.
that all compositions should be funded until a capital sum should
be created equal to the amount of compositions paid by the existing
compounders, has been so nearly attained ‘that a rigid adherence to
the rule is no longer called for, they have resolved that the compo-
sitions for the year 1853 should not be funded. They trust that by
investing these sums in the purchase of books and maps for the
Library, in extending their publications, and in providing additional
assistance in the Museum, the efficiency of the Society will be main-
tained, and its collections be rendered still more available to those
engaged in the pursuit of geological imvestigation.

Acting on this principle, they have ordered that the sum of £50,
out of the balance in favour of the Society during the past year, be
applied to the purchase of books for the Library, and a further sum
ot £30 for the purpose of procuring assistance in the Museum.

The Council have to announce the completion of the 9th volume
of the Journal and the publication of Part I. of Vol. X. They have
also to announce, that, in consideration of the great importance
attached to the Memoir of Mr. A. Geddes Bain, noticed in their
last Annual Report, and the necessity of having the fossils engraved
on a large scale,—in connection with the fact of Mr. Bain’s former
paper, with Professor Owen’s description of the fossils, having been
so printed,—they have resolved that Mr. Bain’s last paper should
also be printed in the 4to form, accompanied by a description of the
fossils, prepared by the Committee appointed to report on the fossil
shells. This will form Part IV. of the 7th Volume of the Trans-
actions.

Since the publication of the Catalogue of books in the Society’s
Library, the increase has been so considerable both from purchases
and donations, that the Council resolved at the close of last Session
that a classed Supplement to the Library Catalogue should be forth-
with prepared. Mr. Jones has since been as actively engaged in its
preparation as his other duties will permit, and they trust that the
Catalogue will be ready for the use of Fellows in a very short time.
It will also contain a list of the principal MS. Maps and Sections
which have come into the Society’s possession in explanation of
original papers and memoirs read at the evening meetings.

In conclusion, the Council have to inform the Society that they
have awarded the Wollaston Palladium Medal for this year to Richard
Griffith, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S.E., M.R.I.A., and F.G.S., Inspector-
General of Her Majesty’s Royal Mines in Ireland, and Chairman of
the Board of Commissioners of Public Works in Ireland, for the
valuable services rendered by him to Geological Science, and parti-
cularly for his Geological Map of Ireland, the result of his own
laborious and judicious researches ; the Council have further resolved,
that the balance of the proceeds of the Wollaston Donation Fund be
awarded to Mr. 8S. P. Woodward for his recent paleeontographical
labours, and to assist him in the publication of his researches on the
Structure and Affinities of Brachiopoda and Rudista.

ANNUAL REPORT. ill

Report of the Inbrary and Museum Committee.
Inbrary.

The Museum and Library Committee report that the books that
have been presented and purchased during the year have been cata-
logued, placed on the shelves, and bound as far as necessary. Amongst
the presented books we have specially to refer to Dr. Carpenter’s
present of eight volumes of the “ Annals and Magazine of Natural -
History,” from 1841 to 1844. The shelves already provided are so
nearly full, that it is probable that at no distant date further accom-
modation may be required.

The Supplemental Catalogue of Books, which Mr. Jones has been
preparing, is almost ready to go to press, and that of the Maps and
Charts, as well as the principal Manuscript Sections and Drawings
in the Society’s portfolios, will soon follow. These portfolios (referred
to in the last Annual Report) now include most of the original draw-
ings, sections, and maps which have accompanied the memoirs read
to the Society. Additional room being required for portfolios to
contain the MS. Sections and Drawings, we recommend that a new case
be provided in one of the window-recesses in the Lower Museum.

All those maps and sections ordered by the Map Committee to be
mounted, have been mounted and put in cases, so as to be easily ac-
cessible.

The Committee recommend to the Council that application should
be made to the Board of Ordnance for copies of the new editions of
such Maps of the Ordnance Survey as have been altered and re-
published, and also for a copy of the Survey of London.

Museum.

Additional glass-cases have been made for some Fishes from the
Old Red Sandstone and for some Oolite Ammonites, in the Lower
Museum. The Committee feel it their duty to suggest that the Col-
lection would be rendered much more useful to the Members and
Students consulting the Cabinets, if a person were engaged to work
under Mr. Jones’s direction in cleaning, arranging, labelling, and
cataloguing the Fossils in the Museum. It would also greatly
enhance the utility of the Collections, if the British species of Fossils
contained in the Lower Museum were marked off in an interleaved
copy of the forthcoming edition of Mr. Morris’s “Catalogue of
British Fossils ;’’ which might possibly be effected, could several
Fellows be induced to render temporary assistance in the departments
of Paleontology with which they are most familiar.

Among the donations, the following are especially worthy of notice.
Fossil Plants from the Great Oolite of the Cotswold Hills, Fossil
Insects from the Lower Lias of Lyme, and Fossil Insects and Plants
from the Wealden of Hastings, presented by Mr. W. R. Binfield.
Also a Suite of Shells from the London Clay of Highgate, from
Mr. N. T. Wetherell, F.G.S.

To the Foreign Collection have been added a series of fossils from
Persia, presented by Mr. Kennett Loftus, F.G.S.; a series of fresh-
water fossils from Nagpoor, by the Rev. Messrs. Hislop and Hunter ;

a2

iv ANNIVERSARY MEETING.

fossil shells from Panama, by Mr. Saunders, F.G.S.; anda valuable
series of Tertiary, Cretaceous, and Jurassic fossils from Switzerland,
presented by Mr. Greenough, F.G.S.
Signed, Dante SHARPE.
AnpDREw C. Ramsay.
February 1, 1854. Joun M. Crazon.

Comparative Statement of the Number of the Society at the close of
the years 1852 and 1853.

Dec. 31, 1852. Dec. 31, 1853.

Wommpoundersi ae... crcl 133) 2g 154
Residents nthe dene s eee ZS Miia tonne 204
Non-residents" 52" 2.2 7..2. ADOP eS: 463
796 801
Honorary Members...... 16 vical sarees 16
Foreign Members ...... DO) Cate ae Cee me 50

Personages of Royal Blood A 1) Re eho 4—70

866 871

General Statement explanatory of the Alteration in the Number of
Fellows, Honorary Members, Sc. at the close of the years 1852
and 1853.

Number of Compounders, Residents, and Non-residents,
ont December’ 31.1852). M0 ie ee ee 796
Add, Fellows elected during ee Resident... 4

years, and paid in 1853 .... { Non-resident 1
— 5
Fellows elected, and paid, during] Resident.... 11
SDS Riee Colones ....- { Non-resident 15
—26
— ' 31
827
Deduct, Compounders deceased ........... re 3
Residents “3 SAO eS 3
INon-réesidents | sti: ei ek ee 7
Resignied::y 2! 04 Badd ts, cUreRearenc cate eee 8
Removed?) hb eG Sei ot ees 5
email 196
Total number of Fellows, 31st Dec. 1853, as above. . 801

Number of Honorary Members, Foreign Members, and 70
Personages of Royal Blood, December 31, 1852 ....

Add, Foreign Members elected during 1853 .......... 2
72
Deduct, Foreign Members deceased .................. 2

As above 70

ANNUAL REPORT.

Number of Fellows liable to Annual Contribution at the close of

1853, with the Alterations during the year.

INumberatethercloseofellSa2 a. yee serve ovat is secre - 213
Add, "lected in former years, and paid in 1853 ....... 4
Elected and paid in 1853..... suohe iaere op steitel sh ict fl 1]
Non-residents who became Residents ........ ale 3
231
Deduct Meceased ix) cca sci els sin lol epspers,etils ohegeiatsl els 3
VeSI@ Me Oe [erat causiatecs is po be oolDdooee 8
CWompoundedi yy aici eye) 91 Salgbil's 4
Became Non-residents ma.) ee ee 7
Removed ........ 5
— 27

As above 204

DecEAsepD FELLOWS.

Compounders (3).
Major-Gen. Colby. | The Earl of Shrewsbury.
Charles Stokes, Esq.
Residents (3).
J. H. Barchard, Esq. | G. O'Gorman, Esq.
H. W. Taylor, Esq.

Non-Residents (7).

William Baker, Esq. Edward Horne, Esq.
James Foster, Esq. A. Robertson, Esq.
Moatague Gore, Esq. H. E. Strickland, Esq.

Samuel Woods, Esq.

Foreign Members (2).
Baron L. von Buch. | Professor L. Herminier.

v

The following Persons were elected Fellows during the year 1853.

January 5th.—Edward Joseph Lowe, Esq., Nottingham ; and Tho-

mas Allinson Readwin, Esq., Beaumont Street, Marylebone.
19th.—John Brogden, Jun., Esq., Gloucester Terrace.

February 23rd.—James Bright, M.D., Cambridge Square; David
Forbes, Esq., Espedal, Norway ; and Joachim Otté, Esq., Here-

ford.

March 23.—Herbert F. Mackworth, Esq., Clifton; Lovell Reeve,
Esq., Henrietta Street; Thomas H. Henry, Esq., Lincoln’s Inn
Fields ; William Fairbairn, Esq., Ardwick, Manchester ; Colonel
T. S. Heneken, Ponton, San Domingo; H. H. Howell, Esgq.,

vi ANNIVERSARY MEETING.

~ Geological Survey of Great Brita, and John K. Blackwell, Esq.,
Westbourne Place.

April 6th.—J. Mainwaring Paine, Esq., Farnham.

20th.—Robert Death, Esq., Camden Town; and Arthur Phil-
lips, Esq., Stamford Street.

May 4th.—Philip Wm. Wall, Esq., Great George Street.

18th.—Lord Moreton, M.P., Ennismore Place.

June 15th.—Robert P. Greg, Jun., Esq., Norcliffe Hall, near Man-
chester ; Edward W. Whinfield, Esq., Hemel Hempstead; and
Professor Robert Harkness, Queen’s College, Cork.

November 2nd.—George Shaw, Esq., Birmingham.

16th.—E. W. Binney, Esq., Manchester.

— 30th.—John Lister, M.D., Sandown, Isle of Wight; Rev.
W. L. Symonds, M.A., Pendock Rectory, Tewkesbury; David
Page, Esq., St. Andrews; and Augustin Robinson, Esq., Katon
Square.

December 14th.—Rev. Professor Samuel Haughton, M.A., Trinity
College, Dublin; Professor Isaac Newton Loomis, M.D., Georgia,
U.S.; Rev. Francis F. Statham, M.A., Walworth; and Samuel
Highley, Jun., Ksq., Fleet Street.

The followiny Persons were elected Foreign Members.

June 1st.—Count Alexander Von Keyserling, Imperial Russian
Mining Corps ; and Laurent-Guillaume de Koninck, M.D., Pro-
fessor of Chemistry and Palzeontology in the University of Liége.

The following donations to the Museum have been received since
the last Anniversary.

British Specimens.

Three specimens of Hydnophora cyclostoma, from the Carboniferous
Limestone ; presented by G. Tate, Hsq., F.G.S.

Boulders from Scotland, &c.; presented by R. Chambers, Esq., F.G.S.

Suite of Fossils from the London Clay ; presented by N.'T. Wetherell,
Esq., F.G.S.

Fossil Plants from the Cotswolds ; Fossil Insects from Lyme Regis ;
Fossils from Cheltenham, &c. ; presented by W. R. Binfield, Esq.

Stigmaria, from Wednesbury ; presented by J. Hobbins, Esq., F.G.S.

Suite of Fossils from Farringdon; presented by D. Sharpe, Esq.,
Treas. G.S.

Suite of Fossil Insects, Plants, and Shells, from the Wealden of
Hastings ; presented by Messrs. W. R. and H. Binfield.

Specimen of Lias rock with Nummulites, from Fretherne Cliff,
Gloucestershire ; presented by the Rev. P. B. Brodie, F.G.S.

Foreign Specimens.

Two Cases of Rock Specimens from Ascension; presented by Lieut.
Townsend, R.N.

Fossils from Gothland ; presented by R. Chambers, Esq., F.G.S.

ANNUAL REPORT. Vil

Series of Fossils from St. Domingo; presented by Colonel Heneken,
F.G.S.

Series of Fossils from Central India; presented by the Rev. S. His-
lop and the Rev. R. Hunter.

Suite of Fossils from Biaritz and Series of Nummulites from Bayonne ;
presented by S. P. Pratt, Esq., F.G.S. i

Fossil Foot-tracks from Nova Scotia?; presented by Sir Charles
Lyell, F.G.S.

Fossils, &c. from Egypt; presented by James Halford, Esq.

Fossils from Panama; presented by G. H. Saunders, Esq., F.G.S.

Series of Fossils from Persia; presented by W. K. Loftus, Esq.,
F.G.S.

Fossils from California; presented by F. Catherwood, Esq.

Copper and Lead Ores from Greenland ; presented by A. Robinson,
Esq., F.G.S.

Series of Tertiary, Cretaceous, and Jurassic Fossils from the Alps of
Switzerland; presented by G. B. Greenough, Esq., F.G.S.
Series of Rock Specimens and Minerals from New South Wales ;
presented by Lieut.-Col. Sir Thomas Mitchell, LL.D., F.G.S. .

CHARTS AND Maps.

The Charts, &c., published by the Admiralty during the past year ;
presented by Rear-Admiral Sir Francis Beaufort, Hon. M.G.S.,
by direction of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty.

Geological Survey of Great Britain. Maps, Nos. 59 N.E., 62 N.W.,
S.W., 72 N.E., 8.E. and 8.W., 77 N.E., 78, 81 N.E. and S.E.,
82 N.W. and S.W. Horizontal Sections, 19, 23, 24 and 25.
Vertical Sections, 16, 17, 18, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 35 and 36.
Indices to the Counties of Kildare, Carlow, Wexford, and Dublin;
presented by Sir H. T. De la Beche, F.G.S., on the part of Her
Majesty's Government.

17 Charts published by the Dépét de la Marme; presented by the
Director-General of the Dépot de la Marine.

Carte Géologique de la Suisse, par MM. B. Studer et A. Escher,
Dressée sur la Carte Géographique de la Suisse de M. J. M. Ziegler ;
presented by Daniel Sharpe, Esq., Treas. G.S.

Map of the Route between Pekin and Canton; presented by Sir G.
Staunton, Bart., F.G.S.

Geognostische Karte von den Erz-Lagerstatten des Muschelkalksteins
bei Tarnowitz und Benthen in Oberschlesien.

Geognostische Karte von Oberschlesien, entworfen von K. v. Carnall
(2 sheets). .

Karte der Bergwerks-Reviere an der Sieg. Sheets 1 to8; presented
by Messrs. Simon Schropp and Co.

Geological Map of the Northern Front of the Vindhya Hills, extend-
ing from Allahabad to Rajmahal, by Capt. W. 8. Sherwill; pre-
sented by the Honourable Kast India Company.

Geological Map of Ireland, by Richard Griffith, Esq., LL.D., F.G.S.;

. presented by the author.

vill

ANNIVERSARY MEETING.

Geological Map of Ireland, reduced, by Richard Griffith, Esq., LL.D.,
F.G.S., Lithographed in Colours ; presented by the author.

Marble Bust of Sir Roderick Impey Murchison, V.P.G.S., by Richard
Westmacott, Esq., R.A., F.G.S.; presented by Lady Murchison.

The following List contains the Names of the Persons and Public
Bodies from whom Donations to the Library and Museum were

received during the past year.

Académie Royale des Sciences de
Belgique.

Académie des Sciences de Dijon.

Académie des Sciences de Mont-
pellier.

Academy of Sciences of Berlin.

Academy of Sciences of Breslau.

Academy of Sciences of Paris.

Admiralty, The Right Hon. the
Lords Commissioners of the.

American Academy of Arts and
Sciences.

American Philosophical Society.

Art Union of London.

Asiatic Society of Bengal.

Atheneum Journal, Editor of.

Ball, R., Esq., LL.D.

Barrande, M. J.

Basel Natural History Society.

Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club.

Bigsby, John J., M.D., F.G.S.

Binfield, W. R., Esq.

Blackwell, J. K., Esq., F.G.S.

Bland, T., Esq., F.G.S.

Bombay Branch of the Royal
Asiatic Society.

Bombay Geographical Society.

British Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science.

British Government.

Brodie, Rev. P. B., F.G.S.

Calcutta Library.

Calvert, J., Esq.

Canadian Journal, Editor of the.
Carpenter, Wm., M.D., F.G.S.
Catherwood, F., Esq.
Chambers, Robert, Esq., F.G.S.

Chemical Society of London.

Cheshire, E., Esq.

Civil Engineers’ Journal, Editor
of the.

Colonial Office.

Dana, J. D., Esq., For. M.G.S.

Daubeny, Prof., M.D., F.G.S.

Daubré, M. A.

Davidson, Thomas, Esq., F.G.S.

De la Beche, Sir H. T., F.G.S.

Delesse, M. Achille.

Dépot Générale de la Marie de
France.

Deslongchamps, M. E.

Desor, M. E.

Dewael, M. N.-Ch.

D’Halloy, M. J. J. D’Omalius,
For. M.G.S.

D’Orbigny, M. C.

Dowler, B., M.D.

East India Company, The Hon.
Ecole des Mines de Paris.
Enniskillen, Earl of, F.G.S.
Escher, M. A.

Forbes, Prof. E., Pres. G.S.
Force, P., Esq.

Forrester, J. J., Esq.
Francis, W., M.D.

Geological Institute of Vienna.
Geological Society of Berlin.
Geological Society of Dublin.
Geological Society of France.
Geological Society of the West
Riding, Yorkshire.
Greenough, G.B., Esq., V.P.G.S.

ANNUAL REPORT.

1X

Griffith, R., Esq., LL.D., F.G.S. | Norton, C. B., Esq.

Halford, James, Esq.

Hall, James, Esq., For. M.G.S.
Halle Society of Natural Sciences.
Hare, Dr.

Heer, Prof. O.

Heneken. Col., F.G.S.

Hislop, Rev. 8.

Hobbins, J., Esq.

Hogg, J., Esq.

Horsfield, Thomas, M.D., F.G.S.
Horticultural Society.

Hunter, Rev. R.

Imperial Academy of Sciences of
Vienna.

Indian Archipelago Journal, Edi-
tor of the.

Institute of Actuaries.

Kopp, Herr H.

Leeds Philosophical Society.
Liebig, Prof. J.

Linnean Society.

Literary Gazette, Editor of.
Loftus, W. K., Esq., F.G.S.
London Institution.

Lowe, E. J., Esq., F.G.S.
Lyell, Sir Charles, F.G.S.
Lynch, W. F., Esq.

Maclear, Thomas, Esq.

Maury, Lieut. M. F.

Medical Circular, Editor of the.

Meneghini, Prof. G.

Meyer, Herr H. von, For. M.G.S.

Mitchell, Lieut.-Col. Sir T. L.,
LL.D., F.G.S.

Moore, J. C., Esq., V.P.G.S.

Morant, A. W., Esq., F.G.S.

Morton, Dr. W. T. G.

Murchison, Sir R. I., F.G.S.

Murchison, Lady.

Muséum d’ Histoire Naturelle de
Paris.

Museum of Practical Geology.

Nicol, Prof. J., F.G.S.

Nyst, M. A.

Owen, D. Dale, Esq.
Owen, Prof. R., F.G.S.

Palzeontographical Society.

Pfeil, Herr L. G. von.

Photographic Society.

Pictet, Prof. F. J.

Pole, William, Esq., F.G.S.

Ponzi, M. G.

Portlock, Lieut.-Col. J. E., R.E.,
F.G.S.

Pratt, S. P., Esq., F.G.S.

Puggaard, Herr C.

Quetelet, M. A.

Ringold, Commander.

Robinson, A., Esq., F.G.S.

Royal Academy of Belgium.

Royal Academy of Munich.

Royal Academy of Stockholm.

Royal Academy of Turin.

Royal Agricultural Society of
England.

Royal Astronomical Society.

Royal Cornwall Polytechnic So-
ciety.

Royal Geological
Cornwall.

Royal Institution.

Royal Ivish Academy.

Royal Society of Edinburgh.

Royal Society of Liége.

Royal Society of London.

Society of

Sabine, Colonel, F.G.S.

Salter, J. W., Esq., F.G.S.

Sandberger, Dr. G.

Saull, W. D., Esq., F.G.S.

Saunders, G. H., Esq., F.G.S.

Schropp and Co., Messrs.

Sedgwick, Rev. Prof., F.G.S.

Sharpe, D., Esq., Treas. G.S.

Silliman, Prof., M.D., For.M.G.S.

Smithsonian Institution.

Société Hollandaise des Sciences
a Haarlem.

x ANNIVERSARY MEETING.

Socicté Impériale des Naturalistes
de Moscou.

Société Météorologique de France.

Société des Sciences Naturelles de
Neuchatel.

Society of Arts.

Sorby, H. C., Esq., F.G.S.

Staunton, Sir G. Thomas, Bart.,
DC.L.; MEPs eh. Ges.

Stewart, Lieut.-Gen. G. N.

St. Petersburg, Imperial Academy

f

of.

Studer, Prof. B., For. M.G.S.
Sutherland, P. C., M.D.
Sydney University.

Tate, G., Esq., F.G.S.
Taylor, R., Esq., F.G.S.

Tennant, Prof. J., F.G.S.
Townsend, Lieut., R.N.
Tylor, A., Esq., F.G.S.

Vaudoise Société des Sciences
Naturelles.
Venetian Society.

Verneuil, M. M. de, For. M.G.S.

Westwood, J. O., Esq.

Wetherell, N. T., Esq., F.G.S.

Wiesbaden Natural History So-
ciety.

Wrottesley, Lord.

Ziegler, M. J. M.
Zoological Society.

List of Pavers read since the last Anniversary Meeting,
February 18th, 1853.

1853.

Feb. 23rd.—On the Microscopical Structure of the Skin of the Ich-
thyosaurus, by Henry Coles, Esq., F.G.S.

On the Geology of the neighbourhood of Quebec,

by John J. Bigsby, M.D., F.G.S.
March 9th.—On the Albert Coal Mine, Hilsborough, New Brunswick,

by J. W. Dawson, Esq. ;
V.P.G.S.

communicated by Sir Charles Lyell,

On the Carcharodon and other Fish Remains of the

Red Crag, by Serles Valentine Wood, Esq., F.G.S.
March 23rd.—On the Geology of St. Domigo, by Colonel T. S.
Heneken, F.G.S., with Notices of the Corals, by William Lons-
dale, Esq., F.G.S., and of the Molluscs, by John Carrick Moore,

Esq., F.G.S.

————_————. On the Upper Paleozoic Series of Strata of the Bou-
lonnais, by R. A. C. Austen, Esq., Sec. G.S.

April 6th.—On the Carboniferous and Silurian Rocks of Busaco,
Portugal, by SenhorC. Ribiero and Daniel Sharpe, Esq., Treas. GS. ;
with notices of the Fossil Molluscs, by D. Sharpe, Esq., F.G.S. ;
of the Fossil Plants, by C. J. F. Bunbury, Esq., For. Sec. G.S. ;

of the Trilobites, by J. W. Salter, Esq., F.G.S.;

and of the Ento-

mostraca, by T. Rupert Jones, Esq., F.G.S.

On the Granitic District of Inverary, Argyleshire,

by His Grace the Duke of Argyll, F.G.S.

April 20th.

On the Physical Structure and Succession of the Lower

Palzeozoic Rocks of North Wales and Part of Shropshire, by
Prof. Andrew C. Ramsay, F.G.S.

Robert Harkness, F.G.S.

On the Silurian Rocks of Kirkcudbright Bay, by Prof.

ANNUAL REPORT. xl

1853.

April 20th.—On the Occurrence of Caradoc Sandstone at Great
Burr, in South Staffordshire, by J. B. Jukes, Esq., F.G.S.

May 4th.—On a Freshwater Deposit in the Drift, in Huntingdon-
shire, by the Rev. H. M. De la Condamine, F.G.S.

— On the Fluvio-Marine Tettiaries of the Isle of Wight,
by Prof. E. Forbes, Pres. G.S.

May 18th.—Palichthyologic Notes, Nos. IV. and V., by Sir P. G.
Egerton, Bart., M.P., F.G.S.

—____ On the Structure of the Strata between the London
Clay and the Chalk; Part II., the Woolwich and Reading Series,
by Joseph Prestwich, Jun. Hsq., F.G.S.; with Notices of the
Fossil Molluses, by Prof. Morris, F.G.S.; and of the Fossil En-
tomostraca, by T. Rupert Jones, Esq., F.G.S.

June 1st.—On the Southern Termination of the Erratic Tertiaries ;
and on the remains of a Bed of Gravel on Clevedon Down, by
Joshua Trimmer, Esq., F.G.S.

—————— On the Origin of the Soils on the Chalk of Kent,
Part III., by Joshua Trimmer, Ksq., F.G.S.

——_ —\ On the Geological and Glacial Phenomena of the
Coasts of Baffin’s Bay and Davis’ Straits, by P. C. Sutherland,
M.D.; communicated by Prof. A. C. Ramsay, F.G.S.

June 15th.—On some Sections through the Oolite district of Lin-
colnshire, by Prof. John Morris, F.G.S.; with descriptions of
some new species of Molluscs from the Lincolnshire Oolites, by
J. Lycett, Esq.

eee On the Insect Beds in the Purbeck Formation of
Dorset and Wilts, by the Rev. P. B. Brodie, F.G.S.

On the Occurrence of the remains of a Neuropterous

Insect in the Stonesfield Slate of Gloucestershire, by the Rev. P. B.

Brodie, F.G.S.

— Description of some Fossil Insects from the Purbeck
Formation of Dorset and Wilts, by J. O. Westwood, Esq. ; com-
municated by the Rev. P. B. Brodie, F.G.S.

Description of the Remains of Neuropterous and
Coleopterous Insects from the Stonesfield Slate of Gloucestershire,
by J. O. Westwood, Esq.; communicated by the Rev. P. B.
Brodie, F.G.S.

——__—_-— On the Microscopic Structure of some Freshwater
Marls and Limestones, by H. C. Sorby, Esq., F.G.S.

——_-1 On the Sooliman Range, by Dr. A. Fleming; com-
municated by Sir R. I. Murchison, F.G.S.

On the Geology of a Part of Sinde, by H. B. Frere,

Esq. ; communicated by Lieut.-Col. Sykes, F.G.S.
we Notice of an Ichthyolite from Kotah, Deccan, by

Dr. T. L. Bell ; communicated by Lieut.-Col. Sykes, F.G.S.
—_—— On the Erratic Tertiaries bordermg the Pennine

Chain, Part I1., by Joshua Trimmer, Esq., I'.G.S.

———_— On some Fossil Brachiopods of Devonian Age, from
China, by Thomas Davidson, Esq., F.G.S.

———_—— On the Caradoc Sandstone of Shropshire, by J. W.

Salter, Esq., F.G.S., and W. T. Aveline, Esq., F.G.S.

xii ANNIVERSARY MEETING.

1853.

November 2nd.—On the Coal Measures of the South Joggins, Nova
Scotia, by J. W. Dawson, Esq.; communicated by Sir Charles
Lyell, V.P.G.S.

fa On the Coal Measures at the Albion Mines, Pictou,
Nova Scotia, by H. Poole, Hsq., and J. W. Dawson, Esq. ; com-
municated by Sir Charles Lyell, V.P.G.S.

November 16th.—The Superficial Deposits of the Isle of Wight, by
Joshua Trimmer, Esq., F.G.S.

On the Geology of some Parts of Central India, below
lat. 22°N., by Lieut. R. H. Sankey, H.E.I.C.S.; communicated
by Prof. Ansted, F.G.S.

November 30th.—On the Occurrence of Insects in the Wealden
Strata of the Sussex Coast, by W. R. Binfield, Esq., and H. Bin-
field, Esq. ; communicated by Prof. J. Morris, F.G.S.

————— On the Age of the Fossiliferous Gravels at Farrmgdon,
by Daniel Sharpe, Esq., Treas. G.S.

December 14th.—On a Specimen of Volkmannia Morrisii, from the
Glasgow Coal Shale, by J. D. Hooker, M.D., F.G.S.

— On the Structure of Chonetes comoides, by Thomas
Davidson, Esq., F.G.S.

—_— On a Batrachian Fossil from the Pictou Coal Field,

Nova Scotia, by Prof. Owen, F.G.S.

On Track-Prints in the Lower Lingula Flags of North
Wales, by J. W. Salter, Esq., F.G.S.

1854.

January 4th.—On the superior limits of the Pleistocene Deposits in
the Isle of Man, by the Rev. J. G. Cumming, F.G.S.

ee On the Geology of Rainy Lake, by J.J. Bigsby, M.D.
F.G.S.

——— On some Swallow-holes in the Chalk near Canterbury,
by Joseph Prestwich, Jun., Esq., F.G.S.

January 18th.—On the Structure and Origin of Sand-Pipes in the
Chalk, by Joseph Prestwich, Jun., Esq., F.G.S.

oa On Pipes and. Furrows in Calcareous and Non-Cal-
careous Strata, by Joshua Trimmer, Hsq., F.G.S.

February 1st.—On the Geology of the Gold-bearing district of Me-
rionethshire, North Wales, by Prof. A. C. Ramsay, F.G.S.

—_—_—_ On Auriferous Quartz-rock in North Cornwall, by
S. R. Pattison, Esq., F.G.S.

—_— On the Physical Geology of the Himalayas, by Capt.
R. Strachey, F.G.S.

After the Reports had been read, it was resolved,—

That they be received and entered on the Minutes of the Meeting ;
and that such parts of them as the Council shall think fit be printed
and distributed among the Fellows.

It was afterwards resolved,—

1. That the thanks of the Society be given to Sir Charles Lyell
and Prof. Owen, retiring from the office of Vice-President.

ANNUAL REPORT.

xiii

2. That the thanks of the Society be given to C. J. F. Bunbury,
Esq., retiring from the office of Foreign Secretary. :

3. That the thanks of the Society be given to C. J. F. Bunbury,
Esq., W. Hopkins, Esq., Sir C. Lyell, Prof. Owen, and S. V. Wood,

Esq., retiring from the Council.

After the Balloting Glasses had been duly closed, and the lists
examined by the Scrutineers, the following gentlemen were declared
to have been duly elected the Officers and Council for the ensuing

year :—

OFFICERS.

a

PRESIDENT.
Prof. E. Forbes, F.R.S. and L.S.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.
John Carrick Moore, Ksq., M.A.
Sir R. I. Murchison, G.C.St.8., F.R.S. and L.S.
Prof. John Phillips, F.R.S.
Lieut.-Col. Portlock, R.E., F.R.S.
SECRETARIES.

R. A. C. Austen, Esq,, B.A., F.R.S.
Wilham John Hamilton, Esq.

FOREIGN SECRETARY.
Samuel Peace Pratt, Esq., F.R.S. and L.S.

TREASURER.
D. Sharpe, Esq., F.R.S. and L.S.

¢

COUNCIL.

R. A. C. Austen, Esq., B.A.,
F.R.S.

John J. Bigsby, M.D.

JamesS. Bowerbank, Esq., F.R.S.
and L.S.

Rev. H. M. De la Condamine,
M.A.

Sir P. G. Egerton, Bart., M.P.,
F.R.S.

Earl of Enniskillen, D.C.L.,
F.R.S.

Prof. E. Forbes, F.R.S. and L.S.

G. B. Greenough, Hsq., F.R.S.
and L.S.

William John Hamilton, Esq.

J.D. Hooker, M.D., F.R.S. and |

LS.

Leonard Horner, Esq., F.R.S.L.
and E.

P. N. Johnson, Esq., F.R.S.

John C. Moore, Esq., M.A.

Prof. John Morris.

Sir R. I. Murchison, G.C.St.S8.,
F.R.S. and L.S.

R. W. Mylne, Esq.

John Percy, M.D., F.R.S.

Prof. John Phillips, F.R.S

Lieut.-Col. Portlock, R.E.

Samuel Peace Pratt, Esq.,
and L.S.

J. W. Salter, Esq.

D. Sharpe, Esq., F.R.S. and L.S.

Capt. Richard Strachey.

F-.RB.S.
EBS.

if Sida ToS a save ne visa ut Vo aia} why ie
New tects ire hyvatdin aN ater ‘oy seat: Ob ali eta

senna LAE chy. 0. cob herring ida Fea ype geen .
NEP OB pane aes 9 a (ott a tL ars
mo ip ; aT sara Old ner ae
‘ Sci aw) fine pees ne nvtit Eaubighakect i? yrtetidl clan
eit fyrtetont) hea supttieabictig syeritea tty} et ereiniieior veld ie
Lae alia ih Heap} he! Wight 4 che tiaMieka, Web enti

t ; ‘ ( 5 ‘ } j <"
i : 1 aa “oe a } iz a
© "a ey mit wa,
Gussie Mea ket teh | Comclatbegas ek dar atan
AY 9 pit 737 | P Tater pei SA aR t, bole
\ A had Pe) wh Lnthy, ; F,)
afar Noid Eager FboEhs By 000 are OR
i Raa) Fae we
bWiwaiicie Waker Ln , ao anata ae

Aa “as atic, ho Laas ate shat sal tae
Mol h 0 Pie a , id pele, ae ite ay roar, . 1
i ‘ 1 rd it he ght} i rhs hoe | i iM Le \

, Ite in Falls 7 iat Rival tn} > Lous Ay 3 woe.
; ¥ Nils, ) i ns eh ag ny; tt, "* 7 ss : m Cae 7
rN . * ‘ ai wuts | '
ava 4 ay dh. hel } Fae Pie a Bile .
aa oy ‘Art? 7] ) ir Ohh Liciliel
a ee ak ty rahi Sag & seen F re wane Ai : . a
5 one ; +f ea aE ‘peat vanes ‘teet'S simak: ee ;
cv eas | ks wo NORE ed eae " ahh, os end
‘Pi oa ale ra fee or ns dle ete 3 ae Hetee ‘Pham Te Pan
oe ‘ ce. . ; Whe

Nie pls 49)

poor a d, i, BO) rae nein at geceeer 9
oh Bai pes) Senet Fetch pe ft pr AF

SOURS FR pets Serratia moore ee

ahd cag von Bat
“= s i

rw! M tai! , toe
id AP) Dapp 0 it Pig ei Ts: duabgeey ad a.

erie’ parla Mee vail a seit

mre Bagh

ye eet Sa | a

a a ae a . : a + ei Ve REE, | a

Fb SI LbarF

Ds F

—— ‘sP04L “ACUVHS THINVG (peusig) “Fest ‘12 ‘wor
b Sl LhObF [‘papnpaur aay 20u sz anbojnjzng hunsg
Sr “UT pun ‘qnuinor fprazuone ‘shurpaaaoug ‘suo
-avsupty, pjosun fo yoojs ‘aanjuusng ‘hansg
Se “YT ‘84012091109 Josauypy ay, fo anjoa ayy, “g'N]
SS 0 SI 66
= 0 £4 8 “" €E8T Jo suolNqIIjUOD ‘uUY jo sivaly
0 9 9 OOOO no a (poos palepisuod)
— €G81 0} told suoynqiyu0y ‘uuy jo sively
0 @ &Q ***(poo0s patapIsuod) saa,q UOISsIUIpy Jo sivoiIy
1D. SP
O O ELE" OG 4B ‘SJOSUOD "ps *sgT 7~FTOF ‘Aytado1g papuny
4 6 OL €l COOOL Ooo e ore eH eeDereoeseeri Fee BRR SEF spury $,J19[Q ul souLleg
— ‘G TI ZIP SSS reece ieee sale eee mercer ete * SD CU S,doyue g ul aouryegq
xe O TL OF viiitrtssreretsereceereseeesee Teno OF suondisosqng roy ancy
H SL LPG ee tts atsereweeterns “KQ9190G ayy JO ANOARJ Ul coUNTEG |G F ZO “XI ‘JOA ‘yeumnor uo “og pue ueWISUOT ‘sissopy WO. ong
“SLaIaqd Vi) 2S -< ge “ALUTAOUg

O 81 €6F

——

9 91 OF

"EGST “vaquiasag IstE <hjziadoug sfiqniv0g ayz fo NOILVATV A

0)

9

BONSOSAGIOROIOBCHOIOIACOOIONL FAL Bye 4snty, ‘s 1ayueg ye oourleg
Cecvscceevcccer crc vees st 000 ZG8T jo aoueleg ‘ysnoudd.y “UAL

“PSST “SG “unr

SI &6 *s.102000 {eet aud TV
poets MOP ‘KASDIE “f NHOL (pausig)
“7091100 WY} PUY PUL SJUITUI}eYS Vso} YIM sn 0}
poyuasard siaynoa pue syxooq ay} poredutoa aavy aA,
9 &F

eeeeeseoetes ose reereeeseesesese *s}Uoy) Jod € “poy
‘PL ’ST1FSOL JOpuny uoreuog xy} Uo spuapiuiq

OF SL u1{ (PIs)
dey, [eo1sojoar) ay} Jo yunodsv uo paatevoy

9 Tl 1¢{

: dey [eo1S0[004) Jo yunoooe uo preg|9 LT OF ———— “""""""""""""" SceT AST “URL ‘stoyueg 32 [e}0],

[MoUIEA Op ‘A pue oRINOIY,P “TWIV 0} papreme ‘omy 0 0 61 ‘““pung dep [eo1Sojoay ‘s,rsyueg ye soueyeg
Sulavisuy pue ‘spepayy WoyseTJOMA XIG SUTYLIYg Jo 4ys09 ttreseceesevoes DUNT UOIVUOLT WOISEI[OM oY}

Pecovcccocce sero v oes occcesarcscccece youl yy ap T “WH 0} piemy = : p a 1 uo “ECgT Avenuer jo 4ST ‘s 1oyueg ye aourleg

"SINEWAVG

*SLdIGOUY

“SENQOODY LSAT,

Income and Expenditure during the

INCOME.
2 She peas mies) tes

Balance at Banker’s, January 1, 1853.... 268 12 7

Balance in Clerk’s hands .......... spay Wc) Deas Jb 5)
— 290 2 0
Composition at Banker’s, Jan. 1, 1853 ...... signg ote a eau Ree
@ompositionsmreccivediterm sos tei atl oe ere 126 0 O
Arrears of Admission Fees ............ 35 14 O
Arrears of Annual Contributions ........ 37 16 0O
sie 2 eR IO” 60
Admission Fees of 1853 ...... eg rs sears ae curs 226 16 (0
Annual:ContEbutions/of 1 Ss0nss seine cel ce ete cet 656 15 6
Dividends ‘on,/3 per cent Consol snippet, ews - queer Tix 1°10
Publications :
Longman & Co. for Sale of Journal in 1852 . 54 17 1
SaleYofslransactiOnswcc-sces-sescsesioeccecwesa- seen 11 6 0
Sale/of Proceedings. .......2..0.s.cncessnsseesesees 2.8.3
Journal, Vol. I., allowance on Sale from } 05 0
Publishenpectercctsencers cs teecencserecssen:
Salefofelounnalsvolaiilecsessseee stan cena e ee e nee 5 t/a
Salejof@ournalbaViols Wile csc.ccsccsscsecsssecre =. 318) 20,
SalevofnlournalpVOl-wUV. cessctesssecscnseres cc A 26
Salevof Journal Vol. Vescccetsesccossseesseececes Saas
SalevofdounnaleVvoloivae ceccheccsecsserseces cess 613 6
SalevofmounnalsavolsuVilly.cc-cercssesttteseccsses Ue lorlsss o@
SaleyosJournals Volo VILL cccecseccsecescesssce Hohe 0
Nalevofournal pViOlsml deta. nserecs ts seeeeses ese VA 4a
308 12 5
Sale of Library Catalogue ...... og dasGo0 54 556805 117.946

We have compared the Books and
Vouchers presented to us with these
Statements, and find them correct.

(Signed) JOHN J. BIGSBY, ; reek ee ee
Jan. 25,1854. ALFRED TYLOR, ““4itors. gigso 5 3

* Due from Messrs. Longman and Co., in
addition to the above, on Journal, Vol. IX. £62 4 5

Year ending December 31st, 1853.

EXPENDITURE.
ra : & 8. ds
Compositions invested ...,......... sear elena pe On OO
General Expenditure : Saude
LERES Soqgdaganscecoudegeooonoeoduconoududadaocdpoddac 2319 3
Fire Insurance ....... pogauacdgauoocdogsbagar goose, es KDI
HlouseyRepairsieossccndccossccscecuscncesreesessenss 12 1 6
BUrnitnre; Repairs: coccsoncesccoedceesecesssasecoss 13.17 5°
IN@w, BUIMITUTE Rs. ccstssonttasccsesoccessccoceces 32 15 8
1B ocagcondadooocdoonaaacecoousoudonseodecuasbucHob0s 33 16 0
TURE ese cu gape i Sn eR 23.10 3
Miscellaneous House Expenses, eet
sl 1 3
Postages .......se.e008 Q60c0qoGodsbHoOn0BOBGgsHOed
Stationery soseececcs secon stenceaecanessscesess 28 10 9
Miscellaneous Printing .........cccosccsscesseeees 25 13 6
dleatforsMectingspyccscescstscsraaesstens cas escesce 22 8 4
—_——.__ 270 13 11
Salaries and Wages:
Assistant Secretary and Curator .....0+0+..2+0 200 0 0
Claris ee en Oe 120; 0 0
ROTEEESiscce se scecosencen seesuccuneion sce vuceuseaees 80 0 0
House Maidp ecu henccacccunastcucgsceesscrsoccers 38 12 6
Occasional Attendants .........scssecssecoeseeees 10 0 0
Collectors ai cvsse-scesccasees Geagudoseacn0ag60000 ad ADL! aie h ants)
——— _ 470 0 0
IAL TERE Vt Ula aeRIAHAE BU Sg UU Ba a ian 4517 3
UMIUSe Lea Bcc Ne GS. iL a INCHES aie WPSUN at cen oat Nar US a 11 15 11
Diagrams at Meetings ........ po oueC Se Mees cc ciere | 4) LOms a0
Miscellaneous Scientific Expenses .........-....-. 4 4 4
Contributions of 1853 repaid ............ Bade clas oY) ND.
Publications :
MTANSACtONS | jacecuveneiancsecechecceeeenseecssseem 25 12 10
Journals Vols Vile ices Gossuccsescoe eae ceeaeooreee 09 0
Vournal sVOl-wVilleescdsscececauetececces secueasecane 2112 0
Journals VolowVillile saute scanesconescssteeccescers 6)
Journal, Vol. TX. ........ceececeeee onAdeoaseaboa0% 389 18 3
Journal, Vol. X.....c.ccececeeees ppbosdnodacoREodnoc 4 6 9
Proceedings ....... dddgcaanqon000C Mieco ceceeessene 010 0
——_ 449 14 11
*Balance at Banker’s, Dec. 31, 1853 .. 412 11 2
Balance in Clerk’s hands ............ 13 16 9
a AE) Sl
* The Council have resolved to apply a part of
this sum in the purchase of books, and in the em-
ployment of an Assistant in the Museum.
£1830 5 3

VOL. X.

tee

xvill

ei

ooococe

61 ILFLF

——_

xyoocoooco o

GP

gd
Osh
g
gt
i
Oll
£9P

G9%

SOC eeoee eres eeeeeeeeneteses Ayata0g ayy jo INOARJ UL aouRleg

eeeeeeeerese see eeeeeatstsee "ON *suOIJOeSUBLT, ce

seeeeeetecsensuereveseoece® TBITITIOL Apraqyrene ‘ SUOT}BOTIQNG
see eeerececseewererseges sosuadxiy dVIWUsING snosuUe][s0sSI [Ay
BO CO OO Bue OCs) SBU1}99 JA, ye smBIselcy
See Meroe ere seeeceeresereeeces juRIsIssSy suipnypout ‘munasn jy
‘oag ‘anSojeye9 ‘wajddng Ssuynuig ‘syoog many ‘AreaqryT

sreeeeseeeseesqepuagyy [BUOIS00(Q)
etaeereeeaseeneeceeeeteneeteenss DITA QSNOF]
eeteteeeseeenaeensecensretecerseeeeseres IOVIOT
Does aisadauecaneencs 1919
cog tnsciengnss cave dideacelve® ATEIOIIIC queqsissy
: sade pure sarrelesg

ocoooocoo
cootoo
S
eo

BEE CORSOOS -GOGEOMOCCOOC BOC Fru ke ey fl IOJ ea,
Cee ee Suyuig SNOIULT[IOSTIA,
Sete Meee eseeasesseassssasesaaresees ATOMOT}RYS
tereereeeres sostradxg OSNOFT SNOIURT[IOSIPL

te teneeeeeeseeraeerneeteeeneeneeeteertrenees Tone
OINUIN, MON
A Pw mee we reese seers gauees siredoy Phair |
COB DOOCOCOO OOO SUS SOONCOAGHOCOOOO has i] asnoxy
FGETIOOO **Q0UBINSUT IIL

DE RCOOEOSHGOSRIOO9OU80G00C COOOIDOGOIGNOS eG

F _ taimppuadxy yerouey

Pee ce et tt eee ttt eeceereust reese

moeesseseoseesce
grossosesseseSe

“CELVWNILSA GUNLIGNadxa

ia

OL TLFl#.

"PSS ‘LZ ‘une
‘svauy, “AdUVHS TAXINVA (peusis)

ooo0.0

0
0
“=P

0 06

81 OTL
OL +6
O 891

O 0&9

cT 66
Il OF
‘6 F

fet ee. el UI yeuINos Jo a[esS 10]

a 460 ‘une ul ‘0D pue ueulsuo'yT “SISS9 JA] kq ong
(6) (0 <2 0f aOR CUCCOBDD EE OGUIBECOU jeuimor Ajaaqreny jo ayes
riteeteseteerseceerreevseeerereseesceeess aitgumatddng pue
eee as Arerqvy ‘sSuIpoo001g ‘suoljoesuel f, jo aes
Sesiscceenie ierideeeeescebes* sce STOSUOG) “yuag god € uo spuaplaiq

FOP OOR OH Herter eee ease eeesee ts SOU OOOEEO RHEE EH EEEE suoljisodu0y

0 0 ¢9 FG a ae de (01) S}UIPISAI-UO NY
OF AGO. Sica see tis (OL) syueptsoy
a : Soa UOCISSIUpY

[Peo 57
Coceeeteeeeeeeresenes (SMOT[AT 002) suoIyNqIyu0y Jenuuy
H peyeullysa FG8L IOS auloouy Areuipig

se eeeaee

stiseeseeseseeareeeessseescseees (A99S-UOIJUNIVA 99S) sivaly i
teeseseeeeerone vernog APIoWENy uo suoiydiosqng oy ong

)

‘CALOTAXa GINOONI ©

"POSL aX ay7 Hof SHLVNILSY ie

xix

PROCEEDINGS
AT THE

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING,
17rH FEBRUARY, 1854.

_ AWARD OF THE WoLLAsToN MEDAL AND Donation Funp.

AFTER the Reports of the Council had been read, the President,
Prof. K. Forbes, on delivering to R. Griffith, Esq., LL.D., F.G.S.,
the Wollaston Palladium Medal, addressed him as follows :—

Dr. GrirrirH,—It is my privilege, and one that I value most
highly, to deliver to you the Wollaston Palladium Medal, awarded
this year by the Council of the Society to yourself, “ for the valuable
services rendered by you to geological science, and particularly for
your Geological Map of Ireland, the result of your own laborious
and judicious researches.” 4

It has been my fortune to go over no small proportion of the geo-
logy of Ireland, and to visit districts in the sister kingdom of the
structure of which our information was wholly derived from your
labours. I can therefore bear personal testimony to the value and
extent of your researches, and express, from my own knowledge of
the facts, the admiration that I feel for one of the most remarkable
geological maps ever produced by a single geologist. The more
your country is explored the more will men of science be astonished
by the minuteness of detail contained in that famous work. You
have investigated a country that in great part was, previously to your
labours, a geologically unknown land. The formations with which
you had to deal presented in many places peculiarities that demanded
original thought, and precluded the usually safe guide of analogical
comparison, You bravely grappled with your difficulty and showed.
your powers of generalization and systematization in an arrangement
and nomenclature of the Irish rocks, which in many points were
highly original, and have been of great use to labourers in the sister
kingdom. ‘These will be of more use still, and every year’s research
convinces those who are now officially engaged in the exploration of
Ireland—Sir Henry De la Beche and Mr. Jukes, who are the best
witnesses, can bear out what I say—that your great work is a sur-
prismg monument of observation and skill. The terms “ calp”’
and “‘ yellow sandstone’”’ are important geological divisions of your
founding, and you first showed that the Old Red of Ireland was not
Silurian. Let me thank you too for the constant attention that you
have paid throughout your labours to the observation and collection

xx PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

of organic remains, and the accuracy with which, in every case, their
geological and topographical positions were noted by you. The col-
lection you made of Irish fossils is the finest of proofs of your suc-
cess, and the works descriptive of them by Professor M‘Coy, issued
under your auspices, and distributed by your liberality, are most
valuable contributions to palzeontological science.

In thus addressing you I speak reverentially to one of the earliest
members of this Society, and to a geologist who appeared in print
before I was born. From the commencement of your labours the
economic bearings of the science were kept constantly in view by you,
and your earliest memoirs are upon the coal-fields of Ireland,—that
on the Leinster coal-field having been published so long ago as 1814.
You proposed, in a letter to the Dublin Society, to construct a geolo-
gical map of Ireland as long ago as 1821. I need not say, on this
occasion, how you have since carried out that wise proposition. Twice
President of the Geological Society of Ireland, your spirit and pre-
sence has done much to promote the study of our science in your
country. May your good influence long continue.

Dr. Griffith replied in these words :—

Mr. PrestpENntT,—I receive, with much gratification, the Wollaston
Medal for the present year, which has been conferred upon me by the
vote of the Council of the Geological Society.

It is an honour to which I never aspired, but which, I confess, I
receive with pride and satisfaction, as a proof that my labours in the
geological field of Ireland are appreciated by those who are best able
to judge of their accuracy and importance.

The construction by me of a Geological Map of Ireland is now an
old story, as upwards of forty years have elapsed since I commenced
it at the pressing instance of Mr. Greenough, one of my oldest and
most valued friends. It was in the summer of the year 1812 that
the first outline of the Geological Map was attempted, when, to my
own then limited observations, were added the hasty notes of my
friend Mr. Greenough. Since that period I have never lost sight of
the work, though public avocations have occasionally so much inter-
fered with its progress, that only trifling additions to the general
data were made during several years.

The meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of
Science, at Dublin, in the year 1835, gave a fresh impulse to my
labours, which from that time to the present have never flagged ;
and I have now the pleasure of presenting the result of my labours
in as complete a form as time and opportunity have enabled me to
produce.

The Topographical Map, on which the geological boundaries have
been engraved, was constructed at the Ordnance Survey Office,
Dublin, under the superintendence of my friend Major Larcom, Royal
Engineer, in the year 1838, and is the most accurate Map of Ireland
that has hitherto been published. It is laid down to a scale of four
miles to an inch, and, although on that scale it appears in many
parts to be crowded with geological details, yet, even in those places,

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. Xxi

if we look to the scale of nature, it is meagre indeed; in fact my
labours must be considered only in the light of an outline and pre-
cursor, which may facilitate the labours of Sir Henry De la Beche
and his unrivalled corps of zealous and enlightened colleagues, who,
in the true spirit of English scientific honesty, will at all times award
the full meed of credit due to an antecedent labourer.

In a work which has been forty years in hand, during which time
Geology has made such rapid strides, as might be expected, the first
outlines and divisions into systems have been frequently revised and
changed, and I may say, I have found it necessary to revisit every
district, nay nearly every parish, in Ireland at least three times.

I may allude to the subdivisions of the Carboniferous system, from
the Old Red Sandstone, or Devonian, to the Coal-formation inclusive :
this system, originally given as one undivided suite, is at present sub-
divided into seven series, five belonging to the Carboniferous limestone
and two to the Coal. I now look back with wonder at the labour,
and perhaps danger in a scientific view, of attempting subdivisions,
some of which at the time were new to geologists.

Next I may point to the subdivision, or at least attempted subdi-
vision of the Slate-series, formerly called Transition or Greywacké
slates, into Cambrian and Silurian, rendered necessary by the won-
drous labours of my friends, Professor Sedgwick and Sir Roderick
Murchison.

But I fear and feel I am trespassing or valuable time, and shall
conclude by thanking you, Mr. President, for the very flattering
manner in which you have had the kindness to express yourself in
presenting to me the Wollaston Medal.

On presenting to S. P. Woodward, Esq., the Proceeds of the Wol-
laston Fund, the President addressed him as follows :—

Mr. Woopwarp,—It is with no small pleasure that I announce
to you that the Council of the Geological Society have awarded to
you the proceeds of the Wollaston Fund for the present year. They
do so “in acknowledgement of the value of your recent Paleeontolo-
gical labours, and to assist you in the publication of your researches
into the structure and affinities of Brachiopoda and Rudista.”’ You
and I have worked together officially within these walls, and I know
well how thoroughly you have mastered the details and the generali-
ties of those branches of Paleontology to which you have “directed
your attention. Every naturalist who has made himself acquainted
with the admirable manner in which you have worked out the diffi-
cult palzeontological problem of the structure and affinities of the
Rudista, and how many anomalies have been definitely cleared away
by your labours, will be glad to hear of this award. We trust that
the results of your researches will before long be made accessible
through publication, and that you will continue to pursue a course
which is sure to gain you honourable fame and secure for you a high
position in the world of science, worthy of the son of one who did
much good service to British Geology in his time.

xxii PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

Mr. Woopwarp replied—

Sir, I beg to thank you, and the Council, for the valuable compli-
ment you have conferred upon me. It is well known to many gentle-
men now present, that I commenced life in the service of this Society,
as assistant to Mr. Lonsdale, whose name is still so highly esteemed
within these walls ; and I enjoyed the good fortune of remaining here
during the whole time of your former official connection with the
Society. In the position which I have held, it has been my duty
rather to assist others than to conduct investigations of my own ; and
I have been amply rewarded by the kind and liberal manner in which
the slightest services have always been acknowledged by Fellows of
this Society.

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT.

GrNTLEMEN,— Whilst we rejoice in our continued prosperity and
look forward confidently to the future progress of Geology, we must
not forget, that the year just gone by has been one of mourning for
science and of heavy losses by death, abroad and at home, for our
Society. First in the list of the departed, who were among our
eminent members, is the name of

Leoroitp Von Bucu. The death of this illustrious philosopher
and pre-eminent geologist took place, after a few days’ illness, at
Berlin, in March 1853. He had attained the age of 79 years, and
to the last preserved his unrivalled energy and scientific enthusiasm.

Baron Von Buch was a member of an ancient and noble Prussian
family, and was a Royal Chamberlain of Prussia ; knighthoods and
distinctions of all kinds had been showered upon him unsought, for
his merits. He was one of the eight Foreign members of the Insti-
tute of France, and a foreign or honorary fellow of almost every
great scientific academy out of his own country. At home he was
one of the most active members of the Berlin Academy of Sciences.
Fortunate in the possession of a sufficient, if not ample income, un-
tied by the trammels of office or routine duties, he was enabled to
devote the whole of his long life to the search after scientific truth.
Nobly did he fulfil his mission. Unselfish, free from envy, anxious
and able to aid, he sought not only to advance science by his own
exertions, but to assist by advice at all times, by purse where neces-
sary, every younger man who worked earnestly in the same course.
There is an old Jewish proverb which says, ‘‘ He who seeks a name
loses fame ;’” Leopold Von Buch scorned fame and gained it.

He was a pupil of Werner; one of the youths destined afterwards
to be illustrious, who studied under the instruction of the renowned
professor of Freiberg. However serious the demerits of many of the
views promulgated by that distinguished teacher, his eloquence and
inspiration effected mighty services for geology, through the love for
the science with which it imbued his disciples. Errors vanish in
the course of time—they are like unpreservable species in geolo-

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. XXili

gical formations,—but merits last for ever, for through them science
cannot fail to advance. Von Buch was one of the first to repudiate
the mistaken views of his master, but he avowedly did so by the very
spirit and method of research which he had cherished and learned at
the school of Freiberg.

Von Buch was only eighteen years of age when he commenced his
long series of contributions to the literature of science. His first
paper was “A Mineralogical Description of the Carlsbad Region,’’:
printed anonymously in 1792. Four years afterwards he produced
his “‘ Contribution to a Mineralogical Description of Landeck,’’ and,
soon after a similar treatise for Silesia, accompanied by a geological
map. His merits as an accurate observer and clear describer were
manifested in these early productions. :

In the now venerable and ever-illustrious Humboldt he found a
friend and fellow-student, with a kindred mind and genius, and.
these two great men worked together early in life. At the close of
the last century they visited the Alps and Italy in company, and
there it was that Von Buch commenced those researches into the
geological phenomena of volcanoes that alone would have immor-
talized his name. He founded a great part of what may be termed
the Science of Volcanoes, and gradually divesting himself, by the
legitimate process of extended observation, of Wernerian theories,
worked out this most interesting section of geology in the countries
most likely to enable him to solve the many problems it presents.
Italy, Central France, the trap districts of Germany and Scotland,
and eventually, in 1815, the Canary Islands were submitted by him
to close personal inspection; with what results I need not, in this
place, recall. Suffice to say, that his great work, ‘The Physical De-
scription of the Canary Islands,’ will long remain an enduring monu-
ment of his labours and his generalizations. The theory of Craters
of Elevation was one of the most influential of the doctrines broached.
by him after his careful and prolonged study of igneous phenomena.

But during the course of these peculiar studies his mind was not
confined to them, and other subjects of equal importance engaged a
portion of his attention with as valuable results. In 1806, whilst
Kurope was torn by revolutions among men, Von Buch retired to
the wilds of Scandinavia, there to study the greater revolutions of
Nature. During a two-years’ travel in Norway, Sweden, and Lap-
land, his inquisitive spirit did not fail to evolve new subjects for
its speculations. What he saw there forced him to abandon the
belief in the necessarily primitive date of granites, and his observation
of the gradual rise of the Scandinavian area and its attendant pheeno-
mena, previously only imperfectly noticed and quite misunderstood,
has been a fruitful source of fresh chapters in geology. How many
of the best disquisitions of our time could trace their roots to these
observations of Von Buch !

The first Geological Map of Germany appeared in 1824. Von
Buch’s name is not appended to it, but it is known that he was the
compiler and author. The impulse to local geology given by a
first map; and the difficulties with which the constructor has neces-:

XXIV PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

sarily to contend, cannot be too highly appreciated. The first step,
in this as in many other things, is the chief difficulty, and one apt
to be underrated by those who come afterwards.

After his return from the Canaries, Switzerland,— always the
favourite region with Von Buch, — again became the scene of his
travels. The mode and epochs of the upheaval of mountain chains
were, among other subjects, the themes of his inquiries and essays.
The famous doctrines of Elie de Beaumont bear witness to the in-
fluence and suggestiveness of Von Buch’s observations. His theories
concerning Dolomite, though not so productive of rich results, ex-
cited general attention and caused much wholesome controversy.

Twenty-five years ago, when already past the fiftieth year of his
age, Von Buch seemed to enter upon an entirely fresh career, and to
take up a line of inquiry in a totally different direction from that
which he had previously followed, for he commenced those brilliant
paleontological researches that have secured for him a permanent
fame among the cultivators of the natural history side of geology,
and even among pure naturalists. I say “seemed” to enter upon
this course, for the thought and study had long been working in his
mind, as is evident from the essay ‘On the Progress of Forms in
Nature,’ printed by him as early as 1806. The ideas, then con-
ceived imperfectly, had been silently and steadily growing within
him, nourished by continual observations, and in 1828 they took a
definite form, when he published his observations on Ammonites,
followed at intervals by his monographs upon the Goniatites, Bra-
chiopoda, and Cystidea. There are two distinct aspects of Paleeonto-
logy, a geological side and a physiological side. Cuvier was the true
architect of the latter, but Von Buch erected the former. It was he
who first developed the idea of the chronomorphosis of genera, the
great leading principle of natural history applied to geology. He
arrived at it fairly and inductively, and demonstrated it monographi-
cally and practically. He gave a grand impulse to the study of
stratified rocks, an impulse only now beginning to be felt in its full
force. With his usual sagacity he saw clearly its value and bearings,
as is plainly indicated by his essays on comparative or geographical
geology, and the latest of his numerous memoirs, those on the Creta-
ceous and Jurassic formations. If I am not greatly mistaken, the
future progress of comparative geology will depend mainly on the
following up of the paleontological doctrines that were originated by
Von Buch. Viewed, too, entirely apart from their geological merits,
and considered under a purely natural-history aspect, the mono-
graphs on fossils by Von Buch are most remarkable productions,
both as descriptive and as philosophic essays. Not long before he
died he directed his attention to fossil botany, and endeavoured to
evolve guiding principles from the study of the nervation of leaves.
He did not rashly enter upon this fresh subject, for botanical inqui-
ries had long before interested him in their details, as his Scandina-
vian and Canarian researches testify.

Philosophers may be divided into two great natural orders, those
who sow and those who reap— the originators and the demon-

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. XXV

strators. Von Buch was a sower. He went about the world cast-
ing the seeds of new researches and fresh ideas, wherever his pro-
phetic spirit perceived a soil adapted for their germination. The
world of science has gathered a rich harvest through his foresight.
He is the only geologist who has attained an equal fame in the phy-
sical, the descriptive, and the natural history departments of his
science. In all three he has been an originator and a discoverer.
In every subdivision of all three he has been a suggester — a high
merit in itself.

Von Buch never married. Personally he had his peculiarities
and eccentricities, odd ways of his own that amused the stranger
and endeared him to his many friends. Probably no geologist had
ever so general an acquaintance. He went everywhere to take the
measure of the workers in his favourite science, and knew them,
bodily and mentally, almost all. I shall ever esteem it a-good
fortune to have seen him, to have received a lesson from him,
and to have deserved his published commendation. Though gone
from among us, his ubiquitous spirit is with us, and in the
Report which I shall have to give of geological progress during
the past year, I could point out the influence of his ideas at almost
every step.

A short half year has passed away since among the most active
and vigorous of our younger members, HucH Epwin STRICKLAND
took a prominent part in our meetings and discussions. Healthy,
earnest, and indefatigable, his life promised to be one of long ser-
vices to natural science. In the best period of manhood, when ex-
perience and energy meet and work together, when well-sustained
exertions in the cause of truth, and the proofs of an equal capacity
for scientific learning and original research have raised our expecta-
tions and cherished our hopes, Mr. Strickland was taken from amongst
us awfully and immediately, falling literally a martyr to geological
science. He had been engaging, with his customary zeal, in the
discussions of the Meeting of the British Association at Hull, when
at the termination of the sittings he proceeded to the neighbourhood
of East Retford, to examine the cuttings on the line of railway at the
mouth of the Clanborough Tunnel. Intent upon his observations,
note-book in hand, unhappily unaware of the danger of his position,
he stepped from one line to another to avoid an approaching coal-
train, just at the moment that the Great Northern passenger-train
was issumg from the tunnel. Instantaneous death terminated his
earthly career.

Mr. Strickland was in the forty-second year of his age. He was
a native of Righton in Yorkshire, and inherited scientific tastes from
his father, Mr. H. E. Strickland of Apperley, and his maternal
grandfather, the emiment Dr. Edmund Cartwright. Part of his
education was conducted by the-late Dr. Arnold, who took a warm
interest in the talents of his distinguished pupil. His training was
completed at Oxford, where he studied at Oriel College, and where
doubtless, under the lectures of Dr. Buckland, he acquired and ripened

XXV1 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

those geological tastes which eventually led to his appointment as
successor of his illustrious master in the Geological Chair of the
University.

His acquirements in natural science were singularly diversified,
embracing more ot less all departments of natural history, and there
are few sections of the science upon which at one time or other
he did not publish observations or memoirs. His knowledge of the
literature of natural history was remarkably extensive, exceeding pro-
bably that of any living naturalist ; and the ‘ Bibliographia Zoologize
et Geologie,’ based on the manuscripts of Professor Agassiz, and
published by the Ray Society, owes much of its value to his editorial
care and unrivalled acquaintance with authors and their works. As
a zoologist, the greater share of his attention was devoted to ornitho-
logy, in which department he enjoyed a world-wide fame. His work,
written jointly with Dr. Melville, on extinct birds, especially the Dodo,
was an application of his ornithological knowledge to geology.

Mr. Strickland’s geological researches were confined to no single
locality or group of formations, and his name will be ever recorded
in histories of geology. In the British Islands his favourite subjects
were the New Red Sandstones, Lias, and Pleistocene beds. In con-
junction with Sir Roderick Murchison, he described the geology of
the neighbourhood of Cheltenham, and communicated to our Trans-
actions the well-known important memoir ‘On the Upper Forma-
tions of the New Red Sandstone system in Gloucestershire, Worcester-
shire, and Warwickshire.’ Many papers on the geology of various
points in these counties are contained in our Journals and Pro-
ceedings. He contributed also to a knowledge of the geology of por-
tions of Scotland and of the Isle of Man. In company with Mr.
Hamilton, he travelled in the Mediterranean and Levant, and ex-
plored the geology of parts of Asia Minor, the Thracian Bosphorus,
and the Island of Zante. Their joint memoirs on those countries are
printed in our Transactions, and contributed materially to extend our
knowledge of the structure of Eastern Europe and Western Asia.
The demonstration of the existence of Palzeozoic strata on the shores
of the Bosphorus was one of the many fruits of this expedition.

Earnestness, energy, and simplicity were the distinguishing features
of Mr. Strickland’s character. He was thoroughly a man of science,
and as thorough a gentleman. Fearless in his maintenance of his
convictions, whether by speech or pen, his freedom from animosity
and evident straightforwardness invariably converted his opponents
into friends. Mr. Strickland was most happily married, but has left
no family. His father-in-law, the emiment naturalist Sir William
Jardine of Applegarth, has undertaken to complete the editing of the
remaining volumes of the ‘ Bibliographia.’

One of the warmest and wisest friends of the Society, and during
many years an active member of it and constant attendant at its
meetings, was CHARLES SToKEs, whose name will be long borne in
mind with affection and gratitude by many geologists and naturalists.
Although constantly and assiduously engaged in business, Mr. Stokes

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. XXV1i

contrived, whilst passing his days in the City and on the Stock Ex-
change, of which he was a most respected member, to acquire a vast
amount of minute and accurate scientific information, and to pursue
original, though, alas, too seldom published researches ; and there
was scarcely any department of the natural history sciences with
which his acquaintance was not considerable. Careless of fame and
brimful of benevolence, he laboured incessantly, whenever a moment
of leisure permitted, to advance science by every means that lay
within his power. He collected rare and interesting specimens at
any cost, not for their own sakes, but to place at the disposal of any
competent person who had the requisite knowledge and determination
to investigate the subjects they could serve to elucidate. Before
microscopic science was in fashion, he was at work encouraging the
makers of microscopes, suggesting improvements, purchasing beauti-
ful instruments, and testing their application. When lithography
was in its infancy in England, he foresaw what could be done with
the rising art; and, sparing no expense, found a zealous and talented
ally in the late Mr. Hullmandel for experimenting on his sug-
gestions. His knowledge ef some branches of zoology and paleeon-
tology was minute and curious, as well as of parts of botany. Trilo-
bites and Zoophytes were among his favourite subjects ; upon the
former he communicated valuable materials and information to the
great work of Alexander Brongniart on the Fossil Crustacea; about
the latter he possessed a store of novel and original information,
which I fear is in great part lost with him. The subject of the fos-
silization of wood was one which he pursued even to the last; and
only two months before his death I received a letter from him, accom-
panying some specimens illustrative of his views, and inquiring about
others. In the 5th volume of the 2nd series of our Transactions is
published a valuable paper by him on this subject, containing an ex-
planation of the phenomena exhibited by partially silicified wood,
and of the progressive steps in the process of petrifaction. In the
same volume is a memoir upon “Some Species of Orthocerata,” with
an account of the siphon of Actinoceras and the foundation of the
genus Ormoceras. The many curious researches concerning the
Orthoceratites that have interested paleeontologists of late years had
their origin in his. discoveries. Some time before he had made
mineralogical communications to the Society. His name is con-
stantly cited in numerous foreign treatises. But the scantiness of
his writings can give no true notion of his learning and his influence
on the progress of science during his time. Not an expedition
started for foreign discovery, but he was in at the commencement to
advise and direct the natural history arrangements. { am one of
many who owe much to the sound sense and surprising knowledge of
Charles Stokes. He was the Ellis of our times. I have spoken only
of his scientific learning; he was as remarkable for literary, anti-
quarian, musical, and artistic knowledge. He died in London, deeply
regretted, in the last week of December 1853, at the age of 70. His
pleasant and wise presence will be missed for many a year,

XXVill PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Mr. AtexaNpeR Ropertson, whose name as a geologist was
best known to us with the affix “of Elgin,” was born at Aberdeen in
the year 1816, and after an education, conducted partly im England
and partly in Scotland, became a pupil of Professor Syme, and
studied medicine at Edinburgh. Disliking his intended profession,
he soon abandoned it, and after studying science in Germany, re-
turned to Scotland and settled in Morayshire, to pursue farming, I
regret to say without success, since his death left a widow and four
children unprovided for. Mr. Robertson’s name is familiar to you as
that of the discoverer of Freshwater beds intercalated in the Oolites of
Brora. He communicated his observations on this subject to our
Society, and subsequently (May 1846) a longer memoir “On the
Wealden Beds of Brora, Sutherlandshire, with Remarks on the Rela-
tions of the Wealden Strata and Stonesfield Slate to the rest of the
Jurassic System, and on the Marine Contemporary of the Wealden
Strata above the Portland Stone;’? an essay remarkable for its
thoughtful and suggestive character. In this paper he pleaded
forcibly for Sir Roderick Murchison’s view of the Oolitic relations of
the Wealden; some recent discoveries have in great part supported
the argument maintained by Mr. Robertson.

Mr. Henry Wiii1amM Taytor was well known to the Members
of our Society for his fine collection of Chalk fossils, which he spared
neither time nor expense to bring together.

I shall not venture, Gentlemen, in the following Address to discuss
fully and in all its details any one subject, in the manner so admirably
and usefully done by my immediate predecessor, but follow the plan
pursued by not a few of the distinguished men who have filled this
Chair, of presenting to you in brief a summary of the leading features
of geological progress during the year just passed, and a commentary
on the aspects and aspirations of our science as manifested and indi-
cated by the more salient labours of geologists during 1853. To do
this thoroughly would require more leisure and a greater command
of foreign languages than, unfortunately, I possess ; but without pro-
fessing to furnish a complete report, I hope to be useful by indicating
the merits of that which has principally been done during the period
I have had the distinguished honour of filling your presidency. If I
claim the privilege of occasional criticism and difference of opinion,
the responsibility of objections must fall entirely on myself, and if,
through inadvertence, I commit injustice, by passing unnoticed any
essay of merit and consequence, I trust on a future occasion to rectify
the mistake and to render the acknowledgement that is due.

That the greater part of my report will take cognizance of Geology
under its paleontological aspects, is a circumstance not dependent on
my own predilections or peculiar line of study ; it so happens that
the majority of important papers published during the past year have
been more or less of this character, and some of the most valuable
of recent contributions to our science concern principally the natural

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. XXxiX

history department of Geology. The economics of the science have,
it is true, received more than their usual share of attention, gold and
coal forming the themes of not a few volumes and essays. But
geology, properly so called, of a scientific character, is thinly diffused
through auriferous treatises, although a great deal is often written in
them about geology,—in the sense however of round about it. De-
scriptive Geology is constantly progressing, although the number of
memoirs in this department has not been great during 1853. Know-
ing how much is in progress in this most important section of the
science, we cannot regard the deficiency in the number of publications
upon it as any indication of halting. The same remark may be made
on the section of Geological Dynamics. Mineralogy, under its geo-
logical aspects is making decided progress in France and in America,
but, to our shame be it said, continues to be neglected in England.
There are numerous cultivators of it, it is true, for its own sake,
learned and able mineralogists, who however, on this side of the Tweed
at least, do not often put the results of their observations into print.
In Scotland and in Ireland the pens of the mineralogists are much
more active, and the investigation of mineral species ardently pursued,
though not to the extent that we find these inquiries followed in Ger-
many and the United States.

In the course of study of the many lately-published memoirs from
which the materials of my Address are derived, the question of the
meaning of the difference and contrast that are evident when we
compare the faunas and floras of the more ancient or palzeozoic with
those of later epochs, has, in consequence of fresh accumulation of
relevant facts, forced itself vividly upon my attention. It is a sub-
ject that, in common with most geologists, I have often earnestly
thought over, and more than once published opinions upon. It has
been the originator of not a few theories and speculations, not one of
which can be said to have borne the test of searching inquiry into
facts. Yet I think I am not wrong in saying, that a belief is as
strongly impressed as ever on the minds of geologists who take
interest in the philosophy of their science, that some law lies at the
foundation of this difference. If I venture to add one speculation
more, although its predecessors have either subsided into azoic obli-
vion, or linger, retaining but a weak hold upon our minds, I do so in
the hope that there is a vitality in my ofispring, which may enable
it, when it becomes developed, though as yet only a suggestion, to
endure ; and I ask your indulgence for introducing it on this occasion,
on the plea that it owes its birth to reflections arising out of this
discourse.

The publication of the first volume of M. Barrande’s great work
on the Silurian System of Bohemia is a leading event of the geo-
logical year just completed, and from its importance commands our
first attention. The researches, the results of which are embo-
died in this elaborate and beautiful treatise, were commenced twenty
years ago, but have been more especially prosecuted during the last
thirteen years. From time to time we have had more or less detailed
notices of the fruits of M. Barrande’s assiduous labours, but could

XXX PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

scarcely judge of their minuteness and importance until he com-
menced to send them forth in full. He now takes his place definitely
in the foremost rank of geologists and paleeontologists. He combines
in a remarkable degree both qualifications,—no small advantage when
the wide general views and the classification of great formations, such
as are dealt with by this eminent man, have to be fully considered
and put forth with ample arguments. Division of labour is good for
the accumulation of sound and abundant materials, but experience
has shown in both geology and the other sciences, that the greatest
advances are to be made by combinations of kinds of knowledge
in those who deal with the greater problems. M. Barrande has
done well, it seems to me, by pursuing assiduously the double course
he has chosen. The main body of the purely geological portion of
his work he proposes to publish when the paleontological details,
which constitute most of the evidence upon which his views are
founded, have been laid before the geological world in all their com-
pleteness. The task he has before him in this respect is a laborious
one; no less than the detailed description and critical investigation
of some 1200 species of fossils,—for such is the number that has
rewarded his search in Bohemia. The natural history and principal
part of his first volume, a bulky work in itself, is devoted to the order
of Trilobites. It is prefaced, however, by a general outline of the
geology of Bohemia, which first deserves our notice, both on account
of the interest it must present to British geologists dealing with
paleeozoic strata, and also because of certain original and peculiar
views put forth in it.

The Silurian formation of the centre of Bohemia constitutes a well
defined basin of an elongated oval shape, the great axis of which is
directed nearly N.E. and S.W., and has a length of about 20 German
geographical miles with a maximum breadth of 10. It is from 55
to 60 miles in circumference. Towards the N.E. and N. a small por-
tion is bounded by the Trias, the Quader-sandstone, the Planer-kalk,
or by the Carboniferous formation. Elsewhere, for two-thirds of its
margin, granite or primordial crystalline rocks, such as gneiss and
mica-slate, constitute its base and its boundary. A few small carbo-
niferous basins are sprinkled over the Silurian surface, as well as a
few isolated outliers of cretaceous beds. The dip in the two halves
of the basin, the one to the N.E. and the other to the S.E. of the
chief diameter, is towards the principal axis. The beds ordinarily lie
at an angle of from 30° to 45°, often 70°, and are not unfrequently
vertical.

M. Barrande distinguishes eight stages of strata to which he assigns
a Silurian age ; four of them he regards as Lower Silurian, and four
as Upper Silurian. Of his Lower Silurian stages the two lowermost
are azoic, the distinctions between them being founded on mineral
characters, the first bemg composed of crystalline rocks, and the
second of clay-slates and conglomerates, similar to the fossiliferous
Silurian above them, but wholly void of organic remains. They are
rich in lead mines. These azoic stages pass into each other, and the
upper section passes gradually into the fossiliferous beds above.

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. “XXXi

The third stage of his Lower Silurian, and the first of his fossili-
ferous horizons, includes his ‘‘ Schiste protozoique,” and attaims a
thickness of 1200 feet. It contains no beds of limestone. The
fauna of this section is very peculiar; it is composed almost totally
of Trilobites, the other fossils being a Pteropod, some Cystideze, and
an Orthis. These constitute an assemblage upon which he lays
great stress and designates primordial. All its species, without
exception, are peculiar to itself, and of the Trilobites, all the genera
are so, with the exception of Agnostus. The peculiar genera are
either low and rudimentary types, or members of the Olenoid or
Calymenoid families ; not typical or highly developed forms. They
are Paradowxides, Conocephalus, Ellipsocephalus, Sao, Arionellus,
Hydrocephalus, and Agnostus. Of the first of these genera there
are no fewer than twelve species, some of them exceedingly prolific.
These primordial Trilobites have a peculiar facies of their own, de-
pendent on the multiplication of their thoracic segments, and the
diminution of their caudal shield or pygidium. M. Barrande compares
this primordial fauna of Bohemia with certain fossiliferous assem-
blages similarly placed at the base of the fossiliferous Silurians in
Wales, Norway, and Sweden, in which last country, indeed, the
peculiarities of its fossils long ago attracted the attention of naturalists
and the notice of Linnzeus.

The isolation of this primordial zone, as distinguished from the
mass of the Lower Silurian, is chiefly maintained by the grouping in
it of the Olenoid family of Trilobites, almost to the exclusion of all
others. It is not quite certain that more than one of the genera of
Trilobites distinctive of this zone are found in any higher beds. The
exception is Agnostus, the lowest and most rudimentary type of its
tribe. Yet even this has its metropolis in the primordial zone, and
sends but a few stragglers into the division immediately above.
The same, or a very similar distribution, has been observed of late
years by Angelin, who during 1852 commenced illustrating the fauna
of the Swedish rocks.

In Wales the existence of this primordial fauna has been clearly
made out. The rocks which contain it are those designated by Pro-
fessor Sedgwick, who recognized their importance, as the “ Lingula
beds,” a name adopted by the Geological Survey. Fossils were first
I believe, found in them by Mr. Davis, who discovered the Lingula,
from which they received this name. They have been thoroughly
examined by my colleagues of the Geological Survey, and are stated
in the resumé on the Lower Paleeozoics of N. Wales, communicated
by Professor Ramsay to the Society last April, to be about 7000 feet
thick. heir importance has been fully recognized for some time by
the surveyors, and the additional evidence accumulated last autumn
by Mr. Salter goes to support the stress laid upon them by M. Bar-
rande. In the prosecution of the search, a further result has been
obtained in the way of a subdivision of the group, and a palzontolo-
gical distinction of importance has been indicated. They prove capable
of division into two well-marked sections, viz. a lower, of which
‘Agnostus (probably the identical species described from the alum

XXxil PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

slates of Sweden), an Olenus, and Conocephalus occur along with the
characteristic Lingule of the deposit ; and an upper, where the same
genera are accompanied by a few Brachiopoda and Bryozoa, as in
Bohemia. But whereas in the latter country no passage can be shown
of this fauna into the Silurian stage above, in Wales a paleontological
passage from the Lingula beds into the Bala or Llandeilo group
appears to be indicated. This is marked by the association in the
upper part of the igneous series of two large species of Olenus with
Agnostus and Lingule, and with types unquestionably characteristic
of the Llandeilo beds, such as Asaphus, Calymene, and Ogygia, and
Graptolites of species undistinguishable from those of the Llandeilo
flags.

The interesting memoir of Dale Owen leaves no doubt upon the
equivalence to these beds of the Potsdam sandstone of North America,
in which Trilobites of the Paradoxides type are mingled with the
Lingule, so characteristic of this formation.

The demonstration of this important zone of life, the earliest as yet
distinctly traced, is a great step in Palzeozoic Geology, one firmly
established during the past year.

The extinction of the primordial fauna in Bohemia is attributed by
M. Barrande to the effects of the igneous eruptions manifested by
the masses of porphyries interposed between his lowest fossiliferous
and the succeeding stage. The destroying influence of trappean
eruptions are more than once laid stress upon by him. Similar phe-
nomena appear to have terminated the Lingula-flag epoch in the
Welsh area; volcanic outbursts, as remarked by Professor Ramsay,
“in consequence of which great ashy deposits were found interstra-
tified with ordinary muddy sediment, and here and there associated
with thick beds of felspathic lava.’ But these outbursts do not
always appear to have had so decided an influence upon the faunas
of ancient seas, for, in the instance of Wales, the great eruptions that
occurred during the epoch of the deposition of the succeeding Bala
beds did not materially affect the population of the oceanic area in
which they broke out. For my part I am strongly inclined to think
that the influence of volcanic outbursts upon life through the ‘de-
structive agency of the products of eruptions has often been over-
rated. Igneous overflows, showers of ashes, and exhalations of
deleterious vapours are necessarily destructive, but as necessarily
local, and scarcely likely, arguing at least from all cases of which we
have sufficient knowledge, to extinguish the fauna and flora of a
whole natural-history province, much less of many provinces. But
they are the certain indications of far more powerful though less con-
spicuous and less traceable enemies of life. They are often the
indices of epochs of excessive disturbances of the earth’s crust, and
of elevations and depressions of the surface of the sea-bed. Changes
of level and consequent changes of surrounding conditions, even to
the extent of change of medium, are the great life-extinguishers.
The degree of substitution in an ancient fauna should rather be
accepted as an evidence of the extent of the movements that have
taken place during an age of volcanic energy, than as a measure of

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. XXXill

the intensity of the local outbursts, the products of which at first
glance seem to us the most efficient engines of destruction. It is not
the ferocity of battles, but the organic changes among nations that
afford us the measure of value or importance of a great war.

The fourth and uppermost division of M. Barrande’s Lower Silu-
rians' is his “ Ktage D ;”? strata chiefly composed of quartzites with
schistose alternations. Cephalopoda represented by Orthoceras, Pte-
ropoda by Conularia and Pugiunculus, Heteropoda by Bellerophon,
Gasteropoda by Pleurotomaria and Holopea, Acephala by Avicula
and Nucula, Brachiopoda by Orbicula, Lingula, Spirifer, Leptena,
and Terebratula; also Crmoids, Cystideans, Starfishes, and a few
Corals and Graptolites make up, with Trilodites, the fauna of this
group im Bohemia. Trilobites and Cystideans prevail above all other
forms, and it is in this zone that the former (and the latter probably
also) attain their maximum. This fact has a strong significance in
its bearing on the hypothesis concerning the relation of Paleozoic life
to the life of all after-periods which I shali hereafter bring out in this
discourse. The assemblage of animals found in this stage of quartzites
constitute M. Barrande’s second fauna. He compares the stage with
our Llandeiles and Caradoes, with the Lower Silurians of Ireland,
Russia, France, Spain, Portugal, and Thuringia, the regions C and
D of M. Angelin im Sweden and Norway, and the formations from
the Potsdam sandstone to Hudson’s River group inclusive, of the
United States. The great geographical diffusion of its fauna is in
accordance with its vertical extent. But though widely diffused as a
well-marked fauna, exhibiting everywhere a characteristic and easily-
recognized facies, the species are by no means universally diffused,
and the resemblance between distant regions is maintained rather by
representation than by identical forms: thus early in the world’s
history do we find the partitioning of the earth’s surface into natural-
history provinces. More and more evident does it become every day
that the old notion of a universal primeeval fauna is untenable, and
that at all epochs, from the earliest preserved to us to the latest,
there were natural-history provinces im geographical space. And
indeed, if we consider for a moment upon what causes the existence of
these provinces depends, how they are not the mere results of various
climatal conditions only, but are regulated in their extent im the sea
by orographical and hydrogr aphical conditions, and on the land by.
the inequalities and arrangement of the surface, and thus call to
mind that the vast and varying sedimentary accumulations, found at
every epoch in great mineral dissimilarity, necessarily indicate the
existence of those very inequalities and peculiarities on sea and on
land that determine the existence and extent of geographical pro-
vinces and limit the diffusion of animal and vegetable species, it seems
strange to us how the notion of the universal diffusion of a uniform
specific fauna could ever have been accepted for a moment, even as
an @ priori hypothesis. It was imperfect recognition of the phe-
nomena of facies in time, that beautiful idea that first seems to have
dawned on the mind of Von Buch, which appears to have given rise
to the error.

VOL. x: c

XXX1V PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

In one of the subdivisions of this ‘ Etage D”’ of his Lower Silu-
rians, M. Barrande describes the occurrence of isolated patches, as it
were, of fossiliferous strata, the population of which consists not of
Lower Silurian fossils, but of organic remains characteristic of the
Upper Silurian. M. Barrande designates these assemblages by the ap-
pellation of “‘colonies.’’ This colonial fauna, becoming extinguished
after a short existence, does not reappear until after the extinction, by
trappean eruptions, of the normal fauna of the epoch, and the cessa-
tion of the formations amid which the colony is an intruder. In these
colonies, he states, there are as many as 63 species, of which 4 are
exclusively peculiar, 2 (viz. Trinucleus ornatus and Dalmanites
socialis) common to the colonies and the true fauna of the beds in
which they are intercalated, and 57 common to the colonies and
third fauna, or that of the lowermost section of his Upper Silurians.

This doctrine of colonies is original with M. Barrande and demands
our serious consideration. It is one that materially affects the value
of the evidence of organic remains as determining the age and
sequence of formations. The proposition that it involves asserts the
introduction of a group of species that experience has shown nor-
mally to belong to a later and distinct formation, not merely among
and mixed with the fauna of an earlier stage, but amid and separate
from that fauna. We can conceive, indeed we have ample proofs in
many instances, of the fact of the appearance of many species earlier
in one geographical region than another, and we can understand how
under temporary favouring circumstances any one or a number of
such species might be laterally diffused, so as for a time to become a
component part “of the fauna of a neighbouring region, at an epoch
previous to that in which, after having for a time retired, they
returned to play a more conspicuous and characteristic part in a later
formation. But in any such instance they would be mingled with
the ordinary inhabitants of the region they colonized. Yet we can
scarcely conceive a colony, composed entirely of strangers and of
species known in beds of a later epoch, only in the exclusive associa-
tion presented by their being intercalated without admixture in the
midst of an earlier fauna. On the other hand, in a disturbed Silurian
country, where the strata lie at very high angles, and where there are
probably numerous convolutions, contortions, and rollings of the beds,

_there is a probability of the occurrence of overturns and truncated
’ crumplings, that until traced out would cause the appearance of strata
containing newer fossils lying under and amid those containing older
ones. Such deceptive appearances are not unfrequent in the Alps,
and some well-known cases occur in our own country. With these
instances vivid in our memory, I feel warranted in objecting to a
theory which seems to me as dangerous as it is ingenious, and ask
first for the minute local details of the course of the Silurian beds in
Bohemia, before accepting a doctrine so repugnant to received belief.

M. Barrande, it is true, endeavours to show most ingeniously that

the currents which determined the immigration of his colonies came
from the N.E., and that the fauna of his Upper Silurians arrived by
the same direction; whereas the fauna of the Lower Silurians of

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. “XXXV

Bohemia, if not created in place, arrived by currents having their
origin in theS.W. If, however, as now suggested, contortions of the
strata have deceived this able observer, an argument of this kind can
have no weight.

Of the four stages of Upper Silurians in Bohemia, the three lower
divisions are typically calcareous, and the culminant section schistose.
The lowermost has a base consisting of traps alternating with black
slates containing Graptolites, and including occasional concretionary
limestones. It attains a thickness of not more than 900 feet, but has
a fauna superlatively rich and prolific in fossil treasures. Between
500 and 600 species of organic remains have been collected in this
formation. In it is found the maximum number of species of Tri-
lobites, no fewer than 78; and several genera, including Harpes,
Bronteus, and Proetus, appear for the first time in Bohemia. Cepha-
lopoda abound ; as many as 200 species, of which half are Orthocerata,
have rewarded the collector. Ascoceras, Gomphoceras, and Phrag-
moceras are the characteristic types. Gasteropods, Lamellibranchs,
and Brachiopods ate numerous, and there are not a few Zoophytes.

The second or middle stage of Upper Silurian limestones presents
a decreasing fauna, but at the same time exhibits the maximum of
Brachiopoda. Bryozoa and Tentaculites appear, and Cephalopoda
rapidly diminish in numbers.

Between the third or upper stage of these limestones and the last
there is a gradual passage, and in these fishes commence and Brachio-
pods have become rare. A considerable number of species in this
division are enumerated as common to it and the two last.

In the uppermost stage of culminating schists the community of
species is reduced to two Trilobites, and the entire fauna is poverty-
stricken. Traces of vegetables indicate some considerable changes
in the conditions of the sea-bed.

The four upper stages, constituting in their aggregate the Upper
Silurians of Bohemia, contain a fauna (the third fauna of Barrande),
which, as a whole, is regarded by its describer as of equal importance
with the first or primordial fauna, and the second or clief Lower
Silurian fauna. The strongest relations of identity of species between
the Bohemian Silurians and those of other regions, are exhibited by
the third or Upper Silurian fauna. A curious point concerns the
second, viz. that it is represented in France not only by the same
genera but also by identical species, whilst in England and Sweden it
is represented by the same generic types and a great analogy of
distinct specific forms. Of the different classes of animals it would
appear that but few Crustacea are common to other countries, whilst
the Cephalopoda, Brachiopoda, and Corals are widely diffused. The
evidences of communication between the Silurian series of different
regions are clearly indicated, and everywhere the distinction between
his three great faunas is maintained by M. Barrande to be plainly
exhibited. At the same time he pronounces definitely for the unity
of the Silurian group as a well-characterized whole.

I would now call attention to the results of his inquiries into the

e2

XXXV1 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

distribution of Trilobites, and its bearings on the view of the arrange-
ment and phzenomena of the Silurian formations, as stated above.

Out of 45 genera of these typically Silurian Crustaceans, 35 are
Bohemian, and of the 10 that are not so, 2 (viz. Olenus and Peltura)
belong to the primordial fauna, not exclusively however, for Olenus,
in our country, ascends higher in the series. Of the second fauna,
6 genera are not Bohemian. And out of the entire list 7 genera have
been recognized only in Bohemia. Of the species of Trilobites, the
number characterizing each of the stages goes on increasing from the
primordial fauna to the lower portion of the Upper Silurians, but one
species only is common to as many as four of his stages, and, a fact
that is worthy of notice, varies in each. The causes of destruction
of species are not always clear. M. Barrande attributes due influence
to physical changes as regulating their duration, but I must strongly
protest against his belief in the doctrine of a limited vitality for each
species (‘‘ une quantité limitée de force vital”’), so that, independent
of all other circumstances, each race will necessarily become extinct
after a certain lapse of time. I have elsewhere exposed the groundless
fallacy of this pernicious hypothesis,—a favourite one with paleeon-
tologists, although it can find but few physiologists to give it support.
A curious remark is made by M. Barrande, that the species of the
more ancient epochs appear to have been more prolific than those of
later ages,—a remark doubtless suggested by local pheenomena.

When commenting on the general distribution of Trilobites in
Paleeozoic rocks, M. Barrande calls attention to the fact, that of the
44 Silurian genera, three-fourths do not range upwards above the
Upper Silurian stages; 11 reach the Devonian epoch, with notable
diminution of specific richness, and one only is found in Carboniferous
rocks. ‘The generic maximum of Trilobites is concentrated in the
Lower, the specific maximum in the Upper Silurians. The direction
of the development of the Trilobites is as clearly backwards, so to
speak, in time, as that of the Malacostraca is forwards. The same
remark may be made on the Brachiopoda as contrasted with the
Lamellibranchiata, and the Nautiloida as contrasted with the Ammo-
nitoida. On these oppositions I shall have more to say at the
termination of this discourse. Most worthy of remark is the fact
confirmed by M. Barrande, that the geological position of a species
im one region is not necessarily that which it holds in another. This
observation is independent of his colonial theory. Thus certain
Trilobites are common to the second and third faunas in England
that are confined to one horizon in Bohemia, and others that are
members of the Lower Silurian only in the British islands, are present
in the Upper Silurian only in Bohemia.

An interesting point is the anamorphosis or change of characters
within genera in their course through time. M. Barrande’s remarks
on this matter are highly original and deserving of study. As
instances among Trilobites, I may cite the changes in the course of
the grand suture; the progressive development of the eyes; the
reduction of the thorax ; the increase of the caudal shield ; the change

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. XXXVIl

in the ornaments in the test, striation mainly preceding granulation.
Features, however insignificant, of this kind chiefly give a distin-
guishing facies to the fauna of an epoch. Well was it said by Von
Buch, that “the smallest difference acquires value by constancy.”

I shall not attempt an analysis of the elaborate general zoological
division of M. Barrande’s work, or of the complete treatise on
Trilobitic species that follows it. Suffice to say, that. no student
of Crustacea can be absolved from a close perusal of this most admi-
rable monograph, and that every Silurian geologist should endeavour
to understand and master its luxuriant details. In justice to the
author, there is one section of this part of his work that cannot be
passed without a remark, and that is, his chapter concerning the
metamorphoses and modes of existence of Trilobites.

For years, ever since 1828, paleeontclogists have dreamt of Tri-
lobitic metamorphoses, and some have pronounced definitely for,
some as definitely against, the probability of the Trilobite under-
gomg changes in the course of its existence as an individual. The
full discovery and statement of the fact was reserved for Barrande in
1849. In the same year Mr. Salter showed that the young indivi-
duals of Ogygia Portlochii presented 4—7 segments, and finally 8.
Milne-Edwards and Burmeister, naturalists thoroughly versed in
the history of living Crustacea, had previously speculated freely
from analogy on the probability of their transformations. M. Bar-
rande in the work before us demonstrates a metamorphosis in no
fewer than 16 genera and 28 species. The degree of change is
variable ; its intensity comparable with the pheenomenon in existing
Crustacea. The successive and progressive elaboration of all the
elements in the pygidium before becoming free and passing into the
thorax, holds good in all known metamorphosing Trilobites. The
number of species in which a change has been proved diminishes as
we ascend in time. Among other points M. Barrande has made out
the probable eggs of these animals. As to their mode of life he
opposes the conclusion of Burmeister and others, that Trilobites
lived in shallow water along the coast; and distinctly pronounces
against the supposition of their parasitic nature.

Tur Groiocy or THE Brirrsu ISues.

The well and often explored mime of British geology has not yet
been worked out, and there are still rich lodes to discover, as well as
old workings, that yield profitable returns when re-examined. Our
Journal has had its full and usual share of papers on British strata
during the past year, and, judging from what I know of memoirs in
hand, the coming sessions are likely to be quite as well provided for.

Our Paleeozoic rocks have received their usual share of attention.
Old though they be, they are as attractive as ever, and their warmest
admirers during preceding years remain constant to their antiquated
yet ever fresh charms. The often discussed question of their
classification has been made the subject of a communication by Pro-
fessor Sedgwick to the Geological Section of the British Associa-

XXXVIli PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

tion at Hull, explanatory of his views concerning the nomenclature
of the Primary formations. The division of the Palzeozoic strata
into an Upper, Middle, and Lower series is a natural classification,
although some may prefer a twofold instead of a threefold partition.
The question concerning the appellations to be given to the subdivi-
sions of these three sections, is one which will in the end be deter-
mined by custom and the authority of general use. Convenience
is eventually the settler of all differences about nomenclature, and
even in Zoology and Botany, sciences in which many definite rules
are observed with laudable strictness, convenience every now and
then overrides all our arbitrary regulations. Professor Sedgwick
had previously, during the course of our last session, communicated,
in association with Professor M‘Coy, certain views of consequence
concerning a proposed subdivision of the Caradoc sandstones, which
demand a special notice on account of their importance, and because
there have been more than one paper on this subject lately read be-
fore the Society. The result of these inquiries on the part of several
observers is to place the relations of the Caradoc sandstone in a
clearer light, both as to strata above and those below it.

The Caradoc was originally considered by Sir Roderick Murchison
as the sandy and upper portion of the Lower Silurian strata. The
rocks east of Caer Caradoc presented the best types, and those shown
in ascending sections through what are generally called “the Penta-
merus beds,” to the Upper Silurian, and the arenaceous masses which
occupied this position in the Malvern and May Hill districts, were
considered by the founder of the Silurian system to be equivalents of
at least a part of this series, while they graduated into the Wenlock
shale.

But while our Caradoe sandstone, so constituted, contained in
some parts numerous fossils that were Llandeilo species, in its upper
portion it was supposed to contain these species mingled with the
characteristic Peutameri. In America the latter fossils were found
associated only with species characteristic of the Upper Silurians, and
the group of strata containing this assemblage appeared to be ent off
distinctly from the underlying Llandeilo rocks.

The unravelling of this anomaly is in part due to Professor Sedg-
wick, and in part to the officers of the Geological Survey. In a com-
munication contained in the fourth volume of our Journal, Mr. Ram-
say and Mr. Aveline have shown that the Pentamerus beds around
the Longmynd repose unconformably upon the Llandeilo flags, whilst
they graduated upwards, as Sir Roderick Murchison had stated, into
the Wenlock shale. But here only the upper part of the Caradoc
was developed, and this portion contained but few of the Lower Silu-
rian species. In a subsequent paper in our eighth volume, the phy-
sical connection of the Upper Caradoe with the base of the Wenlock
shale was definitely and fully stated. In the meantime, and quite
independently, Professors Sedgwick and M‘Coy examined the Cara-
doc beds of May Hill and the Malyerns, and became convinced that
these beds, containing as they did only Upper Silurian species, must
be regarded as the base of the Upper Silurians, and that the Caradoc

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. XXX1X

sandstone, as then understood, comprised two distinct formations ;
that east of Caer Caradoc (Horderly, &c.) being equivalent to the
Bala rocks, while the group of May Hill, and probably the Coniston
grits of Westmoreland, should be associated with the Wenlock and
Ludlow series.

It became necessary for the officers of the Survey to test these
views by an appeal to the county originally described, viz. Shrop-
shire. The result of their labours is reported by Mr. Salter and
Mr. Aveline, who undertook the task, in the first part of our tenth
volume. They have shown that Professor Sedgwick’s view is sub-
stantially correct, and that the typical district contains not only
the equivalents of the Bala and Llandeilo rocks, but also the upper
portion of the Caradoc, lymg unconformably on the lower, and every-
where characterized by the Pentameri, and full of Upper instead of
Lower Silurian species. These latter strata are therefore the exact
equivalents of the May Hill, &c. beds. But although these rocks
are thus evidently brought into a nearer comparison with the ‘ Clin-
ton group’ of North America and with the Pentamerus beds of
Russia, they are still regarded by the Government surveyors as
forming a bed of passage from the Lower to the Upper Silurians, in-
asmuch as several species which characterize the Lower Silurians are
common in them, and especially since their distinguishing fossils,
the Pentameri and Atrype, are found in certain portions of the Llan-
deilo flags, but are not known to rise into the overlying Wenlock
strata. They propose to retain the name of ‘“‘ Caradoc sandstone”
for these beds.

This evidence of intermixture of fossil species has received unex-
pected confirmation from America. Jn the second part of his ‘ Pale-
ontology of New York,’ Professor Hall has announced the fact, that
a few of the most characteristic of the fossils of the Trenton lime-
stones are now found in the upper part of the Medina sandstone, a
formation as intimately connected with the Clinton group, as in our
own country the conglomerates that skirt the Longmynds are with
the overlying Pentamerus limestones and shales, and the analogy of
these beds in the two continents is therefore complete. _

Of the vast thickness and striking geognostie pheenomena of our
Lower Silurians, a concise but clear and most interesting statement is
presented in Prof. Ramsay’s paper “On the Physical Structure and
Succession of the Lower Paleeozoics of North Wales and part of Shrop-
shire’’— the prodromus of a more extensive memoir, now in prepara-
tion. These rocks, in the region described, include the prodigious
amount of 42,000 feet of apparently conformable strata, including
the Cambrian, in the sense in which the term is used on the maps
published by the Geological Survey, —the Lingula and Bala series,—
and the Caradoe sandstone. The grand facts of Silurian Geology
will soon be presented in a complete and consistent picture by Sir
Roderick Murchison, whose forthcoming work is anxiously expected,
and is sure to fulfil all our anticipations.

The attention bestowed upon the Older Paleeozoics of England has
not of late been extended to the Middle and Upper. Through the

xl PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

kindness of my colleague, Professor Ramsay, however, I am enabled
to notice an important, though as yet unpublished, contribution to
the geology of the Permian districts of the Midland Counties, one
with considerable economic bearings.

In all existing published maps the actual upper limit of the
Permian rocks south of Derby and North Staffordshire is merely
guessed at. ‘These beds are often inserted where they do not exist,
and omitted over large areas where they should be inserted.

They have now been clearly mapped and accurately defined around
the Tamworth, the Coalbrook Dale, the Forest of Wyre, the Shrews-
bury, and part of the North Wales coal-fields. A large area has in
consequence been taken from the supposed Bunter sandstone and
mapped by Mr. Ramsay and Mr. Howell as belonging to the Per-
mian rocks in the country lying between Tamworth nad Leamington,
in part of which, at Exhall, a Permian Calamite, and casts of shells
having Permian affinities, have been found; by tiese means, then, geo-
logists have been able to support palzeontologically what previously
was maintained by Professor Ramsay on purely physical grounds.
These facts are also important, since they prove that the Labyrinth-
odon described by Dr. Lloyd in the Reports of the British Associa-
tion (Birmingham) 1849, is a Permian reptile, and not, as he sup-
posed, from the Bunter sandstone.

Through the course of last year important additions have been
made to our knowledge of the Bunter sandstone, by working it out
in four subdivisions in the districts that lie between Chester, the
Abberleys, Warwick and Nottingham. Over large parts of this area
there is found to be great constancy im the lithological character of
these divisions, and by their aid the surveyors have been enabled
to determine numerous faults hitherto unknown, which frequently
repeat the same strata for many miles.

The supposed thickness of ‘the New Red Sandstone will conse-
quently be much reduced in places, and this, taken in connection with
accurate measurements of the extent and thickness of the Permian
strata, may at no distant date lead to important economic results, in
the determination of the depth at which the coal-measures lie under
large tracts of the New Red Sandstone area, where there can be little
douhe that it will by and by be successfully sought for.

A great step has been made towards an explanation of some of the
organic phzenomena of the Oolites by Professor Morris, whose me-
moir ‘On some Sections in the Oolitic District of Lincolnshire,”
communicated to the Society in June last year, throws new and valu-
able light on the relations of the southern to the northern oolites in
England, and rectifies several misconceptions about the comparative
aries of the strata in different districts. As this paper, one of the
most important in its general bearings laid before us during the past
year, is printed entire in our J ournal, I shall make no abstract of its
details, but merely offer a few remarks on its general bearings.

The marine faunas of the Oolitic epoch madients at least three
great and widely-spread assemblages of types, each exhibiting a ge-
neral and easily recognizable. facies. These aspects may be termed

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. xli

respectively the Liassic, the Bathonian, and the Oxfordian ; the two
latter terms bemg used for want of better, and being adopted in a
wide and general sense, and not in the restricted meaning in which
they are used by M. Alcide d’Orbigny. The horizon of change of
facies at the boundary between each is a horizon, to a considerable
extent, of change of species. I believe that every year’s research will
make it more and more evident that the perishing of species is simply
the result of the influence of physical changes in specific areas, and
depends upon no law of inherent limitation of power to exist in time.
If so, we should expect to find indications of the cause of the greater
changes in the oolitic and marine fauna in the shape of strata bearing
evidence of a wide-spread change of physical conditions within the
great oolitic area. An extensive change of species within a marine
area in all likelihood is dependent on an extensive conversion of that
area into a terrestrial surface.

Now it is becoming more and more clear that such a change of
condition occurred over a very wide area in the interval between the
main mass of the middle and upper jurassic types. The researches
of Mr. Morris do much towards completing the demonstration of the
nature and extent of these changes in the area now occupied by the
British Islands, and it will be seen hereafter, how, even as far away
as Italy, we have clear proofs of a similar change of conditions about
the same epoch. Much may be done towards clearing up the details
of this matter by more extensive and careful investigations of the
Scottish oolites, guided by the light that is opening gradually upon
us. Indeed I know of no field more likely to yield fresh laurels to
the British geological observer than the thorough exploration of
Scottish secondary geology.

In a paper by Professor Buckman, published in the ‘ Annals of
Natural History’ for November last, and one of the many interesting
contributions to British geology which we owe to that active assem-
bly of provincial observers, the Cotteswold Naturalists’ Club, the
Cornbrash and associated strata of the neighbourhood of Cirencester
are described in detail, and under an economical point of view not
always attended to, viz. the agricultural value of the soils formed by
the several oolitic rocks. Through the predominance of phosphoric
acid and sulphate of lime in the Cornbrash, as compared with the
‘stone brashes’ of the Great and Inferior Oolite, the value of the
soils in the former rock is considerably greater, as shown by the
analyses of Professor Voelcker. Mr. Buckman presents some good
facts concerning the distribution of fossils in these beds, and enume-
rates twenty-one species of lamellibranchiate bivalves common to the
Inferior Oolite and Cornbrash in Gloucestershire, and rare or wanting
in the Great Oolite of the district. The recurrence of the species in
this instance, as mdeed in every similar case, is dependent on the
recurrence of similar conditions. In every such case we may, a
priori, assume that the mtermediate strata, formed under different
conditions, somewhere within the area of the ancient marine region
to which they belong, change their character, putting on the mineral
aspect and containing the peculiar fossils of the superior and inferior

xl PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

beds. Pheenomena like those recorded by Professor Buckman should
therefore serve as pilot facts, and guide us to fresh discoveries.

The upper Mesozoic rocks of Britain have been of late left undis-
turbed, with the exception of that very moveable and problematical
deposit, the sands and gravels of Farringdon, which Mr. Sharpe would
elevate to a considerably higher position in the cretaceous series than
has hitherto been assigned them. The time is probably fast approach-
ing when the conflicting views upon this disputed question will be
tested by fresh data. For the present I abstain from taking up this
critical subject.

Our Tertiaries, on the other hand, have been treated with much
favour, and form the subject of several memoirs, at the head of which
stands Mr. Prestwich’s account of the Woolwich and Reading series.
This paper completes the series of memoirs by that eminent geologist
descriptive of the Lower and Middle Eocene strata of England.
These remarkable essays embody the results of many years’ careful
observation, and are unexcelled for completeness, mimuteness of
detail, and excellence of generalization. They have a further merit,
and a very great one, to wit, that whilst in themselves essentially
local and topographical, the examination of the British strata which
they profess to describe has been conducted part passu with per-
sonal comparisons and examinations of corresponding formations on
the continent. This method of treatment, broad and catholic in its
spirit, has made the essays of Mr. Prestwich as useful to foreign as
to British geologists, and secured for their author a European renown.
The special subject of the last of these papers is the series of strata
constituting what is usually known as the Plastic Clay formation, the
mutual relations of whose several local beds had never been clearly de-
termined, and the relative position of the beds of the Reculversand Herne
Bay to those of Woolwich and Reading were quite unsettled. This
condition of things can be said to exist no longer, and we have now,
instead of confusion and uncertainty, a clear statement and correlation
of the local phzenomena at numerous points, with a thorough revision
of the lists of organic remains, and most interesting generalizations
respecting the geographical and dynamical changes that affected the
area during the epoch under review. Since the memoir is printed at
length in the first number of our Journal for 1854, I need attempt
no detailed analysis here, or enter upon the many important questions
and suggestions that are in it discussed.

It has been my own lot to investigate the fluvio-marine series that
terminate the Eocenes in the Hampshire basin, and to lay before you
a preliminary statement of the results at which I have arrived. The
demonstration that a considerable and hitherto unplaced portion of
these beds in the Isle of Wight represents the Limburg series of
Belgium and the Upper Eocene or Lower Miocene of France, as well
as other continental formations, of which we were supposed to have
no equivalent in England, will, I trust, prove acceptable to all who
take interest in Tertiary geology. Since [ communicated my paper to
the Society, I have revisited and carefully re-examined the fiuvio-
marines of Hempstead and those west of Yarmouth ; also the sections

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. xlin

at Cowes and Osborne. At the latter locality, and there alone, the
peculiar series to which I gave provisionally the inconvenient name of
St. Helens, form a part of the surface of the island, so as to admit
of being delineated on the map, for which reason I would, im ac-
cordance with the remainder of my nomenclature, designate them by
the name of the district, and style them, in preference, the Osborne
Series. Here also, in consequence of a considerable fault that runs
in the course of the Medina, the Headon beds proper are brought up
ou the shore at Kast Cowes. A visit to the French tertiaries during
last autumn has gone far to confirm the scheme of continental
equivalents that I submitted to the Society, and the view which I
maintained of the essentially Eocene affinities of our Hempstead
and Bembridge series. I am inclined still to maintain that our suc-
cession of Middle and Upper Kocenes is more complete and continuous
than that met with in either France or Belgium, the equivalents of
our Bembridge marls and Lower Hempsteads being probably de-
ficient in the former country, whilst those of our Headon series are
absent in the latter. It is through the over-estimated value assigned
to these breaks that the discordance in the opinions of geologists re-
specting the degree of relation between the Middle and Upper Kocenes
in a great manner would seem to depend.

We owe to the Marchioness of Hastings an excellent detailed account
of the Hordwell fluvio-marine section, the scene of the diligent re-
searches during several years of that distinguished and zealous lady-
geologist, whose contributions to British eocene paleeontology have
been among the most valuable and interesting made of late years.

The newer tertiaries and superficial deposits have received of late
a considerable share of attention, but not more than they deserve.
As yet we are scarcely in a condition to generalize upon them with
safety, but are evidently fast advancing towards that desired point.
Minute and repeated local observations constitute the soundest data
for our guidance. Mr. Trimmer, who for years has devoted a con-
siderable portion of his attention to this important, though not
generally attractive department of geology, has communicated several
papers to the Society, among which that constituting the third part of
his essay, “‘ On the origin of the soils which cover the Chalk of Kent,”’
1s peculiarly interesting and instructive. Mr. Morris and the Rev. Mr.
De la Condamine have also contributed valuable notes. The whole
subject may be reported upon as in progress, and, for the present, I re-
serve my comments. In the mean time, I would strongly urge upon
British geologists the propriety of a careful comparison of the pheeno-
mena and features of the drifts, gravels, and superficial deposits of
our southern districts with those of the neighbourmg provinces of the
continent. I believe that an investigation of this kind, which must
be done personally, since continental memoirs scarcely afford sufficient
data for the work, would tend to rectify many of our prevailing
notions respecting their deposits. I would especially suggest a fresh
examination of the fragments of older and igneous rocks met with in
some of the drifts of the southern half of England, and hitherto too
generally assumed to be of northern derivation. There are sources to

xliv PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEGLOGICAL SOCIETY.

the south or south-east, from whence similar rock-fragments might have
come, and from whence, indeed, they have found their way into the
gravels that lie beneath the probable equivalents of our northern drift
in France. The consideration is at least worthy of notice and inquiry,
the more so since there are anomalies, some of them paleontological,
which at present tend to make myself, I believe among others, in-
clined to object to the usually received notions. Weare evidently on
the eve of a revival of the study of what used to be called ‘ diluvial ’
deposits—one in which I trust our continental brethren will take more
part than at present they seem inclined to. The older and firmer
strata, rich in definite sections and fossil treasures, doubtless preseut
greater attractions than the inconstant charms of gravel beds and
sand pits, which, however, if perseveringly studied, are sure to yield
their votaries abundant reward and ample results.

The gravels of Yorkshire and Nottinghamshire have been noticed
by the Rev. W. Thorp, ina paper published in the Proceedings of the
West Riding Geological and Polytechnic Society. He distinguishes
three sets of gravels derived from different transporting currents,
and notices the existence of considerable tracts that are quite bare.
The first and most considerable of these gravels belongs to the northern
drift, and contains fragments of rocks now iz situ in Cumberland.
It reaches considerable elevations ; masses of granite from Shap Fells
having passed over Stanmoor Forest at an altitude of 1400 feet, and
over oolitic hills 1500 feet high, down to the east coast. The second
range of gravel constitutes in one place a narrow tract, from one to
two miles in breadth, touching the northern drift near the river
Humber, and extending from Leeds by Ferrybridge to Goole. It
contains pebbles derived almost wholly from sandstones of the coal
districts of Yorkshire, mingled with fragments from the mountain
limestone, and does not extend much north or south of the valleys
of the Aire and Calder. Leeds stands upon it. The direction of
the transporting current was from west to east. A similar east and
west range extends from Doncaster to the south bank of the Humber,
formed of coal sandstone pebbles, mingled with others from the
mountain limestone of Derbyshire. He places other east and west
gravels composed of magnesian limestone pebbles in the same cate-
gory. The third set of gravels noticed by Mr. Thorp is peculiar
to Nottinghamshire. It extends uninterruptedly southwards from
Doncaster to the town of Nottingham, lying on the back of the new
red sandstone, spreading in a thickness of from 3 to 8 feet, but not
present on very abrupt hill sides. South of Nottingham and Derby
it becomes intermingled with the northern drift, but im several places
is capped by the magnesian limestone gravels of the second set.
This third gravel contains no pebbles derived from the neighbouring
strata, but is almost entirely made up of quartz fragments, smaller,
more even, and more spherical than the boulders of the northern drift.
Their drifting currents flowed north and south. Mr. Thorp main-
tains that this gravel constituted the ancient sea-bottom left by the
waters which deposited the new red sandstone itself. The gravels of
his second kind he believes to have been exported from the York-

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. xlv

shire coal-field during the epoch of emergence of the British area
from the glacial sea; the waters being driven eastwards down the
Imes of valley which formed the course of easiest retreat. The
absence of gravels in many districts he attributes to the protecting
influence of high bluffs of land to the north of these bare areas.

The leading features of the northern drift in Yorkshire, as well as
the other geological phzenomena of the district, are sketched in a
masterly style by Professor Phillips, in his lately published volume
on the Mountains, Rivers, and Coasts of his native county. In the
geological chapter of this work, the subject of the nomenclature of
epochs is considered, and a scheme of terms suggested, founded
chiefly on the leading organic characters of each section of time. A
very neat and clear map of the geology of Yorkshire, by the same
eminent observer, has been published during the year, and is
remarkable for being printed by chromo-lithography, a process that
is fast advancing to an astonishing degree of perfection. And here I
may incidentally congratulate our science on the recent appointment
of our illustrious associate to the Professorship of Geology in the
University of Oxford; one that confers equal honour on the receiver
and the givers. In this instance that famous school of learning has
endeavoured earnestly and conscientiously to forward the true in-
terests of science ; and every geologist in the world will applaud the
choice. A University that has boasted for ages of having held in
especial honour our great master in Natural History, Aristotle, and
that now possesses magnificent collections m all its departments,
invaluable for study, may yet become a favoured home of Geology
and Biology.

The Geology of Scotland has not received many descriptive con-
tributions during the past year. One of the most interesting is the
memoir on the Granitic district of Inverary, in Argyleshire, read
before us by the Duke of Argyll. His Grace has rendered good
service to the geology of his country before, for to him we owe the
discovery of its older tertiary beds. In the paper he has now given,
he deals with igneous and azcie rocks. The chief problem which
he seeks to solve in the district under description, is the cause of
the regular alternations of mica-slate and granite, the beds of which
rocks lie conformable to each other at a considerable angle. After
showing the insufficiency of any other mode of explanation, the
noble author argues that the mica-slates, already completely con-
solidated and metamorphosed, fell in from a horizontal to an inclined
position, and by falling forced the molten igneous matter between
the loosened planes of stratification. The considerations put forward
in this memoir are highly worthy of attention, and it is to be hoped
that they will give rise to not a few minute examinations of the
crystalline rocks of the Highlands, in localities where similar phzeno-
mena present themselves.

The Silurians of the south-west of Scotland have been described in
detail, so far as Kirkeudbrightshire is concerned, by Professor Hark-
ness, who considers these beds to represent successively the Llandeilo
flags, the Caradoc sandstone, and the lower portion of the Upper

xlvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Silurians. The scantiness of paleontological evidence renders the
‘exact determination of their equivalents peculiarly difficult.

In Scotland the subject of glacial phenomena continues to be
discussed and investigated with unabated interest. Mr. Robert
Chambers has been actively engaged in the collection of facts con-
cerning the glaciation of Britain and the attendant phenomena. His
views have been communicated at some length to the Royal Society
of Edinburgh, and may be found printed at full in the fifty-fourth
volume (for 1853) of the Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal.
He recalls attention to the evidences of the presence of local systems
of glaciers, of ordinary and typical constitution, im the mountam
districts of North Wales, Cumbria, and Scotland, and notices fresh
instances of this phenomenon. From it, however, he distinguishes
the evidences of what he considers glacial action of a more general
kind, manifested in Scotland in every part of the Highlands, and much
of the Lowlands, in the rounding, smoothing, and striation of rocks,
generally in the line of valley, and also in elevations to as much as 2000
feet above the sea-level. Professor Ramsay had previously demon-
strated two distinct epochs of glaciers in North Wales. The direction
of the icy agent in these cases Mr. Chambers maintains to have come
from the north-west, and to have acted with little regard to the equa-
lities of the surface. He interprets the phenomena as indicating the
passage over wide areas of an abrading agent, at the same time plastic
and of volume sufficient to fill valleys several miles in breadth, and from
one to two thousand feet in depth, and he maintains the probability
of this agent being ice much water-charged and more mobile than as
presented in an ordinary glacier. He holds the power of the de-
nuding force of this agent to have been very considerable. The older
pouldee clay he regards as the detritus of this general glaciation,
which he believes to have taken place at a period anterior to the
epoch of the northern drift, which itself preceded the epoch of
local glacier systems. There is much that is highly interesting and
suggestive im Mr. Chambers’ paper, even though we may not be in-
clined to go along with him unhesitatingly in his speculations. The
subject of the ancient glacial pheenomena of Britain, Scandinavia, and
America, is evidently fast advancing towards new combinations, and
the multiplication of local observations, of which many good examples
are contributed by Mr. Chambers, will most effectually promote our
progress towards definite conclusions. In the mean time those who
occupy themselves with these inquiries should closely study the
admirable and beautiful work on the existing glaciers of Norway,
just contributed to science by Professor James D. Forbes of Edin-
burgh. The thorough knowledge and science of the author, his
creat experience, his searching and logical treatment of his subject,
and the excellence of his style render all his works on this difficult
matter models and guides.

The condition of the surface of the emerged land of the Scottish
area during the epoch of general glaciation, ‘the existence of which is
inferred by Mr. Chambers, must have been very comparable with
that noticed by Dr. Rink, in his late paper “On the Continental Ice

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. xlvii

of Greenland *,”’ and by Dr. Sutherland in his researches, published in
our Journal, on the western coasts of Northern Greenland. In Green-
land at the present moment we have a vast extent of land “ covered,”
to use Dr. Rink’s words, “‘ with ice to a certain elevation ; mountains
and valleys levelled to an uniform plane; river-beds concealed, as
well as every vestige of the original form of the country.” The
movement commencing far inland, whien that able observer describes
as thrusting the outward edge of this mass of ice forward towards
the sea, would doubtless produce over a large area effects of general
smoothing, grooving, and striation similar to those presented ‘by the
surface of Scotland. To every student of ancient glacial action, Dr.
Rink’s interesting paper must be of considerable value.

In Ireland the members of the Geological Society of Dublin have
sent forth an interesting part of their Journal, containmg the pro-
ceedings of the last session. Mr. Willson of the Geological Survey
contributes an outline of his observations on the Geology of the
Southern portion of the County of Cork, chiefly concerning the
thickness of the rocks that intervene between the old red sandstone
and the carboniferous limestone in that district. To some of the facts
stated in this paper, I would direct attention for the sake of English
investigators of the middle palzeozoic strata. At Bally-cotten bay,
shales, slates, grits, and flagstones alternate, and occupy the interval
between the carboniferous limestone and Old Red, to the thickness of
2000 feet. At Monkstown similar beds are 2600 feet. More to the
south, between the neighbourhood of Bandon and the Seven Heads,
3800 feet of strata were measured without reaching the limestone, and
at the Seven Heads, the intermediate beds are 4500 feet, with no
certainty of their uppermost portion being reached. Mr. J. Kelly, in
an interestmg paper ‘‘ On the Quartz Rocks of the Northern Part of
the County of Wicklow,” combats the view adopted in some sections,
published by the Geological Survey, to the effect that they are beds
interstratified with slaty rocks, and maintains the amorphous cha-
racter of the masses, and their intrusive origin. Considerable diffi-
culties doubtless attend the certain Helineation of the relations of these
quartz rocks, in some measure owing to the state of the country, which
is much obscured by drift. A compact and well-worked memoir on
the Geology of Portraine, an isolated district in the neighbourhood of
Dublin, famous for the interest of the Silurian fossils that have been
procured from a small patch of strata of the Llandeilo type, contains
the particulars of a highly interesting tract, previously undescribed
in detail. The paper is by Mr. Henry Medlicott, a young geologist
of varied accomplishments and much promise, who has lately gone
out to India to join the Geological Survey under the direction of
Mr. Oldham. Professor Haughton, of Trinity College, Dublin, com-
mences a series of notes on the Irish mines, and, combining his eminent
mathematical and physical acquirements with practical field geology,
has read a memoir on the newer palzeozoic rocks which border the
Menai Straits. In this essay, after describing the physical structure

* Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, vol. xxiii, for 1853.

xlviii PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

of the south-east side of the Menai, he enters into palzeontological de-
tails, and connects his subject with the geology of Ireland, by showing
at some length the analogy in lithological character and fossil con-
tents, between the lower parts of the series of strata in question, and
the ‘ yellow sandstone’ of Mr. Griffith, as seen in the North of Ireland.
He maintains that in this Welsh district no distinction exists be-
tween the Devonian and Carboniferous deposits, and that the entire
series of beds, including the red sandstone conglomerates and yellow
sandstones at its base, must be considered as a continuous whole. It
must be borne in mind, however, by English geologists, that the
so-called Irish Devonians alluded to belong to the neutral grounui,
between the typical Devonians and Carboniferous limestones, and
that for many reasons their affinities may be regarded rather as
appertaining to the latter than to the former paleeozoic group.

A paper of a strictly Irish character, but bearing importantly on
our own Silurian Geology, has been read by Messrs. Jukes and
Wyley, on the structure of the northern part of the county of Wick-
low. The authors show that the Lower Silurians rest unconformably
on the edges of the Cambrian rocks of that locality, and that the
granite does not bring up the Cambrian rocks on its flanks, but cuts
up through the Silurian; the general dip to the rocks being towards
the granite for a considerable space on each side of it.

The new edition of Mr. Griffith’s beautiful map has this day been
presented to us, enriched by many improvements. The Geological
Survey of Ireland has completed the examination of the counties of
Dublin, Wicklow, Wexford, Kildare, Carlow, and Waterford, and
more than half of Kilkenny and Cork, with parts of the adjacent
counties. All the observable data have been laid down on the six-
inch maps, and the results published on the index maps of the five
first counties. The sheet mch-map of Ireland having now been
commenced, and four quarter-sheets, including the northern half of
the county of Wicklow, &c., beg nearly ready for publication, the
early geological work of that portion has been revised and the lines
laid down upon the new maps. The publication of these inch-maps
may shortly be looked for, and it is to be hoped that the furtherance
of this good work, by the aid of the Ordnance, will receive every
encouragement from Government.

Gro.oGy or British CoLONIES AND POSSESSIONS.

In noticing the progress that has been made during 1853 in this
highly important branch of my theme, I shall confine myself
almost entirely to remarks upon memoirs not contamed in our own
Journal. That publication is rich this year in contributions to
colonial geology, essays of unquestionable value, and whose merits
speak for themselves. Thus from the East we have received ac-
counts of the researches in various parts of India of Dr. Andrew
Fleming, Capt. Vicary, Mr. Frere, Lieut. Sankey, and Dr. Bell ;
and a notice of the geology of Labuan by Mr. Motley. Cap-
tain Nelson has given us the results of his researches among the coral

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. xlix

formations of the Bahamas, supplementary to those formerly com-
municated from the Bermudas by this distinguished officer. To
Canadian geology Dr. Bigsby has added his account of the structure
of the Quebec district. Mr. Dawson and Mr. Poole have added to
our knowledge of the details of the Carboniferous formations of Nova
Scotia. Dr. Sutherland has given us a full account of his obser-
vations in Baffin’s Bay and among our inhospitable Arctic possessions,
as well as notes on the neighbouring coasts of Greenland. Mr.
Wathen has described the oold fields a Victoria; and to return to
the Atlantic, Colonel Heneken has offered a Con nibuton to the
geology of the West Indies. On this last-named subject I would
venture to offer a few remarks.

It is much to be desired that some able and active geologist, prac-
tised in the observation of the newer formations of Kurope, would
visit and explore the West Indian archipelago. There is no finer
field for fresh research, and all that has hitherto been done, from the
early labours of Sir Henry De la Beche in Jamaica, to the latest
memoir, that of Colonel Heneken on San Domingo, communicated
to the Society in March last, holds out a rich promise of reward to
the man able and willing for the work. Colonel Heneken’s account
of San Domingo, with the accompanying paleontological comments
by Mr. Moore and Mr. Lonsdale, is one of singular interest for the
tertiary geologist and the inquirer into the geographical arrangements
of the later epochs. The demonstration of something more than a
relation of analogy between the fauna of the San Domingo and
Panama tertiaries on the one hand, and that of the existing Panaran
and Indo-Pacific regions on the other, is a significant aan, and
points to an ancient disjunction between the masses of land in the
North American area and those of the South, dating probably about
the epoch of the middle tertiaries ; whilst the indication of some iden-
tifications, even though few, of ground-living mollusks, not likely to
enjoy a deep vertical range, with species living on the European side
of the North Atlantic during the Miocene epoch, would seem to
indicate an extensive stretch of land or of shallows from the West
Indian region Europe-wards, that remarkably accords with some well-
known indications afforded by the distribution of existing creatures.

The number of papers on Kast Indian geology, referred to as con-
tamed in our Journal, would of itself be ample evidence of the
diligence and zeal of Indian geologists. But the student of the
structure of the East must not confine his studies to the transactions
of societies at home; in the journals of Indian Societies he will find
many papers of great interest. The excellent report on the geolo-
gical structure and mineral wealth of the salt range in the Punjaub,
by Dr. Andrew Fleming, is an instance. It may be found in the
Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal; in which work are some
remarks by Capt. Young on the much-disputed subject of Laterite.
The last-named paper contains interesting notices on the geology of
Burmah. Dr. Kelaart, in another eastern periodical, has published
his observations on the Laterite of Ceylon. The Journal of the
Bombay branch of ue Asiatic Society not unfrequently contains

VOL. X. d

] PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

essays of geological interest. Among these, in the last year, is one of
the most valuable of recent additions to our knowledge of the geology
of India, a memoir on the Geology of the Nagpur State, by the Rev.
S. Hislop. A good deal had been done for the investigation of this
interesting district, and in a paper communicated to the Society by
Lieut. Sankey of the Madras Engineers, a detailed history was given
of the results of the researches there of geologists and collectors,
more especially Messrs. Hislop and Hunter, who had previously
transmitted to us an extensive suite of fossils. Mr. Hislop maintains,
supporting his opinion by forcible arguments, that the overlymg trap
of Central and Western India cannot have been poured out in the
bed of the ocean, but must have been erupted in a lake or chain of
lakes. The freshwater tertiaries that underlie the trap he considers
to be of Eocene age, perhaps too positively, although his view is con-
sistent with some indications afforded by the shells that occur in
them; but it should be borne in mind by all describers of fluvi-
atile and lacustrine formations, that mere analogy cf form is a very
bad guide in the determination of the epoch of freshwater mollusks.
«The sandstone of Central India, which appears to be identical with
the diamond sandstone of Southern India, belongs with its associated
shale and the Indian Coal-measures to the Lower Oolitic formation.”
He suggests the probability of these sandstones being of freshwater
origin, and maintains that the Deccan exhibits no evidence of having
been submerged by the ocean since a period anterior to the Oolite.

The description of the fossil animals of the nummulitic rocks of
India, by Vicomte d’Archiac and Jules Haime, elsewhere alluded to
when the monograph of Nummulites was mentioned, will, when
completed, form a manual of the highest value for the study of this
extensive formation in the Kast. The part already published contains
the account of the Corals and Echinoderms (as well as the Nummu-
lites), and is preceded by a review of the geology of the nummulitic
region of India. This chapter is not a mere summary of what had
previously been known and published. It contains much that is new,
facts of high value derived from the researches of our associates, Vicary,
A. Fleming, Oldham, R. Strachey, Thomson, and J. D. Hooker. Sir
Roderick Murchison has been the means of placing these fresh data
at the disposal of M. dArchiac. The result of these studies has
been the confirmation of the complete independence of the nummu-
litic im regard to the Cretaceous formations. ‘‘ In the province of
Cutch, in Scinde, Beloochistan, the Punjaub, and along the slopes of
the Himalaya,” remarks M. d’Archiac, ‘‘the beds beneath the num-
mulitic limestones exhibit nowhere the characters of any stage what-
soever of the chalk, whilst, wherever the substratum has been recog-
nized, it exhibits those of carbonaceous deposits with clays and sand-
stones belonging to the lower tertiary formation, and resting either
on Jurassic strata, or on more ancient rocks of which the age is yet
unsettled.”

Every student of Indian geology will be delighted at the appear-
ance of the ‘Himalayan Journals’ of Dr. Joseph Hooker, a work
that will do much to sustain the reputation of the British school of

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. hi

Natural History. The geologist will find in it a rich store of facts
of the highest mterest, and for the inquirer into glacial phenomena
it abounds with new and invaluable data. I may say the same for the
geographical memoir of Capt. Richard Strachey on Western Thibet ;
and we all look forward anxiously to the publication of the detailed
account, now in progress, of his geological researches, knowing as we
do, how rich a store of new and important facts was accumulated
during his adventurous journeys.

Tt is most gratifying to think that at the preseat moment no small
proportion of our foreign possessions is being surveyed geologically
by able and trained observers, and that the vague and often incom-
prehensible statements of self-satisfied and shrewd though ignorant
miners and unqualified travellers, are fast being supplanted by the
results of careful and accurate research. In Canada Mr, Logan pur-
sues his great work, with able assistants, as zealously and successfully
as during former years. In Eastern India Mr. Oldham is similarly
engaged, and has gathered around him several young geologists of
promise, trained in the methods of European research. In the pro-
vinces of Australia, mineral exploration is not abandoned to mere gold-
seekers, and the government reports are now scientific documents.
Mr, Stutchbury and Mr. Clark are at work in New South Wales,
and Mr. Selwyn has undertaken the exploration of Victoria, with
the advantage of having previously passed through a strict geological
discipline in the survey of North Wales. In our colony of the Cape
of Good Hope a geological survey is being regularly conducted by
Mr. Geddes Bain, whose private researches had previously produced
remarkable discoveries; and in that of Natal, a similar official ex-
ploration is, I believe, about to be conducted by the Surveyor-general,
Dr. Stanger, whose perfect qualifications for the office are well-known
to many Members of our Society.

PROGRESS OF GEOLOGY ABROAD.

Of late years the literature of our science has annually received so
enormous an increase, that to keep pace with the progress of the
details of local geological research is a labour almost beyond the
ability of a single individual. In every civilized country the number
of pursuers of geology is rapidly multiplying, and the transactions
of foreign societies have become prolific in memoirs treating on all
departments of our science. France, Prussia, Austria, Russia, Italy,
and Scandinavia have all, during the past year, contributed largely
through their geological and other societies as well as by separate
treatises. In the New World a like manifestation of scientific acti-
vity is exhibited, so it would be presumptuous to pretend to report, in
an address of reasonable dimensions, the particulars of geological
progress abroad during 1853. I shall therefore confine myself almost
entirely to the noticing of a few papers and works upon foreign
geology that bear more or less directly upon questions of peculiar
interest to workers at home. One of the most important, the great

work of Barrande, I have already noticed at some length. The date
d2

hii PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

(1852) of the excellent and truly valuable works of Dale Owen (on
Wisconsin, &c.) and James Hall (Paleontology of New York),
places them out of my plan; both are of the highest merit, and
ought to be carefully perused by every British student of palzeozoic
formations. The beautiful and laborious map of Belgium by Dumont,
one of the great works of our day, has only just come to hand in Eng-
land; as likewise have the very welcome second volume of Professor
Studer’s ‘Geology of Switzerland,’ and the commencement of a na-
tional work on the geological survey of the Netherlands.

The admirable ‘ History of the Progress of Geology from 1834 to
1852,’ by Vicointe d’Archiac, a work that does equal honour to tke
Geological Society of France and the French government, under
whose auspices it is published, continues to advance steadily, though
still far from its completion. During 1853 the second part of the
fifth volume has been issued. This part is devoted, like the last, to
the Cretaceous formations; the regions treated of being the Iberian
peninsula, Italy, the countries around the Levant, those around the
Baltic, the north-west and centre of Germany, Poland, Gallicia, the
Carpathians, Russia, Asia, Africa, and America. <A prefatory chapter
is occupied with the discussion of some general principles involved in
the consideration of the phenomena afterwards described, and in a
concluding essay the author reviews the geographical and stratigra-
phical distribution of the Cretaceous formation considered as a whole.
The essential characters of this work are such as to preclude any
analysis in an Address of this kind. I feel bound, however, as one
of the many who feel grateful to M. d’Archiac for the iaappreciable
assistance afforded by this labour of love on his part, to bear the
strongest testimony to the ability, learning, philosophical spirit, and
impartiality with which he has executed so far the difficult and
delicate task undertaken by him in the composition of this History.

The accession to our ranks of a new and able observer is always a
subject of commemoration and congratulation ; still more so ought
it to be, when our gain is in some partially-explored region, and one
where men of science are few and far between. We can boast of
such an accession in Senhor Carlos Ribeiro, whose excellent notices of
tne Carboniferous and Silurian formations of the neighbourhood of
Busaco in Portugal have been communicated to us in an ably-con-
densed memoir by Mr. Sharpe, with notes of high value from several
of our Members. We may hope that this paper, a valuable addition
to the series of contributions to the geology of Portugal, mostly due
to the personal labours of our Treasurer, is a precursor of a full and
detailed exploration, by native observers, of a region in great part as
yet virgin ground for our science.

The geological structure of a large portion of Spain has been out-
lined in masterly style by MM. de Verneuil and Collomb in a memoir
entitled “Coup d’ceil sur la Constitution Géologique de plusieurs
Provinces de |’Espagne,’’ communicated to the Geological Society of
France. To every scientific traveller visiting the Peninsula hereafter
this excellent treatise will be indispensable. It is illustrated by sec-
tions and figures of organic remains; a geological map of Spain is

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. lin

promised. The authors, ever ready to acknowledge and do justice to
the labours of those who have gone before them, not only satisfactorily
show that the spirit of geological research is active and working among
Spanish men of science, but also demonstrate, by a detailed cata-
logue of no fewer than 154 works and memoirs, that Spanish geology
is not so unexplored as many of us are apt to fancy. Among the
names of British contributors in his long list are those of Lyell,
Silverton, Cook, Traili, Daubeny, Pratt, and Smith of Jordan Hill.
Although when British geologists make raids into the neighbouring
regions of the Continent, especially France, Belgium, and Germany,
where so many able and eminent brethren of the hammer are ex-
ploring with success the structure of their native countries, the ob-
ject and purpose of their predatory incursions are chiefly to benefit by
the experience and teaching of their scientific neighbours, occasion-
ally they feel bound to differ and attempt to correct. There are
some brovinces, indeed, so closely allied in their geological constitution
to well-explored portions of our own archipelago that they seem as
outliers of our own geology, and therefore fair fields for critical
inquiry. One of these lies almost beside our shores, and is well
worthy of examination and study by every geologist engaged in the
examination of the upper and middle palzeozoics. I allude to the
country about Marquise in the neighbourhood of Boulogne. Although
not unfrequently described by both French and English observers,
much obscurity hangs over the chronological affinities of the paleeo-
zoic rocks of this district; and although latterly the demonstration
of these relations was being more nearly approached than a few years
ago, there still remained much to be done, and none among our
countrymen is fitter to undertake their exploration and elucidation
than Mr. Austen, whose knowledge of the paleeozoics of Devon
peculiarly qualify him for this task. The valuable memoir com-
municated to us in March last is the account of his researches.
Leaving its details, as published in our Journal, to explain themselves,
I will merely call attention to two or three results of leading interest.
Mr. Austen clearly proves that all the Paleeozoics of this district
belong to the Carboniferous and Devonian series. If any doubt
could be entertained respecting any portion of these beds, it would
fall upon the black schist of Caffiers, the lowest visible member, and
hitherto regarded as unquestionably Silurian; this he sets pro-
visionally aside. But Mr Sharpe, in his excellent appended note,
places the supposed lower paleeozoic nature of this schist in an
extremely doubtful position, by showing that the so-called Graptolites
contained in it are really plants. The determination of the true
relations of the yellow sandstone belts, with their characteristic con-
tained bivalves, is an important step, and gives us a zone of division
between the carboniferous and Devonian limestones, the true equi-
valents of which are evident and similar in our own regions of Devon
and in Ireland. In the latter country this horizon marks distinctly
what may. be regarded as the line of division between the lower
carboniferous rocks—the carboniferous slates, &c. of Dr. Griffith—
and the upper portion of what may be considered the Devonian series

liv PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

proper, that part in which the Kilkenny beds, containing Cyclopteris
hibernicus, Anodon Jukesii, and other fossils indicative of shallow
and probably estuary or fluviatile conditions, occur. The Marwood
sandstones of North Devon (and the Pilton and Petherwin groups)
correspond with it. To what extent the comparison of the beds
at Marquise lying below this band, the Ferques and Fiennes groups,
and the underlying beds are to be regarded as representing the whole
Devonian series, is a question about which Mr. Austen and Mr. Sharpe
are at variance, though the much-wished-for publication of M.
Bouchard’s lists of Ferques fossils would possibly go far towards
settling the matter in Mr. Austen’s favour, his view being that the
Kifelian, Ahrian, and Rhenane series of Dumont are here represented.
These are points that time will certainly clear up. In the meanwhile a
good stride onwards has been made towards assisting our own students
of Devonians, who would do well to study carefully this memoir upon
the Marquise beds, and to ponder over the excellent and highly
suggestive comparative table of the succession of mineral characters
and physical conditions that is appended to it.

The Devonians of the Rhenish provinces have lately received a full
share of attention, chiefly, however, in a paleeontological point of
view. I shall have hereafter to call attention to several memoirs
bearing upon their organic history. A fresh geological description
of the Eifel has been published by the veteran Steininger, illustrated
by sections and figures of new fossils. It is very questionable,
however, how far the identification of Devonian with Silurian species,
put forth m this work, can be accepted. The author’s mistakes have
arisen chiefly from his retaining the old but now untenable notion of
the Silurian place of the German Spirifer-Sandstones. The most
valuable contributions to the elucidation of the German Devonians
are the works of the brothers Sandberger, who have done much
towards the definition and precise classification of this series of rock-
formations.

The problem of the true relations of the Calcaire pisolitique of the
Paris basin is likely before long to receive some satisfactory solution.
Hitherto the balance of opinion has inclined in the direction of the
view so ably advocated by M. d’Archiac, and urged also by Sir Charles
Lyell, to the effect that the fauna of this formation and its stratigra-
phical relations warrant the reference of it to the tertiary series. M.
Hébert, on the other hand, and with much show of reason, insists not
only on its connection with the cretaceous series, but also of its equiva-
lence to the yellow chalk of Maestricht. This question is becoming
one of general interest, and has already had its influence in debated
portions of our own geology. The views of M. Hébert are stated
at some length in a note on the synchronism of the Calcaire pisoli-
tique of the environs of Paris and the Upper Chalk of Maestricht,
published in the Bulletin of the Royal Academy of Belgium. The
English geologists must bear in mind that the term “‘ Upper Chalk”
thus used by M. Hébert, and proposed by him as a denomination
for that highest portion of the cretaceous series in which he would
place as synchronous the Calcaire pisolitique, the Faxoe chalk or

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. lv

Terrain Danien, and the baculite limestone of the Cotentin, is not to
be understood as embracing the beds which we are accustomed to
eall “‘ Upper Chalk” in England, and which are especially developed
in Norfolk and the east of Kent. ‘The equivalents of the latter, of
which the Cardiaster granulosus may be mentioned as a characteristic,
widely diffused, and guiding fossil, may be seen at Cipley and near
Maestricht underlying the yellow chalk with Hempneustes radiatus,
i.e., the “Craie supérieure’? of Hébert. I have never seen in
England any beds which could satisfactorily be assigned to the last-
mentioned series, but think it extremely probable that the chalk of
Antrim in Ireland, which assuredly should be regarded in its greater
part as equivalent to our English Upper or Norwich chalk, will be
found to include equivalents of the Maestricht or yellow chalk of the
continent. I make this suggestion in consequence of having carefully
examined the fine collection of Irish fossils brought together and
first described by Colonel Portlock, and the still more extensive
suite in the Belfast Museum collected by Mr. MacAdam, for the
publication of whose long-continued labours among the formations
of the North-west of Ireland, all geologists acquainted with that able
observer’s perseverance and careful inquiries, now continued over many
years, impatiently await.

Mr. Prestwich has communicated to the Geological Society of
France his views respecting the position of the tertiary sands and
lacustrine limestone of Rilly (Marne). The true place of these beds
in the series of lower sands of the Paris basin had not been deter-
mined with certainty. Much general interest attaches to the ques-
tion, since, if, as has been maintained by some eminent French geo-
logists, the freshwater limestone of Rilly is more ancient than any
known tertiary deposit (providing the reference of the Calcaire piso-
litique to the Cretaceous group, as proposed by M. Hébert, be
accepted), then we have clear proof of the entering in of the Tertiary
epoch in the area under dispute with terrestrial and fluviatile or lacus-
trine conditions; the Rilly limestone in this case having been deposited
in lakes upon the emerged Cretaceous surface. Mr. Prestwich main-
tains, however, the independence of the sands and the limestones,
and the superposition of the latter on the former. He, for the first
time, records the presence of fossils in these sands, apparently much
in the same condition as they appear in the similar, though not
homologous Headon sands in the Isle of Wight. As in the latter
case, they are marine. He holds these sands to belong to the same
deposits with those of Chalons-sur-Vesle and Chenay, both marine
sands below the lignites. He concludes that the Rilly limestone was
preceded by a marine deposit of tertiary age, and was not the most
ancient of the tertiaries. On many and good grounds, he maintains
that it was a local travertine formed in a small lake, swamp, or
marsh ; a view supported by the fact that out of forty-five species of
Rilly shells, no fewer than thirty are of terrestrial habits, whilst most
of those that are aquatic are pulmoniferous types. The presence of
Avicule in these beds would seem to indicate the neighbourhood of
salt water.

lvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

The treatise on the Tertiaries of the Mayence basin, by the brothers
Sandberger, is for all who study the relations of the middle to the
lower tertiaries, one of the most valuable contributions to our science
during the year. Since, however, we are shortly to have presented
to us the results of Mr. Hamilton’s prolonged and careful labours
in the same region, I shall abstain fer the present from any com-
ments on an essay of peculiar interest to myself, as well as on other
recent German papers, especially those by Beyrich and Dunker, affect-
ing the same, or closely allied localities.

OrGcanic REMAINS.

The enormous increase of paleontological observations may be
measured by a comparison between the number of species recorded
in the first edition of Professor Morris’s Catalogue of British fossils,
and the number mentioned in those portions of the new edition
that have gone through the press, and will shortly be published.

The number of plants recorded in 1843 was 510; in 1853, 652 are
cited. The increase is chiefly among Mesozoic and Tertiary types. A
great deal has been done to elucidate the structure and affinities of
fossil plants in the interval, especially by Dr. Hooker, Mr. Charles
Bunbury, Prof. King, Mr. Dawes, and Mr. Binney, but not so much
towards adding new names to our lists of species. In Fossil Botany
this course of proceeding is a sign of advance of knowledge. The most
marked increase in number of recorded species is among the oolitic
and Wealden beds. The late lamented Dr. Mantell did much of late
years towards increasing the latter list. Were ail the known frag-
ments of distinct vegetables found in our tertiaries monographed and
named in the manner of those I shall have presently to mention, de-
scribed and figured in the lately published memoirs by Austrian bota-
nists, our lists would be considerably increased. They certainly ought
to be made the subject of a treatise, and might be advantageously taken
up by the Palzeontographical Society, which, as yet, has given us no
separate memoir on British fossil plants.

The Amorphozoa come next. In 1843, 76 named forms were re-
corded. In 1853, the number is increased to 116. The imerease is
in a great measure due to the labours of Mr. Toulmim Smith among
the Ventriculidee, which, notwithstanding the arguments of their in-
vestigator in advocacy of their Polyzoan, and consequently Molluscan
origin, naturalists are generally of accord to keep in their old place
beside the Sponges.

The Foraminifera, 82 of which are mentioned as named types
in the list of 1843, have mereased to 168, besides numerous in-
dications of unpublished and, as yet, unnamed forms. The next
ten years will probably triple the amount of named fossil species
of these exquisite minims of creation. The additions are chiefly
new identifications of British fossils, with species described by con-
tinental authors, especially by Alcide d’Orbigny and Reuss. The
merit of determining these is, I believe, in great part due ‘to our
Assistant-secretary, Mr. Rupert Jones, whose authority stands very
high in all departments of microscopic paleozoology. Mr. Jones

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. liu

himself is an addition to the list of British Paleeontologists during
the last ten years, and one we all welcome. The labours of Dr.
Williamson and Dr. Carpenter have also done much towards clearing
up our fossil Foraminifera ; and the untiring exertions of Mr. Harris,
of Charing, though inconspicuous in print, have, I believe, been a
chief source of fresh materials towards the history of our cretaceous
species. :

In the first edition, the Zoophyta are combmed with the Bryozoa.
When the latter are eliminated there remain 183 zoophytes, chiefly
corals. This number has been prodigiously added to within the last
ten years, no fewer than 438 species being enumerated in the new
catalogue. The increase, in this instance, is due to an entirely new
treatment of the subject. To Milne-Edwards and Jules Haime a
large proportion of the additions are indebted for their place. Mr.
Lonsdale and Professor M‘Coy have also contributed extensively.

The Bryozoa, afew years ago regarded as Zoophytes, but now known
to be low forms of the subkingdom Mollusca, amounted to about 132
in the first edition. In the new catalogue, they constitute a roll of no
fewer than 249 species. This extended list is due to many inves-
tigations, and the newly-recorded types come from formations of all
ages. Attention seems to have been suddenly directed to these
curious bodies both at home and abroad. The study of the British
fossil species, vast as is the increase of the recorded numbers, can be
regarded only as in its commencement. I trust that geologists who
may direct their attention to these bodies hereafter, will bear in mind
the complete and searching analysis of the existing species drawn up
by Mr. Busk for the British Museum, and guide themselves in de-
scribing the fossils by the example of that valuable treatise.

The Echinodermata, 266 in number in 1843, are now 479; the
record of species is daily increasing, but I do not think likely even-
tually to extend beyond 500 British forms. Major Austin, Professor
M‘Coy, Dr. Wright, and myself have been the principal workers in
this beautiful, and in a geological point of view, valuable order. The
additions of the entire family, including not a few genera and species,
of Cystidea to the list, (for the Sphzeronites of the former catalogue is
probably not a cystidean,) a group as characteristic of the lower
palzeozoic formation, as the Graptolites or myriads of Trilobites are, is
one of the most striking instances of the progress of paleeontological
research, and one due for several of its most curious facts to the ex-
ertions of Mr. Fletcher, and Mr. John Gray of Dudley.

The named Annelida were 79 in 1843, they are now 129. The
most interesting additions are among paleeozoic forms.

The Cirripedia, 21 in 1843, are now 42. The value of the increase
im this instance is not to be estimated by the merely doubling of the
number. They have been thoroughly sifted by a master-hand, ana-
lysed with incomparable care, and by a combination of unsurpassed
labour with judgement and knowledge of the highest kind, have been
brought to a state which may be regarded as, at least for many years
to come, the epoch of maximum in their investigation. To Charles
Darwin we are indebted for this service.

lviii PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

The Crustacea are now 291; in 1843, they were 159. This is an
enormous advance, and curious, since in great part it has arisen
from additions to the list of palzeozoic species. It marks, moreover,
not merely an advance of names, but one of knowledge, as may be
judged from an inspection of the changes in the generic list. The
Trilobites have undergone a complete revision, and the number of
species of those singular animals is vastly increased, thanks more
especially to the work done by Salter and by M‘Coy. The Cytheridee
and Cyprididz have become a feature in the catalogue, mainly in con-
sequence of the researches of Rupert Jones. Professor M‘Coy has
largely added also to the list of these tribes, and to the catalogue of
the higher crustacea from our mesozoic and lower tertiary strata.

The additions to the list of fossil insects more than double this
portion of the catalogue. They are due to the Rev. P. Brodie, and
are entirely derived from mesozoic strata, chiefly from the Purbecks
and Lias. In this department there is a considerable amount of un-
published materials existing in collections.

The number of Brachiopoda has swollen from 459 to 668, an
addition of more than 200 species! In the mean time they have
been undergoing complete and thorough revision. Mr. Davidson,
whose appearance among us as a British paleeontologist has taken
place in the interval between the two editions, is foremost among the
workers in this department, one greatly increased also by the labours
of King, M‘Coy, and Salter. Some very interesting contributions
have come from Mr. D. Sharpe, and Mr. C. Moore of Ilminster.
The important discovery of Liassic species of Lepteena and Thecidium
in Britain is due to the last-named observer.

The catalogue included 318 Monomyarian Bivalves in 1843; in the
new edition 577 are recorded. The additions in this instance come
from numerous sources. Both in this and the following group we
owe much to the labours of Mr. Morris and Mr. Lycett among the
Oolites.

The lists of the remaining groups of fossil animals will, when com-
pleted, show a comparable increase in almost every section. In the
highest, a large accession as well as a revision of species, will give a
new value to the catalogue; many of the researches of Professor
Owen among the reptiles and the warm-blooded Vertebrata, and of Sir
Philip Egerton among the Fishes, having been given to the world in
the interval. Indeed, scarcely a month now passes without the
appearance of some published contribution to British paleontology.

The volume, or rather fasciculus of volumes, for the year 1853
issued by the Paleeontographical Society is, in respect of richness of
illustration and value of matter, one of the finest productions of this
useful union. In its distinctive features it differs somewhat from its
predecessors, inasmuch as a considerable portion of it is occupied by
a series of elaborate treatises on the anatomy, microscopic structure,
and systematic arrangement of the Brachiopoda, respectively con-
tributed by Professor Owen, Dr. Carpenter, and Mr. Davidson.
The anatomical plates attached to this memoir are, without excep-
tion, the most beautiful engravings that ever illuminated a natural-

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. lix

history treatise. The lithographic plates illustrative of the genera of
Brachicpoda are also excellent specimens of their kind, both in ex-
ecution and arrangement. They are remarkable, not only for their
fidelity, but also for their artistic merits, the more so since they are
the work of an amateur in art, our accomplished associate, Mr. David-
son, to whose generosity and zeal for science, the world of geologists
is deeply indebted for these admirable drawings. The former annual
volumes issued by the Paleeontographical Society have scarcely, owing
to acceidental circumstances, received notice in the Anniversary
addresses, and I take this opportunity of offermg a word of con-
gratulation to the geologists of Great Britain, on the services rendered
to their science through this remarkable series of monographs,—
products of disinter ested zeal and earnest co-operation.

When the Paleeontographical Society was started, its founders could
not have anticipated the success that has crowned its exertions, or the
facility with which able and enthusiastic labourers in the field of science
it proposed to cultivate, would have been found willing to devote
their gratuitous exertions to the work. Hence there has arisen an
inequality of plan and difference of treatment in the several mono-
graphs published annually, much to be regretted, but scarcely now to
be remedied. Where a subject mainly of importance to a branch of
zoology that chiefly concerns the geologist, such as that of the
Brachiopodous Mollusks, is treated fully and completely as in the
volume for 1853, we are grateful for the boon, even though such a
treatise was foreign to the original intentions cf the Society. But in
the majority of instances it is doubtful how far it is desirable to ex-
pend the resources of the Society on printing purely zoological matter
mixed up with the paleeontological descriptions, and necessarily imper-
fect, and causing much repetition. Good figures and good descrip-
tions of fossils are the true ends to be kept in view. It is also to be
regretted that the Society had not started with a definite scheme of
monographs ; each and all should have been either stratigraphical, or
else systematic; but we have now a mixture of both, which sooner
or later will be the cause of not a little clashing and confusion.

The more strictly paleeontographical portion of this volume is
occupied by the continuations of the Monographs of British Fossil
Corals, by “Milne-Edwards and Jules Haime; of Mollusca of the
Great Oolite, by Morris and Lycett; of the Craze Mollusca, by Searles
Wood ; and of the British Fossil Reptilia, by Owen. About 250
species of fossils of various orders are described and figured. Of
these about two-fifths are either wholly new to science, or else new
to the British Fossil Fauaa—no small addition to our knowledge of
extinct animals to come from one Society im a year.

In this part of the monograph of the Corals our Devonian species
are described and figured, British examples only being selected for
delineation, a precaution in a work of this character that cannot be
too strictly attended to, since on its essentially local or topographical
features much of the peculiar interest and value attached to it must
depend. Sad mistakes in other works have been committed through
the neglect of this precaution by more authoys than one, and many a

Ix PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

dispute might have been prevented, had the exact locality, or if nonewas
known for certain, the fact of the want of knowledge, of the specimen
figured, been precisely stated. Forty-six corals occur in the British
Devonian strata, being rather less than one-third of all known Devo-
nian corals. Almost half of these are as yet peculiarly British, and
of the others only six (five of them being also continental in Europe)
occur on the other side of the Atlantic, a fact which, when we call to
mind the wide latitudinal range of the Anthozoa, has an important
significance in its bearimg upon the determination of the geography
of the northern hemisphere during the Devonian epoch. Three only

of our Devonian corals are regarded by Milne-Edwards and Jules
Haime as identical with Silurian species, whilst they consider all the
others as peculiar to their epoch. All the species described belong
to the groups Zoantharia tabulate and Zoantharia rugosa, and the
most conspicuous and recent-looking corals of the Devonian reefs and
banks were members of the latter suborder, one of which there are no
living representatives. Hence all inductions drawn from the presence
and torms of these zoophytes respecting the prevalence of a warm or
tropical climate within our area during the epoch of their flourishing
must be set aside, since they have been founded on the mistaking of
analogies for affinities. If we accept the views promulgated con-
cerning the structure and classification of corals by Milne-Edwards
and Haime—numerous facts in whose support are accumulated in the
several parts of this monograph—the prevailing opinions concerning
the physical condition of the paleeozoic epochs must be very con-
siderably modified or subdued, and the separation of those vast and
infinitely remote periods from the stages in time that succeeded them
be made even more manifest than was indicated by the pheenomena
presented by other groups of paleeozoic creatures.

The appearance of the first part of the “‘ Description of the Fossil
remains of Mollusca found in the Chalk of England,” by our valued
Treasurer, Mr. Daniel Sharpe, will be hailed with pleasure by
students of cretaceous beds all over Europe. The portion published
embraces the Belemnites, the Nautili, and part of the Ammonites,
and contains descriptions and figures of 24 species, of which two are
wholly new, and six new to British lists. The range of cretaceous
strata from whence the specimens described have been procured,
extends from the Upper Chalk of Norfolk and Gravesend, to the
Chloritic marl of the Isle of Wight, and “ Chalk with green grains”
of Somersetshire. It is worthy of notice that of the Nautili described,
several are recorded as having an extensive verticai distribution ; thus
Nautilus levigatus ranges from the Upper Greensand to the Upper
Chalk, whilst Nautilus pseudo-elegans, N. radiatus, N. neocomiensis,
and N. undulatus occur in both the upper and lower divisions of the
Cretaceous system ; in others words, both above and below the Gault.
Every fact of this kind well ascertained, is of no small interest at
present, when there is an extreme and unwholesome tendency on the
part of many paleontologists to insist @ priori upon the distinctness
of species coming from different stages, and to force their diagnoses
accordingly.

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. hel

The part of the ‘ Monograph ef the Mollusca from the Great
Oolite,’ issued for 1853, is devoted to the Lamellibranchiate
Bivalves (not yet completed), of which 116 species are here described
and figured. Of these 36 are new to science, and 24 continental
forms new to British lists. The authors remark that a large pro-
portion of the Oolitic Lamellibranchiata had shells whose hinges
were either a lengthened hinge-plate with a parallel series of trans-
verse or oblique teeth, 2. e. a hinge of the Arcoid type; or a tooth-
less hinge of the Mytiloid and Myoid types; or a hinge with a
hgamentary fossa only (as Pecten and its allies); or with the liga-
ment inserted in distinct pits (Perna and its allies). Shells with
cardinal teeth constituted only a minority : hence the Veneroid forms
of the oolites are especially few in number. The preceding parts of
this valuable monograph were equally rich in facts of a general
character, and consequently now so well known that they need not
be recalied here.

Professor Owen’s instalment for 1853 towards his great mono-
graph of the British Fossil Reptiles includes the Chelonia Paludinosa
of the Wealden and Purbeck beds. Hight species are described and
figured (six of them new), members of the genera Pleurosternon,
Chelone, and Platemys. Those of the first named genus (four species)
are all from the Purbecks, those of the two latter from the Wealden
beds, properly so called. So far, then, the Reptilia tend to support
the views that I have promulgated, after a careful and extended
study of the Dorsetshire Purbecks and Wealdens, to the effect that
these groups are not members of one series of freshwater beds, but
perfectly distinct, and indeed belonging in part (the Purbecks) to the
Lower, and in part (the Wealdens) to the Upper Mesozoic epoch.
During the past summer I have had occasion again to go over the
sections in the Isle of Purbeck, deliberately and in minute detail,
and I remain confidently of the opinion which I put forth at the
Edinburgh Meeting of the British Association in 1850. The detailed
memoir on this subject, to be amply illustrated, is in progress, and if
possible will be published in the course of the present year. In the
mean time I do not regret the delay, since I have thereby been
enabled to work out deliberately numerous points requiring time for
their elucidation.

The monograph of the Crag Mollusca is fast advancing towards
completion, and the fresh part is as remarkable as the former ones for
the fulness of knowledge of the subject that has throughout charac-
terized this important contribution to British Paleontology. Mr.
Wood has spared no pains, and has worked from the most ample
materials. The genera of Bivalves with cardinal teeth occupy this
portion of his treatise. Of these 57 species are enumerated; not a
few are now fully described and figured as British fossils for the first
time, the previous notices of them haying been restricted to a bare
mention. I would earnestly urge upon continental geologists the
consideration of the results at which Mr. Searles Wood has arrived
in this most careful monograph. There cannot be a doubt that the
epoch (or rather epochs) of the Crag, was as distinct from that of the

lxil PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

present stage in the world’s history,—whether we consider the physical
conditions of the area from whence our data are derived, either under
a climatal or an orographical aspect, or the natural-history features
of the population of that area,—as any “‘étage”’ of the upper or lower
Mesozoic period was from any proximate “ ¢tage.”’ Nay, the difier-
ence was even greater ; for the physical and natural-history characters
of the Pleistocene epoch that mtervened were quite of as much differ-
ential importance as those of either “étage.” Yet now that we know
the Crag Molluscan fauna, we might almost say perfectly, no sane
naturalist can fur a moment deny that a large proportion of the
species are positively identical with living types. Let those wuo
would hastily draw a line of death between the faunas of proximate
*étages,” and regulate their geological conclusions accordingly,
ponder well over this significant fact.

The essay on the classification of the Brachiopoda, by Mr. David-
son, contains the conclusions arrived at after many years of conscien-
tious labour, mainly devoted to this interesting order of Mollusks,
for whose illustration we owe so much to his pen and pencil. No
other paleontologist has ever had so great an amount of perfect mate-
rials for his particular task at his command, and neither expense nor
labour has been spared by our indefatigable associate to render his
monograph as perfect as possible. If any of our brethren dissent
from some of his specific decisions, they must all admit that they
have been arrived at on no superficial grounds. The portion of Mr.
Davidson’s work now sent forth is entirely systematic, and is de-
voted chiefly to an exposition of the characters and definition of
the families and genera of Brachiopoda. He admits 33 genera
assembled under 10 principal families, with some intermediate and
doubtful or provisional groups. As he has endeavoured to define his
genera on the strictest natural characters, and appears to have suc-
ceeded in arriving at an arrangement, in the main sound and near
to the truth, it becomes an inquiry of considerable interest to ascer-
tain how far the ranges of these genera are continuous in time; in
other words, whether the thecry of unique generic time-areas be
borne out among the Brachiopeda, now that we may be said to have
attained so extensive a knowledge of their generic and specific types.
This was doubtless the idea working in the mind of Von Buch, when
with indifferent materials, he attempted to fix the characters of the
fossil Brachiopoda, and plainly has often influenced the numerous
attempts at their classification made by subsequent palzeontologists. I
have no reason to suppose that an @ priori hypothesis, connected with
either time- or space-distribution, influenced Mr. Davidson in coming
to his final arrangement, and therefore I have been the more curious
to see how far that arrangement accorded with geological considera-
tions.

In the first family, Terebratulide, the typical genus Terebratula
(of which Teredratulina and Waldheimia are regarded as subgenera),
the succession of types is continuous from the middle palzeozoic or
Devonian epoch to the present time; whilst the other genera are
either Upper Mesozoic, Tertiary, and recent (as Terebratella and

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. lx

Argiope), exclusively Upper Mesozoic (as Bagas), or exclusively re-
cent (as Bouchardia, Kraussia, and Morrisia).

Stringocephalus follows as the type of a provisional family, exclu-
sively Devonian.

The Thecidide, represented by Thecidium alone, range continu-
ously from the Trias to the present time.

The Spiriferide concentrate towards the paleozoic pole. In this
family Mr. Davidson includes Spirifer (with Spirijerina and Cyrtia
as sections), Athyris, Spirigera, Uncites and Atrypa.

Rhynchonella, with Camerophoria and Pentamerus, form a family
under the name of Rhynchonellide. The absence of perforations in
the shell is the rule in this group. The typical genus is one of the
links between the paleozoic and present epoch, and has its maxi-
mum in the Niesozoic.

The Strophomenide, Productide, aad Calceolide all concentrate
in the Paleozoics ; Leptena only, in the first named family, extending
into the lower Jurassic strata.

In the Craniade, represented by the single genus Crania, we
have a type of Brachiopod almost equally present at all epochs. The
nearly allied group of Discinide, though extending to the present,
is generically concentrated in the Lower Palzeozoics. The same re-
mark may be made respecting the Lingulide.

Accepting the genera adopted by Mr. Davidson as mutually
equivalent groups, and regarding their distribution in time as deter-
mined by him from a vast amount of specific materials, enough to
induce us to believe that future discoveries will not materially disturb
any inferences drawn from the numbers as now presented to us, then
we arrive at several striking conclusions concerning the entire sub-class.
Regarding the Present and the Lower Paleeozoic epochs as oppo-
site poles of time, we find the generic types among the Brachiopoda
concentrate as it were around or towards each, whilst they depauperate
towards the equatorial region of the scheme, about which indeed no
generic types originate. The loop-armed types are regnant, as it were,
anteally, the spiral-armed types posteally ; and the latter are in the
main so dominant, that the Brachiopoda, as a great assemblage of
types, has its major development towards the past, its minor towards
the present, and its zero in the parting epoch between the palzozoic
and after-ages.

Some special memoirs on fossil Brachiopoda may here be noticed.
Mr. Davidson has communicated an excellent tabular view of the
classification and distribution of the genera to the ‘ Bulletin’ of the
Geological Society of France; and in our own Journal he has described
and figured a number of species from the Devonian rocks of China, a
region where some future paleontologist is likely to reap a rich pale-
ozoic harvest. The remarkable discoveries in the lias of our own
country by Mr. Moore of Ilminster, have found a parallel in France,
where M. Eugene Eudes-Deslongchamps, who promises to be worthy
of the distinguished name of his father, has found numerous species
of Leptena and Thecidea in the Liassac beds of several localities in
Calvados. His essay, amply illustrated, forms part of the newly

Ixiv PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

published volume (the ninth) of the Mémoires de la Société Linné-
enne de Normandie, a work in which not a few geological notices of
interest may be found. It isindeed remarkable that the two genera in
question, the one until lately regarded as characteristically and pecu-
harly paleeozcic, and the other as principally cretaceous, should have
their epochs of cessation and commencement thus as it were in
contact.

One of the distinctive features of our science during the year aie
past, is the monograph of Nummulites by Vicomte d’ Archiac, con-
stituting a portion of the “ Description des Animaux Fossiles du
Groupe } Nummulitique de ’Inde.” For some time geologists have
looked forward anxicusly to the appearance of this fredtiaes the fruit
of careful and conscientious researches, conducted amid abundant
materials, and guided by the wise, logical and truth-seeking spirit, so
characteristic of its illustrious author. They have not been disap-
pointed ; the result of his labours is the production of a most valu-
able memoir, illustrated by figures of the highest excellence. Every
natural group of organized beings, whether existing or extinct, would
seem to have its epoch of elucidation, a point of maximum in the
history ofits study, and the accumulation of facts towards that
history. When the time comes, the man is present for the work ;
but the right moment is ever preceded by long series of preliminary
labours, necessarily more or less imperfect, but not the less essential
for the eventual right and full understanding of the subject. We are
apt to forget when all is made clear to us, apparently as if in a
moment, how we have been progressing step by step towards that
hill-top from whence we are enabled to command a full and fair
view, and how every movement, though not always a straight one,
summit-wards, was requisite for the attainment of an eventual posi-
tion, even though what we sought to see was hidden from us during
our upward course. The so-called “ discoverer”’ is too apt to attri-
bute to his own individual efforts what is really but the fruit of time,
and the produce of the less fortunate labours of his predecessors.
This is not a fault of M. d’Archiac; conscientiously and carefully
does he analyse and assign due credit to the essays of those who have
gone before him in the difficult and curious study to which his
monograph is devoted. Not fewer than 200 volumes, papers, or
separate notes upon Nummulites (the work of 128 authors) are
analysed in his treatise. First in the list is the ancient and venerable
name of Strabo; among the latest are our countrymen Carpenter,
Carter, and Williamson, who have independently striven with re-
markable ability and success to elucidate the structure of recent and
extinct Rhizopoda, attracted to the study by the same mysterious
but fortunate impulse that has simultaneously directed the attention
of D’Archiac, Rutimeyer, and numerous continental observers to the
same interesting subject.

The author describes and figures 52 species of true Nummulites.
Of these 20 are entirely new. But these numbers give no idea of
the laborious task performed in sifting and rectifyimg synonymes,
reconciling species in duplicate, and abolishing useless names. The

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. Ixv

confusion that prevailed is instanced by the state of knowledge and
nomenclature of some 22 species that were best known before. Of
these 5 were placed in 2 genera, 3 in 5 genera, 2 in 4, 1 in 3, 1 in 6,
1 in 7, and 1 in 8 different genera. Among the species, 4 had re-
ceived 2 names, 4 others 3 names, 1 four, 3 five, 2 six, 1 seven,
1 nine, 2 ten, and | eleven names ; so that out of 22 true species of
Numamulites no fewer than 98 reputed ones had been constructed !

M. d’Archiac divides the history of the study of Nummulites into
five epochs. The first, or fabulous period, and by far the longest
though of least importance, commenced with the writers of antiquity,
and, after a long interruption during the middle ages, was resumed
after the middle of the sixteenth century to extend into that of the
eighteenth. The second period, more scientific than the first, but
scarcely nearer the truth, extended from 1770, to 1804, when the
sagacity of the illustrious Lamarck commenced to shed a new light
on the affinities of the lower animals. The third period, from 1804
to 1825, was marked by numerous attempts towards a classification of
the Rhizopoda, and Nummulites were described and figured with
considerable care, the opinion of their Molluscan and Cephalopodous
position prevailing in the writings of naturalists. The fourth epoch
extended from 1825 to 1835, when zoologists seem to have settled
into a fixed faith about the affinity of Nummulites and Foraminifera
with Nautili and Cuttle-fishes (the doctrine taught two hundred and
sixty years before by Conrad Gesner), and directed their attention
closely to the structure and minuter classification of these curious
bodies. It was marked by the commencement of the extensive
labours of Alcide d’Orbigny among the Foraminifera. The fifth and
final epoch commenced with the notable discovery by F. Dujardin of
the low and Ameeboid nature of the animal of the Rhizopod, and is
signalised by numerous and excellent researches into the features and
forms of existing and extinct Foraminifera. At length these living
problems may be said to be understood, and the monograph by M.
d’Archiac himself fitly closes their history for the present.

The high geological value to which the Nummutlites and their order,
the Rhizopoda, have speedily attained during the last fifteen years,
contrasts curiously with the degradation they have as rapidly under-
gone during the same period in zoological position. Before 1835
they were generally regarded as Cephalopoda, and naturalists of
repute were not wanting who went so far as to describe even the
parts of the minute cephalopod that constructed the foraminiferous
shell. That they were not Mollusca was scarcely suspected, though
half a century before their lower nature had been, on slender grounds
however, often maintained. The assumption of their elevated zoolo-
gical position led to many an argument against support of the theory
of the prevalence of a warm climate duri ing the ante-tertiary epochs,
from the fact of the abundance of chambered cephalopods in the
ancient sea-beds of now cold or temperate latitudes. The abundance
of minute chambered Cephalopoda m the North Atlantic at the pre-
sent time, and their almost universal distribution, were confidently
appealed to as conclusive against the inference. Their number in

VOL. X. e

lxvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

the later formations, when the genera of Ammonitoida and Nautiloida
had become scarce or disappeared for ever, was interpreted only as a
continuance of the same class under new and minuter forms. Analogy
was mistaken for affinity ; and substitution of one group for one totally
and organically different, although in the mere form of test not
dissimilar, was mistaken for succession and representation within the
sphere of one type. But the discovery of Dujardin led the way to
an entirely new interpretation of the value of the Rhizopoda, and a
new view of the part they play in time. Proving, from good evidence,
to be among the lowest of animal forms, to be in fact Protozoa like
Ameba, but differmg from both Proteus and the animal element
of the sponge by their investment with a hard and symmetrically
arranged (generally in spiral symmetry) exo-skeleton, it is most inte-
resting to note that their advent and maximum development have been,
not during the apparent dawn of life, but amid the later epochs, and
chiefly during those ages which many paleontologists regard as espe-
cially characterized by the highest forms of the animal kingdom.
Indeed, so far as we know at present, the whole great group of
Protozoa—the group that stands as it were at the very base and con-
stitutes the rudiments of the animal series—is as characteristic of the
tertiary section of time as the Vertebrata themselves are. A com-
parable phenomenon is becoming rapidly manifest in the molluscan
subkingdom, now vastly increased by the accession of the Polyzoa to
its ranks. These curious, lowly-organized, zoophytoid mollusea,
instead of being the first of their type to appear, were preceded by
members of all the higher orders of it, and do not become of much
chronological value until the testaceous forms of the highest class of
Mollusks occur, few and far between, and lose their strength and
their importanee.

The exquisite symmetry and regularity of conformation of the
shells of most recent and fossil Rhizopoda were the chief sources of
the errors that prevailed so long about their nature and zoological
position. ‘The true explanation of their structure appears to me to
be that given in detail by our fellow-member Dr. Carpenter, to the
effect that the entire mass, however symmetrical or regular, repre-
sents the products by successive gemmation originatmg from a
single ovum. It matters little whether we regard each ‘joint’ or
cell of a Nummulite as representing an individual or a zooid, pro-
vided we regard it as an element of the same essential nature with
each polype of a polypidom, each cell-animal of a polyzoon, or indi-
vidual of a Botryllus. The value of the regularity of the whole is
not invalidated, because that whole is a compound and not a unity,
and our faith in the specific value of the fossil, and its consequent
geological importance, may be as strongly based on the constancy of
char npg whose diagnosis is drawn ase the features presented bya
congeries of individuals as from those presented by a single being.
I anike this remark, because the only serious objection that i can Ges
to the views of M. d’Archiac touching the nature of the Nummulite
concerns this fundamental point. When he states as an argument
against its compound nature, that, if each of the cells were es proper

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. Ixvil

envelope of a particular individual, we ought to find a greater irre-
gularity in their development im the same shell, and asks why, if this
theory were true, should the heights of different coils of the same
spiral present constant relations, and why the first and last cells
should be less large than those of the median whorls, we cannot
accept the objections, for a crowd of comparable phenomena pre-
sented by the Sertularian zoophytes, animals having considerable
affinity with the Polyzoa, although of higher organization, come to
our recollection. The variations of the Hydroida, their morpho-
logy and reproduction, bear too,close a relation to the phenomena
exhibited by the rhizopodous organism, to permit us to regard the
Nummulite and its allies as simple bodies, or to dispute the theory
of their gemmigerous constitution ; in other words, the regulation of
their organization by the law of paramorphosis.

The stratigraphical distribution of the Nummulites is especially of
interest to the geologist. As compared with the grand scale of
epochs, their reign was short, but it was well-marked and compact,
and offers but one more proof to the thousands now known towards
the demonstration of the unity of time-areas of natural genera, facts
that should make us strongly hesitate before admitting the value of
apparent and daily-decreasing exceptions, and that should give us fresh
hope of the future attainment of a knowledge of the grand laws re-
gulating life in its relations to time, and fresh faith in the biological
section of the foundations of geology. The Nummulites characterize
a portion, not the whole, of the tertiary epoch. Though once, and
not many years ago, Nummulites were regarded to be as probably in-
dicative of the cretacecus date of a formation as of its tertiary place,
it would now appear that, between the nummulitic tertiaries and true
cretaceous strata, deposits intervene, whose fauna and flora are such
that we must regard them as of tertiary age. A most interesting and
Important feature of these deposits, traceable in the north-west of
Europe, the south of France, in Savoy, in Switzerland, along the
southern slopes of the Alps, in Istria, and even in India, is, that in
numerous localities they exhibit evidences of a terrestrial origin,
marked by the presence of coal, often accompanied by lacustrine shells,
and sometimes by freshwater limestones. In facts of this kind we
may get at the true explanation of the break between the cretaceous
and tertiary faunas, without having recourse to prodigious cataclysms
or paroxysmal elevations of mountain chains, which, if they did
occur, as might have been the case, could have made far less im-
pression on the distribution of animal and vegetable life, except in
the immediate vicinity of the convulsion, than slow and almost
imperceptible changes affecting gradually the disposition of the geo-
graphy of a wide-spread area.

“The dial moves, and yet it is not seen,” paradoxically writes an
old poet. Time cannot progress without change, however slow may
seem his course. The true measure of the extent and importance of
a convulsion (as well as of the importance of unconformity), should

be the amount of organic change that we can trace to a connexion
)
e2

lxvili PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

with the paroxysm. And yet what system of paroxysmal elevations
has stood the trying test, when questioned on this principle?

It is of the Middle Eocene epoch—that section of the lower ter-
tiaries of which the calcaire-grossier of the Paris basin may be cited
as acentral type and key-stone,—that the Nummulites are especially,
and apparently exclusively, characteristic. The supposed carbo-
niferous and oolitic Nummulites are of too doubtful a nature to be
taken as exceptions. There is, it is true, a Nummulite (WV. intermedia)
found in the Miocene beds of Piedmont, and another (V. garansensis)
in the Lower Miocenes of the Pyrenees. But I am not inclined to
conclude with M. d’Archiac that these rare exceptions prove the
existence of the last representatives of the genus after the Lower
Tertiary fauna had disappeared, but rather to cite them in favour of
the view that I have attempted to demonstrate, I trust successfully,
when describing during the past year the Lower Tertiaries of the
Hampshire basin, —to the effect that the so-called Lower Miocenes are
essentially Lower Tertiaries and a portion of the true Eocene series,
and that the passage from them into the Middle Kocenes is perfect
and gradual, when we have for our examination an area presenting a
full sequence of deposits.

Nevertheless it is not the less true that the nummulitic horizon
is distinctly and definitely marked, and, from the frontiers of China
and Thibet, even to the shores of the Atlantic, occupies a fixed
position in the geological scale, a place above and succeeding the
horizon of the lower tertiary lignites. The full demonstration of
this great fact is a precious gain to our science ; and when we consider
what a vast area the nummulitic rocks occupy, what mighty moun-
tains are made up of them, the prodigious accumulation of indi-
viduals of the fossils from which they receive their appellation, and
the readiness with which their age can thereby be determined, we
cannot but admit that the elucidation of their history has been a boon
of no small value to comparative geology. This great tertiary for-
mation extends across Europe, Asia, and Africa, forming a zone of
98° of longitude, comprised from south to north between the 16th
and 55th degrees of latitude, and through much of its course exhi-
biting a breadth of 1800 miles. In the Himalaya, nummulitic rocks
attain an elevation of more than 14,000 feet.

It will ever be a matter of just pride to our Society, that within
our meeting-room and in our proceedings the main task was effected
of clearing up the mist that clouded so long the geological history of
the great nummulitic formation, and that here it was our indefa-
tigable colleague, Sir Roderick Murchison, effected this great advance
in tertiary geology. And now that the paleontology of the Num-
mulites has been made as clear as noon-day by the genius and labour
of M. d’Archiac, it will ever be a matter of congratulation to us that
the cabinets of our Society and the collections of its Members were
freely and heartily placed at his disposal, and have proved of some
value towards enabling him to perfect his researches.

The discovery, by Sir Charles Lyell and Mr. Dawson, of an am-

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. lxix

phibian related to new-world types, and of a probable land shell, of
the family Helicide, in the interior of a fossil tree in the coal-mea-
sures of Nova Scotia, has excited general and deserved interest, and
holds out a promise of future additions from unexpected sources to
our roll of paleeozoic animals. It is an event of no light significance.
The number of palzeozoic reptiles is steadily, though gradually, in-
creasing at home and abroad. A new and highly curious form of
Labyrinthodont from the Carluke Coal-shales, the Parabatrachus
Colec of Owen, has appeared on this side of the Atlantic to support
our hope of obtaiming sooner or later a far larger list of paleeozoic
air-breathing animals than we at present possess.

Those who are interested in Permian paleontology will find a
valuable contribution to this subject m the “ Sitzungs-Berichte der
Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften”’ for June 1853. It is a
memoir on the fauna of the German Zechstem formation by Baron
Karl von Schauroth. A comparison is instituted between the Ger-
man and English species (the latter as described by Professor King),
and a concordance is given. From the lists im this paper it appears
that there are 61 Permian species common to Germany and England ;
of these 21 are Lamellibranchiate and 17 Palliobranchiate bivalves.
The total number of German species is 116, of which 21 are plants.
In England we have 143, including 7 plants. The total number of
known Permian species is stated as 237. In a contribution to the
palzeontology of the Triassic beds, an essay on the organic remains
of the Muschelkalk near Jena, Dr. E. Smid enumerates 81 species.
A striking feature of the assemblages of fossils in both Permian and
Triassic series is the very small number of peculiar generic types.
Of all the zones of life in time, these are the most unprolific in new
and distinct generic types. Species they have in plenty of their own,
but almost all belong to genera that are more important either above
or below their horizon, than they are within them.

A long list might be given of recent papers on Oolitic, Cretaceous,
and Tertiary paleeontology, all more or less interesting, none without
its value. For indicatious of most of these { would refer my hearers
to the excellent ‘ Paleeontographica’ of Dunker and von Meyer, and
the useful pages of the ‘ Jahrbuch’ of Leonhard and Bronn. The
memoirs by Reuss on cretaceous and other fossils are especially de-
serving of attention, In America, too, there is much doing in the
study of organic remains. The vertebrata have found a most able
investigator and describer in Dr. Joseph Leidy, who promises to be
for the United States what Owen is to us. Much that I could wish
to say on the progress of cretaceous and eocene palzeontology I must
for the present reserve ; and of that of the newer tertiaries I will con-
fine my remarks to an important work, yet uncompleted, the contents
of which are equally worthy of notice at a time when the relations of
the middle and lower tertiaries are subjects of discussion.

Most highly, indeed, to be commended is the admirably illustrated
monograph of the miocene mollusca of the Vienna basin, published
at the cost of the Austrian government and written by Dr. Hornes,
at whose disposal the fine collections of Partsch have been placed for

x PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

this special labour. The figures are exquisite. The fifth part ap-
peared in 1853, and contained monographs of the species of Ranella
and Murex (6 of the former and 43 of the latter genus). When
this work is completed we shall be in a better condition than ever for
deciding upon the verata questio concerning the limits of the middle
tertiaries. From the materials already before us we may obtain fore-
shadowings of the conclusion, and it may not be undesirable to offer
a few remarks suggested by the facts recorded by Dr. Hornes ; in other
words, by the fossil species he has so well described and carefully
elucidated.

As far as the work has progressed, the genera monographed are
canaliculated Gasteropoda; well-marked types, that are not likely to
mislead, belonging to as many as 24 genera. Now, in looking over
the lists of species in each, several points strike our attention, viz.
Ist, the great development of species in certain tropical genera, or
genera in the main tropical, such as Conus (19 species), Cypraea (10
species), Mitra (13 species), Terebra (8 species), Murex (43 species),
Ranella (6 species) ; 2nd, the fact that the species of the more ex-
tensive genera are mainly extinct; 3rd, the fact that a considerable
number of existing mollusks, characteristically Mediterranean, are
present in this fauna; 4th, the presence of very few, scarcely any,
existing forms not Mediterranean ; 5th, the fact that whatever Celtic
forms are present, such as Cyprea europea, Erato levis, Nassa in-
crassata, Chenopus pes-pelecani, and Murex erinaceus, they are shells
common to the Mediterranean and Celtic faunas, and therefore most
probably original members of the former; 5th, the very large pro-
portion of species common to tertiaries in the north of Italy and south
of France; 7th, the small number of references to the Touraine
Faluns, though those that occur are of considerable significance ; 8th,
the small number and doubtful character of the identifications with
eocene species. This fauna seems as it were to have been the cradle
of the existing Mediterranean fauna, but in the main to have been
characteristic of the arms of a great previous Mediterranean, whose
main centre was tropical, though not a portion of the Indo-Pacific
provinces of our times. It seems to have had no northern communi-
cations, at least im the direction of Austria. Its tropical character is
not derived at all from either the presence of eocene species or from
the stamp of an eocene facies. Some great intervention of different
physical conditions over a vast area must have separated its epoch
from the latest eocene era. It is decidedly not the fauna of the so-
called lower miocene. A well-worked list of more than 150 species
warrauts the suggestion of these provisional considerations.

The search after and description of fossil plants has been actively
prosecuted on the continent, and not a few memoirs, several of them
beautifully illustrated, have appeared during the year. As contribu-
tions of facts towards a future understanding of Fossil Botany, these
papers and figures are welcome and valuable ; but as paleeontological
data for the service of the geologist, the use and appreciation of them
requires the greatest judgement and caution. The vegetable unit in
lists of extinct beings is of far inferior value to the animal unit, and

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. Ixxi

conclusions respecting the age and affinities of formations drawn from
the fragments of an ancient flora should always be put forth as pro-
blematical and provisional. Yet in geological memoirs we too fre-
quently find this caution lost sight of, or apparently unknown to their
authors, who sum up the columns of animal and vegetable species
alike, and add the numbers together, as if by diluting certainties with
uncertainties we could come nearer a definite conclusion. Hvyery
botanist knows how difficult is the attempt to determine species of
living plants from imperfect fragments, how slight is the clue in
many cases afforded by a leaf, and how hopeless the task when he
has before him only the fragment of a stem. Yet such are the ma-
terials from which in nine cases out of ten the describer of fossil plants
constructs his species. Not content with indicating the possible or
probable affinities of the morsel before him, he confers upon it the
dignity of a generic and specific name, and enrols it in the catalogue
of new types. When the specimen presents characters so positively
different from any known form whatsoever, this proceeding may be
excused; but such is not the excuse in the majority of instances.
The nearer we approach our own epoch, the more difficult becomes
the task, and the more are extreme care and forbearance demanded.
With the greatest respect for the distinguished men who have of late
contributed so much towards our acquaintance with the floras of the
Tertiaries, I cannot but think that the positive nomenclature they
have introduced into our lists is quite as likely to retard as to advance
geology. Would that the warnings so often and admirably pronounced
within our walls by my most able friends and fellow-members, Dr.
Hooker and Mr. Charles Bunbury, were heard by some of the paleeo-
phytologists of Germany !

Among the most recent researches on this subject are the labours
of Goppert on the flora preserved in amber. In this ancient resin
portions of plants, even the flowers, are occasionally preserved as
perfectly as the well-known insect remains that have so long excited
the wonder of the curiosity-seeker, and yielded so rich a harvest to
the entomologist. Of cellular plants 59 species were noticed thus
embalmed by the eminent botanist just mentioned, and among them
about two-fifths, and possibly more, as existing forms, Liverworts and
Lichens being the prevailing identities. One Fern only is mentioned.
The monocotyledons are restricted to the remains of an Alisma, a
Carex, and portions of grasses. No fewer than 51 Gymnosperms are
noted, and among them are identified Thuya occidentalis, an Abies,
probably canadensis, and the Librocedrus chilensis of Chili! Of
Angiospermous exogens 42 species were found. Among these are
several regarded as identical with living types, as dndromeda hyp-
noides and ericoides, Pyrola uniflora, Verbascum thapsiforme, and
Sedum ternatum. The whole list and the comments of the author
are such as to excite the greatest curiosity, and to hold out hopes of
fresh results from an investigation so likely to throw light on the
climatal condition and geographical conformation of the northern
hemisphere during the late tertiary epoch of the formation of the
deposits in which the amber occurs. ‘The same author has given an

Ixxi PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

account of the tertiary flora of Java, with a list of 38 species all
marked as new. Dr. Ettingshausen has published a finely illustrated
memoir on the Fossil Flora of the Monte Promina in Dalmatia, mainly
of an eocene character. Out of 45 species enumerated, one is con-
sidered identical with a Sheppey species. Leaves referred to Pro-
teaceze and to tropical Leguminosee and Laurinez are among the
more curious forms. But the objections I have made to the definitely
naming of fragments must be held good against all these papers, and
to the extensive and in many respects highly valuable memoir of
M. Heer upon the tertiary flora cf Switzerland.

Dr. Ettingshausen has made the tertiary flora of Haring in the
Tyrol the subject of a finely illustrated and elaborate monograph, one
of the many beautifully got-up scientific publications that have of late
been issued at the cost of the Austrian government. He describes
no fewer than 180 so-called ‘species,’ or, more properly speaking,
portions apparently of different plants. Of these 73 are common to
the floras of other localities; out of this number 41 are eocene, 9
miocene, and 23 species common to eocene and miocene. Proteacez,
Myrtaceze, and Leguminose form as much as a third part of this
flora. The Flabellarize and Chameecyparites remind us of certain
eocene plants of the Hampshire basm. Compared with existing
floras the general aspect is Australian. The author infers that the
climate was tropical, and ventures to pronounce on the probable mean
annual temperature of the region in which these plants lived, deter-
mining it to be 18° to 21° Reaumur. In this conclusion, as well as
im the decisions about species and genera, there is a degree of over-
precision assumed to which fossil botany can justly lay no claim. In
a previously published memoir on the tertiary flora of the Vienna
basin, the age of the latter is stated to be miocene and the climate
subtropical. In these determinations scarcely sufficient allowance is
made for difference of locality and varying conditions, such as time
of year of deposit and local elevation. The botanical differences be-
tween the plant-bearing beds of our own eocenes- might lead to con-
flicting conclusions were we not well acquainted with their geological
affinities.

M. de Zigno has announced the discovery of a new locality in the
Vicentin for fossil fishes of the Monte Bolea type, and a rich” tertiary
flora probably of somewhat later age. Of greater consequence and
general geological interest are his investigations in a stratum of grey
Jurassic limestone containing vegetable remains at Monte Spitz de
Botzo in the Sette commune of the Vicentin, first indicated by Fortis
towards the close of the last century. The bed lies upon oolitic
strata containing Terebratula spheroidalis, and is covered by others
containing Ammonites athleta and viator, Terebratula diphya, and
other organic remains indicative of the horizon of our Oxford clay
and Kelloway’s rock. M. de Zigno regards the plant-bearing bed as
the equivalent of the Great Oolite, or thereabouts. He has obtained
more than 400 specimens from the localities where it appears. All
the plants are of terrestrial origi, and bear the strongest analogy to
the oolitic floras of Scarborough and Mamers. The number of spe-

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. Ixxir

cies does not exceed 40, but the majority are new. They belong to
the genera Equisetites, Sagenopteris, Cycadites, Zamites, Otozamites,
Araucarites, and Brachyphyllum. The Cycadee, and especially the
Otozamites, predominate. M. de Zigno is about to publish a mono-
graph of his highly important discoveries, and it is to be hoped that
British geologists will render him due assistance, the more so as all
students of the English and Scottish oolites must feel greatly inter-
ested by this announcement.

But, on the risk of taking subjects out of the order of time, I must
not omit to notice progress in the old and favourite direction of the
vegetation of the carboniferous epoch and the origin and working of
coal. The papers by Mr. Dawson and Mr. Poole on the pheenomena of
the coal-formation of Nova Scotia are contributions to this subject of
very high interest, and are accessible in the pages of our own Journal.
An excellent sketch, not without original matter, of the natural history
of coal and the “‘ Fossil Flora of the Mountain Limestone formation of
the Kastern Borders,’ by Mr. George Tate, appended to Dr. John-
ston’s delightful work on the Natural History and Antiquities of the
Eastern Borders, well deserves the notice of the geologist and student
of fossil plants. Circumstances of commercial interest have directed
the attention of many men of science during the past year to the in-
vestigation of the nature of coal, and attempts at a strict and unmis-
takeable definition of what coal is has, I fear, after carefully reading
all that has been said upon it, taken up in vain much of the time and
thought of both philosophers and lawyers. Coal has become a geo-
logical chameleon. Opinions on this vexed question must necessarily
vary according to the point of view, whether chemical, or geological,
or mineralogical, or microscopical, at which we regard it. By making
an @ prior rule as to what coal should be, any man may arrive at a
strict specific character, and more than one view of the matter may
be right.

PETROLOGICAL INQUIRIES.

The often-discussed subject of cleavage, about which so many geo-
logists are at variance, has been treated im a fresh and novel manner
by Mr. Sorby, who has communicated an essay of singular interest,
“On the Origin of Slaty Cleavage,” to the Edinburgh New Philoso-
phical Journal for last year. This diligent observer has called the
microscope to the aid of the hammer and clmometer. By an exami-
nation of extremely thin sections of rocks under high powers (that
which he recommends as most generally useful for the purpose in
view is about 400 linear), he has been enabled to throw new light on
some of the greater geological problems ; among others that of the
cause of slaty cleavage. For the examination of slate rocks he re-
commends the use of a polarizing microscope. The physical struc-
ture and the optical properties of the component minerals may be
identified thus, even when in grains less than =,)5th of an inch in
diameter. A comparison of sections of uncleaved with those of cleaved
rocks, having similar mineral composition, shows that the minute par-

XXIV PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

ticles are differently arranged in each. The alteration of the arrange-
ment in the latter case is such as would result from the rocks having
suffered a change of dimensions, been greatly compressed in a line
perpendicular to cleavage, and elongated to a certain extent in the
line of its dip. Of these changes there are evidences afforded also by
the diminution in the distance between any two points lying in the
Ime of pressure in contorted beds, the dimensions of the beds in dif-
ferent parts of contortions, the change in the dimensions of the organic
remains, and the arrangement of the greeu spots so generally seen in
Welsh slates, and resulting probably from original concretions. These
spots, Mr. Sorby remarks, in rocks without cleavage are almost per-
fect spheres, or are elongated in the plane of bedding. In cleaved
rocks they are like the minute particles compressed in a line perpen-
dicular to the cleavage, and more or less elongated in the line of its
dip. The result of Mr. Sorby’s inquiries is the strong support of
the mechanical theory of cleavage, and a confirmation of the obserya-
tions of Professor Phillips and, partially, of the views maintained by
Mr. Sharpe, from whom Mr. Sorby differs in maintaining that the
particles in general have suffered a change of position without actual
compressing or crystalline arrangement. Mr. Sorby maintains that it
is not possible to reconcile the mechanical facts noticed in his essay
with the supposition of an electrical action or other non-mechanical
agent being the efficient cause of the pheenomenon of cleavage. By
ingenious experiments he has been able to produce similar arrange-
ments of minute particles with those observed by him in nature, all
favourable to the theory which he so ably upholds.

In the West Riding Geological Proceedings, Mr. Sorby has a paper
on the oscillation of the currents that drifted the sandstone beds of the
south-east of Northumberland, and on their general direction in the
coal-field in the neighbourhood of Edinburgh. By careful study of
the minuter characters of the drift-structure in sandstone,—more mi-
nutely and closely than has hitherto been done,—Mr. Sorby proposes
to arrive at definite results concerning the precise directions, charac-
ters, and velocity of the currents. The instances given in this essay,
which may be regarded as the prodromus of more extensive memoirs,
are most interesting, and warrant the conclusions at which he has
arrived so far. I am convinced that the path chosen by Mr. Sorby
is one of very great consequence to the future progress of geology,
and that by methods similar to those which I have advanced and put
in practice im the observation in the field of the distribution of organie
remains in strata, viz. the observation and careful noting of pheeno-
mena, inch by inch, is as sure to yield valuable results to the purely
physical as to the natural-history observer. The smallest of facts is
not only worthy of notice and record, but may often prove to be the
key by which we are enabled to acquire a philosophical knowledge of
the rock-masses we are studying. The geology of no region, however
extensive or however limited, can be said to be done until its minute
as well as its more conspicuous constitution has been fully and fairly
made out. Hitherto this has rarely been attempted, and perhaps our
science is not yet ripe for an extensive employment of the method.

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. Ixxv

The microscopic researches of Mr. Sorby on the structure of fresh-
water marls and limestones open out a new field for inquiry as yet
little more than indicated. The idea of ascertaining the origin of
the structure through a determination of the forms of the minute
particles into which shells resolve themselves by decay, and of esti-
mating the relative proportions of the microscopic ingredients of a
rock by delineating on paper the outlines of the particles present in
a thin section of the stone with the aid of the camera lucida, then
cutting them out and weighing the figures of each kind separately, is
a process I believe wholly new in geological research and due to our
imgenious associate. The value of the proceeding may be tested by
the results, which, so far as they are published, are excellent. So
long as the microscope thus employed is guided by a practical
geologist, our science will be a gainer by this kind of investiga-
tion.

The distinction of all granites into two species or varieties, each
characterized by mineralogical and geological peculiarities, has been
forcibly insisted on by M. Delesse, and illustrated from his researches
among the rocks of the Vosges mountains. He distinguishes,—1st,
the ‘granites des Ballons,’ containing little quartz, orthose in large
crystals, felspar (of the 6th system), dark mica affected by acids, and
frequently hornblende, ordinarily accompanied by sphene ; and, 2nd,
the ‘granite des Vosges,’ mainly made up of quartz and orthose, with
the addition of a little felspar (of the 6th system), dark mica affected
by acids, and transparent mica in smaller quantities not affected by
acids. ‘This granite often takes a gneissoid structure. The former
kind is eruptive, and constitutes the more elevated portions of the
granitic chain ; the latter has rather the characters of a metamorphic
rock. The distinction between the two sorts is not merely local, and
has been observed by M. Delesse in not a few granitic localities ;
among other regions, in Ireland.

In a memoir on the mineralogical and chemical constitution of the
rocks of the Vosges, M. Delesse discusses those pheenomena of me-
tamorphism characterized by felspathization, that is, by the develop-
ment of crystals of felspar (of the sixth system) in ancient stratified
rocks. To these felspathised rocks of the Vosges he applied the
name Grauwacke, a term by which he proposes to designate every
sedimentary rock, whatever be its age or structure, in which crystals
of felspar of the sixth system have become developed. I am in-
clined to object to the revival of the name Grauwacke in the present
stage of geological research ; it has been used so variously, loosely,
and indefinitely that it had better be wholly dropped from our no-
menclature. The sense in which it is used by M. Delesse is not that
m which the majority of geological writers have employed it, and
since the class of rocks to which he would restrict the name are
highly important and well deserving of specific distinction, the in-
vention of a new term would not only have been excusable, but also
of good service. The question may arise whether the apparent fel-
spathization, in the sense in which this word is used by M. Delesse,
may not in some instances rather depend upon the original diffusion

Ixxvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

of felspar crystals through a sediment derived from showers of vol-
canic ash, constituting thus a rock of which numerous instances are
familiar to the explorers of our paleeozoic districts.

The line of research chosen by M. Delesse in the papers just no-
ticed, and many others from his pen, is one sure to be productive of
valuable results. The mineralogy of rock masses is of great conse-
quence to the geologist, but to be satisfactorily treated must be dealt
with by inquirers who are, like the author cited, practical geologists,
and ready at the same time to avail themselves fully of the aid of
chemistry. The treatment of the majority of simple minerals fails,
in the main, within the sphere of the chemist ; so much so, that we
might almost be warranted in regarding mineralogy as the paleeonto-
logy of chemistry.

Among the “ general observations” prefixed to the new volume of
M. D’Archiac’s History are some brief but profound remarks on pe-
trographical changes, and on the distinctions between the greater
metamorphism of sedimentary formations and the lesser or metamor-
phism of contact, the latter beimg dependent on the action of igneous
causes. The author calls attention to the fact of consolidation and
tendency to metamorphism in the sedimentary strata of mountain
masses, exhibited by the hardening of the limestones, their tendency
to assume certain peculiarities of colour and frequently subcrystalline
and even saccharoid textures, the conversion of the marls and sandy
clays into schistose beds, and the indurated and compact characters
of the sandy elements. On the other hand, the continuations of the
same beds, when forming horizontal table-lands or extended plains,
composed of conformable and undisturbed strata, exhibit entirely
distinct mineral characters, being comparatively unsolidified and put-
ting on very different features of colour and texture. These differ-
ences between the same set of rocks—in the one case disturbed,
crumpled up and contorted, in the other resting almost in their ori-
ginal repose—are exhibited by formations of all ages indifferently,
and would lead to the inference that the greater metamorphism is
mainly due to energy of dynamical causes.

Although properly the subject should be mentioned under a distinct
head, I may here allude to Mr. Tylor’s interesting essay on the changes
of sea-level effected by existing physical causes during stated periods
of time, a paper abounding in suggestions of general interest and in
curious calculations. As the author continues to pursue the same
line of inquiry, it would be premature to discuss his conclusions
now.

Still more distinct and far less practical in its theme is Mr. Saull’s

pamphlet treating of the connexion of geological phenomena with
astronomical causes.

TEXT-BOOKS.

The spread of a love for geology among the people and students of
science has its surest indication in the appreciation of text-books and
synoptical treatises. The year 1853 has not been behind in affording
evidences of the popular appreciation of our science. That great

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. Ixxvii

standard of geological philosophy, the ‘Principles of Geology,’ by
Sir Charles Lyell, has reached a ninth edition, one carefully and
learnedly brought up to the ever-increasing knowledge of our day.
A second edition has appeared of the ‘Geological Observer,’ a
volume in which Sir Henry De la Beche embodies the fruit of
years of fieldwork and reflection. A new elementary work of pe-
culiar merit, entitled ‘ Popular Physical Geology,’ has come from the
pen of Mr. Jukes: this little book may be studied with advantage
by the most experienced, and, keeping as it does, in a style highly
commendable for perspicuity and nerve, the leading physical laws
and facets of the science before the reader, wamixed with paleeontolo-
gical statements and conclusions, will serve as a wholesome corrective
of a tendency to regard too exclusively its biological aspects, a bias
on the part of geologists which a naturalist holds quite as much in
dread as the sternest mineralogist or dynamical observer. A useful
companion to elementary treatises im the form of an engraved table
of the characteristic fossils of the several formations has been sent
forth by Mr. Lowry. A new edition of Professor Pictet’s ‘ Manual
of Paleontology,’ by far the best work of its kind, is a welcome con-
tribution to our geological libraries; and the same may be said of
Professor Phillips’s ‘Geology,’ and of the lamented Dr. Mantell’s
‘Medals of Creation,’ edited by Mr. Rupert Jones. Among ele-
mentary works that have appeared on the continent is one by the
illustrious veteran Omalius D’ Halloy, and in America Professor Hitch-
cock and Messrs. Adams and Gray have sent forth introductory
treatises.

CONCLUSION.

In the course of this Address I have used some expressions that,
_as far as I am aware, are new to geological language, and involve an
idea which, although hypothetical, [ wish to put forth upon this oc-
casion. I am strongly impressed with the belief, that, fanciful though
it may seem, there is within it the germ of a great geological truth.
I have spoken of genera concentrating towards the palzeozoic pole,
and vice versd, of the substitution of groups, and the opposition of
the more ancient to the mesozoic and modern faunas. The phrases
have been incidental, and arose naturally out of the subjects under
commentary, but the idea that lies at the base of them, whether true
or fallacious, requires to be stated, and there cannot be a better oppor-
tunity than the present for venturing to start this fresh geological
hare.

Every geologist whose studies have been equally or nearly equally
directed to the organic pheenomena of the three great sections of time
usually received, Paleeozoic, Mesozoic, and Tertiary or Cainozoic, can-
not fail to have been struck with the greater value of the difference
between the first or oldest section and the two newer divisions taken
together, than between the first and middle terms and between the
latter and the last. The degree of organic difference between the
upper mesozoic and the lower tertiary epochs is rather more, but
only slightly more, than the degree of difference between the lower

Ixxviil PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

and upper sections of the great mesozoic period. But the gap be-
tween palzeozoic and mesozoic, although the link be not altogether
broken, is vastly greater than any other of the many gaps in the
known series of formations. I am one of those who hold, @ prior,
that all gaps are local, and that there is a probability at some future
time of our discovering gradually somewhere on the earth’s crust
evidences of the missing links. All our experience and knowledge,
theoretical and practical, warrant the affirmation that at every known
stage of geological time there were sea and land. Even those who
believe in a primeeval azoic period will hardly sanction the supposition
that there has been any repetition of azoic epochs since the first life-
bearing cera commenced. And if so, and if there were always sea and
land since the commencement of the first fossiliferous formation, we
are warranted in assuming that both earth and water had their floras
and their faunas. All geological experience goes to show, that wherever
you have a perfect sequence of formations accumulating in the same
medium, air or water as the case may be, there is, if not a continuance
of the same specific types, a graduated succession and interlacement
of types and of the facies of life-assemblages : even as on the present
surface of the earth the faunas and floras of proximate provinces in-
termingle more or less specifically, or, if physical barriers prevent the
diffusion of species, assume more or less one general facies. This
passage, by aspect and type, of one stage in time into another is but
scantily indicated at present in the uppermost manifestations of the
paleeozoic life and the lowermost of the mesozoic. The missing links
will sooner or later reward the diligence of the geological explorer.

But in the general aspect of the paleeozoic world, contrasted with
the worlds of life that followed, although all are evidently portions
of one mighty organic whole, there seems to me to be something more
than the contrast that depends on the loss or non-discovery of con-
necting links. There is more than we can explain by this theory.
Granting for its support all facts capable of being so applied, there
are residual pheenomena to be accounted for, and which as yet have
not been referred to any law that I know of.

For some years I have lived in hope of the discovery of a paleeozoic
fauna and flora more in accordance with those of after-epechs than
those we know, and fondly fancied that local differences of physical
conditions alone might account for the discordance. But the fields
opened by Murchison, Sedgwick, and Phillips have been so extended
and have yielded such rich harvests at the hands of James Hall and his
fellow-explorers in America, and of Barrande, de Koninck, de Verneuil,
the Romers and Sandbergers, M‘Coy, King, Salter, Roualt, and many
other able palzeontologists who have worked at paleozoic fossils in
Europe, that it is becoming evident that we have before us a fair and
true image of at least the marine aspect of the primeeval group of
faunas. The more they are investigated, the wider the ground is
explored, the more striking is the difference in the main between the
life paleeozoic and the after-life.

Doubtless a principal element of this difference lies in substitution
—in the replacement of one group by another, serving the same pur-

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. Ixxix

pose in the world’s ceconomy. Paradoxical must be the mind of the
man, a mind without eyes, who in the present state of research would
deny the limitation of natural groups to greater or less, but in the
main continuous, areas or sections of geological time. Now, that
greater and lesser groups—genera, subgenera, families, and orders,
as the case may be—or, in truer words, genera of different grades of
extent—have replaced others of similar value and served the same
purpose or played the same part, is so evident to every naturalist ac-
quainted with the geological distribution of animals and plants, that
to quote instances would be waste of words. This replacement is
substitution of group for group—-a phenomenon strikingly conspi-
cuous on a grand seale when we contrast the paleeozoic with the after-
faunas and floras. A single instance of these greater substitutions
may be cited to assist my argument, viz. the substitution of the La-
meliibranchiata of later epochs by the Pailiobranchiata during the
earlier. In this, as in numerous other instances, it is not a total re-
placement of one group by another that occurred ; both groups were
represented at all times, but as the one group approached a minimum
in the development of specific and generic types, the other approached
a maximum, and vice versd. I think few geologists and naturalists
who have studied both the paleeozoic and the after-—I must com a word
—neozoic mollusea will doubt that a large portion of the earlier Bra-
chiopoda—the Productide for example— performed the offices and
occupied the places of the shallower-water ordinary bivalves of suc-
ceeding epochs.

Now in this substitution the replacement is not necessarily that of
a lower group in the scale of organization by a higher. ‘There is an
appearance of such a law in many instances that has led over and
over again to erroneous doctrines about progression and development.
The contrary may be the case. Now that we have learned the true
affinities that exist. between the Bryozoa and the Brachiopoda, we
can see in these instances the zoological replacement of a higher by
a lower group, whilst in the former view, equally true, of the replace-
ment of the Brachiopoda by the Lamellibranchiata, a higher group is
substituted for a lower one. Numerous cases might be cited of both
categories.

But can we not find something more in these replacements and in-
terchanges than mere substitution, which is a phenomenon mani-
fested among minor and major groups withm every extended epoch?
Is there no law to be discovered in the grand general grouping of the
substitutions that characterize the paleeozoic epoch when contrasted
with all after-epochs considered as one, the Neozoic? It seems to
me that there is, aud that the relation between them is one of con-
trast and opposition—in natural-history language, is the relation of
Povarity.

The manifestation of this relation in organized nature is by con-
trasting developments in opposite directions. The well-known and
often-cited instance of the opposition progress of the vegetable and
animal series, each starting from the same pomt—the point at which
the animal and vegetable organisms are scarcely if at all distinguish-

Ixxx PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

able,—may serve to illustrate the idea, and make it plain to those
to whom the use of the term PoLariry in geological science may
not be familiar. In that case we speak of two groups being in the
relation of polarity to each other when the rudimentary forms of each
are proximate and their completer manifestations far apart. ‘This re-
lation is not to be confounded with divergence, nor with antagonism.

If we take the scale of geological formations, representing the suc-
cession of the leading divisions of time, and note for each of the
epochs the known generic types present during its duration, we shall
find there is not an equality of production, so to speak, at all times
of fresh generic ideas. Genera have appeared, as it were, in batches.
I am forced to use expressions that seem almost irreverent, and a
phraseology of a loose and popular kind, in order to convey the more
vividly my meaning. To talk of the appearance of a genus, that is,
the appearance of an ideal type, is loose language I am aware, but
its meaning or intention can scarcely be misunderstood. In the in-
dividuals of a species only can we have the embodiment of a generic
idea; but in discussing a question of the kind I am considering it is
convenient to use the word genus as if it were a realized unit and an
entity. We speak, as it were, through a diagram. Now if com-
mencing, upon our scale, at the dawn of the paleeozoic epoch, and
noting the beginning of genera or groups from the first known fauna
up to the advent of man at the termination of the so-called tertiary
epoch, we cannot fail to perceive the following general facts :—

1. During the earlier and middle stages of the paleeozoic epoch
there was a great development of generic ideas.

2. During the middle and later stages of the neozoic epoch there
was a great development of generic ideas.

3. During the terminating stages of the paleeozoie epoch the ori-
gination of generic ideas was very scantily manifested.

4. During the commencing stages of the neozoic epoch the origi-
nation of generic ideas was very scantily manifested.

5. The majority of generic ideas that origmated during the pa-
leeozoic epoch belong to groups (of various degrees of generic inten-
sity) which are characteristically palzeozoiec, 7. e. have their maximum
development and variety during the palzeozoic epoch, or else are even
exclusively paleeozoic.

6. The majority of generic ideas that originated during the neozoic
epoch belong to groups which are characteristically neozoic in the
same manner.

7. The minimum development of generic ideas in time is at or
about the passage or point of junction of the palzeozoic and neozoic
epochs.

8. Groups characteristically paleeozoic swell out, as it were, in a
direction towards, not from, the commencement of the paleeozoic
epoch.

9. Groups characteristically neozoic swell out in a direction from
the commencement of the neozoie epoch.

That there are apparent exceptions to these general facts I do not
pretend to deny, but the rules are so much more powerful than the

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. Ixxxj

exceptions that we may safely wait with confidence for the explana-
tion of the seeming anomalies during the course of the progress of
research.

Now there is but one conclusion that can be drawn from these
facts, if after bemg tested with every evidence now known to us they
remain intact as our science progresses. This conclusion is to the
effect, that the relation between the palzeozoic and neozoic life-assem-
blages is one of development in opposite directions, in other words, of
Polarity. Yn the demonstration of this relation it seems to me that
we Shall, in all probability, discover the secret of the difference be-
tween the life anterior to the Trias and the life afterwards. The notion
is in some degree a metaphysical one, but not the less capable of sup-
port through induction from the facts. I plead for its consideration,
believing it to be worthy of earnest inquiry. I know that its novelty
and seeming vagueness may repel many when it is thus briefly, and as
if in outline, put forth. But before any geologist or naturalist rejects
it, I would ask him to study carefully the admirable monographs,
written without a bias, of whose merits I have been discoursing in
this Address; to seek out the manifestation of the idea in the first
instance in some important and characteristic group of beings about
whose time-distribution we have now a sufficient knowledge, such an
assemblage as the Trilobites described to us in the work of Barrande,
or the Brachiopoda as exhibited in the monograph by Davidson ; to
take and analyse the ample lists of extinct beings marshalled in the
pages of Morris, or in the more general muster-rolls of Bronn and
Alcide d’Orbigny ; and then, having done this, to consider earnestly
and fairly the idea that I have ventured to suggest of the manifesta-
tion of Polarity in Time.

Gentlemen, since I have occupied this Chair I have heard two re-
proaches cast upon our Society, the one that we throw cold water
upon theories, and the other that we are opposed to the practical
applications of Geology. The fate of the concluding paragraphs of
this Address will not, I hope, be confirmatory of this first accusation,
one seldom urged against Geologists. As to the second, I believe
I speak the sentiments of every working geologist in this Society,
when I say that no papers, no discussions within these walls, are heard
with more pleasure or received with more approbation than those
which have a practical and economic bearing, always providing that
sound science and original research constitute their foundation. Em-
piricism we eschew and abhor. Solid knowledge, careful observations,
and sound scientific theory are as necessary for economic as for un-
remunerative geology. During the Session just concluded the various
aspects of our science have each had an impartial share of attention.
In the Session which is about to commence we have every prospect
of holding our forward course in the sound and safe path that the
Geological Society of London has chosen from its beginning.

VOL. x. i

Sue

whe
Lanham reoarcacs
hibits 9 Xt pment pe tot
ip eee rat sin dolar! ct ost TY i at

te “vhs nba ates nen peryne sail
Cn were ae <a i} Pastis '
Se Bris dhentie ard 4 1

A ell wide (OR tetadls

ioe

THE

QUARTERLY JOURNAL

OF

THE GHOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

PROCEEDINGS

Or

THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

NovemMBER 2, 1853.

George Shaw, Esq., was elected a Fellow.

The following communications were read :—

1. On the Coat-Measures of the Soutu Jocains, Nova Scotts.
By J. W. Dawson, Esq.

[Communicated by Sir C. Lyell, V.P.G,S.]

(This Memoir was accompanied by numerous MS. illustrations of sections, tree-
stumps, roots, wood-structure, &c., some only of which are here engraved; and
the references to figures having Ms. attached, relate to Mr. Dawson’s original
drawings sent with this communication, and now in the Society’s Library. ]

THE present paper on the Coal-measures of Nova Scotia is based on
observations made by Sir Charles Lyell, with the assistance of the
writer, in the summer of 1552, and on farther observations made by
the writer in 1853, on whom the completion of the paper has
devolved, owing to engagements which prevented Sir Charles from
attending to it.

The coast-section of the South Joggins is already well known to geo-
logists as one of the finest exposures of a continuous and conformable

VOL. X.—PART I. B

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Nov. 2,

series of carboniferous rocks, and as being especially remarkable for
the number of trees and other plants preserved 7m situ in an erect
position*. Ina coast-line of about seven miles in length, there is pre-
sented a vertical thickness of 14,000 feet of beds, extending from the
marine limestones of the Lower Carboniferous series to the top of
the Coal-formation ; and, in the greater part of this distance, the beds
are exposed in a vertical cliff, from 30 to 80 feet in height, and in
the reefs which at low-tide are dry to the distance of 200 yards from
its base. In the cliff, and on the beach, more than seventy seams of
coal, with their underclays and roof-shales, can be distinctly seen,
and erect plants occur at about as many distinct levels, while the
action of the waves and of the tide, which rises to the height of 40
feet, prevents the collection of débris at the foot of the cliff, and
continually exposes new and fresh surfaces of rock.

The section to be described in this paper refers to a vertical thick-
ness of 2800 feet, in the central part of the Coal-formation, examined
with especial reference to the conditions of accumulation of coal, the
nature and mode of preservation of erect trees, evidences of contem-
porary land animals, and other points of present interest in geology.
The most novel results of this examination have already been com-
municated to this Society, in a paper on the remains of a reptile and
a land shell, found im one of the beds. All the new facts relating to
the rocks themselves, and to the Flora of the Coal-period and its
aquatic Fauna, are embraced in the present paper, and have been
arranged as follows:

I. Sectional list of the beds.

II. Remarks on the mineral character and arrangement of the
rocks occurring in the section.

III. Chronological sketch of the series of events which the section
indicates.

IV. Notices of new facts relating to the fossils of the Coal-
formation.

I. Section of part of the Coal-measures of the South Joggins, Nova
Scotia; in descending order. Strike 8. 65° E. Magnetic; Dip
Seog Wel One

(The asterisks denote the ancient soil beds, with roots.)

[Appended to this paper is an abstract of Mr. Logan’s general section of the
Joggins measures, showing the relation of these beds to the other members of
the Carboniferous system. |

Groupe XXIX.

On the western side of M‘Cairn’s Brook, which is about three-fourths of a
mile S.W. from the Coal Pier, the coast-section shows a great thick-
ness of grey sandstones, with grey and chocolate shales; in which were

* For reference to previous descriptions see note to paper on “ Remains of a
Reptile,’ &c., Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. May 1853, vol. ix. p. 58. See also the
list of papers, in the Society’s Journal, relating to the Coal-fields of Nova Scotia
and New Brunswick, appended to this memoir.

1853. | DAWSON—COAL-MEASURES, NOVA SCOTIA.

3

observed five small coal-seams with underclays, and erect trees at two
levels, and also the imstance of wregular bedding represented m

fig. 1 A, Ms.

East of M‘Cairn’s Brook is a thick bed of grey sandstone (grind-
stone) with prostrate Coniferous trees. Under this are grey and
chocolate shales and grey sandstone with erect trees at two levels.

Then follows a space of about 100 paces without section.

XXVIII.
Shale and sandstone, chocolate and grey ......0...........0eseeeeseree
Shale and sandstone, chocolate and grey. In one of the beds an
erect stump, converted into coaly matter ............sceceeeecees
*Sandstone and grey shale. Stigmaria-rootlets............ssseeseeeees
Shale, chocolate and grey ............- cpbbbosdoqueudbousdbocqanbonnonoon
+Sandstone, grey.) Stools of Stigmaria ......2:-c-nessss.-.tesscceeeenee
Shale, grey. Upper part full of Stigmaria-rootlets ...............
Shales and flags, grey, and in part caleareous. Vegetable frag-
MeENtsyandetish=sCalesimsnseseaece Mahe eee eeBeeteeEE ec teed
Uo Gy IneniRal fea vs) oaouecuconBadsansaobonddcdeqosoduacoseddabone bopdcanpeoneabS
XXVII.

Shale, caleareo-bituminous. Shells of Modiola ............c..ceeees
(Cope ei es asbcaonendcnnes caso enedtoce cps Gedbuepobocbborubacumpucdononcadabecra
*Underclay, resting on sandstone and shale. Rootlets ............
Sandstone, coarse grey. Irregularly bedded ..................026045
*Underclay, arenaceous. Stools of Stigmaria and an erect stump
SLI, (ERS pocdognoodeapon ondaqH ooo SoodoRcCoDasoBBNLC onocooUoEAEpEeocoooanHE
*Sandstone and shale. Irregularly bedded. One bed has Stigmaria-
NO GULSLSin etetrer ele reletelemicttetoleltelatelseeteotelatlatslotsealeel“ltelesilsetsliots nate=riasteeiecteclea=
Shale, crey, withi ironstone ballsi.ocee et cc nan..soccescsceceessocerices
*Sandstone, grey. Rootlets of Stigmaria ...............seceesseeeeeee :
Shale, grey. An erect tree rooted in bed below ...............+ sc00d
*Bituminous limestone. Rootlets of Stigmaria, Modiola, Cypris..
Shale, carbonaceous, with ironstone balis. Poacites, &c. .........
*Underclay. Rootlets of Stigmaria .......... masa doo uiscmeeiiisae ness
Ofenil, SETI concoddecdoccndaccescooun cone dodoobenbqoupoonsogdbaccobaghbsvousece
*Wnderclay) Wndistmeti rootlets: .ccsc.acsssse-soncerescecnasscaccsee se
*Sandstone, grey argillaceous, passmg downward into shale and
bitummous shale. An erect tree; Stigmaria-roots...............
Woalieepekcrechp tenccnecctensenestocasemedeuses Genlaats se seetot sie eAdosacadaoded
*Under clay. INOUE CSLiS) Bout cosmobtb cobadocBupdudte doSand HdoEeSrtoacbeSacoaece
Sandstone, grey. Erect Calamites and Stigmaria- rootlets de-
Scenaimetiromsbed AVOVE cmareaatesrete deceit ad sWeecseice ceases
Shale, grey, pyritous. Numerous flattened plants...............+..
(Clon iEiAy TOs NOUS Goo neGqnunnoedendsoqduteO00e cndooar scHanedabaaDHacasCeneD
Shale, bitummous and pyritous. Coaly layers, Poacites, Uloden-
GION. GcecnecondecocdasotAuoct Soa coobtIOaBs Uaceidanonoeguaa pbb coumnpoooDasno:
Coals wath much mineral charcoal): cscs: crs -teceacceressescersccsseee:

*Underelay, hard and arenaceous. Stigmaria-rootlets...............

XXVI.
Shales, chocolate and grey, with sandstone bands,ripple-marksand
coaly vegetable fragments on some of the sandstones. An

erect tree. Reptilian foot-prints (fig. 18, ws.) and rain-marks.
B 2

ho
=—“K ODCONND AWAocre

oow

oof osx

66

—
Noo eCNOoOwWDSO Conoocoe

—
Son Se)

ioe)

ono

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Noy. 2,

XXV.

Shale, grey. Modiola in lower part, fewer towards the top ......
Limestone, black bituminous. Fish-scales, Coprolites, Modiola,
Spir orbis, attached to carbonized trunks ............ceseeeeeeeee

Coal, impure. Sigillaria, &c., with Spirorbis attached ; Modiola...
*Underclay. Stigmaria- POOR LeEa es eee aE oon me :
Shale, ironstone modules, and coaly Sams) \opccce.csern-o+cece=~- 7
Coal, impure; 2 mches) heen caecemes come sne-eeem-leeeleneane Srsheses ‘

*Underclay. Many rootlets of Stigmaria ............csseecsesceees
Shale. Ironstone nodules....... naenenoopontbcooeos: dasonaqnebese20605 J
(Croyle BeaRBSAnbonAA:riondseob coo sbe poo bepbonsbnas cud aad anecceDaBONeOsSccOaCU ar
*Sandstone, grey. Many rootlets of SLIGALIENS Blagepqaaenneceo soc 26c90r>
Shale, grey ...... Uae shaleinalecwleninie sins asmeasia’ sictes etelek cle simotacinaimeatsvaapei ieee
*Sandstone, grey. Rootlets of Stigmaria.............scscseseseseceeess

XXIV.

Sandstone, grey, alternating with chocolate and grey shales.
Prostrate carbonized trunks, Fish-scales ..........ceeesceseeeees
Shales, chocolate and grey, alternating with even bands of grey
sandstone. On some of the sandstones scratches of drift-

WOO os sepaists c aivsicseisteisie sis ostelnmetemenetelstslasmctare aie cisisteronsarieeiem aateeeaiecatrs
XXIII.
Shale, grey, passing into black. Modiola in lower part............
Shale, caleareo-bituminous. Modiola, Cypris, Fish-scales_......
Coal and bituminous shale. Poacites, Sigillaria, Spirorbis, Fish-
Scales Oypris min seco reneee ent ecenectinaessecao et erraeenoce sere eeeree
Underclay. Rootlets of Stigmaria............... eee eee se eciee earns
Sandstone. ore yp ROOtEES IE. sc-ssscecevarnee cece tides eh naeberer acces
ShaletandisandstOne: cccccccos senses sntareseractsoeee duc toenscaeteeceeeeaiee

*Underclay, hard and sandy below. Roots and rootlets of Stigmaria
Caal}ampure. 9 Hulliot Poacites :.24.cc.mas-ssecacceeee-e eee eee eseee
Shale and argillaceous sandstone. Plants with Spirorbis, rain-

WMATIGG Para taereiateretasaraiaia afcie uieiaiein We, a cisfellS ante are eae IES eee
Sandstone and arenaceous shale. Erect Calamites in 5 feet of upper
part; an erect coaly tree passes through these beds and the
Sandstone below, (hie. 0.99.26) \ecscesteeeeb ote. <-eceee Piao se as cces
Sandstone, grey. Erect coaly tree as above .........ssesseeeeree bee

*Shale, grey. Roots of coaly tree spread im this bed ... ..........-
Sandstone, grey .......0.cee = sia stolaaile gelseeioc ae eek Sackee re ene sateen Ramee
Shale, grey. Prostrate and erect Sigillaria and Lepidodendron,

Poacites, Asterophy llites, Ferns, Modiola, Spirorbis on surface
_of fossil plants, Stigmaria and rootlets ...............eeeeeeeneeee
Coal, main seam, w orked by the General Mining Association

Shale or underclay. Thins out m working to N BE enben ya
Coal) worked with main seam... ..0-..:.-eseusnesscevnsestaseeaeeoeseeee
*Underclay and shale with bands of Sandstone eens pesees ete eet
*Sandstone and clay. Stigmaria-stools ; on the surface of this bed
a thin film of coaly matter. [Coal Mine Pier here] .........
Sandstone and shale. Irregular beds ...............sesceececeeneeeees
Shale, grey, with bands of sandstone and ironstone .......+0...06

Sandstone, grey. Two erect stumps, one of them a Sigillaria
with Stigmaria-roots (fig. 6, Ms.), erect Calamites ............

on

oe 1 ~1 CO “I Co-DhWO oo

a lS Oe)

bo
me Oho

to

Kob we

—

ome Oo oF

Ne)

—

oon

oS

1833. | DAWSON—COAL-MEASURES, NOVA SCOTIA.

*Shale, grey and ironstone. Roots and rootlets of erect stumps ..
Coal, impure. Much Poacites ...... et enanceaeseees adadadesodaceaba0n6en
SI, GARE ccoscodcopsddadnasooabocusdbosG0s aoboboRooRESOabHotindadospddoDedKe
Coal and bituminous, shale. Prostrate trunks and mineral charcoal

*Sandstone with clay parting. Stigmaria-rootlets and prostrate

Sigillaria above the clay parting.........-......--+-ssscesesensaeees
Sandstone and shales with 1ronstOne.........-ccceeseceecceeceesecsesees
Tronstone-band. Sigillaria, Favularia, Poacites, Ferns, &c.;

Spirorbis attached to many of these plants.........---...cseeeeeee
*Underclays. Rootlets of Stigmaria and carbonized plants.........
Oioall, WAVE Godgnoocvassadadsoosncaddgoob duds coBandodedegbadobouGDSODDHOORE
*Sandstone, argillaceous. Stools and rootlets of Stigmaria.........

*Sandstone alternating with shales. In one bed Stigmaria-stools
and an erect tree. In another Ulodendron and other trees,
prostrate, with Spirorbis attached............secessscsereceeeeenes

*Shale, grey, passmg downwards into underclay. Poacites, Le-
pidophylla, &c.; an erect tree, Stigmaria-rootlets in lower
PALE 2. ccc ceecccecercesccesscctteesccsscceeeeseseeesteesssseseteeecseses

A Wnderclayaue hootletsmaieersnreseasseeacssescadtacdsessse emcee
Coal and bituminous shale, in several alternations. Lepidodendr on,
Ulodendron, Poacites, Lepidophylla. (This is called the
Oasis Weng”) “Gajodosobaosanoscaononapoboobosadasousadonqaccondad
*Shale, grey. Poacites in upper part. In lower part an underclay
with remains of erect StUMPS ............scecorevesssescccsceoeseres

CoH odaccisqsodpciesaond sou nog onatagdovocadoonooodogndecbadcnodcossedocaddoc0d Bo
*Undereclay, black, bitumimous, slickensided, resting on hard
arenaceous understone. Stools and rootlets of Stigmaria ...

XXII.

Shales, red and chocolate, with sandstone in uneven beds. Two
erect stumps in one of the sandstones, ironstone in the
SIGIGS coonddacoadtidac ood.gondododoounqgonacboobsgosoododonooscopbannaDeac

Sandstone and shales, chiefly grey. Erect Calamites, and an erect
stump in one of the beds ......... acoebodobqoooaadunbebacaAo9a0000~

XXT.

Shale, grey, passing into black. Poacites, Sigillaria, Calamites,
coaly trunks, and an erect sume anagenuceoEs

(Clare cicecogeaapacdedoaddddocobonabocadodauccencadsadncgendcbadsadaueusorosnacnn
ne Rootlets and coaly matter (fig. 3, MS. 'S.), 43 inches to
(ll Goestapoososadondonabddscnuabe nant CondesBeudd soosdnanoEeeododengabunouBanee

*Underclay and shale, pyritous. Stigmaria, small erect stems or

LOOLSs COLVMAV EES ese deuce sicisseiaseteniet ecidalomcuseweedesenense sian
Sandstone and shale. Very irregularly bedded
Shale and ironstone nodules. Two erect stems ............s0c0e000
Sandstone and shales. Carbonized wood and Poacites ........
Shales, chocolate and grey. Ironstone nodules. LBreck here.|

‘

is

XX.

***Shales, chocolate and grey, and grey sandstones irregularly

bedded. Stigmaria-rootlets i in three of the sandstones.......

oow

93
11

90

>

Ss) Sts) Xe)

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL socrETY. [Nov. 2,

XIX.

Sandstone, grey, laminated. Erect Calamites (fig. 5, MS.) ......
*Shale, grey and chocolate. Roots of Calamites .......-0..++++0+. 508
Coaly layer. Carbonized flattened trunks ............ “Anbesn6eese005
*Underclay. Roots and rootlets of Stigmaria .........seeeeeeeeereees
Sandstone, grey, with chocolate and grey shale (fig. 1, p. 12). Very:

irregularly bedded, carbonized trunks, Artisia, ram-marks?.
*Shale, grey. Erect stump, Stigmaria-roots, one root traced 6 feet
Coal and bituminous shale. Poacites with Spirorbis, erect and
inclined Calamites stand on surface of this coal ........+..+.+.
*Wmderclay, wa-msasaaaessaetencssnesee a ssataesebteeaade Ie elrasniaels Bp
Bituminous shale and coal. Poacites and. coaly trunks ............
*Understone, hard, arenaceous. Many rootlets of Stigmaria......
Sandstonen rere. sescen: Fon siaieehileeels Seema cteiecciacetictaisbiamisecisaistuce sual
**Shale, including two underclays with thm coaly seams. Sigillaria,
Poacites, Stigmaria-rootlets arecanias SHargagwNgaheckbsdebssedda56

XVIII.

*Shales and sandstones. One sandstone has Stigmaria-rootlets ..
Sandstone, and red and grey shales. Trregularly bedded, sun-
cracks, erect Calamites in one Ded .............eececeeeeeesseceeees
Sandstone, and chocolate and grey shale ............cesseeseseeererees

XVII.
*Shale, grey and chocolate. Sun-cracked surface, and a stool of
Slee! hat) secpscqanoaqoodobnacDesdcoo ue ou sQseouGHeD acdodCoRUSce SnBondaG

Coal. In roof, Poacites with Spirorbis madteneceies sanissiccevessare sce
*Underclay passing into arenaceous shales ......... Adosabos i0eesaa

XVI.

Sandstone, grey. Prostrate carbonized trunks and vegetable
fragments. Forms a high reef at end of Coal Mme Poimt;

has been quarried for evidstone sbnonascesosoanbaoonnatcoannesese
XV.
*Shales and bluish sandstone. Two erect fluted stumps. One
has) Sti mania-LOOtS sass -eecseececeeseaeeeeerneeee ease eee eae
Coal and bituminous shale. Stigmaria, Sigillaria, Calamites,
Lepidodendrony Poacites ctisss.--ssssecsssccseneaeoncecess caesar:
*Underclay,:shootletsseaqcesasa-ccaceesttestca acter cseseecnc cles erasers
**Shale, cluding two thin coals and underclays......-.-.....6++.

*Sandstone, grey argillaceous. Erect trees and Calamites, Stg-
maria and rootlets. Reptian remaims and land shell m

one of theterect trees (figs 2p: 21) )isteece stants sdeena =e nase ne

Coal. Erect coaly tree (Conifer?) at its surface ..........eceeeeeeeee

*(inderclay.. Mootlets 0.) sorcctsateer ee ceeses ester eaeeeoneee ec eeecemare:

Sandstone and shales. Prostrate Sigillaria, erect Calamites ......

Off AR ero ss Bape eeriGodec We de eats eee een ee Reset tect teieattecieniels canes

*Underclay, Rootlets. -2 71a ettnancesstcases tem seermacter = eeeecs eeeee
XolV..

**Sandstones in thick beds, alternating with shales. In one bed
an erect stump springing from shale with Poacites; lower, a

14
15

18

QD

Ka
wornwnos

in.

—_
Sonoko or) oy Ua =

So

j=)

ono

orhooca]o

1853. | DAWSON—COAL-MEASURES, NOVA SCOTIA.

7

coaly bed with Stigmaria underclay; still lower,a sandstone ft. in.

with erect Calamites rooted in shale, and immediately below

(sols) ENO LeVeE RAGE SUID Gooanoassgoagooeansddoédsnnabdsoduosopoaee
Sandstones, grey. Sigillaria, Lepidedendron, Ulodendron, Ar-
(i Ft 4 a atataralealeleiticlejesoteisteletans re che S errete set erro a eet orere a eiolaisiae

XII.

*Shale, including a 4-inch coal with underclay. In the shale above
the coal is a fine ribbed erect tree, 2 feet diameter, 4 feet
of height seen. Its roots are well-marked (Stigmaria ficoides).
The coal contains Spirorbis, Modiola, and Cypris; and its
underclay has rootlets of Stigmaria) (..t/.c5srdacassiee ssc deneesiass

Sandstones. ine ripple-marks......... docusosdonsadcudnndsndag sonsdoo ed
Shales and sandstones. Irregularly bedding (fig. 1, Ms.).........
Sandstone. Ripples, coaly fragments, Calamites ..............0. a
Shaletandisamdstomelire semaece seomaceaisteimertuiscueesceise asicbvotslecloanueaue
Shale, caleareo-bituminous, resting on bituminous limestone.
Modiola, Coprolites, Fish-scales, Cypris .......:...scesseecsvees
Coalti gRrostrate)Sicullariansnsesssiecc oy pense tiene ce saece
*Wnderclaya, Rootletsiofs Stigmantaypansscesaccceeceesnancecenesccece
Sandstone. Ripples, and coaly fragments .........0.csceseeeseeeeeee
iTalhy GEy: © tisde donde cbudnotosedson anda vdugoSbocopsanacoseonoopundebonaBsGe 206
Bituminous limestone. Cypris, Modiola, Coprolites ...............
Conlsiwithit hreerclaygpantines) wravaenessbpestencescec cestinan ects
DWuderclay. - Rootletsiof Stigmarian ee: ssccsrsnacsscscass sc scsdensacees
Sandstone, grey. Two erect trees, one a Sigillaria ..............-
CIE ange sebGu6 BOCES Obr SObE DOSES Seo HBUSEO Aa erne AHN: Horr BUnlenamMneabnancind
Sandstone. An erect fluted tree; erect Calamites rooted one
foot above roots of tree. Also an erect coaly tree penetrating

Ehisstan diclaygaDOVeN \cuatacradencucambacctm ssa nececasacesicics
Shale, grey and black, passing into bituminous limestone, with
Goplky nama. WWI GIOIE, “Goscodacbooco5cubpodxDDcoccodosdagdoaocEeGCD 2

OC Re adobpa boda cHGNERU BAS SSAAU TOD SAR SHB AGSAAE aan an HOB anCnon. Sua Scicen Aaa a OOD
eWmderclaya suemania=tOOtletise secs es tcsvaansece sas eer seer ei

**Sandstones and shales. Stigmaria-rootlets at two or three levels
Shales, coarse and fine. An erect tree; also Poacites with

MS|UWROTLONS odocosconoodeoudaopoaadonsegancd socagspausogdnesbapouscaa0sEc0C
(Biot) secoocdend odoosodcohuonbosoanacoHadbroacoacunncécoaane cap go0KncEObe :0Ges
*Bituminous limestone. Stigmaria-roots and rootlets, Modiola,
Comoe, Cajal cobtoococodecorcccoceooecospobsonooscueonoreconocan
(Oil pacecoonrcaahoesconoondansadooceqadonacnqcace0deeds Soo bugdbahasdeosds $53000
© Wnderclay t-e-se-.- nddagonrdcudaco vononosdobboranebouoosuppegoacéMacDacconod

XII.

*Sandstones and shales, including a 6-imch coal and several under-
clays. rect trees at five levels. One of the trees 4 feet in
diameter, and irregularly ribbed; rooted in shale, with
IRCCS) | oddodronecedebannoodanoSnanaoe cioccocobbooeananHbococodococodor

Shale, passing into bituminous limestone, with coaly layers. Cy-
pris, Coprolites, Spirorbis, Modiola ......... sessseeeeeeeeee ee eee
*Clay, pyritous, with coaly bands. Stigmaria-rootlets............++.
SAMA STOLE | sicielelsololeisiscistu crgnicielsicls\vaieicleel\-iselsine's\eisials</s/enlsls(acle/slenais tafenlan slows

110
20

—
Se

—
AMT WwWWwWrhd SOM

co —
SSS) ie)

(SVS) oom

80

20

0
0

Soococo

SCOonVwococeS

i=)

—

ON ae oooo

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society.’ [ Nov.

ft.
Coal and bituminous shale. Poacites, Lepidophylla ............... 5
*Underclay, resting on shale, with ironstone. Stigmaria-rootlets 6

Shale, arenaceous. Stems, Calamites, Poacites, Lycopodium ?,
IU Kay alike) Ege Rapbecbaceobbto6 he sonocéonnonconacobadsndosoouduunedonebsesc7 0
(OLE) caapeoasnonon aes sopabopsocbadotbabtcn0 70 sbdeuseaducsQsoonassonsUdboAdy od 0
Shale and (coaly, layers) Qenacaessmesceeasceeaceccenaaeecsaaaasseeece et 4
(OZR ER NGL STEN) | Rasencadbcoanpdootdcacooogsadascddasododdiay sapnoagbsoebabnsad 0
Shale:.. (2). ctecadeceatuecouceneastoceemesmectnerameeeeeeceesteectesmecstt 0
(Ofer SBaboansodadcoboosdbosocos HodaoboacanaqceobAbonadoons scorer a aa A 0
PSH Ceara nigoconaoccaodeonbriddaonbosansgabodasonobaosobagsnocidsconposoardc 0
Tronstone and bituminous limestone. Poacites, Spirorbis, Cypris 0
*Underclay and shale. Rootlets of Stigmaria .........--.+sseseeeeeee 4
(Oro RE sooounduddedeb sendbedcoonabcduaseouonnauosPaBpoaigocnucosodnackc 4
*Underclay, pyritous, passing into sandstone. Rootletsof Stigmaria 1

Sandstone and shale. Six large erect trees, one of them 15 feet
inshereht.rerect Walamites tacscccstsers .cstaneene recon esaeereteetr 30
Coallandibitumimous shalescsssncssecasscesscsesese- cease eeteeececmanee 5
*Underelay.- (Stigmaria-rootlets <-scancniseocoee sore eoeesnnleoneceeereeaeie 2

X.

Sandstone... Wargejerect trees) jcmcetsceersscenoeee se eoncescerer ches 8

**Shale, with bands of grey sandstone, a few thin layers of coal,
with underclays. Poacites, Ferns, &c. abound in the shales 60

***Shale, cholocate, with grey sandstone. Contain three thin coaly
bands, with underclays and roof-shales, about...............0+ 500

*Shale, grey, and sandstone. In upper part, an understone, with
Stigmaria-rootlets, and an erect tree, Ferns, Poacites......... 82

IX.

Sandstone, grey, and shale. In lower part an erect tree extend-
ing 22 feet into these beds, and 3 feet into bed below ....... 10
ISLAMIC: | s50ndg dna coasodeocdns sabedebaodosadBabaoodacEasacabee 1502s s20Looraseo: 12

*Bitumimous limestone. Stigmaria-stools and rootlets; at bottom
a thin coaly layer, with prostrate trunks and attached

SPINOTDIS gen mesescelese sect dscaaecesaceeea sete hese eee aeeee eee 1
*Underclay. Rootlets and remains of erect stumpS............s0000- 2
( Olof Ve ctbaceosncudccocuapogcbaroononcce soosoouaacacsau sneoat cen auobdaoAowaa: 0
AUR GLEN EN ge? Gancing cbaboo ce sotesou ConCAboAcdonos coaascoasangdosas eseeeacac ses 3
Grey sandstone and shale. Stigmaria-rootlets............ccsseseeeees 6
Shale; wath coaliy layers) 22... .01scss-casenceoneseecte. dace ceceeeene sce 8
Sandstone, argillaceous, and shale..........c.csc-+ssecessesserseeesence 6
Bituminous limestone. Rootlets, Fish-scales, Cypris.........--.... 2a
@oaland bituminous shales scsscsscineeencecneeearcescece seekers eeeeeee 0
PO MG OT CIA, ca cienocisla crassa sete ree nen ebnrencsietcee ec ete s eee 2
Coaliand| bituminous Shale vr-..cepeccseceseetessseeatereccedeescsentkeres 0
*Wnderclay. _ Stigmaria-rootlets .........--cscqccovtere-csceereresenesose 1
Bituminous limestone. Rootlets; Cypris .........ssseceeseeeeeenens 0
tS) Pt) |e «bone Seececnagentne 3206 s6ccnadedus cdopaugoccosc sasssuapuagonoSascsasoS 0
(COE) ag seen denen sda ese cBOnoDs pe coscocnocHsasseemcacdcssheoacbsedddoseoasesaasce 0
*UWnderclay.. “Stigmaria-rootlets sc-.1.<sseseeseooeee ne eken= ees eeecee eer 8
VIII
Sandstone ........secssccccscccccecccncctcssceverseacccescesccsssacnsensraen 5

Nea}

b
v

—o
i=}
ve

—
ooo AOCwWwonwvornonw oo

SQ & OS ©

oo

Sor Oh&eWDOUOOCCCOCOWAL

low >)

1853.] ° DAWSON—COAL-MEASURES, NOVA SCOTIA. 9

VIL.

ft, in.
Shale, caleareo-bituminous, and bituminous limestone. Modiola,
CrOWIRs, CHB. cdoocbdencoconodossnsgobenseosooobdoDbodondenoooBAgadosbods 5 0
Coal itil Formamuteyspiaesecsie pe nern a macmetecene eee eeeasicecsccs 0 4
*Underclay, passing ito chocolate shale. Rootlets...............00 3.0
VI.

*Shales, chocolate and sandstone. Near bottom an erect tree

rooted in hard arenaceous underclay. Stigmaria-rootiets... 38 0
Shales, chocolate and grey, and sandstones ............ssesecneeeenees 63 0
Sandstone, grey, with false stratification. Trunks of trees ...... 15 O

Ve
Shale, chocolate above, grey below. Thin coaly layers in bottom,
POACibes naee eset metatt sania cous eslnssendse asa se elisesm selene cieeie 1oy0
*Bitumimous limestone. Rootlets, Cypris...........sceessseseereeeees (0) &
WinderclayceaplvoobletSmenaasmcceeesemsecnases sacar aaa tien 2 0
IV.
Savdstonestand shal esm sre cunmcsaecceecnee ecteeeccroeesecec esta. 30 0
Sandstone, grey Erect Calamites, flattened trunks ............... 8 0
Shales, chocolate and grey. An erect tree .............sceeeeeeeoeee 40 0
Il.
Bituminous limestone. Cypris, Modiola, Coprolites, Fish-scales O 5
JEANNE SEIS cdodcsononedoodagpeadde ode aad: accbdonucodadaboaonddbobe 4
Bitumimous limestone. Cypris, Modiola, &€........0-...cseceseeeees Ons
Jo ATETADTOTHS GIORIG 6 cag pbodedonaocodabeos obeqdoope dood danenacodnodadsocosadd 0 11
(Gael So ckopedobagcadoddoskaddes sé dadedadeddcdaubonssoauseccoouoscdnddocdyadaade 0 3
ISTLATOUATAKOEES) SITES) 4 Ao oegodoodadododeooedesabo ntigodoupasobvooadaGaboDBnaoOon 0 11
CUAL coonacseasdoscdddobodosoocasossaopabdqagae Ucbonogugsobuognagenadaccdadas 0 3
IBitumInouseshalen) ess VAHL EN ea oe ES Re NOE ta dle On7,
Bituminous limestone, earthy. Coprolites, Modiola, Fish-scales,

Cin} D215 ‘cadgnoncbnonooboonccoshgoduRscobonocooobasocetopocusabddoosuedGonS 0 10
Bitumimous limestone, with coaly layers ............ssssesecesecseeees 0 7
Shalevandmronstonel ball sweseeneee eee cece eee eaeean cen eeneenacee Ho
Bituminous limestone, calcareo-bituminous shale, and coaly layer.

IMR neeeniles. (Cayfouis, GC: cocosdacscedoogcooab cocaboabosaueneocedcenGs 0
SHOEI, CATE concobdocodndadootingoogeosodocodondeanoBoaneocoboDosMandndoccDDOGe 3 6
Coal and bitumimous shale. Modiola ...............cececeeerseeeeeees OnrS

*Underclay. Rootlets of Stigmaria .............6..scsccsesseesscsneees ivnG
Shale, arenaceous, and ironstone balls. Rootlets .................. 0)
SAMGSEOWES /OTEV/ tenmactsiet= ences scsieltelvesitceieoteercteeie salcetsnisas odesierreaaimsls 4 0
SLOAIKS, EIEYF oconcocogoer nds dan shOdaOnCeToGaG000 opoanDooOnBoOSCoOsOSCACboONcK 4 0
ltale so lackemeceentncnsacsecssheseren-cadetor: tee rediscravscctenscesseees 0 6
Bituminous limestone. Modiola, Cypris, Coprolites............... 07
Coan seman aaneecseas oseactautaceadrasiesieacectarsaneuevectisscds sects 0 5

*Underclay, passing into chocolate shale. Rootlets of Stigmaria. 8 0

II.
Shales, chocolate and grey, and sandstones ........... oc beniea0n00"008 45 0
I.

Sandstone, grey. An erect tree (Lepidodendron?) 8 inches
diameter, 4 feet high; erect Calamites.........cssseceeeeeeeee ees ZO

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Nov. 2,

ft. in.
Shale, grey ....... zac aigiacSle athavajaataresditaaratavetete cae a alavotelevei TRS CTS Sao Talatetcvacere ane 16 O
Bituminous limestone. Modiola, Cypris, Fish-scales, Spirorbis 0 4
SHOES feat) Gosden qouedodonesnbncabGaardoaddneasacapoosagcmosnanduregeuanaDase 0
Bituminous limestone. Modiola: Fish-scales, Cypris ...........2++- 0 6
Shale, Grey vse sans se one omencaacceenceece emcees raemene metdere cnet te danas 2G
Bituminous limestone and caleareo-bituminous shale. Modiola,
Fish=scales, ‘Cyprisyiccciisascauccenceer se nec erste nace noseabe tea 0
Shale, lovey. cecaancsecumeusdcgseedernec-cey-tnee Paaeeee rset near em en eeee 16
Calcareo-bituminous shale. Modiola, Fish-scales, Cypris, Poacites 0 6
Shale, Creyisvenercccaesetescen suman aeeameuc nce sia apecacedacamernet 6 0
Bituminous limestones [@ypriss Sse... a-eeeere- es ones aeseon eres 0 3
Shale.b]lackneeen cence cuak eer mnn Riana Iesn Ree Wiis Nik aa ose a uae On,
ae sisal nee cate rc ae res are a oar Gioia atlay cle‘e ace Waals EERE 0 6
Bituminous limestone. Cypris, Stigmaria-rootlets...............0+ Onn
Calli eRe eee cee Mee ett mn ae nets ls I Sena 0 O82
*Underclaye7) Stivmaria-TOOtlets)..as-.c./oceseeceae----neee eee eee seeene 4 0

Shales and pandstones! red and chocolate (not measured).

Total thickness... 2819 2

II. Remarks on the Mineral Character and Arrangement of
the Beds.

The rocks included in the foregoing section are, in the order of
their respective aggregate thicknesses, shales and clays, sandstones,
coals, and bituminous limestones.

1. Shales and Clays constitute the greater part of the total thick-
ness, and consist of indurated mud, more or less laminated, and
variously modified by contact with organic matters. Its original
colour may be assumed to have been ‘the dull red or chocolate *,
due to the presence of peroxide of iron, and which still prevails 1 in
many parts of the section; but, where it has been long in contact
with decomposing vegetable matter, it has assumed various gr pe
tints. This discoloration has been ‘effected in two ways:—(1.) I
many of the beds the peroxide of iron has been deoxidized ed
dissolved by the agency of carbonic acid disengaged in the decay of
the vegetable matter ; and it now appears in the form of nodules and
bands of the argillaceous carbonate of iron included in the shales.
Modern analogies, in the case of swamps and bogs, would lead us to
conclude that this change occurred in fresh water. (2.) Where sea-
water has had access to the beds, the deoxidation of its sulphates
and the production of sulphuretted hydrogen have caused the
ferruginous colouring matter to be converted into the bisulphuret of
iron, which appears in large quantity in some parts of the section.
This change now occurs in the lower parts and subsoils of salt-
marshes, and may everywhere be observed in those of Nova Scotia ;
and it is deserving of notice that in modern marshes this chemical
change, which in a short time converts red mud into a dull grey
colour, is not incompatible with the contemporary growth of Carices
and other marsh-plants. The frequent alternation and mixture of

* Dull shades of chocolate-red and purplish red.

1853. ] DAWSON—COAL-MEASURES, NOVA SCOTIA. Wy

the results of these changes in the Joggins section may be accounted
for by the fact, sufficiently proved by other evidence, that the same
beds of clay have ,been subjected to the action of vegetable matter,
decomposing first in fresh water and then in the sea, or at least in
brackish water*. In connection with these changes of colour, it
occurs here as elsewhere that fossils are rare in the reddish beds;
the absence of vegetable matter bemg in fact the cause of the retention
of the red colour.

Black bituminous or carbonaceous shales are more rare at the
Joggins than at Sydney, and much more so than at Pictou; and
this, as well as the great number and small aggregate thickness of
the coal-seams, probably indicates greater rapidity of change, and
more frequent invasions of sedimentary matter, than at those localities.
Several beds of shale, by the presence of great quantities of shells of
Modiola and Cypris, with much organic matter, pass into a tough
caleareo-bituminous rock, and finally into hard bituminous lime-
stone. It is observable that the passage from common argillaceous
shales to these Modiola-shales is often very gradual, the Modiole
becoming more and more rare in ascending through several feet of
shale. In these cases these shell-fish probably died out as their
abode became invaded by muddy sediment.

Beds of clay containing roots of plants zn situ, and destitute or
nearly destitute of lamination, are designated in the Section ‘‘ Un-
derclays.” As these are fossil soils, they will be more properly
considered in connection with the vegetable matter which accumulated
upon them.

2. Sandstone.—The line of distinction between these and shales is
of course somewhat arbitrary, and I observe that many fine-grained
beds, named sandstones in our notes, appear in Mr. Logan’s section
as argillaceous shales. None of the sandstones observed by us were
very coarse, and most of them are argillaceous, though a few, espe-
cially the thicker grindstone reefs, are very purely siliceous and made
up of sharp and uniform fine grains of sand. A few beds are hard,
with a caleareous cement. The colour varies from the bluish-grey of
the celebrated Joggins blue grindstones, to fawn and buff, the latter
being usually a superficial discoloration occasioned by iron pyrites.
We observed no beds of distinctly red colours, although these abound
both above and below the part of the section examined by us. Mr.
Logan notes a few beds as of reddish colours. These we have probably
not separated from the chocolate shales, which are in some places
highly arenaceous.

Regularly laminated and ripple-marked sandstones are com-
paratively rare, especially in the central part of the section; and
most of the beds present various irregularities, such as rapid changes
of thickness, false stratification, and large undulations of the sur-
faces. This is probably a consequence of the littoral origin of these
beds, which is further dicated by the occurrence of unworn trunks
of trees, fragments of vegetable matter scattered over the strata-sur-

* Dawson on the colouring matter’of Red and Grey Sandstones, Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc. vol. v. p. 25.

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Nov. 2,

faces, sun-cracked surfaces, appearances resembling rain-marks, rep-
tilian footprints, and the frequent conversion of these sandstones and
of the clays resting immediately upon them into ancient swamp-soils.
Few of the beds attain any considerable thickness without alternating
with shales. The thickest continuous bed in the section is that at
Coal Mine Point (Group XVI.). There are, however, much thicker
beds in the upper and lower parts of the measures, beyond the limits
of our section.

Evidences of contemporaneous currents and denudation are very
frequent. Ou the lower surfaces of some beds resting on clay there
are casts of scratches and furrows, as if produced by drift-wood with
branches swept over the surface. In the case of beds which contain
great numbers of trees retaining their bark and markings, and con-
fusedly disposed, we may fairly fer that these have been swept
away from forests invaded by the sand-bearing currents. The bare
coniferous trunks found in other beds may have been long drifted
in the sea. In other instances, the occurrence of numerous trunks
and fragments of trees, covered with shells of Spirordis, testifies at
once to drift and to intermissions of deposition. We may account
for the imbedding of so many plants in the erect position by allowing
for their strength and toughness when recent, and for the resistance
presented by the matted soils in which their roots were imbedded.
It is worthy of remark, however, that in the two best-preserved beds
of Calamites, as well as in several cases of the occurrence of erect
trunks, the lower parts of the stems were imbedded in mud or very
fine sand, and were thus strengthened and protected before coarser
sand was swept over them*.

Well-marked instances of irregular denuding action are afforded

Fig. 1.—Section of Sandstones and Shales in Group XIX., showing
denudation and filling up.

a’
a, a. Sandstones. a’. Sandstone with drift-wood. b. Shales.

by the clays and sand-beds cut off by coarse sandstone represented
in figs. 1 Ms., 2 ms. (fig. 1), and 1 A, ms., which are the best in-

* This is also the case in the bed with erect Calamites near Pictou, Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vii. p. 195, fig. 1.

1853. | DAWSON—COAL-MEASURES, NOVA SCOTIA. 13

stances of phenomena seen also, but less distinctly, in other parts of
the section. Fig. 1 exhibits apparently the edge of a channel, cut
in clay, and filled with sand and drift-trees, just as tidal and river
channels in estuaries are now often filled with the debris borne down
by an inundation or thrown in by a storm.

On the whole we may conclude that the sandstones mark tem-
porary, and often very local, interruptions of the quiet deposition of
clay and organic matters, which occupied the greater part of the
time in which the beds of this section were formed; but that these
interruptions were not of such a character as to transport coarse
detritus, or such as occurred in a locality very distant from rocky
promontories or gravel beaches.

3. Of fifty-four beds of Coal noted in the section, only three or
four are sufficiently large to be worked with profit. That at
present mined is 33 feet in thickness, and the underlying bed 18 inches
thick is worked with it, making in all 5 feet of coal. The coal of all
the beds is of a free-burning bituminous quality, somewhat resembling
that of Sydney, Cape Breton, though generally inferior in point of
purity. The beds of coal are much more uniform in their thickness
than those of sandstone and shale. Fig. 3 ms. shows an instance in
which the clay-parting between two thin beds varies in thickness ;
and the clay between the two seams of the main-coal is said to thin
out in working to the eastward.

In a section so perfect as that of the Joggins, excellent oppor-
tunities are afforded for quiring into the circumstances under which
beds of coal were accumulated, and some of the smaller and more
shaly beds are more instructive in this respect than those of greater
magnitude and purity. As has already been poimted out by Mr.
Logan, the most constant condition required for the growth of coal
is the occurrence of a bed of clay or argillaceous sand with Stigmaria ;
in other words, a soil with roots of trees of the tribe most abundant
in the swamps and alluvial flats of the period. In most of these
“underclays”’ only the straight cylindrical “rootlets,” peculiar to
Stigmaria, were observed ; but in several instances the roots with the
rootlets attached, and even stools with roots radiating from them,
were observed. Only three instances are noted in the section of
coals without perceptible Stigmaria-rootlets in their underclays. In
one of these cases there were thin fibrous roots, and in two the
coaly layers supported by the clays were almost entirely composed
of leaves of Poacites. Some of the underclays are fine and argil-
laceous, and where recent must have constituted soft mud, or stiff
retentive clay. The greater number are, however, argillo-arenaceous,
and some decidedly sandy; and it is observable that many of the
more argillaceous underclays are thin, and rest on beds of sand, into
which the roots and rootlets often descend. In the section there are
sixteen underclays more or less argillaceous and having a thickness
exceeding 2 feet, without the intervention of sandstone. There are,
however, eighteen of 2 feet or less in thickness, and resting on
sandstone, coal, or bituminous limestone. Two only are decidedly
sandy, although there are a number of arenaceous underclays

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Noy. 2,

abounding in Stigmaria, but having no beds of coal resting on them.
In two instances, beds of bituminous limestone constituted Stigmaria
understones, and the rootlets of Stigmaria are seen intermixed with
well-preserved shells of Cypris and Modiola. 'These beds in their
recent state must have been extremely rich marly soils. Nearly
one half of the underclays have no coal resting on them, or have
mere films of coaly matter intermixed with bituminous shale. Most
of these beds, however, support either erect plants, or shales and
sandstones filled with prostrate trunks of Sigz/laria and other trees,
remains of which are also found plentifully m some of the thinner
coals. From this we may infer with certainty that the growth of a.
bed of coal usually occupied a much longer time than that required
for the growth of a forest of Sigi/laria, and that the growth of such a
forest was the almost invariable preparation for the formation of
coal; but that in many instances, especially in the more light and
sandy soils, no accumulation of coaly vegetable matter occurred, such
accumulations occurrimg most frequently at the surface of beds of
clay, and more especially of those which were of no great thickness
and rested on sandy subsoils. The conditions, therefore, which
favoured the accumulation of coal were very similar to those which
in modern times occasion the formation of peaty matter in swamps
and bogs.

All the underclays have the bleached appearance seen in the sub-
soils of modern swamps, and no doubt from the same cause*,—the
removal or change of the ferrugimous colouring matters by the
deoxidizing and solvent agency of decomposing organic matter and
organic acids. A few of them are traversed by numerous slickenside
fissures, probably in consequence of the movement of their mass
under pressure, as the roots which they contained became softened or
disappeared through decay. To this cause also, as well as to the
penetration of roots, and to atmospheric influences, may be due the
removal of the lamination which many of them, especially those
resting on laminated shales, in all probability originally possessed.
Few of the underclays contain much vegetable matter, except in the
form of Stigmaria-roots and irregular coaly veins, which may have
been the roots of other trees. It is, however, observable that the
Stigmarie and their rootlets often penetrate to considerable depths to
reach coals, or other beds rich in organic matter. With the ex-
ception of the bituminous limestones already mentioned, the lowest
underclay in the “‘Queen’s Vein” is richer im organic matter than
any other in the section.

There is no distinct evidence in this section of the formation of
coal from drifted materials. Two of the three coals not observed to
rest on Séigmaria-underclays consisted almost entirely of leaves of
Poacites, which may have grown on the spot, and could scarcely
have drifted far. There are two instances of coals based on Stigmaria-
underclays which became submerged in such circumstances as to
permit Spirorbis and scales of Fishes to be intermixed with the
vegetable matter. This does not, however, necessarily imply driftage.

* [See also Report Brit. Assoc. 1853, Trans. Sect.]

1853. | DAWSON—UCOAL-MEASURES, NOVA SCOTIA. 15

True drift phenomena are confined to the presence of trunks of trees,
sometimes carbonized, in the sandstones, and of fragments of mineral
charcoal, the scattered debris of decayed trees, on the planes of
lamination of the coal.

4. The Bituminous Limestones are beds of animal origin, being
composed of the remains of shells of Modiola and Cypris, with
coprolites and other remains of Fishes, the whole blackened by
coaly matter. They are now hard and sonorous, though the pene-
tration of some of them by Stigmaria-roots and rootlets shows that
they were once soft and marly. They generally pass upwards into
Modiola-shales, which are, in truth, their upper portions less de-
composed at the time of their burial, and somewhat more mixed with
argillaceous matter. These beds mark the slow and long-continued
accumulation of animal matter in clear water, probably brackish.

It is remarkable that in almost every instance the conditions re-
quisite for the formation of these limestones and their allied Modiola-
shales have followed immediately on the formation of layers of coal
based on underclays. This association with coal also occurs in several
instances in the Sydney Coal-field*, and the two principal seams at
Pictou have beds with remains of Fishes and Cypris in their roofs.
At Sydney and Pictou, however, this appears to be the exception
instead of the rule.

Ill. Historical Sketch of the sequence of events indicated by the
Section.

The section at the Joggins is so perfect, and speaks so plainly of
the mode of formation of its beds, that it does not seem to me pre-
sumptuous to attempt to read it as a connected history. In doing
so, I of course follow the ascending order, and have therefore, in the
sectional list (pp. 2 e¢ seq.), numbered the groups of beds from the
bottom toward the top. The subdivision into groups is merely to
facilitate reference; and in so far as it is natural, is based on the fact
that the section presents, in some places, a succession of beds crowded
with interesting evidences of vegetable and animal life, and in others
thick groups of strata comparatively barren in these respects.

At the base of Group I. we find an underclay, or fossil soil of
argillaceous character, and 4 feet in depth, penetrated by rootlets
of Stigmaria. Below this soil there are sandstones and shales having
a few drifted trunks of trees imbedded in them; above it is a series
of beds marking very tranquil and slow accumulation of organic and
fine sedimentary matter. The published observations of Mr. Binney,
Mr. Brown, and the writer}, as well as facts to be subsequently
noticed in this paper, amply prove that the Stigmarie were roots of
the Sigillaria and its allies. We therefore take it for granted that a
forest of Sigillarie grew on this soil, the remains of which and of
the vegetable soil which accumulated around them have produced
half an inch of coal. The cause of the disappearance of the forest is
revealed by the next succeeding bed, a bituminous limestone with

* Mr. Brown’s Section, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vi. p. 116.
+ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. pp. 134, 390, 393, &c.

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Nov. 2,

shells of Cypris and fragments of Modiole. This last bed accumu-
lated, no doubt, very slowly, in quiet waters which must have inun-
dated, for a long period, the tract formerly occupied by a forest.
This inundation was not accompanied by the deposition of mechanical
debris,—an evidence either that it was very gradual, or that the spot
was in the interior of a thick and wide swampy jungle, into which no
currents sufficiently powerful to carry sediment could find their way.
After a time the locality again became a soil, on which Sigillarie
again flourished, and accumulated the material of 6 inches of coaly
matter before, by a farther subsidence, the water and its tenants were
restored, and continued, with various interruptions occasioned by the
influx of muddy sediment, to occupy the ground until 24 feet of
thickness were accumulated, showing either that the original subsi-
dence was of more than that extent, or that the surface was continu-
ally going down as rapidly as it was elevated by deposition. At
length, however, the accumulation of 16 feet of mud, perhaps accom-
panied by elevatory movement, restored a terrestrial surface, which
became clothed with trees and Calamites. A cast in sandstone of
one of these trees, 8 inches in diameter, showed large rhomboidal
markings, like the leaf-scars of Lepidodendron. A number of erect
Calamites in this deposit were also seen standing in the cliff.

The next group shows the submergence, and burial under mud and
sand, of this soil, with its forest and calamite brake. I observed no
fossils in this group, but Mr. Logan has noted Stigmarza in its upper
part 22 situ.

In Group III. we have a recurrence of the same circumstances
observed in Group I. A soil supporting Sigi/laria, and covered with
vegetable mould, was submerged in waters inhabited by Modiola,
Cypris, and fish; and then, for a long time, the locality was alter-
nately a swamp and an estuary or lagoon. Only one underclay
remains in these beds; and there are no erect trees, nor can these be
expected. Coal and bituminous limestone are of too slow growth to
admit of the preservation of trees in situ; and no instance occurs in
the Section of erect plants passing through beds of these kinds.

Group IV. is a thick accumulation of sand and clay, which at one
level has entombed an erect ribbed tree, and at another a thicket of
Calamites. There were two terrestrial surfaces, sufficiently permanent
for the growth of these plants, but probably not for that of coal.
This period, as contrasted with the last, well shows the different
results of rapid and slow accumulation of detritus. In the one we see
little organic matter, but the rapid burial of growing plants has pre-
served their forms in the natural position. In the other we have
considerable animal and vegetable accumulations; but decay has had
time almost entirely to destroy the external forms. These differences
are characteristic of many other parts of the Section.

Group V. is a return, but on a smaller scale, to the circumstances
of Group III. It is chiefly remarkable for a bituminous limestone
immediately overlying an underclay, without any coal between.
Either no peaty matter grew on this soil, or it had time to decay be-
fore the accumulation of the calcareous deposit. The limestone itself,

1853. | DAWSON—COAL-MEASURES, NOVA SCOTIA. 14

however, eventually became an undersoil, and a thin coaly layer
accumulated upon it, to be buried under a thick bed of clay. These
changes appear to require movements of elevation as well as of subsi-
dence. It is possible, however, that the appearances in this particular
group may be due to the heaping up and subsequent rupture of a
beach or bar at the margin of a morass.

In the next group we have another thick series of sands and clays,
with only one terrestrial surface, now an arenaceous underclay, with
Stigmaria-rootlets, and an erect ribbed stump, 2 feet high by 1 foot in
diameter. In the lowest sandstone are many drifted trees, indicating
that there was neighbouring forest-land undergoing denudation.

Group VII. presents the usual succession of underclay, coal, and
Modiola-limestone and shale. The latter is remarkable for its great
thickness, indicating the lapse of a very considerable time without any
inroads of mechanical detritus. The succeeding group, however, filled
up these quiet waters with a great mass of sand and clay.

Group IX. is a fine series of underclays and coals, alternating with
Modiola-beds. It contains nine distinct soil-surfaces, the highest
supporting an erect tree, which appears as a ribbed sandstone cast,
5 feet 6 inches high, 9 inches in diameter at the top, and 15 at the
base, where the roots began to separate. This tree being harder than
the enclosing beds, at the time of my visit, stood out boldly at the
base of the cliff, nearly three-fourths of its diameter, and the bases of
three of its four main roots, being exposed. Five of the underclays
support coals, and in three instances bituminous limestones have been
converted into soils, none of which, however, support coals. The
last of these bituminous limestones is a very remarkable bed. First
we have an underclay; this was submerged, and a Spirordis, or crea-
ture allied to this genus, which we shall find to be very common in
the succeeding parts of the section, attached its little shell to. the
decaying trunks, which finally fell prostrate, and formed a carbona-
ceous bottom, over which multitudes of little crustaceans (Cypris)
swam and crept, and on which 14 inches of calcareous and carbona-
ceous matter were gradually collected. Then this bed of organic
_ matter was elevated into a soil, and large trees, with Stigmaria-roots,
grew on its surface. These were buried under thick beds of clay and
sand, and it is in the latter that the erect tree already mentioned
occurs ; its roots, however, are about 9 feet above the surface of the
limestone, and belong to a later and higher terrestrial surface, which
cannot, however, be distinguished from the clay of similar character
above and below.

The Xth Group contains a vast thickness of sandstones and shales,
the latter chiefly of chocolate colours, which, as they afforded few
facts of interest, were not measured in detail. This group points to
a long-continued interruption of the swamp-deposits previously in
progress. During the greater part of the time occupied in the forma-
tion of these beds, the locality must have been a sandy or muddy sea-
bottom, receiving much mechanical detritus, or an expanse of flats
of reddish mud and brown or grey sand, covered by the tides. There
are, however, some evidences of terrestrial conditions. In the lowest

VOL. X.—PART I. c

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Noy. 2,

beds is a large erect stump, filled with laminated clay after the com-
plete decay of its wood. In the clay filling it were abundance of Fern-
leaves, Poacites, Lepidophylla, a few plants with attached Spirorbis,
and a shell of Modiola. This tree was rooted in a thick underclay
full of rootlets of Stigmaria. Higher up there are several thin coaly
bands, with underclays; many of the shales abound in leaves of
Ferns and Poacites, probably drifted, and the highest sandstone
showed a large erect tree.

Group XI. commences with a soil resting immediately on the
truncated top of the tree last mentioned. On this soil was formed a
deep swamp, now represented by 5 feet of coal and bituminous shale
in alternate bands. Large quantities of clay and sand buried this
swamp, but not in such a manner as to preclude the growth of trees,
many of which were entombed in the erect position. In these sand-
stones and shales, no less than six erect trees were observed at dif-
ferent levels, the lowest being rooted in the shale forming the coal-
roof: 15 feet of the trunk of one of these trees still remain; two
others were respectively 5 and 6 feet high. Erect Calamites were
also observed. The soil which was formed on the surface of these
beds supports one of the thickest coal-beds in the section, mark-
ing a long and undisturbed accumulation of vegetable matter. It
was covered by clay, which became a Stigmaria-soil, and was then
submerged for a sufficient time to allow the formation of a small bed
containing Cypris and Spirorbis. Above this we find a series of
beds indicating swamp conditions, alternating with aqueous drift and
deposition, and finally again giving place, for a long period, to the
quiet estuary or lagoon, mhabited by Modzola and ganoid fish, and
receiving little mechanical sediment. We have here, as in some pre-
vious groups, three distinct conditions of the surface :—first, terres-
trial surfaces more or less permanent; secondly, undisturbed marine
or brackish water conditions ; thirdly, intervening between these the
deposition, probably with considerable rapidity, of sandy and muddy
sediment. We may also observe that, admitting the St:gmarie to be
roots of trees, there are five distinct forest-soils without any remains
of the trees except their roots; and we shall find throughout the sec-
tion that the forest-soils are much more frequently preserved than
the forests themselves.

The XIIth Group, 80 feet in thickness, consists of sandstones and
shales, with few vegetable remains. There are, however, several
underclays, and one thin coal, and erect stumps appear at five
distinct levels. One of them is the largest tree observed in the sec-
tion: it measured 4 feet in diameter, and was 5 feet in height. Its
surface was irregularly ribbed, and it was rooted in clay containing Stig-
maria-rootlets. Its roots, however, were too imperfectly preserved to
show the markings, of St:gmaria. In this group we have probably
the margin of alluvial deposits, gradually spreading over the Modiola-
inhabited waters of the last group, and occasionally presenting dry
surfaces for a time sufficiently long to admit of the growth of trees of
great size.

In the large series of beds included in Group XIII., there are no

1853. | DAWSON—COAL-MEASURES, NOVA SCOTIA. 19

less than thirteen distinct forest-surfaces, marked by underclays or
erect trees, and five periods of submergence indicated by beds with
Modiola, &c., and three of them, at least, of very long duration. It
will be observed that, in three instances, the order of succession is
underclay—coal—bituminous limestone. This arrangement, so com-
mon in other parts of the section, seems to show a connection other
than accidental between the long periods of terrestrial repose required
for the growth of coal, and those of quiet submergence necessary for
the growth of Modiola-beds. Perhaps the submerged coal-swamp
was the most fitting habitat for Modiola and its associates; and
these sunken swamp-areas may have been so protected by thick mar-
gins of jungle as to resist for a long time the influx of turbid waters.

In ascending through Group XIII., the first object of interest is
a band of bituminous limestone with Modiola, Coprolites, and Cypris,
which forms the roof of one coal and the underclay of another, evincing
important changes of level with scarcely any sedimentary deposi-
tion. Above the upper coal, however, we have an erect plant, only
4 inches in diameter, surrounded by arenaceous shale, and, in the
finer clay surrounding its base, Poacites with attached Spirorbis,
which probably, like some of its modern congeners, could grow
rapidly, and with equal facility, either on drifting or stationary plants.
Still higher in this group, and immediately above a thick bed of
bituminous limestone and Modiola-shale, is a very curious association
of erect plants. An erect tree, converted into coal, springs from the
surface of the shale, and passes through 14 feet of sandstone and
shale. Apparently from the same level there rises an erect ribbed
tree, probably a Sigillaria, in the state of a stoay cast, which, how-
ever, extends only to the top of the sandstone. In the sandstone,
and rooted about a foot above the base of the erect trees, are a num-
ber of erect Calamites. In this case the forest-soil has been covered.
by about a foot of argillaceous sand, on which a brake of Calamites
sprung up. Further accumulations of sand buried them, and covered
the trunks of the trees to the depth of 8 feet. By this time the
Sigillaria was quite decayed, and its bark became a hollow cylinder,
reaching only to the surface of the sand, and ultimately filled with
it. The other tree still stood above the surface, until 6 feet of mud
were deposited, when, its top bemg broken off, it also completely
disappeared beneath the accumulating sediment; and being softened
and crushed by the lateral pressure of the surrounding mass, it was
finally converted into an irregular coaly pillar, retaining no distinct
traces either of the external form or internal structure of the original
plant. The structure of similar trees, to be noticed further on, ren-
ders it likely that this coaly tree is the remains of one of the drau-
carian Confers, which, it appears, flourished in the coal-swamps
in company with the Sigillaria. The surface of the clay which
buried this remarkable tree became itself an underclay or soil; and in
the sandstone resting upon it were found casts of two erect trees, one
of them 5 feet in height, and a Sigil/aria with distinctly marked
leaf-scars. The tops of these trees have been entirely removed,
and their hollow stems filled with sand, before the deposition of a

c2

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Noyv. 2,

bed of mud resting upon them, and which is now the underclay of
a bed of coal. This coal was next submerged under the conditions
required for bituminous limestone and Modiola-shale. The Mo-
diola-waters were then filled up with clay and sand, the latter rip-
ple-marked, and with drifted vegetable fragments. Another soil was
formed above these beds, and on it we find an inch of coal, with
flattened Sigillarie, which probably once grew on the underclay.
This terrestrial surface was succeeded, as usual, by waters swarm-
ing with Modiole and fish, and on these were spread out beds
_of sand and mud, with ripple-marks, drift-trees, and evidences of
partial denudation by currents. A terrestrial surface was again re-
stored, and 4 inches of coal were accumulated ; but the waters again
prevailed, and in the coal itself we find Modiole, Cypris, and plants
covered with Spirorbis, indicating that these creatures took possession
while the vegetable matter was still recent, and probably much of it
in an erect position. A terrestrial surface was, however, soon restored ;
for in the shale which covers the coal there is a fine ribbed stump,
2 feet in diameter, and displaying on its roots the markings of the
true Stigmaria ficoides, as well as the rootlets 7m setu in the shale.
This is the first instance we have here yet met with of the distinct
connection of an erect ribbed stem with its Stigmaria-roots. The causes
of the difficulty of observing the roots and stem in connection will
be stated in the sequel.

The next group is probably the result of somewhat rapid mecha-
nical deposition. Its lowest bed is a thick sandstone, deposited by
currents which have undermined wooded banks, or passed through
recently submerged forests, for it contains numbers of trunks of dif-
ferent trees, retaining their bark and surface-markings. In the
succeeding 110 feet of sandstone and shale, I have noted but one
underclay, supporting only a thin carbonaceous layer, which may,
however, have been a soil for a long time. There are, however, erect
trees and Calamites at three levels; and one of the trees springs
from a shale loaded with Poacites which may have grown around
its base.

The next Group (XV.) is one of the most interesting in the section.
We have, first, the usual succession of underclay, coal, and shale,
capped by a thick deposit of sandstone and shale, with erect Cala-
mites in the lower part, and above these prostrate trunks of Sigillaria
and other trees. On this rests an underclay, with a coal 6 inches
thick. In a bed of argillaceous sandstone, 9 feet in thickness, which
covers this coal, were observed four erect trees, erect Calamites, and
Stigmaria, at three levels; and in one of the erect trees (fig. 2) occurred
the remains of two reptilian animals, and a land-shell described in a
former communication*. Only three erect trees were observed in this
bed in 1852+. The fourth, which I found in the summer of 1853,
stands on the surface of the coal, and consists merely of the coaly
bark enclosing a mass of fragments of decayed wood in the state of
mineral charcoal, as represented in figs. 14a, Ms. and 144, ms. (fig. 18).

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. May 1853, vol. ix. p. 58.
+ One of these trees has Stigmaria-roots: fig. 8 Ms.

1853. | DAWSON—COAL-MEASURES, NOVA SCOTIA. 21

The wood of this tree shows, in the longitudinal section, a cellular
tissue, precisely similar to that of the Coniferee; the cross section
shows only elongated cells, but is very badly preserved. A tree of
this description is not likely to have been more perishable than the
Sigillarie, which, in the same situation, remained until 9 feet of sandy
mud had accumulated. I suspect, therefore, that this stump may be
the remains of a coniferous forest, which preceded the Sigillarie in
this locality, and of which only decaying stumps remained at the time
when the latter were buried by sediment. This is the more likely, as
the appearances indicate that this tree was in a complete state of
decay at the very commencement of the sandy deposit. The rep-
tilian remains found in these beds give them more than ordinary
interest, and may excuse a reference to the probable history of their
formation more detailed than in the case of other parts of the section.

Fig. 2.—Section of middle part of Group XV. (p. 6), in which the
Dendrerpeton and Land-shells have been found. See
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. ix. p. 61.

1. Underclay, with rootlets of Stigmaria, resting on grey shale, with two thin coaly seams.
2. Grey sandstone, with erect trees, Calamites, and other stems : 9 feet.
3. Coal, with erect tree on its surface: 6 inches.
4. Underclay, with Stigmaria rootlets.

a. Calamites. ec. Stigmaria roots.

6. Stem of plant, undetermined. d. Erect trunk, 9 feet high.

(1.) The Stigmaria-underclay, 4, shows the existence of a Sigillaria
forest, on the soil of which was collected sufficient vegetable matter
to form 6 inches of coal, which probably represents a peaty bog
several feet in thickness. (2.) On this peaty soil grew the trees
represented by the stump of mineral charcoal mentioned above, and
which were probably coniferous. This tree, beg about 1 foot in
diameter, must have required about fifty years for its growth to that
size. It was then killed, perhaps by the inundation of the bog.
(3.) During the decay of tbe tree last mentioned, Sigillarie, d, grew
around it to the diameter of 2 feet, when they were overwhelmed by
sediment, which buried their roots to the depth of about 18 inches.
At this level Calamites, a, and another Sigillaria began to grow, the
former attaining a diameter of 4 inches, the latter a diameter of about
1 foot. (4.) These plants were in their turn imbedded in somewhat
coarser sediment, but so gradually that trees with Stigmarian roots, ¢,
grew at two higher levels before the accumulation of mud and sand

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Nov. 2,

attained the depth of 9 feet, at which depth the original large Sigillarie,
that had grown immediately over the coal, were broken off, and their
hollow trunks filled with sand. Before being filled with sand, these
trees, while hollow, must for some time have projected from a swamp or
terrestrial surface, such as that which immediately succeeds them in
ascending order; and it is no doubt to this circumstance that we owethe
occurrence, in one of them, of reptilian remains and land-shells, as well
as a mass of vegetable fragments, such as Calamites, Poacites, and a
Lepidostrobus *, evidently introduced before the sedimentary matter,
and forming just such a mass as might be supposed likely to fall into
an open hole in a forest or swamp. (5.) The remaining beds of this
group evidence the continuation of swamp-conditions for a long time
after the trees last noticed were completely buried. They include, in
a thickness of 28 feet, three underclays supporting coaly beds, and
one with erect stumps; one of them with Stigmarian roots and
ribbed. One of the coaly beds, which alternates with laminz of
shale, is filled with flattened trunks of Sigil/laria and Lepidodendron,
which probably grew on the surfaces on which they now lie, and
indicate how small a thickness of coaly matter may mark the time
required for the growth and decay of many successive forests.

On the whole, we can scarcely err in affirming that the habitat of
the Dendrerpeton Acadianum and its associates was a peaty and
muddy swamp, occasionally or periodically inundated, and in which
growing trees and Calamite brakes were being gradually buried in
sediment, while others were taking root at higher levels, just as now
happens in the alluvial flats of large rivers.

I may add that in 1853 I found, in some additional fragments of
the reptiliferous tree collected by Mr. Boggs, superintendent of the
Joggins mine, a second, though imperfect specimen of the land-
shell figured in the paper already referred to (vol. ix. pl. 4), and a
few fragments of bone, apparently vertebre.

Group XVI. consists of one thick bed of grey sandstone, with
prostrate carbonized trunks. The sandstone is highly siliceous, and
of the kind used for grindstones. It is the result of the complete
submergence of the swamps of the last group, and their invasion by
sand-bearing currents.

The next Group commences with the growth of Calamites on the
surface of the great sand bed last noticed, after which there was the
formation of an underclay and coal, the latter being afterwards inun-
dated, and the plants at its surface overgrown with Spirorbis. In
the shale covering this coal, about 14 feet above its surface, is a bed
with shrinkage cracks, and containing a stool of Stigmaria, one of
the roots of which was traced 93 feet. Its rootlets were attached,
so that it can scarcely have been a drift-stump; and if now in situ,
it must have grown on a mud-bank alternately inundated and dry,
like the present salt-marshes of the Bay of Fundy. The Stigmaria
in this bed is not of the most common variety or species. It has
round marks regularly arranged, but flat, and without depressed
areolee, as represented in fig. 13, ms. That growth on occasionally

* Found in 1853.

1853. ] DAWSON—COAL-MEASURES, NOVA SCOTIA. 23

inundated mud and sand was quite natural to the trees with Stigmarian
roots, is shown not only by instances in this section, but by a very
remarkable bed at Port Hood, Cape Breton, which I may refer to
here as belonging to precisely the same class of facts with that now
under consideration.

A bed of sandstone, in the coal formation at Port Hood, is filled
with the stumps of large erect ribbed trees, with very distinct Stig-
marian roots of two species; and more than one generation of trees
must have grown on the spot, since one large stump was observed to
be penetrated by the root of another tree, which must have grown
through it after it became filled with sand, fig. 3. Yet several of

Fig. 3.—Stump of a tree penetrated by Stigmaria ; from the coal-
measures at Port Hood, Cape Breton Island.

the layers of this sandstone are ripple-marked ; and the sandstone

immediately underlymg one of the large stumps, which had been

removed, was found to be distinctly

Fig. 4.—Impression of tree- rippled, fig.4. At Port Hood the

stump in sandstone, with rip- beds dip gently toward the sea,

ple-marks ; from Port Hood. and at low tide a large surface of

i the rock is exposed, with stony

casts of stumps projecting from it,

and Stigmaria-roots spreading in
all directions.

Group XVIII. is a series of
sandstones and shales less perfectly
exposed than most other parts of
* the section. Chocolate colours
prevail among the shales, and on
the whole this group presents few
indications of terrestrial condi-
tions. One of the beds, however,
has a surface with shrinkage
cracks, and we observed a bed of
erect Calamites and a Stigmaria-
soil.

; Group XIX.—The next group
is of greater interest, showing seven soil-surfaces, intermixed with

a. Ripple-marks,

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Nov. 2,

sedimentary deposits. The lower part presents the usual succes-
sion of underclays, coals, and shales; and two of the coals contain
well-preserved remains of the plants (Sigillaria, Poacites, &c.)
which grew on their underclays. The highest coal of this group
has undergone a temporary submergence, as its upper part con-
tains Poacites covered with Spirorbis. That this submergence was
not without mechanical deposition, is shown by the preservation in an
erect position of several Calamites which grew on the surface of the
coal. On the clay next deposited grew a furrowed tree, with Stig-
maria-roots (like that of fig. 13, ms.). This surface was buried under
the irregularly-bedded mass represented in fig. 1, and the probabie
origin of which has been already referred to (p. 13). The surface,
having been levelled by these deposits, was again occupied by forests
of the Stigmaria-rooted trees, the only remains of which are an under-
clay, somewhat arenaceous, and a thin layer of impure coal with
flattened carbonized trunks. On this prostrate forest a thick bed of
clay was deposited, on the surface of which grew the finest Calamite
brake now remaining in the section. These Calamites are, as usual,
stony casts, and they are buried in a thick bed of sandstone passing
downward into arenaceous shale. The largest stems are 5 inches in
diameter, and attain a height of 8 feet, when they are broken off
without any diminution of their diameter. They grew in groups or
clusters, and were so numerous, that, in one place, twelve stems were
counted in 8 feet measured along the face of the cliff. From the
base of the cliff to the level of low water, 120 paces distant, they
were observed to occur abuudantly. Part of this bed is shown in
fig. 5, Ms., where three groups are seen, the individual stems con-
verging toward the base, and terminating in blunt points, as in the
case of the bed of erect Calamites at Pictou, described by the writer *.
Fibrous roots, probably those of the Calamites, occur im the under-
lying shale.

The beds last noticed curiously indicate the different ways in
which the lapse of geological time may be marked. The sandstone,
8 feet in thickness, enveloping the Calamites, must have been depo-
sited in a year or two. A layer of coal, 2 inches thick, is all that
marks the growth and decay of a forest.

The XXth Group is a series of sandstones and shales, with three
underclays. The shales are mostly chocolate-coloured, and the
sandstones grey and irregularly bedded.

The XXIst is a succession of swamp-deposits, with a few barren
intervals, but presents nothing sufficiently novel to detain us.

The XXIInd is a rather barren group, containing however erect
plants at two levels. The lowest of these has both mbbed stumps
and Calamites. The latter present evidences of extreme decay. The
bark has not retained its cylindrical form, but has fallen inward in
strips, leaving a rude cylindrical cavity now filled with clay-ironstone
and shale.

Group XXIII. is the most important continuous series of swamp
and estuary deposits in the section, and includes the coal-seam at

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vii. p. 195. fig. 1.

1853. | DAWSON—COAL-MEASURES, NOVA SCOTIA. 25

present mined. It commences with a black bituminous underclay,
probably a soil of long continuance ; it is filled with Stigmarie.
It supports a bed of coal on which grew a forest of large trees, of
which a few very imperfectly preserved stumps alone remain.
Above this we have a succession of shales and coals with underclays ;
the shales having at one level an erect tree, and in several places an
abundance of prostrate plants. The surface was then covered with
water, depositing mud and fragments of plants to which the Spirorbis
attached its shells. On these sandstones Stigmarie again took root,
and two beds are filled with well-preserved stools of these singular
roots, each with four main divisions branching dichotomously and
with rootlets attached. They must have grown on beds of argillaceous
and somewhat calcareous sand. The only result of the growth of
these dense forests was an inch of impure coal, over the highest
Stigmaria-bed. A lower and less important one supports an erect
ribbed stump. Above the coal last mentioned is a muddy underclay
with much vegetable matter, on which a varied and beautiful vegeta-
tion has flourished, and now lies prostrate in a thin band of shale
and ironstone. In this instance we found three species of Sigillaria,
a Favularia, and multitudes of Poacites and other leaves, as well as
Carpolites. Many of these fossils have Spirorbis attached. They
no doubt mark the site of a submerged and fallen forest, which
instead of appearing, like so many others, as a thin layer of coal, has
first served as a habitation for Spirorbis, and then been buried in
abundant deposits of clay and carbonate of iron. A little higher in
this growp we find a thin coaly band, almost wholly composed of
Poacites. No roots appeared in the underclay, and it is consequently
possible that these leaves may have been drifted by water. On this
coal is a thick bed of shale, supporting two interesting erect stumps,
represented in figs. 6 & 6a, ms. From the clay in which they are
rooted they pass upward through a sandstone 2 feet in thickness
into a shale with ironstone bands above. The smaller of the two
is ribbed, but without leaf-scars—its roots are concealed under the
beach. Opposite the sandstone the cast of the hollow trunk is of the
same material, but the sandstone within the bark rises 7 inches above
the surface of that without, showing that the sand bed was once thicker
than at present, and that a part of it had been removed from around
the stump before the deposition of the next bed. It is probable that
the level of the sand within the trunk was originally lower than that
without, and, if so, this sandstone may have lost much more than
7 inches. The larger stump, though rooted at the same level as the
smaller tree, is brought by the rise of the beds to a sufficient height to
allow its roots to be seen. It shows that while the sandstone within
these stumps rises higher than that without, it also descends lower,
though not quite to the roots, which with the base of the stump are
filled with clay. We thus learn that after the trunk became hollow,
and while its top continued to stand at least 3 feet above the surface,
it was partly filled with a deposit from muddy water. The mud
within was, however, much lower than that without, when sand
began to be deposited and filled the greater part of the stump. The

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Noyv. 2,

overlying shales bend downward into the tops of these stumps, show-
ing that the material within was more compressible than that without,
perhaps in consequence ofsome vegetable matter remaining at the base
of the trunk. The roots of the larger tree have Stigmaria-markings,
and the rootlets were distinctly preserved in the shale. Portions of
the surface of the trunk showed the markings of a broad-ribbed Si-
gillaria, with oval leaf-scars on the ligneous surface. Thebark, which is
in a coaly state, is about an eighth of an inch in thickness, and its ori-
ginal strength and durability are well illustrated by the circumstances
in which these trunks have been preserved. The detailed Section,
p- 4, sufficiently illustrate the beds immediately succeeding, including
the main coal. The shale roof of the latter, however, merits special
remark. It abounds in large prostrate trunks of Sigillaria and
Lepidodendron. One of the former has been traced for 30 feet in
the roof of the mine. Poacites, Asterophyllites, Ferns, and other
leaves also abound in it, and many of these, as well as the trunks
of the prostrate trees, have attached Spzrorbis. Shells of Modiola
also occur, though rarely. In addition to all this, there are erect
stumps, the Stigmaria-rootlets of which insinuate themselves like
worms within the bark of the fallen trunks buried in the same shale.
A collection from this bed gives a fine picture of the flora of these
swamps of the Coal period. ‘

On the surface of a bed of clay, 8 feet above the main coal, stands

- Shale and sandstone. Plants with Spirorbis attached; Rain-marks ?
. Sandstone and shale: 8 feet. Erect Calamites. { An erect coniferous ? tree, rooted on

the shale, passes up through 15 feet of

. Grey sandstone: 7 feet.
the sandstones and shale.

. Grey shale: 4 feet.

. Grey sandstone: 4 feet.

. Greyshale: 6 inches. Prostrate and erect trees, with rootlets ; leaves; Modiola; and Spi-
rorbis on the plants.

. Main coal seam: 3 feet 6 inches.

- Underclay with rootlets.

ont Oa pwd =

1853. | DAWSON—COAL-MEASURES, NOVA SCOTIA. ay

another erect tree converted into hard shining coal, and reaching to
the height of 15 feet, through beds of sandstone and arenaceous shale
(fig. 5). Its roots, which are in the state of coal, spread in an irregular
manner through the clay or soft shale, and its top appears to be
broken off abruptly. After sand and mud had collected around
this tree to the depth of 10 feet, and while its top projected above
the surface, a dense brake of Calamites grew around, some of them
attaining a diameter of nearly 2 inches and a height exceeding 5 feet.
Farther accumulations buried these Calamites in the erect position
to the depth of 5 feet, when their tops were broken off and the im-
bedded stems decayed and were replaced by sand. Still the erect
tree remained undecayed, and though its top was broken off at this
level, only the cracks which had formed in its wood were filled with
sand, when the whole was buried by farther accumulations of sandy
sediment, which contains drift-plants with attached Spirordis. As
this remarkable tree was evidently more durable than the ordinary
Sigillarie, and had irregular roots distinct from Stigmaria, and as
it had quite lost its surface-markings, I was very anxious to ascertain
its internal structure. After many trials, however, I could find only
very indistinct traces of cellular tissue, the mass of the fossil con-
sisting of compact coal divided by transverse joints, and by an im-
meuse number of minute vertical cracks with a few larger fissures
which seemed to have a concentric arrangement. After abandoning
the attempt in despair, I found, in a box of specimens with which I
was favoured by Mr. Logan, a piece of fossil wood in precisely the
same condition with this tree, but retaining in one part distinct
evidence of its coniferous nature. Believing at the time that this
specimen was from the beds in question, (though I have since learned
that it belongs to another part of the section,) I was encouraged to
make farther attempts, and had the whole of the tree taken down by
a miner. After carefully selecting the most promising portions, I
made new slices, and was rewarded by finding cellular tissue of distinct
coniferous character, and in one small portion the hexagonal disks
or reticulations characteristic of the Araucarian type of pines (see
figs. 6 a,a,&7). If, as I have no doubt, this tree grew where it now
stands, we have thus evi-

Figs. 6 & 7.—Microscopical structure dence that coniferous trees
of the erect coniferous tree in grew in the same swamps
Group XXIII. (fig. 5). which produced Sigillaria
THRE (P and Calamites, though they
Res eee had hitherto been found only
as drifted trunks in the
sandstones. Their compa-
rative rarity, however, in
connection with their dura-
ble nature, seems to prove
that they formed only a small

a a
Longitudinal section of
the wood. the wood.

part of the vegetation of these swamps.
Passing over a few beds containing evidences both of growth in
place and driftage, we find, near the top of this group, a thin bed of

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Noy. 2,

impure coal containing trees with attached Spirorbis, and intermixed
with these fish-scales and Cypris, the whole being capped by Modiola-
shale. To account for the fossils in this coal, which rests ona true
underclay, we must suppose the submergence of a forest, in such
circumstances that fish and Cypris lived among its sunken trunks,
and were buried along with them as they decayed and fell to the
bottom.

In Group XXIV. the waters retain their dominion, though gra-
dually filling up with sediment. The sandstones of this group are
very uniform and evenly bedded as compared with those of the last,
and present no indications of vicinity to shores or water-courses,
except in the presence of drift-wood and some singular scratches and
furrows on the surfaces of the shales, casts of which have been taken
by the overlying sandstones. Marks of this kind are very frequent
in the Coal formation. They occur on a grand scale in the sandstone
quarries of Pictou, and also on the French River of Tatmagouche.
Many of them might easily be included in the convenient tribe of
Fucoides, but their want of uniformity, the absence of organic
matter, and their occurrence in beds containing drift-trees render it
probable that they are scratches produced by roots or branches borne
over the surface by currents. Such marks in modern inundated
flats are usually straight, like glacial striz, but when stumps or
tree-tops are grounded and afterwards borne off, the most fantastic
markings are produced. Very singular appearances also result from
the eddying of the water around such obstacles, and much resemble
many of these markings on the carboniferous rocks.

The XXVth Group is another series of fossil soils and their
accompaniments, terminating upward in a thick bituminous limestone
and Modiola-shale, with their usual fossils.

Group XX VI.—In the succeeding group we have the filling up of
the waters inhabited by Modtola, with mechanical detritus. One
erect tree occurs in this group, and many of the beds of sandstone
are ripple-marked. On one of these rippled sandstones I found, on
revisiting the section in 1853, a series of footprints, probably of some
reptilian quadruped allied to those found in the fossil tree in another
part of the section. These footprints are three-toed, each about
9 lines in length. The length of stride is 3} inches, and the two
rows of footprints 3 inches apart. Just where the rows of steps bend
to the left, a slight mark nearer the left side appears to indicate a tail
(fig. 18, ms.).

Group XXVII. is a dense series of underclays and their accom-
paniments, including eleven terrestrial or soil surfaces, five thin coals,
erect plants at four levels, and two bituminous limestones. It much
resembles some of the groups at the commencement of the section,
and like some of these is very pyritous, marking the action of sea-
water to a greater degree than in those central parts of the measures
where Modiole and their accompaniments are less plentiful. The
most remarkable part of this group is that represented im fig. 8.
It includes a bed of erect Calamites and an erect tree with distinct
Stigmaria-roots (fig. 12, ms.). The underclays are here so crowded

1853. | DAWSON— COAL-MEASURES, NOVA SCOTIA. 29

above the erect plants, that the rootlets of one underclay pass downward
among the erect Calamites, and the rootlets of another pass beside

Fig. 8.—Section from the lower part of Group XXVII. (p. 3).

1, Shale. 2. Shaly coal: 1 foot. 3. Underclay with rootlets: 1 ft. 2in.

4, Grey sandstone passing downwards into shale: 3ft. Erect tree with Stigmaria roots (e),
on the coal.

5. Coal: 1 inch. 6. Underclay with roots: 10 inches.

7. Grey sandstone: 1ft.5in. Stigmaria rootlets continued from the bed above; erect Cala-
mites. 8. Grey shale, with pyrites. Flattened plants.

and within the cast of the erect tree, and have helped to obliterate
its surface-markings, by passing downward immediately within the
bark. The roots of this tree are casts in sandstone, probably from
the surface of the sand surrounding its upper part, but the stump
itself is filled with shaly clay from the underclay above. It will
be observed that one of the bituminous limestones in this group
has been converted into a Stigmaria-underclay and supports an
erect tree.

In Group XXVIII. and the remainder of the section, we find
gradually decreasing evidences of group conditions; and in other
beds higher than those in our section, there are conglomerates and
other evidence of very different conditions from those we have been
considering—in short, of a return to the open sea of the Lower
Carboniferous period. In Groups XXVIII. and XXIX., however, we
have still a number of underclays with thin coal seams and erect
plants ; among the latter some large ribbed trees and two stumps
converted into coaly matter, and with irregular coaly roots.

In conclusion, it appears evident that the series of events indicated
by this remarkable section, and which I have endeavoured to state in
the above historical sketch, consists of a long succession of oscillations
between terrestrial and aquatic circumstances, and unaccompanied by
any material permanent change in the nature of the surface or in its

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Nov. 2,

organized inhabitants. These oscillations depended on gradual and
long-continued subsidence, alternating with elevatory movements, in
an extensive alluvial tract teeming with vegetable and animal life, and
receiving large supplies of fine detrital matter. On the one hand,
subsidence tended to restore the original dominion of the waters ;
on the other hand, elevatory movements, silting up, and vegetable and
animal accumulation built up successive surfaces of dry land, or of
partially or occasionally inundated swamp. The results of these op-
posing forces no doubt always existed contemporaneously, so that by
mere change of place one could have passed from a coal-swamp to a
Modiola-lagoon or a tidal sand-flat ; but in each separate locality they
alternated with each other, with greater or less frequency ; and it is
probable that during a great part of the period the locality of our
section was near the margin of the alluvial tract in question, where
the various fortunes of the conflict would be more sensibly felt and
more easily recorded than nearer the open sea or farther inland.

IV. Notices of New Facts relating to the Fossils of the Coal
Formation.

1. Sigillaria and Stigmaria.—The identity of these plants, as the
trunks and roots of trees of the same genus, has been established by
Messrs. Binney and Brown, and is farther confirmed by facts already
noticed in this paper. I shall give, under this head, explanations of
some apparent difficulties, and facts bearing on the habits and struc-
ture of these singular plants.

It has been asked, in reference to the Joggins section*, how it
happens that so many erect trunks show no roots, especially since
the great number of fossil soils would lead us to anticipate that the
former were less likely to be preserved than the latter. In answer I
remark: (1.) The underclays are usually more perishable than the
sandstones and arenaceous shales which contain the erect trunks,
hence the former are often cut away before the trunks are disclosed.
(2.) The roots, approaching to a horizontal position, have often been
compressed or converted into coal, when the erect trunks and vertical
rootlets have been preserved. There are cases, however, in which
the Stigmaria-roots are preserved in a horizontal position, and with
scarcely any flattening. Such roots were probably hollowed by decay
and filled with mineral matter before the beds were compressed by
the weight of newer strata.

The greater number of the erect fossil trees in the section do not
show the markings of Sigillaria, but only furrows or ribs more or less
distinct. Were they all Stgillaria? I think it probable that most of
them were, and account for the disappearance of their external cha-
racters in the following ways:—(1.) These trees being stony casts of
the interior of the bark, it is evident that if, when the sand or mud
forming the cast was introduced, thin films of wood remained adhering
to the imner surface, or if, on the other hand, a part of the bark itself
was removed by decay, in either of these opposite cases, an indistinct

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ii., President’s Address.

1853. ] DAWSON— COAL-MEASURES, NOVA SCOTIA. 31

cast must result. (2.) The interior of the cylinder of bark has often
been smeared with clay before a cast was taken, and this clay either
comes away with the bark, or falls off when weathered, taking with it
the finer parts of the cast. (3.) The portion preserved in an erect
position is generally only a few feet of the base of the trunk, where
the markings were probably nearly obliterated by growth. (4.) In
one instance rootlets of Stigmaria were observed to pass downward
between the bark and the matter filling the interior, and leaving ver-
micular impressions of their own form over the whole surface. When
all these causes are allowed for, it will not appear remarkable that
few erect trees retain their surface-markings, and that these should
generally be of the broad-ribbed and strongly marked species. ;
The dome-shaped fossil in the centre of Stigmaria, as described
by Lindley and Hutton, and a similar body found at Sydney by
Mr. Brown have occasioned doubt as to the true nature of Stigmaria.
Such appearances may have been produced in the followmg manner.
The trunks of Szgzllaria usually expand rapidly toward the base, and
if broken off near the soil, there would be a tendency in the bark,
during decay of the wood, to fall in toward the centre. This would
be much facilitated by the circumstance that the bark of Sigillaria
was weak along the furrows, and hence tended to split into strips.
Such strips, each with a row of leaf-scars, arefound among the detached
fossils on the Joggins shore. In the falling in of the bark, they
would readily overlap each other and form a continuous coaly
surface, leaving on the internal cast impressions of some of the leaf-
scars, if any existed so near the root. Farther, the abrupt breaking
off of a cylinder of bark projecting above the surface would crush
together the sides of the imbedded portion, leaving only an open slit
at top. This is well seen in the broken tops of erect Calamites*, and
a curious instance of a similar deceptive appearance is presented b
erect Calamites in this section, which, when imperfectly filled with
sediment, assume either the appearance of a vertical row of lenticular
bodies strung on a thin irregular string, or that represented in fig. 15.
The tendency of Sigillarie to have four main roots dividing
regularly at equal distances has been noticed by Messrs. Binney and
Brown. It is illustrated by several erect trunks in this section
(figs. 6a & 8, ms.), and still better by the remains of the erect trees
found at Port Hood. Fig. 1, Port Hood, ms., represeuts a large
erect stump with its four main roots. Fig.4, Port Hood, s., represents
the markings on this root. Fig. 4, p. 23, represents the impression
of another large stump in the sandstone. Fig. 5, Port Hood, s., re-
presents the markings of another species of Stigmaria found in the
same bed. <Accidental deviations from this singularly regular division
of the roots are sometimes met with. In a collection at the Joggins,
there is a small stump from the roof of the coal seam, with two large
and two small roots, as if it had grown on the slope of a bank or edge
of achannel. It is also common to find, especially in large trunks,
instead of four roots, four great lobes giving origin to eight roots.
The whole of this arrangement, as well as the peculiar structure of
* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vii. p. 196.

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Noy. 2,

the rootlets, is no doubt a special provision for growth in soft and
homogeneous alluvial soils and peaty muck. The curious resemblance
of these roots to the cable-like rhizomata of the pond-lily*, would
lead us to infer that their form and structure were intended rather
to obviate the effects of excessive moisture, than to collect large
supplies of liquid nutriment.

A nodule of ironstone from one of the underclays shows, though
somewhat imperfectly, the structure of the rootlets or great hollow
spongioles of Stigmaria. Fig. 11 a, ms. is a slice of the natural size.
The outer circle is the original form of the rootlet, now filled with
clear cale-spar. Within this is the shrunken rootlet, in a carbonized
state. Fig. 11 6, ms. represents the remains of the rootlet magnified,
and showing an outer and inner cuticle with intervening cellular
tissue having open spaces. Fig. 11 ¢, ms. is a portion still more
highly magnified.

Different opinions have been entertained respecting the mode of
growth of Sigillarie, owing to the supposed uniformity of the ribs
and leaf-scars along the whole length of the trunk. Mr. Binney,
however, remarks, that a specimen in the Manchester Museum shows
four kinds of leaf-scars. The most distinctly marked erect trunk
found by us in the Joggins Section affords an interesting illustration
of this variety of marking. At the height of 5 feet above the base,

Figs. 9, 10, & 11.— Ribs and Leaf-scars of erect Sigillaria stump, from
the South Joggins.

Fig. 10.

mT

Fig. 9. HI 41 “A
|
i | |

jt!
Vill UU}

Mi |
\

Hl

At 5 feet from the root.

|
i |

il
\

1
i

i

| | | ' !
Near the root.

the ligneous surface has deeply marked ribs and oval leaf-scars. A
little lower it has broader and flatter ribs, with broad scars somewhat
* Nympheea odorata.

1853.] DAWSON—COAL-MEASURES, NOVA SCOTIA. 33

heart-shaped, like those of S. reniformis. At the base of the trunk
the ribs are obliterated, and there are distant rows of double scars,
like those of S. alternans (figs. 9, 10, 11). These differences must
have been produced by expansion of the trunk; and it would thus
seem that ribbed trees of this genus were adapted to a remarkably
regular kind of exogenous growth, the arrangement of these surface-
markings beimg, in one modification or another, preserved even in
the lower part of large trunks.

From the great abundance of Stigmarie in some beds, it may be
inferred that the trees to which they belonged formed thick groves.
In other cases, however, they grew singly or sparsely on mud-flats.
They could flourish on a variety of soils, from poor sand to the richest
vegetable mould, but im all cases they seem to have required a
swampy or water-soaked locality. In no instance did we find leaves
attached to the trunks of Sigi/laria. In some of the beds, however,
the trunks are associated with great numbers of leaves of Poacites,
and slender grass-like or needle-like leaves like those of Lepidodendron
and Cyperites.

The preservation of so many trunks of Srgil/aria in an erect
position is in part due to the very durable nature of their bark as
compared with their woody portion. This is well illustrated by the
occurrence of an inclined trunk in one of the sandstones, and a
prostrate one in the roof of the main coal, with shells of Spirorbis
attached to the inner side of the bark, showing that the bark
remained for some time under water and pertectly hollow, without
losing its form. In both these instances the species is a narrow-
ribbed one, resembling 8. Organum. This difference in the durability
of the bark and wood may be observed in many modern trees; for
example the canoe birch, Betula papyracea, the tough bark of
which often remains as a hollow cylinder long after the disappearance
of the wood, and may sometimes be seen in swamps, filled with
mud, while still apparently sound and fresh. When the casts of
erect trees are of hard sandstone, they sometimes project from the
cliff like columns or pilasters; but where they are filled with soft
material, they waste with the surface of the cliff, and but for some
slight difference of colour, and the coaly bark passing up at each
side, across the beds, might easily escape observation. I may remark
here that the section includes the erect trees observed both in 1852
(by Sir C. Lyell and myself) and 1853 (by myself alone). Many of
them were not seen in 1852, and others seen in 1852 had quite dis-
appeared before the summer of 1853. I have no doubt that a series
of observations continued through several years would greatly increase
the number of beds with erect plants.

Among the most common species of Sigillaria at the South Joggins
are S. Organum, catenulata, reniformis, scutellata, and alternans, or
species closely resembling these. Prostrate trunks of three species
of Favularia, of two species of Ulodendron, apparently the U. majus
and minus, and of three or four species of Lepidodendron are found
along with the Stgil/aria, and probably grew in the same swamps.
We had no means of ascertaining whether the trees of these last-

VOR xs — PART I, D

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Noy. 2,

named genera had Stigmaria-roots. I may remark, however, that
some of the underclays contain irregular coaly root-like bodies, which,
if not the roots of coniferous trees, may possibly belong to some of
the genera above mentioned.

2. Coniferous Trees.—Trunks of this description occur in the
sandstones, both in a carbonized state and petrified by carbonate of
lime. It is observable that they are most abundant in those parts of
the section where the swamp-conditions of the productive coal-
measures begin to disappear, and where drifted plants predominate
over those which have grown in sifu; in other words, in the sand-
stones above and below our Section. Two specimens of these drift-
trunks were found, on being sliced, to have the characters of the
genus Pinites, with medullary rays having two rows of cells, and
cellular tissue with two, or more frequently three, series of hex-
agonal areole. One of them much resembles P. Brandlingii of
Witham. The prevalence of coniferous trees as drift-wood in the
sandstones, above and below the Coal-measures, is probably to be
attributed to their capability of floating for a long time without be-
coming water-soaked and sinking, though it may also indicate that
their principal habitat was farther inland than the Sigillaria-swamps.
The erect coaly trees, however, already noticed, show that they did
grow in those swamps, though not abundantly. The structure of
the coaly coniferous tree above the main coal and its present position
in the beds are shown in figs. 5, 6, 7, pp. 26, 27.

3. Calamites,—These plants appear erect and in situ at eight or
nine distinct levels, and in some of the beds their roots and ver-
ticillate leaves or branchlets may be seen attached to the stems. At
least two species occur; one of them resembling C. Suckowii or
C. canneformis, the other a coarse and irregularly marked species.
Figs. 19 & 24, ms., and figs. 12, 13, 16 refer to the former species, fig.
15 to the latter. The Calamite-stems, when they can be traced to their
bases, always terminate in obtuse points, the jomts becoming shorter
toward their extremities. The roots when not compressed are cylin-
drical, irregularly branched (figs. 13, 14), and covered with a thin coaly
bark, marked with waving longitudinal strie. The roots are given
off not only from the base of the stem, but also from its lower joints,
in large irregular tufts; see fig. 14, where three of these tufts are
seen, and also irregular marks showing the places from which others
have been broken off. The coaly investment of the stem is much
thickened at the points from which the tufts of roots proceed. It
was the habit of the Calamite to grow on mud and sand flats rising
by new depositions, and it appears that the joints which were buried
during the growth of the plant gave off tufts of roots instead of
branchlets. The lower or underground joints of the Calamite had
also the power of sending out new stems, which speedily attained to a
greater diameter than that of their parent. In this way groups of
stems were produced, and the plant was enabled constantly to
maintain its position at the surface of the rising mud flats. Fig. 12
represents a fine specimen which well illustrates this peculiarity.
The stem a stands at right angles to the bedding of a thinly

1853. ] DAWSON—COAL-MEASURES, NOVA SCOTIA. 35

Natural size. Half natural size.
Fig. 13. Fig. 16.
Root of Calamite, from Leaves of Calamite; from
Group XXIII. (magni- Group XXIII. (p. 4).
fied). Fig. 14.

Erect Calamite, with roots ;
from Group XV.

NY
Ny)

h\

ny Sars
i q \

Fig. 15.
Erect Calamite, constrict-
ed by pressure ; South
Joggins.

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Nov. 2,

laminated argillaceous sandstone. It is finely ribbed with distant
joints, and its lower part is somewhat compressed, probably because
imperfectly filled with sediment. The stem a gives off the stem 4, the
bark or coaly investment being thickened at the junction of the stems.
The stem 6 rapidly increases in thickness, and at its fifth joint gives
off the third stem c, which at first diverges from it nearly at right
angles. Stem ais 1 inch m diameter. Stem 6 at the distance of
2 inches from the junction is 1,2, inch in diameter. Stem ¢ at
2 inches from its origin is more than 2 inches in diameter. The ribs
of 6 and ¢ are wider and shorter than those of a, those of ¢ being
the widest. See fig. 12, a', c!, by which it will be observed that the
stems a, a’, and c, c', though proceeding from the same root, are so
different that they might be mistaken for distinct species.

All the erect Calamites exist as stony casts generally cylindrical,
but when they have been imperfectly filled with sediment the spaces
between the joints have given way to lateral pressure, as represented
in fig. 15. I mention this here, because these compressed portions
of the stem are liable to be mistaken for the base of the plant.

The leaves of the Calamite are but rarely attached to the stems.
They are verticillate, linear, pointed, and delicately striated (fig. 16).
They are either straight and horizontal, or slightly curved downward.
In decay their extremities drooped into a vertical position, the basal
portion still projecting horizontally.

Calamites formed dense and tall jungles or brakes, and sometimes
flourished as an undergrowth in Sigillaria-woods. The greatest
_ distance to which I have traced one of the Calamite brakes is in the
case of that which occurs about 18 feet over the main coal. Ina
new shaft sunk about half a mile inland, this bed is found to abound
in erect Calamites just as in the cliff, and the fresh unweathered
specimens from this shaft displayed the attached leaves much better
than those from the cliff.

4. Poacites.—These broad striated leaves are very abundant, not
only in the Joggins section, but in all parts of the Coal formation of
Nova Scotia, and even in the Lower Carboniferous rocks. They are
occasionally seen to terminate in blunt points, but I have found no
specimen with either petiole or stem. Straight or branching stems,
with striation similar to that of these leaves, are, it is true, occasionally
found in the same beds, but they may have belonged to Ferns. The
largest specimen that I have seen is in the collection of Henry Poole,
Esq., of the Albion Mines, Pictou. It is 182 inches in length, 5 inches
wide at the larger end, and 1,%, inch at the smaller, where it is broken
off. It has delicate longitudinal striz, a sort of thickened midrib,
and waves or sharp flexures of the striee proceeding from the midrib
to the edges, and probably marking undulations of the recent leaf,
which must have given it a very graceful appearance. Smaller
specimens, however, usually want the midrib and waving lines.

5. Artisia.—The casts of medullary cavities known by this name*

* [See also Professor Williamson’s paper “ On the Structure and Affinities of the
Plants hitherto known as Sfernbergie ;’’ Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc. 1851, vol. ix.]

1853. ] DAWSON—COAL-MEASURES, NOVA SCOTIA. 37

are occasionally found among drifted plants at the Joggins. As at
Pictou and elsewhere, they appear to be of different species; some
belonging to rush-like plants and having only a thin coaly invest-
ment, and others surrounded with a considerable thickness of car-
bonized or petrified wood. I shall here refer merely to a few exam-
ples of the latter kind, which is comparatively rare in the Nova
Scotia coal-measures. Figs. 26 & 27, Ms. represent cross sections of two
specimens found in the irregularly-bedded sandstones of Group XIX.
In both the internal sandstone cast is finely striated transversely,
with less distinct longitudinal strize, and both are enveloped by clear
coal without structure. The coaly envelope of fig. 26, ms. is 1 inch
in diameter, and is striated, or finely ribbed longitudinally. That of
fig. 27, MS. is much flattened and somewhat smooth: its greatest dia-
meter is 1 foot. Another specimen (17 a, 6) has strong transverse
wrinkles, nearly a line apart, but in places meeting and uniting:
they occur at the edges of transverse internal coaly partitions. The
coaly matter investing this specimen, which is about half an inch in
thickness, shows the structure represented in fig. 17 6, ms. which
resembles that of an erect tree (Sigi//aria?) represented in fig. 21 c.
This last species is very distinct in its external markings from the
ordinary Artisia approximata ; which, however, the specimens re-
presented in figs. 26 & 27, ms, much resemble.

6. Structure of Erect Trees.—Beside the two erect trees (14 a, Ms.
and fig. 5, p. 26) whose structure, probably coniferous, is represented
in figs. 6 & 7, p. 27, and fig. 18, I sliced specimens from nearly all the
other coaly erect trees found in the section, and found structure in
two of them (figs. 19 & 20). That in fig. 19 is probably coniferous,
though the structure is too imperfectly preserved to allow any cor-
roborative evidence to be obtained from longitudinal slices. Fig. 20
is from a coaly mass representing the base of a stump just at the
surface of an underclay, and having the structure preserved only in
one small portion, which may have been an internal core or ligneous
axis. It consists of a very large and open structure of elongated cells,
in irregular groups, separated by partitions of opake coal. Though
the longitudinal structure is very well preserved, I could detect no
traces of any markings on the walls of the cells.

Fig. 21, a, 6, c, shows the structure of fragments of wood found in
the tree containing reptilian remains. In the longitudinal section this
wood shows, when highly magnified, cells or ducts with a sort of
scalariform structure, fig. 21 a, like that of Ferns. The cross section
shows an unequal cellular tissue, usually much compressed and im-
perfectly preserved, fig. 21 c. In large slices the tissue is seen to
run in radiating lines, and there is an appearance resembling lines of
growth, fig. 216.

7. Animal Remains.—The remains of Fish found:in the section
consist of detached scales, teeth, jaws, spines, and coprolites. Most
of them are small, and belong to the families of which Paleoniscus
and Holoptychius are types. “There are also a few rounded scales of
Sauroid fish, approaching in form to those of Megalichthys. These
fishes must have abounded in the ereeks, lagoons, and channels of

38

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL sociETy. [Nov, 2,»

Fig. 17.—Structure of Artisia; South —_ Fig.18.—Structure of coniferous? wood,
Joggins.

a. Cast of the pith-cavity : nat. size.

magnified ; from the interior of an

6, Transverse
section. section.

Fig. 19.—Structure of the wood of an
erect coniferous? tree; South Jog-
gins. :

6. Transverse section of the wood: magnified. Transverse section.

Fig. 20.—Structure of the wood of a tree-stump,
magnified ; South Joggins.

AN

a. Longitudinal sections ; magnified.

growth; nat. size.

Fig. 21 c.

ir
Borat eae

Sse

St.

(9 ‘daas) "jx dnory woul (3 mumyrhyy) aaug goose un fo poom ay) fo aunjanujg—1zZ “B11

5. Transverse section, with supposed lines of
ec. Transverse section; magnified.

1853. | DAWSON—COAL-MEASURES, NOVA SCOTIA. 39

the coal-swamps, as their remains occur in nearly all the bituminous
limestones and Modiola-shales.

Two varieties of Cypris (figs. 29 & 30, ms.) occur. The more com-
mon variety is found in all the bituminous limestones and Modiola-
shales.

The Spirorbis (figs. 31 a & 6, Ms.), so often found attached to
vegetable fragments, and which so frequently serves to mark periods
of submergence succeeding to those of vegetable growth, closely re-
sembles the Spirorbis carbonarius of the British coal-fields.

Figs. 22 & 23 represent two species of the Modiole, which swarmed
in incalculable numbers in the waters of the Joggins in the Coal era.
These creatures were so extremely numerous, that many beds of cal-
careo-bituminous shale and bituminous limestone are almost entirely
made up of their shells; and it is often difficult to find a shell not
crushed and distorted by the pressure of its neighbours.

Figs. 24 & 25.—Uniones

Figs. 22 & 23.—Modiole from the from the lower Carboni-

coal-measures of the South Joggins. Serous rocks of the South
Joggins.

Figs. 24 & 25 represent a bivalve, perhaps a Unio, not found in
that part of the section described in this paper. It was found by
Mr. Logan im a bed of bituminous limestone 3000 feet below our
lowest group, and associated with the lowest coal-seam but two in
the entire section. It is therefore peculiar to the very bottom of the
coal-measures, not bemg found, so far as J am aware, in any of the
numerous calcareous bands occurring higher up. It is associated
with Fish-scales and Cypris, and is separated by a great thickness of
beds from the marine limestones of the Lower Carboniferous series.

APPENDIX.
Abstract of Mr. Logan’s Section of the South Joggins Coal-

measures*,

Mr. Logan’s section extends from West Ragged Reef to Seaman’s
Bush, Mill Cove, a distance of about seven miles in a direct line. In
this space he found a vertical thickness of 14,570 feet of conformable
beds, which may be summed up as follows :—

* First Report Geol. Survey of Canada.

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SociETY. [Nov. 2,

Nos. 1 and 2.—Grey, drab, and reddish yellow sandstones and con-
glomerates ; and dark red, chocolate, and grey argillaceous and
arenaceous shales. Large drift-plants, and in lower part erect
Calamités'.i:/<2 (ie-tob adi koreans pele ean aeeed- 2267 feet.

(This corresponds with the ‘‘ Newer, or Upper Coal-forma-
tion of Pictou,”’ as described by Mr. Dawson.)

No. 3.—Grey and reddish sandstones, grey and reddish shales, with
carbonaceous shales, underclays, and’ 22 seams of coal. Erect
plants atetwo leveley ssc, ne Se tee 2 2134 feet 1 inch.

No. 4.—Grey, drab, and reddish sandstones; grey, reddish, and
chocolate shales, grey beds greatly preponderating ; carbona-
ceous shales, bituminous limestones, underclays, and 45 seams
of coal. Erect plants at eighteen levels; shells (Modiola) and
fish-scales ..... rd | 2089 feet:

No. 5.—Reddish and orey sandstones and red and greenish shales,
red beds greatly preponderating ; some beds with calcareous
concretions. Remains of carbonized plants ...... 2082 feet.

No. 6.—-Grey, drab, and reddish sandstones, constituting nearly two-

thirds of the whole ; grey and reddish shales, carbonaceous

shales, underclays, and bituminous limestones ; 9 seams of coal.

Upright plants at one level; great quantities of drift-plants,

shells (Modiola), and fish-seales ........ 3240 feet 9 inches.

(Nos. 3, 4, 5, and 6 contain the equivalents of the productive
coal-measures of Pictou and Sydney, and in part of the sand-
stones which separate them from the Lower Carboniferous
series..)

7 and 8.—Reddish and grey sandstone, red conglomerate, red

and chocolate shales, concretionary limestone, and two beds of

gypsum. Remains of plants ..... o... . 2308 feet:

(Below these beds, and separated from them by a space equal
to 300 feet of vertical thickness, is a thick bed of limestone,
with shells of Productus Lyelli, and other fossils of the Lower
Carboniferous series. This, with the overlying conglomerate;
gypsum, red shale, and sandstone, is equivalent to the Lower
Carboniferous or Gypsiferous series of Windsor, Shubenucadie,
Pictou, Plaister Cove, &c., as established by Sir C. Lyell.)

The entire section contains 76 beds of coal, and 90 distinct Stig-
maria-underclays. All the coals except one rest on Stigmaria-under-
clays; and there are 15 Stigmaria-underclays without coals. Erect
plants were observed at 22 levels. There are 24 bituminous lime-
stones, 17 of which are immediately connected with seams of coal.

The portion of section examined by Sir C. Lyell and Mr. Dawson
in 1852, and by Mr. Dawson in 1853, includes the lower pat of
No. 3 and the whole of No. 4. In this portion of the section the
number of coals and bituminous limestones seen by us corresponds
with that of Mr. Logan’s. We found, however, erect plants at a
number of additional levels, though some of the beds in which erect
plants were seen by Mr. Logan contained none at the time of our
visit. The differences in detail between Mr. Logan’s section and
that in this paper, arise mainly from different estimates of the limits

Nos.

mn

1853.] DAWSON—COAL-MEASURES, NOVA SCOTIA. 4]

of beds, from the partial obscuration of portions of the section, and
from the circumstance that many beds called by us sandstones, or
argillaceous sandstones, appear in Mr. Logan’s section as arenaceous
shales. Mr. Logan has also measured in detail several thick masses
of strata, which, in consequence of their poverty of organic remains,
we merely estimated im the mass.

A list of the Papers having reference to the Coal-fields of New
Brunswick and Nova Scotia, published in the ‘‘ Proceedings” and
“Quarterly Journal” of the Geological Society.

1842-45. 1. On the upright Fossil Trees found at different levels in the
Coal-strata of Nova Scotia. Lyell, Geol. Proe. iv. p. 176-
178.
[Previously described by R. Brown in Haliburton’s
“Nova Scotia.’ ]
2. On the Coal-formation of Nova Scotia, and on the Age of the
Gypsum. Lyell, ibid. p. 184-186.
3. A Geological Map of Nova Scotia. By A. Gesner, ibid. p. 186—
190. 4to. map.
1843-44. 4. On the Geology of Cape Breton. R. Brown, ibid. p. 269-
272. 4 woodcuts.
5. On the Lower Carboniferous or Gypsiferous formation of
Nova Scotia. Dawson, ibid. p. 272-281. 6 woodcuts.
6. On the Geology of Cape Breton. R. Brown, ibid. p.424-430.
3 woodcuts.
. On the Newer Coal -formation of the Kast part of Nova Scotia.
Dawson, ibid. p. 504-512. 4to map, 4 woodcuts.
. Notice of some Fossils found in the Coal-formation of Nova
Scotia. Dawson, Geol. Journ. 1. p. 132-136. 1 woodcut.
. Notes on the Fossils communicated by Mr. Dawson. Bun-
bury, ibid. p. 136-139. 1 8vo plate.
[Mr. Horner’s Address contaims a summary of the fore-
going, p. 170-181 ]
10. On a group of erect Fossil Trees in the Sydney Coal-
formation, Cape Breton. R. Brown, ibid. p. 393-396.
3 woodcuts.
1847. 11. On the Gypsiferous Strata of Cape Dauphin, Cape Breton.
R. Brown, Geol. Journ. ii. p. 257-260. 2 woodcuts.
12. Description of an upright Lepidodendron, with Stigmaria-
roots, Sydney, Cape Breton. R. Brown, Geol. Journ. iy.
p- 46-50. 7 woodcuts.
13. On the New Red Sandstone of Nova Scotia. Dawson, ibid.
p. 50-59. 4to map and section.
~ 1848. 14. On the Colouring Matter of the Red Sandstones, and the
White Beds associated with them. Dawson, Geol. Journ.
v. p. 29-30.
15. On the Gypsum of Nova Scotia. Gesner, ibid. p. 129-130.
1 woodcut.
16. Notice of the Gypsum of Plaster Cove. Dawson, ibid.
p- 335-339. 3 woodcuts.
17. Description of erect Sigillaria, Sydney, Cape Breton. R.
Brown, thid. p. 854-360. 9 woodeuts.

“I

1846.

Oo Om

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Nov. 2,

1849. 18. On the Lower Coal-measures of the Sydney Coal-field, Cape
Breton. R. Brown, Geol. Journ. vi. p. 115-133. 9 woodcuts.
19. On the Metamorphic and Metalliferous Rocks of the East of
Nova Scotia. Dawson, ibid. p. 347-364. 4 woodcuts.
20. Notice of the occurrence of upright Calamites, near Pictou,
Nova Scotia. Geol. Journ. vil. p. 194-196. 3 woodcuts.
21. On a Fossil Fern from Cape Breton. Bunbury, Geol. Journ.
viii. p. 31-35. 1 plate.
1852. 22. Notes on the Red Sandstone of Nova Scotia. Dawson,
ibid. p. 398-400. 2 woodcuts.
23. On the Remains of a Reptile and a Land-shell in an erect.
Fossil Tree in the Coal-measures of Nova Scotia. Lyell,
Dawson, Wyman, and Owen, Geol. Journ. ix. p. 58-67.
3 plates, | woodcut.
24. On the Albert Mime, New Brunswick. Dawson, ibid. p. 107-
115. 7 woodcuts.

2. On the Structure of the AuBion Coat-Measures, Nova
Scotia; by J. W. Dawson, Esq. With Journats of the
ExpLoratory Works at the ALBIoN Mines, Pictou, Nova
Scotia; by Henry Poot, Esq.

[Communicated by Sir C. Lyell, V.P.G.S.]

Tue Coal-measures of the Albion Mines present some features very
different from those observed in other parts of the coal-formation in
Nova Scotia. This must be very evident to any one who compares
the published sections and descriptions of the coal-measures of the
South Joggins and Sydney*, and those of the Pictou coal-field by
Mr. Logan, Sir C. Lyell, and Mr. Dawson+. Unfortunately the
natural sections at Pictou are so imperfect, that the order of succes-
sion of the beds is much less fully known than at the other places
referred to. Recent exploratory works, conducted by Mr. Poole,
Superintendent of the Albion Mines, have, however, brought out
some important facts which are exhibited in the Plant and sectional
lists appended to this paper, to which these remarks relate, and with
the aid of which I propose to state the more important points in
which the Albion measures differ from the rocks of similar age in their
vicinity, and, if possible, to indicate the causes of these differences.
1. The coal of the Albion Mines is somewhat peculiar in its
structure and chemical composition. It is more highly laminated,
abounds more in mineral charcoal, is more bituminous and much
more free from sulphuret of iron, than the coals of other parts of

* Logan, First Report of the Geological Survey of Canada; Brown, Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vi. p. 115.

+ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vi. p. 347, note, and vol. ix. p. 58, note; and
supra, p. 41.

[t A Plan of the Trial Pits on a scale of 5 chains to an inch has been presented
to the Society by Mr. Poole.]

1853. | DAWSON AND POULE—ALBION COAL. 43

Nova Scotia. It has also white and very light ashes, and has a re-
markable power of continuing in a state of combustion when covered
with ashes, and of remaining alight until all the coaly matter is
burned out, almost in the manner of peat. Its heating power is so
much greater in proportion to its amount of fixed carbon than that
of some other bituminous coals, that Prof. W. R. Johnston in his
Report to the American Government on the Coals of America, sug-
gests that it may have been produced from a different description of
vegetable matter. A different mode of accumulation is, however, a
more probable explanation. The following abstract of assays made
by me for the General Mining Association, shows its composition and
also the changes which occur in proceeding from the eastern to the
western part of the mine, and in different parts of the thickness of
the bed, or of that part of it (say 12 feet) at present worked.

S.E. side: old workings.

(About one mile eastward N.W. side: old Dalhousie
of Dalhousie Pits.) workings. Pits.
a) CMON TURD). Cogsugdoncocecdoouded OO 1550... 800
& ) Volatile combustible matter 25°875_...... 271-9 8S 26°325
— ) Fixed carbon.................. 61:950" 60°837_ ...... 66°925
ESSA (CONS AYES peie SRA PA EEE a ae aa aN NO;4 25: eee D625) ee 5:950
100-000 100°000 100°000
Moisture ise tossekecane ease NOKOM): - hscads eS OOReeree -900
2S ) Volatile combustible matter 24800 ...... 28-615 ae 27-250
& & ) Fixed carbon ............0000- led 2S teeny 61-0870 61°350
Fa @ Aish esr uray il uke: PPIX Te Nanda 8800 ...... 10°500
100-000 10:000 100°000
g IMMOISCUTE Eee e sed snccsmeei PPX Do. caooo 1:800
8S ) Volatile combustible matter 22375... 27-075
6 O ) Fixed carbon ................+- 52a Senses 59-950
Pai iC Ashests ewes! h. SAN ie 22:900 ...... 11-175
100-000 100-000

The excess of earthy matter in the coal of the eastern part of the
mine is, probably, connected with the vicinity of this part of the
workings to a spur or promontory of older (Upper Silurian) rocks,
from which detritus may have been washed down at the time of the
formation of the coal.

2. The thickness of the beds of coal in the Albion measures is
very great, as compared with those of the Joggins and Sydney. At
the Joggins, Mr. Logan’s section shows an aggregate thickness of 44
feet, distributed among 76 seams. At Sydney there are, according
to Mr. Brown’s section, 31 seams, with an aggregate thickness of
37 feet. At Pictou, on the other hand, there is a thickness of 60
feet of coal in two great seams, beside several smaller seams.

3. There is also a very great thickness of black argillaceous beds
associated with the coal, and an absence of the grey sandstones and
reddish shales which are so abundantly intercalated in the coal-
measures of Sydney and the Joggins. The following abstract of the

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Nov. 2,

section at “ Success Engine Pit,’ given in Mr. Poole’s tables, well
illustrates this and the preceding head. ft. in.

Black carbonaceous shale, with bands of clay ironstone... 64 10
Main coal seam, including 23 inches of ironstone, in five

hands) | tyke ingenaani shh, cae Seca ae Reed neat AaB 39 11
Black carbonaceous shale, with bands of ironstone ...... 7 ead
Deep coal seam, including one band of ironstone 143

inches, Mm wthickNessiy cosets: orccee sence isserceeeece seen es 24" 9
287 1

In addition to this great thickness of argillaceous and carbonaceous
beds, several hundreds of feet of black shales are seen to overlie
them, in the sections afforded by the East River and road-cuttings.
Erect trees are not known to occur in these beds ;_ but flattened trunks
of Sigillaria, Favularia, and Stigmaria, and Flabellaria and Fern
leaves occur in the shales. There are also evidences of submergence
during a part of the time occupied in the accumulation of these beds.
Teeth and bones of fishes are found in the roof of the deep seam ;
remains of large holoptychioid fishes occur in one of the bands of
ironstone in the main coal; and a considerable thickness of the black
shale overlying the main seam is filled with the minute crustacean
valves of a species of Cypris or Cythere.

4. There is an apparent unconformability of the coal and its asso-
ciated beds with the members of the coal-formation immediately suc-
ceeding it in ascending order. The main coal dips to N. 45° E. at
the Dalhousie Pits, and its outcrop is, as represented on the Plan,
curved, the convex side being towards the dip. The first beds of:
sandstone that occur in ascending order appear to have a strike nearly
E. and W., and dip to the north, at least in a part of their course.
Thus at the quarry nearly north of the Dalhousie Pits, the sandstone
dips nearly N.E., and is separated from the coal by a great thick-
ness of shale; but westward of this pomt its outcrop approaches that
of the coal, and at length, at the distance of about 1180 yards west
of Dalhousie Pit, it approaches within a few yards of the outcrop of
the main seam, and overlies its roof-shales with a higher and more
northerly dip. See trial-holes, Nos. 15, 22, and 29; in the last of
these the sandstone is stated to dip N. 30°, while the shale imme-
diately below dips N. 20°, E. 22°. (See also Plan.)

At the “ Colin Pits”’ this sandstone is worm-tracked, and presents
other marks of littoral origin.

To account for the apparent want of uniformity in the dip of the
sandstone and underlying coal-measures, and in the direction of their
lines of outcrop, it seems necessary to suppose some degree of false
stratification in the sandstone, and that a portion of the shale was
removed by denudation before its deposition ; or that durmg the de-
position of the shale, a portion of the coal-field had subsided so as to
allow a great thickness of shale to be accumulated over a portion of
the coal, while another part was but thinly covered ; or that the beds,
which in the eastern part of the coal-field are wholly argillaceous,
became very rapidly arenaceous in their continuation westward. In.

1853. ] DAWSON AND POOLE—ALBION COAL. 45

the present state of our knowledge, the former of these suppositions,
that of denudation, appears best to comport with the relations of the
shale and sandstone as observed in the trial-holes; though a larger
number of facts bearing on the subject would certaimly be desirable.
In any case there is evidence of great local inequality in the condi-
tions of deposit, and a high degree of probability that the previous
tranquil condition of the area of coal-accumulation was broken up
on the occurrence of strongly-marked physical changes.

5. The Albion coal-measures are succeeded in the direction of their
dip by a thick and very coarse reddish conglomerate, no equivalent
of which occurs in any other part of the coal-formation of Nova Sco-
tia, at least in the vicinity of productive coal-measures. The outcrop
of this conglomerate forms a prominent ridge, extending several miles
in an east and west direction, and cut across by the valleys of the
Kast, Middle, and West Rivers of Pictou: where it crosses the East
River (about two miles north of the Albion mines), it dips at a high
angle to the north, but much of this dip seems to be due to false
stratification. Its outcrop runs obliquely to that of the Albion
measures, but is broken off from them by a line of dislocation accom-
panied by vertical and disturbed beds, some of which are shown on
Mr. Poole’s Plan, at the place named Duffs Farm.

It is to be observed, that the sandstone already referred to coin-
cides in part in its strike with this conglomerate, and for this and
other reasons, the conglomerate has generally been believed to succeed
the coal-measures in ascending order, and to form the base of the
series described by the writer as the “‘ Newer Coal Formation*.”

The dislocation above referred to, and the circumstance that at
the Middle River the conglomerate at its southern side dips to the
south, forming a sort of small anticlinal, might afford reason to
suspect that it belongs to the lower carboniferous series, were it not
that it is succeeded in. ascending order by a series of coal-formation
rocks evidently not belonging to the older part of the system, nor
equivalent to the Albion measures, and that it contains rounded frag-
ments not only of the older metamorphic rocks, but of the lower car-
boniferous grits underlying the coal-measures. This conglomerate
therefore either marks a change from the accumulation of vegetable
matter and fine mud to that of the coarsest mechanical detritus, or
it is the remains of a contemporaneous shingle-beach, separating the
area of the Albion coal-measures from a larger outer space, in which
deposits similar to those of the Joggins and Sydney coal-fields were
accumulating.

I am inclined to prefer the last of these views for the following
reasons :—1. The outcrop of the conglomerate extends from a point
opposite the promontory of metamorphic rock east of the East River,
to the high lands of Mount Dalhousie, in the eastern extremity of the
Cobequid range of hills, crossing the mouth of an indentation in the
metamorphic district, which im the older part of the carboniferous
period must have been a bay or arm of the sea, exposed to an open
expanse of water lying to the northward. 2. The conglomerate can-

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1845, vol. i. p. 322.

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Nov. 2,

not be traced to the margin of the metamorphic country, except at
its extremities, so that in all probability it never extended over the
low carboniferous district included within its line of outcrop. This
is the more remarkable, inasmuch as the conglomerate has evidently
resisted denudation better than any of the associated beds. 3. The
conglomerate is full of false stratification and wedge-shaped beds of
reddish sandstone, in the manner of ordinary gravel-ridges, and it
even presents the appearance of passing into sandstone toward the
dip, as if the coarse conglomerate were limited to the vicinity of the
outcrop. 4. In the sandstone overlying the Albion measures, as wel]
as in portions of the coal-formation manifestly overlying the great
conglomerate, there are small seams of coal corresponding in their
characters with those of the Joggins and Sydney, where no similar
conglomerate occurs. 5. The supposition that the Albion coal was
formed in a depressed space, separated by a shingle-bar from the
more exposed flats without, accounts for the great thickness of the
deposits of coal and carbonaceous shale, the absence of sandstones,
and the peculiar texture and qualities of the coal, as well as the asso-
ciation with it of remains of fish and Cypris ; since modern analogies
show that such an enclosed space might be alternately a swamp and
lagoon without any marked change in the nature of the mechanical
deposits. 6. Movements of depression causing the rupture of the
barrier, or enabling the sea to overflow it, and perhaps also admitting
currents of oceanic water through the valleys of the metamorphic
district to the southward, would sufficiently account for the overlying
sandstones, as well as for the denudation of the coal-measures sup-
posed to have preceded the accumulation of these sandstones. 7. The
dislocation extending along the outcrop of the conglomerate is easily
explained by the supposition that, im later elevatory movements, this
hard and stony bed determined the direction of fracture of the
deposits.

Large portions of the conglomerate have been removed in the
formation of the valleys of the East, Middle, and West Rivers, and
gravel-mounds derived from it are abundant along the course of these
valleys, to the northward of the outcrop of the conglomerate, or in
the direction of the present drainage.

The theoretical views in the above paper have not been hastily
adopted, and they are now stated as affording at least a natural and
probable solution of the peculiarities of the Albion measures.

For additional facts, localities, &c., I may refer to my paper on
the Newer Coal Formation and the map attached to it*. The latter,
however, owing to errors in the colouring, does not correctly show
the limits of the metamorphic rocks. For this reason I send with
this paper a corrected copy of a part of it, and a sketch and section
illustrating the probable condition of the district in the coal-formation
period and the present arrangement of the beds+.

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. i. p.322. See also Paper on the Metamorphic
Rocks of Eastern Nova Scotia, zdid. vol. vi. p. 347.

[rt Mr. Dawson has presented a MS. map and section of the geological features

of this district, and a sketch-map of the surface-conditions during the Carbo-
niferous period, restored in accordance with the above description. ]

1853.]

Note.—A specimen of the main coal, showing its entire thick-
ness, has lately been extracted by Mr. Poole for the New York
Exhibition, and enables me to add the following detailed section of

DAWSON AND POOLE—ALBION COAL.

this great bed :— renee
1. Roof-shale: vegetable fragments and attached Spiror-
0S. (Tin NRE TAG) coopsecdooosooconbabodeancocbodobsosangcauCds 0 3
Den Coclmwathishalys and sWeesenessaascncsscseseeeasoseiensaass 0 63
3. Coal, jamtwnated ; layers of mineral charcoal and bright
coal; band of ironstone balls in bottom ..........000+« 2 0
4. Coal,fine, cubical, and lamimated; much mineral charcoal 3 2
5. Carbonaceous shale and ironstone, with layer of coarse
coal (“ holeing-stone”’). Remains of large fishes and
coprolites. This bed varies much in thickness ...... 0 44
6. Coal, laminated and cubical, coarser towards bottom .. 9 3
7. Ironstone and carbonaceous shale, with coaly layers and
trunks of Lepidodendron, Ulodendron, Sigillaria, Stig-
MONON ece mall WOLOStIALe meceansceecanstoscstssessascecess dao Df}
8. Coal, laminated as in No. 6, a line of ironstone balls in
HORSE 2 LAE OLE NING CIN ay) Ton
9. Coal, laminated and cubical, a few small ironstone
balls. Many minute spines in this and underlying
Ce RRR i ROIs eae es EER ROH A SU RML) Ur 6 7
10. Tronstone and pyrites .........00..sseccsesoeeeoee cgedesoneds 0 3
11. Coal, laminated and cubical, as above ............-.+2..-» LOS
12. Coal, coarse layers of bitumimous shale and pyrites ... 1 0
13. Coal, \aminated, with a fossil trunk in pyrites ....... Sool
14. Coal, laminated and cubical, with layers of shale, pass-
ing downward into black slicken-sided underclay with
GoAIKy LOBOS poododanpndqgocuDosoopnpsoabedtoqadSabogosouoDaRceC B, -i8)
15. Underclay (to bottom of specimen) ...............002eeeee 0 10
Thickness perpendicular to horizon... 40 8
Wenticalithicknessyne.cenesnese is-eecee 38 6

JOURNALS of ExpLorATORY Works a¢ the ALBION Mines, Pictou,

Journal of Metals passed through in sinking “ Trial Pits’? on the
Crop of the “Main Seam” of Coal at the Albion Mines to

Nova Scotia. By Henry Poote, Esq.

explain the Numbers marked on the General Plan*.

[*This Plan of the Trial Pits, on a scale of 5 chains to 1 inch, presented

No. 2. No. 3.
feet in. feet in,
Surface clays: vssesessseeelsee-tele es APO SurtacelClayaccscceaccssecne ces ke 6 0
Coal with clay, mixed ............ 5 2 | Good coal, with large fissures
Goodlcoaliee eee rescciaceiieeenecse 6 4 yielding water .................. 7
INTRONS! Goacsacedooanoqdesdasodeces 0 6
(CROMal Cae lie cesohdaancnneesonsdanodes 9 0 Total... 13 0
Batiamd) coal yee mere rele sienise see a3 4 6 —
No. 4.
Yields gas. Totals. 29) 16)" |aSurface clay. <s..-0.0+.-.0sceserses- 7

by Mr. Poole, is in the Society's Library. |

Top of coal regular.

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Noy. 2,
No. 5. No. 14.
feet in feet in.
Surface clay ..........scecseseeeeees 9 GW Surfaceiclay poses.scetescncecteateertae 4 0
Blacktbataeencreeatecseree es ccasce 8240 Shale sie Jeera es saossenaaaes (7
(Giayaysl COR nassbondsdoncdeadosoaacadde 3-~ 9). ||. Boul coal © |..255....<senseversemesertors 5 2
—— | Coal, dip 21° (sp. gr. 1°337 Omg
Total... 16 9 lnanetone ele. eens 1 5
Coal sage censctencccts tec eee sees 4 10
Now G Splintstomey Vee. ec een -eeeaeee Oo ¢
. Caalt es tee Sa, Re 3 6
eae Clay ....-ee eee eee eee eee trees , 2 Grey ironstone @...-...5. 0202.22 2 0
Gale Mee! fio. Soc dae eemenreci mee
Total...
Total... 10. 0 otal ee
No. 7. No. 15
Surface clay to coal ..........00-+ TONG! Mi Surlacel Clay eesseeeat see reneses 13 6
: Black sand: n.p.ss-e cere eeeeescee 0 O24
No. 8. Hard blue sandstone............... 9 82
Surface clay and shale ...........- 13 © | Shale to a fault....................- 10 2
Shale helow a fault ............... Wie.
No. 9. Blackibatirtscevssencae-seeeonereee 4 4
Sauce clay IO 4S Coal; dip\ 339, N. 45) Es eeoneeeeee 6 9
Cialis ee 3 0 TronStONe: | 2. .b5.<5...5secascemeeases a:
cael BrSeeINin aneae ha Cone ease
, Tronstone: *. eater esse so rerceeee 0 6
Total... 12 3
pag, Ga ics hacatasmosarqsotbospnopbeca5: oH Zi
Bat; with water .0.5..2-s<-is «ses 3 8
No. 10
Surface clay </gi255..c.ceewr ences 16 0 Total... 76 6
Black shale sive ctnecmeseaeseerl 3,6
Coal ee ee weeeeeeece aun 0 6
Black#shale? Geceseescsaseeeoe eee ta0) No. 16
Coal ipa 7 anaceeosetcnesece ces: 3 0 : ;
IPONStONG Loe aaseeeeocee ease ere eG Se (ee 3 10
Coal Wy SO. ts pe eae ae 3 3 DE Feerclclalclalaieleleleielelelalulalelatalelelalel{atefots le 10,4
wit Badicoalenmnncecccnce semester eee 4 5
Total... 28 9 Good coal, dip 23°, N. 50 W.
oe SUSETIK@?” be etcecteosnanaanee Loe
SlatyarOnstone f.-....-.-0ccesseene 2 0
No. 11
Surfacerclay) esscasaecsceeeesne see 2 11 Total:=: 22) 0
Soft blue shale .................0008 3 11
Hard blue shale...........0.......++ 5 (0 2
Black shale. te ee ities No. 17.
Coaldip 25227 8s 0.5
Strong black shale................+. 2. 7 | Surface clay: no coal ............ 11 0
Totals) 26) 73 No. 18
No. 12 Sue gey Sscaeee ak I2 0
ello ip 26°
Surface velay) c.ccsw-ccsen.-ccuasnecte 10 0 Serie “ hse ‘ na ee ae 73
No. 13 Coalg ee ke eee Baa
Tronstone:, 4. ,6-2cncck eee wee eee Ss
Surface clay <...-s.ccccesssesn-e-ees AW AOE |\e@palihes. cc cese eo. cect oes Care ee eee ny
Blacksshaleiiaceccaccccteriicnaceescne LE: (GOsPStONE s iscee tons sect a eee eee Lae
(EGY ae eho dopounonoddoscosoposedaauc 5) an (Coal idip (2250 esse ee eee NBS
Total... 10 10 Totaliy. Sie 4

853.]
No. 19.
feet in.
Suntace Clay ee ssaeceec ene 16 8
Sandstone, half across pit......... Isrts)
Shale, dip 23°, N.29 EB. ......... 8 0
Coal ee AES Cee toitalictens I)
LOINSIONG ne sgneqnvesasudodsdedbece oe 1 6
Woalvimiertor cece nce. 10 0
SINGS ea Ssh CaM SRN aM aR AU 3 0
(CoH catat Gat snnnadutnaae SGaMa RABE ANE 0 2
Total... 42 11
No. 20.
Surface clay, “ black” ............ 10 0
Shale ..... SRS sede oe UG SMR 3 0
Coal) dip y2Ae ae cacmeennioeec tes pera
Coal and bat, mixed ............... a0)
Total... 16 4
No. 21.
Sultacé clay. ncwase vl e ol. 2 ee 9 0
Soft, Shales v.n.ncnceceasereencesneeee 2.3
Hard shale (much water)......... 12 9
Total... 24 0
No, 22,
SufacerclayMene i no... cos. 10 10
Sandstone, dip 31° due N. ...... 5 6
Grevishalerneececuss eee ee seeks 3 2
Blackishalevie. soccer seeescscvats. 2 0
Grreyish ales wacecic sinc cseeuewact 4 0
Hard grey shale” ..-.2............. a 4
BlackaShial ema teiven eeesra tere” 24
Hine Clay atasae craic rene eee ei tess 2 0
MONStOne re ware tec sme ct OY
Total... 37 11
No. 23.
Surface clay to coal, dip N.10E. 8 0
No. 24.
Surface clay to coal, 25°,N,25E. 7 6
No. 25.
Surface clay to coal, 19°, N.65E. 8 0
No. 26.
NUGEA CEN Clays iss Gis on uirienne ss 8 3
Coal at top dips 53°.
Coal, dip 27°, N. 30 E............, 10 3
Total... 18 6

DAWSON AND POGOLE--ALBION COAL-

pay

No. 27.

Total...8 6

Coin Pits.

Engine Pit.

Surfacerclaywvenesccsnensaseestenee 10 0
Sandstone, dip 28°, N. 45 E...... 24 6
Bluejshales dip Zor weasseseee ene 6 0
Total... 40 6

F, Pit.
Surtacekelayaaaaceeeeee sees ll 0

Sandstone on deep side, dip 23°,
N.42 E. Shale on rise side.

ian)

feet in,
SHUN EVES: GEN? sosuscsaddsevascasasubos 9 3
Coal, dips 24° and 32°, N.22E. 5 0
Total... 14 3

No. 28
Nurdaceyclaya wtereeesee cee eee 10 0
| Coal, dips 27° and 31°, N.22E.. 1 6
Coal ainiferionwseascenere eae 1 6
Total... 13 0

No, 29
DUMACeIClay cnet a estimsawee 10 9
Sandstone, dip 30° due N. ...... 5 2
Shale, dip 22°, N.20E. ......... 13° 1
Blackishale} mewn se eeeee cee 10 0
Coa Te ee EOL cade Oe
Fire clay jai aie A : 0 8
Coaljand batt eenencnews. see 6 0
Good! coals eee nate 2 6
Tronstone sac swecle see elt On
LOCO WBN ies ee maa Rate 4 10
StOne ey ey ahaa ess seeeue 1 0
Coa Na eeeeecieniotine naa iio 3 6

Fireclay and Ironstone balls,

dip 297. NevoODE a eceseccsenccee 2
Total... 63 0

No. A
SUTEEYeS GIENY. “i ngubogsseaododadooubor 3 6
Yellow shale (ochreous) ......... 1 3
Blue shaley dip 22m seeecne emcee se 3 9

A drift was driven upon the “ Holing stone” at 20 feet depth from No. 16 to No. 15,

distance 150 feet.

The roof contains Sigillarize and Lepidodendra.

A drift was driven at 34 feet down in No. 18, due north for 107 feet: no change in

metals.
VOL. X.—PART I.

E

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Nov. 2,

Journal of Metals passed through in sinking “ Trial Pits” on the
Crop of -the “Deep Seam” of Coal at the Albion Mines ; to
explain the letters marked on the General Plan.

No. B. feet in. No. I. }
Surface clay <-c-cocc-sessssccsshene 8 6 feet in.
Shaly coal ...........scceceeseeeeees 3 6 Surface CLAY .eesseeeeeeeeereeeeeenes 8 1
Ironstone balls ..............0.2005 0 4 | Coal ....ss0e ro eceseeeeeeeeeeeeeceess 33
TronstOne +2. c:tecrccs-c-cececsenssee 1 2
Total... 12 4 | Coal, dip 22°, N. 50 E............. 9 6
No. C. Total... 22 0
Surfaceiclay: i202 iscsesccseceeoneeee 7 6 =e
Coal, g00d........00.....sscecereeeees 572 No. K.
B hale: vaccine tens seeenee 7 4
dae yehale Surface clay ......s00..seeessseeeers 4 4
Total... 20 0 Shale! oc cecviewsbos poacee peccineeaaee 14 9
No. D Total 19.
Surface clay ...............eeeeee ee 1l 0
Good:coal.;::seciesdhascesecnscesesess 4 9 No. L
Coa EE 1g 3 | Surface clay soscccsarnenetes 6 6
Tronstone ...b23s.bescitee accessions a} Grey shale ...........sseseeresesesees -
Coal and ironstone balls ......... 13 6
Shale and coal .........c00......+«- te) Total... 31 6
Total... 44 6 No. M. 1.
Surface (clay) .-.0.c--sssceceezess ewe)
No. E. Black hat *;o:.2.c0shveee ere 2 6
Surface clay, with boulders of Dittoyand coal .2scecsese-cereceeses 6 9
stone and whin.................. 26 6 | Good coal, dip 24°, N. 42 E...... 3 6
Ditto, bored (no coal) ............ 3) 100")! Ironstone: Cewvevecse- eoneaceenesee 0 3
CoallmccesGuccccieeencccuee ones 1 6
otal sAt54NGee "Stoney acscnes see oes came daaweneee aaa 1 Sia
: Coaly 26. .dceeceescsee abecdeuemtanere 2S
. No. F.
Surface clay and shale ............ 24 8 Total... 24 6
Sand and gravel............ sq0e05006 a)
(Stopped by water.)
Total... 25 11 Now 2:
== (47 links on dip N.E. from M. 1.)
No. G. Calculated for dip .................. 5 6
Surface clay and shale ............ L72NOM Surface clay ....cstecscte neces 12 4
Sandy black shale...........-....-+ Tiselis Black batt s:cc. econ vac toes eee 458
Coal, dip 20°, N. 52 E............ OFS. S\Tronstone: .i.ccc...ccsseaee ee 1 Niet |
(Yields water.) Blackabati s-s-cecersssceswoccesceseee 4 2
Total: "19/2 > |iGoodiconlte. tee eee eee Zi
No. H. Batand coal ccccscusancctsnceceseee ay OW
a NONE mevesececseseces dodsoboanedscagce 0 4
Sumac Clay reeecnccucseceenseces ses Ls Se i@oodtcanla eee Rae pe 311
Sandstonesissscc.e.-:csssseesecceeces re s
Bireclaveenies: See closes Bete: Ih Se
Sandstone <ucsecctesscoccceesssesess 0 7 Tota aee
Shaleeterec.csacece concise’ tteeenee 9 0
Coal ee een eit, 5 5 No. N
Tronstoney dip) 24c.ckiess-carces teas 1 1 | Coal at the surface.
GOalheees eeeniecateaeareosr sansa 3 7
Sia) 1 cen asceoncactnacconcconatcdcs: Omr2 i
Coal (not through) ............... 9 No. O
Surface Clay. «J: cs. secsen. condone a. 00e

Total... 36 0 | Coal, dip 31°, N.32 E.

1853.] TRIMMER—SUPERFICIAL DEPOSITS, ISLE OF WIGHT.

No. X. Seen in the bank.

feet in.
Coal and bat, mixed .........000.5. 1 0
Good gas coal ............eeeeee eee PAC
LOYER Cece inl Meroe eae EN RS aa nS AU 1 0
(Grog) Geel es saaogsuurosdosdenoodd. aoc a) )
HByrites-StONe).) sis cece scssececcecess 0 2
lard’ coal eee accseccesescaeoscccues 5 7
Coai, worked by Adam Carr,
Lessee, before the G. M.A.... 3 O
Coal, not worked .......... esas 07
Total... 17 8

“ Success ” Engine Pit, commenced
July 18th, 1851, finished October 26th.

psurtacel Clay ee. es seceseceeseues nes § 2
Shale and bands of ironstone
BIGEEN ATER cee ee hese aa ue 64 10
Main coal seam—
@oarse!coalists eee cok sete one 0 2
Good coal ene ee ea 5 0
ironstone ee A: 0 6
Good coal ee ences se 14 4
TTONSCONEY: Geese lec eeokceek ee 0 4
Coarseicoalessii esos do cceseeds vise |
HTONStONE oats nese ee eases 0 4
Coarse coals 3235s his eis oeees mal
Mronstone iss cscehececccgeecosoceses 0 4
Coarsercoalee ss 8 oe eeeed 211
AGONSLONEeCenseech eee enero 0 5
Coarse coals les 4 il
Shale and bands of ironstone
alternates suiecen see keno ri
Deep seam—
Ba dicoaley.c pase eee nene cece eels 0 2
Goodicoall tceeeas ccc eee ecee 3 10
ITROMEWON® coongabooodssosnacouboss 1 24
Coal ee aad aaa) 3 72
Slaty coal eee 0 9
Good coal ....00....cccceeee Sesaeta nce

Carried forward...284 82

51

feet in.

Brought forward...284 83

Coarse COal..........60...eeeeeeees 1 0%
Good coal, “ worked by Carr” 3 8
Inferior coal ................00005 6 3
Total...295 8

Third coal seam,
underlying deep seam at 1543 feet.

No. P.
Surface clay ............cs.---+ee0e- 10 0
Blackobatiiiccasecouene cee eeececcescet 9 0
Coaliidipy2iy cence te eeeeeeses 6 0
Total... 25 0

No. Q.
Surface clay and bat............... 8 8
Coal, dip 20°, N.10 E............. 12 3
Pate Fae neue ea RAR ath eR 0 6
Coa ee eee ie a Cents 1 8
Ironstone) yt ecte see een ee eeee 0 2
Shalyiclayjtineccssaacnecsceetcees 1 0
Total... 24 3

Fourth coal seam,
underlying third seam at 112 feet.
“Close to a fault.”

Surface clay ............0.0.0+6 Aeecon HOM
Shale ea iats sues euna tos cer 10 9
OOF Re aa RA eat BTS raya at 1 0
Shale and coal, mixed ............ 5 3

Total... 25 8

NoveMBER 16, 1853.

E. B. Binney, Esq., was elected a Fellow.

The followmg communications were read :—

1. On the SuverriciaL Deposits of the Isue or Wicur.
By Josnua Trimmer, Ksq., F.G.S.

Tue following observations on the superficial deposits of the Isle of
Wight were made in 1847, while studying the Eocene Tertiaries of
that district, preparatory to the mapping of the same strata in Hamp-
shire and Dorsetshire for the Government Geological Survey.

An examination of the coast-sections of the greater part of the

E 2

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [ Nov. 16,

island, namely from Ryde to Culver Cliff, from Shanklin to Fresh-
water Bay, and from the Needles to Yarmouth, showed that there are
no traces there of the Lower Erratic Tertiaries or Boulder Clay.
There is, however, abundance of flint-gravel, having much of the
aspect of the Upper Erratics ; and a deposit answering to the warp-
drift, which has been described in former communications as spread
in other districts over the denuded surface of that and of older for-
mations, and mainly influencing the variations of soil.

Part of the undercliff at Ventnor consists of a mass of partially
water-worn chalk and chalk-marl, enveloping and covered by flint-
gravel, closely resembling some of that which occurs similarly asso-
ciated in the Cromer Cliffs. It has evidently slipped from a con-
siderable height in the cliffs which overhang the town.

Flint-gravel only slightly water-worn occurs, in its greatest deve-
lopment, on the summits of the lower range of hills throughout the
island. A mass of it, at least 60 feet thick, caps Headon Hill; and
a considerable thickness of it may be seen on the high ground in
the neighbourhood of Osborne. The same kind of gravel, more
water-worn, and evidently formed during the denudation of the ori-
ginal deposit, is found in lower situations associated with a loamy
warp-drift, which frequently attains a depth of 5 and 6 feet ; both
deposits following the contours of the denuded surface on which they
rest. Similar pheenomena occur on the opposite coasts of Hamp-
shire and Dorsetshire.

In the absence of organic remains from the gravel, and until the
Upper Erratics of Norfolk, Suffolk, and Essex, whose age is defined by
the presence of the Norwich Crag, shall have been traced further south-
ward, so that their identity with the flint-gravel can be proved or dis-
proved, its age may admit of a question*. This however is certain,
that at whatever period the gravel may have been formed, and at
whatever period denuded, the loamy deposit, called the warp-drift, is
of very recent origin, and was not formed till after the denuded sur-
face on which it rests had existed some time under subaérial con-
ditions.

The evidence on which this conclusion is founded is similar to that
presented by the pit at Gaytonthorpe in Norfolk, and is exhibited at
the base of Headon Hill in Tolland’s Bay. On the summit of the
cliff, which is about 60 feet high, marl and calcareous tufa, abounding
with land shells of existing species, are developed beneath the warp-
drift. These calcareous deposits extend for about 300 yards from
the base of Headon Hill. Near the N.E. termination there is the
section which is given on the opposite page.

The warp-drift which covers these calcareous deposits consists of a
brown sandy loam, more tenacious towards the lower part, with no
traces of lamination, and containing fragments of flint and of the.

* It must be borne in mind that this paper has been locked up since the begin-
ning of 1848 in the archives of the Government Geological Survey. In recent
communications to the Society, I have been able to speak more confidently of the
age of this gravel: see Table, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ix. p. 298.

-

1853.] TRIMMER—SUPERFICIAL DEPOSITS, ISLE OF WIGHT. 53

freshwater limestone, which must have required considerable force of
water for their transportation.

Section of the Superficial Calcareous Deposits, Tolland’s Bay.

Eocene Sands.

, Calcareous tufa—land-shells: 10 inches to 2 feet.

, Sand blackened by organic matter—calcareous concretions and land-shells :
4 to 12 inches.

c, Cream-coloured marl, with calcareous concretions, and a few thin black seams
coloured by vegetable matter—land-shells : 2 feet 6 inches.

, Warp-drift of brown loam: 5 feet.

Ss

Q

Further to the N.E. the warp-drift appears under its usual cha-
racter, often gravelly towards the base, and with no caicareous beds
below it, but filling indentations and furrows in the bed on which
it rests, whether that be flint-gravel or one of the eocene strata. On
the S.W. it only appears at intervals, being partially concealed by
the debris of the upper part of the cliff or by vegetation. At the
base of Headon Hill it is well exposed, and accessible for examina-
tion for about thirty yards along the face of the cliff, while a gully
has laid open a transverse section for about fifty yards in the interior.
The warp-drift is there thinner, furrowing the surface, and varying in
depthfrom 1 to 3 feet. The calcareous deposits are at least 12 feet thick,
and consist of several alternations of cream-coloured marl, calcareous
tufa, and bands of sand and clay blackened by organic matter. The
thickness of these bands of sand and clay varies from 2 to 6 inches ;
that of the calcareous tufa from 6 inches to 2 feet. Land shells are
distributed throughout the whole deposit. Some of the concretions
in the calcareous tufa are cylindrical, some subglobular. The former
have a cylindrical cavity in their centre, which is occasionally filled
with decayed vegetable matter. These have evidently been formed
around twigs and stems of plants. The subglobular concretions, after
exposure to the weather, by which the outer calcareous coats have
been removed, have so much of the form of the Helices and Cyclo-
stomee with which the deposit abounds, as to render it probable that
they have had shells for their nucleus.

The species are—Helix arbustorum or nemorum; Helix hispida ;
Cyclostoma elegans.

A very careful search for freshwater shells only gave one large

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL sociETy. [Noyv. 16,

fragment of a Succinea, and three small entire specimens too fragile
to be preserved *.

The following extract from the Proceedings of the Society, vol. ii.
p- 449, describes a somewhat similar deposit, discovered by Mr. Bower-
bank in another part of the island, at a much greater height :—

“ During a recent examination of the greensand at Gore Cliff,
Mr. Bowerbank discovered on the top of the cliff, and overlying the
chalk-marl by which the cliff is capped, a bed consisting of detritus of
chalk and chalk-marl, and enclosing in every part examined by him
numerous specimens of existing species of land-shells. The deposit
extends from near the edge of the cliff to the foot of St. Catherine’s
Down, a distance of about 660 yards. The range of the deposit he
could not ascertain, as at a short distance from the spot examined
by him the cliff assumes its usual vertical form.”

The only particulars to be added to the above description are the
following :—The accumulation varies in depth from 7 to 12 feet, as
seen in the face of the cliff. It exhibits no traces of alternating de-
posit. A line of dark clay, in some places black, divides it from the
chalk-marl. It is not covered by a warp-drift of brown loam, though
such a deposit occurs at about the same height in the vicinity. It
appears to be a portion of a deposit which had a greater extension
seaward and has been removed by denuding action, as it forms a ridge
which ranges along the edge of the cliff and slopes towards the land,
so that there is a slight hollow between the edge of the cliff and the hill
of St. Catherine’s Down. The variations of soil in this district depend
mainly upon the warp-drift, which at Tolland’s Bay covers the cal-
careous deposit, and is spread over the surface of the Isle of Wight
generally. There, as in Norfolk and Wales, the subjacent strata,
whether of the chalk or the strata above or below it, only exert their
full influence on the soil upon high and sharp summits and steep
escarpments, where the warp-drift is either less than 6 inches thick
or wholly wanting.

This dependence of the composition of the soil on the warp-drift
rather than on the subjacent strata, is strikingly exemplified in the
coast-sections extending from Black Gang Chine to Freshwater Bay.
We have there sands and clays of various colours and composition
cropping out and covered by a loamy warp-drift, which varies but
little in colour and texture, and which is associated with flint-gravel,
the two deposits following the irregularities of the denuded surface.
The same appearances are exhibited on the outcrops of the several
eocene strata, on the opposite coast, from Hordwell to Christchurch.

* At a subsequent visit, in company with Mr. Rose of Swaffham, flint-gravel
was found exposed in part of this section, forming the base of the tufaceous
deposits. In this gravel shells of the genus Unio have been discovered by the
President, from whom we may expect a more detailed description of this and
other similar deposits in the Isle of Wight.—[Jan. 10, 1854.]

1853. ] SANKEY—GEOLOGY OF CENTRAL INDIA. 55
L)

2. On the Grouoey of some parts of CENTRAL INDIA.
By Lieutenant R. H. Sankey, H.E.I.C.S.

[Communicated by Prof. Ansted, F.G.S.]
[Abstract. ]

In this paper the author gave a very general sketch of the distribu-
tion of the different classes of rocks and soils of Central and Southern
India. The ‘‘red-soil’’ and cale-tuff (Kunkur) of the granitic dis-
tricts, the “‘black-soil”’ of the basaltic districts, the ‘‘laterite’’ of the
Konkun coast and other districts, called also locally “iron-clay ”” and
“lithomarge,”’ and perhaps the diamond-breccia of Southern India,
are superficial deposits.

The age of the immense basalt or trap formation of Central India
is unknown. An extensive freshwater deposit (or series of deposits)
occurs in this trap-formation ; and Lieut. Sankey observes that it is
invariably found between two layers of trap. The author considers
it probable that these freshwater beds are the remains of a lacus-
trine or fluviatile formation extending from Bombay to Rajamundry,
or entirely across the peninsula from sea to sea, in one direction ; and
from Medcondah (in the centre of Hydrabad) to Saugor (towards the
north of Bundelcund in the other direction) ; an extent of nearly
700 miles in length and 500 in breadth.

These freshwater beds in the trap have been especially observed
at Nagpoor*, Jubbulpoor+, and in the Sichel Hillst.

In the same district sandstone and limestone occur to a great
extent—the former known as the diamond-stone§; the latter charac-
terized by fish-remains of Jurassic age||. But the relations of these
rocks with the basalt are not evident.

Lieut. Sankey makes especial reference to the late researches of
the Rev. Messrs. Hislop and Hunter in the vicinity of Nagpoor 4,
and concludes by detailing the observations made by himself and
Dr. Jerdon in the Kamptee, Oomrait, and Pachmurra districts, on the
coal, coal-shale, and sandstone there met with. The coal occurs about
five miles north of the village of Oomrait (which is in Lat. 22° 8’.
Long. 78° 46', and fitteen miles to the west of Chindwarra), on the
bank of a stream at the village of Chota Burkoi, where it outcrops as
a layer about 1 foot thick. The shale and sandstone with which the
coal is associated have afforded numerous remains of plants, as Pe-
copteris, Glossopteris, Sphenopteris, Phyllothece, and Vertebrarie,
such as occur in the Burdwan coal of N.E. India.

On the north and west of Kamptee this fossiliferous sandstone

* “Geology of the Nagpur State;” by the Rev. S. Hislop; Journ. Bombay
Asiat. Soc. July 1853, pp. 58-76.

t+ Dr. Spilsbury, Asiat. Soc. Journ. 1833.

{ Dr. Malcolmson, Trans. Geol. Soc. 2 ser. vol. v. pt. 3.

s See Memoirs, by Captain Franklin, Geol. Trans. 2nd ser. vol. iii. pt. 1; and
Dr. Malcolmson, vol. v. pt. 3.

\| See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vii. p. 272; and vol. ix. p. 351.

§ A fine collection of the freshwater fossils of this district have been presented
to the Society by the Rev. Messrs. Hislop and Hunter.

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL socinry. [Noy. 16.

forms a series of great thickness. Sandstone also makes its appear-
ance ten miles south of Nagpoor.

In the Pachmurra Range the sandstone is calculated by the author
to be at least 2700 feet thick, and he thinks it probable that it is
continuous with the coal-fields of Jubbulpoor, &c. to the North, and
to the N.W., with that beyond Baitool. Lieut. Sankey, together with
Dr. Jerdon, traced the sandstone almost up to Hurdagur, twenty miles
S.W. of Pachmurra; and he does not doubt that, by its continuation

under the trap-range of Muttoor, it is connected with the coal-bed of
Qomrait.

DONATIONS

TO THE

LIBRARY OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

From July \st, 1853, to October 31st, 1853.

I. TRANSACTIONS AND JOURNALS.
Presented by the respective Societies and Editors.

AmeRICAN Journal of Science, &c. Vol. xvi. nos. 46 and 47.
From Prof. Silliman, M.D., For. Mem. G.S.

Philosophical Society, Transactions. Vol. x. part 2.
Proceedings. Vol. v. no. 48.

Asiatic Society cf Bengal, Journal, 1853. Nos. 232, 233, 234,
and 235.

Assurance Magazine. Nos. 12 and 13. From the Institute of
Actuaries.

Athenzeum Journal for June, July, August, September.

Berlin Geological Society, Journal. Vol. iv. part 4, and vol. v.
part 2.

Berlin Royal Academy of Sciences, Transactions, 1852. Bulletin,
Nov. 1852 to July 1853.

Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club, Proceedings. Vol. iti. no. 3.
Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, Journal. No. 17.

vol. iv.

Breslau Academy. ODreissigster Jahresbericht der Schlesischen
Gesellschaft fiir vaterlandische Kultur, 1852.

58 DONATIONS.

British Association. Report of 22nd Meeting, held at Belfast in
September 1852.

Canadian Journal, for April, May, June, July, August.

Chemical Society, Quarterly Journal. Nos. 22, 23.

Cornwall Royal Geological Society. 39th Annual Report.

Dijon, ’ Académie des Sciences, &c. Mémoires, Deux. Série, tome i.,
1851.

Dublin Geological Society, Journal. Vol. v. part 3.

France, Société Géologique de, Bulletin. Deux. Série, tome ix.
feuill. 36-40 ; tome x. feuill. 4-11.

, la Société Météorologique de, Annuaire. Tome i. feuill.
1-8.
Halle, Naturwissensch. Verein in, Jahresbericht. 1851, and January
to June 1852.
Horticultural Society, Journal. Vol. vii. parts 3 and 4.
Journal of the Indian Archipelago. Vol. vil. no. 1. From J. R.
Logan, Esq., F.G.S.
Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society. Annual Report for
1851-52.
Linnean Society. Transactions. Vol. xxi. part 2.
Proceedings. Nos. 48-51.
List of Members, 1852.
London Institution, Catalogue of the Library. Vol. iv. From the
Institution.
Moscou, la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de, Bulletin. Nos. 3
and 4, 1851, and no. 1, 1852.
Munich, Royal Academy of Sciences, Mathemat. Physic. Class.
Transactions. Vol. vii. part 1.
Bulletin. Nos. 25-29.
Nono Congresso degli Scienziati Italiani in Venezia nel Set. 1847.
Porzione degli Atti della Sezione di Geologia.
Paris, ’ Académie des Sciences de, Comptes Rendus. Prem. Sem.
tome xxxvi. nos. 22-26. Deux. Sem. tome Xxxvil. nos. 1-16.
. Ecole des Mines, Annales. 5 Série, tome i. liv. 3;
tome ii. liv. 4, 5, 6; tome ii. liv. 1 (2 copies); and Table des
Matiéres, 4 Série.
Philosophical Magazine for July, August, September, October, No-
vember. From R. Taylor, Esq., F.G.S.
Photographic Society, Journal. Nos. 1-9.
Royal Society, Philosophical Transactions. Part 2 for 1852;
Parts 1 and 2 for 1853.
Anniversary Address for 1852.

DONATIONS. 59

Royal Society. List of Fellows, 1852.

————. Proceedings. Vol. vi. nos. 96, 97.

Royal Agricultural Society, Journal. Vol. xiv. part 1. no. 31.

Royal Astronomical Society, Memoirs. Vol. xxi. parts 1 and 2.
Monthly Notices. Vol. xii.

Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Society. Twentieth Annual Report,
1852.

Smithsonian Institution. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge.
Vol. v.

Sixth Annual Report of the Board of Regents, 1852.
Society of Arts, Journal. Nos. 28-49.

Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles, Bulletin. Tome iii.
no. 29.

| Sydney University Calendar, 1852-53.
Vienna. Royal Academy of Sciences, Transactions. Vol. v. part 1.

Bulletin. Vol. ix. parts 3, 4, 5, and vol. x. parts 1,
2 and 3.

—. Imperial Geological Institute, Jahrbuch. Vol. iii. no. 4,
1853.

Yorkshire, Geological and Polytechnic Society of the West Riding of.
Reports of the Proceedings, 1851.

II. GEOLOGICAL AND MISCELLANEOUS BOOKS.

Names of Donors in Italies.
Adams, C. B. Catalogue of Shells collected at Panama. From
Thomas Bland, Esq., F.G.S.

Ball, Dr. R. Annual Address delivered before the Geological So -
ciety of Dublin, Feb. 16, 1853.

Catalogue of Portraits of North American Indians. From the
Smithsonian Institution.

Catalogue of the Birds in the Museum of the Royal Asiatic Society ,
by Edmund Blyth. From the Royal Asiatic Society.

Catalogue of the Stars near the Ecliptic, observed at Markree during
1851 and 1852. Vol. ii. From Col. Sabine.

Dana, J. D. On the Classification and Geographical Distribution of
Crustacea.

Daubrée, A. Description Géologique et Minéralogique du Départe-
ment du Bas Rhin.

D Orbigny, C., and A. Gente. Géologie appliquée aux Arts et a
l Agriculture, comprenant I’ Ensemble des Révolutions du Globe.

60 DONATIONS.

Dowler, Dr. B. Tableaux of New Orleans.
Contributions to the Natural History of the Alligator.
Natural Science in New Orleans.

Exploration of the Valley of the Great Salt Lake of Utah. 2 vols.
From the Smithsonian Institution.

Forbes, Prof. H. Lecture on the Educational Uses of Museums.

Foster, J. W., and J. D. Whitney. Report on the Geology of Lake
Superior, Part 2. 2 vols. From the Smithsonian Institution.

Gray, A., and C. B. Adams. Elements of Geology. From Thomas
Bland, Esq., F.G.S.

Hall, James. Natural History of New York. Paleontology.
Vol. ii.

Hare, Dr. On the Causes of Tornadoes.

Heer, Prof. O. Uebersicht der Tertiir-flora der Schweiz.

, and A. Escher. Zwei geologische Vortrage gehalten im
Marz 1852.

Liebig, J., and H. Kopp. Jahresbericht tiber die Fortschritte der
reinen, pharmaceutischen und technischen Chemie, Physik,
Mineralogie und Geologie, fiir 1852.

Lyell, Sir C. Principles of Geology, 9th Edition.

Lynch, Lieut. W. F. Report of the Expedition to explore the
Dead Sea.

Maury, Lieut. M. F. Explanations and Sailing Directions. — 4th
Edition.

Meneghini, Prof. E. Nuovi Fossili Toscani illustrati.

Meyer, Hermann von. Zur Fauna der Vorwelt. Zweite Abtheil.
4 Lief.

Murchison, Sir R. I. Anniversary Address to the Royal Geographi-
eal Society of London, 1853.

Norton, C. B. Literary Register, 1853. 3 Copies.
Observations on India, by a Resident there many years.

Observations made at the Magnetical and Meteorological Observa-
tory at Toronto. Vol. ii. From Col. Sabine, by direction of
the British Government.

Owen, D. D. Report of a Geological Survey of Wisconsin, &c.
2 vols. From the Smithsonian Institution.

Owen, Prof. R. Description of some Species of the Extinct Genus
Nesodon.

Pfeil, L. Gr. von. Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte unserer Erde.

Pictet, F. J.,and W. Roux. Description des Mollusques fossiles
qui se trouvent dans les Grés verts des Environs de Généve.
Livr. iv.

DONATIONS. 61

Ponzi, Prof. Giuseppe. Descrizione della Carta geologica della
Provineia di Viterbo.

Cona.

Sopra un nuovo Cono Volcanico rinvento nella Val di

Sulla Storia fisica del Bacino di Roma.
Ringgold, Commander. Memoir and Maps of California.

Salter, J. W. On the Lowest Fossiliferous Beds of North Wales,
1852.

Sedgwick, the Rev. Prof. 4. Geology of the Lake District of Cum-
berland, Westmoreland, and Lancashire.

Sorby, H. C. On the Origin of Slaty Cleavage.

Tate, George. The Fossil Flora of the Mountain Limestone For-
mation of the Eastern Borders.

Vogel, Dr. A., Jun. Ueber den Chemismus der Vegetation. From
_ the Royal Academy of Munich.

Westwood, J. O. Addresses at the Anniversaries of the Entomolo-
gical Society, 1852, 1853.

62

PROCEEDINGS
OF

THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

POSTPONED PAPERS.

1. On the “Carapoc SaAnpsTonr”’ of SHRopsyiRe. By J. W.
SauTER, Ksq., F.G.S., and W. T. AvetringE, Esq., F.G.S.

[Read June 15, 1853.*]

Tue part of the country to which this paper particularly refers is
the tract lying between the Wenlock Edge on the east, and the Long-
mynd, Caer Caradoc, and the Lawley Hills on the west, extending
also northwards to the Wrekin, and the country about Buildwas on
the left bank of the Severna. When first mapped by the Geological
Survey, it was considered, in conformity with the views of the author
of the ‘ Silurian System,’ that the whole tract was superior in posi-
tion to the Llandeilo flags, and that the ‘ Pentamerus (or ‘ Hollies’)
limestone,’ so well developed around the base of the Longmynd, was
the uppermost stratum of the formation called ‘Caradoc sandstone.’
It was shown, however, in a paper read before the Society (Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. iv. p. 298), that around the Longmynd these
upper portions of the Caradoc, or the Pentamerus beds, were alone
developed, the lower and typical portions being wanting+, and that
these upper strata reposed unconformably on the strata of Llandeilo
flags around the district of Shelve and Bishop’s Castle. In a paper
lately read by Professor Ramsay (vol. viii. p. 162), the connection of
these ‘ Pentamerus limestones’ and conglomerates with the base of the
Wenlock shale was fully expressed. It became necessary, therefore,
to re-examine the boundary-line between the Caradoc sandstone
and Wenlock shale along the base of the Wenlock Edge, where the
‘ Pentamerus beds’ had been described (‘ Sil. Syst.) as forming an
intermediate or passage group from the Lower to the Upper Silurian,
and to draw the line at the base of those beds, if they should prove
distinct from the lower and more typical portion of the ‘ Caradoc.’

It was also necessary to ascertain whether these ‘ Pentamerus

* For the other papers read at this meeting, see vol. ix. p. 317.

+ The fossil lists, too, appended to that paper indicated a large proportion of

Upper Silurian fossils mingled with those more peculiar to the formation, such as
the Pentameri, &c., and but very few Llandeilo flag species.

SALTER AND AVELINE ON THE CARADOC SANDSTONE. 63

beds’ could be identified with that ‘upper portion of the Caradoc’
developed at May Hill and the Malverns, and which has lately
(vol. ix. p. 215) been described by Professors Sedgwick and M‘Coy as
exclusively charged with Upper Silurian fossils, or whether they
formed a distinct series, intermediate between the Upper and Lower
Silurian rocks, and containing an intermediate group of organicremains.

During the examination, the authors were able not only to confirm
the previous view of the physical connection of the beds in question
with the base of the Upper Silurian series, but to establish the fact of
a great unconformity between them and the subjacent so-called ‘ Ca-
radoc sandstone’; and the evidence of the fossils was found to be in
accordance with the geology.

The fossils of the supposed typical Caradoc sandstone have been
already stated by Prof. Sedgwick to be the same with those of the
Bala group (/.c. p. 229). Not only are the forms identical, but in
association and proportionate numbers of the prevailing species it
would be difficult to mark any difference as compared with those of
Bala or Meifod. And there is no admixture of other or new forms,
or of those characteristic of higher parts of the system. This will be
shown in briefly noticing the character and fossil contents of its sub-
divisions. And in this respect they are in striking contrast with the
overlying grits and limestones of the ‘ Pentamerus beds,’ which,
along the whole extent of the country under review, are characterized
by species nowhere to be detected in the adjacent Caradoc strata,
but which for the most part are the same as are found in the Wen-
lock strata, mingled with others more characteristic of this particular
horizon, and occasionally plentiful in the upper portion of the Llan-
deilo flags, such as the Pentameri.

The strata that will now be brought under notice in more detail
are—|. the various subdivisions of the rocks hitherto called ‘ Caradoc
sandstone’ in Shropshire (the lowest beds of which are cut off from
any inferior strata by great faults); 2. the Pentamerus sandstone
and limestone; and 3. the lowest portion of the Wenlock shale.
The beds in a descending section are as follows :—

Localities where well exposed.

Wistanstow; Hughley Mill; Build-

Wenilorae 9. Greyrubblyconcretionary shales,
was, &e. &e.

shale. 1500 feet thick, with occasional
calcareous bands.

8. Purple shales, 200 to 400 feet

of Hughley ; Belswardins brook ;
thick.

N. of Buildwas; S. end of Long-
mynds.

( Cheney-Longville; Acton Scott ;

near Soudley (the Hollies) ; Mer-

rish-wood, Harley ; Belswardins ;

Morrell’s Wood, near the Wrekin,
&e. &e.

Church Preen; Kinley; Harley ;

6. Conglomerates and sandstones. Morrell’s Wood; E. of Wrekin ;

S. and E. of Longmynds.

Cheney-Longville foot-bridge; W.

7. Thin limestone bands, interstra-
tified with ochreous sandstone, |
and argillaceous shales (Penta-
merus beds).

« Pentamerus beds.”
(Upper Caradoc, ‘ Sil. Syst.’

|
KK

a
=

(Caradoc sand-

Llandeilo and Bala rocks.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

The above lie unconformably on— Localities where well exposed.

(5. Thin-bedded sandy shales, nate Banks of the Onny at Cheney-
of Trinucleus concentricus. Longville ; near Acton Scott.

4, Thick and thin-bedded brownish al Bhe ! ;
and yellow sandstones, with cal- Onny River; Bushmoor ; Whit-
careous courses, highly fossili- tingslow ; Acton Scott; Carding-

xB rose 2A Sine ton; Holly farm, Soudley.

rd 3. Thick freestone beds of a brown

Q colour, often largely streaked | Longlane; E.of Horderley; Soud-

a with green and purple(Horderley ) ley; Enchmarsh; Chatwall.

ee flags).

3s | 2- Yellow coarse sandstones (in

a some placesaconglomerate which / Corston Heath; Horderley; Hoa

R is rarely fossiliferous), withacal- ¢ Edge; Acton-Burnell Park;
careous band at Horderley, Har- ) Cound Moor; near Harnage.

nage Park, &c.

1. Sandy and argillaceous shales, ra i ; ;

in parts fossiliferous, but lee Harnage; Cressage; Shineton;

rally barren. Mary Dingle, N. of Leighton.

1. Shales of Cressage, Leighton, §-c.—These beds, which occupy
the low ground north of Acton-Burnell Park and Cressage Park,
are well seen at the villages of Harnage near Cound, and at Shineton.
They are generally fine and thin-bedded argillaceous shales, without
fossils, readily separating into layers, and as such may be seen at a
mill one mile north of Leighton Church, and also on the brook east
of Belswardins Hall, Cressage, where a trial for coal has been made,
and where they dip at an angle of 60°, and are covered unconformably
by the Pentamerus limestone. Occasionally they are more arena-
ceous, and contain Lingule, Trilobites, Encrinites, &c., as at Shine-
ton, Harnage, and Cound. The following fossils have been observed *,
but the specimens are not fully examined :—

Olenus sp. Shineton.

Trinucleus concentricus, *****,

Asaphus sp. *. Shineton.

Agnostus. Shineton.

Beyrichia complicata, and a minute Cythere.
Orthis alternata, ***. Harnage.

testudinaria.

Nucula, Orthonota, Theca, Lingula. Harnage.
Bellerophon nodosus (see Appendix). Harnage.
Graptolites, Fenestella, Ptilodictya. Harnage.

The occurrence of the Trinucleus, a true Asaphus, and Agnostus
would be quite sufficient to mark these as Lower Silurian, if the cha-
racteristic Bala species of Beyrichia, Orthis, and Bellerophon were
absent. These beds are distinctly succeeded at Harnage Park and
near Cound by the—

2. Hoar Edge grits—Thick sandstones, often coarse-grained,
and containing rounded pebbles of quartz,—some of a very large size,
and small pebbles of red jasper and green earth. They are well

* The relative abundance of the species is indicated by asterisks.

SALTER AND AVELINE ON THE GARADOC SANDSTONE. 65

shown at Corston on the extreme southern point of the district,
where they consist of pebbly grits interstratified with finer sand-
stones and occasional shales, full of fossils. They extend by Hope-
say Common to Horderley, where they are less gritty, and become
so calcareous as to form a good building-stone. ‘They are then
interrupted for awhile by faults and the trappean ridges of Hope
Bowdler and Ragleth ; and they reappear as coarse grits in the Hoar
Edge, where they are quarried, dipping east from the Lawley Hill at
an angle of 50° to 70°; from whence they are continued by Frodesly
Park and Ruckley to Acton-Burnell Park and Harnage Grange, with
a limestone band continuous along their lower portion. The strike
turns here towards the east, and they are soon overlapped by the
coarse grits (6.) at Kinley. Fossils are very numerous in some por-
tions. The following are the species hitherto observed :—

Calymene Blumenbachii, *.

Trinucleus concentricus, **.

Phacops apiculatus, **. In the shaly beds.
Homalonotus rudis, *. A rare Bala species !
Beyrichia complicata, ***, In the shales.
Orbicula punctata.

Orthis elegantula.

Actoniz.

flabellulum, ****,

vespertilio, ***.

—— testudinaria, *.

calligramma.

Strophomena expansa.

econeentrica, Portl. **.

spiriferoides, M‘Coy.

Rhynconella, two or three species.
Stenopora fibrosa, *****,

Retepora, n. sp.

3. Thick-bedded flags or freestones of Sibdon, Longlane, and Hor-
derley.—These consist of fine-gramed freestones, greenish olive and
yellowish brown, much streaked with purple, and usually thick-bedded,
with calcareous partings full of fossils. They dip at moderate
angles, except along a line of disturbance which extends from Rag-
leth Hill southwards to Sibdon. On this line their lower beds are
much disturbed, and in some places quite perpendicular. North of
the trappean hills of Hope Bowdler, along the ridge of Enchmarsh
and Chatwall, these flags, somewhat: diminished in thickness, dip at
angles from 50° to 60°; at Broome and further north they lie at a
lower angle, 30° to 40°, until they reach Church Preen, where they are
covered unconformably by the grits No. 6. At Chatwall and Ench-
marsh pebbles of quartz occur in the freestones, and there are beds
of yellow sandstone rendered in parts highly calcareous by abundance
of the Orthis alternata, Sow. (one of the characteristic fossils at
Bala). The lower portion of these flags passes through thinner beds
into arenaceous shales which overlie the Hoar Edge grits last de-
scribed (No. 2). Their upper layers graduate into the thin-bedded
flagstones of the next division.

VOL. X.— PART I. F

‘66 , PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

The fossils are the same as those of the grits last mentioned, with
the exception of some of the rarer species, and the addition of

Tentaculites annulatus.

Homalonotus bisulcatus.

Strophomena grandis.

bipartita (see Appendix), a species with a strong central rib;
very common in the next division. Chatwall.

Modiolopsis ; one or two small species.

modiolaris. Chatwall.

Nucula —— sp., same as a Bala species; Cheney-Longyille. And
one or two other bivalves.

Orthonota nasuta. Horderley.

Turbo crebristria. Chatwall.

Nebulipora favulosa, var. lens. (N. lens, M‘Coy.)

Glyptocrinus basalis, M‘Coy. The rings of this species occur in great
numbers.

Murchisonia simplex, M‘Coy. Chatwall.

Bellerophon bilobatus, ***. ,

Orthoceras ; smooth, and with central siphon. Horderley ; Chatwall.

Diplograpsus pristis. Occurs at Soudley quarries.

The prevailing species, however, are

Orthis elegantula, O. testudinaria, and O. alternata ;

Lepteena sericea ;

Nebulipora favulosa, var. lens; and

Glyptocrinus basalis; separate rings and stems, which occur in the
greatest profusion on every slab.

4. Thin-bedded flags, with. much sandy shale and thin beds (2 to
6 inches thick) of greenish sandstone. —They are more earthy about
the upper parts, and at Acton Scott pass mto a hard and thick-
bedded siliceous flag, formerly quarried for building-stone. The best
section of these is seen on the Oriny River, above the Horderley flags
last noticed; and they are also well seen along the lane leading west
from Cheney-Longville to the common, where all the beds are visible,
dipping at a low angle towards the village. Proceeding northwards
they occur also at Woolston, Bushmoor, Wittingslow, Acton Scott
plantations, and the Marshbrook station of the Shrewsbury and Here-
ford Railway. They are seen near Hope Bowdler at the Holly Farm-
house, where calcareous courses come out immediately under the
farmyard*. At Gretton quarry, near Cardington, they are better
seen than anywhere else, the- quarry being a perfect magazine of
fossils in a soft yellowish sandstone. On the ridge-road from Broome
to Church Preen, several openings in the lower part of these beds
occur, rich in fossil shells. The beds are not nearly so much disturbed
as those of the previous division, and generally dip at low angles.

* Fragments of these limestones were gathered from the lime-kiln (now de-
serted) further down the brook, where an attempt was formerly made to burn the
overlying “ Pentamerus limestone.” It was the accidental mixture of some of
thuse specimens in the original collection, that introduced so many characteristic
Llandeilo species into this uppermost band or “ Hollies Limestone.” See Silu-
rian System, vol. i. p. 217. and pl. 19.

SALTER AND AVELINE ON THE CARADOC SANDSTONE. 67

The fossils are very much the same as those of the two preceding
divisions—

Calymene Blumenbachii, *****, Orthis vespertilio,
Orthis testudinaria, ********%, Nebulipora favulosa, var. lens,
alternata,

being still the common fossils. There is, however, a considerable
difference in the proportionate numbers of certain species. The fol-
lowing, which are rather rare in the lower beds, are the commonest
species here :—

Phacops conophthalmus. Gretton, Hatton, &c.

truncato-caudatus. Acton-Scott plantation, &c.
Homalonotus bisulcatus. Do., a aaametiree
Tentaculites annulatus. Do.,

Modiolopsis orbicularis. Do., i.

while the following are but rare in most of the localities :—
Trinucleus concentricus. Strophomena expansa.
Bellerophon bilobatus. Glyptocrinus ‘basalis.
Orthis flabellulum.

The last, indeed, so common in division No. 2, is seldom or never
met with here. One rare and curious fossil was detected near Cheney-
Longville, which may serve still more to identify these beds with
those of the Bala rocks,—the Pterotheca undulata, Salter, a curious
and rather large Pteropodous shell found in strata of this age in Caer-
narvonshire. At Acton Scott, in the quarry near the church, Cybele
verrucosa and Lichas laxatus occur, together with Strophomena de-
pressa, Leptena transversalis, and Orthis biforata; and at Gretton
quarry near Cardington, a trilobed I//enus and Acidaspis Caractaci,
with fucoids, are found, in addition to almost all the common Bala
fossils. This locality is well worth the attention of collectors.

The topmost bed of these flags is a dark grey shale, calcareous and
tubbly, with bands of concretionary limestone frequently occurring in
the micaceous shale. It is well seen in the river Onny at Cheney-Long-
ville, where it forms a small ledge easily accessible when the water is
low, and plainly dips under the shales next described. It also comes
out in the Horderley-road, where it is full of fossils ; and is still better
seen by followmg up the Tittle brook called Batch Gutter, where it
has been quarried. The same bed is traceable in the road-side between
Acton Scott and Henley, in the brook above Ticklerton Hall, and even
ranges as far up as Plash, north of Cardington, where a well lately
sunk has brought up abundance of this peculiar shale ; and in the
brook above Church Preen, yellow-brown shales occur with some of
the same fossils. It is then overlapped by the coarse grits belonging
to the overlying series, and disappears. The fossils are very plen-
tiful. The following are characteristic :—

Lichas laxatus. Strophomena bipartita, **. (Appen-
Phacops truncato-caudatus. dix.)
conophthalmus. Chidophorus , oval sp.,
Ampyx sp. Nueula varicosa, Salter (4 ante,
Orthis Actoniz. Orbicula elongata, Portlock, **
vespertilio, **. Sealites (Pleurotomaria) lentieula-
elegantula. TISshoe at

F 2

68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Bellerophon bilobatus, ***. Orthoceras
acutus, *** (not carmatus). No Trimucleus found ; but fragmen ts
suleatinus, Emmons? (Appen- of loose grey shale in the Onny,
dix). This is also found m Ty- most probably from this locality,
yone. have them in abundance.

5. Trinucleus shales.—Above the grey calcareous shales last-men-
tioned occur, both in the Onny River and further north, a series of
thin-bedded sandy shales of a yellow or yellow-brown colour. In the
Onny they are well seen in a low cliff on the left bank, about 300 yards
above the foot-bridge to Cheney-Longville, dipping eastward at an
angle of 20°, free from any admixture of calcareous beds, very uni-
form in character, and full of the Trinucleus to the very top. About
halfway along the cliff they are at once overlaid unconformably by
the calcareous and shaly beds of the ‘ Pentamerus limestone,’ above
which no Tvinuclet are found. In the fields at Batch Gutter above
mentioned, the same shales oceur with 7'rinuelet and Orthides. In
the lane that leads from Marsh Farm to Acton Scott, they also occur
(with the same fossils) very near Henley, but they do not appear
farther north, being overlapped by the Pentamerus beds. The fossils
are—

Trinucleus concentricus, ****, Orthis elegantula.

Clidophorus, same species as above. _—_ Leptzena sericea, small, ****.

It is, we feel certain, fragments of this shale which have furnished
the Trinuclei mentioned by Prof. Sedgwick as occurring within the
limits of the Wenlock shale, and aéove the Pentamerus limestone*.
The boundary of the Wenlock shale in the first editions of the Survey
map was extended rather too far westward along this part of the
country, and was made to include this shale, now more correctly
referred to the uppermost part of the Llandeilo and Bala rocks.

6. Coarse grits of Church Preen, Kinley, §c.—The lowest strata
of this overlying group are coarse grits and sandstones, hitherto’
classed with the so-called Caradoc sandstones. They occur only at
the northern end of this district, and extend from the Wrekin nearly
as far south as Cardington, reposing on the successive divisions of
the beds before described, and are here overlapped by the lime-.
stones and shales of the Pentamerus beds. At Gibbon’s Coppice
and Morrell’s Wood, they lie upon No. 1, the Cressage shales, and
are a coarse sandstone, very gritty in its upper part, and containing
a large species of Lingula very like L. erumena of the Malvern sand-
stones, but apparently distinct ; and in the same slabs with it Penta-
merus oblongus and Atrypa hemispherica, thus uniting it with the
overlying shales. This conglomerate is not continuous across the
Severn, for at Shineton and Belswardins, on the opposite bank, the
shales and limestones are the lowest beds. But it reappears in
Cressage Park, where it is full of casts of Rhynconella decemplicata
aud another species, both identical with those from the same beds at
Minton on the edge of the Longmynd. ‘There are some very im-
perfect Orthides, which cannot be determined, in these grits at Kinley.
Here the beds rest on the Lower or Hoar Edge grits (No. 2). No

* Quart. Geol. Journ. vol. viii. p. 228. Prof. Sedgwick agrees with us in this.

SALTER AND AVELINE ON THE CARADOC SANDSTONE. 69

fossils have been found in the conglomerate at Church Preen, at
which place it rests on the upper shales (No. 4) of the Llandeilo
series. It extends two miles further south by Plash, Sheaves, and
Oakwood, where the Pentamerus limestone again overlaps it, and
continues as the base of the series.

It is evident that this underlying sandstone cannot be considered
apart from the same beds which skirt the Longmynd, appearing. at
various points beneath the Wenlock shale, and described by Prof.
Ramsay in his late paper (vol. ix. p.175) as ‘‘the pebbly shore of
the Wenlock sea.” At Minton, All Stretton, Hope, Bogmine, &c., it
is chiefly filled with species which are to be found in Upper Silurian
rocks.

Calymene immer ATG: Atrypa reticularis, ***,
Menus Barriensis, ****, marginalis, ***,
Encrinurus punctatus, ****, Pterinea retroflexa,
Cheirurus bimucronatus, Goniophora cymbzeformis, *,
Phacops Downingie, *, Holopella obsoleta,

Stokesii, Bellerophon trilobatus,
Pretus Stokesu, *, expansus,
Strophomena pecten, carinatus,

are all Upper Silurian fossils. The following are chiefly Lower
Silurian :—

- Tentaculites annulatus, ****, Rhynconella decemplicata, *
Orthis reversa, Salter, ***. Scalites lenticularis.
—— biforata, Salter, ***. Lituites cornu-arietis.
+ -—— Actonie. Holopella cancellata, ****.
iF vespertilio.

The aspect of the fossils is not Lower Silurian, and, except with
some of the upper sandstones and conglomerates in Caermarthenshire,
there is no part of the Llandeilo flags with which they have any near
resemblance ; while the presence of abundant Pentameri and of many
other fossils indicate clearly the connexion of these beds with the
next stratum, the Pentamerus limestone, which here and _ there
slightly overlaps it in some of the localities where they have been
observed together.

7. Pentamerus limestone.—The beds which may be classed under
this name in the country under consideration are beds of sandstone,
often so highly calcareous from the presence of fossils as to be lime-
stone, but generally thin-bedded layers of yellow or yellow-brown
micaceous sandstone, interstratified with brown and blue shale. Their
lower boundary is traceable along the whole line at intervals from
Cheney-Longville to the Wrekin, but the upper limit, consisting of
soft purple shales (No. 8), is inseparable from the Wenlock strata.
The Pentamerus limestone is first seen on the banks of the Onny in
the low cliff above mentioned, where it consists of thin courses of
bastard limestone with Pentamerus undatus, and is overlaid by shales
with thin beds of sandstone, full of fossils. The accompanying wood-
cut will show the slightly unconformable position of these beds on

+ These two species are, however, not in the Survey collections. Prof. E. Forbes
observed them at Hope Quarry.

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

the Trinucleus shales below. It is difficult to examine, as, except in
droughts, one must stand up to the knees in water. Further down

Section on the north bank of the River Onny, at Cheney Longville
foot-bridge, Shropshire ; showing the Pentamerus-beds lying un-
conformably on the older strata.

pe =
5 7 8
5. Trinucleus-shales (Llandeilo and Bala rocks).
7. Pentamerus-beds. 8. Purple shales, followed by Wenlock-shale.

the brook the banks show red shales (No. 8), not far from the foot-
bridge, below which the ordinary Wenlock shale makes its appearance.
No Pentamerus oblongus occurs at this section, but by following
the line northwards, it is found in abundance, with the dérypa hemi-
spherica, &c., at the following places :—Banner-bank plantation near
Acton Scott; and in the brook at Ticklerton, and the Holly Farm,
Soudley, the limestone (locally called ‘ Jacob’s”’) is full of large
specimens of this shell, which is the prevailing fossil from hence to
Buildwas. The limestone and overlying shale is remarkably well
seen at Ticklerton. It occurs again in well-developed beds in the
brook that runs from Stone Acton towards Rushbury, and is then
traceable by blocks in the ploughed lands and in the ditch-courses
to Day's Coppice, and to the north of Church Preen along the
Kinley ridge. Near Harley there is an excellent section in the
brook at Merrish-wood, and another in the brook east of Belswardins.
The following are characteristic fossils :—

Acidaspis crenatus. Morrell’s Wood, Wrekin.

Encrinurus punctatus, ****.

Phacops Stokesi.

Illenus ;—a trilobed species ; at Cheney Longville.

Calymene Blumenbachii. Morrell’s Wood.

Cyphaspis megalops. Do.

Phacops caudatus. Belswardin, Acton Scott, &e.

Trinucleus concentricus. Very rare; only at Acton Scott, m soft
yellowish sandy shale with Atrypa hemispheerica.

Beyrichia tuberculata.

Tentaculites annulatus; var. with close rmgs, ***.

Annelide-markings, very common.

Atrypa hemispheerica, ******,

var. with two raised plaits. Morrell’s Wood.

reticularis, ***,

Orthis elegantula.

reversa, **,

testudinaria.

vespertilio? One specimen. Acton Scott, sandy shales.

calligramma. Rare. Belswardin, near Cressage.

Strophomena pecten, *****,

compressa, ***.

, one or two other species. Morrell’s Wood &e.

SALTER AND AVELINE ON THE CARADOC. SANDSTONE. 71

Pentamerus oblongus. Abundant everywhere.
undatus, ****,

lens, ****,

Leptzna transversalis, *.

Grayil. In shales, Shineton Coppice.

Crania implicata? Morrell’s Wood.

Modiolopsis, Clidophorus, Murchisonia, Turbo, Scalites, Euom-
phalus, and Orthoceras occur rarely, and are all more or less
doubtful species. :

Pterotheca (transversa? or an allied species). Morrell’s Wood.

Petraia, wide and short species. Shineton Coppice; Kinley.

Petraia bina, ***.

Halysites catenulatus. Very rare, near Stone Acton.

Stenopora fibrosa, **.

Favosites alveolaris, *. Morrell’s Wood.

Ptilodictya (dichotoma ?).

8. Purple shales.—Wherever the section is well-exposed these
shales are to be seen lying beneath the grey rubbly Wenlock shale,
and above the Pentamerus beds. They occur on the north bank of
the Onny just above the Longville foot-bridge; in the brook at
Ticklerton ; west of Hughley ; the brook at Belswardins ; and north of
Buildwas. They are from 200 to 400 feet in thickness, and in some
places contain bands of fine blue micaceous sandstone. Few fossils
have been found. The following occur at one or other of the above
localities :—

Beyrichia tuberculata, *. Strophomena pecten, **.
Leptzena levigata, ***, Atrypa reticularis, *.

transversalis. Rhynconella furcata, *.
Orthis biloba, **. Petraia bina, **.

This peculiar red shale may also be seen near Choulton Bridge, at
the southern end of the Longmynds, occupying the same position
between the Pentamerus beds and the true Wenlock shale ; and the
section there is consequently in accordance with that under Wenlock
Edge ;—the fossils are the same in both cases.

9. Wenlock shale.—On the banks of the Onny, below the foot-
bridge, as above stated, the Wenlock shales are exhibited ; but not
very conspicuously. They readily yielded the following fossils :—

Phacops caudatus, var. longicau- Theca anceps, Salter.
datus, **. Loxonema elegans, M‘Coy ?

Calymene tuberculosa, **, Orthoceras subundulatum.

Beyrichia tuberculata, *. Graptolithus priodon, **.

Cardiola interrupta, **.

The Wenlock shale, characterized by the above and other common
species, extends from hence to Buildwas, and along the whole line
appears to dip conformably with the Pentamerus beds. If it over-
laps them at all, it can only be at the south end of the Wenlock
escarpment, where from Sibdon to Corston the shale lies against the
lowest grits (No. 2), without the intervention of the Pentamerus
beds. Around the Longmynd, however (see the Paper above re-
ferred to, vol. iv.), the Wenlock shale often rests on the conglo-
merate beds without the intervention of the limestone, and often on

72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

the bare Longmynd rocks without any intermediate beds at all. The
Pentamerus limestone, too, in the same region, frequently overlaps
the conglomerate beds, so that there may be a slight amount of un-
conformity between each of these strata in their turn. But the
connexion between the organic remains of the conglomerates and
those of the Pentamerus limestones is perfect, and the latter appear
gradually to lose their peculiar species, and to graduate upwards
into the Wenlock shale. This may be accounted for, however, by
the land gradually sinking during the formation of these beds, without
supposing any great disturbance or long interval of time, and hence,
as above stated, there is very little change in the fossil contents,
except what may be referred to a variation in the depth of the sea.

Between these strata, however, and the sandstone formerly called
** Caradoc sandstone,” there is no true passage, nor any similarity
in fossil contents in the country under review; and it is evident
that they can no longer be classed under the same name. The rocks
east of Caer Caradoc, formerly considered as typical Caradoc, are the
equivalent of the Meifod and Bala rocks, and of their upper and
middle portions only. The overlying strata, on the contrary, are
identical (at least in part) with the arenaceous beds described by
Prof. Ramsay (vol. iv. p. 299) as lying at the base of the Wenlock
shale at Builth, and with the sandstones of Presteign, May Hill, and
Malvern, to which Prof. Sedgwick has applied the term “ May Hill
sandstone.”?. Whether the Caradoc sandstone of the Welsh counties
(supra, vol.iv. p. 294*) be identical with these overlying beds, as
suggested from fossil evidence by Professors Sedgwick and M‘Coy, is
not yet certain, from the want of sufficient fossil data; but so far as
the collections yet made in these barren tracts may serve, the fossils
agree well with this view, scarcely any of the true Bala fossils being
found in them ; and, on the other hand, many common Upper Silu-
rian fossils are plentiful there.

Should further examination prove this to be the case, the name
‘* Caradoc sandstone ”’ might still be retained for this large interme-
diate formation, several parts of which have been constantly so named
in various works; and the ‘‘ Pentamerus limestone,” characterized
by species which are plentifully found in beds+ below and above this
“‘Caradoc” formation, is thus linked on to the older strata, and at
the same time forms the bed of passage from the Lower to the Upper
Silurian rocks.

SuMMARY.

The conclusions to be drawn from the foregoing data may be thus
shortly stated. The rocks east of the Longmynd hitherto known as

* At p. 296, the conglomerates around the Longmynds are identified with the
Welsh Caradoc sandstone, but they were not separated from the rocks east of
Caer Caradoc.

+ The sandstones referred to in the memoir by Prof. Ramsay, before quoted, as
occurring 1000 to 1500 feet below the Caradoc sandstone of North Wales, are full
of the characteristic Penfameri, Atrype, &c. of these uppermost beds. All the
Pentameri abound there, and Atrypa reticularis, Holopella cancellata, &c. are
frequent fossils. Atrypa hemispherica is more rare.

SALTER AND AVELINE ON THE CARADOC SANDSTONE. 73

Caradoc sandstone are now divided into two groups. The lowest and

greatest portion is equivalent to the middle and upper portions of the

Llandeilo and Bala rocks, and were accumulated in the following

order :—

1. Fine shales, with small Trilobites (Olenus, Asaphus, Agnostus)
and shells, deposited in deep water (most probably the equivalents
of the Black Shales, Malvern).

Elevation of Land, or Shallowing of Sea.

2. Coarse calcareous grits and conglomerate ; a littoral or shallow
water deposit.

3, 4. Sandstones, with occasional pebbles, laminated in the upper
parts, and in some localities northwards with many beds of shale.
A finer deposit than the last, and indicating a greater depth of
water. Fossils exactly those of Bala.

5. Thin-bedded arenaceous shales, with fewer fossils, but of the same
species ; T'rinucleus concentricus very abundant. <A still greater
depth of water is here indicated. (The higher part of the Llan-
deilo or Bala series.)

Evidence of upheaval and partial dislocation.

6. A coarse deposit (unconformable on Nos. 1 to 5) in the imme-
diate neighbourhood of the Longmyrids, and derived from them
(in part deep water around steep land, Forbes). A great change
in the organic remains. The characteristic Llandeilo and Bala
fossils have given place to a mixed series, including several species
found in the Upper Llandeilo flags, but with many others more
characteristic of the Wenlock limestone.

7. Finer sandstones, with much shale and great abundance of Pen-
tameri, and other Brachiopoda. Land gradually sinking (amsay,
Geol. Journ. vol.ix. p. 175). Fossils chiefly Upper Silurian.

8, 9. Grey and greenish shales, very fine sediment: deep water.
Trilobites, Graptolites, and Cephalopods abundant. Fossils all
Upper Silurian.

“APPENDIX.
Description of some of the Fossils. By J. W. Sauter, Esq. F.G.S.

Some of the most characteristic fossils mentioned in the above
lists are yet unpublished ; it seems desirable therefore to give their
characters in brief.

1. BreLLEROPHON NoDOsUS, Salter.
B. ornatus, M‘Coy, Syn. Woodw. Foss. 310.

B. vix uncialis, anfractibus 3, subangulatis, costatis. Apertura lata, sub-
rhombica, facie wmbilicali planata, quam exteriori rotundata breviore.

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Costz rotundatze, retrorse, feré ad carmam obtusam ductee, et faciem
umbilicalem attingentes; striz accretionis primum rectz reticulate,
deinde una cum costis retroflexe, crenulatee.

I should have thought, with Prof. M‘Coy, that this was Cyrto-
lites ornatus, Conrad ; but in Hall’s figure, and in specimens from
New York, the lines of growth are direct across. In that species,
too, the umbilicus has a sharper edge, and the plaits do not go at all
within it. B. nodosus is sometimes as large as the American species.

Localities. Llandeilo and Bala rocks ;—S. of Llangollen; Bedd-
gelert ; Llanfyllin ; Hope Bowdler, Shropshire ; in beds ‘3’ of sec-
tion, p. 64.

2, BELLEROPHON (BucANIA) SULCATINUS, Emmons ?
(Hall, Pal. New York, Part 1. t. 6. f. 107)

B. uncialis et ultra, convolutus, anfractibus a dorso convexiusculo depressis,
striatis. Carina lata, plana, (sublevis?) marginata, vix elevata. Striz
concentrice fortes, circiter 10 (ad carmam szpissime interstriate et in
ztate plurimz), a lineis crebris valde reflexis undique decussate. Aper-
tura lata, expansa, sinu profundo.

This very beautiful shell differs from B. sulcatinus, as figured by
Hall, in having regular ribs towards the angular edge, which become
interlined and form a broad band of close strize as the shell grows
older. The umbilical face, too, is free from ribs, which I have some
reason to think is not the case with B. sulcatinus. The striz, too,
on that shell, appear to meet at a very much more obtuse angle than in
‘ours. It should be called B. lingualis, if the above characters are
sufficient to separate it. It must have been a very thin shell.

Bellerophon acutus, Sow., appears to be quite a distinct species
from the B. carinatus, Sow. It has a very acute keel, and flat,
almost excavated, sides, strongly striated; the umbilicus is very
large, and sharp-edged. Now that good specimens are obtained from
Horderley (with the species above described), it is clear that the
Ayrshire shell figured under this name in the Quart. Geol. Journ.
vol. vii. Pl. 9. f. 18. is distinct. It has a small umbilicus with a
rounded edge, and the sides are comparatively convex. It may,
however, be a variety of B. carinatus.

In upper part of beds ‘‘4”’ of section, pp. 64, 67.

3. STROPHOMENA BIPARTITA, 0. sp.

S. semiovalis, radiatim crebristriata, angulis haud extensis. Strize zequales
costis prominulis (nisi in areis cardinalibus) interrupte, costa mediana
maxima elevata in duas partes testam dividente. ‘Testa undique lineis
concentricis ornata, margine cardinali sepe corrugato. Valva ventralis
lente convexa, intra lamellis brevibus ad angulum 90° divaricatis, area
angustissima. Altera plana (costis minus conspicuis) dentibus externis
distinctis ad angulum 80° divergentibus: dentes interni (fulerum cardi-
nale) duo, paralleli, angustissimi, externis breviores. Long. une, 1, lat.
une. 1}.

The striation of this flattened shell is a good deal like that of

S. grandis, which, however, has the dorsal, not the ventral valve the

more couvex; the interior differs much. The remarkable central ridge,

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 79

as well as the regular surface and distant ribs, distinguish it from
the 8. concentrica of Portlock, a fine species, which occurs also in
the Horderley section, and which from good specimens I find to be
truly distinct from 8. compressa of the Caradoc sandstone.

Localities. Near Hope Bowdler and Cheney Longville, abundant
in the thin flags (4) of the Horderley section.

4, NUCULA VARICOSA, 2. sp.

N. deltoidea, subzequilateralis, utraque rotundata. Umbo subcentralis, ele-
vatus, falecatus, lunulam excavatam imminens. Margo anticus cardinis
arcuatus ; margo ventralis convexus. Testa supra medium modicé con-
vexa nec gibba, levis, nisi sulcis 5-8 concentricis gradatis exarata. Sulci
aut varices im juvene remoti, ad marginem gradatim approximati. Long.
lin. 4, lat. 4.

This pretty species is unlike any other paleeozoic Nucula with
which I am acquainted, by the few sharp concentric lines, or rather
steps, of growth, which are more approximate in the older parts of
the shell. It is most abundant in the Bala rocks, and has been re-
ferred by Prof. M‘Coy to the NV. /evata, Hall, which has only faint
concentric lines of growth, a poimted anterior side, and a much less
prominent beak. We have never seen it from the Upper Silurian.

Localities. Fine specimens occur in the uppermost calcareous
beds of No. 4 of the above section ;—Onny River; at Acton Scott ;
Ticklerton, &. Also Bala; Conway Falls, &c., North Wales.

On the SrRUCTURE of the Strata between the LonpoNn Cuay and
the CHALK in the LoNnDoN and Hampsuire TERTIARY SYSTEMS.
By Josern Prestwicu, Jun., Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S.

Part II1.—Tue Wootwicu anp READING SERIES.
[Pxates I. If. 11. TV.]

[Read May 18, 1853. For the other Communications read at this Evening Meeting
see Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ix. p. 274. ]

‘ On two former occasions I have given some account of the de-
posit immediately underlying the London Clay, as well as of that
which, to the eastward of London, lies upon the Chalk, and which I
have respectively termed the “ Basement Bep oF Tur LonpoNn
Cuay*” and the “TuHaner Sanpst.” Between these divisions,
which form the upper and lower portions of the Lower London
Tertiaries, is a group of sands, pebble beds, and mottled clays,
extending from Sandwich to Marlborough and from Newhaven to
Dorchester. This group, with the two above-mentioned, completes
the series of these Lower Tertiaries, and is the one which more
particularly embraces the beds which have hitherto been described
as the “* Plastic Clay Formation,” exhibiting in one part of its range
the mottled clays of Reading and Newbury, and, in another, the
clays and sands, with fluviatile and zestuarine shells, of New Cross,

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vi. p. 252. + Ibid, vol. viii. p. 235.

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Woolwich, and Bromley. Some of the principal sections in these
localities have been described by Parkinson*, Webster+t, Dr. Buck-
land ft, Phillips and Conybeare§, Morris||, Mitchell**, Richardson tt,
Warburton tt, and more recently bythe Rev. Mr. De la Condamine$$;
whilst outlines of some underground sections have been planned by
Mr. R. W. Mylne||||, and a short notice relating to the superposition
of these and the other Tertiary strata has lately been given by M.
Hebert ***,. But nevertheless the correlation of the beds at the
different sections has not, I conceive, been correctly shown, and the
position which the strata of the Reculvers and Herne Bay hold with
respect to those of Woolwich and Reading yet remains wusettled. At
the same time, the lists of fossils even at the several best-known and
often-explored localities admit of many additions and corrections.
From the very circumstance of the band of green sand with the Os-
trea Bellovacina, which underlies the mottled clays at Reading, having
been referred to the band of green sand at the base of the Thanet
Sands at Woolwich, and which likewise reposes upon the Chalk, it
has had a tendency to place the Mottled Clays too low with respect
to the fluviatile beds of Woolwich, and rather to correlate these latter
with the Basement Bed of the London Clay at Reading. There was
however another reason for this arrangement, inasmuch as in the
sections at Blackheath, and elsewhere near London where the mot-
tled clays show themselves, these latter underlie the Woolwich shelly
clays ; but, as will be shown further on, this relative position is not
permanent, for another and larger portion of the “ mottled clays”
set in upon these Woolwich beds as they trend westward from London.

It has been shown in my previous papers that both the “ Basement
Bed of the London Clay’’ and the ‘‘ Thanet Sands”’ are respectively
nearly uniform in their lithological and palzeontological characters
(when fossiliferous) throughout their entire range—the former being
coextensive with the London Clay itself, whilst the latter extend only
from the Isle of Thanet to a short distance westward of London—and
that both are essentially of marine origin.

The middle division of the Lower Tertiaries, of which it now re-
mains to treat, is, on the contrary, in different areas so very different
in its lithological structure and in its organic remains, that it presents
one of those cases where the evidence of superposition is indispensable.
Were it not for the well-marked horizons afforded by the upper and
lower divisions, which confine this group within distinct limits, it
would in fact often be difficult or rather impossible to identify its
synchronous beds, when viewed in detached sections, either by their

* Organic Remains, vol. iii. p.171, and Trans. Geol. Soc. 2nd ser. vol. iii. p. 212.
t+ Trans. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. p. 196. $ bid. vol. iv. p. 277.

§ Geology of England, pp. 24-26 and 37-52.

|| Mag. Nat. Hist. June 1835, p. 356, and Proc. Geol. Soe. vol. ii. p. 450, 1837.
** Proc. Geol. Soc. vol. i. p. 482; vol. ii. p. 551; vol. iii. p. 131.

tt Ibid. vol. ii. pp. 78, 222, 449; Trans. Geol. Soc. vol. vi. p. 211.

+f Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. i. p.172; Trans. Geol. Soc. 2nd ser. vol. i. p. 52.
§§ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vi. p. 440.

\|\| Sections of the London Strata.

*** Bulletin, Soc. Géol. de France, 2nd ser. vol. ix. p. 350.

=

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 7/

mineral or paleeontological characters alone. It is this feat ure which
forms one of the chief pomts of interest of the group, for if it is im-
portant to identify strata by their organic remains or by their litho-
logical structure, it is not less so to trace the changes of composition
which ean occur in strata on the same plane, to note the modifications
in the fauna by which such changes are accompanied, and to deter-
mine the limits to which the variations may extend. The case now
before us is, so far as it regards the dimensions of the deposit itself,
one comparatively of small importance, but it is valuable from the
clear and unmistakeable testimony which it affords on these points.
It was the extremely variable character of this group, which putting
on oceasionally the appearance of the group beneath, and at other
times assuming the character of the one above it, that led to the im-
pression of a want of order and of irregularly recurring strata through-
out the whole of the Lower Tertiaries. So deceptive, indeed, are
these common points of structure, that it is only lately that I have
been able to satisfy myself that these changes are confined essentially
to one portion of the series, and that one restricted to the limits of
the middle division, and that strata so very dissimilar are really
equivalent. This once determined, and having eliminated the two
more uniform groups, it becomes apparent that there is in the
** Lower London Tertiaries”’ a defined order of superposition formed
of three distinct and independent groups of strata.

At the same time there cannot well be strata varying more in ap-
pearance and character than we find forming this series in the sepa-
rate sections at Reading, Deptford, Blackheath, and Herne Bay ; b
tracing the group at short intervals it is seen that it is by actual altera-
tion in some of its beds, effected as they range from west to east, as
much as by the thinning out of others, that these changes are pro-
duced. The strata are, in fact, on the same horizon and clearly synchro-
nous (see Pl. I. Diag. A & C.). Under these circumstances there are
objections to giving this division a simple designation dependent either
on mineral character or on place, for the former is constantly varying,
and the type of the series in one district may be entirely different
inanother. Still a name taken from some well-known place is probably
the least objectionable, or rather the more convenient, and I purpose
therefore to term this division the ‘ Woolwich and Reading series,’’
as the two principal forms of structure are well exhibited in the sec-
tions at and around these localities*. I shall, however, in speaking
of this group, sometimes use the name of that locality only, to the
particular characters of which the observations may have reference.

The grouping of the “‘ Lower London Tertiaries”’ will therefore
stand thus :—

I. Tur BASEMENT-BED OF THE LONDON Cray.
Il. Tae Wootwicu anv READING SERIES.
Til. Tar THanet Sanps.

* The Woolwich section has the inconvenience of exposing the three divisions
of the “‘ Lower London Tertiaries ” together. The term applies only to the middle
part of the section (see Pl. J. Diag. A. Loe. sect. 25).

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

The series of local sections forming the diagrams A, B, & C, Pl. I.
have been arranged with a view to show the original structure and
sequence of the beds of the Woolwich and Reading series, and of the
other two divisions of the Lower London Tertiaries at the commence-
ment of the London Clay period, as also to prove the correlation of the
strata, and to render apparent the remarkable changes of lithological
character which the strata undergo in their range from Wiltshire to
the coast of Kent. These sections are either described in the text,
or in the explanation of plates; whilst a few others, which possess
features which those sections do not embrace, are given in separate
figures.

§ 1. Range and General Physical Features of the “ Woolwich and
Reading series.”

Throughout the Isle of Wight and the western portion of the
London Tertiary district, this middle group consists of unfossiliferous
mottled clays passing into or alternating with non-persistent sands :
as it approaches near to London, strata of laminated and carbonaceous
clays, sands more calcareous, and thick shingle beds of flint pebbles,
with fluviatile and eestuarine shells, set in and replace the mottled
clays. Following the group still further eastward we find it gra-
dually becoming less pebbly and argillaceous, and at last passing en-
tirely into light-coloured pure quartzose sands mixed with more or
less green sand, and containing in its extreme eastern range a distinctly _
marine fauna. Viewed horizonta.ly this middle division may there-
fore be divided into three distinct areas of—

W. C. E.
Sands and Mottled Clays. Pebble beds, Sands, and Quartzose and Glauconi-
(Reading and the Isle of laminated Clays. ferous Sands.
Wight (Woolwich, Blackheath, and (Herne Bay and Canterbury.)
Bromley.)

These lithological changes are effected in an east and west direction
in both the London and the Hampshire districts. In the latter,
the last (E.) form of structure is only partially developed. It exists a
few miles east of Newhaven, and, with the second, is well exhibited
in an outlier on the coast three-quarters of a mile south of that town.
The latter shows again at the west of Brighton, but there merges
into the first (W.) form, which is continued by Lancing and Arundel to
Botley near Winchester, in a narrow belt marked by its generally
well-wooded surface, and by a succession of villages. These beds then
pass two miles south of Salisbury, thence a few miles north of Ware-
ham to near Dorchester, becoming more sandy as they proceed west-
ward. Returning along their southern outcrop they pass by Lul-
worth to Studland, and in the Isle of Wight range, as is well
known, through the centre of the island from Alum Bay to White
Cliff Bay.

Throughout its northern range this division only occasionally pre-
sents any marked surface-features, and the sections are small, indi-
stinct, and far apart. On its interrupted southern outcrop the ver-
tical position of the strata restricts them to within so narrow a band,
that they can rarely be seen except in the coast sections.

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 79

Of the connection existing at this period between the Hampshire
and London Tertiary districts there are few remaining traces: only
here and there on the broad chalk tract a hill higher than usual may
be found capped by some of the lower tertiary beds, which resume
their range in the London Tertiary district at Marlborough Forest.
The greater part of these fine woods are planted on a thin and irre-
gular capping of the clays and pebble beds* on the Chalk. The
tertiary strata here attain a height of 600 to 700 feet above the
level of the sea and form a narrow zone, which gradually expands
as it trends eastward and falls to a lower level. Ata short distance
E.S.E. of this Forest the chalk attains, on the downs above Inkpen to
Highelere, ‘its greatest height, reaching at the former place an alti-
tude of 1011 feet. The view from the fine open ridges of downs over the
well-wooded, broken, tertiary lowlands, which, commencing abruptly
at their base, stretches in an apparent plain far to the eastward, is one
of considerable beauty. In this part of the district the sands and
mottled clays form a large portion of the surface, and appear pecu-
liarly favourable to the growth of timber trees. At a short distance
further eastward the London Clay commences and the Bagshot Sands
almost immediately follow, the latter forming more open tracts of
heath and common.

Along their northern boundary the “‘sands and mottled clays”’ rise
at a very gentle angle, and cover a considerable extent of ground on
the chalk hills to the north of Newbury, and thence by Pangbourne,
Reading and Sonning to Twyford, Maidenhead, and Taplow, where
a further expansion of them forms the picturesque district known as
the Burnham Beeches. The chalk hills which bound the tertiary
area on the north, unlike the chalk of Salisbury Plains, present but a
small extent of open downs, and are well-wooded on their summits ;
this arises in part from a covering of clay drift and in part from thin
cappings of the lower tertiary beds, the latter being especially fre-
quent to the north and north-west of Reading, and again around Bea-
consfield, Penn, and Amersham. They are also found to some extent
near St. Albans, Welwyn, and to the north of Hertford, and between
Ware and Bishop Stortford. Hastward of this latter place the mot-
tled clays are less important, and at the same time the lower ter-
tiaries become confined to a narrow belt, owing to which condition,
and the spread of the Boulder-clay drift over so much of North Essex,
these beds rarely present in this part of their course any marked fea-
tures of surface.

The southern outcrop of these strata, in consequence of the steep
angle at which they rise, is very narrow,—a feature persistently
maintained from the neighbourhood of Inkpen, by Kingsclere, Old
Basing, Farnham, and Guildford, to Croydon, along which line of coun-
try the “sands and mottled clays” form a belt generally from 50 to 200
yards broad, rarely exceeding a breadth of a quarter of a mile, and only
occasionally showing any discernible independent character of surface.
As this group, however, from its composite character of sands and
clays, presents a more yielding surface than the homogeneous mass of

* Including also a clay and gravel drift.

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

London clay which succeeds and reposes upon it, or the chalk which
rises from beneath it, its line of outcrop is not unfrequently marked
by a narrow and shallow depression between the chalk and the Lon-
don clay, as at Old Basing, Guildford, and Sutton; but in other
places, the chalk, lower tertiaries, and London clay form one con-
tinuous slope or nearly continuous surface fallmg more or less rapidly
from the former to the latter, as at Itchingwell, Ewell, and Carshalton.

Eastward of Croydon the middle division of the Lower Tertiaries
changes its character, the mottled clays gradually thinning out, and
great masses of pebbly sands setting m in their place, together with
clays containing fluviatile and zestuarine shells. At the same time
the Thanet Sands develope themselves, and the basement-bed of the
London Clay becomes thicker. In consequence of this increased im-
portance of the Lower Tertiaries, and of the decreasing dip of the
strata, this series suddenly expands and forms that varied and most
agreeable tract of country extending from the Addington Hills to
Bromley, Chiselhurst, Blackheath, aad Greenwich, and eastward to
Bexley and Farningham: in the latter neighbourhood these beds
merely cap the chalk hills between the valleys of the Cray and the
Darent.

Eastward of this district the tertiary beds are more confined to the
higher grounds, as to the Swanscombe Hills, Windmill Hill near
Gravesend, and the hills of Cobham and Shorne, in all of which the
beds of shelly clays form a constant feature. On the banks of the
Medway, below Rochester, these beds dip northward beneath the
London clay. Continuing however further eastward this series gra-
dually passes, apparently entirely, ito a light-coloured quartzose
sand with more or less green sand, which crops out in the low ground
at the foot of the chalk hills between Chatham and Faversham. It
forms a broader belt by Boughton, Canterbury, and between that city
and Sandwich, presenting sometimes a rather barren sandy surface ;
but it is in general too closely associated with the Thanet Sands, or
covered by drift, to exhibit any independent surface-features.

§ 2. Details of Structure and Local Sections.

Hampshire District.—At the southern extremity of the vertical
tertiary strata at White Cliff and Alum Bays in the Isle of Wight,
and immediately adjacent to the chalk, is a fine massive deposit of
bright-coloured tenacious mottled clays. ‘Their prevailing colour is
lead: red, especially at White Cliff Bay ; ; but the rough indistinet
beds into which this mass is divisible in Alum Bay, exhibit mixtures,
some of light bluish grey and yellow, others of hight and dark slate
colour, of flay ender, puce, and yellow, or brown on yellow. The
tints are generally dark and the colours bright. These beds contain
no animal remains, and mere traces of vegetable remains in the shape
of small pieces and fragments of carbonized wood. They are almost
free from any admixture of sand, and altogether their structure, for
a deposit so variable as this shows itself elsewhere, is compact and
homogeneous.

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 81

The entire space between the London clay and the Chalk in the
Isle of Wight, varying from 90 to 140 feet, is occupied by this mass
of clay, with the exception of an irregular bed of 2 to 4 feet of sand
above and as much below it * ; the Basement-bed of the London
clay existing here in a mere rudimentary state, while the Thanet
Sands are wanting. This locality presents, in fact, the peculiar
mottled argillaceous structure of the Reading series in its greatest and
most exclusive development, being in fact almost as compact and im-
permeable as the London clay itself +.

Proceeding from this centre either westward or eastward, consider-
able changes take place in these strata. In the former direction we
pass from the Isle of Wight over to Studland Bayt, where mottled
clays of a rather light colour appear to succeed to the chalk, but the
section is too obscure to determine the exact dimensions and super-
position of the beds: they seem to be thinner and more sandy. Be-
tween this pomt and Lulworth Castle I am not aware that any sec-
tions of these beds are exposed§. At Lulworth there is a small
section in the Park of light mottled red clays and some pebble beds
overlying the chalk.

Proceeding toward Dorchester, the mottled red clays almost
disappear, and are replaced by coarse sands, irregular pebble and
shingle beds, and whitish clays. Two miles from this town towards
Wareham, the road cuttings on the hill show the chalk capped by a
few feet of tertiary beds, consisting first of brown ferruginous clay,
with light brown-coated unrolled flints, covered by a bed of small
pebbles, succeeded by brown clay, coarse sand, another fine conglo-
merate, and then mottled clay. The whole is not above 10 to 12 feet
thick, and fills up avery irregular and deeply indented surface of the
chalk ||. About a mile further, near Little Maine, the chalk is over-
laid by sands, which in one place are concreted into large blocks of
sandstone,—the ordinary Druid sandstone. In a field adjoining the
road there is a complete nest of them, fifteen to twenty in number,
and varying in size from 2 to 6 feet in diameter. Westward of this
locality there are several outliers of these lowest tertiary beds, which
continue to show an increasing conglomerate character, the sands
becoming coarser and the clays whiter and mixed with pebbles and

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. pp. 255 & 259, and Pl. IX. strat. ‘ b.”’

+ In sinking one Artesian well at Portsmouth, a water-bearing sand bed was
met with in this series; whereas in another well sunk at a short distance from
the first, the entire space between the London clay and the Chalk was occupied
with a solid and compact mass of mottled clays without a seam of sand, and con-
sequently without water.

t{ For particulars of this section, and various points connected with the ter-
tiary geology of this district, see a paper by the Rev. W. B. Clarke in the Mag.
Nat. Hist. new ser. vol. iii. p. 390.

§ The clays near Corfe are, I believe, higher in the series, and belong to the
Bagshot Sands. They are brought by the disturbances affecting that district into
close proximity to the Chalk.

|| This section is, however, rather problematical. The conglomerate contains
pebbles apparently of the palzozoic rocks. The whole district requires a closer
examination. For a description of some Tertiary outliers to the west of Dorchester
see Dr. Buckland and Sir H. De la Beche, in Trans. Geol. Soc. 2nd Ser. vol. iv, p. 4.

VOL. X.—PART I. G

82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. ~

flints, the latter large and often but little rolled. The whole mass be-
comes also more irregular and variable, which, with its more shingly
and coarser character, indicates a nearer approach to the source from
whence these portions of the materials of this division of the Lower
Tertiaries were derived. The exhibition, however, of these Lower
Tertiaries throughout this district is very imperfect and unsatisfac-
tory *.

if now we proceed northward from the Isle of Wight, we find that
beneath Southampton the beds between the London clay and the
Chalk consist essentially of mottled clays about 80 feet thick +. At
Fareham the railway cutting exposed a good section of bright red
mottled clays and the London clay with its fossiliferous Basement-bed
above them. At the outcrop of this group at Kembridge, between
Romney and Salisbury, we find the only instance I am acquainted with
in the Hampshire Tertiary district of a character common to these beds
in the western part of the London district, viz. the occurrence of a
band of the “ Ostrea Bellovacina”’ in a bed of greenish sand imme-
diately over the chalk and beneath the mottled clayst. The follow-
ing is the section taken from my former paper (Journ. Geol. Soe.
vol. iti. p. 360) :—

Fig. 1.—Railway-cutting, Kembridge.

aunt oravel 6 Suse couse acuta cates tesco ck eonencs tase Seaton Ee Cet 2 to 8
b. Mottled-red,\ grey; ‘and ‘yellow clays:+-.2100-ce-ceee sc cccoccsnsenevseacsuopeeecances 15
a. Clayey yellow or greenish sand, with an underlie of the Ostrea Bellovacina
andigreen=coated Hints ey ee eee eee eee eee eens testes. 4
4 CARES SOTO TNE BR AE ETD, SUEGE IST ARG ee ee 6

At Clarendon Hill the strata are very similar to those at Alum
Bay, but they are reduced in thickness to about 45 feet, and contain

* One of the best sections near Dorchester is at Yellowham hill, on the Bland-
ford road.

+ The section of these beds at the Artesian well of Southampton, as noted by
Mr. R. Keele, is as follows:—“ These mottled clays were remarkable from the
almost entire absence of sand or water throughout the whole formation. No
organic remains were found or indications of lignite. The clay was of extraor-
dinary purity and hardness, and of almost every variety of colour. The last 6 or 8
feet of the lowest beds were of less degree of purity, the clay being mixed with a
coarse flinty sand as they approached the main bed of chalk; the last 5 feet of
the bed was of a dark green colour, and mixed with water, with black flint, pebbles,
and very coarse sand, all strongly tinted with the dark green colour above-men-
tioned.

¢ There is probably some other locality near Salisbury where this shell occurs,
as the O. undulata figured by Sowerby from the neighbourhood of that city is
apparently the O. Bellovacina of the Tertiary beds.

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 83

several subordinate beds of sand. At Bishopstoke, near Winchester,
on the contrary, the mottled clays have nearly disappeared, and ap-
pear to be replaced, in part or wholly, as at Addington near Croydon,
by sands and thick beds of rounded flint-pebbles in yellow sand. In
one pit at Stoke Common they are 12 to 15 feet thick, and exactly
resemble the shingle beds to the 8.S.E. and E.S.E. of London.

Taking an easterly course from this line, the mottled clays and
some associated pebble beds * range past Chichester, Arundel, to
Highdown hill near Worthing, to the north of which, at the village
of Clapham, a thick stratum of small rounded flint-pebbles overlies
the clays as at Croydon; but whether these pebbles belong to the
Basement-bed of the London clay or to the mottled clay group, there
is at present no evidence to show. Wick House hill on the west of
Brighton is capped by a few beds of mottled and carbonaceous clay
reposing on sand over chalk—the section is incomplete, and no fossils
have been found. Passing thence to the detached outlier at New-
haven, we find a totally different group of strata; a thick bed of
sand overlying the chalk, succeeded by a series of laminated grev
clays containing numerous fluviatile and estuarine shells.

Particulars of this section have been given both by Dr. Mantell+
and Dr. Buckland {. Owing to the frequent fall of the cliffs, the
section, however, is constantly varying. I have never been able to
see it in perfectly clear sequence ; but still, as there are some points
which I have noticed in addition to those described by former ob-
servers, I herewith give a rough account of the section, premising
at the same time that, owing to the impossibility of approaching
some parts of the cliff, it must be considered only as approximative.

Section, upper part of Cliff, Castle Hill, Newhaven.
Feet.

Gravel of subangular flints and tertiary flint-pebbles in ochreous and

ferruginous sandy clay, averages about ............ece.ececseoessseseceeees 6
i. Grey clay passing into dark yellow sand and then again into grey clay :

no fossils. [Were it not that part of the upper portion of this bed

presents a mottled red appearance, [should have been disposed to

consider it as the lower part of the London Clay; even now Iam not

satisfied but that the small quantity of mottled clay observed may

not belong to the overlying drift, the line of separation being at that

spot perfectly indistinct and very irregular.] — ...........0.sseeeeeseeeens 12
h. Round flint-pebbles in grey clay and yellow sand (Bt.-bed L. C.?) ... 1
g. Laminated grey clay with seams of yellow and ferruginous sand ...... 8
Ff. Mass of concreted oyster rock (Ostrea Bellovacina) 2
e. Layers of comminuted shells, yellow sands, grey clays with well-pre-

served shells, and with an intermediate bed of grey clayey sand 6
d. Yellow, light brown, and red sand in layers, with seams of laminated

grey clay—traces of vegetable matter ..........se.scsesececsceeeseeneees 5

CO

* Tt is uncertain whether these beds are continuous or not between Botley and
Clapham.
tT “On the Geological Structure of Sussex,’’ and Trans. Geol. Soc. 2nd Ser.
vol. iii. p. 204.
t Trans. Geol. Soc. vol. iv. p. 296.
G2

~

84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Feet,
Brought forward...........-... 40
c. Dark grey laminated clays, sometimes fossiliferous, with thin layers of
ironstone—vegetable impressions, and an underlie of ferruginous and
carbonaceous Clay—selenite COMMON .........0ee.eceeeeceeeceeeeeeeceeeee Bo. PAVE
b. White sand 2 feet, to which succeeds ochreous sand 1 to 2 feet, pass-
ing down into light greenish sand* : no fossilS..........csscseeeeeeeseee 25:?
a. Green and ferruginous-coated flints in greenish sand} ...cocsseceeseeees 2
Chalk to base of cliff. 87
The organic remains I have found in this section are as follows :—
Cyrena cuneiformis, Fér. Melanopsis buccinoides, Fér.
—— intermedia, Mell. ? Ostrea Bellovacina, Desh.
Cerithium variabile, Desh. Psammobia Condamini, Mor.
Dreissena serrata, Mell. ? Unio.
Hydrobia Parkinscni, Mer. ? Cypris ?

Melania inquinata, Desh.
Leaves of plants figured by Dr. Mantell (in Stratum ce).

Dr. Mantelialso mentions the occurrence of the Avicula media, Sow., Helix levis,
Flem., and Cytherea convexa, Brong. (probably the Dreissena, Hydrobia, and Cy-
rena cuneiformis of the above list), and Fish-teeth resembling those of the Mustelus.

In addition to these there are in the collection of the Geological Society some
curious specimens, apparently of cones and seed-vessels, found by Mr. Warburton.
These beds require further investigation.

In consequence of this being a distant outlier, and of the absence
therefore of connecting links, the relation of these fossiliferous grey
clays and thick beds of sand to the mottled red clays of the Isle of
Wight is not readily apparent. That they are in reality synchronous
_will be further on shown to be probable, by analogous changes in the
same division in the London district.

The few foregoing observations merely give a sketch of this group
in Hampshire. The rarity of sections and want of time have pre-
vented me from working it out so fully as I could have wished. It
will serve, however, to show the relation of this portion of the series
to that of the same age in the London district, and which I purpose
treating in greater detail. The number of sections exposed to the
westward of London along both the north and south lines of out-
crop of the Lower Tertiaries renders this a work of comparative
facility, until we arrive in the neighbourhood of London. The chalk
tract separating the Hampshire Tertiaries from those of the London
district at their nearest point of approach is about twenty miles
broad.

London District.—In entering upon this area we find the middle
division of the Lower London Tertiaries resuming its position with
characters almost identical with those under which it outcrops in the
neighbourhood of Salisbury, as the two following sections will show :—

* At Seaford this sand contains masses of rough ferruginous sandstone con-
cretions : and the flints of stratum a beneath it are often cemented into consider-
able-sized blocks.

+ It is at the base of this bed that the Webdsterite and hydrate of alumina

occur.

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 85

Clarendon Hill, Hampshire* (several small pits in a brick-field).

London Clay. Feet.
1. Basement-bed of the London clay (flint-pebbles in clay and sand) ... 1

+ Mottled clays with a few subordinate beds of sand, about............ 45

a. Flints and pebbles in green sand and clay .......0c..ossscossceseeces 1

Chalk. —
4]

Pebble Hill, Berkshire (section from two pits in nearly adjoining
brick-fields). P\. 1. Diag. A, Loe. sect. 2.

London Clay. ft. in.
1. Basement-bed of the London clay (flint-pebbles in clay and sand) + 9

( Light mottled greenish clay .............sescescssceseerescccecnsesscees 0
Trregular bed Of sand .0.......,scescosssecsecetsnccssoecesseeeersscevenees 3 0

Sandy grey and brown clay passing into slightly mottled clay ... 25 0

IIs Reditile clay) losee sorte. cnesmnueccceasesebwscosorsedacness seecrescees 5 0
Hime Sand a eocecscccisesecenaceseocerececonscsetaneneenaocsesecescodse aes 3 0

Band of Ostrea Bellovacind .......scosscccseeccccsocscncoveecencecssaces 0 3

La. Flints and pebbles in green sand and clay.........ccc..esecssseeeees 1 0

Chalk. ——
49 0

In Marlborough Forest the tertiary beds are so thin and so dis-
turbed by, or mixed with, drift, that no good sections can be obtained ;
enough, however, is exposed to see that they consist of mottled clays
with sands and pebble beds reposing upon chalk. ‘At Bagshot Hill,
two miles west of Hungerford, the series is more complete, but is
badly shown, and consists of the following beds :—

Bagshot Hill (section from a few small pits and road-side cuttings).
Pl. I. Diag. A, Loe. sect. 1.

, Feet.
1, Flint-pebbles in clay and sand, some blocks of puddingstone on surface... 3
e. Laminated yellow clays and sands _ ............ssscscsosseocsccsescecseses about 12
d. Dark mottled clays, light green with bright red.................eces0e« about 35
c. Imperfect iron-sandstone and sand .........s20...sscseescaseecscsensesceceeeees 2
6. Yellow sand and green clayey sand, with a thin seam of « ysters at base... 8?
a. Ferruginous clay with small flint-pebbles .......0.-..20+ .scecsceccscsesscseeees 0%
604

Chalk, with a very uneven surface.

The Ostrea Bellovacina is the only fossil found in this section,
which is merely exposed in part and is given approximately. At
Prosperous Wood these beds are more sandy, and contain subordinate
layers of iron-sandstone 2 to 3 feet thick. At Inkpen mottled clays
again preponderate and are worked to some extent: they are not
fossiliferous. At Pebble Hill the irregular and undulating bedding
of the Reading series is apparent, both in the section taken by itself,
or viewed in relation to the Wickham and Newbury pits.

* See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vi. pp. 257 & 258 for fig. of this and the
following Section.

+ Group II. probably would admit of as many divisions as the mottled clays at
Pebble Hill, but the section is too imperfect (the lower beds not being exposed
when I was ‘there) to give the exact sequence and thickness of each bed: on the
whole also it is more argillaceous.

86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

At a pit on Liquid Farm, three and a quarter miles E.S.E. of Ald-
bourne, and at Hopgrass Pit, one anda half mile W.N.W. of Hun-
gerford, isolated masses of the mottled clays are worked, apparently
m depressions or hollows on the summit of the chalk hills. In both
places the clays are interstratified with thick beds of sand, are ex-
tremely irregular in their stratification, and none of the beds contain
any fossils. At Wickham, five and a half miles north-west of New-
bury, the section of these beds, showing a considerable change from
the series at Pebble Hill, which is three and a halt miles further
south, is tolerably complete.

[The vertical scale of this and all the following sections, except
when mentioned to the contrary, is 50 feet to the inch. |

Fig. 2.— Wickham (section from three or four pits in the brick-field).

Feet.
1. Gravel of pebbles and subangular flints in
Clayfand Sandy. sememicesttencctoncseincsdasenen 5
g. Yellow sands more or less argillaceous ... 15 ?
Jf. Mottled black, red and greenish clays...... 20 ?
e. Brown and yellow elay and ochreous sand 5
d. Light yellow sand striped ochreous and
FAHENAL dodcadosesbocupscudaduconcecdGao co “eccdiGne 4
c. Very tough greenish grey clay ............ 3
b. Grey sand passing down into a fine white
ShanpisSandieapeancnessssaecisectecshs saenaecciass 12?
a. Light brown clay and green-coated flints
Dement eennec- mers esceucecssccasessaetereens 22
66
AS ORGUEE Moa dacn socisisessa eo ntoeee sasisececsieens sens 15

I have found no fossils in these pits. The lower sand beds are
more developed here than at the places before mentioned, being
liable to rapid and considerable variations. In some places they are
10 to 20 feet thick, and in others not more than 2 or 3. Further,
at Newbury, in the half mile of railway cutting, they pass (horizon-
tally) from a nearly white colour to apple-green, and then to yellow.
The same sands and clays are also worked in pits at Stock Cross and
Donnington.

One (or rather two in adjacent works) of the best sections in this
district occurs at Clay Hill, Shaw, one mile E.N.E. of Newbury.
With the exception of a small break, the sequence from the London
Clay down to the Chalk is complete. No fossils are met with in the
upper part of the Reading series, but in the lower part the bed of
Ostrea Bellovacina is extremely well developed, and the shells in a
fine state of preservation, although friable. Many of them are very
large, as much as 7 or 8 inches in diameter. In the same bed are
also found fish-bones, teeth of Lamne and other fish, a few bones of
Chelonia, minute spine of Echinoderm, a few Foraminifera ( Globu-
lina), and Cythere Mulleri.

* The depth to which the Chalk is penetrated in this and the following sections
varies of course from time to time, and is only given approximately.

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 87

Clay Hill, Newbury (connected section of two adjoining chalk and
clay pits). Pl. I. Diag. A, Loe. sect. 3.

F Feet
111. Brown clay and traces of shells* (London Clay and Basement-bed)......... 10
{j- Mottled red and bluish clay....................seeeeeeees ogdoBaosonssioag0n0000 15
Gas Nini REEL” Scaddboppcopobsodabmod cobosoconCosendoqubacoOD sHaasoonedadesbodseaHbc 1
TAIMOttleds clay sic ees oat eek easels actetols clone ule Base Sara oe tach acted 10
g. Sands and loam, only partly exposed.............00..... hoobboge9a0G0R0q00 10?
Ff. Light-coloured and ochreous sand, laminated .........ccsseeceeceseeaees 3
In. 4 e. Laminated dark grey clay, grey and green sand, and a few pebblest. q
d. Ditto, with Ostrea Bellovacind ............cscccecececseeeeeescncecscnsoenes
¢. Dark grey clay mixed with green sand: no oysters ............seeee0... 5
6. Dark grey clay mixed with green sand, oysters, teeth, &c.: pebbly... 1

| a. Dark grey clay mixed with green sand, pebbles, and a few unrolled

[ TINNNGS, dodbgane PAS e eat ecacian Suse remand Mlciscineis sicuc cae Sopanabadosuqnoace 1
62
Chalk, with tubular surface-perforations filled with green sand ............... 20

In this part of Berkshire the mottled clays preponderate on the
south side of the Tertiary area, whilst on the northern outcrop the
sands are more largely developed. This latter is especially the case at
Courage and Oare, a few miles northward of Newbury.

At Red Hill, seven and a half miles west of Reading, the section
is as follows :—

Red Hill (pit in brick-field). Pl. 1. Diag. A, Loe. sect. 4.
Feet.
e Red and purple clay passing down into red and green mottled, and
(HNO THEOL MIE. Soobeoossadaaoadboondendbe obbsooSHonodenaKodsonodadgadontenbodedd 20
d. Patch of angular chalk fragments, subangular flints, and flint-pebbles 1
cuMottiledyredvandtyellow:sandteeeccrcescscsenecccinssesseceeie se ecerace erences 0
aD Ie At -COlOULEHISANGY mnencncacesmseccsetaecscceacscisssccrcceaecceemceaeeeree 6

The peculiarity of this section is the occurrence of a patch of an-
gular chalk fragments and flints, resembling ordinary gravel, beneath
the main mass of mottled clay §. I found no organic remains in this
place. At Sulham near Pangbourne the sands overlying the chalk
are more than 20 feet thick. At Rose Hill, and again at Woodcot
Common, to the north of Reading, there is a considerable outlier of
unfossiliferous mottled clays and sands. The section at Katesgrove
pit, Reading, is well known from the description of Dr. Buckland ||,
who noticed also the rapid change by which, on the opposite side of the

* These were first noticed by Mr. Rupert Jones. + Lhave recently
found traces of fossils in this bed which require further examination.

t The letters affixed to the different beds of the Woolwich and Reading Series
in the several sections do not mark equivalent strata, with the exception of “ a,”
which is always confined to the commencing or lowest bed of the series. Where
the letters begin further on in the alphabet, it is merely to indicate that the series
is not complete—that some of the lower beds are wanting.

§ In digging a well at Bradfield, between this spot and Reading, the mottled
clays are said to have been above 130 feet thick; but this seems to me doubtful.

|| Trans. Geol. Soc. 2 ser. vol. iv. p. 276. Since the period of Dr. Buckland’s
visit, the ‘‘ Basement Bed of the London Clay ” with its well-characterized fossils
has been exposed by the extension of the pit further into the hill. (See Rolfe
in Trans. Geol. Soc. 2nd ser. vol. v. p. 127.)

La! Q&

Pre Wiynl
na
CAAA ELA

a

Fig. 3.—Reading (Railway-cutting). Pl. I. Diag. A, Loe. sect. 5.

valley at St. David’s Hill, sands almost en-
tirely replace the clays of the Katesgrove
pit (Pl. I. Diag. A, Loc. sect. 6).

A feature of considerable interest con-
nected with this series was exhibited in the
railway cutting for the Newbury branch
line through the hill west of and adjoining
Reading. Under the mottled clays there
were a few feet of sand, and then a local
and Jenticular mass of very finely laminated
light greenish clay abounding, in places,
with the most beautifully preserved impres-
sions of plants. Beneath this bed were
strata of yellow sand succeeded by the bed

[= of green sand with the Ostrea Bellovacina.

I give this section in full, both to show
these points and also as a good instance of
the irregular deposition of the mottled clay

series. (For the plants see Pl. IV.)
Feet.
1. Ochreous flint-gravel, varies greatly in thick-
MESS—AVETABES ......0eceeeesecer eens erpenaSades 10
6. Mottled red and light bluish grey clay pass-
ing down into slightly laminated light
grey clays ..... shies date semen omega: dae daQaaee te 20
c. Laminated yellow sands ..............+e0ee+00++ 2
d. Thin layers of light grey and greenish clays
more or less sandy; some of the seams con-
sist of a very pure and fine clay slightly
mottled with a tinge of red. Extremely
perfect and very numerous impressions of
leaves are found in this bed............... oe
e. Fine yellow sand with slight false stratifica-
tion. Ferruginous clayey sand in patches

—soft ferruginous casts of wood............ 8

a. Green sand with a band of Ostrea Bellova-
CINIAL AV Retr) 2 ccna co cenesesssencecsnesetennes 2
46

4. Chalk, with tubular surface-perforations
filled with green sand at f ............ se. (G
East of Reading the cutting of the Great
Western Railway at Sonning Hill afforded
an excellent section of the Reading series
and of the Basement-bed of the London
Clay. Here, the sands which, between
Newbury and Reading, are often as fully
developed as the mottled clays, disappear
almost entirely, and pass into or are re-
placed by mottled clays. This section also
shows the peculiar waved and irregular
lines of bedding of these strata, which here
as usual contain no organic remains *.

* The workmen however described to me a speci-
men which, from their account, would appear to
have been the head or jaw of a fish that they had
found in the middle of this series. The Basement-
bed of the London Clay, which caps the hill, abounds
in well-preserved fossils.

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 89

Sonning Hill (Railway-cutting). Pl. 1. Diag. A, Loe. sect. 7.

Feet.
Subangular flint-gravel, ochreous,—varies in thickness, averages........ . 12
oe Basement-bed of the London Clay,—fossiliferous brown clay with yellow
, and green sand, pebbles, and septaria ...........ssecssscecsevevcscecseeseees

( 1. Slightly mottled bluish and red, passing eastward into grey, clay ... 10
z. An irregular seam of sand, in some places yellow, in others of a

light bluish colour ................sseeessseeee Goqabdae + soobdogssoa606000d oo
j. Mottled brown and blue.......... BCE acaeites
Be Wank ONO son core erence asec seek es cop iela cleo fet BodecoouuDdagacheS 23
- je Mottled red and grey, the lower part lighter
11. 4 2% Irregular seam of white sand....... Anoboddosebe coodoauabSoReSAbOUSBODoOGOCD 25
es Rediclayy.ccccdeececens pnogadéasudaecsoodadscqdeccUoaodusdoncomcaseaboanooadee 13
Gg Muighti grey clay } Ge eee tend wecasebisenr nce ose sitesi sjesensbilessiewersracion sri 03
Fo Very arkyereyrclay, (ike dessseeccicseee eel seesls ets cies +s eelelelete-llalsie ss ctela' eceey O
| CtRed claypiuMccsneces coeccnescesa see adcadcseetcsdeestockc me sesecuan eens copoos |
d. Light grey clay ..sccececsssesecerosesseceveses Sod opodoedabbocosdeoSOnd00000 se 1
Le. Yellow sand with bands of brown GER? Costbcoad Cdosenodasndod dacoebadec 2
673

At Twyford the section consists almost entirely of compact mottled
green and red clay. Northward of this district we find several out-
liers of the lower tertiaries reposing upon the elevated chalk district
of Oxfordshire, Berkshire, and Buckinghamshire. A very striking
instance of this occurs at Nettlebed, nine miles due north of the sash
mass of the tertiaries at Reading, and only two miles distant from
the edge of the chalk escarpment. The tertiary beds here attain a
height of 820 feet above the sea-level. No fossils are found in this
section, which is interesting, however, from its showing blocks of
sandstone in situ.

Fig. 4.—Nettlebed Hill (section from several small pits in brick-
field).
Feet.

1. Gravel, chiefly flint-pebbles—averages about... 5
e. White and yellow sands with ironstone nodules :
flint and a few quartz pebbles occur in the

lower part of this bed ..........00..seeeseseceeee 12
= d. Light greenish clay, whitish sand and masses
of sandstone, and red sands and clays......... 10
REGn erase cengls
cs | Black ......... slightly mottled clays........ eet |
Light green

5. White sand with some large and very compact
concretionary sandstones in the upper part of
it, also a few dark red ferruginous nodules ... 10

a. Green sand and flints ....... OcAAG: CoS SBE CD eo ScROES 1
45
AMONG Income ere ste cease a enesde Aces aticade meseuceees 10

The two high and conspicuous hills between Maidenhead and
Henley are formed by tertiary outliers. Another outlier forms the

* Beneath this bed, which was the lowest exposed, were said to be 10 feet of
dark clay reposing upon 5 feet of ash-coloured sands, succeeded by the green-
coated flints 1 foot, and then chalk.

90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

high hills at Lane End, four miles west from High Wycombe. The
summit of this hill consists of London clay with a thin layer of the
“Basement Bed,’’ with its characteristic fossils beneath it; this is
succeeded by sands and mottled and laminated clays reposing upon
the chalk. Sands predominate, and no fossils have been found.

On the chalk hills around Missenden, Amersham, and the Chal-
fonts, traces of the lower tertiaries frequently occur, but they are
so covered and mixed with drift that it is rarely that clear sections
can be obtained. One and a half mile east from Chesham is Tiler’s
Hill, where again we find, at a distance of nine miles north of the
main mass of the tertiaries, an outlier of London clay reposing upon
the lower tertiaries.

The falling in of the shaft of a chalk-pit has recently (1853) as-
sisted in exposing a complete section of this hill from the London
Clay down to the Chalk. Though not very accessible, it shows a
clear unbroken sequence, and affords therefore a good key-section.

Tilers Hill, Chesham (section from sand-pit and shaft of chalk-pit
in the brick-field). Pl. 1. Diag. B, Loe. sect. 1.

Feet
Gravel, chiefly of flint-pebbles in clay, averages............ 4
6. Brown clay with a few nodular septaria.................. 10
Loa ay oe Layers of ignated grey and hewn Clay -cencteeeeetelee 3
1. Basement-bed { c. Layer of imperfect septaria full of fossils* ..............- 04
of the London ; Ge nehtebrownsan dy: Clayi2s cusssesccessnee ences emcee aes 2
Clay, 33 feet. (a. Flint-pebbleS insclay .. 22.0.2... .0...2e.cecsccensccencceneoces 1
h. Umber-coloured clay, in places slightly mottled red
ANC VEN OW see SA es dence ais Sore etna oc ae eae eer eeinee 2
g- Fine siliceous sand, in places very white ............... 3
Jf. Light-coloured soft sandstone with an occasional
iWeb hnod pebble—variable Gc.) sae secs sh a-keceeaacer hess eeeacee ee 1

e. Light-coloured siliceous sands with a few seams of

mee | grey clay, the lower part coarser, yellow, and brown 10
ee d. Laminated grey and yellow clay and sand, with an

under-seami GipPeDDIES ina. seaeserceasasisce races seneseeiee ]

ec. Yellow and ash-coloured sand with seams of grey clay 8

| 4. Grey clay laminated with sand ............ce.sceeeeeeeee 4

La. Large unrolled flints, apparently white-coated ......... 2
513

CHAT ae ncoe sosieeeccecnsccaas sducdceconednceccceatoeseen scree ee ensete ene nereeee 25

It is to be observed that here a layer of the sand passes im places
occasionally into soft sandstone.

Returning southward we fall in with the main body of the tertiaries
near Beaconsfield. In a section at Pitlands Wood, one and a half
mile east of this village, thin patches of subangular flints occur
apparently beneath the mottled clays. From Starveall to Hedgerley
is a Succession of sections which are interesting from their exhibiting
the very rapid structural changes which take place in these sands and
mottled clays.

The two local sections, 12 and 13, in Plate I. Diag. A, are actual

* The Ditrupa plana abounds, together with Ostrea Bellovacina, a few Natica
glaucinoides, a Fusus, and teeth of Lamna.

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 9]

ones, less than half a mile apart. In this short distance the mottled
clays almost entirely disappear and are replaced by sands *.

At Uxbridge and Pinner the mottled clays are largely developed.
The shafts sunk to procure chalk at the latter place+ give sections
very similar to that at Hedgerley ; but on Pinner Hill, in place of
the mottled clays, sands and pebbles predominate, as shown on the
side of the lane leading from the summit of the hill to Hamper Mill.
At Watford a remarkable development of the rolled pebble bed im-
mediately overlying the chalk occurs. It there forms a mass 15 feet
thick, with a matrix of ochreous clayey sand, which gives it the ap-
pearance of the ordinary drift-gravel.

Fig. 5.— Watford (general section on railway, Bushey cutting).

3
I. ir
d YY ae 7a } i] pp
4 y - i) oe Ly . s
_ = ae — — ab.
U. i oe Ae 5
b : is ae
a ie
ri
3. London Clay. Feet.
1. Basement-bed of the London Clay with numerous fossils....................- 5
(th SELVES cao soancobdoccoboe sede ccdds rote seuedb dads. cseroocoscaseduaspasesedudonvooaccd 3?
c. Mottled clays with a few beds of sand ............c00..s.ssceeeerceececoes 35?
"- 5. Sand nearly white, with a few layers and patches of flint-pebbles ... 10
a. Shingle-bed of flint-pebbles in ochreous sand...............ceeessseeeeeeee 15
68
Ah OAT ‘ceocobo3cdubceceaudoecoucccaD bacp D6 pceddecaon009doDacdCOuGaeDuRaBoqebo0s6009OB0r0000 5

At Welwyn this division consists essentially of sands with irregular
subordinate beds of grey clays, occasionally mottled red and green,
layers of flint-pebbles, and thin seams of iron-sandstone. At Hatfield t
the mottled clays are entirely replaced by sands, which at Hertford
again give way in part to clays. The oyster bed overlying the chalk
is developed again in this neighbourhood. The sections are from
pits in a brick-field at George’s farm, one mile from Hertford, on the
London road.

* For a section of the Hedgerley Pit (10) see Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vi. p. 268.

+ A section in full, taken by Mr. Morris, of the Pinner pits is given in Journ.
Geol. Soe. vol. vi. p. 269.

{ For the section at this place see Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. vi. p. 270.

92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Near Hertford (section from chalk-pit and pits in the brick-field).
Pl. I. Diag. C, Loe. sect. 2.

Feet
Mixed’clay and gvaveliitie.i::tsedensee-tceadecdeptakbeeecuaeb epee 1
1. Basement-bed { 6. Brown sandy clay laminated with tougher clay, con-
of the London taining casts of Panopoed, KC. ....-+.eecseeeseeee eceeaen
Clay, 63 feet. (a. Flint-pebbles im clay .......0.....sccecececececceeececsceececes 04
( f Light greenish sand ............. Borsa in Soonantodossooog8A85 4
e. White or ash-coloured sand............secsseeseseecneseenes 6
11. Woolwich and | d. Light yellow sands .........s0s.cssesceseeececesenseeetennees 4
Reading Series, + c. Light-coloured mottled red and grey clays..........«:..- 10?
32 feet. 6. Yellow sand with patches of the Ostrea Bellovacina in
Placeslatiits, baselsaa.ccecceec.eeseseesctetenedses cates ress 6?
a. ‘Green-coated Mints 220.5%... cess+.cceedsemeecenseeeboeseedes 1
. 394
Chalk... evseanceceetoedenstteenadctuer peccecchaesasecteredacseateessatias Son osoNO2008 12

At Seacombe and Collier’s End, north of Hertford, mottled clays
seem altogether to replace the sands (Pl. I. Diag. C, Loe. sect. 1).
The section at the latter place is peculiar from the circumstance of
the flint-pebbles, which usually form, with the quartzose sand, the
shingle bed at the base of this series, being here enveloped in, and
forming part of, the mottled clays, which therefore come down in
actual contact with the chalk*. To the south of Hertford, on the
contrary, sands predominate, as at Northaw, which is noted for its
fine bed of the Ostrea Bellovacina (P1. I. Diag. C, Loe. sect. 3).

The mass of lower tertiaries capping the chalk hills between Ware
and Bishop Stortford affords no good sections. Several small pits,
of which that at Patmore Heath is the best, show the prevalence of
mottled red clays with sands and pebble beds.

Patmore Heath, three miles west of Manewden.

Feet.
BLOW NNClAYA ANC OTAVeligscescncsnesscssncccsssceeecnvecce asco smacscceercentecsnaetenences 1
Mottled red, brown and grey sandy clay ..............scececeeeeececccteeececeteceene 2
Ash-coloured sand with laminz of brown clay and a seam of flint-pebbles ... 2%
Flint-pebbles in light greenish grey Clay ..........sescseecscesececeseceetceceseceeees 13

The Chalk crops out at about 6 feet lower.

Tam doubtful whether the Thanet Sands range thus far north. If
they do, they must be represented by the bed of sand which is to be
seen reposing on the chalk in a few pits between Bishop Stortford and
Newport. The sections, however, are so far between and so indistinct,
that throughout Essex I do not know of one satisfactory exhibition
of the Lower London Tertiaries ; still enough is shown to lead to the
belief that sands there prevail in this series almost exclusively. In
Suffolk there are a few sections in the neighbourhood of Hadleigh
and Ipswich+, where it appears that the space of 30 to 40 feet be-
tween the London clay and the chalk is occupied by sands only ;
but whether they belong to the Woolwich beds or to the Thanet

* This is the only spot in which I have seen the mottled clay come directly
into contact with the chalk. Elsewhere it is always separated by a few feet of
sand, green sand, or ferruginous clay.

t For sections of these pits at Gestingthorpe, Hadleigh, Ipswich, and Kyson, see
my former paper in Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vi. pp. 271, 272

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 93

Sands, there is in these sections no evidence to show. Iam inclined,
however, to think that a portion, if not the whole of them, may pos-
sibly belong to the former group*. According to the Rev. W. B.
Clarke, the evidence of its extension in Suffolk is more definitet. In
well-sections at Harwich (p. 370) he mentions the occurrence of beds
of mottled clay, sand, and shingle; also of vegetable impressions in
a brown clay at Higham Bridge (p. 373) f.

It would thus appear that mottled clays, irregularly interstratified
with sands, prevail along the western portion of the northern outcrop
of the Woolwich and Reading series, whilst north-eastward this series
seems reduced generally to a simple thick bed (or beds) of sand.
With the exception of the Ostrea Bellovacina found occasionally at
the base of this group, no other shells are met with along that line.
There is nowhere any appearance of the Woolwich group of fluviatile
shells, but traces of vegetable matter and teeth of Lamna occasionally
occur.

As the surface-sections do not afford us sufficient proof of the exact
connection of the sands and mottled clays of Reading with the sands,
clays, and pebble beds of Woolwich, we must retrace our steps to
Uxbridge and Watford, and endeavour to follow the continuation of
these beds underground to London and Woolwich. Although passing
through a district in which several deep wells have been sunk, there
are, owing to the want of correct details, but a few amongst the
number which are available in evidence.

First is the well at the Hanwell Lunatic Asylum, of which general
particulars were taken§ and rock-specimens|| preserved.

* The foreman at the Kyson pit stated that large oysters (Ostrea Bellovacina ?)
were occasionally found in the sand beneath the pebble bed with the mammalian
teeth.

+ Trans. Geol. Soc. 2nd ser. vol. v. pp. 361-383.

~ In many of this author’s sections, some beds, which are described as ‘* Lon-
don Clay,” ‘“ Plastic Clay,” and “ Plastic Sand,” will, I believe, be found to belong
to the Boulder Clay and the unproductive sands of the Crag (Nos. 33, 40 and 43,
p- 376; Nos. 44 to 49, p.377; Nos. 55, 56, 59, p.378; No. 65, p. 379). At
Balingdon Hill (p. 375) there should be 30 to 40 feet of the unproductive sands
of the Crag and of the Lower Tertiary Sands between the diluvial clay and the
chalk. These errors of description detract from the weight to be attached to this,
in other respects, valuable document.

Since writing the above, I have learnt that in an artesian well at Colchester
the “ Lower London Tertiaries’’ were only 30 feet thick (Brown, Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. for October 1853).

§ In the well-sections the names given by the well-digger are throughout re-
tained. I have however, in most cases, added another column with the geological
grouping, as I interpret the descriptions, in italics. The italics in parentheses are
also introduced in explanation of some of the terms.

It will be observed that the ‘“‘ Basement Bed of the London Clay” rarely
appears in these sections. This I believe arises from the fact that, owing to its
general thinness and not very striking mineral characters, it has been almost always
overlooked in well-sections. Wherever specimens have been preserved, I have
generally found evidence of its existence.

I may remark that many of these deep wells have been sunk within the last ten,
and all within the last thirty or forty years.

+ Amongst the specimens which I have examined, there were the following
London Clay shells, but they were loose and not placed :—Cancellaria leviuscula,
Cytherea obliqua, Fusus bifasciatus, Natica, Nucula Bowerbankii, Panopea inter-
media, Rostellaria Sowerbyi.

94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Well-section, Hanwell. (As the exact limits of the different beds
are not given in a printed section, the measurements here assigned
to them must be considered only as approximate.) P\. I. Diag. A,
Loe. sect. 15.

Vieretable soil macuccen-eecsesteeeeonte } 2]

Gravel, sand, sand and gravel ......

fobrickiclayace-eecereemcere Heth iy tae a 2)

' Blue or London clay..............000

Piece of fossil Wood ..........-..00005

Vein of stone (layer of septaria) ... |
en

Surface soil and drift .....06 bodeodco

Vein of stone (septaria) ........+...
Hossilishell eee eeecespnaceeer cece:
London Clary i3. ves ses meses sas (aloes 4 paves
Vein of stone with shells imbedded
(septaria with Cyprina planata, As- |
tarte, and fruit-like impressions).
Vein of stone (septaria) ............
{| Indurated mud and sand ............ J
Mud, sand, and pieces of wood (also
1. Basement-béed of the London tabular septaria with bivalve shells

Clay, 4 feet. not determinable) .......2. secsecevees 2
Pebbles (flint) and shells............... 2
{ Mottled clay (red, grey, yellow, light
GTEEN ANA PUCE) ....cecrececereceererees
Sandee cece esepptnesateseeen cee mceccsdstes 2
Clay (mottled light grey and red)...... 13

Indurated sand, clay, and mud (light
brown sandy clays with a seam of

tt. Woolwich and Reading Series, bituminous Clay) .....1.s.eeevereeenee 10
75 feet. Clay (mottled brown and light green). 8
Green sand and clay (with some carbo-
NACCOUS MALLET) .......00..ceeeveeeceees 8
Bed of oyster-shells as hard as rock. 3
Bebbles\ (i772) Mescnescscrecrucesceesens: 4
Bed of flint-stones (22 green sand) ... 4
290
Chalk” aren. saute due raced ae scisstioe Uaion Seisoubemtiorgs cate canada sae eceusestenoetneeeeeecs 30

In this section the mottled clays descend very near to the chalk,
and are underlaid only by 3 feet of green sand, then by a concreted
mass of the Ostrea Bellovacina reposing upon a bed of round black
(flint) pebbles, under which comes the green-coated unrolled flints
overlying the chalk. The next section is at Castlebear Hill near
Ealing.

Well-section, Castlebear Hill. Pl. I. Diag. A, Loc. sect. 16.

(Communicated by Mr. R. W. Mylne*.) Feet.

London Clay. LUT) (EW eae pues aodoosooS baddoncb eoSuGddkOr as aboHoEE oe. SOOSOe 300
@n Sand and silt. suesceseacsecserescacees sete eeeeecreeenees 30

11. Woolwich and | d. Coloured clays and black clays with pebbles ...... 15
Reading Series,< c. Black, yellow, and green sands ............eeeeeeeee 5
60 feet. .) Pebbles and black clayy..::...c.c--sesaeeeeer beeesededs 9
CEMINIINUSS Ggbgaakoasbaacooonc.cosbedec Se anodoodeonococO MOC C a oC 1

PO \thes Chath cove snccsse cet ees mete sateen eee eee 360

* For this and several succeeding well-sections | am indebted to Mr. R. W.
Mylne, the author of “ Sections of the London Strata,” towards the further illus-

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 95

In the collection of the Geological Society is a series of specimens
and a section of a well at Twyford near Acton, particulars of which
are annexed. A bed of black bituminous clay with appearance of
decomposed shelly matter occurs about 20 feet down in the mottled
clays.

Well-section, Twyford. P\.1. Diag. A, Loe. sect. 17.

Feet

bwvellonniclaye ie eitescwccscce cocceserseese 38

Lane I Gimp lueyClayaiecsascaeae-reccsaraecsecesisls 170
1, Basement-led Mi cx ROCK otis occecsesecccscesecseseceesneneas 1
of the London < 6. Sand and clay with pebbles ......... 1
Clay. _@. Pebbles ..........sseeseeeeeseeeeeree eee 1
LN SABES Gite) ex Mottlediclays) Vese-eceescccssereissccees 36
ReadinuiSenicg ne: Sands tac. Wosnondooogao.G9RdKeqaN00 3

J “| d. Clay, not traversed ........ss0cs.0ses 2

252

Stratum 6.1. here contains, as at White Cliff Bay, small fragments
or pebbles of the underlying mottled red clays, as well as flint-
pebbles.

At Watford we have seen that the shingle beds of the Woolwich
series repose immediately upon the chalk. The Thanet Sands are
absent also at Pinner.

Section of a shaft at Pinner near Harrow.
(Mr. J. Morris.)

Feet
Ondo OlaiymcmeLALlYEC lads dresdacedcusesce: aissessecorocensennacecenassesesces 12
1. Basement-bed ; :

Gadi endian cf sane ae ee anduseptaliayoercecncstetatscesseaccatees :
Clay, 2 feet. : Wel NIES spb codsasobodedooonacadoasoboogoumansebuoouooDNd

Gi SOR TNA! cceodgadecoooSbocqneqdopdoosbandnodescboondobaGoude 5

11. Woolwich and | c. Mottled clay—red, blue, green, &c. ...........2..0e eee ee 26
Reading Series,< 6. Pure white sand, sometimes ferruginous, and contain-

39 feet. ing masses of sandstone, very irregular ............... 4

a. Green marly sand with flints .........cee.ssceeeeeeees apago d

HOVCROCH UES moth enasiieeusdeouaaadcscce snes ee eneasianases 53

At Willesden there are several deep wells, but I have not been able
to obtain an exact section of any of them. From a good supply of
water, however, being obtained before reaching the chalk, it is probable
that the Thanet Sands have here commenced. At Notting Dale this
deposit evidently exists; but in the following section it is probably
confounded with the shingle beds of the Woolwich series ; the
‘«* Pebbles and Sand ” including, I believe, two distinct beds.

tration of which subject that gentleman has collected an amount of evidence of
this description, as will, I expect, throw much light on the local changes which
these beds undergo.

96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Well-section, Notting Dale, near Notting Hill.
(Mr. R. W. Mylne.)

Feet.
Made ground ...........006 12
Gravel! sic. ccecsssciecsesee ects 5
London clay .......sssse. 154
Mottled clay .......0..0+00. 35
Pebbles and sand ......... 38

244
Chalititrcsncqucnesssestedccmones 12

This point is made clearer by the following more careful section
near Westbourne Grove.

Well-section, Westbourne Estate Waterworks.
Pl. I. Diag. A, Loe. sect. 18.

(Mr. R. W. Mylne.)

Feet
5. Yellow clay .......s0scecsseeee NI Re 29
London Clay, { a-~ blue clays .psccecos eneee ees seeedeereeaes 188
(lef Mottled) clays. career enesesmanapasenss 40
: esp ebbleScusesneactceeeecten enon: soc ceee 2i
a. Meer and | d. Green sand, pebbles, and clay ...... 73
fone ne.” e. Sand and small pebbles ............+6- 34
feet. bs Greenusandyece ste cecccecesocete sees easeee 22
a. Sand, pebbles, and clay .........++00+6 6
1. Thanet Sands, { b. Grey Sand .ee....cceceeseecscceceeeecees 17
18 feet. GeMBLINES piseanseaacscccencesscacsseasnocseess 1
297
Chalk. .e.sccerecves mecacsiseteseceas Sees 15

Having thus traced the Woolwich and Reading beds into juxta-
position with the Thanet Sands in this direction, we will now return
to our starting-point at Hungerford and follow the former along their
southern outcrop.

At Highclere, near Newbury, the section at the brick-pit is as
under :—

HMighclere.

Feet
LOndoniclay Wecevsrcekscetercecosese sees ARCUDUESOSIDOSCOOIC COINS: | 12
1. Basement-bed. Large flint-pebbles in sand ...........cseeeeeccseceeeencctetenenes 1
e., Fine ochreous! Sand so .-esvcsseacacscesscvcccsesscatecear at aadaes 10

11. Woolwich | d. Mottled light red, yellow and grey brick-clay, the upper

and Reading part sometimes being a red tile clay...............eeseeeeee
Series. c.. Whitish saridincctcevs teeta cece ce co seoesasedenencee ee eaaeenmtere 10
G. Jron-sandstone)asde-sacenacoss cores sun qesuccureeccsmeneeesneee see 1

At Ewhurst the following section of a well near the church was
given me from recollection by the man who had made it a few years
previously *:—

* There is apparently some mistake in these measurements, although I believe
the order of succession and the occurrence of lignite (0) to be correct.

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 97

Well-section, Ewhurst.

Feet

( f. Red and blue mottled clay ..........+. 20

7, : | e. Blue clay with pebbles.................. 15
eens | d. Black clay with small oysters ......... 15
Renter I> ¢. A bright ore (iron pyrites) .......00... 3

¥ Bi Coalignite)esseccencassceteccecsecctales 7

a. Green sand and gravel (flints) ...... 2

62

CHET ompocogddonanoocossHbosdoqogeoasEesecos We

At Chinham, near Basingstoke, mottled clays prevail, as they do
also at Old Basing, where they are 50 to 60 feet thick, with only one
bed of yellow sand about 5 feet thick above and 2 feet of sand below
them. It is uncertam whether about 20 feet of fossiliferous brown
clay, overlying the sand and mottled clays, should not be included in
this division, but the railway section, when I saw it, was too imperfect
to admit of a satisfactory examination. A further investigation of
the organic remains at this locality would be desirable.

At Odiham and Farnham these beds present but little variety,
consisting almost entirely of mottled clays about 30 feet thick.
The following is the section of a well at Dogmersfield Park near
Odiham :—

Well-section, Dogmersfield Park.

(A. Bond.)

Feet

Os Claysandisand) jMekaikenecsccecsieesseeoroncc cece te 15

[BALES ERE a. Vine lightibluishy Sand ie scescseadeoseteeeeee cece 25

London Clay ...... Bluevclayiwithyseptatiareasssesesenicesceneceestce 330
1. Basement-bed of { Bo) SEING | GUTS, ASIEN,‘ coodooqdoacmoecosonoonodesoodo it
the London Clay? \ a. Stone (septaria) ......ccccscoesececccecnceseeeees 23
Gasand .quibeypreenl weteccsteeeeehveck nassedecs a 13

. f. Clay, yellow, mottled red with some grey ... 5

ai ce iio e. Clayey sand, bluish grey striped red ......... 10
I * | d. Chocolate-coloured ciay mottled with grey... 114

c. Mottled light grey and red clay ..........++... 15

417

East of Farnham the band of Ostrea Bellovacina is found on the
chalk. At Guildford we meet with the first traces of the Woolwich
shell beds. They form on the top of the mottled clays a thin stratum
with an eroded surface, on which reposes the “ Basement-bed of the
London Clay”’ (see Section in Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vi. p. 260, and
Pl. I. Diag. B, Loc. sect. 6 in this volume).

At Fetcham the sand bed immediately overlying the chalk is said
to be 35 feet thick*, and to be underlaid by a band of the Ostrea Bel-
lovacina. On the chalk hills south of Leatherhead are several out-
liers of the “‘ Lower London Tertiaries’’ consisting chiefly of sands
and pebble beds. The most important one is at Headley-on-the-hill,

* Tn open sections I have never seen it above 10 to 12 feet thick.
VOL. X.— PART I. H

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

where there is a considerable thickness of mottled clays, capped by
a thick pebble bed similar to that at Blackheath, and underlaid by
2 to 3 feet of sand with the Ostrea Bellovacina.

At Epsom the Thanet Sands commence : at least it is to that de-
posit I would refer the lower beds (111.) in the following section on
the railway, half a mile north-east from that town.

Fig. 6.—Railway Cutting, Epsom.

Feet.
d. Brownish sand ............ 3

= l CupGTEeCN-SanG) wees eee oes 2
= a a 6. Coarse yellow and green

sand with flint-pebbles

in its lower part ...... 4
E? | a. Laminated grey clay...... 13
c. Fine white sand ......... 12 to 15
.! Grey sande. setae scene 2
a a. Green sand and flints ... 0%

Near Ewell the mottled clays are worked at Nonesuch Park, but
the section is very imperfect.

Thus far the middle division of the ‘‘ Lower London Tertiaries ”’
consists entirely of sands and mottled clays (with a comparatively small
quantity of flint-pebbles at their base), remarkable for the absence
of organic remains, excepting a bed of the Ostrea Bellovacina com-
mon, but not constant, in the thin stratum of sand and pebbles re-
posing immediately upon the chalk. We now, however, arrive at a
point where a very considerable, and rather sudden, change takes place.
Thick masses of rounded flint shingle, alternating with sands and less
frequently with grey and carbonaceous clays often laminated, and
characterized by a peculiar estuarine and freshwater fauna, now
intervene between the ‘‘ Basement-bed of the London Clay ”’ and the
“Thanet Sands.’ Into this mass the mottled clays, however, occa-
sionally dovetail im a manner sufficiently clear to show the relation
and synchronism of these two very distinct-looking groups.

This change takes place nearly on a line passing N. and S.
through London. The Diagrams A. and C. Pl. I. exhibit the leading
phenomena. ‘The following sections will serve further to show the
connection of these two groups of strata. It will be seen that the
mottled clays do not hold, as might be supposed from some of the
sections around Blackheath, any definite position either above or
below the Woolwich fluviatile beds, but that they alternate with the
whole series, sometimes appearing only above and sometimes only
below the latter, and at other times both underlying and overlying
them.

At Croydon there is no complete section of these beds, but the
following may be considered as the approximate sequence at Park
Hill, on the east of that town. It has been taken, with Mr. Flower’s
assistance, on different occasions when the several beds have been
separately and partially exposed.

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 99

Fig. 7.—Park Hill, Croydon.

Ill. 4
3. London Clay (base not shown). Feet.
Tae, BebbleibedS ics se asccuoscsceccowsstacecacnccnene about 10
ec. Clay with Ostrea, Melania, and Cyrena... ,, 6
Iie 4 Os Miottlediclaysc.se.t2 20 ecco cceeserilce cocoa Apes)
a. Green sand and flint-pebbles ............... pe
ib AN RNR” (Goadnccooodoas coon sacotonddosemneoo: ope nae)

4. Chalk.

Owing to the number of well-sections which are necessary to trace
the sequence of the beds across two other lines of section,—the one
S. and N. from Croydon to London, and thence to Ware, and the
other W. and E. from Esher to Chelmsford,—I have considered it
better to remove them from this part of the paper, and to place them
at the end, as an Appendix.

To resume now with the sections exposed by pits at the surface,
eastward of the meridian of London.

Between a line drawn from Croydon to Orpington, and the Thames,
is a district in which the pebble beds both of the Woolwich group and
of the Basement-bed of the London clay* are largely developed.
With the former group are constantly associated seams of fluviatile
fossiliferous clays and occasionally even of considerable masses of the,
mottled clays. Very few sections are exposed in the central and
south-western portions of this district: the whole series is extremely
variable, and no very distinct order rules, except that on the whole
mottled clays (thinning out eastward) prevail in the lower part,
shelly beds in the central, and shingle in the upper part, but that
not exclusively, of this group.

In proceeding eastward, the first sections of any consequence we
arrive at are in the neighbourhood of Hayes Common. ‘Two pits
existed a few years since in a garden on the south side of the lane
leading down from that Common to Nash Farm, whilst a more recent
cutting made in deepening the same lane completed the section to the
top of the hill. This general section, which showed tolerably well
two zones of the Woolwich shells with the mottled clays between
them, is rendered in Plate I. Diag. C, Loc. sect. 19. There is also
a section showing the pebble beds, mottled clays, and shelly beds
in the lane leading down from Hayes Common towards Wickham
(Pl. I. Diag. C, Loc. sect. 18).

* The shingle beds of this division continue at intervals in considerable force, as
at Abbey Wood near Erith, Rowhill Wood Hill south of Dartford, Windmill Hill,

Gravesend, Shorne Hills, and Gad’s Hill near Rochester.
Hi?

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

At Orpington the Woolwich and Reading group decreases in im-
portance. The following section was shown in a road-cutting at
Crofton Pound near that village.

Orpington. eph:
i, Binesyellow/sandienosnneceacecemstnteemeteesceetiecce oe eae tenes acer 6
Asp Darkipreyiclaysrsacmeacertssceees somerset eases er ecie sseeee eee 02
j. Mass of comminuted shells, chiefly Cyrena cuneiformis ...... 1

i. Yellow clay and concretionary slabs of earthy limestone, full
OfsthevOstreaBeulovacind -ennceececneceeeceeeeeeee des rectciees

1
7 3
Tieohbsch kh. Wight browniclayecs-saccccsescete tcc sence esasoeeenatas estates 2
1

and
Reading
Series.

g- Rough thin concretionary limestone full of Ostrea and Cyrena
Ff, Mixed’brownland jgrey) clay) }i2) acess saecsetsbees spac eeessmass
e. Mass of broken shells (Cyrena, Melania, Cerithium) in yel-

Towpclayantnictesectiascaackisciare sseiccsrios <plsciolnpate ssterasetacteneer 34
d. Mottled bright red and light greenish clay ..................... 24
1
1

ec. Brown clay, full of small flint-pebbles ...................0e0esee
bs Bright) yellowsaclayesenco-eectiee -erimssstece sce ec ceeteneenr eat
| a. Dark clayey green sand, passing down into very light-coloured
i loose green sand, with a few thin layers of flint-pebbles... 8

292

Traces of the mottled clays are visible yet here. The lower part
of this group now often assumes the character of the Thanet Sands,
from which it can only be distinguished by a few scanty seams of
pebbles. On the hill west of St. Mary’s Cray the separation of the
two groups is however extremely well marked, as the pebbles form a
dense mass in a bed of green sand.

Immediately north of the line just passed over is a district where,
amidst a most variable series and a large development of unfossiliferous
flint-shingle and sands, one section stands out in bold relief, and
almost alone there preserves the fauna of the group: for a short
distance near Bromley and Chiselhurst portions of the usually loose
and sandy beds are rendered solid by a calcareous cement; and
at Sundridge Park, where they are occasionally worked, they present
a mass 25 to 30 feet thick of a hard light-coloured conglomerate,
with a few subordinate sand beds, abounding in fossils. The upper
beds in particular of this section show a strong false stratification
shelving 12° to 22° northward. The exact position of these strata
cannot be recognised in this section: I believe them, however, to
be synchronous with the upper sands at Lewisham and the pebbly
sands overlying the fossiliferous clays at Woolwich. The same beds
are occasionally solidified nearer to London, but nowhere to the same
extent as at Sundridge and beneath Chiselhurst Hill.

Organic remains, Sundridge Park Pit.

Cerithium variabile, Desh. Glycimeris ?

Corbula Regulbiensis, Mor. Melanopsis buecinoides, Fé.

Cyrena cuneiformis, Fér. Melania inquinata, Desh.
deperdita, Sow. Modiola dorsata, Mor.

— tellinella, Desh. Natica glaucinoides, Sow.
cordata, Mor. Neritina globulus, Def.
intermedia, Mell. Nucula fragilis, Desh.

Fusus latus, Sow. Ostrea Bellovacina, Desh.

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 101

Ostrea tenera, Sow. Crustacea (Cancer ?).

Hydrobia Parkinsoni, Mor. Teeth of Lamna.

Patella. Scales of Fishes.

Pectunculus terebratularis, Desh. Flustra.

Planorbis hemistoma, Sow. Cythere ?

Pholas. Fragments of wood and imperfect
Serpula. vegetable impressions.

Further northward in this district we meet with some better and
well-known sections. The lower part of the Woolwich series is here
generally formed of pebbly sands, remarkable on account of their
variable and peculiar characters. At Loam Pit Hill, Lewisham, the
section of which has been given both by Dr. Buckland* and by
Conybeare and Phillips+ (see Pl. I. Diag. C, Loc. sect. 10, and ex-
planation of the same), these sands are in greater part ferruginous
and 18 feet thick. On the hill between Lewisham and Lee the
pebbles, instead of being imbedded in sand, are in a matrix of mot-
tled clays, which elsewhere occasionally entirely replace both sands
and pebbles. No fossils are found either at Deptford or Lewisham.
At Woolwich this portion of the series consists of 1 foot of pebbles
im an argillaceous green sand, with about 18 feet of a slightly pebbly
greenish and ochreous sand above them. In the sand are a few cal-
careo-ferrugious concretions, and in these are found casts and im-
pressions of the Cyrena cunetformis and Cerithium variabile. In all
these localities this bed, when exposed, is seen to repose upon an eroded
surface of the Thanet Sands, but it is more especially to the east of
Woolwich that this is apparent. The pebbly sands there come down
on the Thanet Sands in great sweeps, as shown in the following
section on the North Kent Railway, representing a length of 200 to
300 feet and a depth of about 12 to 20.

Fig. 8.—Section on the Railway East of Woolwich.

The vertical scale of this section is 100 feet to the inch.

11. Base of Woolwich and Reading series. mi. Thanet Sands.

But the clearest and most singular exhibition of this phenomenon
is in a small pit on the left of the road ascending the hill from Plum-
stead to Abbey Wood Common, where this pebbly bed has been as
it were splashed into the soft and yielding surface of the underlying
Thanet Sands.

Fig. 9.—Abbey Wood Commont.

a. Dark pebbly argillaceous green
sand.

a fn Light-coloured Thanet Sands.

* Geol. Trans. vol. iv. p. 287, and Pl. 13. + Geology of England and Wales, p. 49.
t The last time (May 1853) I visited this spot this section was covered over.

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

This distinguishing feature is, however, so irregularly maintained,
that at Erith, where in the Ballast pit this middle group overlies the
Thanet Sands, the line of demarcation between them can hardly be
traced : the two sands are almost exactly alike, and the pebble seams
are wanting. But the organic remains here assist us, as a band,
marked by the occurrence of the Ostrea Bellovacina, defines the line
of separation of the two groups*.

Above this basement-bed are a series of fluviatile clays and pebbly
sands generally abounding in fossils. It is in the lower part of this,
or in the middle of the central division of the Lower Tertiaries, that
the well-known fluviatile clays of Woolwich are placed. This stratum
ranges from Londont to Rochester, a distance of thirty miles, but
with a breadth not exceeding five to six miles, except near London,
where it extends from twelve to fifteen miles. The general character
of this bed is well known from the descriptions of Dr. Buckland,
Dr. Mitchell, Mr. Morris, and the Rey. H. De la Condamine, to
whose papers I beg to refert{ for some of the principal sections in
this district.

As, however, the fossils of the Woolwich pits require both additions
and corrections, I herewith annex a list of those found in the bed of
dark grey clay (Nos. 7 & 8 of Dr. Buckland).

Organic Remains of the Woolwich Clay Bed, Ballast Pit§.
(Pl. I. Diag. A, Loc. sect. 25.)

Cyrena cuneiformis, Fér. Nucula fragilis, Desh.

—— deperdita, Sow. Ostrea Bellovacina, Desh.
cordata, Mor. tenera, Sow.

Cerithium variahile, Desh. Hydrobia Parkinsoni, Mor.
gracile, Mor. Planorbis hemistoma, Sow.

Cypris ? Psammobia Condamini, Mor. ?

Fusus latus, Sow. Small Corallines.

Melania inquinata, Desh. Opercula (of Cerithium ?).

Melanopsis buccinoides, Fer. Eggs of Molluscs ?

Neritina globulus, Def.

The fossiliferous pebbly sands overlying this clay bed at the
Woolwich pit must, I thik, be referred to the upper part of this
series. They contain the following fossils :-—

Organic Remains of the Pebbly Sands, Woolwich Ballast Pit.

Arca depressa, Sow. Buccinum (Pseudoliva) fissuratum,
Auricula pygmeza, Mor. Desh.
Balanus ? Calyptrea trochiformis, Lam.

* See also Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vi. p. 443.

+ Including the detached and isolated patch (which however belongs to a
higher part of the series) at Guildford, the range of the fluviatile beds would be
nearly sixty miles.

t Ante, p. 76.

§ The fossils of this pit have been most carefully worked out by Mr. De la
Condamine, Mr. Lunn, and Mr. Rosser, in whose collections I found most of the
rarer specimens of the accompanying lists.

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 103

Cardium Plumsteadiense, Sow. Neritina globulus, Desh.
Cerithium variabile, Desh. —— pisiformis, Fér.
Lunnii, Mor. vicina, Mell. ?
—— Bowerbankii, Mor. Nucula fragilis, Desh.
Cyrena deperdita, Sow. Ostrea Beliovacina, Desh.
cordata, Mor. —— tenera, Sow.
—— cuneiformis, Fér. Hydrobia Parkinsoni, Mor.
intermedia, Mell. Websteri, Mor.
—— tellinella, Desh. Pectunculus terebratularis, Lam.
Fusus latus, Sow. Pholas?
gradatus, Sow. Planorbis hemistoma, Sow.
planicostatus, Mell. ? Teredina personata, Desh.
Melanopsis ancillaroides, Desh. Teredo antenaute, Sow.
—— buccinoides, Fér. Teeth of Lamna.
Melania inquinata, Desh. Seales and teeth of Fishes.
Modiola Mitchelli, Mor. ? Crustacea (Cancer).
Murex foliaceus, Mell. Small seed-vessels (Carpolithes ?).
Natica glaucinoides, Sow. Cythere &c. (Entomostraca, list, p. 120.)
Neritina consobrina, Fer. Small Bryozoa.

There are also two undescribed sections to which I must allude,
as they present several peculiar and interesting features. The first
is one by the side of the new road leading down the hill from
Charlton: it is taken from two or three small pits, but the sequence
is perfectly clear. On the top of the hill is the Blackheath pebble
bed ; then follows—

(Pl. I. Diag. A, Loe. sect. 24.)

Feet

e. Light yellow sands striped with clay .................:0080es 12

d. Light yellow sands with thin seams of iron sandstone... 5

i. < eo Daik‘erey:clay!withtshells 2.62222. ....-c5.,-acdeseerereslisnele. 6
6. Layer of hard concretionary limestone ................2.06. 2

La. Rebblyforeentsan dipaee.csacs-cnscsescacscsecensaddstes seein codec 10

ui. Thanet Sands.

The beds “a, 6, d, and e”’ are non-fossiliferous, but the clay bed
**¢”’ contaims the same organic remains as at Woolwich.

The blocks of argillaceous limestone ‘6’ are concretionary masses
of frequent occurrence in this neighbourhood. They are exceedingly
hard and tough, and contain here no organic remains. (This stratum
is more fully developed beneath London, and is often a source of con-
siderable difficulty to the well-digger.)

But the most important feature of this section is the occurrence
on the upper surface of a thin seam of iron sandstone, interstratified
in the upper part of “d,” of well-marked ripple-marks, the ridges
of which run nearly EK. and W. This is the only instance I have
met with of a ripple-marked surface in the Tertiary series of the
London district.

The second section is at the entrance to the Tunnel on the S. side
of Blackheath, and differs in several points from the preceding
Charlton section.

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Fig. 10.—Section on the Railway near the Blackheath Station.

Feet.
f- Blackheath pebble bed 10 to 12
e. Brownish sand ......... 2

d. Comminuted shells in

light-coloured clay
with pebbles ......... 4

3 c. Comminuted shells in
greenish grey clay*.. 2

é. Light green sandy clays,
mottled red and grey 7

a. Light greenish sands
with a few pebbles... 6

iu. Thanet Sands.

Here the upper part of “a” of the preceding section passes into
mottled clays. The fossils of “ce” are similar to those of the same
bed at Charlton and Woolwich: those of “‘d and e” are few and
badly preserved, but at a distance of about half a mile further west-
ward towards Lee these beds are richer in organic remains, which
are for the greater part the same as those found in the “ Pebbly
Sands’’ at Woolwich, but not so well preserved. The main points
of difference are, the far greater abundance of the Modiola Mitchelli
at Lee,—a shell extremely rare at Woolwich,—and the absence or
great rarity at the former place of the Cardiwm and Pectunculus.

In the neighbourhood of Blackheath this upper portion of the
middle division of the Lower London Tertiaries often consists of alter-
nating thin layers of light grey or brownish clays and yellow sand,
which in the section of Loam Pit Hill, Dr. Buckland designated as
“striped sands’? and “striped loams”’ ; and the former term has
since been applied by Mr. De la Condamine to denote generally the
upper part of this division,—a subdivision, however, which, although
well-marked in that vicinity, can only be considered as a local feature.

The railway cutting at New Cross was interesting from its exposing
a more freshwater condition} of the strata than usually prevails, and
from its showing the relation of these upper beds of the Woolwich
series to the London clay. Only the higher beds of the group were
here exposed, consisting of— ~

(Pl. I. Diag. C, Loe. sect. 9.)

Feet.
Bond on clays sec sh oeawaas dee cuieeae ose sceeeaae-phcisaedects nant uaceeeet 40
Basement-bed London clay (flint-pebbles in ochreous sand) ... 1 to 2
4. Yellowi sand itzcciec acts cesses: tasek te coon see ec eer one ce enacts 3
h. Clay and sand, with shells occasionally......................000- 3
g. Band of freshwater limestone (Paludina) .............02.020ee0e- 03 tol
ofe Nand and shells: Wil so eded cess decane cece esas se ceee sass Aaneeeeee 6
e:/ Clayey. Sand .and!shellsii. :.Maus eee. ee ea 5

The order of succession of the lower beds was made known by a
well sunk at the Naval School, New Cross.

* At a distance of a quarter of a mile E. this bed becomes 6 feet thick, of a
dark grey colour, and full of shells.

+ The same beds extend to Peckham on one side, and to Counter Hill and
Lewisham on the other.

PRESTWICH—WOCLWICH AND READING SERIES. 105

Well-section, New Cross. (Pl. 1. Diag. C, Loc. sect. 8.)
(Mr. R. W. Mylne.)

Feet.

London ii Niellow; clayey) sce scsesecceencceeree esac 10
(Cilia |\ hie QE bso sodbeboqscoossdososaddencanoeoss 13

(2-2 Shellsjimysandy ys enosscsecsteee secs 10

he vkvardeshellsie seiss sos cu soon eeenane cane 3

e : . Sand with water ..................... 1

mia eat ae Pp cand witisielle) ee 15
ee 4 e. Shells and clay mixed ............... 5)
eae CUS AN ee ec nete ta as noel annie eS 1

* | ec. Hard shells in sand .................. 2
USVI BY OV IES 08 ME et A UE nea 15

G. GYEEN SANd..........cccceeceesseceeeeees 2

idly SU aomors If a lenrel Serie)” SAA ek beadobbkeacopadeesHeossosee 14
Sands. | Sand ............ ALE Pen aa) Poe 34
125

Chalk wares BOHACROCREE SERRE ong.) 2A)

To the band of freshwater limestone, attention has been called by
Mr. Warburton*. It is full of the following fossils :—

Melanopsis buccinoides, Fér. Teeth, bones, and scales of Fishes.
Paludina lenta, Sow. var. a, Mor. Unio (Deshayesii, Wat. ?).
Hydrobia Parkinsoni, Mor. Traces of vegetable impressions.

The Unio has only been found at a very short distance to the E.
and W. of this place. The Paludina, which can scarcely be distin-
guished from the Isle of Wight species, hardly exceeds the limits of
this area: it has been found however as far north as Limehouse.
Beneath this bed are clays and sands also containing a somewhat
different group of fossils. The following is a list of those which I
collected during the cutting of the railway :—

Arca depressa, Sow. Modiola Mitchelli, Mor.
Calyptra trochiformis, Zam. Ostrea Bellovacina, Desh.
Corbula Regulbiensis, var. 8, Mor. tenera, Sow.
Cyrena cuneiformis, Fér. Hydrobia Parkinsoni, Mor.
cordata, Mor. Cypris ?
deperdita, Sow. Bones and scales of Fishes.
tellinella, Desh.
Cerithium variabile, Desh. Cythere, sp.
Melania inquinata, Desh. Foraminifera (last 3 sp. in list, p- 118).

Melanopsis buccinoides, Fér.

To the above specimens may be added the following species from
the Counter Hill pits :—

Pectunculus terebratularis, Lam. Psammobia Condamini, Mor.
Planorbis leevigatus, Desh. Impressions of plants.

When these upper beds contain subordinate seams of pebbles, it
becomes difficult to separate them from the ‘‘ Basement-bed of the
London Clay,” which reposes upon this division in a very irregular
manner.

At Woolwich no line of separation can in the present section be
drawn between the great mass of shingle, which I presume belongs
to the Basement-bed of the London clay, and the fossiliferous pebbly
sands ; but about twelve or fifteen years since, when the section

* Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. i. p. 172.

,

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

extended further southward, a waved irregular line generally sepa-
rated these latter from some unfossiliferous pebbly beds above. The
upper bed being derived in great part from the destruction of the
lower, and the materials beg so similar, renders it difficult to
discriminate between them either here or anywhere in the immediate
district. Viewed, however, on a large scale, this distinction is ap-
parent. In conjunction with Mr. De la Condamine I had an exca-
vation 10 feet deep made beneath the London clay at the north base
of Shooter’s Hill, and found that it reposed directly, and without ad-
mixture of pebbles, upon the great mass of sandy shingle spread over
Plumstead Heath and Blackheath ; just as at New Cross and Lewis-
ham it reposes upon an equally compact bed of similar shingle, but
which in these localities is only 1 to 2 feet thick. This latter bed I
have before shown to extend uninterruptedly westward through the
London district and as far as the Isle of Wight, maintaining through-
out its range a general thickness not exceeding 2 to 5 feet. Although
attaining such a remarkable thickness at Blackheath, still as no break
or division can be detected in the mass, it may be considered as a
development of the same bed,—a view confirmed by a constant cha-
racter before shown to attach to the Basement-bed of the London
clay, viz. that of reposing upon a worn and eroded surface of the
underlying beds. his feature is very marked in the Blackheath
district. Great hollows, swept out of the pebbly sands and fossili-
ferous clays, are filled up by these masses of shingle beds. In one
locality on Blackheath the upper sands of the Woolwich group are
25 feet thick and come almost close to the surface, whilst in a pit a
few hundred feet N.W. and on the same level the sands are entirely
wanting, being replaced by the pebble beds. Very thick agglomera-
tion of pebbles, and frequent false stratifications shelving down,
generally northward, from 20° to 35°, mark these pebble beds, which
in some places on. Plumstead Heath attain the great thickness of 50
to 70 feet. Traces of shells are occasionally met with in them, but
they are in so friable a state that it is difficult to determine their
characters. The Cardium, Nucula, and Cyrena, all probably the
same as the Woolwich species, have been recognised.

Proceeding eastward from Woolwich the Middle division of the
Lower Tertiaries resolves itself more distinctly into—Ist, upper beds
of sand with subordinate layers of pebbles, clay, and containing many
of the shells found in the pebbly sands of Lee and Woolwich ; 2nd,
beds of laminated brown or dark grey clay with Ostrea, Cyrena,
Melania, and Cerithium, 6 to 10 feet thick; and 3rd, lower beds of
pebbly light-coloured green sand varying in thickness from 10 to 30
feet.

The upper bed has, however, often been removed by the denudation
preceding the deposition of the “ Basement-bed of the London clay,”
—a denudation which has sometimes deeply eroded this middle divi-
sion, as shown for instance in the section on the side of the lane
leading from the Abbey Wood Station up the Abbey Wood hills,
where the Basement-bed of the London clay reposes upon the lower
beds of the Woolwich series. The middle bed (fossiliferous clays)
exists further back (S.) m the hill and crops out by Wickham Church.

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 107

Fig. 11.—JLane in Abbey Wood.
= Feet.

1. Basement-bed of London
clay * (flint shingle-
Ibe dS) eee eeastacansee schns +10

b u. Light green sand with
seams of pebbles ;
traces of laminated
clays occur at d. ...... 14

ii. Thanet Sands ............ +20

Numerous small sections of the fossiliferous clays and associated
beds may be seen on the higher hills between the valleys of the Cray
and the Darent, as at St. Paul’s Cray Hill, Well Hill, Croking Hill,
Joyden Wood’s Hill, and elsewhere; and again, east of the Darent,
on the Swanscombe Hills near Greenhithe, on Windmill Hill, Graves-
end, and on the Shorne and Cobham Hills near Strood. The section
east of Bexley on the hill leading to Dartford Heath, the one between
Green Street Green and Betsham, and that traceable on the path and
road-sides mm descending from the summit to the south side of Wind-
mill Hill, Gravesend, are represented under the Loc. sect. 29, 30, 31,
and 32, Diag. A, Pl. 1. The section at Shorne, Loe. sect. 33, is taken
im the lane leading from the high-road near Gad’s Hill to Shorne
Ridgeway.

At Upnor near Rochester the section, which is unusally clear and
distinct, shows the London clay with its Basement-bed reposing upon
the fluviatile sands and clays, which in their turn overlie the Thanet
Sands. These latter, however, do not appear in the larger pit where
there is the capping of London clay, but in the sand-pit by the brick-
field to the S.W. of it. (See Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vii. pl. 15.)

The general view of the pits is as follows :—

(Pl. I. Diag. A, Loc. sect. 34.) Feet.
Mondo’ clayertrse. Jcee oe bs seer sseh(ie sna den cseliast alee dase vaieldase ties « nctrene +25
1.4 basement-bed or, theondon! Clayly crc. tascecheces ces ece sei casecssnecnet ease 4}

(c. Light yellow and whitish sands, containing irregular
patches of shells, chiefly Ostrea and Cyrena; occa-
sionally the shells form a layer 1 ft. thick at the base
of this bed. Upper surface worn and eroded by ‘1.’ 15

Woesen 6. Dark grey clay full of shells, both perfect and com-
LT eateia minuted, and with a subordinate thin seam of sand,

hse 34 feet. Dark clay passing down into a brown sandy
crt clay—a few casts of shells—selenite plentiful, 2 ft.
. Tough yellow clay, sand and ochre, and lignite, ft. 6
a. Fine white sand 24 feet. Sand, grey and brownish-
red at top, passing down into light yellow, 20 ft.
Light ochreous sand, 3 feet. Small flint-pebbles in
L PUCEMISH SANs Zn tbewast ecssoscsomsssreee ser cescrisces tes 28
LIM Anet SAN spe cmmaceiriveceetie ace cece cesiesicene sosteliisisiiec selects aciee aii +20

* In a cutting on the side of the new road just made a short distance east of
this section, the “ Basement-bed ” reposes upon the pebbly sands of the Wool-
wich and Reading series. The division of these two groups is here perfectly
well shown, the line of separation being distinct and irregular, and the pebbly
sands, which are far more pebbly than at Woolwich, and contain numerous very
friable and badly preserved shells, chiefly Cyrena, being in clear contrast with the
overlying mass of non-fossiliferous and larger shingle.

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

The fossils* found in Stratum ‘“‘c”’ are—

Cerithium variabile, Desh. Melania inquinata, Desh.
Cyrena cuneiformis, Fér. Melanopsis buccinoides, Fér.
deperdita, Sow. Ostrea Bellovacina, Desh.

— cordata, Mor.

In addition to the above, the following fossils occur in Stratum
67 2?)

Ostrea tenera, Sow. Small vertebrze of Fishes.
Hydrobia Parkinsoni, Mor. Vertebra of Lepidosteus. PI. III.
Planorbis hemistoma, Sow. fig. 1.

Psammobia Condamini, Mor. Cypris or Cythere ?

53

In the light-coloured pebbly sands “a,” no fossils have yet been
found+.

The persistence of the fluviatile clays from Woolwich to Rochester
is sufficiently apparent, but that of the associated pebbly sands be-
neath is not so. These latter, when the green grains and the pebbles
are absent, assume so closely the appearance of the Thanet Sands,
that in many places these two groups can scarcely be distinguished
one from another ; and the clays “6” repose upon sands which may
easily be mistaken for the Thanet Sands, and to which therefore they
might be considered subordinate, instead of being, as I believe them
to be, subordinate to the Woolwich group. The separation of the
two sands is, however, shown in a sufficient number of mstances to
be marked and definite ; and even when this is not the case, a closer
examination of them will generally show that some distinction in the
mass does exist, however difficult it may often be in two such similar
arenaceous beds to distinguish the line of separation.

Thus far either the mottled clays or the fluviatile clays of Wool-
wich have given a marked character to the middle division of the
Lower Tertiaries, but these mineral and paleontological features
cannot be traced eastward of Rochester, and we therefore become
dependent upon other evidence for proof of the extension of the
** Woolwich and Reading series”’ into East Kent. As before ob-
served, the pebbly sands ‘‘a”’ at the base of this series often want
distinctiveness even in West Kent, and this becomes still more ap-
parent as the beds trend eastward; there is a difficulty therefore in
connecting the Woolwich and Upnor sections with those of Herne
Bay and Canterbury, owing to our having to rely almost entirely upon
these beds (a) in our traverse across the intervening district. The
outcrop of the Lower Tertiaries between the Medway and Faversham
rarely extends beyond the low ground at the base of the chalk
hills, and consequently there are few of those long lane-sections so
common on the hills in West Kent. I have not in fact been able to
find one clear section of the whole of the middle division anywhere
between the above-named places. Of the Thanet Sands there is no
want of sections, and occasionally there are small sections of the
lower part of the middle division ; scanty, however, as they are, they
all exhibit the same features and prove the continued superposition

* For the fossils and details of “1.’’ see Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vi. p. 264.
+ The fossils both of ‘“c” and “6” require probably further working out.
Both these beds vary slightly in structure in close adjoining pits.

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 109

of the two divisions, for wherever sections are open at 60 to 80 feet
above the chalk we invariably find the Thanet sands capped by the
pebbly sands “‘a”’ of the Woolwich series, the latter beimg distin-
guished from the former through this district by its coarser quartzose
character, by the admixture of green sand, of small concretionary or
tabular iron sandstone, of an occasional thin seam of a hard siliceous
sandstone, and sometimes by the presence of a few pebbles ; but this
latter is a character which becomes less and less marked as we pro-
ceed eastward. These beds may be seen on the hill in the marshes
W. of Ottersham Wharf, on those near Newington Street, and on the
hills W. of Faversham. No organic remains have yet been found at
any of these places.

At Boughton, three miles east of Faversham, we arrive at a range
of hills extending from this village to Canterbury, and the summit
of which consists of London clay, while round its slopes the different
members of the Lower Tertiaries crop out and are tolerably well ex-
posed. From several sections we find that the middle division or
** Woolwich group ”’ has here passed entirely into light ash-coloured
and greenish, and ochreous sands 30 to 40 feet thick. At Boughton
the following section is exposed. :—

(PI. I. Diag. A, Loe. sect. 40.)

Feet.
Be Londons elayyfe..2b oist SAseheds dees eee og sce oncemeokeleaaee stan +10
6. Fine whitish sands with layers of pebbles and traces
I. of shells, and a few teeth of Lamna ...... ocondoond
Ay GLeyiClayus sosscctee secs ssee secede caeae ees ee aoa anes 1
i. Light green, and ochreous, sharp sands ..................... 30

No fossils are found in Strata “11.” Just before the publication of
my paper on the Thanet Sands, I discovered some silicified fossils in
a hedge-bank at Oakwell. The superposition of the bed is not shown,
and from the occurrence of the Cucullea crassatina* and Cytherea
Bellovacina, 1 considered that it was probably a part of the Thanet
Sands. From subsequent examination of the ground I am, however,
led to believe that this bed belongs to the pebbly Woolwich sands

“q”’), the more especially as I have since found similar fossils in a
bed whose superposition to the Thanet Sands is clear. This is the
first indication we have of a distinctly marine fauna in this part of
the Woolwich group. The following are the species found there :—

Cardium. Ostrea.
Corbula Regulbiensis, Mor. ? Flustra.

(Arnouldi, Nyst ?) Sponge spicula.
Cucullea crassatina, Lam. Nodosaria bacillum, Defr.
Cyprina Morrisii, Sow. A very small undeterminable univalve,
Cytherea Bellovacina, Desh. and some small bivalves, apparently
Dentalium. Cytherea.

* The occurrence of this silicified shell in this neighbourhood was noticed
some years since by Mr. Crowe of Faversham, and is mentioned in the ‘ Min.
Conch.’ ; but the exact locality was not given, and its position has remained un-
certain up to the present time. It appears to have been found nearer to Faver-
sham, or there were formerly some excavations in Nash Park near Boughton
whence some fossils are said to have been obtained.

110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

These fossils are, however, very rare: I have not found them else-
where on this side of Canterbury.

On Shottenden Hill, three miles 8S. of Boughton, is an outlier of the
Lower Tertiaries capping the chalk, and singular in that it exhibits
the only instance in this district of the occurrence of the shingle-beds
of the Basement-bed of the London clay, forming a mass as distinct
as that on Blackheath, and from 30 to 40 feet thick.

Another interesting phenomenon is also met with at this place:
beneath the shingle are the light-coloured quartzose pebbly sands of
the Woolwich group, and in the upper part of this bed are occasional
small masses of a soft concreted sandstone, the upper surface of
which is often full of the holes of a boring mollusk, apparently a
Iithodomus. I have found no other traces of organic remains in
these beds.

The next clear section, or rather series of sections, is at the village
of St. Stephen’s, one mile N.W. of Canterbury. In one pit, the
London clay reposing upon the Basement-bed, and in another the
latter on the faint-green sands of the Woolwich group, may be seen.
But the most complete section occurs at the entrance to the tunnel on
the Whitstable Railway, where the sequence of the Lower Tertiaries
from the London clay to the Thanet Sands is well exposed.

Fig. 12.—Section on the Whitstable Railway, near Canterbury.
(Pl. I. Diag. A, Loc. sect. 42.)

a = 3. London clay.
1. Basement-bed (light sands with large
blocks of pebbly ironstone *).

11. Woolwich series (light-coloured sands
mixed with some green sand and a
few pebbles).

11. Thanet Sands.

II.

ne =

The fossils in the “ Basement-bed”’ ‘‘1.’’ are numerous; but none
occur in the pebbly sands “‘11.”’: traces of sponge-like ferruginous
concretions are, however, common. Both are about 20 feet thick.

The most important section, however, in this district is on the coast
between Herne Bay and the Reculvers. Here, in addition to the large
surface exposed, the beds are more fossiliferous than usual. The
following is a description of the cliff immediately east of Bishopstone
ravine (see Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. viii. p. 239. pl. 15).

* These blocks of ironstone extend to Boughton, from which locality the or-
ganic remains enumerated in my paper in the Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vi. p. 264,
were obtained. This bed has since been found to be sufficiently rich in iron to
be profitably worked, and it is now, I understand, quarried and sent to the Staf-
fordshire furnaces.

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 111

(Pl. I. Diag. A, Loe. sect. 43.)

Feet.

IDG, pondebeccnnboae Ochreons flint gravel, (5.52... .))e.-Msebeecao-blfnien 4 to 6
London clay ...... Tenacious brown and bluish clay, with few or

SiO) TOSSING Sub bagedenousanchonoce subeacdodbobodadonod 10 to 15

&. Fine light-coloured siliceous sands, with oc-
casional large tabular masses of sand-
stone, white, grey, ferruginous, and brick-

1. Basement-bed red. Lenticular twin-crystals of sulphate
of the London of lime, and small soft concretionary
clay (for the lumps of the black oxide of iron, common.

fossils of this
division, see
Journ. Geol.
Soc. vol. vi.
p. 265).

Seams of flint-pebbles of occasional oc-

currence. False stratification of the sands

not unccmmon. Fossils common, occa-

sionally dispersed in the sands, but more

commonly in irregular patches, and in the

Sandstone DIOCKSi Mans tusccte accessor ences: 22
a. A layer of flint-pebbles in sand, (yellow,

| green, and ferruginous,) often concreted ;

eS

abounds in organic remains ..............- 1 to 2
ce. Argillaceous green sand, passing down into

yellowish sand with less clay ............... 12
6. Dark grey argillaceous sand, full of small

ferruginous sandy tubular concretions and

lumps, passes down into a brownish sandy

clay, and then into a light greenish-grey

clayey sand, with a very few small flint

pebbles. Nodules and lumps of iron py-

rites, with coarse green sand and very

small quartz pebbles, are common. Wood

in fragments and pieces in the state of

lignite are of frequent occurrence. A very

few teeth and palates of Fishes are found. 7
a. Light ash-green and yellow sands with casts

of shells, passing down into a coarser green

sand, near the base of which a thin band

of very coarse and bright green sand, some-

times concreted and abounding in silici-

1. Woolwich and
Reading Series.

oo

fied) Shells!" OCCUTS. 2)... ceccccaceceeeseoen cece 9
11. Thanet Sands. Yellow, greenish, and grey fossiliferous sands.
(Journ. vol. viii. These only just appear at this spot.
p- 262.)

The strata a, 6, and c, 11. of this section I take to represent the
Woolwich and Reading series. In its lower bed “a” there is
a group of organic remains, consisting of the followmg marine

species :—

Ampullaria subdepressa, Mor, Dentalium.

Cardium Laytoni, Mor. Glycimeris Rutupiensis, Mor.
Plumsteadiense, Sow. Pectunculus terebratularis, Zam.

Corbula Regulbiensis, Mor. Sanguinolaria Edwardsii, Sow.

Cucullzea crassatina, Lam. Teredo antenautz, Sow.

Cyprina Morrisii, Sow. Thracia oblata, Sow. ?
scutellaria, Desh. Teeth of Lamna.

Cytherea Bellovacina, Desh.

Fragments and pieces of wood in the state of lignite, frequently
bored by the Teredo, are not uncommon, and in an ironstone concre-
tion I found a fine specimen of a Fir Cone (Pl. III. fig. 4). This
bed also contains, nearer to the Reculvers, specimens of silicified wood

112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

likewise sometimes bored by the Teredo, and with the structure beau-
tifully preserved.

The middle bed “4” passes towards Herne Bay into a dark clayey
sand full of traces of vegetable matter and with a large number of
concretions of iron pyrites. This may possibly represent the carbo-
naceous and fluviatile clays of Upnor and Woolwich. The only
other fossils I have found in this bed were in the cliff at Bishopstone
ravine. They consisted of a few rare fragments of Myliobates, Hda-
phodon, and Chelonia, but the specimens were too small and imper-
fect to distinguish the species. A few fish-vertebree and teeth of
Lamzna also occur.

The upper bed “c”’ is an argillaceous green sand without fossils.

Although rather dissimilar in appearance, the base of these three
beds is nevertheless alike, consisting in each case of quartzose sands
and green sand. This common character becomes more apparent
as the beds trend towards the Reculvers, where they pass into a light
greenish quartzose sand easily separable from the Basement: bed above,
but without any well-marked line of separation from the Thanet
Sands beneath. This want of clear divisional surfaces, and the occur-
rence of several of the same species of shells in the two series, might
be considered an objection to their being thus separated. The fossils,
however, taken as a group, are different from those of the Thanet
Sands, whilst the sands are more siliceous and contain a larger pro-
portion of green sand and some disseminated flint-pebbles—two mi-
neral characters deriving some importance from their breadth and
constancy.

The indistinctness of the separating surfaces is, I believe, to be
attributed merely to the lithological structure of the beds ; for, owing
to the soft and yielding nature of the Thanet Sands on which the
sands of the Woolwich series were deposited, the upper surface of
the former would be liable to be moved and stirred up by the currents
which brought down the latter, and as both must have been in the
state of muddy sand, an intermixture of the surfaces in contact would
be almost inevitable. An illustration in point is furnished in the
same clifi-section between the Bishopstone ravine and the Reculvers.
There, in one place, a drift of light brown brick-earth reposes upon
the Woolwich sands. The difference of age of these two deposits
will not be disputed, but nevertheless there is no defined line of de-
marcation between them, and the “‘ Drift’ appears to pass down into
these old Tertiary beds.

At Richborough the division of the Thanet Sands from the Wool-
wich group is still less apparent. A close examination will, however,
show the prevailing sharp quartzose and slightly green-sand character
of the latter, whilst a thin seam of green sand full of the Corbula
Regulbiensis, and with an occasional large Cyprina, occurs precisely
in the position as the same fossiliferous band at Herne Bay. I have
recently had this view confirmed by the small but beautiful series of
fossils obtained from this bed by the Rev. James Layton of Sandwich
at the railway ballast-pit, adjoming Richborough Castle. They con-
sist of the following species :—

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 113

Ampullaria subdepressa, Mor. Cyprina Morrisii, Sow.

Cardium Plumsteadiense, Sow. Cytherea Bellovacina, Desh.
Laytoni, Mor. Dentalium.

Corbula Regulbiensis, Mor. Glycimeris Rutupiensis, Mor.

Cucullza crassatina, Lam. Pectunculus terebratularis, Desh.

Cyprina scutellaria, Desh. Sanguinolaria Edwardsii, Mor.

All these species are silicified, and many of them in the most per-
fect and delicate state of preservation. (for the description of this
section see Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. viii. p. 251 and pl. 15.)

On Woodnesborough Hill and at Ash the Woolwich sands are 26
to 30 feet thick, and consist entirely of one mass, nearly uniform
throughout, of light-coloured quartzose sands with green sand in dis-
seminated grains and patches, and with a few dispersed pebbles and
slight ochreous patches and concretions. No shells have been found
at these latter places, but Mr. Layton has procured from several pits
in that district, especially the one at Marshborough, a number of spe-
cimens of silicified wood with the structure beautifully preserved.
Some of them are pierced by the Teredo, which in one specimen is
quite in its young state, just adhermg to the wood. These specimens
appear identical with those found in these beds at the Reculvers.

I have not met with any beds of the Woolwich group in the Isle
of Thanet.

§ 3. Organic Remains.

As local lists of the organic remains have been given in the pre-
ceding pages, it now only remains to consider their general distribu-
tion, association, and condition, and to tabulate the whole.

It has been shown that the Woolwich and Reading series, far from
being characterized throughout by similar fossils, exhibit peculiar
assemblages in different districts. Where the mottled clays prevail,
as over the greater part of the Hampshire and throughout all the
London district west of London, organic remains seem altogether
wanting, with the exception of the irregularly distributed layer of
the “ Ostrea Bellovacina”’ at the base of this group, and of the local
plant remains at Reading, a few feet higher in the series, but still
near its base.

The Woolwich beds continue comparatively barren until they
reach the neighbourhood of London. Concomitant with the litholo-
gical change before-described, the peculiar group of fresh and brackish
water shells of Woolwich appear, and attain their maximum develop-
ment at London, New Cross, Deptford, Woolwich, Bromley, Chisel-
hurst, and then decrease in variety and abundance as the beds range
to Rochester and Upnor. The species are not many, but the indi-
viduals of several are very numerous.

The more strongly marked freshwater conditions are confined to
nearly the upper portion of this series at New Cross and a short
distance around, where the Unio, the Paludina, the small Hydrobia
Parkinsoni, and the Melanopsis buccinoides are abundant. The sands,
pebbles, and clays just beneath the above contain a more mixed group,
of which the prevailing species are the Cerithium variabile, Melania

VOL. X.—PART I. I

114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

inquinata, Neritina globulus, the two species of Melanopsis and of
Fusus, the several species of Cyrena, especially the C. cordata, Mo-
diola Mitchelli, Planorbis hemistoma, and Ostrea Bellovacina. To
these succeeds the well-marked and wide-spread Woolwich clay-bed
characterized by the Cyrena cuneiformis and deperdita, Hydrobia
Parkinsoni, Melania inquinata, Cerithium variabile, Melanopsis buc-
cinoides, Ostrea Bellovacina and tenera, and Planorbis hemistoma.
The other species given in the list p. 117, as occurring in this area (C.),
are comparatively scarce.

Traces of plants and seed-vessels have been found in this series at
Lewisham, apparently nearly in the same part of it as at Reading ;
but the earliest mention of plants from this group is by the late Dr.
Mantell, who, in his description of Castle Hill, Newhaven, figures
one or two specimens which agree apparently with some cf the
Reading species*. Coniferous wood, in the condition of patches of
lignite, occurs in the pebbly sands just above the Thanet sands.

The remains of vertebrate animals are of rare occurrence. I have
found fish-bones and a few scales in the Paludina-limestone of New
Cross, and they occasionally oceur together with teeth of Zamna and
some smaller fish-teeth in some of the Woolwich beds. Small fish-ver-
tebree are not uncommon at Upnor, where also the vertebra of a large
species of Lepidosteus has been found. Remains of the Hdaphodon
and Myliobates exist near the Reculvers. Mr. Alport has made
known the occurrence in one of the conglomerate beds of this series
of the remains of a Coryphodon or Lophiodon, a tooth of this animal
having been found in sinking a well at Sydenham+ ; and Dr. Mitchell
aljudes in his manuscripts to the circumstance of the bones of some
large animal having been discovered about 15 feet beneath the lime-
stone band at the Counter Hill pits, Deptford. Fossils of this latter
description have never come under my notice ; but it is to be observed
that this pit is only occasionally opened down to these beds. Of the
remains of Crustacea I have only found part of the claw of a Crab
at Sundridge Park f.

The fauna of the Woolwich and Reading series in this area (C.),
though rich, is very irregularly distributed, the strata being by no
means continuously fossiliferous ; in some places the organic remains
are extremely numerous, whilst at others close adjacent they are
wanting§. The fossils are more persistent in the clays than in the

* “ Geology of Sussex,” p. 257, and pl. 8.

+ The Geologist, vol. i. p. 66.

¢ Mr. Rosser has since found a similar specimen at Woolwich.

§ Although the pits in the neighbourhood of London have been so long known,
few additions were for a long time made to the list of shells collected by Par-
kinson and Sowerby. Within the last few years, however, the zeal and industry
of the Rev. Mr. De la Condamine, of Blackheath, has brought to light several new
species. In addition to the Lepidosteus mentioned above, he has discovered the
Psammobia Condamini, Planorbis levigatus, and a species of Cythere, with some
peculiar vegetable remains, at Counter Hill, apparently in or near the same bed as
that in which Dr. Mitchell noticed the remains of bones. This Planordis has been
found nowhere else in England, whilst the Psammodia has only been observed in
one other specimen at Upnor by Mr. De la Condamine, and one at Newhaven by
myself. The Teredo personata is a single specimen, also found by Mr. De la

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 115

sands. With regard to their state of preservation, the Paludina
limestone exhibits well-preserved specimens. In the beds beneath
this there are considerable bands formed almost entirely of commi-
nuted fragments of shells, whilst in some associated beds the shells
are preserved entire, but they are generally very friable. In the
clays, although not unfrequently crushed, they are sometimes in an
excellent state of preservation. In both these parts of the series
the several species of Cyrene are often found with their two valves
together. This fact was especially observable in the pebbly calca-
reous rocks of Depttord*, where scarcely a single valve either of the
Cyrena or Modiola is found separate.

A very interesting example of this description, and of tranquil en-
tombment, has been pointed out by Mr. De la Condamine at Wool-
wich, where, in one part of the pebbly sands overlying the bed of
clay, the Cyrena tellinella, in an excellent state of preservation and
the two valves united, occurs in its normal vertical position, as when
living it bored into the sands.

The perfect condition of the Ostrea Bellovacina at Woolwich and
Sundridge has often been noticed.

In the neighbourhood of Bromley, Chiselhurst, and Lewisham
there are beds or bands abounding almost exclusively with this
oyster, frequently with the two valves united, and in the position in
which it lived. The lowest bed of pebbly green sand immediately
overlying the ‘Thanet Sands”’ is in this area also characterized by
the Ostrea Bellovacina; not that it is so generally abundant as in
some of the upper beds of this group, but it there constitutes, as in
the western area, almost the sole fossil. It has been found in this
position in sinking several wells in London (Barclay and Perkins’s,
Truman and Hanbury’s, the Bank, the Mint, and others). It is
nevertheless scarcely ever met with in this stratum at its outcrop in
Kent ; at Erith it occurs occasionally in this bed and of a large size ;
and I think it exists also at Oakwells near Boughton. North of
London this old eocene Oyster-bed is largely developed at Northaw,
where it lies, as it does also at Hertford, immediately upon the chalk
without the intervention of the Thanet Sands. On the south ot
London it is again found overlying the chalk at Headley-on-the-hill
and Fetcham. These fossil oysters frequently exhibit a much-worn and

Condamine at Woolwich. The upper part of the Woolwich series at Lee and
Blackheath has likewise furnished him with several rare species of Neritina and a
Bracheux Bueccinum. These latter, together with some new species of Cerithium
and a Murex of the neighbourhood of Laon, exist also in the fine collection from
the Woolwich pits made by Mr. Lunn. It was not until the recent close and
careful investigation of Mr. Rosser, that Cytheres were known to occur in such
abundance in the pebbly sands of Woolwich, together with well-preserved fish-
scales, numerous small indeterminable bones, the eggs and opercula of Molluscs,
a variety of small Bryozoa, and Foraminifera. These were chiefly found in the
interior of the larger shells.

* Tn the railway cutting.

+ Dr. Buckland, in particular, alludes to this circumstance, and to the frequent
agglutination of several of these oysters together on some of the large flint
pebbles. :

12

116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

eaten surface full of the small holes made by some minute boring
sponge.

The surface of the chalk beneath the Oyster-bed is frequently
perforated with numerous irregular tubes, running about 6 inches to
a foot perpendicularly into the chalk, and filled with green sand from
the superincumbent bed. This is particularly visible at Kembridge,
Clay Hill, near Newbury, and at Reading.

The shells in this area are found in all stages of growth; many
attain a large size. Some of the Ostrea Bellovacina measure 5 or 6
inches by 4 and 5; the Pectunculus 13 to 12 inch in both direc-
tions ; the Cyrena deperdita and cordata have a breadth of 13 inch ;
and the C. cuneiformis sometimes as much as 2 inches; whilst the
Melania inquinata is often 2} to 22 inches long, the Cerithium
variabile nearly 2 inches, and the Melanopsis 14 to 14 inch.

The brown epidermis of some specimens of Cyrena can sometimes
be distinctly traced, and the ligament occasionally remains. Some-
times even the colouring of the shells has not entirely disappeared,
and the fine marking on some of the small Neritine is often retaimed.
The dried animal matter of the animal itself is sometimes preserved
in small brown pieces in the interior of some of the shells. Some
of the small seed-vessels and portions of leaves also occasionally
retain their elasticity and traces of their brown colouring matter.

In the few pits between Upnor and Boughton, which exhibit
sections of the lower part only of the “‘ Woolwich and Reading series,”
I have not, any more than in the same beds at Upnor, been able to
discover organic remains. At Boughton, where there is a change
in the lithological structure of the Woolwich beds, it is accompa-
nied at the same time by a complete alteration in the organic remains.
All traces of the fluviatile shells of Woolwich are lost, and the equi-
valent beds, which are however imperfectly exposed, appear here to
be unfossiliferous ; but the light greenish sands on the level of the
pebbly green sands and Ostrea Bellovacina beds of the central and
western areas contain, with a few of the Woolwich forms, a new
group of marine fossils in the state of fine siliceous casts. Several
of the shells found here, such as the Cucullea crassatina, Cytherea
Bellovacina, and Corbula (Arnouldi?), are common to the under-
lying Thanet Sands; but there are others which are peculiar to these
overlying beds, such as the fine Cyprina scutellaria, the Pectunculus
terebratularis, the Cardium Plumsteadiense, and the Corbula Re-
gulbiensis.

In the neighbourhood of Canterbury this division is unfossiliferous,
but in the cliffs between Herne Bay and the Reculyers we again
meet with the zone of silicified fossils (ante, p. 111).

Nearer the Reculvers these beds contain silicified wood, of which,
however, better specimens have been found by the Rev. James Lay-
ton of Sandwich in the pits between Ash and Wodnesborough. The
structure of this wood is in general coniferous, but some specimens
show a remarkable form of dicotyledonous texture. No shells are
found there. At Richborough the lower part of this group again
presents a thin band of silicified fossils of the same species as those

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 117
of Herne Bay and Boughton, and in a beautiful state of preservation
with every marking retained. As at the two former places the cha-
racteristic shell is the Corbula Regulbiensis, which occurs aggregated
in masses ; the Cucullea crassatina is also abundant, as likewise the
large Cypri ina scutellaria*. Although silicified and hard, they are,
when first found, extremely brittle; and perfect specimens, except
of the Corbula, are difficult to be procured.

In Essex and Suffolk I have not been able to find any organic re-
mains in the few sections exposed in this division, with the possible
exception of an oyster at Kyson. Nor does the Rev. W. J. Clarke,
who was well acquainted with Suffolk, mention the occurrence of
any fossils in the numerous localities he describes.

List oF THE ORGANIC REMAINS OF THE WOOLWICH AND
ReapineG Seriesf.

{The second column gives their synonyms, and the third indicates whether
their range is in the Western (W.), Central (C, ); or Eastern (E.) areas.
See the area-divisions in p. 78. The “n. sp.” refer to the new spe-
cies described by Mr. Morris, and figured in PI. II. of this volume. |

Bivalves.
Arca depressa, Sow. ..... eENent:: | A. striatularis, Melleville?. . C.
Cardium: Layton, Monsanissp. tte. toe le eae -e fe- -\etae - E.
Plumsteadiense, Sow. (a)..| C.semigranulosum, Desh. n.Sow.| C. E.
Corbulay (ArmouldiseNy si?) Cb) alee ees ieee iy taints ote ae E.
Regulbiensis, Mor. ae °P. HOA So oy Golde ler Aas bmooaoope E.
VATS ALLOW eae siete Stele pin clsnececteis sume ave peta eA Mena C.
Cucullea crassatina, Banh! Meera Os EGUSS ALO banker cet cee: E.
Cyprina Morrisii, Sow......... Venus ovalis, Sow. M.C. pl. 567.) KE.
fig. 2, non fig. 1?
seutellaria, Desh. ........ non C. scutellaria, Nyst......
Cyrena cordata(d), Mor., n. sp. | an C. obovata, var. a. Sow. pars ?
cuneiformis, Fér...:..... Cyclas deperdita,Pk.text,non fig.
deperdita, Sow. ........ non C. deperdita, Desh. or Park.
— intermedia, Mell......... an C. Deshayesu, Héb.......
tellimel law esiex marry are Alte niy ee ie sera hoe eae at sacioyalohaEs

Cytherea Bellovacina, Desh. (e).
Dreissena serrata, Mell.? (f)....
Glycimeris Rutupiensis, Mor.

Lithodomus

Modiola Mitchelli, Mor. (g),n. sp.

—— dorsata, Mor.,n.sp. ....
Nucula fragilis, Desh.

eee eee ee

Ce er

Ce

CC Ce

ec 2

Ce

ee

“Sone genocnnes

Ostrea Bellovacina, Desh....... O. pulchra, edulina, undulata, S. | W. C.
HOUSE PELHAG Akad ne cide O. angusta & plicatella, Desh.? | C.
Pholasraearitastaote eins A te didbartea lt Dipiny tick Bisptces Gc ia eects it Aaa ae C.

* Some specimens of this shell measure 4 inches by 3.
+ The recent section at Chelmsford (Artesian well, Appendix) would seem to

show that shells do there exist.

I was, however, unable to see the specimens,

or to learn exactly whether any had been kept. They would probably be crushed
by the auger, as the bore-hole was very small.

+ [ have to express my obligations to Mr. Morris, Mr. Edwards, and M. Des-
hayes for their kind aid and assistance in the comparison of many of these fos-

sils.

To Mr. Morris I am further indebted for the description of the new species.

118

Pectunculus terebratularis, Lk.(h)| P. Plumsteadiensis, Sow. C2 E::
Psammobia?Condamini,Mor.,u.s.| 0.0... .0 cc ccc cece ec cece ee C.
Sancuinolania te dwardsi Morea. vere celoleksiats -teteteleltal-tedene tai aiaee E.

Teredina personata, Desh.

Teredo antenautie, Sow. ...... Ltd oN 8 ee ost seins vee E.

Unio (Weshayesn, Watelet?).(e) 5. \ nF mt sle- ta ete eileen oe olehekctee C.

Thracia oblata, Sow........... DBuirania, Sows senvnceeicee E,
Univalves.

Ampullariasubdepressa, Mor.,n.s.
Auricula pygmza, Mor., n. sp...
Buecinum (Pseudoliva) fissura-
tum, Desh. ? (7)
Calyptreea trochiformis, Lam. ..
Cerithium Lunni, Jor., n. sp...
eracile, Mor. is paraeeiee
Bowerbanku, Mor., n. sp...
-—— variabile, Desh., var. c.f, &g.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Teredo antenaute, S

eects eceeee
Ce

CC

CC
se ee ere eee ee oe ee ee ee ee ee

ey

C. (Potamides) funatum, inter-

., pars, f.4-8 | C. E.

medium & funiculatum, Sow.(k)

Cy

F. deceptus, Desh.; an Bucci-
num granulosum, Mell. 2

gradatus, Sow.(m) ......
—— planicostatus, peli?) scfnrh|iermare homo eiereleien ois eee
Hydrobia Parkinsoni(n),Mor.,n.s.| .......2.0055 Lusceocnidieeu
Websteri, Mor., n. sp.....
Melania inquinata, Def.
Melanopsis ancillaroides (0
buecinoides, Keke (p)..
Murex foliaceus: iM eliiziney 2) ida |necudt Sateen a yee seaeatee
Natica glaucmoides, Sow. (var.?)..! non N. glaucinoides, Desh. ; an
N. labellata, Lam.

CC eC Cc)

Ce

eer e ee

T) ee ee ee ee ee oe ee ee we ee we ee

eeneenee eeeeeaane af aeaea cas

INerifina) consobrmas ers <a levels steko lec tetiet ste ueielisie ou etonele
globulus, Def. .......... N. uniplicata, Sow..........-
pisiformiss Her rerio. or N. ornata, Mell.? ........
vicina, Mell: 2i(q)). eerste liste edo). nude ee ee

Paludina lenta, Séivars8:)Mord(n)|-. Su, sie «cee se eee aes

Patellay 9 11) Gud peas avira ened cyan eee eae

Planorbis hemistoma, Sow. ....) ....c. cc cece cere te ecceeees
leevigatus, Desh. 2...%..2 ./..c:| ders eke hie tee bet ioe en

Entomostraca*.

Cythere Wetherelli, Jones.) Pl. ML fie: Oe ee cower eee C.
Kostelensis; ‘Reuss,'sp. Plot fic LOW. em ete C.

—— plicata, Minst..’\'Pl Mfg es oe iso eee C.
angulatopora, Reuss. Pl. II. fig. 12................ C.

—— (Cytheridea) Mulleri, Miinst. Pl. INO isthe ste ots 8 W.C.

war.) GOrosa; Jones. Elo ie. Ore seem eee (i

Candona Richardsoni, Jones. Pl. Il. fig. 13 } D2 Retro C.

Foraminifera.
Globuling ss oc. .'4:<5 dehy Nase cee nee See Eee W.
Nodosaria bacillum, Def. 2). s,s c s c eee aeeeeee E.

* For the determination of this and the following group, I am entirely indebted
to Mr. Rupert Jones.

PRESTWICH —WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 119

PRU C Abii ay ees eM ee aR ORM Ean Meas AMR cn NU MARR C.
ilextulariayh een eee ve Oh MeN tate Peon cle han nae C.
Globigerinaec ite eminoe teliele a teret stent rn tuner eal pean C.
Pisces.

Edaphodon (not determinable) ..............000.ececeeee E.
Lamna (Odontaspis) | L. Hopei and dubia, Agas.?] (s)...... W.C.E.
Wepidosteus; im. spe, Mel oN eiiesil ree y piesa sea alae Map C.
Mvyltobates/ (mot: determinable) as sata eietaiyeaiee i.
Small undeterminable teeth, seales, and vertebrae: and other

[OIG HOS A GUN es he! ee Be hale Ce Scat cits eae ese Rte NU aH I 19 C. E.
Miscellanea.
Lophicdon or Coryphodon, Owen, Brit. Foss.Mam.p.306.£.105 C.
Cheloma) (fragments ofvcarapace)ie 14. ils dee ela W. E.
Cancer (part: of Claw)What GAG uh ene fawn hoes thle eal C.
Spiculavol Spongeryyeeere ees Cone rk LIE uN Ret ld K.
Serpulaym spe PUTMAN ZO MN INT sae nee haan, Me AL :
Microscopie Bryozoa (Lunulites urceolatus, fragments) ...... C.
TERNS Grae irish neg ANA MAN USA UI ERS, ER 0 C. E.
Operculat(@Ceritinunny?) ys. ANNA ECS lk a ee) C.
Figes of Molluses 232 cy oie Maran ION Bata Ui BENE ON C.
WiGOd: coniferous) oN ANU ilo) Ma! aye tS dlnamei hy Wii. Be

Gicotyledonousi see Ie eres WP ih SRN Bins Ais I.

Impressions of leaves and seed-vessels (Pl. II. figs. 4-6, and

Ve bad YS IA tana tee ak Sram Aa eo Ia eee ME Mita LOY ER Wi. ee

NOTES.

(a) M. Deshayes figures a specimen from the “ Sables Inférieurs”’ of Bra-

(0)

(c)

@

cheux which he calls the C. senigranulosum, Sow., and gives as
synonymous the C. Plumsteadiense of the same author. M. Deshayes’
specimens must, however, be probably referred only to the latter
species of Sowerby; the first-named species of Sowerby is not therefore
identical with the species to which M. Deshayes gives that name.

These occur only in casts, which on a previous occasion were referred

to the C. globosa, Sow.; but this shell is more equivalved and less
globose than the Barton species, and more resembles the French spe-
cies, which is found in the “ Argile plastique” of Rilly, and has been
described, but not figured, by Nyst.

This shell was first referred to C. revoluta, Sow., of Barton, but it is

more equivalved and the beak is less mcurved. In my paper on the
Thanet Sands it was considered as the C. longirostris, Desh. ; but this
shell, which M. Deshayes quoted from the ‘“‘ Sables Inférieurs ” of
Bracheux, was figured from a bad specimen, and the name has since
been restricted by this able conchologist to the species from the Grés
Moyens of Beauchamp. The former is therefore undescribed, and is
probably the same shell as that here described and named.

With the exception of the C. cuneiformis and tellinella, which are well-
marked species, these Cyrene form a very perplexing group. The
other three species here given, although in many cases presenting well-
marked and distinct characters, pass commonly mto forms so nearly
resembling one another and the C. cuneiformis, that 1 almost hesitate
to adopt the specific distinctions here given. They have, however, been
adopted after a long and careful comparison of a very large series.

120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

(e) The artist had so badly represented the figure of the French species,
that it was not until the specimens were compared that the mistake
of naming it anew could be discovered.

(f) This shell is here in too imperfect a state to admit of a positive deter-
mination.

(g) There are two French species, the Dreissena antiqua, Mell., and Mo-
diola angularis, Desh., which require comparison with this. They
are both found in the “ Sables Inférieurs,”’ but I have not met with
them; and although the figures and descriptions do not quite agree, I
suspect a closer resemblance than is apparent.

(h) The P. terebratularis is a very variable shell. M. Deshayes has in his
** Coquilles Fossiles” quoted it from Bracheux and from Etampes, but
has since restricted it to the former locality, and therefore to the
“ Lower Tertiaries.” This species apparently includes the P. Plum-
steadiensis and P. brevirostris of Sowerby.

(2) This has been referred to the U. Solandri, but, as well as the crushed
and imperfect state of the specimen will allow us to judge, mcor-
rectly ; 1t rather closely resembles the French species which has lately
been figured by M. Watelet from the “‘ Lignites”’ of the Soissonnais.

(j) This, which isa very rare shell at Woolwich, is referred with a doubt to
a French species that it seems identical with, except that it is always
very much smaller. This, however, may arise from the more fresh-
water conditions at this locality.

(k) These species of Sowerby, although now considered only as one, form,
as do also his species of the Ostrea, well-marked varieties constant in
most cases to different beds of the Woolwich and Reading series, and
caused apparently by this difference of habitat.

(1) The Buccinum ambiguum, Desh., also resembles some varieties of this
shell, to which J have also referred the B. granulosum with a doubt.
Having seen M. Deshayes’ specimen of the fusus deceptus, 1 have
little hesitation in identifying it with the Woolwich species.

(m) Sowerby gaye originally four species of Fusus from Woolwich. Two
of these have smce been excluded, and upon comparing a large series
of these other two species, I cannot feel satisfied that even they are
distinct. The F. gradatus seems to me to be the young of the
F. latus.

(n) Several very small univalves are figured by Deshayes and Melleville
from the Lower Tertiaries of France. I cannot quite identify any of
them with the Woolwich species, although I suspect that some of them,
especially the Melania tritacea, Desh., and the Paludina miliola and
intermedia, Mell., may prove to be the same. From the figures of
Deshayes, the Woolwich species, however, seem to have a closer re-
semblance to some specimens from the Caleaire Lacustre of St. Quen
and Montmorency.

(o) M. Deshayes has specimens of this she!l from the Lignites of the Sois-
sonnais, and it appears to resemble some of the Woolwich specimens.
It is difficult however to distinguish the species of this genus, and al-
though at Woolwich there seems at first sight to be two or three spe-
cies, it is doubtful whether they will not all prove varieties of the next
species.

(p) This is a very variable shell, the fusiform variety bemg the specimens
figured by Sowerby as the M. fusiformis.. This latter must however,
I think, be confined to the fluvio-marine series of the Isle of Wight.

(q) This and the preceding species require comparison with the French spe-
cimens, as the figures given of them are not sufficiently distinct.

(r) It is doubtful whether this may not be a different species; but in this,

PRESTWICTH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 121

as in the other freshwater species, the distinction between the older
and the newer forms is remarkably small, a fact which can be readily
understood when it is considered how many of the Woolwich species
were originally identified with species of the Upper Eocene finvio-
marine beds of the Isle of Wight. The representative forms of these
two periods present, in fact, a remarkable and close analogy.

{s) Three varieties of the teeth of Lamna are found, two of them bearing
a close resemblance to these two London clay (Sheppey) species, but
they do not seem to me to be quite identical. They may, however,
only be varieties.

In addition to the fossils of the foregoing list, the following species have
been quoted from Woolwich upon the authority of the early numbers of the
* Mineral Conchology,’ but, I believe, in error, which has been partially
corrected in a later index.

Cyrena (Cyclas) obovata, var., Min. Con. pl. 162. figs. 4 to 6. Confined
to the Middle and Upper Eocenes of Hampshire.

Fusus (Buccinum) labiatus, Min. Con. pl. 412. figs. 1, 2. Confined to the
Middle and Upper Eocenes of Hampshire.

Melanopsis fusiformis, Min. Con. pl. 332. figs. 1 to 7. Confined to the
Middle and Upper Eocenes of Hampshire.

Neritina concava, Min. Con. pl. 385. figs. | to 8. Confined to the Middle
and Upper Eecenes of Hampshire.

Potamomya (Mya) plana, Min. Con. pl. 76. fig. 2. Confined to the
Middle and Upper Eocenes of Hampshire.

Fusus costatus 8. (Murex rugosus, Park.), Mm. Con. pl. 199. fig. 2. Con-
fined to the Crag.

The Rev. H. M. De la Condamine has also given, in his paper before re-
ferred to, eight species of shells and one of Lamna from Woolwich and
Blackheath not im the above list, and which, I thik, he will now agree
with me have been introduced by some error in the specific determinations
which it is desirable to correct, in erder to prevent, as is the case with the
above, any confusion, or difficulty to subsequent observers.

The Corbula revoluta, Sow., has been quoted from Herne Bay. It
sheuld be confined to Barton and Hampshire.

§ 4. Lithological Structure.

It happens with this, as with the preceding chapter, that the de-
scriptions of the several local sections embrace the mention of almost
all the varieties of mineral character presented by this group, and
render it therefore unnecessary to give more than a general summary,
and to allude to a few special points of mquiry : of these may in par-

ticular be instanced the origin of the Druid sandstones of Marl-
borough Downs and Salisbury Plains, and of the Hertfordshire
Pudding-stones.

Viewed as a whole, the Woolwich and Reading series consist,
Ist, of mottled clays, tenacious, free from carbonate of lime, and
with a prevailing red base; 2nd, of sharp hght-coloured quartzose
saud, more or less mixed with green sand and with flint-pebbles.
These two component parts usually form distinct and separate beds,
extremely irregular m their range and development; the clays pre-
vailing almost to the exclusion of the sands in the Isle of Wight and in
part of the Hampshire district, and the sands increasing as the group
trends through Wiltshire, Berkshire, and Surrey, but thick-bedded

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

mottled clays still preponderating, until, on the confines of Surrey and
Kent, Middlesex, and Essex, the latter are rather abruptly displaced by
the sands, which finally in Kast Kent prevail exclusively. The two
principal subordinate features are, Ist, the occurrence of rolled flint-
pebbles, black, and worn perfectly smooth and rounded*, usually of a
small size, to 2 inches in longest diameter, but occasionally attain-
ing a length of 10 to 15 inches. ‘These pebbles are generally di-
spersed in layers or imbedded in the sand, but they are in few cases
associated with the clay beds. It is within the area wherein the
change from mottled clays to sands takes place that the pebbles are
developed in their greatest profusion, forming at those places thick
and extensive beds of shingle. To the eastward beyond this area
the sands are still characterized by dispersed pebbles, whilst to the
westward of it the pebbles are restricted to a thin bed, either just
overlying the green-coated flints which repose on the chalk, or else
intermingling with these flints. 2nd, Green sand, which is usually
either disseminated in dispersed grains, or else occurs in small patches
or seams, and is chiefly confined to the lower portions of this divi-
sion, and at the base of which it forms, mixed with clay and per-
oxide of iron, a thin and nearly constant layer. In Kent this green
sand exists in larger proportion, often constituting irregular “beds
of light green sands, which are never, however, persistent over any
wide range, and are always subordinate to the light quartzose sands.
These grains of green sand vary in size from a pin’s pot to a pin’s
head, the larger ones being botryoidal-shaped, of a malachite-green
colour, and rather soft. These green grams have usually been indis-
criminately referred to Chlorite and Green Earth, but the physical
characters of these grains differ so widely,—some being light green,
soft, opake, and earthy, whilst others are very hard, of a dark green
or nearly black colour, translucid, and show facets,—that I would
suggest whether or not, in addition to the former of these minerals,
there may not be, mixed with the common quartzose sand, debris of
Hornblende and Pyroxenes*+ in this state of small grains.

As minerals of more local occurrence may be noticed, Ist, The
peroxide of iron, occasionally giving an ochreous and ferruginous
colour to the strata, and sometimes cementing the sands into thin
tabular iron-sandstones. 2nd, The hydrated peroxide of iron, or
limonite, in concretions, and occasionally forming ochres. 3rd,
Iron pyrites, which is of comparatively rare occurrence except in the
mixed green sands of Herne Bay. 4th, Carbonate of lime, which in
this group must be considered as quite a subordinate mineral, being
almost altogether restricted to the central area beneath and around
London, occasionally acting as a cement to some of the sandstone
conglomerates, and sometimes forming an extremely hard fine-grained
concretionary rock. 5th, Carbonaceous clays, and thin bands or rather

* Some of these pebbles are shivered and broken in situ (usually by pressure).
Others again have been broken before being rolled into their present position,
presenting a fractured surface with the sharp edges worn off.

+ I have not had time to proceed further in this inquiry, which i is one of con-
siderable interest in a theoretical point of view.

PRESTWICH-——WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 123

patches of lignite, are occasionally met with in the lower part of the
mottled clays; but they occur more commonly in association with
the fluviatile beds of Woolwich : they do not possess any importance,
although occasionally expanding in some places to the thickness of
a few feet, but are more often measureable by inches. The local
sections and details (§ 3.) give some of the main poimts of its oc-
currence *.

_ Tt is at the base of this division that I should place the Websterite
and Hydrate of Alumina tound by Dr. Mantell at Castle Hill, New-
haven. I have since found the latter with the pebbles and flints in
immediate contact with the chalk, at Northaw.

Small crystals of sulphate of lime occur occasionally in the clays
and sands of the fluviatile group. A thin seam of clay found by
Mr. De la Condamine at Counter Hill, showed on the faces of lami-
nation a surface covered with very small sharp cavities, formed appa-
rently by erystals of selenite having been dissolved ovt. I have not
met with selenite in the mottled clays.

A singular fact was noticed a few years since in the ‘ Annales des
Mines,’ in connection with the mottled clays of the ““Argile Plastique”
of the Paris basin, viz. that they contained a very considerable pro-
portion of gelatinous or soluble silica, 7. e. silica in an active chemical
state, and soluble in alkaline solutions without fusion}. I have recently
tested the mottled clays from various places in the London district,
and find that they also contain this gelatinous silica, which can be
readily separated out by boiling in a solution of caustic potash. The
proportion, however, is very variable. This peculiar condition of the
silica has an important theoretical bearing.

§ 5. Druid Sandstones.

The position in the Tertiary series which should be assigned to
the large blocks of white saccharoid sandstone found scattered over
the surface of many parts of the chalk districts, and met with occa-
sionally within the tertiary area itself, bas long been and still re-
mains an unsettled question. As these isolated blocks are always
siliceous, not unfrequently exhibit traces of rootlet-like impressions,
and occasionally contain round flimt-pebbles and subangular slightly
worn flints, they present, with the latter exception, a lithological
structure very similar to that of the blocks found irregularly dispersed
sometimes in the lower, but more especially in the upper division of
the Bagshot Sands between Esher and Strathfieldsaye ; and, as no
other tertiary formation presents on first appearance so good a primd
Jacie right of possession, they were, in the absence of all distinct or-

* Jt is too impure for use. At Lewisham a heap of pyritous lignite which
had been thrown on one side, caught fire, and burnt for several months. It was
the occasional occurrence of lignite in these beds, here and at Blackheath, that
gave rise to the popular belief of coal beds existing at the latter place.

+ This was in 1846. The first notice of this peculiar condition of silica is,
I believe, that by M. Sauvage in 1840 (Ann. des Mines), when he detected the
presence of it in some of the beds of the lias and in some beds between the Chalk
and the Gault.

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

ganisms to assist in the determination, generally referred to the age
of those sands*. The weight of evidence is however, I think, against
the origin usually assigned to them, although that evidence is cir-
cumstantial rather than direct.

In the first place, if they were derived from the Bagshot Sands,
it is difficult to conceive why they should not be scattered as com-
monly over the generally broad belt of London clay intervening be-
tween the area of the Bagshot Sands and the Chalk, as they are
over the area of the latter ;—that connecting links should not have
been left between the parent beds and the groups of greyweathers
scattered over Marlborough Downs and the Chiltern Hills. But no
such general phenomenon is exhibited within the London-clay area.
It is further to be observed, that the Bagshot Sands (the lower divi-
sion) themselves, although well developed between Strathfieldsaye
and Newbury, do not in that district contain any large blocks of
sandstone +. In Kent, over no part of which county do the Bag-
shot Sands extend, the Druid sandstone is abundant on many parts
of the chalk hills. No fringe, in fact, of detached sandstone blocks
skirts the Bagshot Sands, whereas wherever such scattered groups
do occur they invariably subtend either the main body or detached
outliers of the Lower Tertiaries.

On some of the high hills towards the borders of the extensive
chalk downs forming Salisbury Plains, especially to the northward
and eastward of Amesbury, or between that town, Bedwin, and
Kingsclere, cappings of the lower tertiary sands and clays are not
uncommon; whilst other hills, where no mass of tertiaries remain,
show by the presence of numerous tertiary flint-pebbles on their
summit the wreck of tertiary strata once spread over this area. The
drift of the district also often abounds with these characteristic
pebbles. At Marlborough the tertiary strata range up close to where
the dispersed blocks of sandstone commence. A ridge of hills
formed of these lower tertiaries on a base of chalk domimates over
the platform of the latter formation for some miles in a direction
W.N.W. from Newbury. As it trends westward the bed of sand
immediately over the chalk expands, becomes extremely white and
pure, and in one place, just below Wickham Church, contains at
its base a few seains of pebbles and worn subangular flints. It is
precisely the unconsolidated substance of the Druid sandstone ; still
I could not find, nor had the foreman who had worked twenty-one
years in some adjoining pits ever found, a block of sandstone in situ
in the sands. But then it must be considered how small an extent
of this bed is cpened out,—only two or three regularly worked pits
in the distance of six miles,—and the extremely small proportion

* Not, however, universally so: by some geologists the origin of these blocks
has been correctly referred to the ‘ Plastic Clay Formation,” but no proofs have
yet been offered in support of the suggestion.

+ So rare is it, in fact, to find any blocks of stone in that part of the country,
that a small mass of about a foot square, lying on the gravel of Silchester Com-
mon, has been considered of sufficient importance to have a local name assigned
to it—* The Nymph Stone.”

WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 125

PRESTWICH

‘his bears to the mass, in which these concretions are of a merely
local and rare eccurrence. Nevertheless on the slopes of this ridge,
especially along its south-western flank, the number of blocks of
Druid sandstone scattered over the surface of the ground just below
the outcrop of the sands is very considerable; as they become more —
numerous they also become larger. These hills, if prolonged, would
pass by Lambourne six miles further to the N.W.., and it is on the
downs about that village that the Druid sandstones are particularly
numerous and large. ‘That the tertiary strata ranged in that direc-
tion is proved by a few traces of them yet remaining *.

Again, in Buckinghamshire, Oxfordshire, and Hertfordshire, grey-
weather sandstones and pudding-stones occur in districts throughout
which are scattered numerous outliers of the Lower Tertiaries, once
continuous over the whole area, and in the wreck of which, at their
denudation, these blocks seem, as in Wiltshire, to have been left
behind. So also with the large accumulations of sandstone blocks
on the north downs above Maidstone.

If therefore we admit the distribution of the Druid sandstones to
be in accordance with the range of the Lower London Tertiaries
rather than with that of the Bagshot Sands, the next question is to
ascertain what evidence there is of the occurrence in sifu of similar
masses of stone in the different groups of the former series.

1. With regard to the Thanet Sands :—Although often presenting
favourable elements, and occasionally semi-indurated, they are rarely
consolidated. At the Reculvers, however, they contain a bed of
concretionary sandstone; but it has a calcareous cement, contains
no pebbles, and exhibits frequently the impressions of shells ;
whereas the erratic sandstones of Kent, Bucks, and Wiltshire are
neither calcareous nor fossiliferous, and are not uncommonly sub-
conglomerate. Further, the Thanet Sands do not range more than
six to ten miles westward of London. It is therefore not probable
that the Druid sandstones belong to beds of this age.

2. The Basement-bed of the London Clay presents a very small
development westward of London, and although concretionary blocks
are often found in it, they are all comparatively of so small a size,
besides bemg generally calcareo-argillaceous, and almost invariably
fossiliferous, that it is not in this direction we must look for the
origin of these sandstones. But to the eastward of London this bed
becomes more important, and at Boughton it contains a subordinate
bed of a siliceous sandstone, often extremely hard, very local and
very variable, and of a character which would harmonise perfectly
well with some of the blocks on the slopes of the East Kent Chalk
ranges.

3. My belief, however, is that the greater portion of the blocks
known as Druid Sandstones, Greyweathers, Sarsen Stones, and
Pudding-stones are derived from the middle division of the Lower
London Tertiaries. It is very rarely that solidified portions of the
strata are found im situ, but the same difficulty occurs in as great

* As, for instance, at Liquid Farm, five miles W.N.W. from Wickham.

126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

a degree with the sandstones of the Bagshot Sands. As usual with
concretionary masses, they occur in patches in particular districts, and
are far from being a general accompaniment of the sands. In Hamp-
shire I know only of one group of them which has the appearance of
being 77 situ,—the one before referred to (p. 81) as oceurring near Dor-
chester*. Still the case there is not clear. In the western part of
the London tertiary district the middle division of the Lower Tertiaries
always contains more or less extensive beds of quartzose sand, with
patches or layers of pebbles in the lower part more especially of the
group, while patches of subangular flints are also occasionally met
with; consequently we have the elements necessary to produce the
required results whenever circumstances, as might so easily happen,
occurred to consolidate the materials. Although instances of this fact
are not numerous, still they are in sufficient number to prove the pro-
bability of the supposition.

On the eastern slope of Bagshot Hill, near Hungerford, there is a
spot from which blocks of sandstone and of sandstone conglomerate
have been removedy+. This pit, which is now abandoned, is so shallow
as not to show the superposition of the beds: they appear, however,
immediately to overlie the chalk. The case is clearer at Nettlebed
Hill ; I have there seen, a few feet above the chalk, blocks of sand-
stone, some of large size, in situ in the sands interstratified with the
mottled clay (see fig. 4. p. 89).

At Tiler’s Hill near Chesham the white quartzose sand underlying
the Basement-bed of the London clay contains a thin subordinate
band of a soft saccharoid sandstone. Near Batler’s Green, two and a
half miles northward from Elstree, Herts, there existed a few years
since a shallow pit, in which beneath the gravel there was exposed a
surface of thick tabular pudding-stone overlying the chalk and ap-
parently ez situ. A bed perfectly identical in composition, z.e. con-
sisting of a fine pure white quartzose sand full of black flint pebbles,
but not consolidated, was opened a few years ago in a pit one and a
half mile from Ware, on the London road: it was 3 feet thick, re-
posed directly on the chalk, and underlay some sandy mottled clays.
Blocks of sandstone and of sandstone conglomerate are also found in
the sands subordinate to the mottled clays beneath the London
clay at Pinner (see p. 91). These cases are few and local, but so
also is the distribution of the greyweathers themselves, and it is to
be observed that the occurrence of the latter is exactly coincident
with the development and preponderance of the sand beds of the
mottled clay series. Thus around Reading, where mottled clays
preponderate, there are few sandstone blocks on the surrounding
chalk hills ; but in proceeding towards Newbury the clays give way
to sands, which, three miles north of that town, constitute the main

* In Hampshire the Bracklesham series contains several solid seams, both in
the Isle of Wight and the Isle of Purbeck, yet but few blocks are found scattered
on the surface. The chief one is that known as the Agglestone, near Studland.

+ I am indebted for a knowledge of this locality, and for much other informa-
tion respecting Salisbury Plains and the Wiltshire Downs, to Mr. W. Cunnington
of Devizes.

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 127

feature of this series. At Newbury the proportion of sands de-
creases, but these beds again become more important in proceeding
from Newbury towards Marlborough. Now it is precisely in these
directions that the blocks of greyweather sandstone set in and attain
their greatest development*. On the hills above Goring sandstone
blocks are not uncommon ; and I have here recently found the mottled
clays, associated with a thick bed of white quartzose sand, ranging
elose to the edge of the chalk escarpment from Woodcot Common to
near Combe End Farm. Crossing the gorge of the Thames the same
beds are found capping the hills at Bassildon, and a trace of them
apparently exists near Aldworth. In fact, throughout the chalk
district of Wilts, Berks, Oxfordshire, Bucks, Herts, and Kent, the
tertiary outliers are far more common than has been supposed. They
distinctly show the former spread of the Lower Tertiaries, the Wool-
wich and Reading series especially, over the whole area, up even to
the very edge of the chalk escarpment.

In the direction of High Wycombe and Nettlebed the sand beds
are again in excess. On the chalk hills above Bradenham, three
miles northward of the former town, sandstone blocks are very nu-
merous, and, although enveloped in a ferruginous clay-drift, they
are, I believe, nevertheless nearly in stu. Around Hedgerley and
Uxbridge, where mottled clays prevail, few sandstone blocks occur.
In the neighbourhood of Hatfield, Hertford, and Ware, the sands
of the Reading series, perfectly white and siliceous, are often, if I
may use the expression, glutted with flint-pebbles; it is over this
area more particularly that the Hertfordshire pudding-stones are so
abundant.

Beneath and also to the south and south-east of London, a very
hard, light-coloured, fine-grained, calcareo-argillaceous rock, usually
without fossils, is often present mm the lower part of the Woolwich
beds just under the shelly clays. This bed, however, rarely exceeds
the limits of the fluviatile and estuarime clays, and forms therefore a
mere local feature. At Gravesend we find in nearly the same position
a thin tabular layer of hard siliceous sandstone. Theseagree with the
numerous thin hard tabular pieces of sandstone found scattered over
the surface of the ground around Apchurch near Sittingbourne.
On the hill above Stifford Bridge, Essex. where the lower tertiaries
were cut through, there are'a few blocks of pudding-stone. In the
neighbourhood of the conspicuous tertiary outlier at Cobham near
Gravesend, large mammillated blocks of siliceous sandstone are com-
mon on the chalk hills. Blocks of a larger size, but more eyen-
surfaced, abound on the downs above Maidstone; they are also

* The remarkable and thick trail of sandstone blocks in the valley of rocks near
Marlborough is well known. Many other valleys in that district, as those to the
south of Hast and West Kennet, Dean, Clatford, and others, exhibit the same
phenomena, although not on so large a scale. The hills on the sides and at the
heads of these narrow vales are also strewed over with numerous detached blocks.

t+ At Walter’s Ash and Napple Common; they are equally abundant on Denner
Hill, three miles west from Great Missenden.

128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

numerous in many places between this spot and the downs above
Folkestone, as near Charing. On the chalk hills sloping from this
line of escarpment down to the Thames, such masses are likewise
common.

It is possible that in Kent the upper and lower divisions of the
Lower Tertiaries may have partially contributed to the supply of
these dispersed sandstone blocks; but on the hills of Hertfordshire,
Oxfordshire, and Wiltshire, and the extensive elevated chalk-platforms
forming Salisbury Downs, where these masses are occasionally so
numerous, I believe that they are all derived from the middle division
of the Lower Tertiaries, outliers of which still remain to prove the
former extension of these strata over those areas, for they have, with
these few exceptions, been wholly removed by subsequent denudation*.

The absence of all organic remains, so peculiar a feature of the
sands of the Woolwich and Reading group westward of London,
strengthens the supposition of these equally unfossiliferous sandstones
being derived from this source.

With the large softer masses of saccharoid sandstone of Salisbury
Plains and Marlborough Downs, there are however found a number
of small blocks and pieces of a very fine-grained, hard, compact, sili-
ceous sandstone generally of peculiar botryoidal forms, not conglome-
rate, and often with traces of long rootlet-like processest ; but I have
not seen such rock-specimens in the Lower Tertiaries§, nor have I
been more successful in findmg them im situ in the Bagshot series.
Their age must be considered uncertain ; at the same time the occur-
rence of specimens with these rootlet-like processes weighs certainly
in favour of their origin from the Bagshot Sands, as we know that
similar impressions exist, although very rarely, in the blocks of sand-
stone found in the Upper Bagshot Sands. But in the sands or the
laminated clays associated with them such impressions are not met
with, although, as in the Lower Tertiaries, impressions of plants and
leaves have been found. These rootlet-like casts and impressions
are, however, organisms too indistinct to be of any definite value as a
proof of age.

As before observed, much weight must not be attached to the rarity

* Jt may be objected that no blocks of sandstone are now found scattered over
the surface of Salisbury Plains. They are certaialy scarce, but I have found a few
in the valleys, although generally there hidden by the drift. Their very scarcity
has, however, probably hastened the destruction of the few that have existed, and
have been used for various economical purposes.

t+ At least the only exception is the occasional bed of the Ostrea Bellovacina
and shark’s teeth at the base of this series, but the concretionary masses and
the white sands occur more in the body of the strata. Still, traces of these fossils
may possibly be found in some of the blocks around Newbury, or in some of the
Hertfordshire pudding-stones ; but hitherto no such impressions have, I believe,
been met with.

t+ They are common also in the flint-gravel of the valleys of the district.

§ That is to say, in the district westward of London. The fine-grained hard
coucretionary stone, before mentioned (p. 103) as occurring in the Woolwich series
beneath or near London (Charlton), sometimes presents however a very similar
appearance and fracture.

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 129

of concretionary sandstones in the sections and cuttings of the Lower
Tertiaries. In the Bagshot Sands themselves they are confined to a
comparatively small range of country, and even in that district I have
never seen them in sand-pits or road-side cuttings. They are sought
out specially at a few spots on the hills by dipping iron rods into the
sands. Again, although at and near London the Lower Tertiaries
so often contain subordinate concretionary or conglomerate rocks,
how rarely do such masses show at their outcrop: at Sundridge only
are some of these latter beds worked.

The flint-gravel which caps the hills around Newbury contains a
few rather large specimens of the harder sandstones, but the gravel
of that system of valleys which wind down from the chalk hills on
the north-west of Newbury abounds with such blocks, together with
a good many large blocks of the more saccharoid and softer stones.
The course of this drift is towards, and not from, the area of the
Bagshot Sands; and as we have no proof of the extension of this
formation over the Chalk Downs, whereas we know that detached
outliers of the Lower Tertiary sands extend far over those hills, we
should expect to find, in the drift, the debris derived from the latter
and from the chalk, and not from the Bagshot Sands. Whence
also, as well as from their association, I am inclined to consider that
both descriptions of sandstones are derived from the Lower Tertiary
sands.

Further, admitting the fact of an occasional and local consolidation
of the sand beds of the Lower Tertiaries, we have an d-priori
argument in favour of the whole group of the Druid Sandstones of
Wilts, Hants, Bucks, and Kent, and of the Pudding-stones of Herts,
being derived from this source, from the circumstance that the
lithological structure of each variety is respectively in accordance
with the mineral components forming the strata in the immediate
vicinity of the places where these rock-blocks are found ; 2. e. that
the concretionary stone in each case represents the component parts
of some portion of the adjacent ‘“ Woolwich and Reading series,”
with the difference that they are consolidated.

This conclusion is corroborated by the very definite and distinct
proofs furnished by the cliffs of St. Marguerite near Dieppe. We
there find the Woolwich fluviatile clays with the Cyrena cuneiformis,
Melaxia inquinata, and Cerithium variabile underlaid by a bed
of whitish quartzose sand reposing upon a very uneven surface of
the chalk. The section is between one and two miles in length,
although it is only near the lighthouse (le phare d’Ailly) that the
fluviatile beds exist. These sands contain in several parts of the
section subordinate blocks of a white saccharoid concretionary sili-
ceous sandstone, which is worked to some extent, and affords masses
frequently measuring many feet in length. These sandstones also
often contain, like the Druid sandstones of Wilts, rolled flint-pebbles
and subangular flints. As these beds are evidently a prolongation of
the Woolwich beds on the Sussex-district type, the phzenomena thus
exhibited in the neighbourhood of Dieppe may fairly be admitted
in collateral proof of the argument with respect to the origin in this,

VOL. X.—PART I. K

130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

country also of the Druid Sandstones from beds of the age of the
“‘ Woolwich and Reading series*.”’

§ 6. Conclusion.

The sectional diagrams, A, B, C, Pl. I., which, owing to the want of
some connecting links, were not completed until after the preceding
pages were written, confirm, in my mind, by the structural fitness of
their parts, the conviction, before expressed, and derived from litho-
logical and palzeontological evidence, of the independence+ of the
“Middle division of the Lower London Tertiaries,’”’ with regard to
the “Thanet Sands,’’—the latter forming a distinct and underlying
marine deposit ; and that, notwithstanding the nearly total difference
of all its characters, the estuarine and freshwater group of fossiliferous
strata at Upnor and Woolwich must be regarded as strictly syn-
chronous with the unfossiliferous mottled clays of Alum Bay, Reading,
and Hedgerley. Cases are common where such changes of condition,
as those displayed in this ‘‘ Woolwich and Reading division,” take
place in particular beds of a series; in this instance, however, the
alteration affects the whole depth of the group, not as a recurring
change at different periods, but as a maintained development at
different places. It shows an accumulation of materials not within
the range of a single river action, howsoever variable, but of con-
temporaneous strata deriving, in the same sea, supplies from different
and independent sources. Still, notwithstanding the variable cha-
racter of the mass as a whole, there are two subordinate features, the
one mineral and the other paleontological, sufficiently well maintamed,
although not constant, over both the Reading and the Woolwich
areas to afford a common base-line. It has been shown that the

* I find that M. Passy, in his ‘ Descrip. Géol. du Dép. de la Seine Inférieure ’
(Rouen, 1832), takes the same view of the relation of the “ Grey-weathers”’ of
Wiltshire and of the ‘“‘Grés a silex pyromaques” of the Dieppe Cliffs, drawing
his conclusions, however, with respect to the former, simply from their lithological
resemblance to the latter (pages 127-131).

+ At all events so far as the central and eastern areas are concerned. The only
point about which I feel slightly doubtful, is whether some of the thick pebble
beds under and around Shooter's Hill may not belong to the upper part of the
Woolwich series, rather than to the Basement of the London Clay, inasmuch as the
character of the former is so variable as often to render it lithologically undi-
stinguishable from the latter, except when seen in actual superposition, and for this
extremely few opportunities occur. For the same reason the beds which at Upnor
and Herne Bay I have included in the ‘‘ Basement-bed ” may also possibly belong
to the upper section of the Woolwich series, in which case the Basement-bed
itself might be considered in this area to merge into the thin seam of sandy clay
(with fossils at Upnor and with a few pebbles at Herne) just at the base of the
great mass of the London Clay. It is also difficult to say positively whether some
lower portion of the Reading series may not possibly be synchronous with the
Thanet Sands. In the absence of sections which alone could clearly settle this
point, I have given the best conclusion I could arrive at upon collateral evidence.
I mention these doubts, which, however, do not atfect the superposition and
grouping of the three divisions here proposed, although it would modify the exact
lines of separation, in order to direct attention to any new facts which may arise
to throw light upon those questions where 1 consider the evidence not quite
conclusive.

PRESTWICH—-WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 131

20 feet of pebbly light greenish sands overlying the Thanet Sands
in West Kent, consist of a clear sharp quartzose sand mixed more or
less with grains of green sand, flint pebbles, and argillaceous matter.
Now, although the latter are almost always present, still the pro-
portion of them becomes in places so small that their presence is not
readily apparent, and a bed of sand, more or less pure and white,
remains. The great development of pebbles in this bed takes place
in the neighbourhood of London. As the beds range eastward they
pass into sands, often apparently forming with the “Thanet Sands”
one nearly undistinguishable mass ; and in the same way as they range
westward they occasionally put on, from this loss of the pebbles and
green grains, almost exactly the characters presented by the Thanet
Sands at Woolwich and Lewisham, and for which they have hitherto
been mistaken. Still, on the whole, the presence at the base of the
Woolwich and Reading series of slightly argillaceous sands, more
or less mixed with green sand and flint pebbles, is a most. per-
manent lithological character of this division. We have, further,
some evidence, scanty though it is, of organic remains, the Ostrea
Bellovacina and teeth of Lamna occurring at tervals at the base of
the mottled-clay series of Reading, from Hungerford and Newbury
to Headley, Hanwell, Northaw, and Hertford, and again beneath
London (sections in Appendix), where the mottled clays of Reading
become intercalated with the fossiliferous beds of Woolwich; and
further eastward in the same position at the base of this series
at Erith, where the Woolwich type alone obtains, This organic link
does not extend further eastward, unless the Ostrea at Oakwell
should, when better specimens are obtained, prove to belong to that
species; but the teeth of Lamna are, however, met with. Under
ordinary circumstances but little weight could be attached to the
evidence of two such fossils, or of such common mineral characters ;
still, when we take into consideration the chances of their associa-
tion, their cenjoimt evidence becomes of much greater value, although
after all the aid of superposition is necessary. On these data
taken together, the pebbly sands, with their zone of O. Bellovacina,
may be considered as a sufficiently definite and well-marked horizon
between the Woolwich and Reading series and the Thanet Sands.
In the neighbourhood of London this lowest bed of the Woolwich
series further shows, by the occasional presence of the Cyrena cunei-
Sormis, Melania inquinata, and Cerithium variabile, a fauna distinct
from that of the Thanet Sands; but in East Kent, where the change
of condition between the two periods is not so marked, part of the
marine fauna of the latter is continued upwards into the former
deposit, many species of which may be particularly specified, the
Cucullea crassatina, Sanguinolaria Edwardsii, Corbula Regulbiensis,
Cyprina Morrisii, Thracia oblata, Cytherea Bellovacina, Ampullaria
subdepressa, and Glycimeris Rutupiensis, passing from the Thanet
Sands into the Woolwich series. Other species, however, as the
Panopea granulata, Pecten Prestvichii, Pholadomya cuneata and
Konincku, Scalaria Bowerbankii, Trophon subnodosum, and Leda
substriata, do not extend higher than the ‘ Thanet Sands,’’ whilst

K 2

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

several new species, including the fine large Cyprina scutellaria, the
Pectunculus terebratularis acl Cardium DP lighatchdicnen and some
peculiar fossil woods, make their first appearance in the Woolwich
group. The Corbula Regulbiensis, which is comparatively rare in the
Thanet Sands, becomes also most abundant in places.

This fauna is, in East Kent, confined to the lowest bed of the
Woolwich series. The upper beds are unfossiliferous, with the
exception of the rare occurrence of the small fragments of the
Myliobates, Edaphodon, and Chelonia. As we approach London,
however, the middle and upper members of this deposit become well
marked by their organic remains. Of the marie fauna of Herne
Bay, the Corbula Regulbiensis, Nucula fragilis, Cardium Plum-
steadiense,and Pectunculus terebratularis (var.Plumsteadiensis), occur
at Woolwich and Bromley, whilst in addition to this group we have
the remarkable local development of those estuarine and more fresh-
water forms, —the Cyrena, Paludina, Melania, Melanopsis, Planorbis,
Unio, and Neritina. 'These latter forms prevail more especially in
the centre of this division, in that portion of it so well exhibited at
Woolwich, extending beneath London on one side, and stretching to
Upnor on the other. Above these Woolwich clays in the same
central area are beds with a more estuarine fauna at first, but
showing as they pass upwards conditions still more freshwater than
those which prevail in the beds beneath. To this upper part of the
series belong the Paludina-limestone and the Unio bed at New Cross.
As this series trends towards London all the members of it disappear
and are replaced by mottled clays and sands, the Woolwich clays
being alone prolonged, and forming beneath London a single fos-
siliferous zone distinctly intercalated between two masses of the
mottled clays (see Well-sections, Appendix). This is shown in the
sectional Diagrams A & C, Pl. I.; but to the south of the line here
intersected we find another zone of the Cyrena, Melania, and Ostrea,
intercalated on a higher level with these mottled clays, and of which
examples are found in the sections at Balham Hill, Wandsworth,
and Mitcham (Appendix). It is only by connecting these beds by
underground sections that the probable position of the well-known
Sundridge, Bromley, and Chiselhurst beds may be inferred; for,
owing to the want of surface-sections, no direct connection can be
established between the beds of the Woolwich and Sundridge pits ;
but if we pass round by London, Clapham, Wandsworth, Mitcham, and
Croydon, we find this upper zone, at first only slightly developed,
assuming as it trends southward and then south-eastward an increased
importance, and eventually expanding and replacing the upper group
of sands and mottled clays, whilst on the contrary the underlying
lenticular mass of Woolwich clays thins out and is replaced by mottled
clays, so that this division then presents a large development of
mottled clays below, with shelly estuarine clays, nearness: and con-
glomerates above. I believe that the msulated shell-bed at Guildford
belongs to this upper series. Here, as before mentioned, the traces
of animal life are confined merely to a thin superposed layer. Beyond
both to the westward and northward, the great bulk of the sands and

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 133

mottled clays, which now prevail exclusively, are perfectly barren ;
and the contrast which they afford with the common occurrence of
organic remains in the field we have just quitted is very strikmg,—
the more so from the circumstance of the unfossiliferous masses pre-
ponderating so largely, and the fossiliferous beds being confined to so
comparatively small an area of the Woolwich and Reading series.

it is this Woolwich and Reading series which, of all the Lower
Tertiaries, presents the greatest resemblance in France and England.
The mottled clays of Paris and Montereau are not to be distinguished
from those of Reading and Newbury, whilst the Melania inquinata,
Neritina globulus, Melanopsis buccinoides, Ostrea Bellovacina, Ce-
rithium variabile, and Cyrena cuneiformis, constitute at Kpernay,
Soissons, and Dieppe, as at Woolwich and Upnor, the common and
characteristic species of the fluviatile and estuarine areas of this
period.

The total number of Molluscs found in the “‘ Woolwich and Read-
ing series’’ amounts to 53, of which 25 are peculiar to it, whilst of
the remaining 28 species 12 are found in the “ Thanet Sands,” 22
range up into the “ Basement-bed of the London Clay,” and 6 are
common to the three divisions. Again, taking these three divisions
of the “Lower London Tertiaries”’ together, the species of fossil
shells now enumerated from them amounts to as many as 82, of
which 29 are found in the “ Basement-bed of the London Clay,”
23 in the “Thanet Sands,’? and 53, as mentioned above, in the
Woolwich and Reading series*. Further, of these 82 species 27 range
up into the London Clay, and 6 have a further extension upwards
into the middle Kocenes, whilst 55 species are peculiar to these
Lower London Tertiaries. A fauna of this class and of this extent
(and which I believe is yet far from being fully worked out+), in
addition to which there is to be noted a not inconsiderable list of
Entomostraca, Foraminifera, and Plants, entitles, 1 consider, these
Lower London Tertiaries to a more important and independent posi-
tion than has hitherto been assigned to them.

* A further examination of some of the species enumerated in my lists of fossils
of the Basement-bed of the London Clay and of the Thanet Sands, has shown the
necessity of an alteration in the determination of some of the species which were
then identified with known species of some of the more important overlying
Eocene deposits; amongst these there will be found in the first-named list
(Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vi. p. 281, Table A.) the species given in the first column;
the second column gives the corrections.

Corbula revoluta, Sow. ety it
longirostris, Desh. C. Regulbiensis (see note ec, p. 119).

Cyrena obovata, var. Sow. | C. cordata (note d, p. 119).
And in the second list (Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. viii. p. 248),—

Dentalium nitens, Sow. This identification is doubtful.
Corbula, as above.
Cytherea orbicularis, Mor.

C. Bellovacina, Desh.

+ In addition to the above there are about 20 to 25 specimens of apparently
new species, but not in a state sufliciently perfect to determine.

134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

In my last paper on the Thanet Sands I showed the probability of
the Wealden elevation having commenced at that early Tertiary
period ; and of a small island, without any important river, having
existed somewhere in the central position of the present Weald. It
was further shown that the Thanet Sands present in part of their
range a worn and eroded upper surface, on which the Woolwich
series reposes. Now as that surface was one of sand, the edge of
which would have been softened even by a small and prolonged
ordinary quiet action of the sea currents, which would also have
produced an intermixture of the two beds, I conceive that where
there is erosion and clear demarcation the change has been sudden
and abrupt; but where on the contrary there is a passage in the
beds, as for example at Herne Bay, we must suppose a point more
distant from the centre of disturbance, and where the change both
in lithological structure and in the fauna only became apparent sub-
sequently, as the new order of things gradually prevailed over the
preceding one. Where, therefore, we have pheenomena of this de-
scription, and a distinct alteration, taken as a whole, in the litholo-
gical structure of the beds above and below such divisional lines, I
camnot but think that, however slight those alterations may be, they
indicate a change in the hydrographical condition of the then exist-
ing land and sea caused by movements sudden and powerful im pro-
portion to the effects exhibited on the pre-existing sea-bed by the
scouring power of the sea during the translation of its mass; whilst
the permanent alterations in mineral composition show that such
effects were not transitory or momentary, masmuch as they led to
maintained changes in the nature of the materials carried down
from the land or worn from the cliffs, indicating in fact a different
arrangement of the rivers and the coast lines. In this case the
change is proved also by the alteration m the character of the orga-
nic remains, which in the lower sands (Thanet Sands) ave marine,
whilst the Woolwich series contains a superimposed group of estua-
rine and fluviatile shells.

That the pebbles were rolled from time to time into the position
in which they are now found, and that they were not worn there, may
be inferred from the fact of their association with delicate and friable
shells which have remained uninjured amongst them ; from Molluses
having bored undisturbed into the bed of mixed sand and pebbles ;
from Ostree and Serpule having so often attached themselves to, and
grown upon, some of the pebbles; and from the circumstance that
broken pebbles occasionally occur, the fractured surfaces of which
only show worn edges, with no approach to a restoration of the
pebble form*.

* The sand of the Woolwich Series I have heard attributed to the wear and de-
struction of the chalk-flints which produced the pebbles. That a certain quantity of
sand resulted from such an action is inevitable, but that the whole mass was
derived from that source cannot be. The grains of the sand consist usually of
pure transparent quartz, worn but not rounded. The presence further of grains
of Chlorite and other allied minerals shows that there were other sources of supply

PRESTWICH—-WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 135

The prevailing set of the currents or tide is shown by the pre-
vailing dip of the layers of false stratification bemg northward, or
from off the presumed island, at angles varying from 10° to 35°.

The irregularity of this river-accumulation is shown in the extreme
irregularity of the beds, which constantly exhibit the shiftings and
changes seen in the sand-banks of existing estuaries. Not only are
the several members of the ‘“ Lower London Tertiaries’’ divided by
irregular surfaces, but the Woolwich series itself often presents in its
central area instances of its several beds being deposited upon slightly
eroded surfaces one of another.

Further, the occurrence of Lithodomus in the eastern area, and of
Pholas in the central area, shows the near proximity of a coast-line.
The beautifully preserved plants of Reading also indicate neighbour-
ing dry land.

Judging from all these phenomena I ivfer that the period of the
Thanet Sands was brought to a close by a movement of elevation,
which threw off the sea from the shores of the island we have alluded
to, and swept down into the changed and shallower sea-bed the
coarser sand and rounded shingle existing ready-formed on the
coast-line. To such a movement I attribute the pebbly light green
sands forming the base of the Woolwich and Reading series; the
ordinary currents of the sea having, after the first movement of
elevation, distributed the debris thus amassed and formed the beds
on which the Ostrea Bellovacina lived... In the mean time the size
of the island was necessarily increased by this movement of elevation,
and its drainage having thereby become larger, and its streams and
rivers more important, one of these rivers, still not a large one, must,
during a slightly subsequent period of quiet, have brought down
and accumulated the Woolwich shelly clays with their estuarine and
fluviatile shells. This settled state of things was, however, not long-
continued ; renewed, but slow movements, probably of subsidence,
must have taken place ; the Woolwich river action must have ceased,
or rather its direction changed ; for that its debouchure was slightly
altered, is indicated by the fact that the next fluviatile zone was not
accumulated over the older beds, but on one side of them ; instead of
being chiefly at Upnor, Woolwich, and London, it took place from
Bromley to Deptford, Wandsworth, and Guildford.

In the mean time in the more open sea of East Kent these slight
changes were less felt, and the marine condition of the strata and
their character as they existed at the ‘Thanet Sands”’ period re-
mained for atime comparatively unaltered. To the westward, on the
contrary, some new and large river-action appears to have been opened
out from another land by the changes which led to the formation
of the Woolwich and Reading series. The debris forming the mottled

than mere chalk cliffs, and that source was probably some of the subcretaceous
arenaceous strata, which present a lithological base similar to that of the Lower
Tertiary sands, although the materials are somewhat differently sorted and some
few of the more soluble and finer portions are washed out.

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

clays resemble that which might be brought down from decomposing
granitic or basaltic districts, probably from some land to the S.W..,
towards Brittany or the coast of Spam. The general aspect of a
large proportion of the mottled dark red clays favours this view,
which is further corroborated by the fact before alluded to of the
presence of gelatinous silica, or silica in that condition in which we may
presume it to be when derived directly from the decomposition of
felspathic rocks, without having gone through any intermediate
geological stage. The influence of such river-action was evidently
greater in Hampshire than in Berkshire, the beds in the former
county being of nearly double the thickness of those in the latter, and
far more homogeneous. Compared to the Woolwich clays, the mass
of materials forming the mottled clays is out of all proportion larger.
Its arrangement is also very peculiar, its lines of bedding being
almost always waved and curved, as though brought down and
deposited by fits and starts, as by the freshets of a large river. The
smaller mass of sands with which they are interstratified were pro-
bably brought down continuously by the Weald-Island rivers, chiefly
from an area of Lower Greensand, spread by sea currents, and thus
intercalated with the great mass of these mottled clays derived from
this other more distant source. The almost total absence of car-
bonate of lime and the presence of the gelatinous silica are causes
probably sufficient to account for the absence of organic remains
wherever these mottled clays prevail.

After a time this Lower Tertiary period was brought to a close,
and its islands, with their streams, whose action we have been studying,
were submerged, by the great movement of subsidence, at first rapid, —
and productive of the transport of the conglomerate and mixed strata
forming the Basement-bed of the London clay over the whole of the
varied surface of the Woolwich and Reading series,—and which sub-
sidence was afterwards continued by that quiet and prolonged move-
ment, which we have shown to be necessary for the accumulation of
the like materials of, and transmission of a like fauna throughout,
the great mass of the overlying London clay.

The reasons for believing that the temperature of the sea at the
‘Thanet Sands” period* was lower than that which prevailed during
the period of the London Clay, apply in some measure, but proba-
bly less forcibly, to this intermediate epoch of the ‘‘ Woolwich and
Reading series.” The general character both of the fauna and flora
shows a preponderance of forms such as, on the whole, we might
expect to meet with at present in more moderate climates than the
one in which the more tropical-seeming vegetation and animals of
the London Clay could have flourished. For a subject, however,
of this problematical nature, the data are too limited to arrive at any
very satisfactory or definite result. I merely state the general im-
pression, rather than any sufficient conv iction, I have received from
the inquiry into this subject.

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. viii. p. 260.

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 137

Nore.

The observations on the age and structure of the Tertiary series,
from the Chalk up to the Fluvio-marine strata of Hampshire, which
this paper completes, having been brought forward at intervals
during a period of seven years, some changes have necessarily sug-
gested themselves during the progress of the inquiry. On the main
points connected with the Marine Eocene strata, I have nothing
material to alter; but as in my first paper (Journ. Geol. Soc.
vol. ii.) I retained the term “ London Clay” to the clays of Barton,
from its having been previously so applied, and termed the brown
clays with organic remains (Strata 4—6) the ‘‘ Bognor clays,” and
which I had occasion afterwards to show were the equivalents of the
London Clay proper, I dropped the latter name with regard to the
Barton clays, and retained it for those beds only which I had before
called the “ Bognor clays.”” This, I believe, has caused some uncer-
tainty as to the arrangement which I proposed; I therefore have
annexed a diagram, showing the relations of the London and Hamp-
shire Tertiary systems, and the order of superposition of the different
formations, according to the terms last employed (Pl. I. General
section).

I had hoped to have been able to resume the examination which I
commenced, in the lower part of the Tertiary series of the Isle of Wight,
in 1839; but want of time and other engagements interfered with
that intention. It was therefore with great pleasure that I found the
inquiry with regard to the structure and age of the Fluvio-marine
series taken up by Prof. EK. Forbes. Having necessarily had occasion,
in the course of the investigation of the Woolwich beds described in
the preceding pages, to inquire into the range and character of the
fossils of that group more particularly than im the indirect reference
to its fossils made in my Isle of Wight paper, I found that some
identities which I had given in proof of several species bemg common
to the ‘‘ Lower London Tertiaries ”’ and to the Isle of Wight Fluvio-
marine series, were wrong. This arose in some measure from errors
of observation of my own, and from confounding together species
differmg im character, but which had the same specific name given
to them by different authors; also from taking the localities of the
species from the figures and descriptions in Sowerby’s ‘ Mineral
Conchology,’ without being aware at the time of several corrections
which that author had introduced in a supplementary list published
at a later period; and partly from the range and identities given to
some species in M. Deshayes’s ‘ Coquilles Fossiles des Environs de
Paris,’ respecting which the author appears to have been wrongly
informed. As the results at which Prof. Forbes has arrived are of very
great interest and importance, I hasten to correct these mistakes, lest
any partial argument adverse to his views might perchance be founded
upon them.

In the paper above referred to I gave a list of 78 species of shells
from the Fluvio-marine beds of Headon Hill; and I endeavoured to

138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

show that a certain number of these ranged downwards into Lower
Tertiary beds; and that 27 species were found in the French Tertiaries.
The following are the determinations which I believe to be wrong :—

1. Limnea pyramidalis, Brard. It must have been by mistake that I
referred this species to the L. cornea, Brongn. They are different.

2. Melanopsis ancillarioides, Desh. This, again, is referred in error to
the M. buccinoides, Fér. M. Deshayes, however, mentions (Coq.
Foss. vol. ii. p. 21) that a variety of the latter, common in the
** Argile plastique”’ of Epernay, is found in the Isle of Wight.

3. Corbula nitida, Sow. This is not the C. nitida, Desh., as the use of
the same specific name led me to assume.

4.*Cerithium acutum, Sow. Non C. acutum, Desh.

ventricosum, Sow. Non C. ventricosum, Desh.

funatum, Sow. C. variabiie, Desh., figured by Sowerby from
Newhaven and Hordwell, but since restricted to the former.

7. Cytherea incrassata, Desh., must, I believe, be considered synonymous
with the Venus incrassata, Sow.

8. Cyrena cuneiformis, Fér. Quoted by M. Deshayes from Headon Hill ;
but the Isle of Wight species is certainly not identical with the
Woolwich one. The latter appears to be the true C. cuneiformis of
Férussac. The former is probably the C. semistriata, which again
M. d’Archiac had stated he had found at Woolwich.

9. Cyrena deperdita, Sow. Non C. deperdita, Desh.

10. obovata, Sow. Barton; the var. figured from New Cross does
not apparently belong to that species.

11. Paludina lenta, Sow. M. Deshayes gives it from the Isle of Wight
and from the ‘‘ Argile plastique” of Soissons. It appears, however,
that though very closely resembling the Woolwich species, it may
possibly be considered as a variety of that species.

12. Potamomya plana, Sow. Figured from Plumstead, but afterwards
quoted only from the Hampshire series. M. d’Archiac, however,
gives it from the ‘“‘ Argile plastique” of the Aisne, together with the
Tellina antiqua, Sow.

13. Fusus labiatus, Sow. Quoted from both Hampshire and Woolwich ;
the latter reference was subsequently dropt.

With regard to the correlation of the Alum Bay and White Cliff
Bay sections, Prof. E. Forbes informs me that he has reason to question
my identification of Stratum No. 60 of the former locality with No. 36
of the latter. As far as I can judge, without revisiting the spot, his
reasons appear to me to be well founded.

* I should also have given the Cerithium margarilaceum, Sow., which is the
C. involutum, Lam.

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 139

APPENDIX.
Well-sections to follow, for reference, after the section at Park Hill, Croydon:
ante, p. 99.
South to North sections,—from Croydon to Ware.
At Mitcham Mr. Nightingale kept the following careful record of

his well, and preserved a series of specimens, but I found the shells
generally too much crushed by the auger to be determinable.

Well-section, Nightingale’s Factory, Mitcham*, 1850.

Feet.
Black, mol dic sseecesesdecie seesiee ss Pelestaesssioatnieee 4.
Gravel ........ Se DeLee a ig alalacts eisiicieisisi eiielee'e 4
London: Clays. BIUerclayiss tars ake eieossostsctssei eeest ee re scot ene 101
( o. Blue clay mixed with shells .....se00ss...00e Sep eke
2 ip ROE (GGA). oSdoccoooonodeecabocsbadodonoobodee 3
m. Blue sand with a small quantity of water...... 3
| l. Blue clay mixed with shells .........cecccseeeee 3
| &. Black clay, very hard ....ssc0.escsssseaveesesse nee 1
| blue Clayjsccert crane se ocscaecenieenerter te nets 3
i. Peat earth, very soft and open (ignite) ...... 3
u1. Woolwich | isatarig init WMerClaveatarsncnetosdsoet cect aster scents 3
and Read- g. Black clay mixed with white shells (Cyrena) 1 .
ing Series, J. Siate-coloured marl mixed with yellow (Mot-
46 feet. bled: clay) tetiiniisy. See ROUSE AL dec. chee 3
| e. Yellow mixed with pink (do.) ..........cse00e 4
| d. Red and pink ............ (Ca) Macnee enenenesae ‘
c. Blue sand mixed with clay................ 2. cece 5
| 6. Green sand mixed with clay, galt, and light
live samdhipye-cpisete wp slemiees snes seeeecrestascisesse 1
| a. Green hard sand mixed with black pebbles
and white galt ......... boadddabosadesqddudaseE 7
Thanet c. Blue-drab coloured sand .....-.........e.eeeeees 22
ae Rie NOB: Darker sandy loam —.......00...eeeeesceeeeeeeees 15
38 feel i a. Green-looking flints, black and brown inside:
: a good spring of water ............sseeeseeeeee 1
189

Chalk, with layers of flints every 3 feet, and an abundance of
soft water in every layer, finishing the well at 211 feet.

Well-section, Copper Mills, Garret, near Wandsworth.
(Mr. E. l’Anson, Jun.)

Feet.
Gravelicc-facscscmtencconesredser ccdtecuaieee. Pcoutat,
London Clay... Greys Clayfascsscacssaceeme eats tea nearest sean 70
1. Basement-bed of
4. Indurated clay.......... ate Halt sh esis soo oboe 1
the London. Cl
: it “Geel. mh G@eaRolled pebbles ete eee oat 02
USN GLEYACLAY IAs caissiende sac ccitscoacaiscbascse see cecues 4
in. Woolies ana « ace Claygicseodee nets ccebtccones coer aes 3
Reading Series, r. Carbonaceous matter and clay ............ 03
54 or 625 feet. q. Shells : Y 1
|) Fae, Gime GER cdotocacodacubdooseccasoboaonoadooonce 2
Carried forward ...... 92

* Tor the section of a well at Streatham Common, see Trans. Geol. Soc. 2nd ser.
vol. ii. pt. 1. p. 135.

VOL. X.—PART I. i,

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

Feet.

Brought forward ...... 92

[ Vos Sandy sand iwatetewesstess..sss--.>.cenaaese 1

os NellowiClayjes-tesecteee ser tcsessecssescecmeee 2

| m. Mottled grey and yellow clay............... d

| (Sandyrandiwateneuecscssscetes =: secriresceee 2

Asx ellowsmottledhclaymrrasscc.ssc-sescese eter 3

| Jo Grey Clay voe.sessesseceseeeeeeeseeeeeeseteeeens 3

11. Woolwich and CEP INOW GER? ‘cecaasueeoosnctoncoceaie qacaC BEDE BECO 3
Reading Series, + h; Mottled clay .2....0--c0s-..s0-.--dascosceeess 1
54 or 624 feet. GMEllOWAClaViEctsaessteceettaceresnseectedesseee 6
fe Mottled clayMeec.te.es-<-mesesssescsesaescncis 4
erMottled|clayaumenicesteercs ses sttroscenacecees 8

dwWarkiblnerclayer-neies ses seceeesetceseeneneees 4

| COIS E PALL ayes eseeesectcces tee conseaan es eretene 1
GsClayhandigraveliec.s-scsesstececst-essh canes 1
(evauiGreenisand:andrwatens-ccc.c-s.eseeererensees 8

Chalk not reached. 143

a. 11. may possibly be the upper part of the Thanet Sands.

The following section is given by Mr. Lapidge, in the ‘ Geologist,’
vol, ii. p. 20 :—

Well-section, Surrey County Lunatic Asylum, near Wandsworth.

Feet.
London wee 6. Yellow clay mixed with veins of sand ............ 20
231 feet. a. London clay with large clay-stones ............... 211
(ites Sand withiclayand\selis i eos<-hess oes eeoeeeens 63
Gey Darks san digeccresesccssosctecs oreeneecies-setecateteeere 4
| ips Shelly: LOCKiwast coer. ccece ce tonboeeewen stron sasceeeene 5
0: BLOWNUSaAN Gk weccescece cecee once seeeen center nececsaatioes 13
| Mm, Sand andiGlayjecns-sss cece ssersesecnee teen oaeecaeeseees 2
low; Mottled\Pottersiclay,jeesessseesse ee te~s ssa 4
| a Sandiandiclaysncs-soceseeccesesee-neseeete ree eosenene 2
ur. Woolwich | &.. Dark sand and shells ..........ccceecscseeseececneeees 5
and Read. J j- Pure light-coloured sand ............seseeeseeeeeeee 1
ing Ga) deal) ATIISANG GF oencecstcestteves srensececncccecescheetmeare 2
55 feet. | San Giang iClayaecctseccsest.cecesecesesescsaseceeeencess 1
g- Pink and yellow mottled clay ............ Basocoees 4
| Jf. Light brown and white clay .............00......00 4
| e.) Darkired andiwhite'clay, [y-sss..osseosesseermseree 4
da.) Chalkjandipebbleshicca-cscaeestesseeess-<eesesoesse ss 1
| cmGreentsand essence seen cep eeeesecteee tate cose een cee 3
5. Variegated green and brown sand.................. 6
{as Green sand oes .vcdcccnsncc eed easton s « henn cee eee 4
( d. Brown sand, wherein was water, which rose to
Thanet _ within 36 feet of the surface...................+-
Saais c. Fine dark grey sand ....... stteteceeeseeeeeeseeeeeees 33
402 fee t 6. Sand and pebbles, from which the water rose to
Spe within 28 feet of the surface..................+e: 2
a. A hard stratum (uncertain) ...............secseeeee 04
Challksi 3, G2. 53 sks Fitaes eee ee oie conc ue ecoteeeeeee 13
LORRY See eeeosd ses - coccodGsceccc 00s: Soca a endacKoSeose 4
347

The “chalk” is probably merely some calcareous bed overlying a
thick mass of the green-coated flints (‘‘ Flints’’), below which would
be the true chalk, or else the figures are reversed.

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 14]

Well-section, Balham Hill, near Clapham Common.
(Dr. Mitchell’s MSS. vol. iv. p. 205%.)

Feet.
WIIG pooceasonbooqcedobs uoboodeduaobonnbosee 1
Yellow clay ...... Gnondeq900009 ponboavoess dao 4
REIING! conoooadedsdoasoocsecaesoouboocodHodahos 4
Gravel. pagaceeat twas ume encores TO
OmpBLOWNEClayicaaecscscseen secetotte eee ee 6
ERO OE) | a. Blue clay te LHI sodadosdecooooddoocesdec 233
z. Oyster-shell rock......000....0....e08008 5
ebro wneClaypacsseceectesosseseoe eee 13
GaNVlaitie (CLAY cen sioanscecccueescrioceck soces 4
1. Woolwich fe. ONO GEN? GoccecconuoDbcooddogubdononece 3
and Reading} e. Red clay .....- poddodeoangadasaccucosecbed 2
Series, 53ft. | d. Light blue clay ................0.c0000 5
CrmBlacksclayaucscesnacceeteeeet arene ocesace 3
OwBrowneclaypnesecenecscsacseee eee Cees 13
ian Pebble-sStomesie mesertenaencancuudesacsee 5
IUUTEPOPISTTUEES:. ISPYVG| so joppacncocoodedoocsconscoocansodebedon ne 40

Well-section, York-mead, Lambeth.
(Parl. Report, “ Supply of Water in the Metropolis,” 1828, p. 111.) ~

Feet.
Made ground, gravel, and clay ............+0. 30
Stony blue clay (London clay).................. 139
13d Clay SEONG... ee essen eeeeereeeeneees 03
Pen OEVarG OC KiAss soem eo meeO nC mente NEE Uta INiaY A! 13
Hard mixed clay and sand ..............2...006 20
ul. 4 Shell and pebble stones ................000.2.6- 6
Green soft sandstone came up in sand ...... 14
211

The complete suite of specimens preserved by Mr. A. K. Barclay
enables me to give the following section in greater detail than usual.
It establishes the important fact of the well-marked local occurrence
of the Ostrea Bellovacina at the base of Group 11. (a, 6.), and shows
clearly the Woolwich shell bed (gy) placed between two considerable
masses of mottled clays.

Well-section, Barclay and Perkins’s Brewery, Southwark.

Feet.
Made ground and silt with vegetable remains .................. 20
Grey clayey sand with specks of phosphate of iron ............ 1
Gravel rere secee ces stesece cet ea eect onesies ied uatecebeategesauiee 63
Carried forward ...... 274

* Although the publications on Tertiary Geology of the late Dr. James Mitchell
are not numerous, he was an indefatigable observer and collector in this field,
and was ever ready to assist others unreservedly with his facts and profusely with
his specimens, as I can testify from personal experience. On many points his
views were often peculiar, and not in conformity with prevailing opinions ; but
his convictions were always honest and boldly expressed. He has left five folio
MS. volumes of valuable rough notes on the Geology, Botany, and Wells of the
neighbourhood of London. These are now in the possession of his nephew Mr.
James Templeton of Exeter, who has been good enough to allow me the free use
of them. This and several other well-sections are from this MS. work.

1B)

142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Feet
Brought forward ...... 273
At 84 feet a thin layer of pebbles ............
At 92 feet a layer of septaria ...+0......seeeee
pean mow oe At 96 feet a layer of septaria .........20-...00+ 773
y: y: lie 99 feet a layer of septaria ...............0+
At 99 feet a mass of wood pierced by Teredo
j. Mottled clays. Red and light greenish at 100 feet ......
Light brown and grey at 112 feet ...... 99
Very light-coloured mixed sand at 113 ft.
| Brown and light grey at 114 feet ......
Brown and light grey at 128 feet......... } 3
Light greenish at 129 feet ..........006+
| Brown. at 130 feet.:...........-.ccccoscoeeee 4
Greenish and sandy at 134 feet ......... }
| z. Light brown sand and grey clay ..........s.eeeceeeeeeeeeee 1
h. Grey clay and vegetable matter .................ceeceeeeeeeee 2
| g. Grey clay with a few shells (Cyrena ?).....2...s00.sseeeeee 3
J. Mottled clays. Greenish, brown and grey at 141 feet..
11. Woolwich | Red, full of race, at 146 feet ............ | 8
and Read- Red and green at 147 feet ...............
ing Series, } Brown and greenish at.148 feet ......... j
62 feet. | e. Sandy clays, partially mottled :
Brown and greenish, with flint pebbles,
| at lAG eet cc ecsnadscesessassencesse eee
| Do.,with middle-sized pebbles, at 150 ft. > 7
Do., with larger-sized pebbles, at 152 ft.
Very small pebbles, subangular, 154 ft.
d. Clayey green sand with pebbles and wood ..........+... 2?
c. Green sand with larger pebbles ............ceceeesecececeseee 1
6. Green sand, bright-coloured, a few pebbles, and Ostrea. \
», large and worn Ostrea and a few pebbles
| a. Gey clayey sand, with afew Ostrea Bellovacina at 167 ft.
1 darker and more argillaceous, and} 3
L Ostrea more numerous at 169 feet
wi. Thanet } b. Grey sands, dark and greenish ..............2..eeeeeeeeeeees } 35
Sands, uehtenscatescsceceseeceee cess eeceeeceetees sears
36 feet. La. Green-coated flints in argillaceous green sand.......... Ul
203
(QUA fis. déop90n5060000 000 odeq0000C s0sansbcoosboC opaqo0eg0s3 . 100

Well-section, Fishmongers’ Hall, north end of London Bridge.

(Sections of Borings published by the Metropolitan Commissioners
of Sewers, 1849; Sheet 3.)

Feet.

Made ground, black boggy soil and peat... 27

Clay anid! sanGeecccnste settee ss nace seateoeeeees 7

Gravel ..... Boob abobaagosaCCOQSOIESOGROO. Sscgccsade: 14

London (Clay. Ss Blueyclaya.c.cccee-+cesaseedecsn = seeeereecerees 129

; " d. Mottled or coloured clay .......0.-.esee0e. 20
aged desea (ee Sieurmoechethas once mm
Séies 60 ft. | Or Greenisan dssswessesscececdveeatsetesesseeeees 5

; ‘a. Fine sand mixed with pebbles ............ 24

Chalk. 237

If the chalk is correctly placed in this section, which seems
doubtful, it must be a boss rising through the Thanet Sands.

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 143

Well-section, St. Mary's Woolnoth, Lombard Street.
(Dr. Mitchell’s MSS. vol. v. p. 21.)

Feet.
Gravel ies ieca acca detesesise tec et aeccest 164

London Clay. [BIBS EN? poddecndabcssacsodcddacqaboMoqaeccboG6
Ig yoohuichumandey (ier San dice ces ice teres a ek ean aamniiincn 2
Reading Series, | b. Sands and mottled clay .............00... 35
53 feet. a. Black flints and sand ...........-..2..2005 16
i. Thanet Sands, { 6. Sand, greenish..............c00ecseeeeeee eee 39
36 feet. (io AMITLES) 3) aoa ddosdoobaBononbAadannonesboo bases 1
IN) HOD (CLOTS GoacoooboaoboneconeEedo00608000 253

The following well, of which, like that at Messrs. Barclays, speci-
mens and particulars were carefully taken, is particularly interesting
from its confirming the same facts, and yet showing marked varia-
tions in the relative character of the beds a to o. 11.

Well-section, Bank of England, 1851.

(From section published for private distribution, and from inspection of the spe-
cimens), Pl. I. Diag. A, Loc. sect. 20.

Feet
Madeleroundiiencsenssns.mncrcrecccseseesstcccseseanareniewsiesect 22
(CHEN ccagaoadoopaecoqndabadanacosubn6acouqbadaqoqbeDDde000800000 4
ONO CLOY le macteciaee nee e aan cerssoresecessecsiee sasiee ee eceee estes 111
fo. hight: yellow mottled clay .-2...........0.--+-0.--esen-eoes 2
n. Light yellow mottled clay, sandy ..........sseessee.seee 6
| oe Red and brown mottled clay .......0.000....ssseseeeeeeees 2
» Light-coloured sand ............c0sccseseecseeeeeneeeeseees 5
ie ke. Light-coloured mottled sandy clay ..........60.....266+ 13
naan J. Light blue and brown mottled clay ................0608. 8
, . Carbonaceous clay and lignite .............00-.eceeeeeees 13
and Read- he Licht A 9
fay Seren ight grey Sand ......ce0....seeeeeeeeeeeeees seseseteeeeeees
58 feet J g. Light grey clay and shells (Cyrena, Melania)............ 1
; Jf. Dark grey clay and shells (Cyrena, Melania, Ostrea). 2%
e. Hard light-coloured concretionary limestone .........
| d. Red, blue, and brown mottled clay .............00-.-006 14
c. Flint-pebbles in clay. ..........00..seeeeeeeecneeeeeees oooode
6. Bright dark green sand and flint-pebbles ............... 133
{. a. Dark green sand with shells (Ostrea) .............0006- 4
111. Thanet 6. Light grey sands, the lower part darker and more ar- } 38
Sands, PAINEYE EOE. cobceccsse000056a00edoHasouqnbUDDOGeboouRDOnDanEOS
39 feet. ' @: /Bedror tints: i weccumasccacsenensnecaesess se cntoncaeceeene recs
2343
CHAU recvoe basses uaidodssarsnand scolieeestecdaccserescensess 100
3343

In the next section the Woolwich clay beds are probably repre-
sented by Stratum /. 11.

Well-section, Shoreditch Workhouse. (Pl. I. Diag. C, Loc. sect. 6.)
(Mr. R. W. Mylne.)

Feet
IMadevearthie neous san ceccoreecemctuesteccoseseinenes 10
Grave latcs «cecemacctsacr areca socnisenewles soumeenmee aan 8
ILE: GHA) 3000 00005c0nd008 HoCHOCAS NIHON OBOSACOOCOOS 58

144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Feet.
Brought forward ...... 76
1. Basement-bed of { b. Shelly rock ........sceescsseesececeseseceeeeetecs 1
the London Clay.)\ae Sand sect-ss-nedemeteecnceeecdscre ss eel: seseaenreera 1
(pynalight) Clay miesceeescetiestass series ae seceaseem Sox #
i. Coloured clay (Mottled clay) — .........+e000 7
h. Dark red clay (ditto i oebbanetads 3
GBS hi Claymenstpeeeeteerercesser ty aes ceecsecesey 3
11. Woolwich a) Ws lackaclaypaevartenesscoee scence cc: ca leneonee see 500. A
Reading Series) en SAUGYACLAY) Peneceeeasccesteseeecaesssscorecnsee nes 3
40 feet. OB ON BUGP GEIB | ceocobcccanadoso aI dHCc OOOO 300 3
CuneDDLEStemncracstece Poop sd0CInOROBCOODOCODENOSONIE 2
WOs | GHECMISAUG sesereetectee sorcsesnceaccresarcecnerees 9
\.a. Pebbles in green sand ..........cc..sceccesaes 1
11. Thanet Sands, { 6. Light sand with water....,...+....cecscsserseees 38
39 feet. CG AUMUINTS eect cstereectecenccscemetsecadeensasccast J
157
CHAIR ca vee secilonet tac besee Ocetowanaesesdoce ste 100
263
Well-section, Hoxton.
(Mr. R. W. Mylne.)
Feet.
Made earth and gravel .......0.......0+ 18
ELondoniclaiiaprccsseeeceecenceesecsseostee 69
: cy Mottlediclaygee-ce-c-sescseneesaceesese 16
ae we oolwich and | 6. Pebbles, black and green, mixed
eading Series, Tea 10
34 feet. | (With sand ...eessereeesereeseneterees
a. Greenisanderesce-ea testes soceeseee 8
m1. Thanet Sands. Black sand ..........0...ceeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 30
To the Chaliivecaee.s-cene-0> see aes 151

Well-section, New City Prison, Holloway (from inspection of spe-
cimens in the possession of Mr. Bunning).

Feet
EONdON! Clay Mare ccuccceetceccscecsscecnsseseenereee 135
[ po Mottlediclaync.ceceucsecessasscessecceses about 22
He ColourediSandsi-ssveceaeeseeeaccceet eee Re 5
igs Mellow sand Yoo. oc ie seecercs ease beckes 7 2
: 7s) Clayey; green sand .....seosse-caemtenccees 5 6
se ze aolnich and 3 e. Yellow and greenish sands ............ es 8
a feet ” \ d. Pebbles and green sand ............... 9 6
, | c. Sand and brown clay with traces of
vepetable-matter’ ..:..............0--- = 7
6. Dark¥ereen Sand jencceccncese-cascsesees x 6
La. Sand with clay and pebbles. ....... OF 7
SE COIS BesassconsuacenorescLoacteosedena gaa acoC On 12?
Enns UT aieed Sasi riittee co tee) oe ene 1
217
CRAG ocsevescccsesescccdes-stene Nose Cee rene 102
319

I could not exactly make out from the specimens where the Chalk
begins in this section. The last Tertiary bed named is a. 11., but as
that seems to leave a space unoccupied, I have inserted “sands ”’ with

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 145

a doubt. At the-Pentonville Prison the Mottled clay series is 55 feet
thick and the Thanet Sands 35 feet.

Well-section, Hornsey.
(Mr. N. T. Wetherell.)

Feet
Negetablenmould thin susnedssnenus senna naeeee ee 2
TEOWUAON CLOY Wire deseo et eerste ser sulacinee suse ete 138
1. Basement-bed of ‘
PA ipamihen cae Clay and green sand .................ceeeeseeeoess 2?
: DANG eee acescceesensnteceacee ae sues tas sacmerecroes 8
Ho C2 ine Welle Wood or imperfect coal (lignite) ............... 4
and Reading :
Seay Several beds of Plastic clay and sand, and
ivan neh sand. The last bed above the chalk con-
: sists of green sand and pebbles............... 71
ROst Hes Chalienie ne sccn tga aubetes ek Seana yy eae 225
Well-section, Colney Hatch Lunatic Asylum.
(13th Report of the Committee of Visitors, 1850.)
Feet
6. Brown clay............ Pacieieuclselssansg cnc eaee 36
London Clay. an Bluehclaypisueshcasn eat ee cecees onc ascan toate 98
1. Basement-bed of the { 6. Hard stone................cecec eee eeceeeenees 1
London Clay, 3 feet. | ?a. Green sand...............ececeeeeeensneeeeeees 2
; (GemColouredi clays ee i gL Mn yeaa 8
me oath Ce 6. Coloured clay, various colours............ 13
Ae fal fa eet (a. Black Pebbles ee sea rdscecsscaeceoscc ats 6
11. Thanet Sands. Darkyeneye sand yena-nrn-t-peescoesserencecss 25
189
CHa Ue aie seen re eden we seen e ce aeee eee 141
330
Well-section, Winchmore Hill.
(Dr. Mitchell’s MSS. vol. iv. p. 59.)
Feet.
London Clay. ATK GEN? “cracconsdegovobssoacdanododabooacododensoqdae 186
ity UeMinie) Cael Jf Bs WSeGl GEN cosacceeeedoooonaoconcebocencbesogedodcde™ 36
Reading Series. \ a. Sands and gravel..............2.2:2000cceeeeeenes 8
1) RQ (CHBTG coach seaonaeoudbenos ec 240

The preponderance of green sands in the place of the mottled clays,
which are so well developed at Tottenham %*, is a peculiarity in the fol-
lowing section. a. and 6. 11. may possibly belong to the Thanet sands.

Well-section, Waltham Cross.
(Mr. R. W. Mylne.)

Feet

IMO des ee ee ncoincaua Guess dceeenses seanneene 2
DIQAINN Sec aecnecicecte cece ssn cealesilete Caeseaceteclete 4
Graveleinccencdccematcecsscrseccecess canine seen 7
Gravel Very LOULN ccc saeeussencsscsvecsavce 3
Carried forward ...... 16

* “Geol. England and Wales,” note, p. 24.

146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Feet

Brought forward ...... 16

(ie LANEY GER 9 Sé8 canadednoannoobacsanbecAers0OIh6: 24

London Clay. a. Blue clay, mixed with dark SANGieoeaeaens 10

1. Basement-bed of b. Blue clay, lighter-coloured, and sand .. 5
the London Clay? =

6 feet GblackapebDlespucseeencscees case sesh cere = el

( i. Light green mottled sand..............2+++ 7

fe NVihite live sande nncesspeceencrrstsceraemnsees 3

oe g. Light green sand, slightly mottled ...... 1

11. Woolwich and | f. Green sand, but darker..............scece0 3

Reading Series, 4 e. Green sand, mixed with flint-pebbles ... 3

51 feet. d. Dark bay green sand..........s0ssseseseeees 7

ce. Green sand and pebbles ............+0+4 1

6 Green sand, getting darker ............... 16

La. Green sand, very little difference ......... 10

Chalk not reached. 107

Well-section, Hoddesden Brewery.
(Mr. R. W. Mylne.)

Feet

Gravel <i. ccclchvccsessenacesvaccsovocstae 20

Bees Oe ke c. Loam and marly sands ............ 45

us BY USB e Wihibessaldh gees eee ee LAs ane
the Woolwich and :

; : (Aad UTNE) pone csconmcecnbrccteaceoCoLase Gat 1

Reading Series. ha

90

Chale ereetcee eee CATER O TERRE EES CRECEC 4

The sections in continuation northward of this line have been given
in a preceding part of this paper (p. 92).

We will now take an East and West line, commencing near Esher
where the principal changes take place in the structure of the Lower
Tertiaries, and passing also through London to Chelmsford.

Well-section, Claremont.

(J. Day.)
Feet
Lower Bagshot Sands. Sand ....00........cccscsseeeecneveeecees 50
London Clay. IBJ@ GER aconacgscoascucesc6ne Spcsndeor 450
Woolwich and ce} Mottledsclays) ee.ncc-e-s-csscnenees 48
Reading Series, G: Brown Sand) -eccweccssesceesenesc te 10
60 feet. a. Green sand and flints ............ 2
Marthe Chalk wosses cee se sae 560
Well-section, Isleworth.
(Trans. Civ. Eng.)
Feet.
Gravel andlisand <--c2-...cesuccsss ese oct 24
London Clays Sloe Claycccsseccsencsecesceae-ac-ose=seseeee 216
Jf. Clay, mottled light red, becoming
Woolwich and darker as it deepens Ree seee acters 68
Reading Series, < e. Blackish clay ...............ceeeseeeeeee 3
87 feet. d. Yellow sand passing into light green =
c. Dark preen Clayi-tnc--nsceteseeecsesce

Chalk not reached. 327

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 147

Well-section, Mortlake Brewery.
(Dr. Mitchell’s MSS. vol. iv. p. 207.)

Feet

(CRENAll coosaannoeoasenS gac0DDODK040q000000990000050 10

6. London clay (ash- coloured compost) ... 90

itaventon Che Ae Mottled red passing into red ............ * 109
f ie (CNRS RAINE boos saeooonebbosaxped ap s050000000000 9
GemriellowsSanditecssseiceront cee seeeciesesch-e 3

J. Greenish sand and clay............s0s.s+00. 17
ee be Purplish clay with lignite..........0+....0 4
58 oe aniden ellowssandivssccatasrsseshencceesseteentsace 2
|e Cn lbight eneeMmySAaNd | fecwseqaceliatiicpios\-s/1s cscs 4

b. Ash-coloured clay with shells ............ 15

Le Greentsandeernarecscccetccstiecss esse seeacce 4

267

OTIS) soscacccasbosadeqoccaunecaag0ogendcodes 3

270

The term “ Mottled clay” applied to Stratum a. 11. is, I suspect, a
wrong term. I have therefore grouped it as part of the London
Clay, which gives a thickness to that formation agreeing with neigh-
bouring sections.

Well-section, Griffin Brewery, Chiswick.
(Mr. R. W. Mylne.)

Feet.
Larth and gravel......
Sand and fine gravel ; bade pe ocandeasoonedaone 40
Gravel and sand......
iiypate, Clas WIEN soodcosccocssdnococadeagaonpso00de60n00000 140
(Keb oMottlediclayh Gavan. vassccuessceecussensess 6
; d. Blue clay mixed with sand .............00006 9
a ue se ine | c. Brown and sandy mottled clays............ 15
90 fee P eries, 4 6. Bright red, yellow, pink and 53
eels bluish mottled clays......f “7
a. Pebbles in bluish mottled clay ............ 7
e. Yellow sandy clay ...........2...65 onencecec500 1
daNiariecatedysantumcnsecrec cenespenecsieseceess 2
fe eae ee C. Grea and brown sand ...........ssscseeeeee 23
ee b. Hard green sand 3
a. Flints 0... (Ute ue
299
CHAT a donate seaiiecnaicneeeseneaceeserares 46
Well-section, Kensington Workhouse*.
(Mr. R. W. Mylne.)

Feet

Made ground .............000+ 8

Grave lcretesccncascinatscscesscs 3

Mondoniclayre-cacnccswcscosececs 179

Woolwich and Reading { Mottled clays .................. 38

Series and Thanet Sands. | Pebbles and sand............... 42

270

(CHU AUD Ccoee atoo crane draBOeCoUanS 100

* In this section, as in that at Notting Dale, the lower sands and pebbles of the
Woolwich series have, I believe, been confounded with the Thanet Sands.

148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Well-section, Elliott's Brewery, Westminster.
(Mr. R. W. Mylne.)

Feet
Made ground and gravel ...............:ses0-00 32
London (Clay eb luelclayneerereeceeeee es octer eter test is ebeesciee ne 140
(ya Mottlediclayamessesstestscsc ecto sseceses 63
AAS ANG ee sateen aeeaececen aces tec cets cvoee ol 1
h. Red and yellow clay (mottled clay) ...... 123
a ae Ge UeISaANd eas soccestencronesasersesseer cen ese nes 4
1. Wookwich and | @ Red marl (mottled clay) .......sscs.sssee-0 133
eading Series, < Bl 1 d shell 10
68 jeer esmblnevclay andi s/clls | ee.sestecesese-seasecees
| spYellowaclayiescracsernscctescneseseeskoncee 34
| Ca Red clay"(motiled clay)\......:--.2-------se 7
leo eNellowaclayse.ccsscene cesses scsnascosesseccits 34
La. Gravel, rock, and blue sand ............+0« 84
Tle) Leaner Sands (ios Green Sand) .p..ecceccececesseereeceeeesescnas 92
31 feet. i Running sand ....... nadaosabadaecasd7saes 66000 22
271
CRAG oo. octet saseltzonaasaesscoctoe seeeseeiee 127
Well-section, Thorne’s Brewery, Westminster.
(Mr. R. W. Mylne.)
Feet.
Made earth, gravel, &c. ...... 274
EONGGNICIAY tetas eesece= eee 100
11. Woolwich and {c. Sand and clay .........+00+6+ 1l
Reading Series, | b:\Colouredi clay, .2.-.--2ssss 49
663 feet. La. Sand and pebbles............ 64
re Chance Saad cs aeud with water ............ a
36 feet. » Sand... eee eee eeee ees
QSBints fee tecncccaccetescseeee 2
230
Chalk Vosee.- csciesa sees iceaee 70

Well-section, front of the National Gallery, Trafalgar Square.
(The Illustrated London News for April 5, 1845.)

Feet.
Made ground .c25.<-cccecensseesesseeeee 9
Gravelftacscseoss neater sdocnenrosecou. 5
Shiftin ofsandlleesesastesssnce se seeeeeses 7
Gravelimeccoe steep cseeeecetecceeseasces 2
London clay Wewrs.c.--s+0+..cseceesses 141
1. Basement-bed L.C.? Thin layer of shells ........2......5++ 1
11. Woolwich and Read- { b. Plastic clay (mottled clay)......... 30
ing Series, 40 feet. a. Green sand, pebbles, &c. ......... 11
ut. Thanet Sands ...... Greensand peceeeesssoes see accesaeaeee 42
248
GREG ene averse ese eenw seen eceeenacees 147

Well-section, Apothecaries’ Hall, Blackfriars.
(Mr. R. W. Mylne.)

Feet
Made oT OUnG) jcecneseennseetene- see 12
TONAONICIAY erercoeee saeeeosee tence 114

Carried forward ...... 126

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES.

Feet

Brought forward...... 126

i. Woolwich and [ c. Dark sand..........00....eseeeeeeees 13
Reading Series, { b. Mottled clay....................-0¢ - 30
48 feet. a. Clay, sand, and pebbles ......... 5

ut. Thanet Sands, { 6. Green enn oe WM 20
44 feet. Wa wachtiblackisandissseeesnsesces 24

218

(IOI ‘cicosecocopaaceoscooonBcHasonde 76

Well-section, Royal Mint, Tower Hill. (Pl. I. Diag. A,
Loc. sect. 21, & C, Loe. sect. 7.)

(Sect. Bor. by Metrop. Comm. of Sewers, 1849, Sheet 4, and from
examination of specimens.)

Feet

Madey aroun diiersascnedsasiecccuccssssseiscssissiese act 1]

Chania amnglisanvel’ cososocéasoseesdeocascqn0s5000000002 13

Londow Clay. Blue clay ........ Saha eee aaa Merl saalat arte ausaraes 94
(tes Wieding SAINGL: KSococbacscocassaauesooooonjdeCodaueoGe 44

j- Light-coloured sand ...........2.2.--.eeeee-e0- 14

| i, Dark-coloured sand .........00..ceseeee cesco9: ) 2h
Jum Mopileduclaysumacceeina-ccssccteeceetee accesses 54

11. Woolwich and | g- Loamy dark sand and clay ...............600... 5
Reading Series,{ f. Shelly blue clay (Cyrena, Melania, Ostrea) 3
55 feet. e. White rocky soil, very hard .................. 25
d. Green sand and pebbles, hard and dry ...... 33

c. Loamy green sand and black pebbles ...... 5

| 6. Green sand and pebbles ...................000+ 6

| a. Green sand and shells (Ostrea) ............++ 4

WU aner, Sands | ankisand wrtcee nus eerecasescecce ces keeeccceeees 15
204 feet. O00 Roo MSR ae ana AC bA\ ein A aaa Cea coe Seance 54
LO) GIO GOD” Senteacanecodceboneececen 1954

Well-section, Truman, Hanbury and Co.’s, Shoreditch.
(Mr. R. W. Mylne.)

Feet.
Made ground .........
(GEN scdoboneeccobucoonce 231
Gravel and sand BSNL Doll QO Coe ee Pe Oenrsesst
(HEN? abaccdaoscoadoso addce
IEA QIN coceca206.3bace0—%0900000008000500 19%
{ m. Light blue mottled ..................00 11
Tpb liermottledieneasteneerecessstesiscce sls 2
Aa Warkymottleduniccensssccscsasedstevsscess 6
fib, INDYAN HoricasbonscocaeododoHScoboDodanaedKabod 1}
Ue, NNW IRIN ooccovosstcodooeDo0oKGEHADONC 4
11. Woolwich and | h. Hard blue loam and shells ............ 6
Reading Series,« g. Hard yellow clay and pebbles ......... 5
53 feet, | fon RED DIES ea eeeeeresencccer sacescecsaaeceaee
e. Green sand and black pebbles ......... 2
SHELL MOCK evacatestecass.scccssesvocsone 14
c. Green sand and pebbles ............... 5
6. Dark sand and pebbles ................6+ 4
Gon OUSTER UCU Manentecceccarctstsenasessc ss ssies 1
11. Thanet Sands. Dark grey sand and pebbles .......... opcoe 28)
199

149

150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

In this and the following section the development of the pebble
beds in the lower part of the Woolwich series is remarkable.

Well-section, Walton's Sugar-house, Angel Court, Whitechapel.
(Dr. Mitchell’s MSS. vol. iv. p. 48.)

Feet

IMonldvandisoiliipeeccssancecsececscncees deste 6
Graveluteneteecesccseeeescaconess esse sneer 12
Gapnellowsclayjewsressacceccesstaseclses/in.i-ee 3

tEeete DLA. { a. Blue slay BabocadcacoadodneqcdoEdeRcAqGaGed 97
( p. Light green sand and some clay......... 6

| os) Bluejclayand (Sanden.ccssccnereseseess. 2

Mae ALksDLOWMNUCLAVGss.. ccc sernsseseesee factone 12

is Blue clay and sand............20+...eeeee 2

. Blue clay and sand with shells ......... 2

i lardésandimcrncnaessececscreraerer tenes 1

Jj: Hard green sand and clay ............ ng

11. Woolwich and fev hedtand prey clay pescsecsscss:eseeenesees 2
Reading Series, < h. Yellow clay with pebbles ..............- 4

69 feet. g. Clay and gravel conglomerate, very

hard, with large pebbles............... 9

Jf. Sand, pebbles, and a little clay ......... 6

én Vellowaclaypracesten-censssecmossosece ceases 1

d. Green sand, very hard .................. 2

ce. Loose sand, black pebbles............... 4

Os bluekclayseer-ccsscusseescecsessceteeceates 3

L a. Sand and black pebbles ............+++... 12

187

At Osborne-street, near the above, chalk was found about 26 to 30 feet lower,
through a bed of fine white sand (Thanet Sands).—Dr. M.

Stratum p. 11. may possibly be the Basement-bed of the London
Clay.

Well-section, Kirk and Dycks’, Osborne-place, Whitechapel.
(Pl. I. Diag. A, Loc. sect. 22.)

(Dr. Mitchell’s MSS. vol. iv. p. 50.)

Feet.
Mouldkandiisoily eves-ceonscosesseeecesses 6
Wellowiclay.cecsccescestce-cecee ere esens 6
Gravelieseecseattettccs secee costes: es 12
OrViellowiclaypueseses scene cesesseceacesnee 1
London Clay. ie Blue clay Hatt A EO 95
((h--Yellowsrediclayis. ses. .va<e-nec-nceesars 6
OP SAI Soc cccoconccenct coco a0O000 eS 0000E 1
es Wellow-rediclayecccee.csse-sessesenseee 12
11.. Woolwich and ; e. Green sand...........2...2c2cececeeeeeee 5
Reading Series, | d. Yellow-red clay ..............cseeeeeees 10
54 feet. Go DANG Jase seh oe ocien 5 cewneeca eee 3
6. Gravel rock, very hard ............... 9
La. Green sand and black pebbles ...... 8
11. Thanet Sands. Sand uiks, esos. tee cee eee 16
190

Chalk not reached.

Judging from some adjoining wells, I think that d. 11. is wrongly
described, and that it represents the Woolwich shell bed.

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES.

Well-section, City of London Union, Mile End Road.

(Mr. R. W. Mylne.)

Made earth and vegetable earth ............ pooadc0oH000

Woalllony Glny GENRID, ppAocadoa5ecos00 Ho doastodecnes0do900000000000

Coarse gravel mixed with fine sand .........s+ssscsesssseve

Fine gravel and sand........00......c.ceseeeseseseseeees ECseD

? Mixture of clay, sand, and water .............sssese0s

HE OREED CUP. a Hard dry Bercise SeeabandodagodoobosboqbodadeosoeodeKdac
( %. Soft blue clay with fine silky running sand.........

j. Sandy clay, yellow-coloured, and small stones ......

7. Hard yellow sand.........ceessseseseserseveeeeceee qadoooge

h. Sandy clay, yellow and green............s00...seeeseee-

wu. Woolwich and | g. Compact sandy clay ...............sseseeeereoeneeeenes
Reading Series, «ij, OOMpact) CEE Clayeeeeecac-secree dec seectens soeeeeeeaese
41 feet. e. Compact yellow and green .............sceecseessssevees

d. Hard yellow clay and large pebbles ...............005

Gs Consein Mine! pedecccconodosoondonocadeadooduc deQoag0080000800
Bmblackgsandinnusctenencecntceteccecsccce case scectecse:

La. Black sand and small pebbles........2.........ssceeenes

es, Blackssandy compactyscnmatceswssecccecccesecrceecesens

d. Black sand, less compact ...........+6 ddascoodacon4boGd

aa ae ste ec. Black clay, sandy mit Ha eeilet hare cteeisis sa eleale(eisie Aeaiels eine alae’
wise 6. Black sand mixed with black clay, and soft..........

a. Black flints, small

CeCe ere ee sees ceosess avs eBbecseee

175
10

I feel very uncertain where I should draw the lines of division in

this section. ‘They must be considered as doubtful.

inclined to carry

Group 11. down to ¢. 111. inclusive.

I am almost

Well-section, Bromley near Stratford. (P\.1. Diag. A, Loc. sect. 23.)

Basement-bed
of the London ¢
Clay, 5 feet. J

1. Woolwich and
Reading Series,
51 feet.

L

(“‘ Geology of England and Wales,” p. 45.)

Loam, clay, gravel, and sand
London clay
IBIWeKCl aya nersetac ose ceataeccie une se cecussannescenees 2

b. Clay, sand, and shells mixed
a. Gravel, sand, and shells

PHIM ELSAN Qs ensnanas soe aece see acuuien sensed esac tse. 4
h. Blue’and' yellow clay .........-c.cscecccececeseres 9
g. Sand and shells, with large lumps of pyrites... 4
jf. Blue clay, with abundance of broken shells,
some resembling oysters, and pyrites ......
By TKN! MIT VESIOIING) | Sh sdsoooocunbodoscedonoananesbooone 1
d. Black sand, passing into small round pebbles,
like the Blackheath pebbles ..................
c. Black sand, veined ............sesccsceececceccecees 22
6. Some small pebbles in the sand, which is still
hardandicompactipeeacicteeesset eet oeeee ee
a. Blue clay, very hard and firm 2

Beneath this last bed are probably the Thanet Sands. 120

152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Well-section, South side of the Export Dock, West India Docks.
(Dr. Mitchell’s MSS. vol. iii. p. 85.)

Feet.

IMadejrraveli(?) Wecteacecsssseteecscsees ooee ee 15

Clay ree ciee aeeermcadanicce eect epee ties « 5
Gravelincctsmerdscu estes ss ccescusseaes 25

Clean’sandi @asconceecesntsetcseecnestccehs 30

Thanet Sands ? Sandcandshelletecssesnsecesesseeae ee eee. 45
120

CHAE wesc sees aetecese es See Se ete eee 240

I give this section from its peculiarity. The occurrence of shells
above the Chalk I have not had confirmed.

Well-section, Trinity Wharf, Blackwall.
(Mr. R. W. Mylne.)

Feet
Miadeveround) 225. .secete tac coee.baececs 18
Gravel Re ieee Meek eee ack wkshee as 45
Mondontclayiape-tecccsseeercteee eee ee 68
sh Sadia ds Grey isan dye. coshiacs.es caso senczescer: 8
a i oe and ec. Shells and iron pyrites ............... 2
. 84 foe Ra b. Oyster-shells and sand ............... 14
i Gaastifiieneentsand iie.c- eee sseseeee seas 10
wi. Thanet Sands, BS GreyiSan Gy secesciceceeeces-see-sconcaces 65
713 feet. { a. Stiff sand and clay....................- 7
237
(GIVE cece goonencoconceacaso cocaGones 10
Well-section, West Ham, Essex.
(Mr. R. W. Mylne.)
Feet.
Madeserounda.essrsnsscesee sents 8
Blackvonavelencacsascecceccseseee 9
Beaty) Clayicsne.0.secbeceecoccee tere 16
GE ARADO" godeddornéceoosccons Kes 2
fife Shelly, ...cctecoectcaeamsceenns 4
11. Woolwich and | e. Light brown sand ............ 18
Reading Series, < d. Clay and shells.................. 6
58 feet. CxHardishelist snes ensse eeee sees a5
b= Green| Sand ieeere-cee eae ees a year
(i TAN ES Gacdcsnconoabecneacses: 5
1. Thanet Sands. Sand ssccesmecceestecesscesee asc’ 57
132
(CLOTUIBY Be scas soscbSosdacobaneIean CONDE 306

* In the section of this well, and of the one at Bromley, I feel considerable
hesitation in retaining the designation of “ London clay ” here given by the well-
digger; for I am rather induced to think, from the outcropping of the Woolwich
conglomerate in the river at Blackwall and of the Basement-bed of the London
clay at Stratford, that the London clay does not exist in the first-named localities.
It certainly may be there, and be thrown out by a fault on a line near adjacent.
I consider it however more probable that the mineral character of the stratum
has led to some mistake, and that the bed here taken to be the London clay may
be a peculiar condition and unusual development of the mottled clays, where they
clash and mix with the upper part of the Woolwich clays and sands, losing their

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 153

For a small section of the Basement-bed and of the upper part
of the Woolwich series at Stratford see Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vi.

. 262.
r The sections of wells which I have from Ilford, Romford, Brent-
wood, and adjacent districts give us no particulars of the Lower Ter-
tiaries, as water was in all cases obtained almost directly after passing
through the London clay. Some preliminary works for an artesian
well by the Local Board of Health at Chelmstord have, however,

mottled character and passing into a brown micaceous sandy clay. An instance
of this has recently come before me in the section of a trial boring made opposite
Blackwall. Beneath 33 ft. of peat and gravel were 55 ft. of brown clay, which had
been mistaken for the London clay. At first sight it certainly a good deal resembled
it, but on a closer examination it presented characters decidedly differing from that
clay, which is of a lighter brown, or else bluish, more homogeneous, and is not
so micaceous. It is in all cases very necessary to guard against well-sections
not recorded with sufficient care. Several of those collected by Dr. Mitchell are
in all probability given wrong by the well-digger, as one near Waterloo Bridge
(W.), which brings the London clay too near to the chalk.

W. ; Feet. Whilst in another well at Finsbury the
Gravelvandisandites)-s-eo-es sass: 40 | mottled clays are omitted altogether.
BME Claygate sete Rane eile 110 Feet.
Rediclayzsecsscscceccenete ose 10 Gravel and London clay ...... 160
Sande osuettencneiae Gicibiaey scan 5 | Sand and pebbles ............... 10

| eee
To the Challe ....+..-. Re 165) |") TothevChalky.. i heehee 170

The same fact is observable in some of the sections collected by the Commis-
sioners of Sewers; as for instance—

Well-section, Goding’s Brewery. Well-section, Thorne’s Brewery.
Feet. Feet.
Mad esroundyrrcsoncesseee saeco 15 Made ground and gravel ...... 40
Gravells-atosecaccneee mee eae ts 15 Bluetclay tesssstie se cecacnioks 162
ISHS GENY " Soadceaopoooasnossecosen 160 —
—— DOC REE CRAUGe wescocsetcseeneses 202
To the Chalk... .20.j.0noc-oee+n- 190 (See p. 148.)
Well-section near Westminster Bridge. Mortlake. Barnes.
Feet. Feet. Feet.
Made ground and gravel .................- 72) cotoaspoen00 LO semeniseeee 18
Blue iclayasse vert se noses as els drake cecien NGO Ssccoonescos MKD) Ggnoninosisaes 180
MORCRENCHAUirerseccwee cele eect octet NS) bebondonaoHe UR cea epespete 198

Some mistake is evidently made in these sections in carrying the London clay
down to the chalk. In some others too great an extension has apparently been
given to the beds of flint pebbles (called gravel), as they appear to occupy the
place of the Thanet Sands as well as their own :—

Well-section, Bermondsey. Well-section, Seager’s, Milbank.
Feet. Feet.
Bog earth and peat ............ 9 Madeyeroundlttneseseeee tees 224
Rll F ascaaduscnbeeeodeeepenneccerencs: 3 Gravelli as Seen sieeve eatin 3
Quickisand see eee eens 20 Bluerclayeces se hasseren cence 93
Bluleyel ayy tae. siselnacigicle sseeeieteiae 60 Binesrock' sie ee ese mre kee 2
Gravely ices susie sa senetcnteeciee as 110 Sand and gravel.................. 174
202 TOM RENOR AK cn antadaeschoses cose 198

154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

recently afforded a section of part of the beds beneath the London
clay at that place.

Trial bore at Chelmsford.
(Specification paper.)

Feet

Darks moni. on nctesfockh «uch vatge> tues’ 3

VellowsClay ap .< Stee -monssennsecece she a 1

Drifi, Gravel so ddbe SpaadeQodBSAeCRMEE oddosend 15

Sarid (atk). LI85.. 2 51

London § b. London clay ........06...c0ceceeeeee 100

Clay. \.a, London clay and silver sand...... 50
(OWarkSandy eicesst sscstebiocetiecienseh dace 124
Clayeslate)(@)ieispcen eseeectteeeeset 03

11.. Woolwich | Clay and sand.,................0e2eeeees 4
and Chaytshate @)U Ta. AIRS 03
Reading \ Dark sand, with fine clay atintervals 93
Series? | Clay, sand, and shells ...............006 24
ClaylandisHellstie SW. 2 eases 03
{jPebbles} \xisvas:3. 2209.8 ARB. AOR 14.
Sand, (spring) ...d.cud.-casserse- seek bbe 45

256

As I have not had the opportunity of seeing the specimens, I am
unable to say positively to what part of the Lower Tertiaries these
beds may belong: it is probable, however, that those beneath the
London Clay down to the “ Pebbles”’ inclusive may belong to the
Woolwich series, and that the ‘‘ Sand (spring) ”’ may be the top of
the Thanet Sands. The beds called ‘‘clay-slate’’ are, I presume,
hard laminated clay or shale.

I have also recently been furnished by Mr. A. C. Weoley of Brain-
tree with the following section of a well at Halsted.

Well-section, White Hart, Halsted.
(Letter from the Rey. W. Clements.)

Feet

Mlayer of sand and gravely q-1---ces-s-eeaae-cnposan se 7

A bed of yellowish clay..........2....0sscceeecseee eee 8

Whe London yelay;!; i4s2:cescke. beseass -hoeienseadaas Made 89

. Woolwich | A layer of yellow sand passing into brown clay ... 7

ane Read- } A bed of plasticiclay’ -.2.- 5.02... 02.2.0 qep.-cecs-s em epee 19

Ing, Series. | A OTEeNISN: SAN co cseess-ceesntee sere re sen eeeeeaeseeeeeeee 15
it. Thanet Several layers of sand gradually passing from a

Sands. light colour to nearly a black, about ............ 25

Cifalkeye: Se Te RL ter cer esc itestceas seca eee 30

About 200

The Rey. W. B. Clarke also gives sections of two wells at Harwich,
in which the mottled clays appear, but no fossils. (Trans. Geol. Soc.
2nd ser. vol. v. pp. 369, 370.)

PRESTWICH—-WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 155

Notes on some Miscellaneous Fossits from the “ Woouiwicu and
READING SERIES.”

CorsuLa Arnoutpi, Nyst. Pu. II. fig. 3.

Described, but not figured, by M. Nyst in his “ Descr. des Coquilles
fossiles des Terr. Tert. de la Belgique,” p. 67. This is a not un-
common shell in the Lignites of Rilly in Champagne. The French
specimens in my possession are rather larger than the English spe-
cies ; and, further, as these latter are merely casts, they can only be
referred with a doubt to this foreign species. From Oakwells, near
Boughton.

CYRENA INTERMEDIA, Melleville. Pu. II. figs. 10, 11.

Melleville, in his ‘‘ Mém. sur les Sables Tert. Inf. du Bassin de
Paris,” figures and describes a Cyrena from Chalons-sur-Vesle, which,
although rather larger, bears a close resemblance to a small and ele-
gant shell common in the upper beds at and around Woolwich. The
specimen here figured is referred with a doubt to this French species,
which latter appears from the figure to be slightly more rounded.

AmPULLARIA (NatTicA) suBpEPRESSA, Morris. Pu. II. fig. 16.

In my paper on the Thanet Sands, Mr. Morris briefly described a
new species of Ampullaria under the above specific appellation ; but
it was not figured, owing to the imperfect condition of the specimen.
Having better specimens from the Woolwich series and also from the
Basement-bed of the London Clay, the shell in question is here
figured. (For description, see Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vii.
p- 267+.) Richborough.

Patrevia. Pt. II. fig. 24.

This is a single specimen found attached to a fragment of an
Oyster at Sundridge Park by Mr. Lunn. It does not seem to agree
with any of the French patelliform shells ; but, owing to the want of
the exterior shell, no exact specific determination can be made.

Denratium. Pt. II. fig. 25.

In the memoir on the “ Thanet Sands”’ (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.
vol. viii. p. 248), the Dentalium, apparently the same species as this,
was considered to be the D. nitens. This determination, however,
seems to me to be very doubtful. I should rather refer this species
from Herne Bay to an undescribed form from the ‘ Lower Tertiary
Sands” of Beauvais. The specimens are too imperfect for exact de-
termination.

+ In a paper by M. Watelet on the “ Sables Tertiaires des environs de Sois-~
sons” (Soc. Hist. Archéol. et Scient. de Soissons, 1853), which I have just received,
is a fossil bearing a very close resemblance to this English species figured : it is,
however, in a much better state of preservation. M. Watelet has named it Na-
tica infundibulum.—[J. P., Jun., January 1854. |

VOL. X.——PART I. M

156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Serputa. Pu. II. fig. 26.

This isa very common fossil at Sundridge Park, although it rarely
occurs elsewhere in the Woolwich series; but, although abundant,
its characters are too indistinct for a specific name to be satisfac-
torily applied. It is a fine, thin, convoluted species. The specimen
figured is part of a mass attached to an Oyster.

Frr-cone. Pu. III. fig. 3.

This beautiful specimen, the cast of a Fir-cone in a ferruginous
sandstone nodule, is from the Woolwich series of the Reculver Cliffs.
It presents distinct differences from the Fir-cones of the London Clay,
and from that figured by Mr. Dixon from Bracklesham (Dixon, Foss.
Sussex, pl. 9. figs. 3, 4). The specimen from the Reculvers is a
true and well-marked Fir-cone, belonging apparently to some species
of Abies.

Srep-vessex (Pu. III. fig. 4), and other VecreTaBLe REMAINS.
: (Pu. III. fig. 5).

These fossils from the Planorbis-bed at Counter Hill are figured
rather for reference and record. At present no specific determination
can be attempted. They differ from described specimens.

Two Dicotyledonous leaves have been found by Mr. De la Conda-
mine in the Paludina-bed of the same locality.

FEeRn-LEAF. PL. III. fig. 6.

_ One of the recent discoveries by the Rev. Mr. De la Condamine
at Counter Hill. This Fern is probably an Asplenium; the leaflets
occur in some numbers, and are associated with fragments of Mono-
cotyledonous leaves (especially Phyllites “<r,” Pl. IV. figs. 22, 23),
and one or more Dicotyledonous leaves.

Remains oF Fisuss.
Vertebra of Lepidosteus*. Pu. III. fig. 1.

This specimen was discovered by the Rey. Mr: De la Condamine
at Upnor, and I am indebted to Prof. Owen for the following obser-
vations on this interesting fossil :—

“The body of an anterior abdominal vertebra of a large species of
Lepidosteus, a genus of Ganoid Fishes now peculiar to the rivers and
lakes of North Aimerica. The specimen is fossilized; similar, but
smaller, fossil specimens have been disedvered in the Eocene Ter-
tidy deposits of Hampshire.” —[ Oct: 15, 1852.]

_** The dark enamelled scales of the Lepidosteus have since been found by the
Rey. H. De la Condamine at Counter Hill, and by Mr. Rosser at Woolwich: in
both places in the upper beds of the Woolwich series. From the former locality
Mr. De la Condamine has also obtained, in thé Paludina-bed, another vertebra,
belonging tod a mich smaller species of Lepidosteus than thé above-described.

MORRIS—WOOLWICH AND READING FOSSILS. 157
Fish Vertebre.

The vertebr of Lamne aré not raré in the “ Lower Tertiary
Sands,” and with them occur in rather greater abundance the vertebrae
of some osseous fish, one of which is here figured (Pu. III. fig. 2);
many of them are, however, of a much smaller size.

Fish-scales. Pu. III. figs. 2*, 2**.

These are the large scales of some Cycloid? fishes, to which pos-
sibly the last-mentioned vertebree may also be referred. With these
are found smaller scales of similar character, and a few very small
conical teeth belonging probably to the same class of fishes. Loca-
lities : Woolwich and Sundridge.

Cycloid scales and fish-bones occur also at Counter Hill, in the
Paludina-bed.

Birp REMAINS.

A very interesting specimen of a small, irregularly cylindrical
bone, about half an inch in length, discovered by the Rev. H. M. De
la Condamine at Counter Hill, whilst these pages were passing
through the press, has been determined by Prof. Owen, who has
kindly examined it, to be the first phalangeal bone of the foot of a bird.
It is the only such specimen found. [J.P., Jun., April 10, 1854. ]

Deseriptions of some Nuw Species of Suexus from the “ Woou-
WICH AND ReapinG Series.” By Joun Morris, F.G.S8.

Carpium Layton, un. sp. Pt. II. figs. 1, 2.

Test4 trigorali, inequilaterali, posticé subangulata, obliquata, costata;
costis numerosis, planulatis; margine dentato; umbonibus incurvis, ap-
proximatis.

A trigonal, inequilateral, and somewhat oblique shell, with the pos-
terior portion slightly angulated; the surface is marked with nume-
rous flattened ribs and linear interspaces, which become more distinct
and separated on the posterior angulated side; the margins are
strongly dentated. This shell is distinguished from C. Plumstead-
zense by its smaller size, more uniform marking, and the posterior.
side not being so much produced or angular.

The specimen figured was found at Richborough by the Rev. J.
Layton, of Sandwich, after whom the species is named.

Corsuta RecGuLBiensis, i. sp. Pu. II. figs. 4, 5.

Testa ovato-transversa, subgibbosa, rostrata ; striis tenuissimis irregularibus
ornata. |

5 Vars) 3s, Pa. Te fig. 6;
Testa irregulari, vix rostrata.

An ovate and somewhat quadrangular shell, with the posterior
margin but very slightly produced, except in the variety from Herne
M 2

158 PROCEEDINGS Of THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Bay, which is generally so. The surface is covered with irregular
fine laminee, slightly raised ; the umbones very small, and approxi-
mate.

This species has been identified with an undescribed form from
Bracheux, given to Mr. Prestwich by M. Deshayes, but which is not
published. Named after the locality oH Reculvers) where this
species is most common.

From Mr. Prestwich’s collection.

CyRENA CoRDATA, n. sp. Pu. II. figs. 7, 8, 9.

Testa subtrigonali, crassa, gibbos4, rugosi; umbonibus prominentibus,
antico rotundato, postico subrostrato, depresso, attenuato.

The general form of this shell is trigonal; the beaks are prominent
and incurved; the ventricose character of this shell towards the
umbones gives it, when viewed anteriorly, a cordiform appearance
(whence the name); the posterior side is attenuated and slightly
truncate. The surface of the shell towards the anterior side is very
rugose by the lines of growth.

This species is intermediate to C. cuneiformis and C. deperdita,
and also resembles in its cordate form the C. antiqua of the Paris
basin ; it does not, however, possess the depressed character of the
posterior cardinal edge.

From Mr. Lunn’s collection.

Moproxa MircuHex.t, n. sp. Pu. II. figs. 12, 13.

Testa tenui, levi, subtrigona, anticé obtusa, posticé dilatata; cardine mar-
ginali recto.

A somewhat trigonal, depressed, and dilated shell, with the um-
bones obtuse, the dorsal line straight, and the byssal margin nearly
straight, or but very slightly curved; the surface nearly smooth, or
faintly marked by lines of growth.

This species is near to ‘Dreissena, antigua, Mell., but the dorsal
margin is more produced, and the general contour of the shell more
spathulate.

Not rare in the upper part of the Woolwich series at New Cross,
Deptford, Lee, and Blackheath. It is rarely found perfect. Named
after the late Dr. Mitchell, who obtained the best-preserved specimens
of this shell at New Cross, during the cutting of the Croydon railway.

Mopio1La porsaTa, n. sp. Pt. II. fig. 14.

A rare species—the specimen is hardly sufficiently perfect for an
exact determination of its characters. It differs from the preceding
species in the umbo not being so terminal, and the form being less
spathulate and more compressed.

From Sundridge. Mr. Prestwich’s collection.

PsammosiA? ConDAMINI, n. sp. Pu. II. fig. 15.

Testa ovato-transversa, inzequilaterali, depressa, subineequivalyi, concentricé
et irregulariter striata; margine antico rotundato, postico rostrato, at-
tenuato, simuato ; margine postico subincurvato, declivi.

MORRIS—WOOLWICH AND READING FOSSILS. 159

An ovate and somewhat spathulate-form shell, inequilateral, the
surface marked with concentric irregular strive; anterior margin
rounded, posterior extremity produced and sinuated, posterior dorsal
margin somewhat incurved.

This shell, which is referred with some doubt to the genus Psam-
mobia, from its association with fluviatile forms, appears to be readily
distinguished from the other Eocene species by the more spathulate
form and the position of the umbones being nearer to the anterior
margin.

This interesting form was found by the Rev. H. De la Condamine,
in the clay bed at Counter Hill, Deptford.

AuricuLa (ConovuLus) pyvemma, n. sp. Pu. I. fig. 17.

A few small shells, apparently belonging to this genus, have been
found by Mr. Rosser in the upper beds at Woolwich.

The shells are conical, and consist of four or five somewhat de-
pressed volutious, and an ovate aperture with one fold in the colu-
mellar lip, and another towards the base.

CreriTHium BowerBankil, n. sp. Pu. II. fig. 18.

Testa turrita, brevi; anfractibus subplanis, longitudinaliter nodoso-costatis ;
costis obliquis, transversim 3-4-plicatis; sutura subprofunda.

A turrited shell with nine or ten somewhat depressed volutions,
with six to eight nodose costee, which are obliquely arranged in lon-
gitudinal rows, and crossed transversely by three or four transverse
obtuse ridges.

Rare in the upper beds of the Woolwich series. From Mr. Bower-
bank’s collection.

CERITHIUM GRACILE, n. sp. Pu. HU. fig. 19.
Testa elongata, gracili; anfractibus depressis costatis; costis parvis sub-
obliquis; sutura linea ornata.

An elegant and slender shell with numerous volutions, furnished
with eight or nine small oblique coste; suture slightly depressed
and marked with a fine line.

Rare in the clays and fossiliferous sands of Woolwich. From the
Rev. Mr. De la Condamine’s collection.

Crriruium Lunnu, n. sp. Pu. II. fig. 20.
Testa turrita, brevi; anfractibus 7, transversim bicarinatis ; imterstitis lon-
gitudimaliter striatis.

A small conical shell of about seven carinated volutions; the two
principal obtuse carinze occur on the body of each volution, with a
smaller one near to the suture: the intermediate spaces are longi-
tudinally striated.

A rare shell. It occurs with the last species. From Mr. Lunn’s
collection.

160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Hyprosia Parkrnsont, n. sp. Pu. II. fig. 21.

Testa ovato-conica, levi; anfractibus 5 rotundatis, ultimo ventricoso ; aper-
tura obliqua, ovata; sutura subprofunda.

A very small conical shell, with five or six rounded and smooth
yolutions ; the last volution is somewhat ventricose, with an ovate
aperture.

This species much resembles Paludina intermedia, Melleville, but
that shell is smaller, more obtuse, and the form of the aperture
different.

Common in the Woolwich beds from Guildford to Upnor. Named
after Mr. J. Parkinson.

From Mr. Prestwich’s collection.

Hyprosia Wepsrert, n. sp. Pt. II. fig. 22.

This species much resembles the preceding, but is very slightly
larger, and has a more expanded and rounded mouth, which gives it
amore elegant appearance. It is a rarer form, and occurs in the
same beds.

Named, like the preceding species, after a well-known investigator
of the geology of our Tertiary districts.

PaLupiNna LENTA, Sow., var. 3. Mor. Pt. II. fig. 23.

Testa ovato-conica, levi; anfractibus 5-6 subrotundatis; apice obtuso;
apertura subovata.

A smooth conical shell, with five or six rounded volutions, the
apex obtuse, and the aperture somewhat ovate. This form, which
is difficult to distinguish from the P. lenta, Sow., is also considered
by M. Deshayes to occur in the Soissons (Lower Eecene) beds, and
to be the same as that found in the Isle of Wight.

Common in the Woolwich beds at Peckham, New Cross, and
Counter Hill.

Notes on the ENromostraca of the Wootwicu and READING
Series. By T. Rupert Jonss, Esq., F.G.S.

1, CyrHertpEA* MuLverzi, Minster, sp. Pu. III. fig. 7. Bosquet,
Entomostracés fossiles des terrains tertiaires de la France et
de la Belgique, p. 39. pl. 2. fig. 4 a-f.

The valves of individuals of this species have been collected in great
number by Mr. Rosser in the Woolwich beds ; both in the shelly
clays (of the middle of the series), and in the pebbly sand aboye the
clays. I have also found them in some plenty in clay with remains
of oyster shells from Woolwich, and I have met with rare specimens
in the “ Oyster-bed” at Clay Hill, Shaw, near Newbury.

Generally the English specimens slightly differ from M. Bosquet’s

* Cytheridea (Bosquet) is a subgenus of Cythere (Miiller), a minute bivalved
Crustacean inhabiting salt and brackish waters.

JONES—-WOOLWICH ENTOMOSTRACA. 16i

figures in almost wholly wanting the longitudinal parallel furrows on
the ventral surface, which are continued transversely and concen-
trically across the anterior half of the valve; faint traces only of the
concentric furrows being occasionally seen, though irregular transverse
furrows full of pittings are conspicuous in old specimens. One such
transverse furrow, immediately posterior to the “lucid spots” near
the centre of the valve, is always present, even in young specimens.
I have not yet met with well-preserved individuals retaining the sete
of the surface.

Varieties of Cytheridea Mulleri occur throughout the Tertiary.
formations; being found in Hesse, Austria, Bohemia, Westphalia,
France, Belgium, and the Netherlands, in the Kocene; in Touraine
(Miocene) ; and in the Netherlands (Pliocene). M. Bosquet also
records this species as recent,—living in the Zuyderzee, Holland. In
England varieties of this species occur in the Coralline Crag, the
Barton Clay, and the tertiary sands of Coldwell Bay.

2. CytHertipEA Muuuiert, Minster, sp.; var. rorosa, Jones.
Px. III. fig. 8.

The variety differs from the typical C. Mulleri in haying the sur-
face of the valves raised up into 1—7 irregular lumps or bosses. Of
these knobs, which are often but ill-defined, sometimes seven can
be counted on one valve. The spots most usually occupied, when the
bosses are but few, are the posterior part of the valve and the cen-
tral part immediately in advance of the place of the “ lucid spots.”

This variety has some resemblance to the C. tribullata, figured
and described by Dr. A. H. Reuss, Haidinger’s Verhandlungen,
vol. ii. p. 60. pl. 9. fig. 10, one specimen of which (since lost) I
haye found in the Barton Clay. In general form C. torosa resembles
that variety of C. Mulleri, in which the posterior extremity is con-
tracted and acuminate (var. acuminata, Bosquet ’).

Found plentifully together with the typical form in the above-
mentioned Woolwich deposits by Mr. Rosser.

3. CyrHerE WeTHERELLII, Jones. Pu. III. fig. 9a, 96.

This elegant little species of Cythere proper has valves of an oyate
shape, contracted posteriorly, compressed on the ventral surface, and
with a somewhat triangular indentation at about the middle of the
dorsal part. The profile of either valve is almost a parallelogram.
The surface of the valves is ornamented by a delicate reticulation, the
meshes of which are formed by slightly raised anastomosing borders.

I found several specimens of C. Wetherelli in clay with oyster-
shell fragments from Woolwich.

The name borne by this new species is well known to the students
of Tertiary Geology.

4, CyTHereE Kostevensis, Reuss, sp. Haidinger’s Verhandlungen,
vol. iii. p. 68. pl. 9. fig. 22. Pu. III. fig. 10.

Two specimens of a minute oblong Cythere from amongst Mr.

162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Rosser’s series of Entomostraca from Woolwich appear to agree with
the figures and description of Dr. Reuss’s Cypridina* Kostelensis,
described in his memoir on the Entomostraca of the Austrian Ter-
tiaries, and found in the Leithakalk of Moravia and Austria, in the
salt-rock of Galicia, &e.

5. Cyrurre (Cyruereis ¢) pricata, Minster. Bosquet, op. cit.
p- 60. pl. 2. fig. 13 a-d. Pu. III. fig. 11.

This species I found to occur not unfrequently in some clay with
fragments of oyster-shells from Woolwich.

C. plicata has been found in the Miocene of Dax; in the Hocene
of France, Belgium, North-east Germany, Bohemia, Austria, and
Moravia. I have met with it in abundance in the white tertiary sands
of Colwell Bay ; also in the Barton Clay.

6. CyTHere (CyTHrEREIS) ANGULATOPORA, Reuss, sp. Bosquet,
op. cit. p. 68. pl. 3. fig. 5a-d. Pu. II. fig. 12.

Two broken valves of this beautiful species occurred in the clay
with fragments of oyster-shells from Woolwich which supplied me
with C. Wetherellii, C. plicata, &c.

C. angulatopora occurs in the Hocene beds of Belgium (Ghent)
and of France.

7. Canponat Racuarpsons, Jones. Pu. III. fig. 13.

Valves smooth, thin, oblong; rounded at the extremities, depressed
towards the anterior extremity, most convex just posteriorly to the
centre ; ventral border straight ; dorsal border gently curved. This
species approaches in shape to the recent Candona reptans: im size
it is much inferior. It also closely resembles a species found in the
Upper Eocene of the Isle of Wight.

C. Richardsoni was found by Mr. Baily, in the thin band with
Hydrobia, Planorbis, and Cyrena in the Woolwich pit. The indivi-
duals are numerous, compressed between the laminz of the clay.
The specimens which we have been kindly permitted to use in figuring
and describing this little fossil are now in the Museum of the Geo-
logical Survey, Jermyn Street.

Casts of a species perhaps identical with C. Richardsoni have been
found by the Rev. Mr. De la Condamine in the Planorbis-bed at
Counter Hill.

This species has been named after Mr. W. Richardson, F.G.S.,
to whom geologists and paleeontologists are much indebted for facts
and fossils from the Tertiary deposits.

* A generic term wrongly applied by this palzontologist in the memoir referred
to and elsewhere.

+ Cythereis (Jones) is a subgenus of Cythere (Miller).

t Candona (Laird) is another genus of the small bivalved Crustaceans, and is
closely allied to the common Cypris. Like the latter genus, it is often found
abundantly in fresh water.

HOOKER—READING FOSSIL PLANTS. 163

Note en the Foss Puants from READING,
By J. D. Hooxer, M.D., F.R.S., G.S. &e.

Tue fossils collected by Mr. Prestwich may be all safely assumed to
represent a vegetation differing in no important respect from that at
present inhabiting tne north temperate zone ; but none of them afford
sufficient data for approximating to the generic affinities of the plants
to which they belonged*. After a careful collation of the specimens
with many existing plants comprised in the present floras of Eu-
rope, Northern Asia, and North America, I find no characters by
which they may be allied to those of one of these countries more than
another. Indeed I feel satisfied that similar forms of existing plants
might be associated by natural causes in any of these countries, but
that they would not necessarily belong to the same species, or even
genera, in all.

~~ The total absence of any remains indicative of a tropical vegetation
is important ; for although forms of foliage precisely similar to these
leaves from Reading are even more abundant in some tropical coun-
tries than in temperate ones, it is legitimate to suppose that had
the association resulted from a tropical vegetation, some more direct
evidences of their origin would have been forthcoming.

I do not see that any objection can be urged to the assumption
that the climate of the epoch during which these plants flourished
was a temperate one, experiencing summer heat and winter cold, and
that it was not colder than that which now prevails in England ;
for the large size and membranous appearance of many of the leaves,
which, like those of the maple, lime, poplar, &c., are annual, indicate
some duration of summer warmth ; and the leaf-buds (figured 24, 25,
and 26) are similar to those of various trees which lie dormant for a
considerable period of the year. It may also be remarked that there
are no appearances of articulations at the base of the leaves, such as
would suggest the probability of any of them belonging to Legumi-
nous or other plants with compound foliage, which in the present dis-
tribution of vegetation in the north temperate zone indicate a warmer
mean temperature than England now enjoys.

The absence of any traces of Coniferous} or other gymnospermous
vegetation, and of ferns, is a point of considerable interest ; for in all

* These important observations by Dr. Hooker on the probable temperature
of this period were made perfectly independently of my own, for, when they were
written, he had not read the previous part of this paper, published in the last
Part of the Journal, p. 136, nor have I, until after the printing of the above, had
any communication with him on the subject of these plants. The conclusions,
therefore, to which we have both arrived, upon independent evidence, respecting
the apparently moderate climate prevailing here at this old Eocene period, and
the absence of those tropical forms which abound in the succeeding London Clay
period, furnish strong corroborative proof of the truth of this singular fact. In my
former paper on the Thanet Sands I had arrived at the same conclusion respect-
ing the temperature of the sea in which this oldest of our Tertiary deposits was
accumulated (Quart. Journ. vol. viii. p. 260).—[J. P., Jun., April 15, 1854.]

+ Coniferous wood, however, is present in the Woolwich series of East Kent,
and a Fern at Counter Hill.—([J. P., Jun.]

164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

beds of an earlier epoch presenting as many species as are preserved
in this, ferns especially predominate. It must, however, be borne in
mind, that in the temperate floras of many parts of the northern
hemisphere, neither ferns nor gymnosperms are usually associated in
any great numbers with large-leaved dicotyledonous trees. In Japan,
I believe that Coniferee and large-leaved Dicotyledons are associated,
as also in some parts of America; in England ferns generally accom-
pany similar forms of foliage to the Reading fossils; whereas in Si-
beria, where broad-leaved dicotyledonous trees are abundant, ferns are
extremely rare; as is also the case, I believe, in many parts of North
America.

There is no foliage resembling that of grasses, sedges, or rushes,
among the Reading specimens, nor any appearance of organs of
fructification.

With regard to the individual fossils of these beds; all, except
figs. 22 and 23, are decidedly Dicotyledonous and Exogenous, ‘and
none present structural or physiological characters of importance,
either in texture, form, or nervation. Figs. 22 and 23, from having
parallel veins, may be assumed to be monocotyledons ; of these, 22 °
is too anomalous-looking for me to hazard even a conjecture as to the
appearance or nature of the plant to which it belonged ; while there
are few natural orders amongst Monocotyledons to which 23 might
not be referred.

Though the leaves preserved in the Reading beds are all of the
very commonest forms in the vegetable kingdom (of Dicotyledonous
plants), I do not find that they exactly resemble those of any living
English species; and indeed even were the resemblance so close that
I could not distinguish them from existing forms, I should not con-
sider myself warranted in drawing any conclusions therefrom; be-
cause, in the first place, the normal or typical form of leaf in any
species can seldom be decided by one specimen or at one epoch of
growth; secondly, because very similar leaves may belong to very
different species ; thirdly, because the top, base, margin, and stalk of
a leaf are all absolutely essential for identification of the species to
which it belongs, and these are not all present in any of the Reading
specimens ; and fourthly, because in these, as in all fossil leaves, the
important characters of texture, pubescence, and colour are necessarily
obliterated.

It would be very easy to produce from an herbarium leaves so
similar to 1, 2, 6, 12, 13, 14, 18, &c., as to deceive the inexperienced
into instituting crude affinities ; but after a very careful comparison
of these fossil leaves with those of willows, poplars, oaks, maples,
Myrice, Rhamni, and such familiar genera as must suggest them-
selves to every one, I find that while I cannot advance beyond plau-
sible suggestions, nor give better reasons for such affinities than those
presented by outline, I can adduce a copious list of far less familiar
genera belonging to widely different natural orders, to which there
are as good grounds to refer these leaves, as to the genera I have
enumerated. It must indeed be evident to any one acquainted with
the real value, in a systematic point of view, of characters derived

HOOKER—READING FOSSIL PLANTS. 165

from foliage, that it merely requires a leading idea to suggest affi-
nities when imperfect remains of foliage are alone at the naturalist’s
disposal. I have no hesitation in saying, that were I assured frem
collateral evidence of the flora of the Reading beds being intimately
allied to that of India, I should find no difficulty in producing the
allied living representatives ; and the same may be said of the yege-
tation of many other parts of the globe: it requires, howeyer, some
general acquaintance with the plants mhabiting different parts of the
world, to appreciate the fallacious nature of the evidence afforded by
leaves ; these being of all organs the least important for the higher
purposes of classification: a fact rendered familiar to the botanist by
the habitual practice of naming a species of one genus from the
similarity of its foliage to that of some other plant often in a totally
different natural order.

There are two points to which I may allude, as being of practical
importance to be borne in mind in examining questions of this nature.
One is the extreme difficulty found in identifying the imperfect re-
mains of existing plants, although we may be familiar with the flora
to which they belong ; and the other is, that when the clue to specific
identity is lost, and a false identification is made, it is generally
very wide indeed of the truth. My attention has been particularly
drawn to these faets in foreign countries, when examining recent de-
posits in silt; and, though I am quite ready to admit that the power
of identification in such cases depends as much upon a degree of skill
or tact, which differs in amount with every individual, as upon abso-
lute botanical knowledge, still I think that no one who has not re-
sorted toe an experimentum crucis of this sort can form a just idea of
the real difficulties of the task, of the number of species he may make
of different leaves of the same plant, of the false affinities he may
draw, aud the false conclusions to which he may be led.

Had the fossils of the Reading beds been presented to me in a recent
state, and without my knowing their native place, I do not believe I
should have been able to approximate with any tolerable degree of
_certaimty to their affinities one with another, or to their position in
the vegetable kingdom; and as I further do not think that they are
even generically recognizable, I cannot deem it advisable to give them
generic and specific names. The excellent plate which accompanies
Mr. Prestwich’s memoir serves all the purposes of a description, as
the fossils possess no botanical characters of importance not repre-
sented in the lithograph (Pl. TV.).

It will not, I hcpe, be inferred, that, in reframing from naming and
defining these vegetable remains, I am undervaluing their importance
in a geological or botanical point of view. On the contrary, I think
that giving them a fictitious yalue of this kind (which requires neither
skill nor knowledge) is not only a perversion of the true aim and
object of botanical science, but is calculated to mislead both geologists
and botanists, besides swelling those already unmanageable catalogues
of names for unintelligible fragments of vegetables, miscalled systems
of fossil plants. Both in a geological and botanical point of view the
Reading fossils are of first-rate interest and importance, as presenting

166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

us with an association of forms so entirely analogous to those now
existing, as to leave no grounds for assuming that the now prevalent
forms of foliage amongst Dicotyledonous plants did not predominate
before the glacial epoch, posterior to which all the existing British
plants, except the alpines, were introduced into our island, as has
been shown by Professor E. Forbes in his Essay on the Flora and
Fauna of the British Islands. I need hardly add, that the vegetation
of the Reading beds presents no affinities whatever with that of the
London clay.

Observations on the Specimens.—Fig. 1. is a very common form of
leaf amongst various classes of Dicotyledonous plants, but does not
exactly resemble any living plant with which I am acquainted. I
assume that the scar at its cordate base represents the point of in-
sertion on the stem, and that the leaf was therefore sessile.

Fig. 2. resembles the foliage of many species of European, North
American, or North Asiatic Maples, but may be compared with
equal propriety to the foliage of so very many other genera and
natural orders that I cannot attach the smallest importance to the
resemblance.

Figs. 3-8. I can suggest no resemblances for them that are worth
recording. Figs. 3 and 15 possibly belong to the same species.
Fig. 11. resembles a fragment of fern-frond, but equally well repre-
sents a portion of the pinnatifid leaf of a composite or umbelli-
ferous plant, and may indeed be referred to very many other natural

orders.

Figs. 12, 13, 14. are very common forms of Dicotyledonous leaves
that do not suggest any particular analogies to me.

Figs. 16-21. are quite unsuggestive tome. Of them, 18 may be a
portion of a pinnatifid leaf, or may be a fragment of the midrib,
&c. of a large entire leaf.

Fig. 23. I have alluded to as probably indicative of a Monocotyle-.
donous vegetation.

Figs. 24-26. are finely-preserved buds of a Dicotyledonous shrub or
tree, but of what natural family it is impossible to say. Poplars,
Ericeze, and many other orders have similar ones.

Fig. 27. I can make nothing of.

Fig. 28. I am equally at a loss to understand. Seeds have been sug-
gested by one friend, and an insect’s gall by another.

Fig. 22. Were I assured that this was what it appears, a petiole with
two leaflets or lobes of a fan-shaped leaf, it would be curious ; but
I have been so often deceived on the one hand by appearances
assumed by fragments of foliage, &c. thrown into accidental juxta-
position, and on the other by the false analogies that imperfect
specimens suggest, that I cannot venture to give any opinion
about it.

=

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 167

EXPLANATION OF PLATES 1. II. III. IV.

Puate I.

I, GENERAL Section. Gives a general view of the Tertiary series in their range
from the Isle of Wight to the Isle of Thanet, chiefly for the purpose of
showing the correlation of the Middle and Lower Kocene deposits of the
Hampshire district with those of the London district, and also to give the
position and relation of the Lower London Tertiaries, of which latter beds
the succeeding diagrams give enlarged representations.

II. Diagrams. These give the structure as determined from a number of actual
(local) sections of the Lower London Tertiaries, and more particularly of
the middle division thereof, or the Woolwich and Reading Series. This
latter, in Diagram A, is divided horizontally into three areas—the western
one (W. ) unfossiliferous, the central one (C.) fluviatile and estuarine, and the
eastern one (E.) marine. ‘{n terming the first unfossiliferous, this is used
as a comparative term; for a few rare fossiliferous beds do occur, as the
one containing the Ostrea Bellovacina, which is not unfrequently found at
the base of the series, but in no other part of it; whilst a few feet higher
in the series the rich but local bed of fossil plants at Reading is placed.
Apart from these exceptions, the great mass spread through this area con-
tains no trace of organic remains. The horizontal extent of the fluviatile
beds is well-marked by the lenticular dark-coloured mass in the central
area. The marine character of © in the eastern area is apparent at a
few localities only; a large portion of the mass contains no fossils.
The numbers refer to sections actually observed; of these the following
are described or mentioned in the text of this or of preceding volumes :—

Dracram A.

Loe. Sect, Page Loc. Seeks Page
HANNS eriOrdii see ecsswseslt | Loe cnses 85 Royale Mintacgesescasteser 20 occ 149
Pebble Hill ............... 5 nee: 85 Whitechapel ............... x sebonh 150
IN@OWDAY. | Anoanocosodedo0eD Benda 87 Bromley, nr. Stratford ... a SseAN 151
Reds Hill Gonabeswiaasd. AS aon 87 Charlton ...0...... A ban 4 ......103
Reading (Bath road) ..... Drowad eee 88 Woolwich ...secssecseeeeeee is uvees 102
Sonning Hill........... Spee ICR OAGe 89 E. of Bexley ....... Sccdodes DO ens 107
Twyford, Berks............ fel Gaga 89 E. of Green St. Green ... 31 ...... 107
Staeveniliaet cen ones As 90 Gravesend .........se0s00... SON TOM 107
Benlands)jeecsecsessscessces i eases 90 Shorneyos, AIS. MGs. Ba0, es 107
Hedgerley ............ coos 13. Vi. 268 Wpnorg}-.dacioaall a oars 4 vk. 107
WxDrid Sere eect ss tomests aes 91 Otterhan Wharf ate AEG aN) aabcen 109
anwelleeesestcasessccencss HIB) “Goende 94 Near Faversham ........ . 36-7 ...109
Castlebear Hill............ Lona 94 N.W. of Boughton ....... 38-9 ...109
Twyford, Middlesex ...... LAA. 95 Boughton ...............658 40 ..... 109
Bayswater ....... Oa00bAe HCD: 18... 96 N.W. of Canterbury ...... ADD sidemat 110
Trafalgar Square ......... 1) Soonoe 148 E. of Herne Bay ......... AD SOs 111
Bank of England ......... 20)h. seen 143

In addition to the foregoing sections there are the following, which are not de-
scribed in the previous pages, and of which explanations are hardly necessary, as
they are either described elsewhere, or else the dotted lines show the beds they
traverse and the relative thickness thereof :—

Loc. Sect.
6 ...... Katesgrove pit, Reading. Dr. Buckland in Trans. Geol. Soe. ser. 2.
vol. iv. p. 276.

10 ...... Section at the brick-field on the hill between Maidenhead and
Marlow.

2 Oeceers Experimental pit sunk on the S. side of Plumstead Heath.

PAL eacico0 Well on Bexley Heath.

Phe} poo too Old pit on the hill W. of Crayford. (This is drawn too near 29.)

30 ...... Section on the sides of the lane leading into Darent Wood from
Darent.

41 ,..... Well-section on Boughton Hill.

168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY:

Diacram B.
Loe. Sect. Page Loc. Sect. Page
Chesham ......... ORE ee eee 90 Chobham ... 5... vol. iii.pl.14.f. 10.
Hedgerley......... Sistas vol. vi. 268 Guildford 32. Giiz, 55555228538 vol. vi. 260
To these we have to add the following—
Loc. Sect.
Zs Brick-field at Oak End near Chalfont.
EAS Rasen sche Well-section.
Diacram C.
Loe. Sect. Page Loe. Sect. Page
4 miles N. of Ware .....::.. Me esis 92 Royal Mint .sssesssieesccsses Pte 149
1 mile E.S.E. of Hertford... 2 ..... 92 | New Cross, Naval School*. 8 ..,..105
Chalk pits near Northaw... 3 ..... 92 | New Cross, Railway ......... 9 .....104
Winchmore Hill ......:..... 4 ....145 | Sundridge Park..:..:::.3::: 13 «....100
Colney Hatch ...:::..225.43: 5 ....145 | Hayes Common..:::.:::.:::::18 ..... 99
Shoreditch: s:s::ii2..::scseees2 6 .....143 | Keston Common ..:...:...:. 19) :.....99

The following are the additional sections not described in the text :—
Loc. Sect.

arcsec Lewisham (see Buckland in Trans. Geol. Soc. ser. 2. vol. iv. p. 287).

WD i eccts Belmont near Chiselhurst.

sade Section in brick-field on the hill half a mile N.W. of Chiselhurst
Common.

14: feiss Section of the shaft at the chalk-pits on the S. side of Chiselhurst
Common.

15 sisse: Several small sections near Widmore and Leaves Green.

16 ...:s. Small cuttings on the road-side between Bromley and Hayes.

WY Meee icc Pits on the N. side of Hayes Common.

_ In these diagrams the local séctions are not always taken on aii exact straight
line of section ; where no sections offered on those lines, sections at short distances
to the right or left of them have been taken. In looking at the diagrams, it is
necessary to imagine that the unfossiliferous portion of A should be a mottled dark
red, blue, and greenish colour, with subordinate beds of light yellow, which colours
gradually pass, in the fluviatile area, into green at base, with grey, blue, red,
and yellow above, which again give way in the marine area to a nearly uitiform
mass of very light green, assimilatitig greatly to the general tone of the underlying
Thanet sands. The prevailing colour of the Basement-bed of the London clay
should be ochreous of different depths of colouring, from very light yellow to deep
ferruginous. It was intended originally to have coloured these Diagrams.

(Erratum, p. 142, in column of figures line 15 from bottom, for 100 feet #ead
164 feet. ]

Puate II.

Fossil Shells from the Woolwich Beds.

Fig. 1. Inside.
2. Outside.
3a. Nat. size.
3 6, Enlarged.
4. Gana } Corbula Regulbiensis, Morris. Reculvers.

Outside...... Corbula Regulbiensis, var. 8, Morris. New Gross.

} cardium Laytoni, Morris. Richborough.
} Siliceous cast of Corbula Arnouldii, Vyst. Oakwells.

Inside. Cyrena cordata, Morris. Deptford.
End view.

* Local Sections 8 and 9 should be placed near together in thé Diagraris

PRESTWICH—WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES. 169

Fig. 10. Exterior. : pas ; é
11s... Hitetior: } cyrena intermedia, Medleville. Woolwich.

13 Bee Modiola Mitchelli, Morris. New Cross.

14. Cast (imperfect) of Modiola dorsata, Morris. Sundridge.

15. Exterior of Psammobia Condamini, Morris. Counter Hill.
_ 16. Side view of Ampullaria subdepressa, Morris. Woolwich.

ee Raided. } Auricula pygmza, Morris. Woolwich.

18. Cerithium Bowerbanki, Morris. Woolwich.

19: gracile, Morris. Woolwich.

20. Lunnii, Morris. Woolwich.

ae Ralarecd, + Hydrobia Parkinsoni, Morris. Woolwich.

Ba Taare } Hydrobia Websteri, Morris. Woolwich.
23. Paludina lenta (Sow.), var. 8, Morris. New Cross.
24. Patella. Sundridge Park.

25. Dentalium. Herne Bay.

26. Serpula. Sundridge Park.

Puate III.

ie Remains of Fishes.
Fig. 1 a. Posterior
1 4. Anterior }aspect of an abdominal Vertebra of Lepidosteus. Upnor.
1 c. Lateral

3 a Fee t aspect of a Vertebra of a Fish. Woolwich.

3K
i } cyeloia? scales (impetfect). Woolwich.

Remains of Plants.

Impression, in sandstone nodule, of the Cone of an Abies. Reculver
Cliffs.

Seed-vessel: Counter Hill.

Vegetable remains ;—possibly compressed seed-vessels. Counter Hill.

Leaflet of a Fern, like Asplenium. Counter Hill.

eau

Entomostraca, from Woolwich.

7 Cytheridea Mulleri, Minster, sp.: left carapace-valve.

8. Cytheridéa Mulleri, var. torosa, Jones: right carapace-valve.

9 a. | Cythere Wetherelli, Jones. Left valve and the dorsal edge of the
96 right valve.

10 a. | Cythere Kostelensis, Reuss, sp. Perfect specimen, showing its left
100 valve and the dorsal aspect of both valves.
ll. Cythereis plicata, Remer, sp. Left valve.
12. Cythereis angulatopora, Reuss, sp. Left valve (imperfect).
13 a. | Candona Richardsoni, Jones. Left valve, and the dorsal edge of the
13 6. right valve.

170

Rl@aisseescrsccsssce

19, 20,,20* ...

BN ani
SPOS Leach,
24, 25, 26......
yk See
Dau Meee
OGiseees lee

in these clays. |

Phyllites...

Phyllites...

Phyllites...
Phyllites...
Phyllites...
Phyllites...
Phyllites...

Phyllites...

Phyllites...
Phyllites...

Phyllites...
Phyliites...
Phyllites...
Phyllites...
Phyllites...

Phyllites...

Phyllites.
Phyllites.

(Buds)

(Stem)

Phyllites...

[Note.—The most abundant leaves are “3,” ‘g,”
but also found in groups, are “f” and “7.”
“3,” are not uncommon.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Puate IV.
Impressions of Fossil Leaves from a Bed of Clay in the Railway Cutting near
Reading (vide supra, p. 88, Plate I. Diagram A. Local Section 5 ; and p. 163).

[Notes on the relative abundance of the several forms in
the specimens of the clay in Mr. Prestwich’s collection.]

(a.) Single specimen, occurring with “ s”

( 2.)

(¢.)
(d.)
(e.)
(f)
(y-)

(h.)

sae aC Hes)
(Seeds ?)...

(u.)
(v.)

ina
group of “3.”

Abundant: occurs in groups;
with “ a? tT 3 ce,” és ae sc e;2 “c
“j,” large specimens of “p
“‘u,” and large stem-like bodies.

Rare. Single specimens of “ ¢,” “d,” and
“e”’ occur ona small piece CE clay, with
ibenes of “6.” A leaf similar to “da”
occurs also with “7”? ; and another, bnt
with a leng peduncle, occurs with “ p.”

together

) 66 ”

,
2) 66 9 6¢ ”
, rs 5,

Abundant. In groups; together with “ 4,”

Cr 6%” ,” ‘6 q;” ‘6 8,” and stem-
like bodies.

Abundant. In a compressed mass; and

with “0,” “f,” “7,” and ‘“s.” Nearly
allied to “0d.”
Rare (unique). With “py” and small

stem-like markings.

Single specimen, in very sandy clay.

Abundant : in groups, with “ 6,” g,” “,”
‘‘y,”” and stem-like bodies.

Rare. Occurs with “ f,” “j,” “gp,” and
stem-like impressions.

Rare. With a leaf resembling “ d,”’ large
specimen of “,” and obscure grass-
like impressions.

Rare (two specimens) : with ‘‘p.’’

Single specimen : with “p.”

Single specimen; with traces of stem-
markings similar to itself.

Abundant. Occurs scattered through
very many portions of the clay; se-
veral leaflets often retaining their re-
lative positions, as in fig. 20. A form
similar to fig. 19, but larger, is also very
common. Leaves of “p” occur with
sé (Se “cc av, Oy “cc h, ” i “kh, ” OTe
“m,” “yr,” “3,” with a leaf like Cg?
and with “tac grass-like markings.

Single specimen: with “2”

Abundant in some pieces of the clay. (The
relation of the leaf to the stem in fig. 22
is very obscure.)

Common ; occurring with “
(9,2 “ay ” and large “p;”’ “ov,” and
with leaves like ‘“‘e” and “j”; but
most commonly associated with “5”
and “g.”’ (The stem in fig. 24 is not
connected with the bud.)

A ferruginous body in sandy clay.

Two specimens occur; with “3d”
stem-like impressions.

Single specimen, occurring with “ s.”

and “py”; less abundant,
Fragments of “7,” and the buds

az “cs pak Se ee

and

Ferruginous relics of pieces of wood are also met with

eee er a Gf MORO RELCHL

e SHies

Lrincted OY . Meloy « Sovas,

~

| a o Ll me
: ms ‘ 2s , ; 3 re 4 ® : '
* i= +f tm oy eae ve $ a _s ~ 4 ;
L ‘ ‘ — Js »« { a al
is 2 “ £
A ; » Pau pul 5
th Og } : 7
Ms! 7 1 if
‘ 7 rons Se i / 2 ,
; ’ ; v . *" ai ' Kod ren
4 i ¢ - kK
. bide OR, a, a j ; : a i
: Se OLR \ ; . Lo
r - ,
ie | / ee $
5 i -2 i s re oe
j 7 -~ 4 ; ; , jf 7
/ ; i ‘ : - : i) * .
/ { ea : : =
¥ 4 "
y iF |
re ar oe ih : y :
t _— 7
ae a
Ts c
i J ; . : , j
wt i
Mt td ! - * . »
i. y : ;
i A
‘
i
‘ u , - 7
j : . i
/
‘

Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc Val. X. felt,

I.
| 3 Central Section’
| showing the corrdation ot the London and Hampshire lirteary dpstims, and the relative Dimensions © hange of the several Deposits

Length about 150 Miles.

|
| .
| (The faults are omitted.) wa
|
|
SS e | rah East
v
' we
.
Y 2 5 sey y 7 . Shoo " \)\ eee after 7 1
Chobhium ke we Chertsey Richmond Lownon Shooters Hill 4 wy) diansconide Gravesend Cpnor Sittingbourne Boughton Gautabury so a Richborough

New Forest Southeinip tow

Bagshot ridges S ie y se Hill Hill

Lower part of the
veo ~Mugirtiie Septes
Sands

Bradleshan Sands ~~
and Clays

WaLondon Cay.
WeWootwich & Reading.
(halk

“Basement bed of the Londen Cay: (|

| | a | Diaovams

| | | O

| : . i ; 7 . . 7 . +

on an enlurged vatical scale ti lustratioy of the Structure ot tue Lower Lonilon Tertiarus, bang Theoretical Restorations of the strata b, od
. (2 he superincumbent strata are omitted y) '

A. From the reerghbourhood, of Hungertird tothe Isle of Thanet . Longitudinal: 120 Miles . Para

of the above section us they were povtous to their AtstUrDUnce .

ee yoo Ben
- > |
Oi, TF O 8 3 ie TR IBA BO ers AR ED A > TN TE UR VC IN SR IE, I) é Ja SS Hl) (Of LA ded ETM Hae JAE IR SN = a MARINE A RE A>
7 Hingertord Mawhury ‘4 , E
Wiest ungertord twhury : Reading : Fs : 8 EERE ; Hanwell Pe as ‘ J Last
: Woolwtch/ Bexley Heath Gravesend Shorne Upnor

Boughtow | Merne Bay
AR

(4 Band of Ostrea: Bellovacina: )

(+ Ihe Plant -bed at Reading.)

C. From the Nortly of Ware Herts, to Keston, Kent B. Strom Chesham, Bucks to Guildtord Surrey: | eae. Cr ;
: Basemenl Uedot tie Lander ACly are Vertical Seale

3 ~ a 90 7 NG} 9 IE

Ve 'v e i, si “) ,, “A /// _ ower
North : Transverse IS Milos. South Transverse 35 Miles. Weelwich and Reading series | London gm uno Ea wo____icoh

Keston , ~ — Tertiaries.
2 a8 pb sscDhuers Hayes North South :
Clie End Hertford Heath Worthaw Winchmore Hil LONDON Niw Gross Lavisham Chisclhu cs y 55 , a A | Ten SAEs
: (eae a9 os Chesham Chalfont Uidgatey - Windsor Qutham
é 6 = | Chalk.

4

cod ACTUAL anp THEORETICAL SECTIONS or ta: LONDON TERTIARIES,

cn WUSEIULLON OF ML “Vrostyns L UML Olt Lhe:

Actual Measurements have ben made, Ste Text.

The Numbers inthe Diagrams ret to Local Sections where : ; # fe : E = ;
oolwicly anil Keadine Sores.

| Che Achilles Lith:

Prinivd. ty Melby

ee Quart. Journ. Geol Soo.VoLX-PLIL.

STE ela
areca pease
“WOR IeR eset

ww 2hb

JDinkel Del. et Lith M.&N Hanhart Impt

FOSSILS FROM THE “WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES”

Quart. Journ Geol. Soc. Vol. X. PI IIL.

a 10b 14 12 13 b

GWest Lith Ford & West Imp

f FOSSILS FROM THE WOOLWICH AND READING SERIES.

|
|
|

am “=:

Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Vol. X. PLIV.

Ford & West Iman

4

Iv.
Ford & West Imp.

Quart. Journ Geol. Soc. Vol.X. Pl

ADING.

jaa}
fac’
5
ie}
2
a
Oo
(ea)
A
(eal
1S)
oO
ea]
iG
=
©)
4
[x]
1a
ee
=
E

*

SIL PLANTS

GHFord & Ch Adslles lth

THE

QUARTERLY JOURNAL

OF

THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

PROCEEDINGS
OF

THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

NovemMBeER 30, 1853.

Dr. John Lister, the Rev. W. L. Symonds, A.M., David Page,
Esq., and A. Robinson, Esq., were elected Fellows.

The following communications were read :—

1. On the Occurrence of Fossiu Insects in the WEALDEN STRATA
of the Sussex Coast. By Messrs. Witiiam R. and Henry
BINFIELD.

{Communicated by Prof. J. Morris, F.G.S.]

THE specimens which we have the honour to present to the Geolo-
gical Society are, we believe, the first remains of Insects from the
Wealden of Hastings which have been brought before the notice of
the Society* ; the details we have been able to collect respecting the
position and character of the beds containing them may, therefore,

* The discovery of Insect-remains in the Hastings Sands series of the Isle of
Wight, by Prof. E. Forbes, is briefly referred to in Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. No. 34.
p- 52, note; and the occurrence of a few fragments of Coleopterous elytra in the
Wealden marlstone, frem between Tunbridge and Maidstone, was noticed by the
late Dr. Mantell, 2éid. vol. ii. p. 96; and again, vol. y. p. 39.

VOT X.-— PART [- N

72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. {[Noyv. 30,

perhaps be interesting, although offered merely as addenda to the
memoirs already published on these strata. A sketch of the Hastings
Cliffs, including many localities where the insect-beds occur, will be
found in the ‘ Geological Transactions,’ 2nd ser. vol. ii. Part 1. pl. 5,
appended to Professor Webster’s memoir ‘“ On the Strata near
Hastings’ (p. 31, &c. of the same vol.), to which we shall frequently
refer, as well as to Dr. Fitton’s memoir “ On the Strata below the
Chalk,’’ Geol. Trans. 2nd ser. vol. iv. Part 2.

The lowest beds in which we obtained traces of Insect-remains
are the courses of ironstone (Webster, loc. cit. p. 34,—No. 1 of our
General Section, infra, p. 175) exposed, near low-water mark, at the
Govers (or Covehurst), Ecclesbourne, East Cliff, and Bulverhythe
(near the place where Tower No. 42 formerly stood) ; and which
cover a bed of light blue clay, darker downwards, with red stains.
The lower courses are very carbonaceous, as described by Webster,
but the two highest are much less so, afford fewer traces of Plants,
are very compact, and exhibit the peculiar mineral structure shown
by the specimens * No. 40 and No. 90 : the highest bed is conspicuous
on the shore from its smooth pavement-like appearance, with the
surface traversed by numerous vertical cracks; it separates, by the
action of the waves, into very smooth square blocks. In these beds
we have found a few minute e/ytva and fragments of Neuropterous
wings; but our imperfect opportunities of examination, on account of
neap-tides and limited time, render it probable that a more thorough
research would be rewarded by the discovery of a very extensive
series of insects in this group of strata; and more especially from
the beds Nos. 3 6, 6c, 10, and 12 of General Section (p. 175), in
which traces of insects are very abundant. The ironstone at Bulver-
hythe yielded Sphenopteris Mantel, several small undescribed Ferns,
a seed-like body, and other interesting plant-remains: in similar
beds at Fairlight the same Sphenopteris is also abundant, together
with Cyclopteris ?, seed-like bodies, and a small fish.

Above the courses of ironstone just described, the next Insect-bed
(3 6 of Section at p. 175) is a portion of the “dark-coloured shale,
which is seen at the Govers and Cliff End, and contains small
roundish masses of sandstone’’ (Webster, Joc. cit. p. 34), and stated
by Dr. Fitton, in his ‘ Geology of Hastings,’ p. 37, ‘ H,” to be part
of the “ Ashburnham Group” of Dr. Mantell (‘ Geol. S.E. of En-
gland,’ p. 192, &c.). The ironstone beds, previously described, may
be seen below this shale (with from 15 to 20 feet of sandstone and
clay intervening) near the Coast-Guard-house at Ecclesbourne, and
also, less distinctly, at East Cliff. In the upper part of this shale
many elytra occur; also traces of wings, abdominal plates, &c. of
Coleoptera, Neuroptera, Diptera’?, &c. occasionally well preserved.
Many of the elytra were obtained at East Cliff, where the ‘ dark-
coloured shale”? of Webster is divisible into the beds marked
No. 3 a, 3 6, and 3, of our General Section (at p. 175) ; 3 6 contain-
ing the Insects. Above this, after the courses of sandstone and shale,
Nos. 4 to 6 6, a second bed of brown, sandy shale oceurs (No. 6 ¢) ;

* The specimens referred to are in the Society’s Museum. a

1853.| BINFIELD—FOSSIL INSECTS OF THE WEALDEN. 173

very like the lower shale (36) containing Insects, but affording, with
Insect-remains, Hstheria in abundance, which we have not found
in the beds below this. Masses of this shale are seen on the shore
between East Cliff and Ecclesbourne, attached to sandstone blocks
which have fallen from the cliffs ;_ this sandstone immediately succeeds
the “ Estheria shale,” and is, with its shaly partings, about 33 feet in
thickness.

A bed of ironstone (No. 8) occurs in the shale immediately above
this, and is the lowest bed in which we have found the Cypris Val-
densis; it also afforded scattered Fish-scales (like those found with
Cyprides in the beds Nos. 10 and 12; in fact, in all the strata con-
taming Cyprides), Paludine, &c., with an obscure trace of the body
of an insect.

The opercula of some species of Paludina occasionally occur in the
lower Insect-shales, but we have not found either the Cypris or
Lstheria below this Ironstone (No. 8), which is the lowest stratum in
the shale separating the beds No. 7 from the thick light-coloured
sandstone No. 9 (‘‘ Worth sandstone,’ Mantell, ‘S.E. England,’
p- 14, and No. 1 of p. 1977). Above this we found the strata in-
accessible at Hast Cliff and Kcclesbourne, but among the masses on
the beach were a few blocks of ironstone having many of the characters
of the St. Leonard’s ironstones.

The position and character of the strata surrounding that town
being minutely described by Dr. Fitton (Geol. Trans. 2nd ser. vol. iv.
Part 2. p. 169, &c.), we shall only add, that from the courses of iron-
stone (10 of Section at p. 174), No. 5 of Group III. c. p. 169 of that
memoir, and from the “ tabular ironstone” (y. of Group III. 6.
p- 167), we obtaimed numerous fragments, wings, and elytra of
Coleoptera, Neuroptera, &c., with Cypris Valdensis and C. spinigera,
Paludina fluviorum, P. carinifera, Cyclas media, and a few frag-
ments of Plants too imperfect to be determined.

We obtamed a few imperfect specimens of Unionide in the more
friable sandstone associated with the grit (No. 1 of Dr. Fitton’s
Group III. c. on the shore below St. Leonard’s), which Dr. Fitton
states to have afforded him “‘ some large Uniones,”’ also in the sandy
shale containing Lonchopteris Mantelh, at Bexhill.

The increased building at St. Leonard’s and Hastings has obscured
many of the sections described by Dr. Fitton; but beds apparently
equivalent to his Group III. a, or between Groups II. and III. Joc,
cit. p. 166, were exposed in a quarry opened, near the Black Horse
Inn, on the high road between Battle and Hastings, to obtain cal-
ciferous grit for the roads.

We have subjoined a section of this quarry, as the workmen have
abandoned it, and the banks will probably soon have fallen in: the
lower strata exposed in it appear to correspond with those seen in the
highest part of the cutting close to the west end of Bo-peep Tunnel.
A neuropterous wing was obtained from the fourth layer of indurated
shale in the bed No. 1 a (of the Quarry section, p. 175), of which at
least three courses contain Insect-remains ; and both the indurated
and softer shales afford, in abundance, Cypris Valdensis, C. tuber-

N 2

174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Noy. 30,

culata, C. spinigera, Cyclas media, Cyrena, Paludina fluviorum,
P. carinifera, with Lignite and imperfect Plants. The rich iron-
stones (No. 1 4 of the Quarry section) also contain numerous casts
of Paludine.

We have placed, provisionally, the beds Nos. 13, 14, and 15 of the
General Section (see infra) above those of the Black Horse Quarry,
the thin bed of sandstone at the top of the quarry appearing to corre-
spond with a part of the lowest of Mantell’s “‘ Horsted beds.”

The ironstone No. 14 of the General Section occurs on the
shore, at Bexhill, near the site of Tower No. 45: during a brief visit,
it afforded us a few imperfect elytra, two or three? small varieties of
Equisetum, and numerous other plants.

The small elytra No. 60 were also found at Bexhill, associated
with Lonchopteris Mantelli, in abundance, in the bed No. 15 6 of
the General Section.

The appended General Section is merely intended as an approwi-
mative tabular view (in descending order) of the general relations of
the beds from which we have obtained Insects, until these, and the
relations of the whole group, shall have been more completely deter-
mined.

GENERAL SECTION. 1853.

Bexhill Beds (‘‘ Horsted beds ” of Mantell).
No. 15 c. Sandstone and blue clay with ironstone-nodules.

15 6. Sandy shale or soft sandstone, with minute elytra?,
Lonchopteris Mantelli, and Unionide.

fiat
15a. Sandstone and whitish clay with Lignite (Mantell, S.E.
E. p. 190). Altogether estimated at about ............++ 25 O
14. Ironstone in large nodular blocks, contaiming e/ytra, and
Equisetacee and other Plants, about ...............06008- | Mee)
13. Sand-rock and thick shales........... Aa Boddnoueneeeucsasooa 2
Black Horse Quarry and St. Leonard’s Beds (“ Tilgate beds ” of
Mantell ?).
12. Shales of the Quarry-section (see p. 175), with an elutron,
wings of Coleoptera? and Neuroptera, Cypris Valdensis,
C. tuberculata, and C. spinigera in abundance, with
Cyclas media, Cyrena, Paludina carinifera and P. flu-
viorum, Fish-scales, and traces of Plants............ Viney) 2. Ww
Ti. Thin caleiferousjorit. — Gniontde co-cccs.0--co.snssmeaseeeoe 2

10. Dark-coloured shales containing courses of ironstone,
with numerous Insect-remains; Cypris Valdensis and
C. spinigera, Fish-seales, Cyclas, Paludina, and Plants.

10 a. Lower calciferous grit, with shale, ironstone, and
thin sand-rock (at St. Leonard’s).

Top of East Cliff.

(The above are regarded as Group III. of Fitton, esti-
iInutediby him at te. ccccsccn weseeemeceeeeees “soboo scout 50 to 60 0)

[>

1853.] BINFIELD—FOSSIL INSECTS OF THE WEALDEN. 17,

Kast Cliff Beds (“ Worth beds”’ of Mantell). 1, | $0
9. Whitish sand-rock :—(according to Dr. Fitton) about ... 100 0

8. Shale, mcluding ironstone with Cypris Valdensis, Fish-
scales, and remains of an Insect .........6- Bate Won tae ia aa Hs}

7. Four beds of brown sandstone, with shaly partings, about 33 0
6 c. Brown, laminar, sandy shale with Hstheria and

JTOSECUS. “phcnds ocoadbocndinocecobosaaoneHUsedonudodeotddds 4 40)

6 b. Yellowish, sandy clay (variable), about ............ L@

6 a. Bluish-grey shaly clay, about ............c.ceseeeeees 4 6
= 2G

5 6. Two beds of ferruginous brown sandstone parted by
Iinehvosebluishyclaygressnesseeiaciencessacsnestiesssaiccce 2a
5 a. Variously coloured shales with Lignite............06 3to 4 U
4b} achtibrowm: sandstones ses-edesesey aces sees scence ce cteinet|eet | 8}
4 a. Grey sandy clay with yellowish partings ............0s008 4 6

(Passing into 3 c.)

East Cliff and Eeclesbourne Beds. ‘‘ Ashburnham beds ”’ of Man-
tell? (Fitton, Geology of Hastings, p. 37).
3c. Hard sandy shale, with pisolitic ferruginous grains
and concretions (the highest part of Mr. Webster’s
emdark=colouredishale a?) ccscdccssceaeidstecesccnaces + cee ee 10

3 6. Dark brown sandy shale (conspicuous above the
beach at East Cliff), with Lignite, Thuyites, Sphe-
nopteris, Pecopteris, Pterophyllum, a Cone, &e. ;
opercula of Paludine; many elytra of Coleop-

LErOvaNG thAaces| Oli 201NGS) ada sie denaneeassse eee 2to 3 0
Passing into
Sud woluish-oneyshale va bOUtal a doqsncsmeeeecioenaesncaerers 3.0

2. Bluish-grey sandstone, with alternations of light blue,
Fuller’s-earth-like clay, estimated at about ...... 15 to 20 0

1. Courses of compact, argillaceous, sandy ironstone with
Insect-remains (see p. 172), resting upon bluish clay
with red stains in the lower part, under which is seen, at
low-water, the lowest sand-rock we have observed on
the coast.

Section (in descending order) of the strata exposed in the Quarry near
the Black Horse Inn, between Battle and Hastings (see p. 173).

Martheandlsande we avacaaracenvsccncecsconucawscauossassewssaeoelece ect 2 0
Ferrugimous sandstone, with whitish exterior, in thin layers,

alternating with brown ferruginous shale..............066 2 ff

Brown ferruginous shale with ironstone nodules, about ...... 1 10

1 }. Rich ironstone nodules with Paludina, &C. ......cceeeecseceneee Onn?

Dark blue and brown shale .........-scssceccssosccees eeauees i 2

lbiloivere” Glo, | Gl, GG cagnéccongndbebnaseuastoscecerconuccoge 1 10

Dark greenish-brown shale with ferruginous layers............ 4 0

ErONStONeMNOGMLES Has cseo ee eee cae ele wel ats ate tectaiciols etlne oisecistes Om3

Greenish-brown shale, like the above ....... dita cantan ceaeecee 0

176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Noyv. 30,

ft. ne
1 a. Stiff laminated light blue shale (with 7 or 8 cream-coloured
indurated veins ; the lower courses nodular and from 14
to 43 imches thick, containing Insects), with layers of
Cyprides, also Cyclades and a few Paludin@ ......+..++. 3 93
Blue and light brown, stiff, sandy shale, occasionally much
indurated, containing Cyclades ?—in masses ...+++..0+++ 4 0
Bluish-grey shale, less compact than the above (12 to 15
INGHES) eramcar ten eeecececsdacsciadtiesie secre saaectaaaasoos eae seer LD,
Layers of yellowish-brown shale, very irregular in thickness,
pernaps from)8 to 2 inches) <<) csscc-.cnc0ssetearaadooromnas 0 9

Compact sandy ferruginous rock (the “ironstone” of the
workmen) stated to be 3 feet thick, but not well ex-
posed durimg our visit: the Grit for which the quarry
was worked, and of which a large quantity was collected
in stacks, was said also by them to be immediately below
this.

2. On the Act of the Fossitirerrous Sanps and GRAVELS of
FarrINGDON and its NEIGHBOURHOOD. By DanieL SHARPE,

Esq., F.B.S., F.G.S. &e.
[Plates V. and VI.]

ALTHOUGH the various maps aud memoirs hitherto published, which
have included the neighbourhood of Farringdon, have all agreed in
classing with the Lower green sand the fossiliferous gravel full of the
remains of sponges, which lies on the south of that town, there has
been a suspicion in the minds of several paleontologists that this
classification had been adopted on imperfect evidence, and that a
more careful examination might lead to a different result. As the
correct determination of this point seemed likely to throw light upon
other localities, I determined to spare no pains in collecting and ex-
amining the organic remains upon which the decision must ulti-
mately rest.

In justice to those whose views I am about to combat, I must con-
fess that I returned from my first visit to Farringdon, in the spring
of 1850, convinced that the Sponge-gravels belonged to the upper
part of the Lower green sand, the Terrain Aptien of M. d’Orbigny.
My first doubts on the subject arose from Mr. Morris pointing out
to me how many of the Farringdon fossils agreed with those of the
Upper green sand of England, and of the Tourtia of Belgium: this
led to a closer examination of the matter, which at last brought me to
the conclusion that the deposit, though belonging strictly to the cre-
taceous series, is a more modern member of that series than the Chalk.

The Lower green sand is the only member of our cretaceous series
of marine origin, yet recognized, containing any large accumulation of
ferruginous sand or gravel. Ferruginous beds are very rare in the
Upper green sand, and are never found in the Gault or Chalk, hence all
ferruginous deposits containing any cretaceous fossils have been called

1853.] SHARPE—SANDS AND GRAVELS OF FARRINGDON. Les

Lower green sand. Another cause has contributed to the difficulty
of fixing correctly the age of the deposits near Farringdon ; there are
in that neighbourhood several patches of ferruginous sand and gravel,
which though really distinct, have been assumed to be of one forma-
tion: their organic remains, thrown together in our lists, have pro-
duced a sort of olla podrida, which may serve to warn geologists that
paleontological evidence, badly marshalled, becomes a most trea-
cherous guide.

In Mr. Austen’s memoir ‘‘ On the Age and Position of the Fossili-
ferous Sands and Gravels of Farringdon*,” the various deposits above
alluded to are well pointed out, and I refer to his memoir for local
descriptions, to some of which I have nothing to add, while I am
forced to dissent from many of the conclusions accompanying them.

The deposits in question fall naturally into three classes, differing
materially in their mineral character ; they all rest upon the Kim-
meridge clay, except near Farringdon, where the Sponge-gravel covers
the junction of the Kimmeridge clay and Coral rag, and extends over
the latter bed also ; they are independent of each other, and each un-
covered by any other deposit ; therefore their position gives very
little indication of their age, only informing us that they are all more
modern than the Kimmeridge clay : for closer identification, we have
only the mternal evidence each may afford, which must principally
rest on their organic contents ; and where these fail us, the point
must be left in doubt. Commencing on the north, these deposits are
as follows :—

1. The sands and sandstone of Badbury Hill and Farringdon
Clump.

2. The gravels containing an abundance of sponges, &e. at Little
Coxwell and Fernham.

3. The dark brown sand and sandy ironstone of the Furze Hill
and Cole’s Pits.

4. The yellow sand and sandstone of Alfred’s Hill.

I can add little to Mr. Austen’s account of the sands of Badbury
Hill and Farringdon Clump ; they clearly belong to one formation ;
the mineral character both of the yellow sands and cherty sandstone
of both places being exactly the same, and their position being such
that if the hollow between them, produced by denudation, were filled
up, the beds would about meet. The only traces of fossils which I
met with were impressions of Hxogyre and Terebratule in the sand-
stones of both localities. Mr. Austen mentions some small Bryozoa,
and Mr. Cunnington informs me that he has found Terebratula
oblonga in the sand-pit near the top of Badbury Hill. We may
conclude that the deposit belongs to the cretaceous series; but its
place in that series must be left for the present in doubt, since the
species just named is found both in the Sponge-gravels of Little
Coxwell, in the Upper green sand near Warminster, and in the Lower
green sand of Hythe and Lockswell Heath.

The sand and sandstone of Alfred's Hill probably belong to the

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vi. p. 464.

178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Noy. 30,

same formation as the beds last mentioned, to which they have a
general resemblance. At the time the railroad was formed, a large
quarry was opened on Alfred’s Hill, which has been since ploughed
over ; but there is a sand-pit remaining near the railroad, with about
15 feet of fine ash-coloured and yellow sand, horizontally stratified,
containing a few fragments of small Oysters and Exogyree, too im-
perfect to be identified ; in the upper part are some thin beds of
cherty sandstone, which are now very little exposed, but for which
the quarry was formerly worked.

The same deposit probably extends to the farm called “The
Sands’; and it must come in contact with the Sponge-gravel of
Fernham ; but the junction of the two deposits is concealed by allu-
vial soil and vegetation.

The dark brown sands and ironstones of the Furze Hill and
Cole’s Pits belong unquestionably to the Lower green sand. In
mineral character they agree exactly with the well-determined Lower
green sand of Lockswell Heath, and of the neighbourhood of Devizes,
and the organic remains enumerated by Mr. Austen from this loca-
lity (7. c. p. 476 and 477), are all Lower green sand shells, without the
admixture of a single species which can raise a doubt upon the sub-
ject*. This mass has no resemblance whatever to either of the other
deposits described in this paper, and as far as I am aware, it has
hardly a single species in common with the adjoining spongiferous
deposit of Little Coxwell, and its organic remains are merely hollow
impressions and casts, quite different from the well-preserved fossils
of Little Coxwell.

I now come to my principal object, the deposit of fossiliferous sand
and gravel abounding in Sponges, Terebratule, &c. of Little Coxwell.
In Mr. Austen’s section, /. c. p. 463, these beds are represented as
continuous with the iron-sands of the Furze Hills. This view of their
relation is not admissible ; the two deposits rest on the Kimmeridge
clay, and form adjoining hills, distinguished by only a slight depres-
sion; but between the southern point at which the Sponge-gravels
are seen in the Little Coxwel! pit, and the northernmost spot where
the ironstone and sands are visible in a small pit by the road-side
above the Ringtail Farm, there is an interval of about a quarter of a
mile in which the strata are entirely concealed, and in the middle of
this mterval is the depression separating the two hills. Both de-
posits dip northward: the Sponge-gravel between 10° and 15°, and
the Lower green sand at a very slight angle. They must be regarded
as two deposits on the same level, abutting against one another, where,
the actual junction being concealed, we cannot see which rests upon
the flank of the other, and must therefore resort to internal evidence
for their relative ages.

Immediately to the south of the Furze Hills another small patch

* Mr. Austen names the following species :—
Arca, undetermined. Venus parva, Sow.
Cardium subhillanum, Leym. fenestrata, Forbes.
Nucula scapha, d@’ Ord. Pecten atavus, Rem.
Opis Neocomiensis, Leym. Emarginula Neocomiensis, @’ Ord.

1853.] SHARPE—SANDS AND GRAVELS OF FARRINGDON. 179

"a[st0
u0jsuIg
A MCYO Moy

jouth,

“pursudalsy

swadd
4mMey
©
80
a
oS
o8
5 GB)
m
wi
m= Og |) Acme
SS | UIOISI WA .----
| year
Von) = |
=|
a 4
— —
ep &
ob & HH
a ass || 2 <PPGTY ~\
e ima
et Fl ee!
“-— Uv
= | ae
| od
oa go
sh at)
= Eis
L 4 mee
=
S UIRYUIIT
x
3
i) c
2) So
S is
D
<2 Jel 5
8 Gi
—~ oT
oO ye
g fe
Law Sa
os
SS a8
So 5 2
*~ = 7} Bs
o> °
~ had Pe
= nw
mS sé
S O32
uD
S 2
Be
= n T
= 25 t TH
Ie ae IZIN
Cae)
2S)
=SB=
So
me eh sc’?
~ wy os
Ss BY
os ud od
cS 52 | =m)
‘= 390
~ BA
(Sy wo
D o
KR
i=
i)
bo
AS
a he
Bw
<>)

‘mops une,

North.

Kimmeridge clay.

Coral Rag.

of the Sponge-gravels is seen in the village
of Fernham, where it has been quarried in
a pit now abandoned. Although ill-exposed,
enough may be seen of it to show that it
agrees in mineral character and organic
contents with the deposit at Little Coxwell.
The junction of this mass with the Lower
green sands of the Furze Hills is not vi-
sible. The Lower green sand being thus
flanked both to the north and south by a
mass of the Sponge-gravels, it hardly admits
a doubt that it is the older deposit of the
two, for there is no difficulty in supposing
the Sponge- gravel thrown up against the
sides of the pre-existing hill of Lower green
sand; but it would have required a most
complicated process of denudation and de-
position to have lodged the Lower green
sand in the hollow between the two masses
of the Sponge-gravel.

The annexed section, altered from that
published by Mr. Austen*, explains the
views above stated.

Having thus exhausted the assistance to
be derived from their position, we are ne-
cessarily reduced to internal evidence as the
only means of fixing the age of the gravels
of Little Coxwell. The pebbles found in
them are mostly of two classes; either
lumps of an earthy limestone, frequently
pierced by boring shells, derived no doubt
from one of the oolite formations ; or small,
well-rounded, siliceous pebbles of various
kinds, as quartz, jasper, hornstone, and
some closely resembling chalk-flints ; but
notwithstanding a good deal of search, I
was unable to find any pebble which could
be pronounced with certainty to be formed
of flint from the Chalk. We are thus
thrown entirely on the organic remains for
assistance. In examining these, we must
first separate all those which appear to have
been washed out of older rocks, and brought
to the spot already mineralized ; these are
very numerous, and for the most part they
are readily recognized by their appearance
and mineral condition: they are derived
principally from the Coral rag and Kim-

* Quart. Journ, Geol. Soc. vol. vi. p. 463.

180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Noy. 30,

meridge clay: none were observed from the Portland stone, which
had been denuded from this neighbourhood before the deposit of the
Gault; some fragments may have been derived from the middle
oolites, but they are hardly in a condition to be determined.

The following is a list of the oolitic fossils detected in the gravel of
Little Coxwell :—

Exogyra nana, of the Coral rag and Kimmeridge clay.
Grypheea virgula, of the Kimmeridge clay.
Ostrzea deltoidea, of the Kimmeridge clay.
Pecten vimineus, of the Coral rag.
Belemnites, two or more species, much worn.
Ammonites, fragments of many species.
Cidaris coronata, of the Coral rag.

Diadema.

Spherodus gigas, of the Kimmeridge clay.
Ichthyosaurus; teeth and vertebree.
Crocodile; teeth.

Of the above list, the specimens of Lwogyra nana and Gryphea
virgula are nearly in the same mineral condition as the shells which
are supposed to belong properly to the deposit, being little worn, of
a yellowish colour, and not filled up with stone; nevertheless I re-
gard them as strangers brought in the fossil state to the locality. All
the others differ in condition from the native species of the deposit.

At the end of this paper will be found a list of all the species yet
identified, which are thought to belong to the Sponge-gravels, with
an indication of the beds in which they have been observed elsewhere ;
the general results of which are shown in the following table :-—

g
3 a cA
ats. | Selene || se | Recetas
Stance faeste MC=Me) pp tere, c=
AN SI SB Gabe esl | Ge.
faa) g ic}
4
Species peculiar to the deposit...............) er geht sel no | ne 1 | 14
Maestrichtisandsins. eeeeeee cece eee Ih RSPR: ray RTS) | Bee. fee
Wpper chalks: Was si7, Seer eee ee edi20" | soso 4 3 | 32
Bower chalk)... «csi sue wecas-seseerecesuereee| ee ek | ohne 4/12
Upper green sand, including Tourtia ...... US edi |) i es 3 | 50
(CATT Urata econ Sac anebeesnaron cee rocumcmene sabe: aoe TEST Dele 1 5
Mower green’ Sand \Vecsscs.scckeoee canes | : | Bo) 2) eho) Sheed aes
mee pre, are ie EY iA tk Rae | ee
Total number of species examined ......... | 16 | 44 | 19 | 18 led ep ||

The number of species occurring in more than one formation is
shown by the following table :—

Common to Maestricht sand and chalk a0 Bs

leila 5
Common to Maestricht sand and Upper
PTLCENISAN Cnecte ses neetueeba coca ceces cc teehee Lee shea 7
Common to Chalk and Upper green sand...! 1 1 | Dae) Swe |

Common to Upper green sand and Gault,|
orabowereneensandecsnsssessReseen sere |} Asa pa 1 De seeee| oes |

1853.] SHARPE—SANDS AND GRAVELS OF FARRINGDON. 181

Besides the new species which are enumerated farther on, I have
found fragments of many others, too imperfect for me to venture to
describe. It is probable that most of these are new species, and that
farther search will show a long list of species peculiar to this deposit.
The principal additions will be to the families of Bryozoa and Mo-
nomyatia.

The following are the principal results of an examination of the
stratigraphical affinities of the Farringdon fossils, considered in fami-
lies ; as is done in the above list.

Sponges: 16 species; many of them so abundant as to make up
a large part of the solid matter of the deposit; most of these have
been found elsewhere in beds between the Upper green sand and the
Maestricht sand, both inclusive, those of the former bed largely pre-
dominating ; but several species appear peculiar to the deposit.

Bryozoa: 44 have been identified with published descriptions of
species belonging to various beds from the Lower green sand to the
Maestricht sands; but of these the larger part agree with those of
the Upper green sand and Upper chalk. There still remains a large
number of Bryozoa to be collected and worked out by more diligent
observers, many of which will probably prove to be undescribed.

Corals: I have only met with two specimens of corals, one a frag-
ment of a Caryophyllia? too imperfect to determine, the other an
Astreea, which may perhaps prove to be A. reticulata, Goldf.

Brachiopoda: 19 species, all published; the deposits, in which
the same species have been found, range from the Lower green sand
to the sands of Maestricht; the two Lower green sand species,
T. oblonga and T. tamarindus, are very rare at Little Coxwell, while
those of the Upper green sand and Tourtia are both very numerous
and very abundant.

Lamellibranchiata: the Dimyaria are very rare, and I met with
no specimen which I could name. Monomyaria numerous, and re-
ferable to species known in deposits ranging from the Lower green
sand to the Maestricht sands.

Gasteropoda are very rare ; the only perfect specimen is of one
found in the Lower chalk? of Germany.

Cephalopoda : there are two species of Nautilus found in Boutcher’s
pit near Farrmgdon; N. levigatus, which ranges all through the
Chalk, is abundant; the other is more rare, and is a new species,
which I have named N. Farringdonensis.

The only Belemnites or Ammonites found are worn specimens
which have been washed out of the oolitic beds.

Serpule are abundant and belong to several species, which cor-
respond with those from the Lower green sand to the Chalk.

Echinodermata: Professor Forbes has kindly examined my speci-
mens, and refers 3 species to the Lower green sand ; besides which
there are fragments of 2 or 3 undetermined species of Cidaris, and 2
Nucleolites, probably of new species.

The comparison of the families making up the fauna of the Far-
ringdon gravels with the organic contents of the various members of
’ the cretaceous series shows that their strongest affinity is to the

182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Noyv. 30,

Upper chalk, in which Amorphozoa, Bryozoa, Monomyaria, and Bra-
chiopoda abound in the greatest proportion, while Dimyaria, Gaste-
ropoda, and Cephalopoda are proportionally rare : in the Upper green
sand, Amorphozoa, Monomyaria, and Brachiopoda are also abundant,
but Bryozoa are more rare, and Cephalopoda numerous; in which
two latter points that formation differs from the bed under consider-
ation: the strongest contrast is to the Gault and Lower green sand,
especially the latter, in which the Amorphozoa and Bryozoa are few;
and the prevailing families are those of the Dimyaria, Gasteropoda,
and Cephalopoda, in which the Farringdon deposit is particularly de-
ficient. ‘Thus the first general view of its fauna would lead us to
place the Farringdon gravels near the top of the cretaceous series*.

But it is necessary to examine the matter in closer detail, and to
compare our species with those of the several cretaceous formations
separately, which we will commence at the lowest.

Lower green sand: the species common to this formation and to
the Farringdon gravels are the following :—

Reptomulticava micropora.

collis, also found in the White chalk.

Heteropora cryptopora, also found in the Maestnicht sand.

Proboscina marginata.

Terebratula tamarindus.

oblonga, also found in the Upper green sand.

Ostrza macroptera, also in the Gault and Upper green sand, and perhaps
im the Chalk.

Pecten Dutempli, also in the Upper green sand.

interstriatus, perhaps identical with T. Dutempli.

Serpula quinque-angulata.

Salenia punctata, of Atherfield.

Goniopygus peltatus, of Switzerland.

Diadema dubium, do.

The number of species hitherto known only in the Lower green
sand is so small compared with the total number found at Farringdon,
as to send us higher up in the series for the synchronism sought.

Gault: this formation offers fewer points of comparison than even
the preceding; the only Farringdon species also known in the Gault
being the following :—

Multicrescis mammillata.
Rhynconella antidichotoma ?
Ostreea macroptera, also in Upper green sand.
_ Pecten Raulinianus.
Serpula plexus, also in Upper green sand, and Upper and Lower chalk.

The shortness of this list, and the absence of all the characteristic
gault shells, remove the deposit from any connection with the Gault.
Upper green sand: we find here, for the first time, materials for a
serious comparison with the Farringdon fossils ; and this comparison
is strengthened if we add the Tourtia of Belgium to the Upper green
sand, as has been done by M. d’Archiac, whose excellent memoir on

* Compare the list of organic remains of Farringdon with the “ Tableau de la
Faune Crétacée d’Angleterre.’”’ d’Archiac, Histoire, vol. iy. p. 109.

1853.| SHARPE—SANDS AND GRAVELS OF FARRINGDON. 183

that curious deposit* has been of the greatest assistance to me. The
Tourtia appears to be a gravel beach of the age of the Upper green
sand, yet it contains some species common to the Upper Chalk; and
the grey marly chalk which covers it also contains some mixture of
species of the Upper with those of the Lower chalk. It is probably
owing to the littoral origi of both deposits, that we find so strong
a connection between the Tourtia and the Farringdon gravels.

Throwing together the Upper green sand and the Tourtia, and
adding thereto the species indicated in the ‘ Paléontologie Francaise’
from the Craie Chloritée, all of which, for convenience, we will call
Upper green sand, we have 50 species common to these and the
Farringdon gravels, of which 13 species are also found in beds above
the Upper green sand, 3 in beds below it, and 1 in beds both above
and below it; leaving 33 species hitherto thought peculiar to the
Upper green sand, and now found at Farringdon. ‘These belong
principally to the Amorphozoa, Bryozoa, Monomyaria, and Brachio-
poda; but the most striking resemblance is of the Sponges of Far-
ringdon with those of the Upper green sand of Essen on the Ruhr,
and of the Brachiopoda with those of the Tourtia of Belgium.

But if instead of comparing the fauna of Farringdon with that of
foreign localities, we look to the Upper green sand of its immediate
neighbourhood, we shall find very little resemblance. The Upper
green sand of Berkshire contains few fossils, and of these very few
are found at Farringdon: a few more Farringdon species are found
in the uppermost bed of the Upper green sand at Warminster, but
there is no spot in England where the Upper green sand affords an
assemblage of species at all similar to those of Farringdon.

The Lower chalk bears very little comparison with the Farringdon
grayels in its organic contents : only 11 of the Farringdon species are
known in that deposit, and of these 3 are also found below the Lower
chalk, and 4 both above and below it.

The Upper chalk, on the contrary, contains 32 Farrmgdon spe-
cies, of which 4 are also found in lower formations, 2 also in the
Maestricht sands, and 2 both in the Maestricht sands and beds below
the white chalk. More than half of the Chalk species found at Far-
ringdon are Bryozoa.

The Maestricht sands contain 12 species found at Farringdon, of
which 10 are also found in lower beds ; of these latter 5 are in the
Upper green sand, but not in the Chalk. Unfortunately there is no
good list of the mollusca of the Maestricht beds, and the collections
in this country of Maestricht fossils are very poor, so that I have less
opportunity of comparison with the species of this bed than with those
of the lower beds of the cretaceous series.

The Terrain Danien of M. @Orbigny comprises several deposits,
which are considered by him to belong to a place in the cretaceous
series above the Chalk ; these are the coralline limestone of Faxoe and
various deposits of pisolitic limestone near Paris. This has led to
some controversy among the French geologists, many of whom regard
the pisolitic limestone as a Tertiary formation. Without entering at

* d’Archiac, Memoirs of the Geol. Soc. of France, 2nd Series, vol. ii.

184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL sociETy. [Nov. 30,

length into this subject, it may be taken as proved that the pisolitic
limestones of Laversine, near Beauvais, and Vigny belong to an upper
member of the cretaceous series ; as they are stated by M. d’Orbigny
to contain Nautilus Danicus and Cidaris Forchhammeri in common
with the Faxoe beds, and their cretaceous origin is confirmed by other
authorities.. The other masses of pisolitic limestone, in the depart-
ments of the Seme and of the Seine et Oise, may perhaps be of the
tertiary period. Without giving any opinion on that point, it is suf-
ficient for me to call attention to the existence of certain cretaceous
deposits near Paris above the Chalk containing peculiar species of
fossils, and for these we may use the term Terrain Danien, without
affirming that all the beds mentioned by M. d’Orbigny in the Pro-
drome, 23rd Etage, really fall into this category*. There are at
present very scanty means of comparing the fossils of the Terrain
Danien with those of Farringdon ; but when M. Hébert has published
the account of the pisolitie limestone, on which he is understood to
be engaged, that difficulty will be much diminished.

Thus the examination of the whole list of species, or that of the
families separately, gives the result, that the Farringdon gravels con-
tain species hitherto thought characteristic of every bed from the
Lower green sand to the Maestricht sand inclusive ; but that those
referable to species found elsewhere above the Gault preponderate
nearly 10 to 1 in the number of species, and still more so in that of
individuals ; so that we need only consider to what part of the creta-
ceous series above the Gault this deposit belongs. This conclusion
limits our choice to the Upper green sand, or to a place altogether
above the Chalk; for no one could seriously propose to place it on a
level with the Chalk.

The outcrop of the Upper green sand through the counties of
Wiltshire, Berkshire, Oxfordshire, and Buckinghamshire is too well
known to need description, except for the purpose of contrasting it
with the gravel of Farringdon: at Devizes its thickness is above
100 feet; from thence it gradually diminishes in thickness as we
follow it to the eastward; but through all those counties the mineral
characters of the formation only vary between a fine sand, more or
less caleareous, with green particles occasionally hardening into beds
of stone, and a chalk marl. Nowhere is there any trace of gravel,
nor any ferrugimous bed, in the Upper green sand of this part of
England. Very few of the organic remains of Farringdon which are
referable to the Upper green sand, are found in that deposit in this
neighbourhood. Warminster is the nearest spot which affords any
large number of these species, and then only in the uppermost bed
of the formation ; but for the counterparts of the greater number we
must travel to the Tourtia of Belgium or to Essen in Westphalia.

It might lead to erroneous results if we drew our conclusions from
the Bryozoa, which though now admirably described in France by

* In a recent communication to the Académie Royale de Belgique, M. Hébert
asserts his conviction that the whole of the pisolitic limestone of the neighbour-
hood of Paris is synchronous with the Upper chalk of Maestricht. Bull. del’Acad.
taeXX. NE ds

1853.] SHARPE—SANDS AND GRAVELS OF FARRINGDON. 185

M. d@’Orbigny, have been much neglected in this country, and their
geological range is little known; but the remaining classes furnish
safe grounds of comparison : of these the Farringdon gravel contains
33 species, found either in the Upper green sand, the Tourtia of Bel-
gium, or the Craie Chloritée of France. But of these 33 species only
the following 13 are known in the Upper green sand of England, and
most of these range upwards into higher strata, viz.—

Manon peziza, also in the Maestricht sands.
marginatum, also in the Upper chalk.
Jerea pyriformis.
Terebratula biplicata.
Menardi, also in the Maestricht sands.
Rhynchonella latissima, also in the Chalk and Maestricht sands.
Ostrza vesicularis, also in the Upper chalk and Maestricht sands.
Exogyra conica, also m the Maestricht sands.
Pecten Dutemplu.
Dianchora striata, also in the Chalk.
—— radiata, also im the Chalk.
Serpula plexus, also in the Chalk.
leaving only 3 species peculiar to the Upper green sand of England.

Out of above 70 species enumerated by Dr. Fitton from the Upper
green sand of the counties here referred to, only 9 are found in the
Farringdon gravel, and these do not include the most characteristic
species of that formation.

The southern extremity of the Farringdon gravel at Fernham is
only two miles from the escarpment of Chalk and Upper green sand,
and there are no indications of any barrier having ever intervened, so
that,-if the Farringdon beds are to be classed with the Upper green
sand, we must suppose the saine sea to have been forming two totally
different deposits, and to have been inhabited by two different groups
of inhabitants at the distance of only two miles; a supposition which,
when clearly explained, is sure to be unanimously rejected.

We are thus driven step by step, by the exhaustion of all other al-
ternatives, to class the Farrigdon Sponge-gravels as more modern
than the Chalk ; but I do not by this mean to include them in the
Tertiary series, with which their fauna has nothimg in common, but
to regard them as a remaining fragment of one of the upper members
of the Cretaceous formation, of which the rest were destroyed by de-
nudation before the commencement of the Tertiary period. Other
relics of the upper cretaceous deposits are found in the limestone of
Faxoe, the calcareous sands and sandstones of Maestricht and Ciply,
and the pisolitic limestone of Laversine and Vigny; and I hope on
some future occasion to succeed in convincing the Society that there
are also other deposits of the same period in England*.

* The ferruginous sandstone which caps the hill of Seende, near Devizes, de-
scribed by Mr. Cunnington in the 6th volume of our Journal, p. 453, is undoubt-
edly contemporaneous with the Farringdon Sponge-gravel. I believe also that the
ferruginous sand and gravel of Nuneham Park and Clifton Hampden, in Oxford-
shire, with outlying patches at Broom Hill, Boars’ Hill, and Cumner Hurst, near
Oxford, belong to the same period. Probably some of the ferruginous deposits
of Buckinghamshire and Bedfordshire, now attributed to the Lower green sand,
may also prove to be of the Danian formation.

186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL sociETy. [| Noy. 30,

The long interval which intervened between the formation of the
uppermost chalk and the first tertiary bed was a period of denuda-
tion, in which the chalk was entirely removed from some places, and
its upper portion washed away from others ; the deposits formed
during this period were likely to contain coarse and water-worn ma-
terials, like that under consideration ; and it is surprising that we
find so few traces of such deposits.

The organic remains of the Chalk are in a great degree peculiar to
that formation ; but there are many species‘common to the Upper
green sand, the Tourtia, the Maestricht sand, and the Farringdon
gravels which are not found in the Chalk itself*: all of those de-
posits were formed in comparatively shallow water not far from a
coast, and their fossil species naturally differ from those of the Chalk
which lived in a deep open sea. The following hypothesis will ex-
plain our finding the same species above and below the Chalk, but not
in the Chalk itself: during the formation of the Chalk the land was
gradually smking, and the ocean consequently extending itself; as
long as this process continued the deep-sea deposit ot the Chalk would
be gradually spread over the littoral deposit of Upper green sand
previously accumulated round its shore ; but when at a later period
arise of the land took place, reducing the ocean to narrower limits,
littoral deposits would be accumulated above the Chalk, as has taken
place at Maestricht. In this view the Upper green sand and the
Maestricht sands appear to be continuous deposits formed round the
edge of the same ocean, at periods when its limits were different ;
and an explanation is afforded of the large number of species common
to those two formations which are usually regarded as entirely
distinct, because they are separated by the whole thickness of the
Chalk.

The organic remains of the Sponge-gravels of Farringdon haye
much less in common with the fauna of the Blackdown sands than
with that of the Upper green sand proper ; for no species character-
istic of Blackdown has been found at Little Coxwell ; and the only
species common to the two localities are such as had a long range
through the cretaceous series. The Blackdown sand, as is well
known, contains many Gault species not found elsewhere in the Upper
green sand. Mr. Austen suggested (J. c. p. 472) that the Gault was
a deep-sea deposit synchronous as a whole with the Upper green sand.
The observations here recorded lead me to modify that view, and to
suggest that the Blackdown sand was the littoral deposit of the

* The proof of this will be found, not only in the list appended to this paper,
but by reference to Goldfuss, whose work contains descriptions of 14 species
common to Maestricht and the Upper green sand, only 3 of which occur in the
Chalk. In a note upon Manon peziza, vol. i. p. 243, Goldfuss remarks, ‘‘ Es ist
iibrigens merkwiirdig, dass mehrere Petrefacten des St. Petersberges auch hier
(Essen an der Ruhr) jedoch gewohnlich mit einem etwas abweichenden Habitus,
vorkommen.” The Calcaire pisolitique of Laversine, near Beauvais, is in the same
case; M. d’Archiac says of it, “ll est remarquable qu’on y ait trouvé si peu
d’espéces de la craie blanche, avec laquelle ce Jambeau est en contact, tandis qu’il
y a un assez grand nombre qui sont identiques avec celles de pays fort éloignées
et avec celles de la craie tufeau.”

1853.] SHARPE—SANDS AND GRAVELS OF FARRINGDON. 187

ocean at the time that the Gault was formed at its lower depths, and
the Upper green sand the littoral deposit of the sea in which the
Chalk was formed*. The deep-sea formation of Gault was ended by
a rising of the earth’s surface, which narrowed the area and reduced
the depth of the sea, and then the first beds of the Upper green sand
were deposited on the Gault in the same manner as we afterwards find
the Maestricht sands deposited on the Chalk. Thus the Upper green
sand bears the same relation to the Blackdown sand as the Maestricht
sand bears to the Upper green sand itself; and we can understand
the continuance of certain littoral species of mollusca from the period
of the Blackdown to that of the Maestricht sand, while the inhabit-
ants of the deep seas of the Gault and Chalk were entirely distinct,
if we admit that the earlier Gault ocean became too shallow to be a
suitable habitation for the animals requiring deep water; but that
shallow waters continued in some part or other of the area in ques-
tion, either near the coast of a greater sea, or at the bottom of a
smaller one, from the commencement of the deposit of the Gault to
the termination of that of the Danian formation above the Chalk.

In this country we know of no littoral deposit similar to that of
Maestricht lying above the Chalk: the uppermost chalk of Norfolk
contains many of the Maestricht species, and is no doubt of nearly
the same age, and somewhat higher in the series than the chalk of
other parts of England ; but it is still a deep sea bed. Before the
Sponge-gravels were deposited at Farringdon, the great mass of the
chalk hills must have been too much raised up to be covered by new
matter, and the only accumulations we now find of the period of the
Terrain Danien are at a lower level along the northern base of the
chalk escarpment.

M. d’Orbigny would have made a better classification had he in-
cluded the Maestricht sands in his Terrain Danien, which would
then have embraced all the littoral and sublittoral cretaceous de-
posits, which though not strictly synchronous, are of more modern
date than the Chalk: these various deposits are so widely separated
from each other, and formed under such different circumstances, that
it is not easy to decide upon their relative ages.

The limestone of Faxoe and the sands of Maestricht seem nearly
synchronous, and appear to be the earliest beds of this series, both
being deposited conformably on the white chalk ; and both containing
many Upper chalk species, especially Baculites Fawasii and Belem-
nitella mucronata, which are not found in the other localities. The
large number of gasteropods found at Faxoe show that to have been
most strictly a littoral deposit.

The pisolitic limestone of Laversine and Vigny, and the Sponge-
gravels of Farringdon are unconformable to the Chalk, and were de-
posited somewhat later, after a great denudation of the Chalk had

* Near le Mans, in the department of the Loire, a bed of micaceous marl, con-
taining many shells of species found at Blackdown, lies below the Upper green
sand of that district, which has supplied the abundance of well-known fossils
(d’Archiac, Histoire, vol. iv. p. 360). This fact confirms my opinion that the
Blackdown sands are older than the Upper green sand.

VOL. X.—-PART If. 0

188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Nov. 30,

taken place, and after the Baculites, Belemnites, and Ammonites had
disappeared*. The Laversine and Vigny beds seem to have preceded
the Farringdon gravels, inasmuch as the Chalk was less elevated
and less denuded when those beds were deposited than when the
gravel in question was accumulated ; although this difference might be
due to local causes.

Throughout this memoir, I have taken it for granted that all the
fossiliferous beds usually referred to the Upper green sand really
belong to that formation. If future examination should show that
the sands of Essen on the Ruhr, or of any of the other localities here
quoted, belong to a later period than the Upper green sand, the argu-
ment in favour of the Danien date of the Farringdon gravel will be
so much strengthened. But no such change of classification is ne-
cessary for my argument, as the more extended vertical range here
claimed for many species is in harmony with all later observations,
which show that the duration of species at all geological periods has
been longer than was formerly suspected ; and that the same species
reappear at various levels in beds of similar character, notwithstand-
ing that those beds may be separated by others deposited under con-
ditions unfit for the habitation of the species in question. The most
mischievous heresy which has grown up in modern geology, is that
which attempts to limit the existence of species to individual beds or
deposits. The definitions of species, which ought to rest on zoolo-
gical grounds only, are marred by warping them to fit geological
views ; and geological divisions are established or strengthened on
lists of species, many of which are only founded on the evidence of
those very divisions, by the ingenious process of reasoning ina circle.
Fortunately such views have found little favour with English geolo-
gists, but we suffer from them indirectly, whenever they affect
foreign works on Paleeontology which we have occasion to consult.

[P.S. When the preceding memoir was written I had not had an
opportunity of consulting M. Graves’s admirable “ Essai sur la Topo-
graphie géognostique du Département de l’Oise,” which contains a
description of the Pisolitic limestone of Laversine.—-April 22, 1854. ]

* Vide d’Archiac, Histoire des Progrés de la Géologie, vol. iv. p. 375.

1853.]

SHARPE—SANDS AND GRAVELS OF FARRINGDON.

189

List of species found at Little Coxwell, indicating the formation and
loealities where they have been found elsewhere.

[N.B. The species marked * are abundant, and those marked 7 are rare. ]

SPONGES.
SPONGIA.
S. /Mitigeris\#*-..e..06:- Michelin, Iconogr. t, 53. f.12......
ES: peziza SAAR NOAOAY Manon, sp. Goldf. t. 5. f.1 .........
+S. Michelinii ..,... Porites, sp. Reuss, Kreide, t. 48. f. 3.
Manon. a
*M. peziza..... hagnae Goldf. t. 29. f. 8; Spongia, sp. Mich.
Icon. t. 36. f. 5.
M. pulvinarium ...... Goldf. t. 29. f. 7; Bronn, Lethea,
t. 29. f. 1.
*M. marginatum ...| Spongia, sp. Phillips, Yorksh. 1 t. 1.
f. 5; Chenendopora, sp. Mich.
Icon. t, 28. f. 7; M. Phillipsit,

Reuss, Kreide. t. 19. f. 7-9; MM.
seriatoporum, Roemer, Kreide.
t.1. f. 6; Tragos acutimargo,
Reemer, Oolite t. 17. f. 26;
Tragos peziza, Mantell, Wond.
Geol. p. 636. f. 1.

*M. macropora Sharpe, Pl. V. figs. 3 and 4.

*M. porcatum Sharpe, Pl. V. fig. 2.

*M. Farringdonense..| Sharpe, PI. V. figs. 5 and 6.

eescce

CHENENDOPORA.
C. fungiformis ?...... Lamouroux, Polyp. t. 79. f. 1;
Blainville, Actinol. t. 64. f. 1;
Michelin, Iconogr. t. 34. f. 3;
Mantell, Wond. Geol. p. 637.
f. 140.
ScypuHia.
*S. foraminosa ...... Goldf. t. 31. f. 4; Mantell, Medals,
p. 256. f.6; S. intermedia, Man-
tell, Medals, p. 256. f. 2.
*S. mammillaris...... Goldf. t. 2. f. 1; S. ramosa, Man-
tell, Medals, p. 256. f. 5.
ES - fULCAta .. +c ees. 60 Goldf. t. 2. f.6; Cnemidium astro-
phorum, Mantell, Medals, p. 256.
f. 7.
JEREA.
J. Desnoyersii ...... Michelin, Iconogr. t. 39. f. 1 ......
yJ. pyriformis ...... Lam. Michelin, t. 36.f.3 .........
VERTICILLIPORA.

*V. anastomosans ...| Mantell, Wond. Geol. p. 636, f. 3;

Medals, p. 256. f.4; Pl. V. fig. 1.

BRYOZOA.
Domopora.

D. tuberculata ...... d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 648. f. 1-4;
Ceriopora stellata? Goldf. t. 30.
fo La) notte LP tails

TD. clayula:.........+- d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 647 ............

Upper Green
Sand.

Upper Green
Sand.

Hippuritenkalk.

Maestricht Sand.

Upper Green
Sand.

Maestricht Sand.

Upper Green
Sand.

Upper Chalk...

Upper Green
Sand.

Upper Green
Sand.

Upper Green
Sand.
Upper Green
Sand.
Upper Green
Sand.

Craie Chloritée.
Upper Green
Sand.

Upper Green

Sand,

Craie Chloritée.

Mans.
Essen.
Bohemia.
Maestricht.
Warminster.

Maestricht,
Essen.

Danes’ Dyke.

Warminster,
France, and
Germany. -

Near Havre.

Essen.
Essen.

Essen.

Cap la Héve.
Warminster, & .

Warminster.

Mans.

o 2

190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Noy. 30,

ACTINOPORA.
+A. papyracea ...... d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 643. f. 12-14..! Upper Chalk.
RaDIOPoRA.
+R. pustulosa......... d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 649. f. 1-3 ...| Craie Chloritée.
Drastopora.
D. tuberosa ......... d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 639. f. 1-3 ...) Chalk.
D. papyracea ......... d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 641. f. 4;) Upper Chalk.
t. 758. f. 14-16. :
D. ramulosa ......... Michelin, Iconogr. t. 52. f.3 ...... Maestricht Sand.| Ciply.
Upper Green | Mans.
Sand.
D. congesta?......... d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 640. f.1-3 ...) Chalk.
D. spongiosa ......... d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 637. f. 5-6 ...| Craie Chloritée. | Havre.
D. oceanica ......... d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 639. f. 6-7 ...| Upper Chalk...| Fécamp, Dover.
REPTOMULTICAVA.
R. mammilla ......... d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 793. f. 3-4 ...| Upper Chalk.
R. micropora ......... d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 791. f. 10-12..) Néocomien.
UNCOMIS Saceceseccscees d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 792. f. 1-3; Néocomien.
R. Cupula, VOrb. 1.¢c. f. 6-11. | Craie Chloritée.
MULTICAVEA.
M. lateralis ......... d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 778. f. 7-9 ...! Upper Chalk.
REPTOTUBIGERA.
+R. elevata............ d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 760. f. 1-3...) Upper Chalk.
+R. marginata ...... d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 750. f. 19-21..| Upper Chalk.
+R. ramosa..........0 d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 751. f. 1-3 .,,! Upper Chalk ...| Brighton.
CERIOCAVA.
*C. ramulosa ......... d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 788. f. 11-12;; Upper Green | Mans.
Chetetes, sp., Michelin, Iconogr. Sand.
t. 51. f. 5.
C. irregularis ......... d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 788. f. 15-16..) Lower Chalk.
SEMIMULTEA,
S. irregularis ......... d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 741. f. 6-8 ...} Upper Chalk.
HETEROPORA.
H. dichotoma......... Goldf. sp. t. 10. f. 9; Hagenow,|Maestricht Sand.| Maestricht.
Bryozoen, t. 5. f. 15.
*H. cryptopora ...... Goldf. sp. t. 10. f. 3; Hagenow, sp.|Maestricht Sand.) Maestricht.
Bryozoen, t. 5. f.6; Blainville,| Lower Green | Grandpré.
Actin. t. 70. f. 4; Michelin, Ico- Sand. |
nog. t. 1. f. 2; H. tenera, Hage-
now,l.c. t. 5. f.14; Multicrescis |
Michelini, d’Orb. Terr. Crét.' |
t. 799. f. 14-15,
CERIOPORA.
“*C. polymorpha...... GoldtstsVOS tii esncwseesseusenecen sc dda Green | Essen.
Sand.
C. mammillosa ...... Reemer, Kreidegeb. t. 5. f. 25; Mi-| Upper Chalk | Goslar.
chelin, Iconogr. t. 52. f. 12. Marl. |
Upper Green | Mans.
Sand. |
C. Ven0Sa ...00-...000 Goldf. t. 31. f.2 .....0. eeeopeessseres UBDEE Green | Essen.
PUSTULOPORA.
P. pseudospiralis. | Michelin, Iconogr. t. 53. f. 6; Pe-| Upper Green | Mans,

ripora, sp. d@’Orb. Terr. Crét.| Sand.
t. 616. f. 6-8, |

1853.]

ENTALOPHORA.
E. Cenomana j
E. costata .........00.
*E. Meudonensis ...
E. ramosissima ......
E. Sarthacensis

REPTOCEA.
R. Cenomana...... sas

MULTICRESCIS.
M. mammillata
M. variabilis

Pe eeeeeae

PROBOSCINA.
P. marginata
P. subelegans.........

ZONOPORA.
Z. undata

ee eccccscees

NopELEA.
+N. semiluna .........

ALECTO.
A. reticulata .....:...
A. Calypso
AS TAMICR. eo enseceiecact

LATEROCAVEA.
L, punctata............

LopuHoLeris.
*L. Hagenovii

TEREBRATULA.
*T. depressa j,...<...+

*T. Nerviensis, var. E.
+7. Boubeles-ces-20--

*T. Roemeri

basco pee

+T. Keyserlingi
+T. biplicata

seeeee

+T. tamarindus

+T. oblonga

d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 618. f. 11-15..| Craie Chloritée.
d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 621. f. 19-22..) Chalk.
d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 623. f.9 ...... Upper Chalk.
d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 618. f. 1-5 ...| Craie Chloritée.
d’Orb. Terr. Cret. t. 619. f. 6-9 ...) Chalk.
d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 788. f. 1-3 ...| Craie Chloritée.
d’Orb. Terr, Crét. t. 800. f. 1-2 ...) Gault.
d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 800.f. 3-7...) Craie Chloritée.
d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 759. f. 4 ...... Terr. Aptien.
d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 759.f.8 ...... Craie Chloritée.
d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 771. f. 14-15..) Upper Chalk.
d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 771. f. 9-13...) Upper Chalk.
d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 735. f. 9-11...| Upper Chalk.
d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 630. f. 1-4 ...| Upper Green
Sand.
d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 630. f. 5-8 ...) Upper Chalk ...
Blainv. Actin. t. 78. f. 6; d’Orb.| Upper Chalk ...
Terr. Crét. t. 630. f. 9-12.........
d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 772, f. 11-12..| Upper Chalk.
Te SH NPB Y STS Phiicogaasabdoudosdd ovee-/ Upper Green
Sand.
BRACHIOPODA. |
Lamarck, An. sans Vert; 7. Nervi-| Tourtia .........|
ensis, d’Arch. Mém. Soc. Geol.)
Fr. 2. t. 17. f. 1-6 & 8-10; comp.
also 7’. longirostris, Nilss.
dvAmehiacs Lies ts, Wis. tec sh ceases sce Tourtia .........
d’Archiae, U. c. t. 19. f. 11; 7. Vi-| Tourtia .........
quesneli, d’Arch. /. c. t. 18. f. 1.
d’Archiac, l.c. t. 18. f.6; 7 Bouet,, Tourtia .........
d’Arch. /. c. t. 18. f. fin T. crassa,|
d’Arch. l.c. t.18. f. 8-9 ; 7. cras-
sificata, d’Arch. lc. t.19. f.1;
T. rustica, d’Arch. 1. c.t.19.f. 11.
dgArchiaes crits 20. toda) caecesccsssts ANOVMERNED Sagsoneoe
Sowerby, Min. Con. t. 90, t. 437.! Upper Green
f, 2-3. Sand.
Sowerby, G.T.4.t.14.f.8 ......... Lower Green
Sand.
Sowerby, M.C. t.535. f.4-6; Da-| Upper Green
vidson, Pal. Soc. t. 2. f. 29-32. Sand,

SHARPE—SANDS AND GRAVELS OF FARRINGDON.

Lower Green
Sand.

191

Mans.

Le Havre.

Mans.

Fécamp.
Meudon.

Warminster.

Tournay.

Tournay.
Tournay.

| Tournay.

Tournay.
Warminster.

Hythe.
Warminster.

Hythe,

192 PRO

*T. revoluta

ees eeeeee

+T. Robertoni ......

TEREBRATELLA,
*T, Menardi

ee

RHYNCONELLA.
*R. latissima ....... #3

*R. depressa .........
*R. nuciformis
+R. triangularis

sees

eeeeae

R. antidichotoma?...

CRANIA.
+C. Cenomanensis...

THECIDEA.
T. Wetherellii

seen

OstRzA.
*Q, macroptera

*O. vesicularis

+O. semiplana

EXoGYRA.
*E. conica

CEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
d’Archiac, l. c. t.19. £.3; T.Roysii,| Tourtia ..... gaat
d’Arch. l. c. t. 19. £.4 & 5; T. sub-
pectoralis, d’Arch. 1. c. t. 19.
£95
d’Archiac, ?.¢c. t.18.£.2 .ss..cessees Tourtia: <: 4:22:

Maestricht Sand.
Upper Green
Sand.

Lamarck, sp. An. sans Vert. von
Buch; d’Orb. T. Crét. t. 517.
f.1-15; Davidson, Pal. Soc. t. 3.
f. 34-42; 7. truncata, Min. Con.
t. 537. £.3; var. oblongata, Ley-
mérie, Mém. Soc. G. Fr. 5. t. 15.
f.12; TJ. Astieriana, d’Orb. T.
Crét. t. 516. f. 6-12.

Sowerby, M. C. t. 502. f. 1; R. Scal-|Maestricht Sand.
disensis, d’Arch. l.c. t. 21. f. 11 3) Lower Chalk ...

R. convexa, Sow. G.T.4. t. 14.) Upper Green
£.12: Sand.
TOUrtIA’ crasesoe-
Sow. Min. Con. t. 502. f. 2. -
Sow. Min: Con. t.502.£.3 ......... Lower Chalk ...

Wahl, sp. Hisinger, Leth. t. 23. f.1;] Upper Chalk ...
Geinitz, Kreidegeb. t. 19. f. 1-3. |Maestricht Sand.
Lower Quader
and Planer.
Buvignier, sp. d’Orb. T. Crét. t. 500.) Gault
f. 1-4.

d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t.524.f.1-4 ...) Upper Green
Sand.
Defrance, d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 524./Maestricht Sand.
f. 8; Davidson, Pal. Soc. t. 1.| Upper Chalk ...

fi

Morris. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1851, t. 4.) Upper Chalk ...
f. 1-3; Davidson, Pal. Soc. t. 1.
f. 15-26.

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

Sowerby, Min. Con. t. 468. f. 2-3 ;} Upper Green
O. prionota, Goldf. t. 74. f. 8. Sand.
Gaole 2ercsaas ste
Lower Green
Sand.
Lam. Brongn. Envy. Paris, t. 3. f.5 ;|Maestricht Sand.

Goldf. t.82. f.1; Gryphea glo-| Upper Chalk ...
bosa, Min. Con. 392.

Upper Green
Sand.

Mantell, Foss. S. D. t. 25. f. 4; Sow-| Upper Chalk ...

erby, Min. Con. t.489. f£.3; O.
aleformis and O. inequicostata,
Woodw.

Sowerby, Min. Con. t. 26. f. 2-4./Maestricht Sand.
t. 605. f. 1-3. Upper Green
Sand.

[Nov. 30,

Tournay.

Ciply.
Mans.

Ciply.
Chardstock.
Warminster.

Tournay.

Chardstock.
Sweden.
Ciply.
Bohemia.

Grandpré.

Mans.

Ciply.
Passim.

Kent.

Warminster.
Essen.
Folkstone.
Hythe, &c.

Ciply.
Norwich.
Brighton.
Warminster.
Essen.
Norwich.
Brighton

Maestricht.
Passim.

1853.]

PECTEN.
P. Dutemplii

P. interstriatus

+P. elongatus.........

+P. Raulinianus
+P. striato-costatus..

clejeveiels

DiaNncHorRa.
+D. striata

Ceeeceree toe

+D. radiata,...........

eoscesscoses

D. guttata

Lima.
L. multicostata
L. consobrina.........

L. dichotoma
L. Farringdonensis...

eee neces

AVICULA.
+A. lineata ........ las

PLICATULA.
+P. inequidens

TEREDO?
GASTROCHANA ?

SERPULA.
*S. gordialis

See esoree

Soe eescsseee

S. obtusa
S. quinqueangulata...

eee eee eeseee

NATICcA.
+N. nodosa........0.+

SHARPE—SANDS AND GRAVELS OF FARRINGDON.

d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 433. f.10-13...| Upper
Sand.

Lower Green
Sand.

Lower Green

Leymérie, Mém. Soc. G. Fr. 5. t. 13.
Sand.

f. 1; d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 433.
f, 1-5.

Lam. d’Orb. Terr.
f. 1-4.

d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 433. f. 6-9 ...| Gault

Goldf. t. 93. f. 2; aand 3d, not c and|Maestricht Sand.
d; d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 449.! Upper Chalk ...
f. 5-9.

Crét. t. 436.] Upper Green

Sand.

Sow. Min. Con. t.80.f.1; Goldf.| Upper Green
106. f. 5. Sand.
Goldf. sp. t. 106. £. 6.........s0ceceees Upper & Lower
Chalk.
Upper Green
Sand.
n. s. Pl. VI. fig. 4.
Reuss, Kreide. t. 38. £.18............ Planersandstein..
d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 422. f.4 ...... Upper Green
Sand.
Reuss, Kreide. t. 38. f.10.........0. Upper Chalk ...
n. s. Pl. VI. fig. 2.
Roemer, Kreide. t. 8. £.15 ....csiceees Lower Chalk ...
n. s. Pl. VI. fig. 3.
ANNELIDA.
Schloth. Reuss, Kreide. t. 43. f. 3...| Lower Chalk.
Upper Green
Sand.
Sowerby, Min. Con. t.598. f.1......] Upper Chalk ...
Lower Chalk ...
Upper Green
Sand
Gaultyc cece
Sowerby, Min. Con. t.608.f.8 ...) Upper Chalk .
Roemer, Kreide, t. 16. f.6.......:.... Lower Green
Sand.
GASTEROPODA.
Geinitz, Kreide. t. 15. f. 27-28 ;:| Hippuritenkalk.

Reuss, Kreide. t. 11. f. 2.

193

Green | Warminster.

Lockswell Heath.
Chilworth, &c.

Warminster.
Grandpré.
Ciply.
Cognac, &c.

Warminster.

Passim.

Bohemia.
Mans.

Bohemia.

Hanover.

Bohemia.
Norwich.
Dover.
Warminster.

Folkestone.

.| Norfolk.

Scoppenstedt.

Kutschlin.

194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Nov. 30,

CEPHALOPODA.
NAUTILUS.
-*N, levigatus......... d’Orb. Terr. Crét. t. 17; Sharpe,| Upper & Lower | Passim.
Pal. Soc. t. 2. f. 1. Chalk.
Upper Green | France.
Sand.
N. Farringdonensis...| n. s. Pl. VI. fig. 1.
ECHINODERMATA.
DIADEMA.
+D. dubium............ Grasp Feercvn kines deeiidenentes Lower Green | Switzerland.
Sand.
SALENIA.
*S. punctata ......... Agassizett it coesstets It. Lower Green | Atherfield.
Sand.
GoNIOPYGUS.
+G. peltatus, var. ...| Agassiz, Mon. des Salen.t.3.£.9-18;| Néocomien...... Neufchatel.
NUCLEOLITES. 2 species.
*CIDARIS. Plates and Spines of more than one species.

Notes on some of the Farrinepon Fossits, and Descriptions of
some New Species of the Zoopuytes and Mouuvses.

MANON PEZIZA.

Goldfuss has described several different sponges under this name,
which do not all possess the distinctive character of the genus of
having the mouths of the canals cireumscribed ; of these the sponges
(pl. 1. fig. 7 & 8) do not now concern us as they are not found at
Farringdon. The cup-shaped sponge (pl. 5. fig. 1) is very common
at Farrmgdon ; its imer surface is covered by a tolerably compact
integument without distinct. openings, and its ‘outer surface consists
of loose spongy tissue, in which the canal openings are distinguished
by larger irregular openings. As this should not be called a Manon,
I have called it Spongia peziza; in its structure it is closely allied
to the Spongia Trigeris. Its form is always a very regular cup.
Manon peziza, Goldf. pl. 29. f. 8, is a good Manon, with small, well-
defined round openings to the canals; it is found either lobate and
spreading, or irregularly cup-shaped.

CHENENDOPORA FUNGIFORMIS.

Dr. Mantell has figured this species in the ‘ Wonders of Geology’
as found at Farrmgdon; but his figure is obviously copied from
Blainville. Lamouroux’s figure has a general resemblance to several
of the Farringdon sponges, but is not im sufficient detail for me to
identify it with either of them. Mr. Lonsdale is quoted in Mr.
Morris’s Catalogue as the authority for its occurrence at Warminster.
The identification must remain in doubt till we can compare our
specimens with the original of Lamouroux, as his figure and deserip-
tion would apply equally well to several of the Farringdon sponges,

1853.| SHARPE—SANDS AND GRAVELS OF FARRINGDON, 195

viz. Manon peziza, M. marginatum, M. macropora, or M. Farring-
donense.

VERTICILLIPORA ANASTOMOSANS, Mantell. Pu. V. fig. 1.

V. sessilis, ramosa, e fibris densé reticulatis composita: ramis tubulosis,
cylindricis, liberis vel coalescentibus, subzequalibus; imtus tubo centrali
septisque horizontalibus numerosis munitis: tubo superné aperto, intus
poris concentricis perforato.

An attached branching sponge ; with cylindrical branches of nearly
equal diameter, formed of a thin external wall connected to a small
central tube by numerous horizontal diaphragms; the whole consist-
ing of uniform, closely reticulated, fibrous tissue; the central tube
is open at the top of the branch, and is furnished at irregular.inter-
vals with a circle of openings into the outer chambers. The branches
are marked by numerous slight constrictions, and coalesce when
growing in contact.

Forms irregular clusters of 2 or 3 inches across; the branches
vary from 2th to § an inch in diameter, but are usually of about + of
an inch. ‘The diameter of the central tube is very nearly a quarter
of the diameter of the branch.

I venture to offer a description and figures of this curious sponge,
which is the most interesting of all the organic remains found at
Farringdon ; as Dr. Mantell’s woodcuts hardly do justice to its com-
plicated structure. It is one of the most abundant species found at
Farrmgdon, but has not yet been recognized elsewhere.

Puate V. fig. 1 a. A branching specimen, with two of the branches
coalescing.

Fig. 16. Exterior of a branch.

Fig. 1c. Top of the same.

Fig. 1d. Horizontal section.

Fig. le & 1 f. Perpendicular sections: aa, the openings from the
tube mto the chamber.

Fig. lg. Portion of the surface magnified.

Manon macropora, Sharpe. PL. V. figs. 3 & 4.

M. sessile, expansum vel cyathiforme; extus fibrosum, intus membranaceum ;
osculis majiusculis, ineequalibus, concentricis, sub-stellatis; canalibus
sex vel octo ab osculis divergentibus.

A sponge attached at its. base, and either irregularly cup-shaped
or expanded, consisting of a loose fibrous network, which is covered
on the inner side by a membrane pierced by large round openings
arranged in concentric rings, and varying in size and distance from
each other; six or eight canals diverge from each of the openings
into the sponge, forming an ill-defined star within each of the open-
ings.

Diameter 1 to 2 inches; thickness 3 of an inch ; openings 2 to 3
lines in diameter.

Moderately common in all the gravel-pits at Little Coxwell.

This species is easily recognized by the large size of its canal-open-

196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Nov. 30,

ings, and by the stellate arrangement of the canals within each
opening.

Puate V. fig. 3. A cup-shaped variety.

Fig. 4. Expanded variety.

Fig. 4a. A canal-opening magnified. N.B. The artist has drawn
the star of too regular a form.

MANON PorcatuM, Sharpe. PL. V. fig. 2.

M. sessile, eyathiforme vel expansum ; fibris laxis, reticulatis ; extus nudum,
rugosissimum ; intus membranaceum, osculis parvis, numerosis, irregu-
laribus.

A sponge attached at its base, either irregularly cup-shaped or
expanded, consisting of a loose fibrous network covered on the inner
side by a slight membrane, which is pierced by very numerous, small,
ill-defined openings; the outer surface is ornamented with highly
projecting branching wrinkles, which divide and re-unite irregularly.

This species is nearly related to Manon peziza, from which it
differs not only in the peculiar wrinkling of the surface, but also in
a looser texture, and less regularly defined and more numerous canal-
openings. In its external wrinkling it resembles Spongia sulcataria
of Michelin, which belongs to a different genus.

Height 1 to 3 inches.

From the gravel of Little Coxwell near Farringdon.

Puate V. fig. 2. External view.

5 .
Fig. 2a. Inner surface magnified.

MANON FarRINGDONENSE. PL. V. figs. 5 & 6.

M. sessile, cyathiforme ; extus nudum, tuberosum; intus superné porosum,
infra membranaceum.

A cup-shaped sponge, attached at the base, formed of coarse and
loosely netted fibres ; the inner side of the cup is lined, nearly to the
top, with a thick membrane, without any openings; above this the
upper part and the edge of the cup are uncovered and are pierced by
the numerous irregular openings of large canals, which descend
nearly perpendicularly and open downward on the outer surface.
The exterior is fibrous, and irregularly and variously wrinkled.

Height and diameter 2 to 3 inches.

Found in the Sponge-gravel of Little Coxwell near Farringdon.

This species differs from all those with which it is associated in
having the lower part of the cup entirely lined by a thick membrane,
leaving only the upper portion of the interior porous.

Puare V. fig. 5. Exterior of a wrinkled variety.

Fig. 6. Interior of another specimen.

Loryoxiepis Hacenovit, Sharpe. Pt. V. fig. 7.
L. expansa, parasitica; cristis elongatis, sub-ramosis, disjunctis, utrinque
3- vel 4-seriatim porosis ; poris leas obliquas describentibus.
An incrusting coralline with long, narrow, porous ridges rising out
of a smooth crust; the ridges are detached, but are usually arranged
with some resemblance to branches on each.side of a stem; the

1853.] SHARPE—SANDS AND GRAVELS OF FARRINGDON. 197

crust is cellular, but as few of these cells have openings, it is probable
that the pores in its surface were gradually filled up ; the ridges are
formed of oblique tubular cells with small rounded openings, arranged
in oblique lines, forming three or four rows on each side of the ridges ;
and these rows are banned bevond the ridges in the flat crust.

Common at Little Coxwell near Farringdon, and also found in the
Upper green sand of Chute Farm near Warminster.

Plate V. fig. 7 a. A well-preserved specimen covering a branch of
Verticillipora anastomosans.

Fig. 7 6. Portion of 7 a magnified.

Fig. 7 c. A worn specimen on a pebble; the cells are laid open by
the wearing of the tops of the ridge.

Fig. 7 d. A portion magnified.

This pretty Coralline probabl y belongs to Dr. Hagenow’s genus
Lopholepis, but it is larger and has the pores more regularly disposed
than either of his species. It has much resemblance also to Repto-
clausa Neocomensis and R. obliqua of M. d’Orbigny. It is named
after Dr. Hagenow, author of the ‘Bryozoen der Maastrichter
Kreidebildung.’

PLICATULA INZQUIDENS, Sharpe. Pt. VI. fig. 3.

P. testa oblonga; valva inferiore omnino affixa; cardinis dentibus valde
ineequalibus, transverse rugosis.

Shell oblong, attached by the whole surface of the lower valve, and
adapting itself to the form of the body on which it grows ; hinge-
teeth very unequal and Paevcrs ry furrowed.

Length | inch, breadth ths of an inch.

In the gravel a Little Cailll attached to Ostrea macroptera.

The form of this shell and of its hinge is so peculiar that I have
figured it, although I have only seen one valve.

Puate VI. fig. 3 a. Interior of lower valve.

Fig. 3 6. Hinge-teeth of the same, enlarged.

Drancuora! Gutrata, Sharpe. Pu. VI. fig. 4.

P. testa oblonga ; valva inferiore affixa; superiore tenuissima, longitu-
dinaliter striata ; stris inzequalibus, guttatim nodosis.

Shell oblong, flat, very irregular ; fixed by nearly the whole sur-
face of the lower valve, and taking the form of the bodies upon which
it grows; upper valve very thin, ornamented with numerous, close
set, radiating ribs, very unevenly covered with guttate, spinous pro-
jections.

Length | inch, breadth ,6ths of an inch.

Common in the gravel “of Little Coxwell, adhering to Oysters,
Sponges, &c.

Although this species is abundant in the Farringdon gravel, it is
generally so much broken that it has been necessary to frame the
above description from a number of fragments, none of which show
the hinge distinctly : the shell was appar ently very thin at the hinge.
Not being satisfied with the reasons which have led many authors to

198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. | Noy. 30,

class such shells with Spondylus, I place it provisionally in Sowerby’s
genus Dianchora, which forms a convenient receptacle for them till
their true characters are better known.

Puate VI. fig. 4 a. Inside of under valve.

Fig. 4 6. Side view of fig. 4 a.

Fig. 4 c. Fragment of upper valve.

Fig. 4 d. Fragment of upper valve of a variety with finer granula-
tions.

Lima FarRINGDONENSIS, Sharpe. Pt. VI. fig. 2.

L. testé ovata, compressa, undique radiatim costata; costis meequalibus,
angulatis, longitudinaliter striatis; anterioribus subobsoletis.

Shell transversely ovate, ornamented throughout with unequal ribs
radiating from the beak, which are sharply angular or slightly
rounded at top, and covered at their sides with fine radiatimg lines,
becoming gradually stronger towards the posterior side of the shell ;
anterior ribs faint, middle ribs sharp and large, with a small sharp
rib between each ; posterior ribs less elevated ; ears unequal.

Length 4, breadth $ of an inch.

Found in the Sponge-gravel of Little Coxwell near Farringdon, and
in the ferruginous sandstone of Seende near Devizes.

This shell is very closely related to L. Cottaldina and L. parallela,
d’Orb., and combines the small intermediate rib of the former with
the longitudinal radiation of the latter ; it differs from both in having
the ariterior side ribbed.

Puate VI. fig. 2 a & 26. Natural size.

Fig. 2c. The same, magnified.

Nautitus Farrineponensis, Sharpe. Pu. VI. fig. 1.

N. testa inflata, lateraliter compressa, laté umbilicata ; juniore levi, adulta
undato-subcostata ; apertura truncato-ovata, profundeé sinuata; septorum
marginibus paululum simuatis ; siphunculo?

Shell gibbous, with flattened sides, at first smooth, then crossed
by broad shallow undulations, which advance in a bold curve at each
side of the whorl and recede at the back, marking the deep sinus of
the mouth ; edges of the septa nearly straight ; umbilicus large, with
a rounded edge. Mouth broadly ovate.

Diameter 41 inches; width of mouth 2} inches; height of mouth
2 inches.

From Boutcher’s pit, Farrmgdon, where it is rare.

This Nautilus has a flatter and more regular form and fainter un-
dulations than N. undulatus, from which it is distinguished by its
large umbilicus ; the undulations are very faint, and in the largest
part of the specimen are half an inch wide each. There is no other
species for which it can be mistaken. The position of the siphuncle
has not yet been seen.

Puate VI. fig. 1 a & 1 4, reduced to 2rds of the natural size.

Quart. Journ, Geol. Soe ,Vol.X.P\.\

Holi Sah ath QaR 2 5
Me Ot far
Le er cite be ebay Foe , wf toe
iy adil i

EA aL

r'

Bee ai eae eu

teh

Qaart. Journ, Geol. Soc. Vo\. X21. VL

Se

ee ine Ss
legac

Quart

Journ. Geol

1853. | HOOKER—VOLKMANNIA MORRISII. 199

DecemeBer 14, 1853.

The Rev. Prof. S. Haughton, A.M., M.R.I.A., Prof. Isaac Newton
Loomis, M.D., the Rev. F. F. Statham, A.M., and S. Highley, Jun.,
Esq., were elected Fellows.

The following communications were read :—

1. On a New sPEciEs of VOoLKMANNIA. By J. D. Hooker,
M.D., F.B.S., F.G.S._

[Plate VII.]

Tue subject of the present communication is one of the most re-
markable of the many botanical puzzles presented in such abundance
by the shales of the Carboniferous period. It was procured by my
friend Mr. W. Gourlie*, of Glasgow, and forwarded to me with the
request that I would lay some account of it before the Geological
Society. As the specimen presented no characters by which its
botanical affinities could be determined positively, and as our fossil
flora is rapidly advancing towards the state of a chaos of synonymy,
I felt that my most prudent course was to exhibit the drawing and
specimen for several successive evenings at the Geological Society,
in the hope that some amongst our Fellows, more familiar with the
nomenclature of fossil botany than circumstances have, of late,
allowed of my becoming, might be able to point out the genus to
which it should be referred. Nor have I been disappomted ; for I
am indebted to Mr. Morris for indicating to me its very considerable
similarity to the genus Volkmanniat of Sternberg, and its probable
identity with it. Mr. R. Jones, also, has referred me to a drawing
of a fragment of a fossil, apparently belonging to the same genus,
made under his own eye, for Dr. Johnston’s ‘Natural History of
the Eastern Borders,’ and which is there given as Coniferites? ver-
ticillatus, Tate.

The general appearance of the Carluke fossil is accurately repre-
sented in the accompanying drawing (PI. VII.): it consists of a
straight, undivided, apparently nearly cylindrical stem or termination
of a branch, 9 inches long, gradually tapering from } to 4rd of an inch
in diameter (as compressed), interrupted by seventeen nodes or joints,
which bear each a series of tubercles. The internodes are grooved,
and diminish in length upwards; the grooves alternate with the
tubercles, which appear to be placed on the intervening ridges: the
number of strieze and tubercles is from ten to fifteen on each surface.
The lower transverse series of tubercles crosses obliquely the diameter
of the stem, as though indicating a spiral arrangement; this, how-
ever, I do not doubt, is the effect of unequal pressure during fossili-

* The fossil was discovered, Mr. Gourlie informs me, by Mr. William Grossart,
of Carluke, near that town, in the ironstone working, midway between the
Cannel-coal and Main-lime, and consequently at no great distance from the Old
Red Sandstone.

+ A Bohemian genus of fossils, which, to the best of my belief, has not hitherto
been recorded as British.

Quart Joum Geol. Soc. Vol x Pl

VOLKMANNIA MORRISII — s00%er

From the Carluke Goal Shale

M.&.W Hanhart. Del! et inh

on - Heke a
Pipaeve cunts

Reig Mwpeton
MS ee ial
Gatien

aes
on

200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Dec. 14,

zation, it not being apparent in the seven upper nodes, which are
nearly horizontal. The upper node appears to bear a whorl of
subulate suberect leaves, half an inch long, pressed against a large
terminal, erect, oblong body, resembling a cone. This is no doubt
an organ of fructification, but whether of male, female, or herma-
phrodite flowers, there are no means even of assuming: it is 23 inches
long and 14 inch in diameter, blunt at both ends, and appears to
have been in.a state of decomposition when imbedded.

There is an appearance of what is usually (but often very erro-
neously) termed a bark, extending along the circumference, and for
some distance towards the axis of the cone, all round; and this,
as well as the surface from which it has been removed, presents
obscure traces of hexagonal areolee : this appearance, however, varies
so much according to the light in which the fossil is held, that I
cannot place much dependence upon it. I have not myself, nor has
any botanist to whom I have shown the specimen, been able to detect
any character of importance in this terminal organ; though it is
doubtless one of very complex organization, and, were it capable of
analysis, would form a most important addition to the scanty know-
ledge we possess of the affinities of the plants composing the Coal-
flora.

After a very careful examination of Sternberg’s description and
plates of Volkmannia, I have no hesitation in assenting to Mr. Mor-
ris’s opinion as to the genus in which it is expedient that this fossil
should be placed ; and I propose that it bear the name of that excel-
lent paleontologist, V. Morrisii. The Coniferites? verticillatus of
Tate must also be placed in the same genus, until more perfect speci-
mens shall be found, or some characters detected, by which it may
be separated from it.

Several species have been described of Volkmannia ; they are ver-
ticillately branching plants, with subulate leaves, and they probably
attained a considerable stature: as they have hitherto been met with
in the German coal-fields but rarely, it is the more remarkable that
several of them should have been found with organs of fructification;
as is also the case with this British specimen.

Among Sternberg’s species a very singular one has been figured
(Flor. Vorwelt, tab. 15) under the name of /’. gracilis, which bears
a terminal cylindrical cone, as long as that of V. Morrisii, but not
half its diameter. This cone presents no appearance of articula-
tions, beyond numerous whorls of short subulate leaves. The whorl
of leaves at the base of the cone of the Carluke fossil resembles one
of these, and it is very possible that as the cone of V. gracilis advanced
to maturity, the majority of its leaves (or rather bracts) might fall
off ; leaving an areolated surface. This is, however, a mere hypo-
thesis.

In existing plants, the arrangement of the male or female flowers
into cones or catkins prevails throughout so many natural orders,
that from this character alone no conclusion can be drawn as to the
possible affinities of Volkmannia: a combination, however, of this
and the fluted and articulated stem almost restricts us to two natural

1853. ] HOOKER—VOLKMANNIA MORRISII. 201

orders of dicotyledonous living plants; viz. Caswarinee and Gnetacee.
Of these, Caswarinee have the male flowers in catkins very similar to
. that of V. gracilis, as figured by Sternberg, in which the supposed
subulate leaves resemble the exserted filaments of the jointed catkin
in the modern plant ; and in another species of Volkmannia we have
the so-called leaves or bracts of the cone terminated by swellings like
the anthers of Casuarina. But the Casuarinee have sheaths like
those of Hquisetum at the nodes ; and, no known allies of this natural
order having hitherto been met with m the coal formation, it would
be rash to depend too much on the evidence I have detailed. Amongst
Gnetacee, the genus Hphedra, though differmg much in some
respects, and especially in the small size of the catkins of male
flowers, presents in its sheathless jomts and verticillate ramification
much analogy to Volkmannia, while it sometimes also bears foliaceous
organs at the nodes; and the presence in the Carboniferous flora of
Coniferous plants (which are allied to Hphedra) is presumptive
evidence of their possible affinity. Agaim, much may be said in
favour of Lycopodiacee and Equisetacee ; for while in the former
order the leaves are sometimes distant and whorled, on the other
hand the general resemblance of V. Morrisii to a gigantic Hquisetum
without sheaths is obvious. It is, perhaps, not improbable that the
genus may prove to be allied to Lepidodendron, but there is no
species amongst either recent or fossil Lycopodiacee at all resem-
bling Sternberg’s figure in structure or in ramification ; which latter
character probably led Unger to class it with his artificial group
Asterophyllitee.

I cannot but regret that such a remarkable and unique fossil
should pass through my hands unaccompanied by any more definite
information regarding its botanical affinities than that I have
hazarded ; but it must be borne in mind that the botanist can only
bring an experience matured by errors and disappointments to bear
upon incomplete specimens, especially of fossil plants. No progress
im systematic botany can be made without an extensive study of the
structure and morphology of plants,—of their comparative anatomy,
in short ; and the materials for these researches are seldom preserved
in fossil specimens. The familiar characters of plants are easily
acquired ; but when once lost sight of, the botanist must have
recourse to dissection, and in the first instance, to the dissection of
the reproductive organs, however minute; and these, even when
present in the fossil, are almost invariably irretrievably injured. In
the Coal-flora we have but one familiar feature, the Polypodiacee ;
and. we recognise these at once by their habit, and approximate to
their affinities by their venation. I know of no other genus of coal-
plants, of which it can be said that it is known to be at all closely
allied to any existing genus. To appreciate these difficulties, a very
extensive knowledge of recent plants is necessary ; and when this is
brought to bear upon fossils, the results are very barren of geological
conclusions. ;

Plants are much more protean than animals in habit, and in the
form and characters of their external organs of support, assimilation,

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. ([Dec. 14,

and respiration; and there is also another and a greater difficulty
not sufficiently understood, namely, that the habit and functions of a
plant are not indicated by its structure to the extent which is com-
monly supposed. The prevalent tendency to infer from the lax and
compressible tissue of so many of the plants of the Carboniferous
flora, that the vegetation of that epoch was a swamp one, is one
instance of this amongst many. Amongst the marsh-trees of our
own era, whether of fresh water or salt, of the tropic or of the tem-
perate zones, the botanist perceives hard and compact woods tu
prevail: this is shown in the Swamp-pines of the north and south
temperate hemispheres on the one hand, and in the Avicennia, Rhi-
zophora, and other mangroves, and a host of dicotyledonous trees of
the deltas and salt-water creeks of the tropics, on the other. And if
we turn to the driest regions of the globe, the Baobab, one of the
most bulky known trees, an inhabitant of Senegal and of the .arid
Cape de Verd, may almost be sliced with a knife, like a carrot*.
The gigantic Cacti of America and the Huphorbie of the African
deserts are other cases in point, of succulence indicating drought.
That the plants which contributed most materially to the formation
of coal, had unusually lax tissue, is, I think, proven; but this, of
itself, is no argument for their being evidences of a swamp-fiora ;
whilst the prevalence of ferns throughout the coal-formations is
rather against such an hypothesis, than-in its favour. On the other
hand I think that the geological evidence in favour of the coal-plants
having grown in swamps is of itself conclusive, and opposed to no
botanical considerations of importance.

2. OBSERVATIONS on the CHONETES ComoiIDES (Sowerby).
By Tuomas Davipson, Esq., F.G.S. &e.

[Plate VIII. ]

Tue external characters of Chonetes comoides have been carefully
described by several authorst+, but little or nothing appears to have
been written on its internal arrangements. Sowerby’s figure does
not convey a correct idea of the double area, fissure, and cardinal pro-
cess belonging to this species; he simply represents a bivalve shell

* Yet Adanson, arguing from their gigantic dimensions, pronounced some
specimens of this tree to be upwards of 3750 years old!

t Described as ‘* Productus comoides”’ by Sowerby in the 4th vol. of the * Min.
Con.’ (p. 31, pl. 329, 1823); but it is not P. comoides, Phill. (‘ Mount. Limestone,’
p- 213, pl. 7, fig. 4 which represents the Prod. Cora). This mistake was hinted
at by Prof. M‘Coy in p. 107 of his ‘ Synopsis of the Carb. Foss. of Ireland,’ 1844 ;
but the authors who have more particularly described the exterior of this remark-
able species are M. de Verneuil, ‘ Russia and the Ural Mountains,’ vol. ii. p. 241,
1845,—Count Keyserling, ‘ Reise in das Petschora-land,’ p. 214, pl. 6. figs. 1 a, b, e,
1846,—M. de Koninck, ‘ Monographie des Genres Productus et Chonetes,’ p. 189,
pl. 19. fig. 1, 1 a, b, c, 1847; this excellent description of the exterior is accompa-
nied by a list of synonyms.

1853. | DAVIDSON ON THE CHONETES COMOIDES. 203

possessing a convex and concave valve, finely striated, with a flat
parallel space between the beaks. Better illustrations were, however,
subsequently published by Count Keyserling, and reproduced by
M. de Koninck: therein the characters of the double area, cardinal
process, and fissure are faithfully delineated ; but the recent discovery
of several more perfect examples has made it desirable to publish a
few observations and illustrations additional to those we already
possess.

The Chonetes comoides may be described as a large semicircular,
inequivalve shell, with a straight hinge-line, generally (but not
always) as long as the greatest width of the shell, and-articulated by
means of teeth and sockets. The ventral or dental valve is exte-
riorly more or less convex, with ear-shaped expansions. The dorsal
or socket valve coneave, following the curves of the other. The beak
of the ventral valve is variably developed in different examples,—a
circumstance due to the lesser or greater convexity of the shell: thus
in specimens with a moderately convex valve the beak is rarely pro-
duced or visible above the cardinal edge, while in more convex indi-
viduals (as in the typical examples figured i in the ‘ Min. Con.’) the
beak is more or less inflated, incurved, and produced beyond the
level of the cardinal edge. Each valve is provided with a subparallel
area, rather narrower in the smaller valve. In the middle of this
last exists a produced trilobed cardinal process (not tooth), which
enters and almost fills a corresponding triangular cavity or fissure in
the ventral area*. The external surface of the shell is finely stri-
ated. Of the interior of the dorsal and characteristic valve unfor-
tunately no example has been hitherto obtained, and all we may
observe is, that it was provided with a well-developed cardinal pro-
cess, and sockets for the reception and articulation of the strong teeth
of the ventral valve; but I have little doubt that the interior of this
valve was not only provided with the muscular impressions of Chonetes,
but likewise with the reniform impressions common to all the genera
or subgenera composing the family Propuctipt ; but of the inte-

* This portion of the area in Mr. Sowerby’s specimen was concealed by matrix.
The cardinal process does not concur in the articulation of the valves, which last
function 1s entirely performed by the means of special teeth and sockets ; the fissure
in this and other similar cases serving simply to afford space for the cardinal pro-
cess. This fact was clearly demonstrated by Prof. King and others; but often very
erroneously termed a tooth by various authors. To this process were, no doubt,
fixed powerful cardinal muscles; a point anatomically proved by the examination
of the same process in genera and species still alive (see General Introduction to
my work on British Fossil Brachiopoda, Palzontograph. Soc. 1853).

+ Prof. M‘Coy considers Chonetes to be simply a subgenus of Leptena, removing
it, as well as Strophalosia (King) and Aulosteges (Helmersen), from the family
PropuctTID& (British Pal. Foss. Cambridge Museum, p. 387, 1852), and placing
them among his Leptenide or ORTHISIDE; but that is far from being the case,
as I have endeavoured to demonstrate in p. 112 of my ‘ General Introduction,’
when showing that the reniform impressions (supposed to be vascular) are the same
both in Chonetes and Productus (see the annexed Plate VIII. figs. 11 and 13), while
a completely different arrangement in the vascular system seems to have prevailed
among the STROPHOMENID&, of which Leptena constitutes simply a section.

VOL. X.—PART I. P

204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. {[Dec. 14,

rior of the ventral or dental valve we are at present in a condition to
offer a detailed description and exact illustrations*.

Under the extremity of the more or less produced and incurved
beak, and between the projecting teeth, is seen a depression of mode-
rate depth, which was almost entirely occupied by the cardinal pro-
cess of the dorsal valve. At the base of the fissure above described,
originates a large deep pyriform muscular cavity extending to beyond
half the length of the valve, and occupying upwards of a third of its
inner surface, its greatest breadth being towards the centre of the shell.
In this depression are situated four elongated muscular impressions ;
and these are separated to a greater or lesser extent by three longitu-
dinal ridges, the central one of which is shorter than the others, and
assumes the character of a mesial septum; the two smaller scars
situated on either side near the central ridge are due to the adductor,
the outer and larger ones to the cardinal muscles ; but no traces of
peduncular muscular impressions could be traced on any of the spe-
cimens placed at my disposal for examination, nor are the muscular
scars equally deep in all examples; the separating ridges are often
but faintly developed, especially in those cases in which the valve is
shallow.

Sowerby stated that the Chonetes comoides is “ very thick and
rough within ;”’ the same was noticed by M. de Koninck and others ;
but these authors do not seem to have observed the very great
disproportion in the relative thickness of the valves so beautifully
exemplified in the fragment (Pl. VIII. fig.5)+. The considerable
weight of the ventral valve precludes all possibility of the animal
having lived attached by its short and delicate cardinal spinesf, as
some have imagined, and renders more probable the idea expressed
by M. dOrbigny (when describing Productus), that the animal
lived on muddy bottoms with its smaller (dorsal) valve uppermost,
because no aperture exists large enough to have afforded passage to
muscular fibres of sufficient strength to have supported so pon-
derous a shell, nor could the physical power of the animal have
sufficed to have opened its valves, had the weighty and often gibbose
ventral valve been the upper one; but, on the contrary, by supposing
this to have been the lower one, not much exertion would have been re-
quired to slightly raise its dorsal valve, which was comparatively thin.

* Some months ago, while examining the carboniferous Brachiopoda, preserved
in the Museum of the Geological Society, my attention rested upon two imperfect
but remarkably massive circular valves of a Brachiopod labelled “ Productus ?,”
and stated to have been discovered at Llanymynech by Mr. J. Yates. These valves
differed so materially from all those with which I was then acquainted, that 1 was
tempted to refer them, with doubt, to some species of Orthis bearing outward re-
semblance to the O. resupinata (see a note, p. 103 of my ‘ Introduction’) ; but
shortly after, having received from Mr. G. W. Ormerod the loan of several perfect
examples similar to those in the Society’s Collection, I at once discovered my
mistake, since they belong to a variety of the C. comoides of Sowerby, an opinion
previously expressed by Mr. Salter on inspecting Mr. Ormerod’s specimens at
Manchester.

t+ I do not quite understand Count Keyserling’s section of Chonetes, as no free

space seems to exist for the animal.
t Their presence in this species has not as yet been satisfactorily demonstrated.

1853. | DAVIDSON ON THE CHONETES COMOIDES. 200

None of the examples I have been able to examine were provided
with cardinal spines, nor do the figures published either by Sowerby
or Count Keyserling exhibit any ; but, from various indications along
the cardinal edge of one or two of Mr. Ormerod’s specimens, it seems
probable that they originally existed, and were (as observed by
M. de Koninck) numerous, short, and slender.

In dimensions, as well as in external shape, this species varies to
a considerable extent,—a circumstance common to almost every
species composing the class. Thus some examples are of a broad
semicircular form, with their greatest width at or near the hinge-line ;
while others are almost circular, the greatest width being found
towards the middle of the shell*. Thus two extreme individuals
have presented the following measurements :—

Length ...... 3 inches. Width...... 6 inches.
Ditto ......... 2 mches 9 lines. Ditton...) nado:

The Chonetes comoides does not appear to be a very common
species, and occurs only in the Mountain-limestone. The following
British localities have been recorded. Llangaveni in Anglesea, by
Sowerby ; Llanymynech, by Mr. Yates; Tidenham Chase (Glou-
cestershire), near Chepstow, Treflach Wood, S.W. of Oswestry, and
Beaumaris, Anglesea, by Mr. G. W. Ormerod; Bundoran, County
Donegal ; and Lough Erne, Fermanagh, &c.

* Since communicating the above observations to the Geological Society, Mr. D.
Sharpe has obtained the loan of the original specimens of C. comoides, figured in
the ‘ Min. Con.,’ and, having removed the matrix which encumbered some portions
of the area, has found that fig. 1 in Plate VIII. exactly agrees with the typical speci-
men, but that, in his opinion, the other examples illustrated in Plate VIII. figs. 2 to
8, may, perhaps, belong to another species, as they seem externally more globose,
and have a smaller area, on which he was unable to discover the diagonal lines ob-
servable in the types of Chonetes comoides; Mr. Sharpe considers also that in the
interior of the ventral valve there is a perceptible difference in the shape of the
muscular impressions as well as in the development of the mesial septum. But,
having since had the opportunity of examining along with Mr. Sharpe and Mr.
Salter the specimens above alluded to, I did not feel convinced that sufficient
grounds existed for the establishment of two distinct species (an opinion in which
I am supported both by Mr. Salter and Mr. Woodward). The original type of C.
comoides does not appear to me to dimer materially in its convexity from several of
those figured in my Plate. The area, I am ready to admit, is certainly wider in
both of Mr. Sowerby’s specimens, than in those belonging to Mr. Ormerod (figs.
2 to 8). Mr. Sowerby’s second example (not figured in the ‘ Min. Con.’) is an
incomplete interior of the venéral valve, in which from the shell being both young
and shallow, the muscular impressions could not be as deep or as indented as in the
adult, very convex, and thickened valves, such as the original specimen figured in the
‘Min. Con.,’ or those illustrated in my Plate, figs. 6 to 8; nor could I perceive that
the interior of Mr. Sowerby’s specimen varied in any essential particular from those
more perfect specimens I had examined, and all I feel at present disposed to admit
is, that those more circular shapes with a narrow area may be varieties of the
C. comoides. No difference in external striation appears to exist, nor are all the
examples circular, which is proved by my figs. 2 and6. I need hardly recall to the
reader’s memory how much some individuals of one species vary in shape, some
being wide, others elongated, depressed, or gibbose, with a large or narrow area,—
circumstances often due to habitat or other physical conditions, forming innumerable
varieties of a single species; but, since a difference of opinion to that advocated in
this paper has been expressed, the subject may be considered unsettled and worthy
of the notice of palzontologists.—[Jan. 6, 1854. ]

p 2

206

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [| Dec. 14,

On the Continent it was found at Visé, by M. de Koninck; on
the banks of l’Ylytsch in the Ural, by Count Keyserling ; it also
occurs near Switschei, and at Sablé in France.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Illustrative of the Structure of the Shell-Valves of Chonetes and Productus.
Fig. 1. Chonetes comoides (Exterior), from a very remarkable and typical

Fig.
Fig.

specimen belonging to the Bristol Institution Museum. In this
example the double area, trilobed cardinal process, and fissure are
largely developed: on the ventral area may be observed a series
of narrow diagonal concave striz, which diminish both in size and
distance as they approach the beak, and are similar to those already
noticed by Count Keyserling in his Russian examples.

. Exterior of another individual, showmg the concave dorsal valve.

The double area in this example is much less developed than in
fig. 1, but exhibits a similar cardinal process and fissures (the
margin has been slightly restored on one side). From the lime-
stone quarries under Treflach Wood at Trefonen, S. W. of Oswestry,
Salop. This, as well as figs. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8, are drawn from
specimens discovered by and belonging to the Collection of
Mr. G. W. Ormerod of Manchester, and are regarded by Mr.
D. Sharpe as specifically distinct from fig. 1; but I feel disposed
to consider them as only varieties of C. comoides.

. Exterior of the ventral valve. Same specimen as fig. 2.
. A vertical section of the Chonetes, supposed ta have been cut longi-

tudinally through the middle, exhibiting the comparative thick-
ness of the valves, as well as the remaiming free space occupied
by the animal.

. A fragment, exemplifying the great disproportional thickness of

the valves; along the weathered section of the ventral valve
may be distinctly traced successive layers of shell. This specimen
is from Tidenham Chase (Gloucestershire), near Chepstow.

. Interior of the ventral valve of a broad specimen: (T) teeth; (A)

adductor muscle; (C) cardinal muscles. This beautiful specimen
was discovered on the beach at Beaumaris by Mr. Henry Orine-
rod. (The margin has been slightly restored.)

. A small, almost circular, example of the ventral valve, showing

the interior. This is figured to show an unusual development of
the central septum. From the same locality as figs. 2, 3. (The
specimen is much damaged at the beak.)

. A circular example of the ventral valve. This specimen is similar

(although more perfect) to those from Llanymynech in the So-
ciety’s Museum. It is from the same locality as figs. 2, 3.

. Interior of the ventral valve of a Productus, perhaps giganteus,

from a remarkably beautiful and perfect example belonging to
the Bristol Institution Museum, and figured here to show the dif-
ference in the shape of the muscular scars compared with those
of Chonetes.

Interior of the ventral valve of Productus horridus.

. Interior of the dorsal valve of Productus longispinus, to serve for

comparison with fig. 13, im which the same characteristic reni-
form impressions (V), supposed to be vascular, may be noticed.

. Interior of the ventral valve of a new species of Chonetes from the

Devonian beds of Néhou, in France ; exhibiting cardinal spines

Quart. Jour. Geal. Soc. Val. X. PLVII

ies an

ea |
Ford & West Imp.

Tho® Davidson del. et: hth.

Quart. Jour. Geal. Soc. Vl. X. PLVIIT

Gisele

2 wm

Tord & West Imp

Tho® Davidson del. et Lith.

CHONETES AND PRODUCTUS.

ou)
eu
aay? :

is

1853.] OWEN ON THE BAPHETES PLANICEPS. 207

and muscular impressions somewhat similar in shape and position
to those observable in the same valve of C. comoides.

Fig. 13. Interior of the dorsal valve of the same Chonetes (fig. 12). Re-
niform impressions (V) similar in character to those of Productus,
but not to those of Leptena.

3. On a Fosstu imbedded in a mass of Pictou Coat, from Nova
Scoria. By Professor Owen, F.R.S., V.P.G.S. &e.

[Plate IX.]

Tue fossil imbedded in the mass of Pictou Coal, from Nova Scotia,
submitted to my inspection by the President of the Geological
Society, consists of the anterior extremity of the cranium and upper
jaw, with the exterior of the bone imbedded in the matrix, and its
substance, for the most part, reduced to a thin layer by abrasion of
the exposed inner surface (see PlateIX.). It displays accurately the
contour of the fore-part of the upper jaw, which was broad, obtuse,
and rounded : and some portions of the bone, with the imner surface
entire, prove this part of the cranium to have been broad, flat, and
of very little depth or vertical diameter.

The parts preserved include the premaxillaries, 22, nasals, 15, and
portions of the frontal, 11, prefrontal, 14, and maxillary, 21, bones,
the proportions and connexions of which best agree with those in the
skull of the Capitosaurus,—a Labyrinthodont Batrachian, from the
Bunter sandstone of Bernburg.

The premaxillaries, which show some obscure traces of a symphy-
sial suture at the median line, anterior to the nasal or naso-palatine
vacuities, extend outwards, on each side, for an extent of 23 inches,
and there join the maxillaries. Traces of round alveoli for teeth, some
of which are 2 lines in diameter, are visible on the alveolar border
of the premaxillaries. The alveolar border is continued, by the
maxillary bone, for an extent of 43 inches beyond the premaxillaries ;
and this border shows still more distinct traces of alveoli, of a circular
form, about a line in diameter, and rather closely set in a single series.
The fore-part of the orbit is very unequivocally displayed, the smooth
under or inner surface of the bone forming that part being entire ;
and this shows the fore-part of the orbit to be formed, partly by the
maxillary, partly by a lacrymal or prefrontal bone in close sutural
union therewith,—a structure which does not exist, to my knowledge,
in any recent or fossil fish with a dentigerous superior maxillary bone.
Where the substance of the bone has been detached so far as to expose
the exterior layer in contact with the coal, as e.g. on the frontal and
part of the prefrontal bones, the exterior surface of those bones is
shown to have been impressed by subhemispheric, or elliptical pits,
from 1 line to 14 line in diameter, and with intervals of half that
extent: and this coarsely pitted character agrees with that presented
by the outer surface of the similarly broad and flat crania of the

Ww
fay a
= @
& io)
&
(ea 2
= rea

Hd

PLAN
n Picton

w

q

eS

eae

| Bee

Ae

&

qj
aa

Pens

Nah

208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Dec. 14,

Labyrinthodont Batrachia, e. g. Trematosaurus, Capitosaurus, and
Labyrinthodon proper. The evidence of this structure presented by
the tubercles of carbonaceous matter that filled the depressions in the
bone, is at the same time evidence of the pulpy or plastic state of
the carbonaceous matter when it made the cast of the sculptured
outer surface of the cranium, which surface it now shows in relief.

A small microscopic section of the osseous tissue, which Mr.
Quekett has had the kindness to prepare, shows very distinct and .
well-defined bone-corpuscles or cells, of an elliptic or oval figure,
scattered throughout the tissue, at distances of from one to two or
three of their own long diameters: without any appearance, in the
section prepared, of vascular canals. The size of these bone-cells is
less than those in the Batrachian reptile discovered by Sir Charles
Lyell and Mr. Dawson in the South J oggins coal-field of Nova Scotia*,
and corresponds with those in some of the larger Sauria, as e.g. the
Megalosaurus. Neither Mr. Quekett nor I have yet met with any
fish-bone recent or fossil, which shows a microscopic structure like
that of the fossil in question from Pictou coal.

From the characters above specified, therefore, I conclude that this
fossil is the fore-part of the skull of a Sauroid Batrachian, of the
extinct family of the Labyrinthodonts. It agrees with them in the
number, size, and disposition of the teeth; im the proportions and
mode of connexion of the premaxillaries, maxillaries, nasals, pre-
frontals, and frontals; and in the resultant peculiarly broad and
depressed character of the skull. The traces of the nostrils are less
definite and satisfactory than the remains of the orbits; but the
latter appear to me to be decisive against the piscine nature of the
fossil. The fossil also presents the same well-marked external sculp-
turig as in the Labyrinthodonts; and amongst the genera that have
been established in that family, the form of the end of the muzzle,
or upper jaw, in the Pictou coal specimen best accords with that in
the Capitosaurus and Metopias of Von Meyer and Burmeister.
[The orbits have been evidently larger and of a different form than
in the reptiles so called ; and, for the convenience of distinction and
reference, I propose to name the present fossil Baphetes planiceps
(Barrw, I dip or dive), in reference to the depth of its position, its
probable diving habits, and the shape of its head.—Feb. 25, 1854. |

4. On the Tracks of a Crustacean in the “Lineuia Fags.”
By J. W. Sarrer, F.G.S., A.L.S., of the Geological Survey of
Great Britain.

WHILE investigating in the past autumn the fossil contents of the
lowest fossiliferous zone in Wales—the ‘“‘ Lingula flags *’—my atten-

* See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ix. pl. 3. fig. 8.

1853. ] SALTER—TRACKS IN THE LINGULA FLAGS. 209

tion was frequently directed to very numerous evidences of the ex-
istence of marine worms during the formation of these ancient de-
posits.

Nearly all the sandy and ripple-marked surfaces present worm-
tracks, whether in the higher or lower division of these strata, and
in all the localities visited : viz. the elevated country between Arenig
and Ffestiniog, the vale of Ffestiniog itself, and the valley of Tre-
madoe im Caernarvonshire.

The latter locality, besides exhibiting a very complete section of
the whole series of these ancient rocks, exposes particularly well the
lower or lower middle portion, in which only the Lingula Davisti is
found in any great abundance, but in which the Hymenocaris ver-
micauda also occurs. The latter fossil, a crustacean of the phyllopod
tribe, was described by me in the ‘ Reports of the Sections of the
British Association’ for 1852. About a mile and a half west of
Tremadoc, the Lingula beds are well exposed ; and along the road
to Criccieth, and on the bye-roads near Penmorfa, they are loaded
with the Lingula ;—just above Penmorfa church the beds are parti-
cularly rich in this fossil. At the village of Y-Felm-Newydd, the
sandy surfaces are seen to be broadly ripple-marked ; and the beds,
alternately of coarse and fine materials—many different layers often
occurring in the space of an inch,—have quite the appearance of having
been accumulated near shore, or at least in shallow water. The
sandstone is highly micaceous in parts, often very fine-grained,
generally flinty and of a flag-like character, and, though not at all
cleaved, it exhibits everywhere proofs of movements which have com-
pressed the beds laterally and plaited their surfaces in a remarkable
manner. On one of the sandy surfaces, obscurely and broadly ripple-
marked, were a number of short parallel linear impressions, arranged
in several transverse curved series, and of such a uniform size and
character that it was plain they were the marks made in succession by
the same animal. (See figure, p. 210.)

The space on the slab which these impressions occupy is more than
a foot in length; and there are five or six distinct sets of indentations,
each set 3 or 4 inches in extent, and with a curved outline, the
broadest end of each impression being towards the outer side of the
curve. The indentations themselves are more than half an inch long,
and half a line wide; abrupt and broad at their anterior end, and
tapering backwards to a point. They are almost always a little
curved, and are distant from one another a quarter of an inch,—in
some cases rather less, in others more. Intermixed with these, which
seem to have been the successive tracks of one larger animal, are
numerous similar series of much smaller size, and also many single
indents not placed in the regular transverse curves before noticed.

That these are not the tracks of marine worms is at once evident
from their arrangement in regular series, and from their each tapering
backwards, as well as lying parallel to each other. The section of
each indent is subtriangular, so that it was probably made by some
sharp instrument ; and their shape tapering backwards and position
im parallel series indicate a rapid movement, such as would be given

210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GROLOGICAL society. [Dec. 14,

by the spinous feet or abdomen of some crustaceous animal. As there
is every reason to believe that Trilobites had soft feet, they could not
have made such indentations with these instruments, and as the
only species known in these beds—the Olenus micrurus—had an
obtuse rounded tail, it could not bave made the marks with that.
We must look then to the possibility of their having been made by

ipple-marked

da?) onar
(Nat. size.)

°

1s vermicau

face of the “ Lingula-flags”’ of North Wales.

.
v

S247

Tracks of a small Crustacean animal (Hymenocar

the Hymenocaris, a shrimp-like animal, whose abdomen does possess
the requisite sharp prongs at its extremity, having in particular one
large spine which seems to be exactly the instrument fitted for the
purpose. It is well known, that, when in rapid or violent movement,
the crustacea can strike vigorously with the abdomen, and so gain the

GLACIAL DEPOSITS, ISLE OF MAN. 211

1853.] cuMMING

impetus necessary for advancing or retreating. And there is so much
resemblance between these indented tracks, and those produced by the
common Shrimp at ebb-tides, that the observer cannot help suspect-
ing them to have been produced by this*,—perhaps, the oldest of
crustaceans, in its movements along the bottom, or (what is more
probable) over the sand at the extreme edge of the waves.

The smaller marks were of course made by younger individuals of
the species, whatever that may have been. But why should the in-
dentations be parallel and arranged in transverse curved lines?

This question leads to the consideration of the circumstances under
which these beds were accumulated, because, if under a sufficient
depth of water to be out of reach of the tide, there seems no rea-
son why the Hymenocaris should not have advanced in a straight
direction ; or, if agitated, why there should be any regularity in the
indentations. I have already said, that the alternating coarse and
fine materials of the sandy and micaceous beds indicate shallow water,
a conclusion which is, I think, borne out by the occurrence of patches
of drifted sand and broken shells on the strata in some neighbour-
ing localities (for instance, in the quarry at the entrance to Y-wern).
I would now go further, and suggest that we have here probable
evidence of a flat shore, and of an ebbing tide against which the crea-
ture was striving to advance, and by keeping along the water’s edge
as the wave retired, it would necessarily produce a series of parallel
indents along the curved edge. Such an explanation would account
for the accurate preservation of all these minute impressions in their
original sharpness ; because the surface would be dried before it was
again covered by fresh sand. I may remark that these indentations
are common in the neighbourhood on similar surtaces, and with
annelide tracks accompanying them. But I only met with this in-
stance of their regular arrangement.

JaNuARY 4, 1854.

Charles Moore, Esq., Robert Hunt, Esq., R. Hall, Ksq., Dr. J.
Hobbins, and E. 8. Jackson, Hsq., A.M., were elected Fellows.

The following communications were read :—

1. On the Suverior Limits of the GuiactaL Deposits 7x the Isuu
or Man. By the Rey. J. G. Cummine, M.A., F.G.S., Vice-
Principal of King William College, Isle of Man.

In a paper, read before this Society on the 4th of February, 1846,
on the Tertiary Formations of the Isle of Mant, Idetailed the position
and relations to each other of certain pleistocene accumulations, which

* This is rendered still more probable by the fact, that the Hymenocaris is
found at Tremadoc, but the Olenus has not yet been discovered there.
+ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. p. 317 ; with maps and sections.

212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 4,

I classed under the heads of,—Ist. Boulder-clay, and erratic blocks ;
2nd. Diluvium ; 3rd. Drift-gravel; and 4th. Alluvium.

In a subsequent paper, read before this Society on January 6th,
1847, on the Geology of the Calf of Man*, I stated that I felt
inclined to remove to the division of Boulder-clay a large portion of
the accumulations which I had classed under the head of “ dilu-
vium,” confining this term to those masses of insular granite
and detritus which had been carried from their original position
to higher localities, and, as I then presumed, by violent diluvial or
cataclysmal action. I thought it impossible that any ordinary action
of icebergs could elevate to a height of upwards of 600 feet (and
that within a distance of a mile and a half from their parent source)
such immense quantities of granite and other rocks which I traced
to the very summits, and abundantly on the other side of our highest
southern mountains. In the same paper I stated my conviction that
the sea-bottom of the glacial period had in this neighbourhood been
depressed and raised again to an extent of not less than 400 feet.

Mr. Darwin in his paper ‘‘ On the Transportal of Erratic Boulders
from a lower toa higher level, read before this Society+ on April 19th,
1848, in commenting on these facts, (which I had also more fully
detailed in my ‘ History of the Isle of Man,’ published that same
year,) has shown how, by presuming a slow subsidence of the land,
through a lengthened period, the agency of ice could be effectual to
the producing these singular phenomena without necessarily calling
in aid any violent cataclysm.

A further and closer examination of the locality convinces me
of the soundness of Mr. Darwin’s views, and that a gradual submer-
gence took place of the Isle of Man to an extent of not only 400,
but at least 1600 feet.

I shall very briefly draw attention in this paper to some of the
evidences of the great probabilities of this hypothesis as presented to
us in the Isle of Man.

I should premise, that I consider all the appearances of the true
boulder-clay (¢.e. clay or loam imbedding scratched rocks and
boulders principally,) as pointing to a sinking condition of the land ;
for, as proposed in my paper “On the Tertiaries of the Moray Firtht,”
read April 18th, 1849, “‘the very circumstance, of the rocks zn as
well as under the boulder-clay being grooved and polished, is in
itself a strong evidence of subsidence ; the grooving must have taken
place prior to the covering up of the fundamental rock; and the
same must be true of each successive fragment in the superior mass.”

I consider, at any rate, this hypothesis as presenting as simple
a solution of the facts as the supposition of a mud-glacier sliding
forward over itself through several miles of country and over every
irregularity of ground.

I would observe that there was a period, prior to the subsidence
and emergence of which I am about to speak, when the Isle of Man

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. iii. p. 179; with sections.

+ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. iv. p. 315.
+ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vel. vi. p. 10.

gh-

i

height above h
Limekilns.

on 450 feet :

°
a
A

Length of sect

to the Lime-kilns near Port St. Mary.

Cliff-section from Perwick Bay

West.

water about 32 feet.

Perwick Bay.

CUMMING—GLACIAL DEPOSITS, ISLE OF MAN. 213

*YIVUL 19}7VM-Y Sty

3
‘

~~ —.—_—~

1
!
1
1
'
t
n
'
‘
1

f two granite blocks.

Limestone.

x, x, indicate the places o

d, d'. Coarse gravel.

h occasional scratched pebbles.

el and loam much disturbed.

with angular and scratched blocks of limestone.

Limestone.

c. Fine yellow loam wit

a. Blue clay
b. Grey grav

NS
Contorted beds
of Clay-schist,
with dykes of
greenstone and
veins of quartz.

j

*YAIVUL LoywM- YT

presented (if we except the northern area
consisting wholly of pleistocene deposits to
the extent of 50 square miles) the general
outline which it now does. At what period
the great denudation took place which planed
down to the same level both sides of ex-
tensive faults which took place im the older
strata subsequent to the deposit of the car-
boniferous series, we have no distinct evi-
dence. The boulder. clay consists, in greatest
part, of materials derived from the older
rocks in the immediate neighbourhood, as I
have before pointed out ; ‘and it lies right
across the faults which ane been so denuded
and planed down ovealsy on both sides*.

Over the whole of the southern area of the
Isle of Man, wherever the limestone is un-
covered, glacial groovings and scratches are
distinct ; their general direction being very
nearly magnetic east and west, 7. e. from N.
59° HK. to 8. 59° W. by meridian, and quite
independent of the dip of the limestone-beds.
The scratchings extend down to the present
high-water-line ; and even below it, wherever
they have been protected by the stiff clay
from the present action of the sea.

I would direct particular attention to the
patch of limestone existing between Port Ss.
Mary and Perwick Bay, of about 60 acres in
extent. The general dip of the beds is from
the fault which runs nearly magnetic east and
west ; and the regular groovings are in the
direction of this fault ; but there are frequent
minor cross scratchings which vary several
degrees from this general direction. This ap-
pears to me to be attributable to the action
of shore-ice.

There are also appearances as if the
boulder-clay had been forced violently
amongst the different beds of the limestone ;
and fragments of the latter are torn up and
carried forward ; and these remain angular
though much scratched, at no great distance
in the mass of clay which now covers up the
limestone-beds. (See section.)

A section of 400 feet in length, which
I have made in a direction east and west by

* See sections and maps of the papers above re-
ferred to.

214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Jan. 4,

the meridian, well displays this phenomenon and the general ap-
pearance of the overlying deposits.

To the south-westward of this district the country presents to the
sea a perpendicular wall, rising at Spanish Head to a height of 300
fect.

The great drift-current would pass along the face of this wall,
and no doubt would originally mark it with groovings. But as the
groovings would be in the strike of the bedding of the clay-schist, it
would be difficult to separate them from the lines of bedding ; and
they would be greatly effaced by the action of the sea at the subse-
quent upheaval. Indeed a large portion of this cliff has fallen, and
other portions annually fall mto the sea.

But all the way on the face of the mountain to the westward of
Port of St. Mary, we have accumulations of the boulder-clay very
distinctly, up to a height of 400 feet. Then, at a height of 460 feet
above high water, we have, on the surface of the rock, a couple of
hundred yards from the hamlet of Creggneese, by the road-side,
distinct glacial groovings, having a direction a little more to the
southward than those at Perwick Bay; but this direction the drifting-
current would be compelled to take in passing through the slight
depression which exists between the highest point of the Mull! Hills
and the point which lies to the eastward, in the direction of Spanish
Head. The highest point of the Mull Hills is 500 feet above the
level of the sea.

If we pass over northward to the mountain-range extending from
Brada Head to South Barrule, we find the whole of the eastern face,
to a height of 800 feet, covered with patches of the boulder-clay
deposits, which remain wherever they have been protected from the
action of the sea during the subsequent upheaval. These abound
chiefly in boulders of the South Barrule granite, mixed with quartz
and fragments of the clay-schist. Above this limit we find very little
clay, but immense quantities of boulders lie both on the eastern and
western side of the mountain, up to the very summit, though de-
creasing very fast the higher we ascend.

The summit of South Barrule is 1595 feet above the sea. To this
depth, therefore, at least, the submergence would appear to have taken

lace.
: We have few mountains on the Island whose summits are much
higher than this, though Snea-fell reaches a trifle over 2000 feet.
There is good reason to believe that they were all submerged, though
I have not distinct proof of a similar kind to that which we find on
South Barrule. The presumption arises from the character of the
Insular Flora, destitute as it is of the plants of the true Scan-
dinavian type, as compared with the flora of the opposite Cumber-
land Mountains.

With regard to the nature of the emergence, my impression is
that it was also of a quiet and continuous character. The proofs of
this seem to lie in the circumstance, to be observed here (as in thie
case of the parallel roads of Glen Roy and the neighbouring Cale-
donian Valleys), of terraces being found at the same level as con-
tiguous mountain-passes.

> < TAN
WYP Ly LVRS SS
TBP e re de> REPRE ERS

Li

u

Vudy,
KZ

AS,
REL US

Wists

CRAM

1854. | BIGSBY— GEOLOGY OF RAINY LAKE. 215

This may be particularly noted in passing into Fieshwick Bay from
Rushen Church, and in the terrace extending between Port St. Mary
and Port Erin. Another argument in favour of this hypothesis is
found in the entire absence of any water-worn caves at any great
height above the present level of the sea.

I believe that the re-elevation was of such an extent as to lay dr
the whole area of the Irish sea, and thus to connect the Isle of Man
with the surrounding countries, and these countries with each other.

Over the plain, so formed, the Megaceros Hibernicus immigrated
into these regions, as we find its remains buried in freshwater deposits
which were formed in depressions of the drift-gravel terrace.

There was, however, a subsequent period of subsidence to a partial
extent, and then a stationary period, which is indicated both by the
great excavations in the drift-gravel made by the sea at a higher
level than at present, and also by the presence of deep water-worn
caves at the height of about 12 feet above the present sea-level.

2. On the Groxoey of Rainy Lake, Sourn Hupson Bay.
By Dr. J. J. Bressy, F.G.S., &c.

[Plate X.]

GEOGRAPHICAL position, &c.—Rainy Lake, or Lake Lapluie, is
placed on the great commercial route from Canada to Prince Rupert’s
Land and the north-west fur countries.

It is 225 miles west of Lake Superior, and 85 miles south-east of
the Lake of the Woods*, from the head of Rainy River; but at
Nahcatchewonan River it is only 37 miles distant from that lake.

This lake, 50 miles long by 384 miles broad, is 294 miles round
by canoe-route. Its form, like that of most bodies of water resting
on plutonic rocks, is extremely irregular, being in three great troughs
(with deep lateral indents), one of these running easterly, and the
other two in a northerly direction. See Map, Plate X.

The immediate shores are usually low, rarely cliffs or earthy
banks ; but they rise in shayeless masses of rock, often naked, with
broad marshy intervals; or in ridges, which become hills 300-500
feet high at distances from the lake varying from half a mile to
four miles.

The low grounds are well covered with small trees, such as are
common in these regions, and the higher abound in Vaccinee and
other useful fruit-bearig bushes.

Rainy Lake is 1160 feet above the level of the sea, according to
Capt. Lefroy. Its water is pure and clear, but seldom deep, and
the spring-freshets rise to the height of from 3 to 5 feet. Its
magnetic variation is 10°-12° E.

We counted 516 islands; but there are more. They are mostly
small and marshy ; and never exceed four miles in length.

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. viii. p. 400, and pl. xxii.

Quart. Journ: Geol: Soe: Vo.X. FLX.

GEOLOGICAL MAF

RAINY LAKE.

VW dead) eietGast 12) 6) WD) ISeIGere),

TABLE OF SIGNS.

=
PAT a3
a

AAV
wae Eee
SC: SS A eae |
Aa ARA aah’ Sey cs 3
i e aoe | | v4
a as ach { 4
D aa [Pay > ) \ Laer
3 ran x ory | iy Liga 5
‘ haat Ny He ie JSyenite.
bo aaah 8 gee | i fe iy
Safe Re Bos. :
s 2s
: resegs
Wi (IRS Cad NN a5
0 KiEeAS Gness
LS ak NW
N 0 S35 we rors Y
eva VN WNW
Peo ISG REE cae
AIS SONI Mia State;
ADGA a, 9 I)
eoctedny nett Ne
Bens Sat ho Sas 4
LAE ae Ake - 2
Ke ESS Brice ¥ ASS
: eos “ ;
Sets ee Chlorite Sate,
piace .

Greenstone Mate.

NN Dip and Strbi,
ee, Vertical.

WY N Z
SASS

Sitters y/

i

[ +» DB. Upper Silurian Lomestone
on the beach here. |

<
=

eee
Raby
x
>

{D.Thompson, Astron: fecit)

Se tpt

216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. ([Jan. 4,

The map (hitherto unpublished) which accompanies this paper is
taken from the archives of the Canadian Boundary Commission,
whose surveyors I accompanied in their circumnavigation of this
lake. While they were employed on its topography, I attended to
its geology.

GEOLOGICAL CoNDITIONS.—The geology of Rainy Lake is well
worth a short but careful notice, because it continues north-easterly,
into a country rarely visited, the investigations of Dr. Norwood, of
Dr. Dale Owen’s party of geological surveyors, who worked to the
north-east from the head-waters of the Mississippi. Professor Keat-
ing (Long’s Expedition) and Dr. Norwood passed along the south
ae only of this lake, and their observations are contained in a few
mes*.

The geology cf this body of water may be summed up in the
following words. Chloritic and greenstone slates, gneiss and mica-
slate, in proportional quantities in the order here set down, seem
once to have occupied the lake-basin, with an E.N.E. strike, and a
N.N.W. dip, at a high angle usually. But subsequently a very
extensive outburst of granite, with some syenite, has taken place, to the
great disturbance of the stratified rocks, and penetrating them both in
intercalations and crosswise. These intrusive rocks occupy a very
large portion of the lake; most of the western shore, nearly all the
eastern trough or arm, and much of the east end of the lake about
Stokes and Hale Bays ; as will be best seen by referring to the Map.

Near the head of Rainy River, there are vestiges of an Upper
Silurian limestone, which will be mentioned in the sequel.

The whole of Rainy Lake may (solely for the convenience of
description and reference) be distributed into six parts, in the order
of our voyage round it; each having its own geological characteristic.

The first includes the whole west side of the lake from Rainy
River to Manitou River, and round to Cape Chamberlin. The
second takes in the interval of thirty-six miles between Cape Cham-
berlin and Cape Bayfield.

The third embraces the whole eastern arm,—the eight miles south
of Point Lyon excepted.

The fourth occupies fifty-two miles of coast by Barclay and Seine
Bays, easterly to near Point Franklin.

The fifth imcludes the whole south-eastern end of the lake, a coast-
line sixty miles long, and having Point Franklin and Maypole Island
as its western limits.

The sixth portion takes in the south shore from Maypole Island
to Rainy River.

First Division of the Lake Shore.—The first of these portions
or divisions (west shore), with the exception of a small district
of greenstone slate at the south angle of Peche Bay, running ob-
scurely E.N.E., is mainly occupied by granite ; this is coarse im grain
and grey about Peche Bay, but north of Otter Point the prevailing
colour, especially in Manitou Sound, is white, from that of its three

* See Dr. D. Owen's Report of a Geological Survey of Wisconsin, Iowa, and
Minnesota, &c. 4to. Philadelphia, 1852.

1854. | BIGSBY—GEOLOGY OF RAINY LAKE. 217

constituents. In patches we find it of a pale salmon tint, from the
colour of its felspar. In the northern parts of this shore it is finely
granular and porphyritic, in equal quantities. At the River Nahcat-
chewonan, the granite cannot be distinguished from that of Gravel
Point and other districts in the Lake of the Woods, about forty
miles distant on the W.N.W. ‘The northern half of this western
shore is for the most part a perfectly naked, bleached rock.

In Peche and Otter Bays, and for five or six miles northwardly, by
the admission of hornblende and other changes in its constitution, the
granite becomes a syenite, which, in its turn, by patches, becomes a
hornblende-greenstone, and even slaty ; while over the whole western
shore, in places too numerous to designate, but occasionally noted on
the Map, it passes into gneiss. Whether this is effected here by
gradual transition, I cannot say, but imtercalations of these two
rocks are frequent ; and so is the occurrence of veins of porphyritic
granite, traversing the gneiss in all directions without disturbance of
any kind (two miles N.E. of Cape Jones, &c.).

Throughout this coast, round and lenticular masses of black horn-
blende occur, both in the granite and in the gneiss, from 100 to 300
yards in length, and often ramifying far and near into the containing
rock ;—or it may be interleaved with the gneiss, as in Nahcatche-
wonan Bay, four miles west of Cape Jones. Point Otter is a headland
of this rock, 250 yards broad. It is penetrated from below by
granite, whose main seams (4—6 yards broad) rise up perpendicularly,
but which ramify and mosculate very freely in the smaller branches.

On the north side of Nahcatchewonan Bay, this black hornblende
is very abundant; and near Cape Jones a mass of it occurs in layers,
which open and contain a large lenticular lump of crystalline quartz.
It also abounds on the east side of Manitou Sound for ten miles
south of Corpse Island, and here it passes conformably into a dark
gneiss.

The strikes and dips of the gneiss are so various as only to be
understood from the Map, where it will be further seen that the
form and direction of the Western Arm (twenty-five miles long) and its
different bays and inlets are greatly governed by the stratification ;
a remark which must be extended to the whole of Rainy Lake.

Second Division.—The second portion, with its winding shores,
commences at Cape Chamberlin. Here a total change of rock takes
place ; but under what circumstances, the marshy nature of the
country prevents us from seeing.

Thiswhole line of coast (thirty-six miles) is based on greenstone-slate
and chlorite-slate, passing into each other msensibly. Although of
several shades of green elsewhere, and very fissile, the greenstone of
Hopkins and Indian Bays is black, very compact, and often in such
broad strata (many yards across) as to be almost massive. In this
state it changes into syenite, in and near the two bays just men-
tioned, in spaces of a few square miles, and is either interleaved
with the two slates in broad seams, or is in intrusive masses, con-
taming numerous and large imbedded lumps of nearly pure horn-
blende.

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. ([Jan. 4,

The chlorite-slate is well characterized by its glossy-green colour,
unctuous feel, aud wavy or even crimped lamination. At the south
angle of Forbes’ Bay, a few hundred yards inland, these undulations
take on a singularly contorted form. It is difficult to conceive what
kind of force, or combination of forces, could have created the
regular succession of numerous waved zigzags, seen at this spot, all
of the same size (5 inches long), and ending suddenly in gracefully
recurrent sweeps of lamination on a much larger scale. At this
place, the layers of the chlorite-slate open, and contain irregular
deposits many tons in weight, either of hornblende, or of very white
crystalline quartz. A little to the west of Point Back are veins of
chlorite-earth, a foot and more thick ; and there the foliations of the
chlorite-slate are greatly bent and crumpled. Chlorite-slate here
never passes into syenite, at least directly; but is confusedly and
largely interleaved with it, as in Hopkins Bay.

At Point Back, a mound or two of grey granite protrudes above
the marshes.

Both the greenstone and the chlorite-slate are strictly confermable
with each other ;—their most common strike being E.N.E. At Cape
Chamberlin, and on the north side of Forbes Bay, it is a little te
the south of east; the strike is to the north of east on the south
side of that bay, and throughout all the coast to Cape Bayfield, with
the exception of the south side of Hopkins Bay, im proximity to
syenite, where it 1s north-east, with a southerly dip, contrary to the
usual dip in Rainy Lake. The dip is often vertical, and always high.

Third Division.—The third division commences at Pomt Bay-
field, and extends nearly over the whole eastern arm, twenty-eight
miles long in a direct line. The immediate shores of the lake are
usually morasses, except high up in the north of this arm, where
the country ascends at once in hills of pine-forests, or im naked
ridges, 500 feet high, and as white and shining as porcelain. This
division is characterized by the confused state of its stratified rocks,
especially on the west side of the arm.

White or pale red granite is the prevailing rock, and especially in
the north, accompanied: by syenite*, and flanked by mica-slate and by
chlorite-slate and greenstone-slate, quite the same as those already
described.

The strike of these three last-mentioned rocks is usually N. and
N.W., as at Bear’s Pass, Otterberry Lake, and Porter’s Bay; to the
N.E., at Spawning River and the Manitou Rocks ; as well as to the
E.N.E., two miles north of Parry Strait. On the east side of the
Arm, the strike seldom deviates from the N.E. or E.N.E.

By way of a few local details, we have to state that, from Cape
Bayfield to Otterberry Lake, there is a confused intermingling of
granite with greenstone-slate and chlorite-slate, and with three small
districts of coarse grey mica-slates ; one of these being a mile south
of Bear’s Pass, and the other two near the foot of Otterberry Lake ;
the most northern having many flexures, and abounding in garnet
and staurotide.

* | found apatite in the syenite of Porter’s Bay.

1854. | BIGSBY—GEOLOGY OF RAINY LAKE. 219

On the east shore, for some miles north of Parry Strait, dark
greenstone-slate and gneiss occupy the country conformably with each
other, granite here and there emerging from their midst. The gneiss
has imbedded in it large masses of hornblende such as are noticed
elsewhere, which also run into it in seams, in all directions. +

From the north end of Otterberry Lake to Point Dalhousie (about
twelve miles), the mainland consists of dark greenstone and chloritic
slates, with some syenite at the bottom of Barclay Bay.

The chloritic slate of an island two miles N.E. of Point Dalhousie,
marked by a fine grove of pines, is so quartzose as to become a horn-
stone. It has many veims and masses of white calespar.

Fourth Division.—The fourth district includes the fifty-two miles
of coast from Point Lyon, eastwardly, to Point Franklin.

It is almost wholly occupied, as far as I could see, by both broad
and narrow alternations of greenstone- and chlorite-slates, in about
equal quantities, and of the kinds common on this lake. The former
is often in very thick strata, and is traversed by veins of white quartz
and chlorite-earth ; the latter being so soft as to be carved into images
by the Indians. Chlorite-slate is in particular abundance at the north
angle of Seine Bay.

Both rocks are conformable; their strike being to the E.N.E. or
N.E., with a northerly or perpendicular dip. They have been little
affected, in trend at least, by eruptions of granite, and are im fact con-
tinuations of the same strata some miles across the lake, on its south
shore.

It has yet to be stated that the bottom of Barclay Bay, three and
a half or four miles broad, is based on syenite, which is in connexion
with the granite region of the Kast Arm on the north.

Fifth Division.—At the distance of two miles W.N.W. of Point
Franklin, we enter our fifth division. It comprises the 8.E. end of
the lake.

The greenstone-slate here begins, as we see in coasting along, to
alternate with dark syenitic gneiss, and then appears no more east-
wards, being replaced entirely by gneiss with a strike varying from
E.N.E. to E. by N., the dip being either perpendicular or northerly
at a high angle.

About two miles N.W.of Cormorant River, great seams and tortuous
veins of white granular granite everywhere traverse the gneiss, with-
out alteration of the latter; and all around the above river, the country
is studded with hummocks and bosses of granite with (to my eye)
confused intervals of gneiss among them.

This continues, with imbedded masses of hornblende (as seen in
the west of the lake) in either of these rocks, past Wah-chusk River
to Point Mackenzie (eight miles), where, southward for seven miles,
to Stokes Bay, numerous broad intercalations of a beautiful silvery
mica-slate are met with among the granitic and gneissoid ridges. This
handsome slate is thickly spotted with small scales of black mica, and
fine granular quartz and felspar, both white,

From Stokes Bay, along a low coast, through Hale Bay (almost
filled up with densely wooded islands) to Perch River, granite con-

¢

VOL. X.—PART I. Q

220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL socieTy. [Jan. 4,

tinues very plentiful, with beds of gneiss interposed. It disappears
westwards at Wapescartoo River. The Falls of the Chaudiére River,
close to Hale Bay, pass over gneiss striking E.N.K., and vertical ; but
a white porphyritic granite is frequently seen close at hand.

On the west side of Hale Bay I had an opportunity of taking strikes
and dips carefully in six places. ‘They were always E.N.E., and in
one place indicated a small anticlinal (see Map, Pl. X.). Since this
paper was written I have been pleased to find my notes confirmed by
the observations of Dr. Norwood, both in this locality*, and in the
neighbouring fine body of water, Lake Namaycan.

This granite is remarkably porphyritic one mile west of Perch River,
the felspar-crystals varying from 1 to 10 inches in length, the
amorphous quartz-masses from | to 24 inches in diameter, and the
hexagonal crystals of yellowish silvery mica 1 or 2 inches broad. In
some places hereabouts the granite is of the kind called ‘ graphic,”
—as was remarked by Dr. Norwood of the granite not far from the
Chaudiére Falls at the S.E. corner of the lake. As might have been
expected from its strike, we find the mica-slate of Stokes Bay, re-
appearing at Perch Bay, with an interval of six miles of lake: but
it is here coarser, more quartzose, often ferruginous, and in this
vicinity it distinctly runs into true gneiss. The nakedness of this
part of the coast permits a freer examination of its rocks than
elsewhere.

From Wapescartoo River, through the Grand Detroit to Maypole
Island (sixteen miles), the only rock visible among the low woods is
exactly the same gneiss as that of Point Franklin on the opposite shore.

This is particularly true at Point Observe, and on the east side of
Black Bay. For many square miles about Wapescartco Bay it is
traversed everywhere by string-like beadings and larger masses of
transparent amber-coloured quartz im long interrupted lines, with here
and there wandering veins of granite.

The gneiss and mica-slate are conformable with each other and
with the slates of Seine Bay, &c. Out of thirty-eight recorded ob-
servations in this fifth division, twenty-four are to the E.N.E., eleven
E. by N., two nearly N.E., and one E.S.E. Of the twenty-eight
dips, fifteen are northwards, ten vertical, and three southwards; the
last being near each other ; and two of them, although taken three
miles apart, evidently occur in continuations of the same strata. They
indicate small anticlinals.

Stath Division.—The sixth division occupies rather more than one-
third (the western) of the south shore of this lake, from Maypole
Island to Rainy River.

For nearly eleven miles west of Maypole Island, to Point Logan,
chlorite-slate+ and greenstone-slate predominate, and in precisely the
same relations to each other as in Indian Bay, &c., on the opposite
coasts.

* Dr. Norwood found tourmaline, actinolite, and garnet here.

+ Dr. Norwood (Owen’s Report, p. 319) informs us that there is much talcose
slate hereabouts. It may be so, but I saw none, although I carefully went over
this coast three times. I suppose him to mean fine soft chlorite-slate.

1854. | BIGSBY— GEOLOGY OF RAINY LAKE. 221

The extensive shallow indent, called Black Bay, however, is based
on granular gneiss with white mica, and with small quantities of green-
stone-slate interleaved; both having an E. by N. or E.N.E. strike
and northerly dip.

The greater part of the interval of four miles between Point Logan
and Rainy River is occupied by syenite, in districts covered up
irregularly by morass. It is very dark, from the preponderance of
hornblende. It frequently contains isolated sheets of very micaceous
gneiss and dark greenstone-slate ; both with the usual K.N.E strike
and northerly dip, but not without one or two small deviations.

At the commencement of Rainy River, on both banks, and for two
miles of the south shore of the lake, there is a large quantity of
untravelled debris of an Upper Silurian limestone, which is always
sharp-edged and slaty; and now and then is planted into the earth
in such great square masses, that | am constraimed to consider it
living rock, ‘split into fragments by the intense cold of these regions.

Containing the same fossils as the limestone of the lake of the woods,
I believe it to be of the same age*. It is browner and coarser in
texture. There is not much doubt but that it underlies most of
the bed of Rainy River, and is continued into the plains about the
Red River settlement.

Remarks.— Whilst vast districts to the south and west are buried
under clays, sand, gravel, and boulders, to the depth occasionally of
200 feet, there is about Rainy Lake but little loose debris; the earth
or gravel banks being few, and seldom exceeding a few feet in thick-
ness+. Whenever the land rises a little we have for the most part
bleached and naked rock for many square miles together. Some
northern erratic blocks there are, but not in such marvellous accu-
mulation as elsewhere encumbers the surface.

The strikes in Rainy Lake, of which that to the E.N.E. may be
taken as normal or common, require a correction of 10° or 12°
westerly ; such being the amount of the magnetic variation easterly.
This brings the strikes nearer to the N.E.

The rock-formations of this lake are a continuation of those on the
south ;—both towards the head-waters of the Mississippi, and the Fond
du Lac of Lake Superior ; the rocks themselves, their mutual relations,
and their strikes beimg similar.

Dr. Norwood in his map of these parts of Minnesota (Atlas, Dale
Owen’s Survey of Minnesota, &c.) covers the country with granite
and syenite, mingled with metamorphic slates, going N.E., as far as
enormous quantities of coarse and fine drift have permitted him to
observe.

On the west of the Fond du Lac, and between the Mississippi and
Minnesota Rivers, Dr. Norwood found the strike to be N.N.E.; but
whether this indicates a formation of a different era from that of
Rainy Lake and other neighbouring parts, or is due to local magnetic
variation, so changeable among these lakes, cannot at present be
settled.

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. viii. p. 405.
t+ See Dr. Bigsby on Canadian Erratics; Quart. Journ. Geol, Soc. vol. vii. p. 215.

Qq2

222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. ([Jan. 4,

Dr. Norwood (Owen’s Survey, p. 192) considers the great plutonic
chain north of Lake Superior, and running nearly parallel with its
north shore, from N.E. to S.W., to be the main axis of dislocation
for wide regions in this part of North America.

This opinion is strengthened by finding in Rainy Lake, and along
the chain of lakes (225 miles long) which lead to the Grand Portage
of Lake Superior, that the dip of all the stratified rocks is almost in-
variably to the north* ; while that of the kindred rocks in Wisconsin
and Michigan, south of Lake Superior, is with great constancy to the
south ; and this over areas of many thousand square miles.

In hand-specimens the rocks of Rainy Lake are often not to be
distinguished from those of Lakes Superior and Huron. Although
carefully sought for, I met with no ores in Rainy Lake; while in
Tron and Gunflint Lakes, on the east, indications of metalliferous rocks
are numerous.

3. On some SwaLtLow Houses on the CoauKx Hitus near CaANTER-
pury. By J. Presrwicn, Jun., Hsq., F.R.S., F.G.S.

Tue occurrence of swallow holes on chalk and limestone hills is a
pheenomenon almost too well known and too general to call for any
special notice ; but there exists, in a locality not hitherto cited, near
Canterbury, a group of these stream-absorbent cavities of so remark-
able a character, that, as this question also bears so materially upon
the subject of the next communication I have to make, I beg to lay
before the Society a short account of them.

I came upon this spot whilst tracmg, a few years since, the
Thanet Sands through East Kent. Around Feversham and Can-
terbury the country consists essentially of chalk, but the high ground
between these towns consists of tertiary strata, forming a table-
land of a few square miles in extent. The area to be noticed is
merely that portion of the hill which lies south of the high-road,
and which is in part marked by a wood named on the Ordnance Map
“Fish Pond Wood,” extending over the London clay and Lower
Tertiary sands down to the edge of the chalk. The draimage from
this clay surface is carried off by several small brooks+ having an
easternly or a southerly direction. It is to the latter that I would
particularly direct attention. Skirting the wood from Nick-hill
Farm westward to Lower Elmsden, there are to be found within a
distance of about a mile as many as six or seven of these water-
courses, all of which, without exception, disappear just within the
edge of the wood, in swallow holes, some of which are not more than
6 or 8 feet broad and deep, whilst others attain a diameter of 30 to
40 feet and a depth of 20 to 30. There is generally not much water
in the brooks running into these funnel-shaped { excavations, at the
bottom of which they form a small pool, that, notwithstanding this

* The result of 120 observations in Rainy Lake, and of thirty in the other lakes,
carefully made by myself.

t+ These brooks are not laid down on the Ordnance Map.

~ On one side of which the stream forms a gap or lip.

1854. | PRESTWICH—SWALLOW HOLES IN CHALK. 223

icessant addition, remains unchanged and without rise, the water
bemg gradually and quietly absorbed as fast as it is supplied. Only
occasionally after heavy rains the water stands for a few hours some
feet higher. The sides of these excavations are usually sloped with
debris, grass, and bramble, and the bottom covered by a bed of sand
and gravel so that the chalk surface cannot often be seen. Some
of the swallow holes are situated within the boundary of the Lower
Tertiary sands, whilst others are just on the edge of the chalk.
Between this spot and the river Stour at Shalmford Street there is
a descent probably of 200 to 300 feet, throughout which the surface
of the chalk is as bare of wood as it is of water. But on the river-
bank near that village a large and perennial spring bursts out. There
are, I believe, several other springs in the river, but this is a very
striking one, and is apparently dependent upon the brooks lost in
the swallow holes a mile distant on the hills above. Not that I
think that the streams are continued underground in separate and
independent channels from the spot where they disappear to that
at which they issue in the river-bank, but that they descend, within
a short distance, through one or more channels down through the
mass of the chalk, until they reach the line of permanent water-level
which passes under the hills in a curve rising slightly from the river
Stour and descending again towards Feversham. The additional
supply made by the brooks at this spot determines a higher local level
in the water-line, and consequently the springs issue in greater force,
and higher above the river, along the nearest lowest level of the
valley—the river channel. The bulk of the springs are probably in
the bed of the river, or low on its banks, and are therefore not so
apparent.

The accompanying section gives a general view of the position
of these swallow holes and of the main spring.

General theoretical Section of the Hills S.E. of Boughton to the
River Stour between Chilham and Canterbury.

Length about 2 miles. S.E.

1. London Clay. 2. The Lower Tertiary Sands. (These should be continued
between a and a’.) 3. Chalk.

a, a'. Swallow-holes in the surface of the Chalk.

6. Line of water-level in the Chalk *, s. Spring on the river-bank,

2, %, 2. Sand-pipes on the surface of the Chalk, filled with the tertiary sands.

* Assuming / to be placed in a central position between s and the river-leyel at Feversham,
to the N.W., the line of water-level from / to s would form a nearly regular descending plane
in either direction, and the point s would fall rather lower than in the above diagram ; but the
concentrated supply of water at a, a’, raises the water-level between 4 and s, and affects in
proportion the water-lev-l at s, causing it to stand higher than it would in its normal condition,
and determining, therefore, at that spot a larger delivery of water than usual. The water-
channels conducting from a, a’, to the dotted line 4, s, may be nearly perpendicular, or may
follow for some distance the line of stratification formed hy the beds of flints.

224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan.-4.

On the other side of the hill, in proceeding from Hatch Green to
Dinstead and Fish Pond Farm, there are several other swallow holes.
Altogether the district is a very interesting one in this respect, and,
although I have seen larger streams absorbed elsewhere, I know of
no other locality where so many may be seen within so small an area,
or where the phenomenon is more striking*.

It would appear that two conditions are essential for the formation ~
of swallow holes: the one, that there should be streams formed at
such a level that they have to pass over a surface of country higher
than that of the main valleys of drainage ; and the other, that the line
of water level im the mass of calcareous strata m which the swallow
holes are formed should be below the level at which the streams drill-
ing the swallow holes are absorbed. The action is therefore dependent
upon the tendency which the water has to seek the lowest water-
level. Consequently wherever a predisposing cause, such as a crack
or fissure, may exist, the water will tend to escape through any avail-
able subterranean channels to the lower water-level and then to the
river-channels, in lieu of flowing over the surface to the same ultimate
point, as it would do in the case of passing over strata not acted
upon by water holding,.as usual with all surface waters, carbonic
acid in solution.

* Amongst other places in the chalk around London where swallow holes may
be observed, I would instance in particular the neighbourhood of Farnham, and
the districts immediately north of Newbury, S.W. of Hungerford, and N. of
Barnet.

T In this case the old Tertiary sand-pipes may have determined the formation
of some of these existing swallow-holes.

225

DONATIONS

TO THE

LIBRARY OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

From November 1st, 1853, to December 31st, 1853.

I. TRANSACTIONS AND JOURNALS.
Presented by the respective Societies and Editors.

AMERICAN Journal of Science and Arts. Vol. xvi. no. 48. From
Prof. Silliman, M.D., For. Mem. G.S.

Hitchcock.—Coal-field of Rhode Island.
Nicklés.—Nickel and Cobalt.

Dana.—Coral formations.

Smith and Brush.—American Minerals.
Dana.—Supposed change of Ocean temperature.
Mineralogical and Geological Notices and Bibliography.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Vols. vi.—xili. From
Dr. Carpenter, F.G.S.

Art Union of London, Report of the Council for 1853.

Athenzeum Journal for November.
Notices of Geological Society Meetings.

Basle Natural History Society, Bulletin, from August 1850 to June
1852.

Miiller.—Ccelestine crystals.
Hot-springs at Baden, Aargau.
Jura of Aargau.
Dinotherium remains in Delsberg Valley, Berne.
St. Cassian formation in the Bergamo Alps.
St. Cassian formation at Como Lake.
Geology of the Vorarlberg Alps.
Fossil Vine in the Brown-coal.
Borings on the Rhine.
Shells of Ammonitide.
Fossils of Justi Valley on Lake Thun.
Von Meyer.—Delphinus canaliculatus.

226 DONATIONS.

Bombay Royal Asiatic Society, Journal, vol. v. no. 18.

Hislop.—Geology of Nagpur.

Carter.—Fossil Foraminifera of Scinde.

Orbitolites Malabarica.

Sykes and Egerton.—Ichthyolite from the Deccan. [From Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc.]

Canadian Journal, for September, October.

Variations of levels of the Lakes.
Seiches of Lakes.

Mineral resources of New York State.
Limestone of Lake Conchiching.
Ice-packing on River St. Lawrence.
Notices of works, and Miscellaneous.

Civil Engineer’s and Architect’s Journal for December.

Ventilation of Coal Mines.
Seiches of Lakes.
Miscellaneous.

France, Société Géologique de, Bulletin. Deux. Série, tome x.
feuill. 12-16.

Edm. Hébert.—Sur la craie supérieure du Nord de l'Europe, 178.

Divers.— Observations sur la communication précédente, 180 et seq.

De Yéroféyeff.—Note sur la carte géologique du gouvernement
de Saint-Pétersbourg, par M. Kutorga, 186.

La Société.—Nomination du Bureau pour 1853, 190.

Bianconi.—Sur les dépéts de sel gemme de Regalbuto, prés Gir-
genti (Sicile), 194.

Ponzi.—Note sur l’époque de soulévement des Apennins, 195.

Rozet.—Addition a la note précédente, 196.

Divers.—Observations sur les deux notes précédentes, 199 ef seq.

Edm. Hébert.—-Sur la position du grés d’Hettange (Moselle)
dans la série liasique, 201.

Divers.—Observations sur la communication précédente, 203 et
seq.

A. Leymerie.—Exposition d@’une méthode éclectique ou werné-
rienne de minéralogie, 207.

J. Delanoue.—De l’existence des terrains saliféres dans le Nord
de la France, 253.

De Brimont.—Sur un gisement de cailloux irisés par oxyde de
fer, découvert dans le lit de la Marne, prés d’Epernay, 239.

De Cazanove.—Note sur le Mont-Aowtt (Marne), 240.

De Keyserling.—Sur les fossiles de Sterlitamak (Russie), 242.

A. Delesse.—Sur le granite, 244.

Sur la transformation du granite en aréne et en

kaolin, 256.

Indian Archipelago Journal, vol. vii. nos. 2, 3. From J. R. Logan,
Esq., F.G.S.

Literary Gazette, for November and December.
Notices of Geological Society Meetings.

Medical Circular. No. 70.

DONATIONS. 227

Neuchatel, Société des Sciences Naturelles de. Bulletin, tom. iii.
feuill. 1-94.

Vouger and Desor.—Pisolite iron ore of the Bernese Jura.

Kopp.—The Nebular Hypothesis.

Desor.—Distribution of marine animals on the North American
Coast.

Coulon and Desor.—Auriferous quartz.

Paris, l’Kcole des Mines, Annales des Mines. Cing. Série, tom. iii.

Bibliographie, 1.
Damour.—Composition de la Roméine, 179.
Delesse.—L’or en Australie, 185.
Le Granite des Vosges, 369.
La Grauwacke des Vosges, 747.
Extraits de Minéralogie, 657.
Rivot et Duchanoy.— Voyage minéralogique en Hongrie, 63, 213.
Le Play.—La Fabrication du fer, 463.
Situation de V’industrie minerale en Russie, 801.
L’or de Malacca, 816.
L’or au sud du Caucase, 830.

Paris, Académie des Sciences de, Comptes Rendus. Deux. Sem.
tome xxxvil. nos. 17—24, and Tables of vol. xxxvi.

Philosophical Magazine for December. From R. Taylor, Esq.,
F.G.S.

Drevermann.—Formation of Crystalline Minerals, 453.
Nicklés.—Passive state of Nickel and Cobalt, 454.

Photographic Society, Journal. Nos. 11, 12.

Royal Institution of Great Britain, Notices of Meetings, part 3.

Forbes.—Isle of Wight Upper Tertiary beds, 316.
Lyell.—Reptile and land shell from Nova Scotia Coal, 281.
Phillips.—Geology of Yorkshire, 278.

List of Members, &c., 1852.

Royal Society of Edinburgh, Transactions, vol. xx. part 24.

Wilson.-—Supposed Meteoric stone, 147.
Chambers.—Glacial Phenomena, 148.
Smith.—Supposed fossil tools, 158.
Brewster.— Tourmaline, titanium, and quartz, within mica, ame-
thyst and topaz, 158.
Fleming.— Structural characters of rocks, 169, 197.
Gregory.—Fossil Diatomacez of Mull, 176.
Brewster.—Production of crystallime structure by pressure, &c.,
178.
Circular crystals, 183.

Preceedings, vol. ui. no. 43.

Royal Society of London, Proceedings, vol. vi. no. 99.

Presidential Address 344.

VOL. X.—PART I. R

228 DONATIONS.

St. Petersburg, Acad. Impér. des Sciences de, Mémoires, tom. v.
livr. 5 and 6.
Bulletin, tom. ii.
Skobhikoff.—Inridium, 25.
Von Mercklin.—Fossil wood and Amber in Brown-coal at Gishi-
giusk, 81.

Fossil plants of Russia, 300.

Helmerson.—Aulosteges and Strophalosia, 140.

— Coal at Moscow, 170.

Dittmar and Middendorf.—Glaciers of East Siberia, 305.
Maack.— Land and freshwater mollusks of Jenisseisk and Baikal,
368.

Turin, Royal Academy of Sciences, Transactions, ser. 2, vol. xiii.
Sobrero and Sismonda.—Hydraulic lime, ln.
Signorile.—Hydraulic hme, 243.

Wiesbaden, Natural History Society, Jahrbiicher, Heft 9. Abth. 1, 2.
Ludwig.—Rhenish slate rocks between Butzbach and Homburg, 1.
Scharff.—The Taunus and the Alps, 21.
Sandberger.—Mineralogical Notes, 40, 46.

Cassellmann.— Chemical researches on the Brown-coal of the
Westerwald, 49.

Vienna, Imper. Academy of Sciences, Transactions, vol. iv. part 1.
Unger.—Fossil Plants, 73.
Vol. v. part 2.
Bibra.—Notes on Chih, 73.
Bulletin. Vol. x. parts 4, 5.

Unger.—Fossil ferns, 481.
Lowe.—Tellurium in the Siebenburg gold-ore, 727.

II. GEOLOGICAL AND MISCELLANEOUS BOOKS.
Names of Donors in Italics.

Ansted, Prof. Report to the Society of Arts on Berdan’s Gold
Machine. From the Society of Arts.

Calvert, John. 'The Gold rocks of Great Britain and Ireland, and a
general outline of the gold regions of the world, with a treatise
on the Geology of Gold.

Cheshire, Edmund. ‘The results of the Census of Great Britain in
1851.

Clarke, Rev. W. B. Letter on the Geological Structure of the
Western Slopes of the Highlands of New England. From the
Colonial Office.

Daubeny, Dr. C. B. An inquiry, suggested by some remarks con-
tained in a late number of the Quarterly Review.

Anniversary Address to the Chemical Scciety.

DONATIONS. 229

Delesse, dA. Mémoire sur la constitution minéralogique et chimique
des roches des Vosges.

Force, Peter. Supplement to Grinnell Land.

Forrester, J. J. The Oliveira Prize-Essay on Portugal.

Heer, Oswald, and A. Escher von der Linth. Zwei geologische
Vortrage gehalten im Marz 1852.

Nicol, Prof. James. Inaugural Lecture at Marischal College: on
the study of Natural History as a branch of general education.

Owen, Prof. R. On the Archetype and Homologies of the Verte-
brate Skeleton.

Pasini, Ludovico, 1 Viaggi di Marco Polo Veneziano, tradotti per la
prima volta d’ all’ originale francese di Rusticiano di Pisa, e cor-
redati d’ illustrazioni e di documenti ad Vincenzo Lazari, publicati
per cura di.

Pictet, F. J. Traité de Paléontologie. New Edition, 2nd vol. and
2nd livr. of Plates (29-56).

a sao

see ot hed a

haa ties a tc wl —
| Sune pie

Po.

, ie will

en,

hs he ee |
em ani teaet tend of

pai cage ane

& eet * ‘" rE

Lae alt Gol ene

ane) Ly i Ot inl sla Ve

mE shies
cele ae j hae ig fp wiek
7 4 :
¥ Pn oii) ige are Pennie phat we ismhae peut ie “
* 7 Sa ee ,
Ry lanes ¢ Pain’ Chie et" : set ey wig Te , wt
' san, rs, i i.
vit pe Tea A i oui
Hy ie
LMG OANA ee yf Karis ‘ | \ a et
ih a Mani a aa siete a en. “
fi 4 5 f } t. 7 iy ’ a = =
Evia Peaairiiriaipeh eS No ae Ua
eee is Gite. att? OKT fi PN ‘ rl Auta g a £ Wr) Lie ‘ Re! :
‘f ; j re ar
i
aT Wied GA ade otek a sae 3 .

hake Ye ae ihe es . sat os
eT hela nA ae,

sth sy) Fal Hs) hy Aine ve ae ine ven am oe
ee are chile, a4 ee He a e Foss 5 ee

ap! qo ei 4 Peek ig tof Sag?

ae Pk anid hast es ie zy de

ae es id,

Sa tee a a Bes Panta
‘ brake

ee
SAA Bh CO ant

THE

QUARTERLY JOURNAL

OF

THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

PROCEEDINGS

OF

THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

JaNuARY 18, 1854.

Alfred William Morant, Hsq., C.E., and John Bailey Denton, Esq.,
C.E., were elected Fellows.

The following communications were read :-—

1. On Pires and Furrows in CaLcarecus and NON-CALCAREOUS
Strata. By Josaua Triume_er, Esq., F.G.S.

I proposg, in this communication, to give a brief summary of the
evidence on which I rely for proof of the formation of those remark-
able cavities in the chalk, known as pipes and sand-galls, by the
mechanical action of water, before the matter which fills them was
deposited. I shall describe the various forms which they assume,
the different strata, besides the chalk, in which they are found, and
the various deposits of the tertiary epoch with which they are filled.
1. The Pipes are terminations of Furrows.—In the first place,
then, they are the termination of furrows, which widen and deepen
as they approach the pipes. This becomes evident, when we have
an opportunity of seemg a ground-plan of them, in consequence of
VOL. X.—PART I. s

232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. (Jan. 18,

the removal of the matter covering the chalk, without disturbance
of the surface of the rock. Until I drew attention to this fact*, they
had only been studied in sections ; and when seen in section, they
frequently present very deceptive appearances.

It was the connexion of these furrows with pipes and other cavi-
ties in the chalk which caused me to venture to dissent from the
theory of their formation by acidulated water percolating the strata
above them, as promulgated by Sir Charles Lyell, and adopted by
some of our most eminent geologists.

Detailed descriptions of several such cleared surfaces of chalk in
Kent and Norfolk, which I had watched from day to day, during
several weeks and even months, while the clearing was in progress,
will be found in the Proceedings and Journal.

Shape of the Furrows and Pipes.—The result of these observations
was, that the furrows are, in some cases, wider than they are deep,
in others, deeper than they are wide, and that, in juxtaposition with
one another, and with both kinds of furrows, we find cavities of
various shapes, which all pass among geologists under the name of
pipes or sand-galls. There are cylindrical cavities of various depths,
some terminating abruptly, some extending below the depth of the
section, even when it is as much as 20, 30, and, in extreme cases,
nearly 60 feet. There are funnel-shaped cavities, or inverted cones.
There are caldron-shaped cavities, wider at half their depth than at
the surface, like many of the rock-basins on the sea-shore, or in the
beds of rapid rivers. There are dish-shaped cavities, or circular
basins, several feet in diameter, and not exceeding a foot or two
in depth. Lastly, there are large irregular cavities, such as would
have resulted from the breaking down of several neighbouring cavi-
ties into one.

2. Occurrence of Pipes and Furrows in Non-calcareous Strata.—
The second argument in favour of the mechanical origin which I
assign to these mysterious excavations is, that they occur in non-cal-
careous strata. Dr. Fitton pointed them out in the Green-sand.
Before I saw them in that formation, I had observed similar pipes and
furrows, of much smaller dimensions, on blocks of sandstone derived
from the Lower London Tertiaries, and scattered over various parts
of Kent. A considerable number of these blocks were placed as a
protection to the footpath in the streets of Ospringe and Feversham
in 1841, and some are still to beseenthere. Some of the cylindrical
cavities in these blocks terminate in a blunt point, like those in the
chalk, others pass completely through the block. In a few blocks
they commence from opposite sides. I attribute this to the blocks
having been exposed to the breaking of the sea upon the shore, and,
after having lain for some time in one position, having been turned
over by a storm of unusual violence ; because—

3. Pipes and Furrows now in course of formation on Stone and
Chalk—I had seen cylinders of still smaller size, on blocks of sand-
stone, on the shore near the Reculvers, actually being formed by the

* Proc. Geol. Soc. vol. iii. p. 186; idid. vol. iv. p. 7 and p. 482; and Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. i. p. 300.

1854. | TRIMMER ON SAND-PIPES. 233

vorticose action which the flux and reflux of the waves communicated
to sand and water lodged in hollows on the face of the block :

4, I have seen cylindrical and funnel-shaped cavities connected by
furrows, in the course of formation by means of similar vorticose
action, on a flat shore of chalk, between high and low water, near
Cromer. The cylinders were 2 inches in diameter and 4 inches deep.

5. After the heavy gale which, in 1846, carried away the jetty at
Cromer, and caused great destruction of the detrital cliffs there, I
found part of a ledge of chalk, which forms their base, and which
had been exposed for some little time to the breaking of the sea
beyond the usual tidal limits, having a surface of several square
yards, covered with circular hollows, | to 13 foot im diameter. These
cavities were filled with loose pebbles, on removing which, the
cavities were found gradually to contract in diameter, until they as-
sumed a cylindrical shape. A section of one, laid open by the sea,
was 2 feet deep and 3 inches in diameter, terminating with a blunt
point, like many larger chalk-pipes of other epochs. This is a very
common depth of similar cavities on various strata which are filled
with warp-drift, as I shall describe hereafter, and which rarely attain
the large size so common among those in the chalk which are filled
with older tertiary deposits.

6. Conformability or Non-conformability of Deposits overlying
the Mouths of the Pipes.—On a broadly-undulating surface of chalk,
covered with the crag, the ferruginous breccia, called “the pan,”
which forms the base of that deposit, together with the alternations
of sand and clay above, conform to this undulating surface. It is the
same with those large irregular cavities which have a greater width
than depth. Such conformability to an irregular surface is admitted
by geologists to be an original condition ef deposit ; and that bending
down of the strata into the mouth of a pipe of considerable diameter,
which has been adduced as a proof of subsidence, may be only an ex-
treme case of conformability to an irregular surface.

7. Above this irregular stratification, there are alternations of sand
and clay over the pipes, which are perfectly horizontal.

8. It is only over pipes of large diameter that there are those irre-
gularities of stratification, which have been supposed to indicate sub-
sidence.

9. Occurrence of calcareous matter inthe Pipes.—In the deeper
furrows connected with the pipes, we find alternations of deposit
distinct from the supermeumbent strata; and among these are layers
of fragmentary chalk, which acidulated water, percolating from
above, ought to have dissolved before it could have excavated the
furrow.

10. Pipes in inclined strata.—The pipes on the surface of the
tilted chalk of Alum Bay must have been formed before the disturb-
ance ; for they are perpendicular to the original plane of stratifica-
tion, and, when the chalk was horizontal, the sands above it were
covered by the impermeable mass of the mottled clay. The position
of the strata now is highly favourable for the downward percolation
of water, but no new pipes are being formed on the inclined chalk.

s2

234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 18,

Materials filling the Pipes.—Pipes and furrows, of various dimen-
sions, occur more or less on all the following strata, and are filled
with the following deposits. I arrange them in the order of relative
antiquity, commencing with the oldest :—

1. In the chalk some are filled, in the tertiary districts of London
and Hampshire, with the lower eocene sands. Others are filled with
more recent deposits. The former infilling is distinguishable by
means of the green-coated flints which it contains.

2. In Norfolk they are filled with the Crag. See fig. 3. p. 236.

3. There also some are filled with reconstructed gravel, formed
from the materials of the Upper and Lower Erratic Tertiaries*,
brought to lower levels during the period of re-elevation and denuda-
tion.

4, On the northern flanks of the North Downs they are fiiled with
the Dartford gravel{, which I refer to the same period of re-elevation.

5. Near the chalk-escarpments overhanging the Wealden area, and
on the highest tabular summits of the chalk hills, the pipes are filled
with “ cledge §,”’ a mixture of clay, sand, and unabraded and unfrac-
tured flints. This I refer to part of the same period of re-elevation,
considering it to have been laid dry somewhat sooner than the Dart-
ford gravel.

6. When any member of the erratic tertiaries, or the chalk on
which they rested, has been so exposed by denuding action as to be
the bed nearest the surface, it is worn into furrows and pipes of small
dimensions, and these are filled with the loamy deposit which IJ call
the “* warp-drift ||,” and which contains, and occasionally passes into,
masses of sharply-fractured flints and heaps of chalk-rubble. This is
part of the angular flint-drift of Sir Roderick Murchison**. I refer the

Fig. 1.—Seetion near Portobello Inn between Farningham and
Wrotham, Kent.

N. Scale 12 feet to 1 inch. SE

Talus. Talus.

a. Dark ferruginous clay with flints. c. Seams of rounded eocene pebbles.

6, b'. Light-coloured sandy loam. d. Red and yellow ochraceous sand.

e. Clay, sandy loam, and eocene pebbles, in irregular alternations, horizontally stratified ;
becoming obscure towards the south part of the section. J. Chalk.

* The Lower Erratic Tertiaries comprise the Boulder-clay; the superincum-
bent gravels, &c. with erratic blocks being the Upper Erratics. See Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vii. p. 21; and zd7d. vol. ix. p. 295.

+ See Table, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. ix. p. 295.

+ See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ix. pp. 287, 295.
~ § Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. viii. p. 275.

|| Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ix. Table, p. 295.

** Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. vii. p. 349.

Fig. 2.—Section in the Road by the Parsonage of Hartley, near Dartford, Kent.

Scale 20 feet to 1 inch.

with

Yellow sandy loam.
Reconstructed chalk

abraded flints and pebbles of the eocene

> Passing downwards into 6,

6, 6. Dark ferru

Strata

a, a, Clay loam, with numerous un

patches of clay.

5)

OE
dd, d

pebbles, 6 to 10 inches thick.

rger pebbles.

A seam of small eocene
A layer of lar

é.
e!

ginous Clay.
ginous cla

» 0', b', b!. Dark ferrugi

b', b!

y, with flints and eocene pebbles, in contact with

the chalk.

TRIMMER ON SAND-PIPES. 235

fracture of the flints, not to movements
of disturbance in the chalk, which took
place, I conceive, during the formation
of the ‘“cledge,” but to the action of
the atmosphere during the second ter-
restrial or second elephantine period* ;
and the distribution of these fractured
flmts, and their aggregation into heaps,
I refer to those aqueous operations,
which, whatever they were, were trans-
ient, violent, intermittent in their action,
and suddenly arrested, and to which I
attribute the formation of the warp-
drift.

In the section near the Portobello Inn,
between Farningham and Wrotham
(fig. 1), the “‘cledge,” with its unabraded
flints, fills the large excavations in the
chalk, and the “warp-drift,” with its
fractured flints (e, on the left of the
section), overlies it horizontally, and
may be traced thence along the northern
slope of the chalk, with a thickness vary-
ing with the elevation and form of sur-
face. The section near Hartley Rectory
(fig. 2) shows this re-arrangement of the
materials of the “cledge,” during the
distribution of the warp-drift, at a point
intermediate between the edge of the
chalk-escarpment and the valley of the
Thames. )

The above sections are in a district
where the boulder-clay of the Lower
Erratics is wanting ; but in the sections
(figs. 5 & 6), which I reproduce from the
‘Journal of the Royal Agricultural
Society,’ vol. vil. p. 484, I exhibit cases,
very common throughout Norfolk, of
pipes and furrows in the denuded sur-
face of the Boulder-clay which are filled
with the warp-drift.

Fig. 3. This is a section over a chalk-
pit at Guest, between Fakenham and
Foulsham. In this case two contiguous
sets of pipes have different infillings—
crag in the one, warp-drift in the other.

Fig. 4. A section near Desborough,
Northamptonshire. A pipe in sand is

* See Table, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ix:
p. 295.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL sociETY. [Jan. 18,

e I have ever observed

236

filled with Boulder-clay. This is the only cas
of pipes so fille

Fig. 3 Her an a ae pals and with Crag,
m a * Ohath-pt it, at ie ee between Fakenham and Foulsham.

Fig. 4.—Section of Pipes acutely ae -clay, near Desborough,
Northam hn nshire (on the Harbor side of the village) .

‘MN = Pongy

|

|

vil all

: Ww with chalk-fl and rolled pebbles and scra

eae ents of hi
6. Whitish sand. i
Ferruginous sand a Lower Oolite.

Fig. 5.—Section of Pipes in the Boulder-clay, at Hardingham,
Oe orfolk.

1854. | TRIMMER ON SAND-PIPES. 237

Fig. 5. A section of the Warp-drift and Boulder-clay near Hard-
ingham, Norfolk. Here the depth of the furrows and pipes filled
with Warp-drift varies from 3 to 6 feet; one of the pipes, however,
extending to the depth of 9 feet. If all the projecting points of
Boulder-clay were removed to a level with the horizontal dotted line,
it would give to the soil a regular depth of 3 feet.

Fig. 6. A section of the Warp-drift and Boulder-clay near Lang-
ham, Norfolk. In this case the greatest indentation is 3 feet deep,
the depth of the Warp-drift varying, in the space of a few yards,
from less than 6 inches to 3 feet.

Fig. 6.—Section of Pipes in Boulder-clay, at Langham, Norfolk.

a. Loamy warp-drift.
6. Boulder-clay ; flints and ro
chalk and clay.

In describing, in 1846, in the ‘ Journal of the Royal Agricultural
Society,’ these furrows and pipes between the soil and subsoil, that is,
between the Warp-drift and whatever bed it rests upon, I pointed
out their very general occurrence, not only on calcareous, but on
non-calcareous strata; showing that, while furrows are common to
both, cylindrical and conical cavities are more prevalent, and best
developed, in calcareous strata; but that they are also occasionally
found in sand and gravel. I also adverted to the bearing of this
furrowed surface of the subsoil, not only as regards investigations in

lied fragments of chalk, in a base of finely comminuted

Fig. 7.—Section of Pipes in Boulder-clay, in a Sand-pit near
Raveningham Hall, South Norfolk.

AAT YM: Z To

TTI

ZZ

aT

————

Yj
7

Y

a
c. 10 to 12ft.

a. Warp-drift ; brown clayey loam; 6 to 18 inches.
4, Boulder-clay, with fragments of Chalk.
e. Crag, with false vedding,.

238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. ([Jan. 18,

pure geology, having reference to the agencies concerned in their
formation, but having reference also to practical questions in agricul-
ture connected with drainage, evaporation, the patches of burning
soil technically called ‘“scalds,”’ and to the practice of deep or shal-
low ploughing, and subsoiling. Fig. 5 has special reference to the
latter point.

To the above sections I now add from my note-book a sketch (fig. 7)
of furrows and pipes in another form of Boulder-clay, overlying the
fossiliferous portion of the Crag near Raveningham Hall, in South
Norfolk.

Another deposit, whose surface, when denuded, is seen to he
furrowed and pierced with small pipes, filled with warp-drift,
consists of those beds of reconstructed chalk, pure enough to be
burned for lime, which are found in the midst of the sand of the
Upper Erratics. I described them in the ‘ Proceedings of the Geolo-
gical Society,’ vol. ii. p. 185, and in the ‘ Journal of the Royal
Agricultural Society,’ vol. vil. p. 463, but gave no sections. I am
doubtful whether the bed ‘‘7”’ in the section near Burnham Market*,
fig. 14, in which, among many small pipes, there is one 20 feet
deep, belongs to this portion of the erratic period, or to that of the
boulder-clay, which in that part of Norfolk assumes its most chalky
form.

Fig. 8 represents pipes and furrows on the surface of the fresh-
water deposit at Gaytonthorpe t, which rests upon one of these
chalky varieties of boulder-clay, and which I therefore refer to an
elephantine period {, subsequent to the desiccation of the Erratic
Tertiaries.

Fig. 9 is a section taken nearer the head of the same valley, and
represents pipes and furrows on similar deposits, in which no or-
ganic remains have been found.

The furrows in the Green-sand of Kent filled with loam, and
containing land-shells and mammalian bones, as described by Sir R.
Murchison §, I refer to this second elephantine period.

Conclusion.—On the whole, then, I conclude that pipes and fur-
rows have been formed by the mechanical action of water, before the
matter with which they are filled was deposited ; and the nearest
existing analogies I can find to them are the effects of breakers on
the shore, and of the action of torrential rivers.

Their general distribution may be explained by the continued
advance or retreat of the coast-line, during the repeated risings and
fallings of the land throughout the tertiary era. The difference in
magnitude between these ancient excavations and those now being
formed by the sea, may be ascribed to the greater magnitude of
waves, occasioned by the movements to which the land, quiescent
now, was subject then. The prevalence of cylindrical cavities in the

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. i. p. 315.

tT Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vii. p. 26.

t See Table, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ix. p. 295.
§ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vii. p. 382, &c.

239

TRIMMER ON SAND-PIPES.

1854.]

*"PaIaAOISIP S[Issoy Paindsqo uoljdas ay} Jo aseq ayy 4uqQ ‘p ay, ALO
ON ‘Salppaq as[ey pue pues Snoulsnstey Jo suivas uo ‘Ajuaredde ‘Sursox £ pappaq-asjyy { aejnSue
Jeuotsed00 YA £ Ory. Your F 0} $ wor pur ‘anbiy pue papuno. yj0q ‘s}uIB [[eWs Jo pasodutod Jaavay *9 *[TeUL Jusoe[qns 943 UI sSMOJINy pue sadid Sury
go suoljeuruey fAejo mojjad pue foi ‘payeuiwey *p *SSPUL pazeUlULE|UN AjIvaU B OJUI spivd OZ Jnogu pue ‘31 ysnoiyy pasiedsip sjuig repn3ue yan
‘sjaaqm-yiv0 Aq dn yno oeds oy} ut sassed 4 *[eJUOZIIoy wulMey ‘soltas puesuaais ayy wos Ayjuoredde paatsap
e OUL [IVIL *Q ‘pues snoursnisay ‘auy jo pasoduros ‘yj1up-divp~, ‘v

jo a si
usaq Suraey yd ay} Jo 100g ayy Aq pue sta ‘payeurmel ApJysts ‘p uvyy snoaavojeo ox
Wee

“q1d Jo wo0yj0q

“YOU T 0} JaaJ OT ‘aTeOs [eJUOZAOY Pure [eo1VI0 A "7
‘ad.soyzUoghnsy 70 U0rjI0g9—" 6 “BL

ma ee
syatbas {ys AOtOs DHE BID 2 2°

*SYIOL O1VI[OO 19430 pue Avo

BALAI PALL

‘adLoyzuozhny 70 u0r1j9ag—'g ‘“Siy

240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 18,

chalk, in connexion with furrows, and their comparative rarity in
sand, gravel, and clay, in which furrows prevail, may be due to the
greater solidity of the chalk. It may also be partly due to its cal-
careous composition; for, though I contend for the prevalence of
mechanical action in the formation of these cavities, I do not exclude.
that chemical action which water always exercises by means of the
carbonic acid which it absorbs. Lieut. Newbold * observed that,
while some of the rivers of India, in times of flood, excavated in their
rocky beds basins of the different shapes which we find in the chalk,
these cavities, when the river contracted its volume during the dry
season, were left filled with stagnant water, and this water, by its
chemical action, softened the gneiss in such a manner as greatly to
facilitate the boring process during the ensuing rainy season. Simi-
lar alternations between vorticose and stagnant water, the one acting
mechanically, the other chemically, would take place on the shore of
the sea; and the greater liability of calcareous strata to be acted
upon by acidulated water, combined with the fact of the greater
prevalence of regular cavities in calcareous subsoils, warrants the
conclusion, that in their formation the solvent power of carbonic acid,
held in solution by stagnant water, has aided the operations of water
in violent motion.

Neither would I wholly exclude subsidence of the matter with
which the cavities are filled, though I believe that the irregular
stratification over the larger cavities, which has been ascribed to this
cause, is generally an original condition of deposit upon an irregular
surface. The vertical strize on the sides of some pipes are proofs of
some amount of subsidence; but this is not incompatible with the
formation of the pipes before the matter was deposited with which
they are filled. Subject, as they have been, to the pressure of many
hundred feet of strata, and many hundred fathoms of water, during
the submergence of the Crag and Erratic periods, it is not surprising
that there is evidence of subsidence to a certain extent, particularly
if a pipe. formed by the mechanical action of water, has been at all
deepened by the subsequent percolation of acidulated water. Ina
former paper I have given a section of some faulted strata, over a
pipe, in which the greatest amount of displacement was 2 feet.

With regard to the pipes and furrows filled with warp-drift which
occur on the surface of various strata, I wish to offer no opinion
whether they were formed, as Sir Roderick Murchison has suggested,
by. inundations analogous to those of earthquake-waves, or whether
they indicate some anomalous atmospheric action. In the latter
case, they may be compared to the excavations formed by torrential
rivers. All I contend for is, that they are due to some aqueous
operations, which were neither ordinary marine, nor ordinary atmo-
spheric action, and that these took place upon a terrestrial surface
which was inhabited by elephantine and other mammals now extinct,
after the desiccation of the bed of the Erratic or Glacial sea.

* Proc. Geol. Soe. vol. iii. p. 704.
T Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. yol. i, p. 308, fig. 6.

1854. | PRESTWICH ON SAND-PIPES. 241

2. On the OrtG1n of the Sanp and GRAvEL Pipes in the CHALK
of the Lonpon Tertiary Districr. By JoserH PrRestwicu,
Jun., Ksq., F.R.S., F.G.S.

[The Publication of this paper is postponed. ]
[ Abstract. ]

AFTER referring to the observations and researches of earlier writers
on these peculiar cavities, the author dwelt upon the theory advocated
by Dr. Buckland and Sir C. Lyell, that these cavities were due to
the action of water, holding carbonic acid in solution, constantly per-
colating through the same cavity, dissolving the chalk and letting
down the superincumbent sand and gravel. After pointing out the
difficulties in the way of the hypothesis of mechanical water-action,
such as the frequently great depth of the pipes (upwards of fifty
feet), and the general absence of the rounded pebbles that should
have remained in the cavities after having been the immediate
agents in the perforation, the author (allowing that irregularities of
the surface may have been caused by denuding action) proceeded to
point out that the pipes occur wherever a stratum permeable to
water overlies the chalk or other calcareous rock to any considerable
extent, and suggested that they must have had their origin during
a period when the chalk and the supermcumbent tertiaries formed
an extensive tract of horizontal dry land, previously to the surface
assuming its present configuration ; that at these former periods the
tertiary sands or the gravel constituted extensive water-bearing
strata, whilst, owing to the form of the surface, the water-level in the
chalk stood at a height very much less than in the superincumbent
beds ; consequently the atmospheric waters, more or less charged with
carbonic acid, percolating freely through the superficial sandy beds,
rested on the chalk, and by its tendency to find a lower level, gra-
dually dissolved passages through the chalk to that lower level at
which water would stand in the latter formation. The supermcumbent
sands or gravels, as the case may be, gradually subsided, more or
less conformably, into the deepening cavity caused by the loss of the
chalk in the funnel or pipe below. When the chalk and overlying
tertiary beds were locally upheaved, shattered, and partially denuded,
the newly made valley-courses gave exit, in springs along their sides,
both to the water of the lower water-level and the water of the super-
ficial sands and gravels ; the sand-pipes becoming almost all deserted
as water-channels, except in such local instances, perhaps, as are now
seen where cavities are forming in the chalk beneath existing gravels,
or where ‘‘ swallow-holes” in the chalk continue a somewhat analogous
action.—Vide supra, p. 223.

242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Feb. 1,

Fresruary 1, 1854.

Charles Robert des Rufficres, Esq., Alexander George Gray, jun.,
Esq., George Milner Stephen, Esq., Barrister, and Edward Harman
Sheppard, Esq., were elected Fellows.

The following communications were read :—

1. On the Groxtocy of the GoLip-BEarine District of
MeRIONETHSHIRE, Nortu Wates. By Prof. A. C. Ramsay,
F.R.S., F.G.S.

Tuart part of Merionethshire to which this notice refers lies between
Dolgell and the Moelwyn and Manod range, north of Ffestiniog *.

A small part of this area has for some years been distinguished by
discoveries of gold, of more or less importance. Its geological rela-
tions are as follows :—On the N. and W. of the lower part of the
River Mawddach lie the lower part of the Lingula-flags and the Cam-
brian rocks. The latter consist of the coarse, thick-bedded, greenish-
grey grits of Barmouth and Harlech. Their upper boundary is marked
by a sinuous line which strikes in a north-easterly direction from Bar-
mouth to Rhaiadr-Mawddach, and from thence trends northerly a little
E. of Trawsfynydd to the turnpike road about a mile S. of Ffestiniog.
The line then strikes S.W. to Morfa Harlech, on the coast of Car-
digan Bay. These grits are overlaid by that part of the Lower Silu-
rian rocks known as the Lingula-flags, which here consist mostly of
blue slaty beds, generally more or less arenaceous, and partly inter-
stratified with courses of sandstone. A well-marked portion of the
series, composed of rusty ferruginous slate, occupies part of the cliffs
of Moel Cynwch that overhang Dol-fawr on the Mawddach.

Both Cambrian and Silurian rocks have been penetrated by nume-
rous greenstone-dykes. Many of them are of a light grey colour and
highly calcareous. Others assume the colour and texture of ordinary
greenstone. Some of them are magnetic. Among the Cambrian
sandstones they run in all directions, sometimes with, but more
generally across, the strike. In the Silurian region they more usually
run more or less parallel with the lines of bedding.

In the hard and solid Cambrian sandstones, the fractures into
which they were injected were capricious and irregular ; while in the
Silurian shales they have more frequently been intruded between the
beds. Some of them fill cracks which pass into lines of lode. A case
of this kind occurs on the N. and W. of Tyn-y-groes. A strong
lode, bearing quartz and lead, commences between Dol-y-melynen
and the fifth milestone on the Dolgelli and Ffestiniog road. For
about three-quarters of a mile it divides the Cambrian and Silurian
rocks. Passing into the former on Cefu-coch, the fracture, as it
crosses Craig-y-Cae and Y-garn, becomes filled with greenstone.
Several other metalliferous lodes occur in this neighbourhood. They
all traverse the Lingula-flags or their associated igneous rocks. There

* Geological Survey Maps, 75 N.E., S.E., and 59 N.E,

1854. | RAMSAY ON THE GOLD ROCKS OF N. WALES. 243

are four quartz-lodes, bearing a little copper, im a mass of trap that
lies on the W. of the road between the third milestone and Tyn-y-
groes. One of these at Cae-nant runs E. and W. Three uear Tan-
’rallt run N. and S. There are two quartz-lodes with lead a little
N.E. of Moel Ispri, and at least seven similar lodes yielding a pro-
portion of copper on the hills immediately N.W. of the Barmouth
road, between Llanelltyd and the fourth milestone from Barmouth.
The country in which the Dol-y-frwynog mine lies is interesting,
and in part peculiar. I shall describe its geology in some detail.
Immediately north of
the third milestone on
| the Dolgelli and Ffestin-

Ae | log road, a mass of very
ane | ¥ felspathic —_ greenstone,
3 z mentioned above, breaks
é Wee A yi 2 through a low part of the
Ney 2 Lingula-beds. It occu-
(il, 8 pies the heights on which

} < * stand the houses of Tan-
ide > rallt and Hafod-y-fedw.

‘ y It is about amile in length
\ from N.toS., and extends
fromthe road aboutthree-

5 quarters of a mile west-
iy, ~* = ward. Three of the lodes
yi ~ _ alreadynoticed asyielding
5 copper le on its eastern

a

slopes; and I have been
informed by my friend
Mr. Byers, of Dolgelli,
that a very little gold was
detected in one of them,
in the year 1836, by Mr.
O’ Neil.
For four or five miles
N. of this area several
. other lodes occur in the
Lingula-flags and their
associated traps, on the
banks of the Mawddach
and of Afon-wen. The
accompanying section ex-
plains the geological re-
lations of part of this
country that lies between
Rhobell-fawr and the
Cambrian rocks immedi-
ately N.of Dol-y-melynen.
On the W. are the Cambrian grits (No. 1), dipping eastward at
angles varying from 40° to 60°. These are overlaid conformably by

“UdAA UOJY

Lingula-flags.
2. Ferruginous slates.

3. Talcose schist.
4, Slaty beds.

“‘yoeppaey uoly

"UIP WOPYo emcee

Section of the Auriferous Lingula-flags from Afon Eden to Rhobell-fawr.

1, Cambrian grits.

244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. ([Feb. 1,

slaty beds of the Lingula-flags (No. 2) traversed by greenstone dykes
(No. 5) on the hills immediately N. of Pigswch. They are suc-
ceeded by a mass of intrusive greenstone (No. 5'), which is bounded
on the N. by an E. and W. fault and lode on the N. part of Moel-
Hafod-Owen. From this point the greenstone passes S., with two
interruptions, by Tyn-y-Ben-rhos to Moel Cynwch, about two miles
further 8S. E. of this greenstone are a set of rocks (No. 3), which
possess a very peculiar lithological character, and which occur very
sparingly elsewhere, either among the Lingula-flags or in any other
geological area in Wales. It is in a lode traversing this “ country”’
that the most important of the gold discoveries has lately been made.
The rock commences at what may be called the S.W. angle of Moel-
Hafod-Owen, above Buarth. The same E. and W. fault that bounds
the greenstone, limits it on the N. Aline of fault drawn southward from
thence to where the brooks join, nearly opposite Dolau, forms its east-
ern boundary so far. From thence the Afon-wen forms its boundary
for nearly a mile and a half 8. It is not improbable that this may also
be a continuation of the same line of fault. The boundary-line then
crosses the stream, and still passes southward to the ground that lies be-
tween Cefn-mawr and the precipitous rocks that overhang the Maw-
ddach above Dol-y-clochydd. The rock itself is one of those problem-
atical masses to which it is difficult to give a definite name. In some
places it is so hard and massive, that a hand-specimen is difficult to
distinguish from some of the felspathic traps of the neighbouring
country. Even then, however, it is more or less flaky, and constantly
passes into a talcose rock, which in places at the surface and in the
lodes decomposes into a kind of talecose unctuous clay. In many
places it graduates in the line of strike into ordinary slaty rocks, which
then become largely interstratified with it. As it passes southwards it
becomes more and more slaty and sandy, and passes by degrees into
rocks possessing all the characters of the Lingula-flags of the district.
On the E. it is bounded by slaty Lingula-flags (No. 4), on whieh
rests the massive greenstone mass of Rhobell-fawr (No. 5''). The ordi-
nary Lingula-beds spread far to the northward, by Ffestiniog, towards
the southern slopes of the Manods and the Moelwyns. They are slaty
and sandy by turns. Several lodes occur in this country in the neigh-
bourhood of Dol-y-frwynog and Cwm Eisen. The gold at Cwm
Eisen was discovered in 1843, by Mr. Arthur Dean, who, in a paper
published in the Report of the British Association for 1844, also
stated “that a complete system of auriferous veins exists throughout
the whole of the Snowdonian or Lower Silurian formations of North
Wales.” Recent events would seem, in a slight degree, to verify this
bold assertion ; but from that date to this time no one has heretofore
attempted to work any mines in North Wales for gold, except that
at Cwm Eisen; nor have I ever met with any miner who has seen
any gold of the alleged auriferous veins, with many of which I am
also well acquainted. Cwm Eisen has been several times worked ; but,
I believe, never with a steady profit. The goldis found in a branching
lode containing lead. Its principal branch runs north-easterly, and is
mostly composed of exceedingly hard quartz, which crosses the river

1854. | RAMSAY ON THE GOLD ROCKS OF N. WALES. 245

about half a mile above Rhaiadr Mawddach. Another quartz-lode,
bearing lead, occurs a little above the waterfall. A north-west lead-lode
lies a little W. of Moel-Hafod-Owen ; and two others (one of them
bearing silver) cross the river in the same direction, about half a mile
below the fall. They pass through arenaceous slates and greenstone.
Two N.andS. copper-lodes cross the little valley that lies between Moel-
Hafod-Owen and the hills behind Dol-y-frwynog. Two others occur
on the steep slopes that overhang Afon-wen on the W., about half a
mile S. of Dol-y-frwynog. These four are in the talcose rocks above
described. Several large quartz-lodes traverse this country on Moel-
Hafod-Owen. They are in the ordinary Lingula-flags. The largest
is on the K. flank of the hill. The rocks are there much disturbed
and altered, and numerous little bosses of greenstone are intruded
among its beds.

Dol-y-frwynog stands on the W. of Afon-wen*. It lies in the
heart of the talcose schist, which almost everywhere contains much
iron-pyrites in small crystals, scattered through the body of the rock,
together with specks of the yellow sulphuret of copper. Small veins
of this ore are also scattered through the mass. It was in part of
this area, about half a mile S. and 8.W. of Moel-Hafod-Owen, that
the famous Turf Copper Mine was situated. A peat-bog occupied
the greater part of the bottom of the valley. The turf was pared off
the surface and burned in kilns, and being partly saturated with
copper, a large residue of valuable ore was left in the ashes. Many
thousand pounds worth were thus extracted. The hills have since
been burrowed in all directions in search of the great lode, or bunch,
from whence the copper was supposed by many sanguine adventurers
to have been carried in solution to the peat. It has never yet been
found, and perhaps does not exist ; the water that percolated through
the rocks and rose in the springs having more probably carried the
copper, in the form of a sulphate, from those minuter quantities that
are more or less diffused through the mass of the hill immediately
above the Turf Mine.

When I inspected the geology of this country in the spring of
1853, the most remarkable and promising lode was the new gold-lode
at Dol-y-frwynog. The lode runs about W.N.W. and E.S.E. in the
low ground 8S. of Moel-Hafod-Owen, on the east watershed. It is
principally composed of a white saccharoid quartz, irregularly tra-
versed by numerous small loose joimts. Chlorite, decomposing talcose
matter, and pink carbonate of lime are intermingled with it. In
parts the quartz assumes a semi-granulated aspect, profusely inter-
mingled with soft, unctuous, decomposing tale. It is largely charged
with iron-pyrites. As a rule, the substance of the lode is easily
shivered into fragments, a great advantage both in the original
working of the lode and in subsequent operations. It was first opened
in search of copper; and a shaft was sunk to a depth of about

* This stream is inserted, but not named, in the Ordnance Map. It washes
the E. base of Moel-Hafod-Owen and passes through a deep valley to the Maw-

ddach, into which it flows nearly opposite the fourth milestone on the Dolgelli
road.

246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. { Feb. |,

20 fathoms. During the process, however, it soon proved to contain
more attractive metal. On examining a heap of quartz which lay at
the mouth of the shaft, and turning over a few pieces, I readily saw,
with the naked eye, gold in small flakes and grains, irregularly disse-
minated through the quartz. In a more select heap of quartz, on all
the pieces it was distinctly visible to the unassisted eye; and one
mass in particular, heavier than a strong man could lift, was literally
spangled all across its surfaces with rich glittermg gold. Gold has
also been detected by Mr. Byers in the matrix of the copper-bearing
lodes about a mile further S., and in the west Dol-y-frwynog lode by
the spot marked Turf Copper Mine on the map. All of these occur
in the same talcose rock. It was this peculiar character of the rocks
that induced me, in 1851, to recommend my friend Mr. Attwood,
before he started for California, to go down and examine this very
ground for gold. He proposed doing so, but engagements, conse-
quent on his speedy departure, prevented its accomplishment. A
portion of this rock, taken from the wall of the Dol-y-frwynog lode,
has been analysed in Dr. Percy’s laboratory by Mr. Richard Smyth.
It yielded no gold.

On the banks of Afon-wen, about a mile above the bridge, “are
some ruins of buildings, and below them, close to the river, the
remains of charcoal-ashes and bits of bones, mostly covered with
herbage. This place has a very singular, and in conjunction with
the late discoveries, a very significant name, which it has maintained
from time immemorial, expressive of gold having been melted or
worked there. This name, ‘Merddyn Coch ’r aur,’ signifies ‘ the
ruins of red gold.’ The tradition is, that the Romans formerly
worked gold there. It may be well to observe, to those unacquainted
with Welsh names, that no ancient place has a name but what is
generally characteristic of its locality, or of some event that has taken
place on or near the spot*.”

I may state, on the authority of Mr. Byers, that im several spots
in this neighbourhood where quartz-lodes occur, associated with cop-
per, blende, lead, and tale, there gold has been found, instances of
which he cites as occurring at Tyn-y-llwyn, near Moel Ispri, and
other localities, principally, I observe, in the Lingula-flags between
Tyn-y-groes and the Mawddach, towards Barmouth, all in the area
already cited in the beginning of this paper as containing lead and
copper lodes. Though I know the geology of this area well, I have
no personal knowledge of the occurrence of gold in its lodes. It
is also stated that gold has been detected in several other places N.
of Cwm Eisen ; as, for instance, at Penmaen, and at Gelli-gain, about
three miles 8.S.E. of Trawsfynydd ; also in the Newborough Mine,
in an E. and W. lode, immediately N.E. of Manod, and on the S.
side of Moel-wyn, in blende and gossan. I can answer for none of
these personally. The whole of these lie either in the Lingula-flags,
or in the beds immediately adjoining above or below; and they lend
some additional evidence to the views that have often been promul-
gated by Sir Roderick Murchison.

* Mr. Byers, of Dolgelli, MSS.

1854.| PATTISON—AURIFEROUS QUARTZ IN CORNWALL. 247

Whether all the reports in circulation of the occurrence of gold be
actually true or not, it is at all events a fact that at Dol-y-frwynog it
has been found in an unusual quantity, and also that its existence is
certain in various other places*. If in the lodes a considerable amount
be scattered through the country, then we should expect that gold
would be detected by washing the marine drift that rises on the
mountains of North Wales to a height of over 2000 feet. In this
drift it might in places be somewhat concentrated, partly by an
ancient natural process of sea-shore washing, partly by the more
modern action of rivers, as in the case of the stream-tin of Cornwall,
and of the gold in the superficial deposits of the Ural, of Australia,
of California, and in those of Canada some years ago discovered by
Mr. Logan. Gold, im appreciable quantities, was, indeed, found by
washing in the bed of the Mawddach, in the summer of 1852, by
the Honourable Frederick Walpole and Sir Augustus Webster (then
Mr. Webster). I think it probable that in this river attempts might
probably be most successful immediately below the confluence of
the Mawddach with Afon-wen, and in places in the bed of the
Wen, on the E. and S. water-shed of the range of hills that runs
from Tyn-y-Benrhos northwards towards Moel-Hafod-Owen. In
favourable spots it might be well worth the pains to wash the
detritus on the Mawddach between Dolfawr and Y-Gelli-gamlyn, and
in the bed of the Wen from thence to Dol-y-frwynog. This opinion
is founded on the fact, that the talcose rocks which the Dol-y-frwy-
nog lode traverses lie on the east watershed of the above-mentioned
range ; and, if gold be in them elsewhere in any parallel quantity
between Moel-Hafod-Owen and the lower part of the Llanfachreth
valley, then it might be expected in the detritus in the bed of the
stream between Dolau and Y-Gelli-gamlyn, nearly opposite to which,
streams that traverse the taleose rocks empty themselves into the
Mawddach.

2. On AurireRous QuartTz-rock in NortH CornwaLu. By
S. R. Parrison, Esq., F.G.S.

TuE parish of Davidstowe in the north of Cornwall is situated at
the edge of the granitic boss of Roughtor. Next to the granite
occur coarse slaty rocks, much affected by quartz-veins, and inter-
rupted by large developments of trap.

By the aid of Spirifer Verneuilii in the slates at Trevivian (which
I found in the bed of a water-course there), and obscure traces in the
limestone at Treblary, we may confidently state that these slate-rocks
are the prolongation of the Petherwyn beds, which, with all their
associates, here sweep round the northern flank of the granite. We
therefore characterize the district as wppermost Devonian.

These slates are succeeded, on the east of the parish, by still

* Since this paper was written, rich discoveries of gold have been made at
Clogaun, on the hills north of the Dolgelli and Barmouth road. I have also seen a
small specimen from Penmaen, between Cwm Eisen and Trawsfynydd. [July 1854-]

VOL. X.—PART I. T

248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 1,

coarser shales and grits, which, by the aid of plant-fragments in the
latter, are ranked as Carboniferous.

The actual junction with the granite is concealed by a covering of
detrital matter, and similar beds occur irregularly on the hill-sides
throughout the district. This deposit is in all cases unrolled, and
evidently local, the result of some action of brief duration.

The Devonian rocks dip at an angle of about 40° away from the
granite, or rather from a point in advance of the latter, so that the
district forms a dome of elevation, having the high ground of Cadon-
barrow (slate) for its centre, and connected with the granite by an
anticlindl line: one portion of the dome dips into the sea, another
towards the south in the great Delabole quarries, a third towards the
north, and the other is held up by a connecting line towards the
granite at Roughtor *.

The strike of the beds, in a large curve round the granite, not only
prevails in the slate-rocks, but affects the masses of trap, which, as
the Ordnance Geological Map shows, are uniformly elongated in the
same direction. The small patches of calcareous matter, and even
the fissile slates, follow the same rule.

The small dykes of trap are ordinary hard greenstone ; the larger
masses are soft chocolate-coloured and purple masses, occasionally
vesicular.

Full information on the general geology of these trappean rocks,
and of the whole district, will be found by consulting Professor
Sedgwick’s Memoir, in the fifth volume of the Society’s Transactions ;
Sir H. De la Beche’s Report; and a paper by the writer, on the
geology of the Tintagel district, published in the Report of the Royal
Geological Society of Cornwall for 1847.

The Devonian rocks here are traversed by siliceous bands in the
form of veins of coarse quartz. These are subordinate quartzose
portions of the slate-rocks; not cross-courses or strings, but meta-
morphic conditions accompanying fissures in the line of the bedding
and strike, and attended with the segregation or addition of various
minerals. They were produced by a cause affecting apparently
the whole mass. The veins are variable in character as regards the
admixtures present with the quartz. Trappean matter is often
visible, usually mica, rarely pyrites. In some places the quartz is
much intersected by ferruginous partings and hollows ; these contain
“ gossan,”’ varying in colour from light pink to dark red and brown.
It is these gossaniferous portions, in the vicinity of trappean matter,
which have been found to be auriferous.

In the summer of 1852, the description of golé-rocks in Cali-
fornia led me to examine very cursorily similar rock-formations in
North Cornwall. From a portion of a quartz-vein at Davidstowe I
then obtained a trace of gold, and reported the fact to the Geological
Society of Cornwall. It is duly recorded in the published Report of
that Society for the year 1852. I mention this merely to show that
the discovery (if such it may be termed) is due to our science, and
not to hap-hazard.

* See Report of Cornwall Geol. Soc. 1847, p. 8.

1854.] sTRACHEY—PHYSICAL GEOLOGY OF THE HIMALAYA. 249

Recent experiments, made on the gossaniferous quartz from this
locality, have shown that it is not merely auriferous, but, in some small
portions at least, highly so. I forbear, however, giving the result of
experiments which are yet, as to their scale, insignificant ; and also
because I am glad that our Society is, by the existence of a compe-
tent governmental department, quite relieved from all social respon-
sibility as to the economics of the question. Here we may pursue
our researches in descriptive or theoretical geology with true philo-
sophic tranquillity, undisturbed by the harsh ery of ‘ew bono ?? which
so often and so usefully checks us elsewhere.

3. On the Puysica Groxoey of the Himaraya. By Captain
Ricwarp Srracaey, Bengal Engineers, F.R.S., F.G.S.

[ Abstract. ]

Tue author having, in a previous communication to the Society*,
described the geological structure of a part of the Himalaya moun-
tains, in the present paper he proposed to complete that sketch, at
the same time taking a rather larger field of view, offering some ex-
planation of the manner in which the chain in general had been
raised to its present position—first, with reference to the mechanical
action of the forces in operation ; and secondly, as to the epochs at
which the upheavement took place.

Attention was first directed to some of the more prominent points
of the physical structure of the great mountain mass, of which the
Himalaya forms a portion. Among these were specially noticed :—
Ist. The general form of the section of the mass, which shows that
the Himalaya mountains are merely the southern slope of a great
protuberance, the summit of which forms the table-land of Tibet,
while the northern slope is a mountainous region, marked on our
maps as the Koneulun, similar to the Himalaya, and terminating in
the great plains of Central Asia. 2nd. The parallelism to one an-
other, and to the outer edge of the mountain area, of the great ridges
or lines of elevation ; of the great valleys or lines of drainage, which
are also lines of rupture; of the strike of the strata; of the lines of
igneous action ; and of the distribution of the various deposits, con-
sidered both in reference to their mineral character and geological
age. 3rd. The arrangements of the drainage, in accordance to which
the crests of the northern and southern slopes of the great mass form
two main lines of water-shed, proposed to be termed the ‘Turkish
and Indian Water-sheds,” to the north and south of which, respect-
ively, the rivers flow off directly to the plains of Turkistan on the
one side, and to those of Northern India on the other; while the
waters of the summit of the table-land are collected into two streams
alone, the Brahmaputra and the Indus, which are discharged from

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vii. p. 292.

250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. {[Feb. 1,

the mountains at two distant points, at opposite ends of the chain.
4th. The constancy maintained for great distances along the length
of the chain, both in the geological structure, and in the elevations
to which the mountains rise; which last character is particularly
shown by the almost perfect horizontality of some of the most elevated
stratified deposits, by the extremely small slope of the main drainage-
channels of the Tibetan table-land, and by the general similarity of
the altitudes even along the most rugged ridges.

After allusion to the question of the reality of upheavements, as
opposed to the view which attributes elevations on the earth’s surface
to subsidences of the lower parts, and having stated reasons for be-
lieving that in the present instance the elevation was real, a review
was taken of the igneous rocks which might appear to have been
connected with the upheavements of these mountains, and the conclu-
sion was arrived at, that none of them were specially related to the
last great movement that had taken place.

Hence it was inferred that the agent of elevation was probably a
development of elastic vapours, as has been considered by Mr. Hop-
kins to be likely in a general point of view. The probability of
this in the present instance was shown to be upheld by the extreme
regularity of the upheavement, when regarded as a whole, which
seems to indicate a fluid body as the medium through which the
forces have been applied to the superincumbent masses ; while this
regularity also shows the comparatively great thickness of the part
of the earth’s crust that has been raised, as compared to the heights
of individual ridges or peaks above the general level.

Assuming the general unity of the upheavement of the whole area
as evident from the consideration of the form of the section of
the mountains, the results of such an upheavement were then
examined by help of the principles laid down by Mr. Hopkins.

The first of these results was stated to be a main system of longi-
tudinal fissures, parallel to the major axis of the elevated area ; with a
La . .
secondary system perpendicular to the former. As the manner in
which these fissures would open, and all the subsequent effects of the
upheavement, must depend in great measure on the state of the in-
terior of the earth, of which we can know nothing directly, we must
be guided in our suppositions on this point by the phenomena
actually observed in connexion with the ruptures at the surface ;
and, in the present case, we seem to be able to account for many of
the peculiarities of structure already noted, by conceiving that the
state of the upheaved mass, at the moment of rupture, was similar to,
but just the reverse of, that of a beam supported and held down at

the ends, and loaded at the centre.

On this hypothesis we should expect to find the chief longitudinal
ruptures in the centre of the area, with others important, but in a
less degree, along the margins, while there would be two portions
intermediate between the axis and the edges, where the tendency to
rupture would be a minimum. Further, as the tendency to trans-
verse rupture is proportional to the amount of the elevation, it would
have a minimum along the edges of the area; at the same time, as

1854.] STRACHEY—PHYSICAL GEOLOGY OF THE HIMALAYA. 251

in any part of the mass, the tendency to transverse rupture would be
least where the general coherency was least disturbed, we should ex-
pect to find fewest transverse fissures on those lines of minimum
longitudinal fracture just noticed.

Comparing these theoretical views with the observed facts, we
find :—

Ist. The existence, in a marked degree, of the longitudinal and
transverse fissures, in every part of the mountains.

2nd. The more open character and greater importance of the
longitudinal fissures in the centre of the area, as evinced by the
direction of rivers on the Tibetan table-land.

3rd. The existence of an important line of fissure along the outer
margin of the Himalayan slope, as proved by the narrow fringe of the
latest formations that everywhere skirts the foot of the mountains,
which it is impossible to suppose could have been raised as they are,
excepting in connexion with some larger mass.

ith. The occurrence of two lines of least rupture running parallel
to the margin of the area, and intermediate between it and the axis,
indicated by the Indian and Turkish watersheds; these features
being dependent for their existence, not on any superior elevation
that they attain over other parts of the chain, but only on their
continuity, and on the few transverse fissures by which they are
broken through.

5th. The few transverse fissures along the outer margin of the
area, which affords a probable explanation of the accumulation of
the drainage of considerable areas of the Himalayan slope, into the
few great rivers that pass through the outer ranges.

After entering into some details as to the more important lines of
fissure, 1t was remarked that the presence of more fissures than may
seem to be necessary, or of others not in accordance with these
views, may be readily expected to have been caused in movements
anterior to the last great elevation. At the same time, the general
parallelism of all the anterior movements to the last is indicated by
the constant parallelism of the strike of the strata, the lines of rup-
ture, the lines of elevation, and those of the directions of the strati-
fied deposits ; although a certain obliquity at the same time does
exist, which, however, must be more closely examined before more
can be said of it.

The author then passed to the chronological part of the subject.
The age of the granite of the great line of snowy peaks was first con-
sidered, and shown to be probably anterior to the Silurian period ;
but doubts still remain on this subject, though the occurrence of
rolled pebbles of this rock in the tertiary deposits of the Tibetan
table-land, show that the eruption was certainly antecedent to the
middle of the tertiary epoch.

The existence of a coast-line along the Indian water-shed, as in-
dicated by a conglomerate-bed at the bottom of the Silurian rocks,
was next noticed, with the presumption of the existence of a northern
sea, having its boundary along this line during the Silurian epoch,
as well as ‘during the Jurassic, and the earlier portion of the Tertiary

252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL Society. _[Feb. 1,

period. On the southern edge of the meuntains there is nothing to
prove the boundary of the land and sea, until the Tertiary period,
when the coast-le is found along the general line of the existing
outer hills. Still, the existence of fossiliterous beds in the Salt-range
in the north of the Punjab, apparently synchronous with those of
the Indian water-shed, seems to render it probable that there was a
Southern sea, contemporaneous with the Northern, extending over the
existing plains of North India, from the remotest times, and leaving
an area of dry land between them, on what is now the Himalayan
slope. The probability of this area of dry land is further shown by
the almost total absence of fossils in these regions ; nor does the exist-
ence of fossils at one smgle point in Kashmir, where only have they
been found, indicate more than an irregularity of the outline of the
land, such as might have been anticipated.

Turning next to the question of the dip, which, as a general rule,
is everywhere towards the axis of the elevation, it was stated that
there appeared to be vothing to connect this inclination with the last
elevation, and that it is more probably due to some of the earlier move-
ments of the surface. It was shown how an inclination, having been
once imparted to any dislocated mass of the earth’s crust, any sub-
sequent motion would most likely maintain it, or even add to its
amount ; for the tilting of a mass displaces the position of the centre
of gravity, so that it is no longer immediately over the centre of the
base of the mass, at which the resultant of all elevating forces will
act ; and hence, in any subsequent elevation, the weight of the mass
will tend to make it revolve, by the relative descent of the centre of
gravity, and ascent of the point of application of the elevating forces,
which will evidently tend to increase the dip.

The dip of the outer hills, however, which is almost every-
where towards the interior of the chain, just as is the case with the
rest of the mountains, cannot be attributed to these older movements,
for these ranges are among the most recent of the whole ;- nor is
there, at first sight, any very evident connexion between the dip that
they might be supposed to assume, and that of the older ranges
beyond them. The phenomenon may, however, perhaps be ex-
plained, by supposing that the fissure which we have reason to be-
lieve to exist along the foot of the mountains was originally covered
up by the deposits which now form the outer hills, when the ocean
extended over the plains of Northern India. An upheavement of
the mountains alone, the general sea-bottom remaining unmoved,
would naturally terminate at the fissure, and a narrow fringe of the
younger beds would be raised on the flank of the older mass, to which
a dip the same as that of the older mass might be imparted, by that
tendency to revolve already explained. The repetition of this process
would make a succession of ranges, such as are seen in the outer
hills, apparently dipping under one another and the older beds, of
the fragments of which they are evidently made up, in an inverse
order.

The paper concluded by a recapitulation of the progress of the
Himalayan chain, as far as it could be traced, from the earliest geo-

1854.| stRACHEY—PHYSICAL GEOLOGY OF THE HIMALAYA. 253

logical period to the present time. In this was pointed out the
probable existence of land with mountains already of considerable
altitude, in the earliest ages; and to the general elevation of these
older heights with the rest of the area, the position of the great line
of Himalayan peaks was attributed, rather than to any special energy
of upheaval along that particular line in any of the later changes.
Until the commencement of the Tertiary period we can say little of
the state of the area, but then the nummulitic sea may be traced ex-
tending across the greater part of Southern Asia, through Asia Minor,
Persia, and Afghanistan, and along the foot of the Himalaya, even
to the Khasiya hills, east of Bengal. The mountain-area above the
level of the sea was at this time probably restricted, for the traces
of the ocean of that period have been found in Tibet, at a place
where a pass now rises to a height of 16,500 feet. At the close of
the nummulitic period, a general elevation seems to have taken place
over all Southern Asia, and the table-land of Afghanistan was finally
raised above the Southern sea, which, however, still swept over the
whole of the existing plains of India; while the Caspian probably
extended over all the steppes of Western Turkistan, to the foot of
the Hindu-kish. To the north of the Himalayas, the Northern sea
appears to have covered the table-land of Tibet, occupying long
fiords or estuaries between the mountain-ranges, which had already
commenced to rise.

By the middle of the Tertiary epoch the Siwalik Range had been
brought into its existing position, the whole of the great Tibeto-
himalayan system had been greatly raised, and the upward motion
extended to the basin of the Caspian, which sea was now separated
from that of Aral. But the Indian Ocean probably still covered
the northern plains of India, nor was it until long after-that it retired
to its existing shores. Finally, the evidences of the diminution of
the Himalayan glaciers in the existing epoch, which are to be met
with at all parts of the chain, were attributed to the change of
climate that must have accompanied this last change of the marine
area, by which the conditions, becoming more continental, the sum-
mer temperatures would be raised, and the fall of snow diminished.
This, therefore, might have had the effect of causing the snow-line
and glaciers to recede, although the actual elevation of the mountains
had been increased about 1000 feet.

254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL sociETy. [Feb. 22,

FEBRUARY 22, 1854.

Charles Lindsay, Esq., C. H. Burbidge Hamley, Esq., and James
Augustus Caley, Esq., C.E., were elected Fellows,

The followmg communication was read :—

On the Groxtocy of the MayENcE Basin.
By Wixuram J. Hamiuron, Esq., Sec. Geol. Soc.

ConTENTS.
Introduction, p. 254.
Part I.—Extent of the Mayence Basin and stratigraphical account of its different
constituent beds, p. 255.
Extent of the area occupied by the Mayence Tertiaries, p. 255.
Description of the strata, p. 257.
Basement rocks; red sandstone, &c., p. 257.
Tertiary rocks :—
I. Marine Sand and Quartz-conglomerate, p. 260.
Il. Lower blue Brown-coal Clay; Cyrena-clay, p. 265.
III. Cerithium-limestone, p. 266.
IV. Littorinella-limestone, p. 268.
V. Upper blue Brown-coal Clay, p. 271.
VI. Leaf-bearing Clay, p. 272.
VII. Ossiferous Sand, p. 272.
Part IJ.—On the Zoological Characters and Age of the Marine Molluscous Fauna
of the Mayence Basin, p. 273.
Table I. Mollusca of the Marine Sands of the Mayence Basin, p. 274.
Table II. Fossils of the Cyrena-clay, p. 280.
Table III. Fossils of the ‘“‘ Freshwater Limestone” of the Germans,
p. 281.
Table IV. Fossils of the Cerithium-limestone, p. 282.
Table V. Fossils of the Littorinella-limestone, p. 284.
Table VI. Fossils of the Ossiferous Sand, p. 285.
Part I1J.—On the Ancient Geographical Character and Connection of the Sea in
which the Marine Fauna of the Mayence Basin was deposited, p. 288.
Comparison with the Tertiaries of Belgium, France, Switzerland, the
Vienna Basin, the Brown-coal, Magdeburg, Bavaria, and Wurtem-
berg, p. 289 e¢ seq.
Conclusion, p. 293.

INTRODUCTION.

Tue insulated position of the Mayence Basin and the abundance of
its fossil remains, particularly the marine molluscous fauna, had long
ago invested it with an imterest for the geologist far beyond what its
limited extent would have led us to anticipate ; and which the in-
vestigations of the last few years, while they have made us better
acquainted with its fossil contents, have not yet exhausted.

Since the time when Brongniart first called attention to the fossils
of the Weisenau strata*, the geologists of Frankfort, Wiesbaden,
Darmstadt, Mayence, Hanau, and other places in the neighbourhood
have contributed their share towards the investigation of the peculiar
features of this formation. The results, however, are not generally
known in this country ; and, having lately had several opportunities

* Mémoire sur les Terrains supérieurs calcareo-trappéens du Vicentin, et sur
quelques Terrains d’Italie, de France, d’Allemagne, &c. 4to. Paris, 1823.

1854. ] HAMILTON—MAYENCE BASIN. 259

of visiting some of the most interesting localities in the district, I
propose in the following remarks to lay before the Society the results
of my inquiries. ‘The subject is as yet, however, far from being ex-
hausted ; many localities require a more searching examination ; the
fossils need a more careful and exact comparison with those of other
tertiary districts; and the relations of the formations to those of the
north of Germany demand further examination.

I propose in the following observations, in making which I have
been indebted for many valuable suggestions to Mr. R. A. C. Austen,
who accompanied me on my last visits to Hochheim and to Alzey,
in the first place, to describe the physical features of the district and
the stratigraphical position of the different beds; secondly, to give
an account of the paleontological contents of the beds in question,
with a special reference to the marine mollusca ; and thirdly, I shall
conclude with some remarks on the original position of this marie
basin, its probable connection with a former ocean, and the means by
which it has been brought into its present relative position.

Parr I.

EXTENT OF THE MAYENCE BASIN AND STRATIGRAPHICAL
ACCOUNT OF ITS DIFFERENT CONSTITUENT BEDS.

Hatent of the area occupied by the Mayence Tertiaries.—The
district to which the term Mayence Basin has been applied forms
the extreme northern limit of that portion of the great valley of the
Rhine, which extends in an almost N. and S. direction from the
northern flanks of the Jura to the southern or south-eastern flanks
of the Taunus and the Hundsriick (see Map, fig. 1). It is in fact
no basin in itself, although, in one sense, the whole of the depressed
Rhine Valley, bounded on the W. by the mountains of the Vosges,
the Haardt, and Mont Tonnerre, and on the E. by the mountains
of the Schwarzwald and of the Odenwald, might not inappropriately
be so called. ‘The general character of this valley is well exhibited
in the excellent relief-maps of Bauerkeller and of Ravenstein.

The so-called Mayence basin itself stretches in a general direction
from W.S.W. to E.N.E., commencing between Kreutznach and Alzey
on the S. side of the Hundsriick, and extending to the N.E. or
E.N.E along the S. flank of the Taunus beyond Frankfort and
Hanau into the Wetterau, a distance of from 60-70 English miles.
Its western limit rests against the Carboniferous formation of the
Donnersberg, and the numerous porphyritic outbursts which charac-
terize that country ; while its northern beds repose against the talc-
slates and sericit-slates of the Taunus. To the S. and E., the forma-
tion gradually disappears, partly in consequence of the gentle dip of
the beds in that direction, and partly owing to the abrading action
of the waters of the Rhine, which now wash its low escarpments or
cliffs. To the S., the tertiary formation extends beyond Neustadt
to Landau, gradually thinning out, and in a few places only leaving
insulated patches adhering to the flanks of the Haardt mountains,
and forming steep cliffs or escarpments to the eastward, which will
be more distinctly pointed out hereafter,

256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Feb. 22,

MAP OF THE MAYENCE BASIN.
ae

|

|
| Wh
aU A a Hii =
ee i a | ; =
| i ASI! J Mee ull \! =
| ik ili SSS HIN| =

a Te
—
|

Vail) !
| it | | (I
If J
ih | H
|
li

nil

\ Aut

————————

==
==

TNA, ASaU I
|

1854. | HAMILTON—MAYENCE BASIN. 257

Table of Signs.
[This map is taken from M. F. Voltz’s Geological Map of the Grand-duchyof Hesse. ]

il

Bunter Sandstone.

I) aso

\\ Lower Red Sandstone.

it

I
Ossiferous sands. ' | | Coal-formation.
i}

Littorinella limestone. | | Spirifer-sandstone.

| Cerithium limestone.

li
Taunus rocks.
|

Freshwater limestone. Greenstone.

in

Se a

-| Marine sands & conglomerates. secsessecseseoeees Outline of the formations,

|

root

:

Description of the Strata.—The following Tabular statement of
the nomenclature of the deposits of the Mayence Basin, adopted in
this paper, will facilitate a reference to the Sections.

Ff j 2. Loess.
C. Post-pliocene ......... eeuacel:

7. Ossiferous sand.
6. Upper or leaf-bearing sandstone.
5. Upper blue Brown-coal clay.
Re Mavsere | 4, Littorinella-limestone.
hs Yo vrrrresssereees 23 Corithium-limestone.
2. Lower blue Brown-coal clay, or Cyrena-
clay.
(1. Marine sand and quartz-conglomerate.

A. Cartonifrous, or Lover} ped eandsion,

A. Basement Rocks.

Carboniferous, or Lower Red Sandstone.—The lowest tertiary de-
posit invariably rests, wherever its basis has been observed, on red
and yellow micaceous sandstone, which occurs as great underlying
spurs, particularly in the neighbourhood of Wemheim and Flon-
heim, as seen in the sections, figs. 2, 3, 4 (see page 258); it forms
a portion of the Coal-measures, which are extensively developed round
the base of the porphyritic mountain of the Donnersberg.

258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 22,

Spurs of this red sandstone must have extended from the Donners-
berg eastward into the ancient sea, from the wearmg away and dis-
integration of which rocks the marine sands appear to have been prin-

Fig. 2.—Section of the “ Marine Sands,” near Flonheim.

2

: Sand-pit in
! the Marine
: Sands,about
40 feet deep.

A. Red Sandstone, quarried
ere for millstones, &c.

Flonheim.

a
@. Soil,
d, Fine sand.
¢. Sand with bones (bone-bed). l 4
6. Loose sand, with Ostrea, Pecten, and Shark’s teeth. JB Hla Wen Ue tSanls,
a. Gravel and quartz-conglomerate. J

Fig. 3.—Section of the “ Marine Sands,” near Uffhofen.

Skelcton of the Halianassa
Uffhofen. found here in the Sand-pit.

B.1. Marine
Sands and
Quartz-con-
glomerate.

Pcs

A. Red Sandstone.
References as in Fig. 2.

Fig. 4.—Section of the “Marine Sands” and “Cyrena Clay,”
resting on the Red Sandstone, at Weinheim.

C. Soil.
B. 2, Clay.

Cc.
a Sands. Jo.

a. Gravel, with Oysters,
Shark’s teeth, &c

Carboniferous sandstone

A. and shales.

1854. | HAMILTON—-MAYENCE BASIN. 259

cipally derived ; and, although the distinction between them was at
one time overlooked, these underlying sandstones are mineralogically
distinct from the tertiary sands and sandstones. The former are
generally thin-bedded, micaceous, and interstratified with bands of
black argillaceous shale; and I have never seen or heard of any
fossil remains having been found in them. Of the Sections, that of
Weinheim, fig. 4, p. 258, is the most complete. In this section, A
shows the Carboniferous sandstone, separated by thin bands of black
argillaceous shale; in which no organic remains could be detected.
In places it is much shattered, and traversed by faults and cracks.
It is overlaid by the “ Marie Sand”’ (B. 1 a), which is the lowest
member of the tertiary formation of the district.

We have here abundant evidence that the Carboniferous or red
sandstones form the base on which the marine formations of the
Mayence basin were deposited ; and they were penetrated in various
localities by porphyritic masses previously to the deposition of the
marine beds, inasmuch as the latter sometimes repose directly upon
the porphyries. These marine beds also mark the commencement
of the tertiary period in this district; and, appear to be confined
to its north-western extremity.

One of the spurs of this red sandstone which forms the nucleus of
the range of hills between Alzey and Flonheim, and is penetrated in
several places by outbursts of basaltic or porphyritic rocks, extends
ina N.K. direction fr6m the Donnersberg. The prolongation of
this ridge of hills in the same direction, nearly brings us to a con-
spicuous hill of red sandstone between Nackenheim and Niersteim on
the banks of the Rhine. An excavation near the summit of the
table-land near Nierstem, which I visited some years ago, brought to
light, in the midst of the opening, a large mass of basalt which had
penetrated the red sandstone, and was the probable cause of its up-
heaval (see fig. 11, page 270).

The remarkable appearance of these red cliffs between the hills of
white Cerithium-limestone on either side had frequently attracted my
attention. They appeared to be overlaid by the Cerithium-limestone,
and I therefore determined last summer to visit the locality, ex-
pecting there to find a junction-bed between it and the overlying

rocks. I was also desirous of ascertaming whether it had formed an
island or at least a promontory in the tertiary sea, or whether it had
been subsequently elevated. If the latter, it must have brought up
the marine sands with it in a tilted position, and I might then expect
a rich harvest of new species from this new locality : if an island, I
hoped to find traces of the old sea-beach. I proceeded accordingly
to Nackenheim, and, ascending the red sandstone hill behind the
village, I found it to be principally a micaceous sandstone alternating
with marly beds, the sandstone sometimes forming nodules in the
marl, and the whole dipping about 10° N.N.E. In some of the
ravines behind the village I found that the overlying beds consisted
of thick masses of /oess instead of limestone; neither this latter nor
the marine sands appeared anywhere to overlie the red sandstone.
There was, therefore, every reason to believe that the red sandstone in

260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. | Feb. 22,

question must have been an island or promontory in the tertiary sea ;
on further search, I found im the valleys the “loess,” resting in
general directly on the red sandstone, but occasionally separated from
it by a bed of shingle or gravel, in which, in a few places, I found
fragments of marine bivalves, amongst which were chiefly Pectun-
culus and a single valve of Nucula Lyell, thus clearly proving even
here the existence of a true marine beach. Further west, or inland
from the river, the red sandstone is so covered up by “‘loess’’ that
there was no opportunity of finding any junction between it and the
tertiary formation, except beds of small pebbly gravel, probably much
more recent.

B. Tertiary ForRMATION.

The following series, in an ascending order, is given in all the
German works on the Mayence basin* :—

. Marine sand and quartz-conglomerate.
. Lower blue brown-coal clay.

. Freshwater limestone.

. Cerithium limestone.

. Littorinella limestone.

Upper blue brown-coal clay.

Upper or leaf-bearing sandstone.

. Ossiferous sand.

The introduction of the Freshwater limestone (No. 3) into the
above list appears to me an error. It tends to encourage the idea
that we have here a system of alternation of marine and freshwater
formations, as in the London, Hampshire, and Paris basins, an idea
which the evidence does not in any way justify. I shall therefore
omit it in the following description, merely stating where the land-
molluses occur which have given rise to this nomenclature.

B. 1. Marine sand and quartz-conglomerate. . (List at p. 257.)

This is unquestionably the lowest member of the tertiary series ;
it is frequently non-fossiliferous ; near Weinheim, however, some of
the beds contain numerous fossils. The section (fig. 4) exhibits a
bed of sand and gravel (B. 1 a) about a foot thick, containing a
great number of Sharks’-teeth, some bones of fish, and Ostree, in
many places still adhermg to the underlying rock. Above this is a
thin bed of fine sand (B. 1 4), overlaid by clays (B. 2), belonging to
the blue clay of the brown-coal formation, which on the opposite hill,
called the Sommerberg, contains a great abundance of Cerithium
margaritaceum and Cyrena subarata.

Wherever fossils are abundant, as in the neighbourhood of Wein-

* Walckner’s Geognosie, 2nd Edit. Uebersicht der geologischen Verhaltnisse
des Gross-Herzogthum Hessen, vy. Friedr. Voltz, Mainz 1852. Uebersicht der
geologischen Verhiltnisse des Herzogthum’s Nassau, v. Dr. Frid. Sandberger,
Wiesbaden 1847. Untersuchungen iiber das Mainzer Tertiar Becken, v. Dr. F.
Sandberger, Wiesbaden 1853 (published and received in London long after the

commencement of this paper).

1854. | HAMILTON—MAYENCE BASIN. 261

heim, this sand, which is there coarse and shelly, alternates with
beds of hard compact limestone, also fossiliferous, although, in such
cases, it is almost impossible to extract their contents. A few miles
S.W. of Weinheim, between the villages of Offenheim and Becken-
heim, is a good section of this marine sand, overlaid by thin beds
of blue and mottled clays, close to the very edge of the basin, as
shown in the neighbourmg quarry (only a few paces above it) of
micaceous sandstone-grit, evidently belonging to the Carboniferous
system. The accompanying section, fig. 5, will show the relative

Fig. 5.—Section of the “ Marine Sands” and “ Cyrena Clay.”
w E.

Sand-pit.

----- Shells.

. Micaceous
sandstone.

a. Soil.
B. 2, Cyrena-clay.
B. 1. Marine sands.
position of these beds. This spot, which had been opened apparently
as a sand-pit, offered the following section in descending order :—

me

CoP ROBE RE OBE

ft
Upper blue clay, with Spares 0
Brown clays ..... se 1
Second band of blue clay . 0
Brown clay, with small nodules of phosphate of lime?. 1
Ferruginous clay .... Rae a)
Tama blue clay, with traces of vegetable matter 0
RerTUein OUSRClAY aay hep el eeu ike re ec cuc: 0
Ferruginous SAG gy eu ee cele sry os usloyeliatee Sis ese SEI 3
White sand, with ferruginous streaks ..... 10

—the latter in fact extending to the bottom of the pit, as far as was
exposed, and probably much deeper. It should be observed, that
in this pit we found no fossils whatever, nor even a pebble or other
extraneous matter. To the EK. and S.E. the same beds are seen
stretching away from the ancient shore, and increasing in thickness ;
and at no great distance we found in a bank by the road-side a
section nearly on the same level as the sand-pit, in which the clays
abounded with Cerithium margaritaceum, another smaller Cerithium,
probably C. plicatum, Cyrena subarata, and a small Ostrea, proving
these clays to be the same as those which near Weinheim and else-
where overlie the marine sands, and belong to the lower brown-
coal formation or Cyrena-marl of the German geologists.

The lower or true marine formation extends, or rather has hitherto
been observed, only over a small portion of the Mayence district. It

262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOciETy. ([Feb. 22,

dips slightly to the east, and, commencing at the western extremity
of the region, either soon thins out or is lost under the more recent
accumulations of the tertiary period. [t has never been observed in
the sections or quarries near Mayence, nor does it occur on the right
bank of the Rhine. It may be said to be confined to a small tract
of country in the neighbourhood of Weinheim, near Alzey, and
about Furfeld, Uffhofen, Flonheim, and a few other localities in that
region ; it may also be occasionally traced in small patches along the
hill-range to the south towards Diirckheim and Neustadt, but with-
out fossils, with the exception of a small spot near Dirckheim,
underlying the Cerithium-limestone, where I found a bed of Pinne,
which, however, were difficult to extract. They lie in a white and
incoherent sand, and the shells are generally as incoherent and
friable as the sand itself, with the exception of a few small masses
cemented together by a more calcareous matrix. This is, I believe,
the only locality where Pinna has been found in this formation.

Associated with this Pinna-sand is a bed of red ferruginous clay,
containing large septaria, but I was unable to ascertain the relative
position of the two beds in consequence of the broken nature of the
ground, and their not occurring in the same section. Both are,
however, below the Cerithium-limestone, and the section seen near
Beckenheim affords, I have no doubt, the true explanation of their
occurrence, viz. that the Pinna-sand represents the marine sands ;
and the clay with septaria, the lower brown-coal formation or Cyrena-
marl.

The two sections of the true marine formation in the vicinity of
Weinheim, near Alzey, are so much more important in respect of
their fossil contents than any others in this formation, that a more
detailed notice of them is perhaps necessary. The first locality,
fic. 6, is on the high road, a few hundred yards to the E. of Wein-
heim. The rocks here form a low broken escarpment, serving as
the northern boundary of a small valley, watered by the stream
which flows through Alzey. On the south the ground rises gradually
over the undulating hill of the Sommerberg to the general table-
land of the country, which consists of the overlying Cerithium-lime-
stone. The marine beds themselves dip very slightly to the E. and
S.E., and on approaching the village of Weinheim they are seen
reposing directly on a dark greenish trappean rock.

Such igneous rocks, it may be here observed, are very abundant
throughout this district, particularly towards the Donnersberg, and
in the direction of Kreuznach, appearing as porphyry, melaphyr, or
greenstone, and frequently contaming geodes of agate and tabular
veins of chalcedony. Sometimes they have cut through the under-
lying red or carboniferous sandstone, at others they have only caused
the elevation of the sedimentary rocks, but they are all anterior to
the deposition of the tertiary beds.

The section, fig. 6, represents the general appearance of the beds
opposite the Wirthsmihle. A hard bed of compact limestone rests
rather irregularly against the trap-rock. It contains a few remains
of Ostrea, Pectunculus, &e. Over it is a loose shelly sand, 3 or 4 feet

1854. | HAMILTON—MAYENCE BASIN. 263

in thickness, in which the greatest number of shells is found ; the
lower portion in particular is almost a complete mass of such remains,

Fig. 6.—Section of the ‘‘ Marine Sands” (B.1), near Weinheim ;
opposite the Wirthsmiihle. Height of Section about 20 feet.

6. Gravel.
5. Calcareous sand; Pectunculus, abundant.
4, Shelly sand. (At about this level on the opposite side of the valley, the Cyprina retundata

occurs ; fig. 7.)

3. Hard-bedded limestone ; Pectunculus crussus, &c.

2. Shelly sand; Natica gigantea, &c.

1, Compact limestone, Few Ostree.

many of which are broken, while others have their valves pierced by
borers, showing that they were probably already dead before they
were washed into this locality. Those in the upper portion are
better preserved.

This shelly sand is again overlaid by a compact hard calcareous
sandstone, in which the large Pectunculus crassus (Phil.) is very
abundant; this passes into a softer arenaceous bed, in which the
Pectunculi, in consequence of the denudation of the intervening
strata, are in immediate contact with the diluvial gravel.

The section, fig. 7, represents the beds as seen in the hollow-road,

Fig. 7—Section of the Alternations of Sandy and Caleareous beds
in the “ Marine Sands,” B. 1, at the Hollow Way behind Wein-
heim. :

oreo An wo

— bw

. Sandy; Pectunculus, very abundant.
. Caleareous.

. Shelly sand.

. Calcareous.

. Sandy ; Cyprina rotundata.

. Calcareous.

. Loose sand.

. Calcareous. Hulianassa bones.

. Sandy.

or pass, behind or to the north of the same hill, at a somewhat higher
level. The fossil remains found here are generally the same as those
VOL. X.—PART I. U

HBrmwraMDsr oo

264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Feb. 22,

near the Wirthsmiihle, but there is a more frequent alternation of
soft shelly arenaceous, and hard compact areno-caleareous beds; we
observed as many as four or five of these alternations. In the
lowest of them, Mr. Austen found some fossil bones, but which,
from the extreme hardness of the rock, it was impossible to
extract. They belonged in all probability to the Halianassa Collinii,
the remains of which are found not unfrequently in this lowest
marine bed.

The remains of Mollusca were most abundant in the two upper
beds, Pectunculus arcatus and P. crassus particularly abounding in
the uppermost. The large Cyprina rotundata occurs chiefly in the
sand below, in which few other fossils were found. The limestone-
bed below the Cyprina-sand does not run continuously along the
face of the scarp, but occurs in the shape of large nodules, which,
from their greater resistance to the weathering action of the air and
rain, project beyond the softer sands like the gigantic rafters of a
building.

On the opposite or northern side of the red-sandstone ridge which
separates the valley of Alzey from that of Flonheim to the N. E., the
marine sands are seen in considerable thickness near Flonheim and
Uffhofen, as has been already observed. Near Flonheim they are
seen resting on the red sandstone in a sand-pit a little way above the
town. The sand here contains but few fossils, and evidently repre-
sents a sandy beach along an open line of coast. Section fig. 2,
page 258, will give an idea of this character. A depth of from 30 to
40 feet is exposed in the sand-pit, but they have dug 15 feet lower
through the sand. The lowest portion (a) consists of a gravel of
small quartz-pebbles, like that seen near Eckelsheim. (6) represents
an Oyster-bed, amongst which Shark’s-teeth are not unfrequently
found ; these latter indeed occur generally throughout every portion
of this section. At (c) is the stratum in which bones have been fre-
quently found, and on the occasion of my last visit I succeeded in
extracting one, apparently a rib of Halianassa.

At Uffhofen are sand-pits of the same character and at nearly the
same level, abounding in Ostrea Collinii, which form in the lower
portion regular thick banks ; many of these Oysters are covered
with large Balani. Here, a few days before my last visit (July
1853), a most interesting and entire skeleton had been discovered
imbedded in the soft incoherent sand, and was still lying as it had
been found when we visited the spot. The lower jaw, and upwards
of thirty vertebree with their ribs, some slightly broken, were
lying almost in their true position. The upper jaw and skull,
having been found a short time before, had been sold to a neigh-
bouring collector ; the sand-digger, who found them, never dreaming
that the remaining portions of the skeleton were then so near. From
the short examination which Dr. G. Sandberger and myself could
give them, there is little doubt but that they belong to the Halia-
nassa Collinii, of which it is the most perfect specimen yet found*.

* T have since learned that this fine specimen has been secured by Prof. Kaup
for the Museum at Darmstadt.

1854. |
I Z
=
S “WTO YSIOLL
=
_
=
(2)
ce)
3
eI
=)
2) *ullo
5 roy OOH
|

‘aouohe yy
+

4

“so TUL
cz qnoqe
Jo yeoiq V

Fig. 8.—General Section across the Mayence Basin,—from Weinheim near Alzey to Florsheim.

“IOATY OUTYY

2 prin

.4. Littorinella-limestone
3. Cerithium-limestone
Marine sands.

2, Cyrena-clay.

lie

B
B
B.
B

} Post-tertiary.

C. 1. Gravel (? lacustrine)

C, 2. Loess.

A. Red Sandstone of the
Haartwald,

HAMILTON—MAYENCE BASIN. 265

Between Uffhofen and
Ecekelsheim, a short distance
further north, these marine
beds assume the character
of a quartzose conglomerate
or gravel, passing into a
coarse incoherent sand, and
the fauna is somewhat dif-
ferent from that of Wein-
heim. Here two or three
species of Ostrea, including
the peculiar form O. rhe-
nana, together with two
species of Pecten, are almost
the only representatives of
the numerous species found
elsewhere. A single Pec-
tunculus and an Astarte
found in this sand were
so soft that it was impos-
sible even to touch them
without injury ; they crum-
bled to powder on removing
the sand. The Pectens and
Oysters seem to have a pe-
culiar facility for resisting
the decomposing effect of
the water which percolates
so easily through this loose
sand.

II. Lower blue Brown-coal
Clay (Cyrenen-Mergel),

Cyrena-marl.

With the exception of
the few hard calcareous
bands intercalated in the
shelly sands of Weinheim,
there does not appear to
have been any great change
in the mineralogical charac-
ter of the deposits formed
at the bottom of this .ter-
tiary sea, so long as it main-
tained its true marine cha-
racter. Finesandand gravel,
derived from the disinte-
gration of the surrounding
rocks, and mixed with an
abundance of broken shells
in the upper portion, are the
chief materials in which

U2

266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. {[Feb. 22,

the marine mollusca are found; but we here suddenly reach a
totally different formation. A stiff tenacious blue clay overlies the
shelly sands, and a corresponding change in the animal remains
shows how the conditions of life were modified by those events
which produced this change in the nature of the subaqueous deposits.
These marly beds are considered by the German geologists to repre-
sent the lower brown-coal formation of the Wetterau, and are called
by some the Cyrenen-Mergel or Cyrena-marl, from the abundance of
Cyrena subarata found in it ; with this are associated several species
of Cerithium, and a few forms of littoral Gasteropods.

This formation occupies a cousiderable area in that portion of the
Mayence basin which hes to the westward of the Rhine (see fig. 8),
appearing in many of the bottoms and hollows, and even constituting
low undulating hills. Here it has generally a very slight dip or in-
clination to the eastward ; but on the opposite or eastern side of the
Rhine the dip is reversed, and it only appears in a very few localities,
and at avery low level. Between Hochheim and Florsheim it occurs
on the bank or in the bed of the Maine, where it contains Cerithium
margaritaceum of a large size. Here a slight rise towards the east
appears to be indicated ; for in the section taken near Hanau, fig. 9,
it forms the basis of the whole tertiary series, at a slight elevation
above the bed of the river. This section, which is the most eastern
poimt I had an opportunity of examining, extends from the lower
to the upper blue clay, and will be subsequently described. (Hanau
is about 30 miles N.E. by E. of Florsheim.)

The principal localities where this blue clay has come under my
notice, in addition to those already incidentally mentioned, are the
Zeil Stiick near Weinheim, where many fossils have been found,
and the Sommerberg, opposite Weinheim; it also occurs abun-
dantly on the road between Alzey and Mayence, near the village of
Ensheim, where Mr. Austen and myself found Cyrena subarata and
a small Cerithium; and again, on another road to Mayence, near
Partenheim, where I obtained numerous Cerithia on a former occa-
sion. The septarian clay near Dirckheim also evidently belongs to
this formation, while to the N.W. it extends at intervals from Alzey
to Kreutznach.

II. Cerithium Limestone. (Nos. 3 and 4 of the German list, p. 260.)

I omit the No. 3 of the German table, which is evidently only
the lower portion of this limestone, into which considerable numbers
of land-shells have in particular spots been drifted. The beds of
which this division of the series consists are generally hard, compact,
and thick-bedded. In many places, indeed, it is difficult to detect
evidence of distinct stratification. They are also generally more ex-
tensively developed on the left bank of the Rhine than on the right,
where the next succeeding bed, the Littorinella-limestone, is more
abundant. It is however difficult, if not impossible, to draw any
distinct line between them, except in so far as their fossil contents
differ, and that the Littorinella-limestone is somewhat less thickly
bedded, and is often interstratified with beds of marl or clay. The

1854. | HAMILTON—MAYENCE BASIN. 267

two formations pass gradually into each other, and should only be
looked upon as subdivisions of the great calcareous deposit, formed
during the period when this lacustrine basin was passing from a
brackish to a freshwater condition.

The following section, fig. 9, taken at Hochstadt, near Hanau, will
show how the two formations, extending from the lower to the upper
blue clay, pass into each other.

Fig. 9.—Section of the Cyrena Clay (B. 2.), Cerithium and
Iattorinella Limestones (B. 3, B. 4), and the Upper blue Clay
(B. 5), at Hochstadt.

s.W. 4 N.E.
Plain.

Hochstadt

1. (B. 2.) Blue clay (unterer blauer Letten) without fossils, said to
rest immediately on the red sandstone (Bunter-Sandstein or rothe-
todte-liegende). The pits where this blue clay had been dug out are
at the foot of the hill below Hochstadt, but had all been filled up
before I was there, so that I was indebted for my information to
M. Roessler of Hanau, who accompanied me to the spot.

2. (B. 3.) Compact blue limestone passing into yellow. This bed
is also unfossiliferous and slightly bitumimous.

3. Hard limestone, occasionally nodular and concretionary, con-
tang Littorinella and Dreissena Brardi.

4. (B.4.) Limestone of a similar character, with numerous Litto-
rinelle and Helices of various species. We did not find Dreissena in
this bed; but bones are said to have been occasionally found in the
lower portion of it. It is the occurrence of these numerous Helices,
in particular spots of this formation, which has led the German geo-
logists to call it a freshwater limestone, but there seems to be no
sufficient ground for such an assumption. No freshwater shells are
found in it, neither Planorbis, Limneus, nor Paludina. It is evi-
dently a continuation of the brackish-water formation, into which
land-shells have been drifted by the rivers. The abundance of these
molluscs in particular spots has been accounted for by supposing
them to have been deposited in those places where a great river,
flowing into the brackish-water lake, impinged against particular
promontories more exposed to the currents of fresh water. Sup-
posing this ancient tertiary river to have occupied the bed of the
present Maine, issuing into the plain (then a lake) from the narrow
defiles near Aschaffenburg, the current would naturally deposit on
the opposite bank the land-shells brought down by freshets from the

268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 22,

Spessart, or the River Kinzig in like manner might have brought
them down from the Fichtel Gebirge.

5. Alternating beds of sand and limestone ; the sand is in some
places slightly ferruginous, and contains fragments of shells; the
limestone occasionally alternates with sandy marl, containing a small
Littorinella; it is a kind of junction-bed with No. 4, into which it
sometimes passes. The singular small round bodies, described by
some naturalists as snakes’-eggs*, have been found in this part of the
section.

This bed brings us to the level of the little town of Hochstadt,
built on the slope of the hill. Many small pits have been opened on
the ground above the town, by means of which the section can be
tolerably well traced upwards. Littorinelle abound in most of these
beds, but the Helices are less frequent than below.

6. The only characteristic horizon which I observed in this upper
succession of limestone beds, more or less compact or arenaceous, is a
band nearly a foot thick, containng Mytilus Faujasi.

7. (B. 5.) The highest bed in this section which I had an oppor-
tunity of observing consists of blue clay, in which the small Cyrena
Fawjasii and a Cerithium, probably C. cinctum, are tolerably abun-
dant.

IV. Littorinella-limestone. (No. 5 of the German list, page 260.)

One of the chief localities for observing the various beds of this
portion of the Mayence basin, which in a general sense may be con-
sidered as the upper portion of the brackish-water limestone forma-
tion, is the district lymg between the towns of Hochheim and Flors-
heim on the Maine. The numerous quarries opened on the slope of
these hills have produced an abundant harvest to the paleontological
inquirer, and have, in connection with the railway cuttings, brought
to light a great variety of new forms of land-shells of the genera
Helix, Pupa, Bulimus, Clausilia, and Cyclostoma. The valley of the
Mihl-thal, leading from Biebrich to Wiesbaden, is a portion of this
formation, and appears to represent its upper beds. It is moreover
remarkable for containing, in addition to the molluscs found near
Hochheim, a considerable number of freshwater shells.

I visited the Hochheim beds in company with Mr. Austen. The
best section we obtained was at the eastern end of the line of quarries
near Florsheim, at a place called the Ziegel Hutte. The section of
the lower part of this group here is remarkable for presenting on the
same horizon two distinct series of beds, apparently without a fault
(see fig. 10). The mass of rock in the centre consists of hard concre-
tionary mammillated cale-sinter, made up of minute hollow stems, the
interstices between which are often filled with fine sand. It looks as
if the calcareous matter, the produce of springs highly charged with
carbonate of lime, had been deposited on masses of Mosses or Con-
Serve, an appearance not uncommon in other parts of the formation.
I particularly noticed it near Diirckheim, where the limestone also

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vi. part 2. Miscell. p. 42.

Cyclostoma and

Strophostoma,

eee

1854. | HAMILTON—MAYENCE BASIN. 269

appeared to be the produce of calcareous springs. To the north-
west of this mass, the beds, which are nearly horizontal, are essentially
calcareous, varying considerably in their degrees of hardness, and

Fig. 10.—Section of the Cerithium Limestone (B. 3) with Calc-
Sinter, between Hochheim and Florsheim.

e. (Perna).

sometimes passing into soft calcareous marl; while on the east or
south-eastern side, they are essentially arenaceous, the stratification,
especially at a short distance from the central mass, beg more
distinct than on the other side. On this eastern side we observed
the following features in an ascending order :—
a. Loose sand, with a few Helices and Perna, from 10 to 20 feet
thick.
b. Several bands of concretionary limestone-nodules, running
through the same greenish sand.
c. Bands of hard limestone, 6 inches thick, containing numerous
casts of a small Cerithium.
d. Two bands, a few inches thick, and three or four feet apart,
containing Venus incrassata.
e. Band contaming Perna Soldanit.

On the north-western side the paleeontological evidence is less
clear, and the stratification is much less regular. Numerous He-
fices and Cyclostomata, particularly C. su/catum, occur in patches here
and there, together with Venus incrassata and Perna. 'The great
difference in the lithological character of the two sides of the
section may, I think, be accounted for in this way :—if we suppose
that a large river, occupying the position of the present Maine,
flowed into the lacustrine basin from the Spessart, viz. from the
H. or E.S.E., the action of the water on the calcareous spring
would cause the calcareous matter to be deposited on the western or
further side of the spring, while the matter deposited on the eastern
side consisted of the more arenaceous sediment brought down by the
river itself.

Another section further westward, and nearer Hochheim, produced
an abundance of small Cerithia, with Mytilus socialis, fragments of

@.\ (Venus in-
qd. § crassata).

|
ae B.3.

5

|
J

thiumabun-
dant.)
a po to
hy aS are Ha al Abi Wi
Strata seal Amorphous : ie ey :
calcareous. calcareous. arenaceous.

270

Length about 15 miles.

‘ig. 11.—Section from Oppenheim to the neighbourhood of Mayence.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 22,

C1.

One

Red Sandstone.

*UIO}S.9IN

“ura yuaddg

"Way Ud yoeN: 2 =nconcepnegthe'|

Perna, and asmall Neritina and Nerita,
underlaid by a hard compact bed of lime-
stone without fossils. In other portions
of the’section, casts of Cerithium occur
in the hard limestone.

The valley of the Mihl-thal, between
Biebrich and Wiesbaden, represents the
upper portion of this formation, and the
Littorinella acuta is here so abundant as
to constitute almost the entire mass of the
rock in many places. Withit the Mytilus
Brardii is also abundantly found, and a
few freshwater shells, as Paludina lenta,
Melanopsis, Limneus, and Planorbis,
here make their first appearance, plainly
indicating the diminished saltness of the
water.

Ancther instructive section of the
calcareous portion of the Mayence tertia-
ries, including the Cerithium-limestone
and the Littorinella-limestone, is exhibited
in the quarries and other cuttings extend-
ing from the fortifications of Mayence,
through the village of Weissenau, as far as
Oppenheim on the left bank of the Rhine
(fig. 11). The three localities of the
Kastrich in Mayence, the quarries of
Weissenau, and those of Oppenheim will
complete our investigation of these beds.

1. Kastrichim Mayence. This section
is exposed in the upper part of the town,
in cutting a new road to the fortifications :
it represents the upper portion of the
Littorinella-limestone, and consists of
frequent alternations of thin beds of flaggy
limestone with arenaceous marly beds.

wo species of Ittorinella abound in
these beds, but they are not less abundant
in the arenaceous beds. On the whole,
from 30 to 50 feet are exposed here.

2. Near the village of Weissenau, about
one mile S.S.E. from Mayence, extensive
quarries have long been opened in the
limestone rocks, showing the passage
down wardsfrom the Littorinella-limestone
to the Cerithium-limestone. The Lit-
torinella-limestone appears to thin out
gradually as the hills rise towards the
S.E. The following sequence, in ascend-
ing order, will show how the beds succeed
each other : —

A

1854.] HAMILTON—MAYENCE BASIN. 271

1. Cerithium-limestone; generally compact and _ close-grained,
containing C. margaritaceum and Dreissena Brardii, with here and
there a cast of Helix; the lower portion of this bed is almost un-
fossiliferous, and seems to rest upon more marly beds. Its thickness
is at least 50 feet.

2. Compact limestone, full of a small species of Cerithium,
Neritina, and Dreissena; about 10 feet.

3. Limestone-beds, containing a large Cerithium, Dreissena, and
Cyrena Fawasii ; about 4 feet thick.

4. Alternating beds of sand and marl. The lowest sandy beds
are full of Littorinella; 1 am, therefore, disposed to look upon these
beds as marking here the junction between the Cerithium and Litto-
rinella limestones. They have a thickness of about 30 feet.

5. A bed of broken fragments.

6. Alternating beds, containing Littorinella and Cyrena. The
Inttorinella generally occurs in the harder beds. Some of the
Cyrena-beds are completely made up of casts of that shell.

7. Sand.

8. Littorinella-limestone, alternating with marls and sands. Thick-
ness uncertaim. This is the same formation as that which is seen at
the Kastrich in Mayence.

9. Diluvial gravel; 2 feet.

10. Loess; 3 feet.

11. Soil.

3. Oppenheim. The lowest bed in the quarries at this place con-
sists, like those of Weissenau, of compact limestone, containing very
few fossils, and those chiefly Cerithium. A few bones are said to
have been found here. It belongs evidently to the Cerithium-lime-
stone. Above it are beds with Mytilus Fawasii, and a bivalve
(Cyrena subarata’? or Venus incrassata). Near the top of the sec-
tion is a loose marly limestone, containing angular fragments of
limestone, immediately overlying the oolitic-looking rock which in
some places appears to form the upper portion of the Cerithium-kalk.

V. Upper Blue Clay. (No. 6 of the German list, page 260.)

The Littorinella-limestone is immediately overlaid by the Upper
blue Clay or Upper Brown-coal Clay. I had no opportunity of
observing it, except in the small section near Hochstadt (fig. 9,
page 267), where it contains a small Cerithium and Cyrena Fawasii.
It is, however, in some respects a very important formation, as con-
taining the brown-coal beds of the Wetterau, the Westerwald, and
the Middle Rhine, which are extensively worked and are remarkable
for the interesting flora they contain. Some account of this flora
will be found in the above-mentioned works of Walckner, Sandberger,
and Voltz. It is, however, possible that the marly beds which
overlie the Littorinella-limestone in the Miihl-thal, near Wiesbaden,
are the representatives of this formation. In the second quarry from
Wiesbaden, down the Mihl-thal, is a section of 10 or 12 feet of
yellow, green, and dark-coloured marls, without fossils, overlying the

272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 22,

Littorinella-limestone. In another quarry these marls are 20 or 30
feet thick, very near the surface, overlying the Littorinella-lmestone,
from which it is separated by a white calcareous band.

VI. Leaf-bearing Sandstone. (No.7 of the German list, page 260.)

Of the next formation in ascending order, as they are laid down by
the German geologists, viz. Sandstone with impressions of leaves,
I am unable to give any satisfactory account. It occurs in the
neighbourhood of Wiesbaden, overlying the upper marls and clays,
and overlapping the slaty metamorphic rocks of the Taunus.

VII. Ossiferous Sand. (No. 8 of the German list, page 260.)

This bed appears to indicate a different state of things from that
belonging to the preceding beds, which it overlies unconformably,
although belonging to the same general epoch, inasmuch as many of
the fossil remains are the same as those found in the underlymg
beds. It is deposited in hollows in the pre-existing Littorinella-lime-
stone, and is decidedly of a freshwater character. Some of the
insulated patches are remarkable for the great number of Mammalian
bones found in them: most of these are deposited in the museum
at Mayence. One of the chief localities for these remains are
the sand-pits near Eppelsheim, into which the animals or their
bones would appear to have been washed from the surrounding dry
ground, on which they must have lived and roamed after the drainage
of the great lacustrine basin. The following section in descending
order will show the superposition of the beds. It is taken from the
top of the hill, distant about a mile N.W. from the village of
Eppelsheim :—

. Soil; 2 or3 feet thick.

. Loess; yellowish sandy loam; 4 feet.

. Yellow gravel, with limestone boulders, and a few fragments of

small bones.

4. Yellow clay, varying in thickness from 4 to 12 inches.

5. Loose sand and small gravel, containing boulders of hzematitic
ironstone ; 3—4 feet.

6. Fine loose sand; about 14 feet exposed, but the bottom not

visible ; said by the workmen to rest on hard rock.

wpe

The Mammalian remains and teeth were said to have been found
in No. 5, but little has been found of late. These sands, &c. are
perfectly horizontal, but the Littorinella-limestone in the neighbour-
hood has been very much disturbed.

The Rhinoceros jaw which I obtained from one of the sand-
diggers, was said to have come from bed No. 5.

Descending into the valley, near Bischheimer Hof, three or four
miles distant to the S.E., I found the same formation of sands and
clays filling up the hollow, and containing a specimen of Mytilus
Faujasii, too soft and crumbling, however, to be extracted.

1854. | HAMILTON—MAYENCE BASIN. 273

Although this Ossiferous Sand is unquestionably more recent than
the underlying formations ; and although it may be difficult, from
from want of proper means of comparison, to fix its exact relative age,
yet the great analogy between the numerous land and freshwater mol-
luses found in the underlying Littorinella and Cerithium limestones
with those now living in the southern regions ef Europe will justify
us in assuming that the terrestrial and climatological conditions of life
were not very different from those now existing, and that the super-
ficial surface of the ground had already assumed its present form and
configuration.

Parr II.

On THE ZOOLOGICAL CHARACTERS AND AGE OF THE MARINE
Mo.uuvuscovus Fauna or THE MAYENCE Basin.

Having endeavoured in the preceding statements to describe the
geographical position and the physical features of the various strata
of the Mayence basin, with their relative succession and superpo-
sition, I now propose to allude to their paleeontological contents, and
to point out their analogies with the tertiary deposits of neighbour-
ing regions, so far as they have yet been examined, with the view of
ascertaining their true position in the tertiary series, and the period
to which they should be referred.

Although I have succeeded during several excursions in collecting
a considerable series of the fossils of this region, I could not ex-
pect to be so successful as those who, from long residence in the
neighbourhood, have such constant opportunities of collecting, as the
geologists of Wiesbaden, Mayence, Hanau, &c.; and who, in ex-
tending their knowledge of the fossil contents of the Cerithium
and Littorinella limestones, had the additional advantage of exa-
mining the ground during the construction of the Mayence, Wies-
baden, and Frankfort railways. I am therefore compelled to have
recourse to the lists of fossils published by these observers ; amongst
which I may particularly mention those of M. Walckner and of
Dr. F. Sandberger, to which I am most indebted.

Although the fossil contents of the overlying brackish and fresh-
water formations are not without considerable interest in reference to
the question of Age now immediately before us, their importance is
but small, when compared with that of the underlying Marine Sands.
It is the marine fauna to which we have principally to look, as the
key of the whole question. Wherever this bed shall be placed, all
the others follow immediately and without interruption. Their
superposition is self-evident, and the gradual passage from one into
the other is proved by mineralogical no less than by palzeontogra-
phical evidence. In this marine sand, principally derived from the
disintegration or abrasion of the previously existing and underlying
red or “oulbononane sandstones and shales, we have Take evident com-
mencement of a new state of things, the basis of a new formation ; we
here see the first proofs of a new deposit thrown down upon a new
sea-bottom, when, after a sudden change in the relative levels of land

274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. | Feb. 22,

and water, the sea rushed into the newly-made depression, forming a
deep inlet or zestuary, in which, for a time, marine life alone existed,
until the conditions of life being again altered, and the waters having
gradually become brackish, the true marine fauna also disappeared,
and was replaced by one adapted to the altered conditions of life.

How, and where, and when these changes may have taken place,
are questions which must be deferred to the concluding portion of
this paper. We have now to compare the fossils of the marine sand
of Weinheim with those of other tertiary deposits, and to endeavour
by means of such comparison to ascertain their relative age and
position with regard to the other tertiary beds of Europe, as well as
their absolute place in the tertiary system.

The following list of fossils in the Marine Sand of Weinheim is
chiefly taken from that given by Dr. Sandberger in his last-published
work.

TaBLe I.

Tabular view of the Mollusca of the Marine Sands of the Mayence
Basin, showing some of the other localities where they have been

observed.

| Belgium,
5 if to
a 28 .. 2 £0 5 ;
55/24 |S58 « e/a] 3
Be wl os fe e-2 2 % z S
AMES del eh Oust) ap Pee | NAS
Oo 2) |p cam a > a=}
Teredo anguinus, Sandb., nS. <.-.2-.01| ccoses |eeeee- Scoanaib basocc *?
Saxicava, 3 or 4 species, undetermined
Leguminaria papyracea, D’Orb. ......| ...... slociee's| (ieee *
Solecurtus appendiculatus, Desmoul....| ...... * |
Panopeea intermedia, Sow..........sc.0.0) seecee ll cosclnteme §6B005|) £3
=P. Hebertiana, Bosq. (? the same).
Thracia phaseolina, Kiener’ ............
Corbulomya polita, 4. Brawn .......006) cesses *
= C. complanata, Nyst.
Corbulaypisum\y Saws cs. cese.cesceecees: * * * SB) LE
Striata, Lam. oo. 0.. 050 Wana ses tens beste Se eae * *
scalaris, 4. Braun........:..0c0--00e
Tellinatdonacinas wee seccesnteeee eee
Hebertiana;eBasy. wcx-se-ccuseecoerl nese * *
=T. Benedenii.
, 2 species undetermined ..........
Crassatella Bronnii, Merian .......... ..
Astarte plicata, Merian ............s0scees
, Species undetermined ............
Diplodonta fragilis, d. Braun ..........
Lucina Bronniiy Merian..........00...00+| ...0e: | >?
=L. squamosa, Lam.
Sa CI ARENT ES AYIS Gocecocucenanna0b|| oss00 | baaace * |
a ——— NG BS JeURIE sasononnecodoouosnoraaosl| be5oce EMMA Fy | eae *
UNCINAGA, PIES Nees ncecee cesar once tieeeees * |
——— LENUISTTIA LOD. ont ce cccnceceoeaccdos jiaseece cael
COMMUtatawL ils wescete been ee |
= L. divaricata, var. Nyst. |
| }

SAKOLUMMPEAME. ne coords cercmenees setae *

1854.]

HAMILTON—MAYENCE BASIN.

TaB_e I. (continued).

Cytherea incrassatoides, Nyst ..........

minima, 4. Braun ..........000..-
=C. deltoidea, Lamk.

— splendida, Merian......... Aan eca ata

= C. levigata, Nyst.
—— Bosqueti, Hebd. ......000.....eceeees
?-—— nitidula, Lamk. ........000e..cc00s a
Goldfussiana, 4. Braun .......00.
Cyprina rotundata, Brawn...........+.+6:
= C. islandica, Lam. ?
Cardita orbicularis, Bronn................
— var. minor, Sandb................ oes
—— — Omaliana, Myst....... BA eHSh BORE
— — levicosta, Sandb. ...............
— — Kickxii, Nyst............ Sauoodacs
—— — scalaris, Goldf....... einateicieties
—- chameformis, Nyst...........-+
Cyrena ambigua, 4. Braun .............
Isocardia transversa, Nyst....... dassuaese
cyprinoides, 4. Braun ..........++-
Cardium tenuisulcatum, Myst ..........
— scobinula, Merian ..................
turgidum, Brander ...............
; Species) uncertain’ *........-cecse +e
Chama exogyra, 4. Braun...............
Arcahiantulasw esi re-c see enneee tesa
=A. hians, A. Braun.
= A. umbonata, Lamk.
—— CNN, JECT Ssosdossoscsncoonenae
—— multistriata, De Kon................
=A. decussata, Nyst.
Pectunculus crassus, Phil. ...........:005
=P. polyodonta, Goldf.
ALCALUSOCHOLMyceceeeeeeeecenece
—— augusticostatus, Lamh. ..........+.
NuntilacusseNg/Stesceemececeeecceence:
Limopsis Goldfussiana, Myst ............
Nucula Lyelliana, Bosg..................-
margaritacea, Lamk. ..........0+...
placentina, Lamkh. ...... eroncorengds
= N. levigata, Goldf.
— Deshayesiana, Duch................
Weve), IDA accossooosccanedcadseacus
Modiola micans, 4. Braun...............
?= M. sericea, Bronn.

Mytilus Nystii, Kicha..........0.sc.0c00s.
Perna Soldanti, Desh...............-s0s00-
IFTAITE) ocinogaqesooopedasooncoaasgoadoanocdacd
Avicula ? trigonata, Lamh......2...06000.
Lima subcylindrica, Sandb.......... 50006
, Spec. undetermined ..........+....

Belgium.

a ,2 |
See] fy lee o
Pro] So /S- 5 -
BH 2!) 2-5 | ow
~ mo ea'¢0
ro) eo) See || SS
Sez a sks
we etee 2k p00dd0

Be
aleteleiate *
elele}apate *

*
g00d60 * *

% * oe.
paoos *

so000n ES

seeeee * Baneed
oedonU |lsaqasa 2k
onaa0 Ba

eee *

pe eee atl
nooons 'sop500 *
seeeee lececee ok
seccee *

panods * eeeres
Sonono4 554550 *
ocevece *

eeeeee *

ok of *
5h0090 |bos oc *
slelelelera Oeeee +
cADS0 bos oe *
sisleitele ok eovece
dsouda ok

to
~
=]
2
5
i}
oa |
*k
Sebi *
* | x
Pe
eiah tocelees
*
Bon *

| Vienna.

Bordeaux.

2

Pecten pictus, Goldf. .2....250.220.- 0-00

Tasxe I. (continued).

—

~— Deshayesii, Myst ..............0665
—— furfuraceus, 4. Braun ....... sates
, 9 species undetermined .........
?ineequalis, 4. Braun.

? decussatus, Miinst. and Goldf.

? striatus, Miinst. and Goldf.
Spondylus auriculatus, Vyst ............
at SPepllesene sutaescaace ste scence eee eneen
Ostrea callifera, Lamk. ......ccecee..ees

= 0. Collinii, Merian.

—— mutabilis, Desh...............++ ie

flabellula, Lamk. .....----c0:.00--
= O. rhenana, Merian.

Plicatula, sp. (rare) .........6+ aeaanoenae

Anomia tenuistriata, Desh................

Terebratula ..........--. aideisteieeeh waials eastaeree

Cleodoraie times e a beerakensnanc oerceeee

Dentalium entalis, Gmel. ............... .

IM CksxI Vy Stpeceeceetosessactes 5050
fissuray Lakh. cccecehessees sees Sele
Patella moguntiaca, 4. Braun ..........
WBNS nesceoecs BOACOOBCOOOGRIE seclsuises

Emarginula Nystiana, Bosg. Ube Sebqcodse see

pdb SPsisviestaicilen cece chien her welstaseleite

Calyptreea striatella, Nyst ...............

Capulus, uncertain ...... BadaocooagsaoebEe

Crepidula, uncertain ................ aeons

Natica gigantea, 4. Braun ..........06.
= NV. crassatina, Lamk.
= N. maxima, Grat.

—— glaucinoides, Sow........0+.--....+
=N. Guilleminii, Payr. & Bronn.
var. (3. major.

CRASSA WVYSE Ie eeccaso ces ecnseaseres

Hantoniensis, Sow. .........0++0+

—— Bronni, Merian....... weteheceaesans

Nerita rhenana, Thom ........... eons

sSP=} (AION) iaweecseecneee eee anSe

Neritina concava, Sow. ............... ees
= N. pisum, Merian.

—— pisiformis, Fer. ..............0.ee eee

Volvaria acutiuscula, Sow. ............... :

Tornatella sulcata, Lamh. ...............
Simulatay Brands ceesacccsececccses
Ringicula, sp. uncert.................2206.
Pyramidella cancellata, Nys¢............
subulata, Merian ...............65-
AS Da CED Ucpacee ene cteeisate cenen eas
Niso terebellata, Risso ...... Seseeeeees ess
Eulima subulata, Risso .................+.

Belgium.

the Lim-

burg series.
Limburg

Older than

|

*

scenes

*
~~

Younger
than the
Limburg
series.

sees

Paris.

steeee

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

| Magdeburg.

[Feb. 2 22,

| Vienna.

Bordeaux.

1854. | HAMILTON—MAYENCE BASIN.

Tasie I. (continued).

Turbonilla elegantissima, Leach ......
Nystii, DUuch. .........c0cccceceeees ab
—— leevissima, Bosq..............2000000e
y SP. UNCETE.......00e.esoeesecerceeeees
Rissoa plicata, Desh. ........0...sceseeee
Duboisii, Nyst .....00.-......0000es

—— Michaudi, Myst ............000. sees
= R. tumida, Merian.
Vermetus, Sp. UNCErt.cce...sceeeseeeseeees

OUI, YH QHE coogooscec60aon6e80c0500
Turritella crenulata, Nyst ...............
Phasianella (aff. P. Prevostina, Bast.).
Delphinula, sp. uncert. ............---...
Rotella nana, Grat. ........+...00-0- oe
Phorus umbilicaris, Brand. ............
= Trochus agglutinans, Lamk.
Trochus fragilis, Desh. ............00005-
rhenanus, Merian ........000.+000+
=T. striatus, Gmel.
——- bicarinatus, Miteeneaemanaes
—— margaritula, Merian ...............
7 2 Sp. UNCEFt. 2.0.2... cess sodagaber
Turbo, sp. uncert. ......s+000. COB BHA Coo
Solarium, sp. uncert. ....... boenecesaces
Xenophora Lyelliana, Bosg. ............
Littorina, 2 sp. uncert...................6.

Cerithium mutabile, Lamk. ...........- ay

subvaricosum, 4. Braun .........
—— dentatum, Defr. ............... 000
—- plicatum, Lamh....... odooseanegosidc
intermedium, Braun ............++.
—— lima, Brug.....s.seccceesceeeecrees o0¢
— levissimum, Schloth. ............6s.
conoidale, Lamk. .......++.2.+0+00+
—— margaritaceum, Sow..............--
=C. elegans, Desh.
abbreviatum, 4. Braun............
—— (aff. C. lapidum, Lamk.) .........
, 6 sp. undetermined ..............+.
Chenopus vittatus, 4. Braun..........+.
speciosus, Schloth. ......-+:.0..008
=C. tridactylus, A. Braun.
= C. pes-pelecani, Phil.
——, sp. undeterm..........06...0000e Has
Tritonium argutum, Brand. ............
= T. rugosum, Phil.
=T. flandricum, De Kon.
——,, 3 sp. undeterm......... se00e000000
anguinum, Merian......+.....00+.+

succincta, NYSE ......cceeeeseceeeree :

Scalaniamnudiss PAs) vedescce eee sce aece: fs

Belgium.

Older than
the Lim-
| burg scries-

seco |eesene

eee eee lane eee

Younger

Limburg

than the
series.

eoscee

Paris.

| Magdeburg.

|
|

see eee

Vienna.

Bordeaux. |

277

278

Taste I. (continued).

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

[Feb.

22,

Belgium.
aio] |, »
Sem GS lsser 2
Se Z/A [fsAa ¢

Tritonium cerithioides, 4. Braun ......

Typhis cuniculosus, Nyst .......cecesee0| coeeee || aqeood *

—— scalaris, 4. Braun ...........<« weeds
pyruloides, 4. Braun ....00......

Murex Deshayesii, Duch. ....... sogeetoG| | soadae *

P SPUUNCENU. oo. cee nsceee ees eisieitaigieleis
AMIS PE ZCRW seleterste scielcia sie sie sicteis eisiielee

Fusus elongatus, Nyst............0.00+ o0Al| eoeeu0 || <3 < |} G00 *
multisulcatus, Myst ......sceeeeee| eee see |
TOStAGUS PD Cfiia ne aeasnececls elses

Fasciolaria (aff. F. Lynchi, Bee Su0pbe

——,, sp. undeterM..............ceeeeeeee-

Pyrula elegans, LAMK....0+...cesseesereee| « onoon |e 5000 *
FUGA 5) thos nanoneGeddoo5na65hD9000¢

Pleurotoma Waterkeynii, Nyst ......... ae Ea | Sac0d6 bodode

—-— belgicum, Goldf. .......0...cecc.| eons seal Berl |) Rroiectes *

—— regulare, van Bened. ............060) seco * *

— Selysii, De Kon.......... 500000000 do0|}'aoe00e E72 | iesboada |lloSa0e6
subdenticulatum, Miinst. .........| ... escaleekcaligees Ses
Morrenii, De Kon. .........0ccsse00+| soe 56; 3

== SCA TUM PE /tlmeeee neers eeeccs Ugaveellsemesclucsee kee SboGer

— flexuosum, Miinst.......... aaeneeeealleeeecs Eat adele a [adept

—— conoideum, Brand. .........00+.2.| «o+00. Erle sa SE08a5

—— canaliferum, Merian — ........+00+) + a eoealhe SE

= P. Borsoni, var. tumida, Bronn.

Cancellaria evulsa, Brand........ siajscutomalbertene's * Paleo
Brauniana ye NS teacnesesereesnes
MINULAS PATA ieceeceecceseecees
cornigera, 4. Braun ...... poo0dd20r

Cassidaria depressa, von Buch .........| ... ware eee west || Savas

—— Nysti, Kicka......0.....000 po0gcaa06

=C. pulcherrima, A. Braun.

Cassis belata, Beyrich .....ssecseecscees

—— megapolitana, Beyrich ............

——, SP. UNCESTE....ccrceccecssersrnees sent

Buccinum cassidaria, Bronn ......se0e06

Voluta Rathieri, Héd............ oe rete see este 565|| 2 Socee el mek
modesta, Merian ......+++... Rasen
Schlotheimi, 4. Braun............

Mitra perminuta, 4. Braun ............

Oliva, sp. uncert............-002..+ Sees

Conus dormitor, Soland..........+sss00..+| seseee *

Cypreea inflata, Lamh..........cececeeeee| coeeee *
subcolumbaria, D’Ord. ............ eaeel mek

Bulla? concinna, Wood......... PonQ0s00C

= B. ovulata, Lamk.

Bronnii, Merian...... dePoch eueieues
= B. angystoma, Desh.

» SP- UNCELt..... 2. ese wn noes ce sceee

Serpula, sp. uncert..........+eseeeee seen

Spirorbis, sp, uncert. ...........seeeeeeees

* | Magdeburg,

| Vienna,

Bordeaux.

nn ee

1854. ] HAMILTON—MAYENCE BASIN. 279
TaBLeE I. (continued).
Belgium.
1g Bo
£a5|24|eaP Be
THa eek /we eu) . | @ I g
Som Asisske 2] m/ ¢ | z
=O 3/3 oSj5 9] & Ss a} 3
Oy 8 peel a | ae] |
Bairdia subdeltoidea, Miinst.............
ANCUAGAMIVIUNS Tarmac ee occcemtincen heel lisse Bo *
Cytheridea Mulleri, Miinst.........c000++| 0.0. * * *
Cytherella tenuistriata, Reuss ..........
Cythere Voltzii, Rewss .........c00..000.
Kerebsh(Crabiy)acceeassssecceasaroscesioucee
Spheerodus, sp. uncert. .....0..s0ee.se00
Piscium, 9 sp. UNCELt..........cecceeseeeee
IMiyliobatespeeteecretecctostsecesseeescecenes
TIF ROWENES. - Ge3059q000000000000500006000000560
Lamna cuspidata, Ag............seceseee| conees Bll Megane Ee ck
Contortidens, Ag. ......cecceseceres| eaves £3 lle eepaKec| ledeobd BB || ge
denticulataseAgyenacstecrecssseacealiosncea ecsecelmecrncen lascei: coli 3
Carcharodon angustidens, 4g. .........| ...0+ El ees a ea BRE *
Notidanus primigenius, 4g. ............| 206. K | caceee [ecceeelececee *
Crocodilusspraeect-sceesescessoeesceies
AMAOVNES) S)DaccsogapeosgossedqobddeuecooeddooS
Emys hospes, von Meyer ...........0.5.
Halianassa Collinii, von Meyer..........| cscs. Jeceeee| sevens levcveslacceee *
Anthracotherium magnum, Cuv. ...

If from this list we direct our attention to Belgium, we find
in Sir C. Lyell’s paper* “On the Tertiary Strata of Belgium
and French Flanders,” that the fossils of the Limburg beds near
Kleyn Spawen are in a very large proportion identical with those of
Weinheim and its neighbourhood. The Pectunculus-bed at Bergh*+,
so called from the extraordinary number of P. fossilis contained in it,
has its exact counterpart at Weinheim in a bed occurring, as has
been already observed (p. 263), near the top of the section, contain-
ing a surprising number of P. crassus, Phil. and P. arcatus, Schloth.,
overlying beds of shelly sand abounding in fossil Gasteropods and
Conchifers like those of the Bergh sands, d and fof fig. 2, 7. c. p. 305.
P. crassus, Phil., is the same as P. fossilis, Linn., and P. arcatus,
Schloth., is P. terebratularis, Lam.

Unfortunately, the Weinheim fossils have not yet been so accu-
rately worked out and referred to the different sandy beds in which
they occur, as those of KleynSpawen. For the sake of comparison,
therefore, we must take the whole of the lists referred to in Tables
VIII. and IX. (/.c. pp. 304 and 312) of Sir C. Lyell’s paper, in
order to ascertain the resemblance between them and the Weinheim
beds, as given in the above table. As far as I have been able to
ascertain, it seems that about sixty species or nearly fifty per cent.
are common to the two formations, many of these being very cha-
racteristic shells, such as Nucula Deshayesiana, Pectunculus arcatus,

* See Quarterly Journal Geol. Soc. vol. viii. p. 277.

t+ Loc. cit. p. 305.
VOL. X.— PART I. x

x

280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 22,
P. crassus, Cyprina rotundata, Cytherea levigata, Cardita Oma-
liana, Voluta Rathieri, &e. Dr. Sandberger makes out no less than
sixty-three species common to Weinheim and the Limburg series.
A large proportion of these shells are evidently much water-worn,
and many of the bivalves have been perforated by boring animals.
From this it might, perhaps, have been inferred that they had been
washed in with considerable violence, and drifted into particular
places as dead shells. But the occurrence of Sharks’-teeth, which
in some localities are very numerous, shows that this region must
have been for a long time an arm or basin of the sea inhabited by
marine animals until the brackish nature of the water interfered with
their existence.

The beds immediately overlying the Marine Sands, while still con-
taining many truly marine species, show a decided commencement of
a brackish-water fauna, and this character increases as we ascend to
the Cerithium and Littorinella limestones. The following is the list
of fossils hitherto found in the Lower blue Brown-coal Clay or
Cyrena-marl.

Taste II.

Fossils of the Cyrena-marl, or blue Brown-coal Clay.

Saxicava, sp.

Solecurtus, sp.

Mya pusilla, 4. Braun.
Corbulomya polita, 4. Braun.
— triangula, Duch.
Tellina faba, Sandb.

Bornia, sp.

Cytherea Bosqueti, Héd.
incrassata, Sow.

Cyrena subarata, Bronn (very common).

Cardium scobinula, Merian.
Pectunculus crassus, P/i.
Nucula piligera, Sandd.

Leda Deshayesiana, Duch.
Tichogonia clavata, Krauss.
Mytilus (aff. M.gallo-provincialis, Lam.)
Faujasii, Brongn.

Avicula? trigonata, Lam.

Perna Soldanii, Desh.

Ostrea cyathula, Lam.

— callifera, Lam.

—— var. 6. minor.

Natica glaucinoides, Sow.
Trochus rhenanus, Merian.
Littorinella Draparnaudii, Myst.
obtusata, 4. Braun.
acicula, 4. Braun.

— helicella, 4. Braun.

— gibbula, 4 Braun.
angulata, 4. Braun.
lubricella, 4. Braun.
compressiuscula, 4. Braun.
—— acuta, Desh.

Nematura granulum, 4. Braun.
Rissoa plicata, Desh.

nitida, Grat.

Scalaria (aff. S. reticulata, Phil.).

Littorina moguntina, 4. Braun.
Melania oviformis, 4. Braun.
—— pernodosa, Sandb.
Cerithium incrustatum, Sehloth.
var. «. elongatum, Sandb.
—— — Bp. Meriani, 4. Braun.
—— margaritaceum, Brocchi.
—— var. a. calcaratum, Graf.
—— — #. incrassatum, Grat.
— plicatum, Lam.

—— var. a. crassum, Sandb.
—— — £. intermedium, 4. Braun.
—— — y. Galeotti, Nyst.
— creniferum, Desh.

—— abbreviatum, 4. Braun.

» Sp. uncert.

Chenopus tridactylus, 4. Braun.
Typhis cuniculosus, Duch.
Murex conspicuus, 4. Braun.

- Pleurotoma belgicum, Goldf.

—— subdenticulatum, Miinst.
Buccinum Cassidaria, Bronn.
——,, sp. incert.

Mitra perminuta, 4. Braun.
Bulla? concinna, Wood.
Planorbis pseudammonius, Voléz.
Limneus, spec. 2 uncert.

Helix, sp. (aff. H. lacticina, Ziegl.)
Serpula sinistrorsa, Sandb.
Balanus, sp. 2.

Cytheridea Miilleri, Minst.
Spherodus lens, 4g.

Lamna cuspidata, dg.
contortidens, 49.
Zygobates, sp.

Anthracotherium alsaticum, Cuv.

1854. | HAMILTON—MAYENCE BASIN. 281
With regard to the proper parallelism of this formation, I may
quote the words of Dr. F. Sandberger, who, after giving the various
localities in which each of these fossils is found, observes that ‘‘ out
of the whole list of twenty-eight species common to the Cyrena-
marls and other tertiary deposits, eighteen are common to the Middle
Limburg formation, and eight to the upper marine sand of Paris ;
but, as we have found a still larger number of species which these
formations have in common with the sands of Weinheim, and have
consequently recognized them as the equivalent of the Middle beds of
Limburg, and as the Cyrena-clay is proved by its position to be newer
than the sands of Weinheim, I believe that it must be paralleled with
the Upper Limburg and the Septaria-clay of Northern Germany.”’

I have already observed that the “freshwater limestone” of the
German geologists must be considered as the lowest member of the
Cerithium-limestone, we must therefore take the two following lists
together ; No. III. being that of the so-called ‘‘ freshwater limestone,”’
and No. IV. that of the Cerithium-limestone.

TaBLeE ITI.

Fossils of the “ Freshwater Limestone of the Germans.” (No. 3 of
the list at p. 260.)

Littorinella acuta, Desh.

Neritina picta, Fér.

Cerithium subcorrugatum, d’ Orb.

submargaritaceum, 4. Braun.

Planorbis parvulus, Reuss.

Limneus Thomei, Reuss.

Auricula minutissima, 4. Braun.

Truncatella microceras, 4. Braun.

Acicula subtilissima, 4. Braun.

suturalis, 4. Braun.

Cyclostoma (Craspedopoma) utriculo-
sum, Sando.

(Megalomastoma) Dolium, Thom.

(Cyclostomus) bisuleatum, von

Zieten.

(Pomatias) labellum, Thom.

Vitrina intermedia, Reuss.

Helix Ramondi, Brongn.

Brauniorum, Thom.

— deflexa, 4. Braun.

var. 2. communis,

— — #. hortulana, Thom.

—— — y- minor,

— oxystoma, Thom.

—— subsulcosa, Thom.

—— similis, Thom.

— Kalmitana, 4. Braun.

— Rahtii, 4. Braun, Th.

—— phacodes, Thom.

— lapicidella, 4. Braun.

—— pulchella, Mill.

var. y. costellata, 4. Braun.

— uniplicata, 4. Braun.

—— lepidotricha, 4. Braun.

Helix osculum, Thom.

var. z. communis,

— affinis, Thom.

involuta, Thom.

var. « communis,

—— pupula, 4. Braun.

— var. «. Corculum, 4. Braun.
~—— — £.paludineformis, 4. Braun.
—— stenotrypta, 4. Braun.

Helix verticilloides, 4. Braun, Th.
—— var. DB. euryomphalos, 4. Braun.
— hypoleios, 4. Braun.

—— £. compressa, 4. Braun.

—— discus, Thom.

— disculus, 4. Braun.

nana, 4. Braun.

— suhcellaria, Thom.

sublucida, 4. Braun.

— nitidulosa, 4. Braun.

Bulimus gracilis, Thom.

Achatina (Glandina) subsulcosa, Thom.
(——) Sandbergeri, Thom.
(——) lubricella, 4. Braun.
Clausilia exarata, Ziegl.

Pupa variabilis, Drap.

— var. 3. gracilis, Sandb.

—— cylindrella, 4. Braun.

—— Dolium antiquum, 4. Braun.
—— quadrigranata, 4. Braun.
subdentata, 4. Braun.

—— cryptodonta, 4. Braun.

—— var. 3. levis, 4. Braun.

—— (Vertigo) trifurcata, 4.

), n. sp.

Naw

282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL socirTy. ([Feb. 22,

TaBxe III. (continued).
Pupa (Vertigo) didymodonta, 4. Braun. Snakes.

— ) palustris, Turton. Lizards, 2-3 sp.

var. y. minor oblonga, 4. Braun. Birds, 3 sp.

trigonostoma, 4. Braun. Microtherium Renggeri, von Meyer.
— tiarula, 4. Braun. Rhinoceros, sp.

acicula, Sandb. Paleomeryx pygmeus, von Meyer.
Cypris faba, Desm. Rodentia, 5 sp.
Salamander. Carnivora, 3 sp.
Frogs, 5 sp. Insectivora.

It may be observed, that, with scarcely an exception, only those
species have been introduced into this list which have been found at
Hochheim.

Taste [V.
Fossils of the Cerithium Limestone.
Foraminifera, 2 sp. Cerithium var. «. pustulatum,
Bryozoa. forma calva,
Modiola angusta, 4. Braun. — var. t. plicato-granulatum,

incrustatum, Sehloth.

var. «. elongatum,

forma nodosa et calva,
var. 3. Meriani,

Mytilus socialis, 4. Braun.
? antiquorum, Sow.

Faujasii, Brongn. ==
Perna Soldanii, Desh.

Pinna ?, sp. , sp. (aff. C. Scalaroides.)
Pisidium antiquum, 4. Braun. Fusus brevis, 4. Braun.

Cyrena donacina, 4. Braun. Nassa, sp. (aff. NV. reticulata, .)
Cytherea incrassata, Sow. Cyclostoma bisulcatum, von Ziethen.
Corbulomya donacina, 4. Braun. — Dolium, Thom.

Littorina moguntina, 4. Braun. labellum, Thom.

Littorinella acuta, Desh. Strophostoma tricarinatum, M. Braun.
Planorbis declivis, 4. Braun. Helix deflexa, 4. Braun.

Limneus Thomei, Reuss. oxystoma, Thom.

Neritina picta, Fer. valdecarinata, 4. Braun.
—— concava, Sow. — phacodes, Thom.

Nerita rhenana, Thom. parvula, 4. Braun.
Cerithium submargaritaceum, 4. Braun. verticilloides, 4. Braun, Th.

plicatum, Lam. — subcellaria, Thom.
—- var. y. Galeotti, Nyst. sublucida, 4. Braun.
— — forma calva, Balanus, sp.
—— var. 0. curviplicatum, Cypris, sp.

The great peculiarity of list No. 3 is the very large proportion of
land-shells which it contains ; but these, it must be remembered, are
all derived from one or two small localities. They are only sparingly
found in other parts of the formation, and it may be observed that
every one of the Helices and Cyclostomata found in table No. IV.,
which comprises the general contents of the whole formation, is also
to be found in list No. III., which latter professes to give only the
contents of one or two small localities near the edge of the forma-
tion, and where we might fairly expect the remains of the terrestrial
fauna of the district to have accumulated on the shores and margins of
the waters. The two lists must, therefore, be looked upon as con-
temporaneous ; the one showing the terrestrial fauna washed into
and found on the margin of the lake, the other the real inhabitants
of the brackish water.

1854. | HAMILTON—MAYENCE BASIN. 283

But to resume ;—the increasing brackishness of the water during
this period is apparent from these lists, and by the greater number
of land and freshwater shells which are found promiscuously dispersed
throughout the whole thickness, but in general more abundantly in
particular localities. These have evidently been washed into the
basin by large freshwater streams, emptying themselves and their
contents into the lacustrine basin, and show how the diminished
saltness of the water was in part at least occasioned. They also
offer an argument in favour of our placing the whole Mayence basin
higher rather than lower in the geological scale, inasmuch as amongst
the land-shells we find at least four species still living in some parts of
Europe, viz. Helix pulchella (Miull.), Pupa palustris (Drap.), Pupa
variabilis (Drap.), and Clausilia exarata (Ziegl.).

In addition to these observations, I might also quote the com-
parison made by Dr. F. Sandberger between the land and freshwater
molluscs of the Mayence basin and those now living, in which he
has shown, that, with few exceptions, they have analogous, if not
identical, representatives in those of the existing Mediterranean
basin. With regard to the genus Helix, Dr. Sandberger observes
that, amongst the numerous species of Helix found at Hochheim,
the true Mediterranean groups of H. verticillus and H. serpentina
preponderate, and amongst those found at Wiesbaden is H. moguntina
(Desh.), an analogue of H. splendida. In the group of Helix ver-
ticillus, the fossil species H. verticilloides (A. Braun), H. amplificata
(Th.), and H. discus (Th.) must be noticed.

The following tabular list will show some of the analogies observed
by Dr. Sandberger :—

RECENT. Fossi..

Helix acies, Partsch.........0...sss00s = Helix discus, Thom.
Olivetoruml! eeeecececeeeeeccc e+e: = — subcellaria, Thom.
muralis

—— serpentina > (Italy)............ = -—— deflexa, 4. Braun.

— globularis
serpentina, Fer. .........s00008 = subcarinata, 4. Braun.
EIS, aygngcecoonesadcocacaoneoetone = —— phacodes, Thom.

IK NIOTIE, o5c6do0o6q05000990000000 = lapicidella, 4. Braun.

— scabriuscula .............0....05- = Rahtii.

TOYROUAENE, GescocqccooonbeGoanDe0e™ = multicostata, Thom.

— pulchella ............eceeceseeee = -—— pulchella.

———n CTIATIA). a cinesiiecisaccenseness ese = — plicatella, Reuss.

Brauniorum.

—— GeSCrtOruM ......seeceeeceseeees = sagt Mattiacn

—— obvoluta ...ccc....cc.ceeeeseceee = involuta, Thom.

—— Lefeburiana .............06...006 - Arnoldii, Thom.
TUES) TEE. scjodoaddboqoucsdsqcden = osculum, Thom.

Clausilia macarana.......s.cee...0ce00s = Clausilia bulimoides.

OGXAL ALA samtlctets seleeiisleleine series. = exarata.

But it is unnecessary to quote any more instances*.

* Sandberger, Untersuchungen, p. 73.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

[Feb. 22,

TasLe V.—Fossils of the Iittorinella Limestone.

Tichogonia clavata, Krauss.
Mytilus? antiquorum, Sow.
Faujasii, Desh.
Cyrena Faujasii, Brongn.
levigata, Goldf.

Cerithium margaritaceum, Brocchi.

—— plicatum, Lamk.

—— var. «. pustulatum,
incrustatum, Schloth.

var. 8. Meriani,

Neritina fluviatilis, Zam.

var. gregaria, Thom.
Littorinella acuta, Desh.

inflata, Brard.

Paludina lenta, Sow.

Melanopsis olivula, Grat.

—— var. a. minor.

var. (3. major.

Melanopsis marginata, 4. Braun.
Limneus pachygaster, Thom.

, 0. Sp.

—- subpalustris, Thom.

— striatellus, Grat.

vulgaris, Pfeif.

—— minor, Thom.

Planorbis pseudammonius, Voléz.
declivis, 4. Braun.

— dealbatus, 4. Braun.
Kraussii, von Klein.
Ancylus Mattiacus, 4. Braun.
Auricula antiqua, 4. Braun.
— minutissima, 4. Braun.
Helix Mattiaca, Steining.
sylvestrina, von Ziethen.
— moguntina, Desh.

— a. splendideformis, 4. Braun.
— . communis,

—— y- subcarinata,
subcarinata, 4. Braun.
—— un. sp. (aff. H. candidissima, )
punctigera, Thom.

—— phacodes, Thom.
pulchella, Mill.

—— var. B. costellata, 4. Braun.
— osculum, Thom.

var. (3. depressa,

var. y. globosa,

involuta, Thom.

—— var. 3. dilatata, 4. Braun.
—— stenotrypta, 4. Braun.
verticilloides, 4. Braun.
var. y. increscens, Z’hom.
—— multicostata, 7hom.
lunula, Thom.

—— Thomeana, 4. Braun.
uniplicata, 4. Braun.
Achatina subrimata, Reuss.

Clausilia bulimoides, 4. Braun, Th.

Pupa quadrigranata, 4. Braun.
—. Rahtii, 4. Braun.

Pupa bigranata, Rossm.

retusa, 4. Braun.

—— cryptodonta, 4. Braun.

—— acicula, Sandb.

— (Vertigo) obstructa, 4. Braun.
— ( ) quadriplicata,4.Braun.
— ( ) palustris, Turton.
var. a. major ovata,

var. 3. minor subglobosa,
Cypris faba, Desm.

angusta, Reuss.

—— trigonula, Sandb., n. sp.
Phryganea Mombachiana, Héningh.
Blumii, Hepp.

Perca moguntina, 4g.

Pisces, sp.

Salamandra, sp.

Rana, sp.

Ophidia, sp.

——, eggs?

Crocodilus, sp.

Trionyx, sp.

Aspidonectes Gergensii, von Meyer.
Emys, sp.

Clemmys rhenana, von Meyer.
Paleochelys taunica, von Meyer.
Birds, sp.

——,, eggs, 2 sp.

Hippotherium gracile, Kaup.
Microtherium Renggeri, von Meyer.
concinnum, von Meyer.
Hyotherium medium, von Meyer.
Meissneri, von Meyer.
Rhinoceros incisivus, Cuvier.

, Sp.

Tapirus Helveticus, von Meyer.
Paleeomeryx Scheuchzeri, v. Meyer.
medius, von Meyer.

— minor, von Meyer.

pygmeus, von Meyer.
Lithomys parvulus, von Meyer.
Brachymys ornatus, von Meyer.
Chalicomys Eseri, von Meyer.
Titanomys Visenoviensis, v. Meyer.
Rodentia, sp.

Carnivora, sp.

Stephanodon Mombachensis, v. MW.
Acanthodon ferox, von Meyer.
Amphicyon dominans, von Meyer.

— intermedius, von Meyer.
—— Kiipsteinii, von Meyer.
Paleogale pulchella, von Meyer.
fecunda, von Meyer.
Erinaceus priscus, von Meyer.
Oxygomphius leptognatius, v. 1.
Dimylus paradoxus, von Meyer.
Talpa brachychir, von Meyer.
Sorex pusillus, von Meyer.
Vespertilio preecox, von Meyer.
—— insignis, von Meyer.

1854. | HAMILTON—MAYENCE BASIN. 285

This list shows an increasing proportion of land and freshwater
shells throughout the general mass, although the whole number of
species is hardly so great as in the lower beds of the Cerithium-lime-
stone. There 1s also a considerable change of species between the
two formations, and were it not for the Cerithia and Mytili, which are
still abundant, although the species are few, this might almost be
looked upon as a freshwater formation. This however is not the
case ; moreover certain species of Cerithia and Cyrena Fawasii occur
in the overlying blue clays, so that the brackish-water period must
not be considered as yet concluded. Here also, as in the preceding
formation, several forms of land shells make their appearance which
are strictly analogous to, some even identical with, those now existing
in one part or other of the Mediterranean basin.

Taste VI.
Fossils of the Ossiferous or Bone-bearing Sand.

Fish, sp. Macrotherium, sp.
Crocodilus, sp. Agnotherium antiquum, Kaup.
Tortoise, sp. Dorcatherium Nani, Kaup.
Hippotherium gracile, Kaup. Palzeomeryx minor, v. Meyer.
Chalicotherium antiquum, Kaup. Cervus Bertholdi, Kaup.

Goldfussii, Kaup. — Partschii, Kaup.
Anthracotherium magnum, Cuv. anocerus, Kaup.
Tapirus priscus, Kaup. —— dicranocerus, Kaup.
Sus antediluvianus, Kaup. — curtocerus, Kaup.

paleochcerus, Kaup. nanus, Kaup.

antiquus, Kaup. Chalicomys Jegeri, Kaup.
Rhinoceros Goldfussii, Kaup. Gulo diaphorus, Kaup.
— Schleiermacheri, Kaup. Machairodus cultridens, Kawp.
— incisivus, Cuv. Felis aphanista, Kaup.
—— minutus, Cuv. —— ogygia, Kaup.

Mastodon longirostris, Kaup.
Dinotherium giganteum, Kaup. .
Bavaricum, v. Meyer.

The isolated character of the deposits in which these osseous
remains are found has been already mentioned in the former portion
of this paper (page 272). It is only necessary here to observe, that
the occurrence of Anthracotherium magnum (Cuy.), common to the
Marine Sands, and of Rhinoceros incisivus (Cuv.), R. minutus (Cuy.),
Paleomeryx minor (Von Meyer), and Hippotherium gracile (Kaup),
common to the Littorinella-limestone, proves that these ossiferous
sands, although somewhat newer, do in reality belong to the same
general system of tertiary deposits as the underlying formations.

I will not attempt to point out any inferences as to the nature of
climate or geographical features of the then existing country, which
might be drawn from the habits and characters of the mammalian
animals whose remains have been here preserved; I leave it to
the palzontologists and cultivators of comparative anatomy, whom
we rejoice to reckon amongst our members and to see on our
benches, to work out the interesting problems connected with this part

prisca, Kaup.
antediluviana, Kaup.

286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Feb. 22,

of the question; but I venture, with great diffidence, to lay before
the Society the reasons which have led me to incline to the opinion
that the Marine Sands of Weinheim ought to be looked upon as
Miocene rather than Eocene.

I say Miocene rather than Hocene, because I am not altogether
prepared to admit the correctness of these terms, in the sense of
looking upon them as two subdivisions the exact boundaries of which
can be accurately laid down or defined. I believe that if we could
obtain sections of all the European tertiary deposits, from the num-
mulitic limestone up to the most recent post-pliocene formation, we
should be able to make out, in one section or another, a constant un-
broken sequence, without either break or interruption. I do not
mean to assert that no local changes or interruptions took place during
this period; on the contrary, they were probably very frequent.
Animal life also was undergoing a slow but gradual change, from
the earliest post-cretaceous to the existing forms, regulated according
to the more or less favourable conditions under which it was placed,
contemporaneously with the changes going on in the physical
condition of the region; but I do not believe that these changes or
disturbances were universal, or that the causes which occasioned the
destruction of one species and the introduction of another operated at
the same epoch in all parts of the then European seas. In process
of time, as the different changes in relative height, in elevation above
and depression beneath the mean level of the ocean, extended, did the
change in animal life also extend, modifying it everywhere on the
same general principles, again to be locally modified by the differ-
ences of soil, rocks, and sea-bottoms, until it had travelled through
all the changes from the commencement to the close of the tertiary
epoch.

I have said thus much to show that I do not attach any great im-
portance abstractedly to the question as to whether the beds we are
now considering should be called Upper Eocene or Lower Miocene ;
for although I think they contain a greater number of fossils iden-
tical with those found in other countries in formations above
rather than below them, the mere name of the beds is not the real
question before us. One thing however is certain, that they haye a
greater resemblance with the Lzmburg, and particularly with the
Kleyn Spawen beds, than with any other known European formation.
They contain also some fossils similar to those below, and others
identical with those above. As however the question has been raised,
whether they should be placed in the Eocene or Miocene subdi-
vision, I will briefly state my reasons, founded on physical as well
as on paleontological grounds, for the conclusion at which I have
arrived.

It is well known that the author of this nomenclature founded his
system on the different proportions of the fossil shells found in each
formation which are identical with living species, on the assumption
that, in proportion as we ascend to a higher bed, the greater is the
identity between its organic contents and the existing fauna; and

1854. ] | HAMILTON—MAYENCE BASIN. 287

although he refuses to entertain the idea of connecting these divisions
with sudden and violent interruptions in the ordinary course of
events, or with violent revolutions in the physical geography of the
earth’s surface, he cannot deny that the changes of strata are owing
to physical causes and to alternate elevations and depressions occa-
sioned by subterranean convulsions. If, then, these subdivisions of
Eocene, Miocene, and Pliocene are to be considered as representing
true geological horizons, it must be admitted that they depend on
some external facts, some natural, but partial convulsions, which, by
altering the relative levels of land and water, or by other similar
causes, changed the conditions of life, causing the destruction of some
then existing species, and producing the necessary conditions for the
introduction or creation of new ones. If this be not the case, the
lines or divisions are made to depend on the accidental varieties of
numbers, which may be owing to merely local or temporary causes,
and could hardly be considered as a sufficient basis for a philosophi-
cally-established nomenclature.

It is, therefore, not unreasonable to assume, that, wherever the
real line of demarcation between any two subdivisions is to be drawn,
some physical change or convulsion must have occurred at no great
distance, by which the conditions of life were suddenly altered,
although further off no real break took place in the continuity of
deposits, and there the change of species was so gradual, and almost
imperceptible, that it was impossible to draw a true geological line of
separation. Where, however, the sudden change did take place, there
the le of demarcation can be distinctly drawn, and will thus serve
as a correct guide to the separation of other beds. We have, then,
no difficulty in saying, where one deposit ceases, ‘This is the end of
the old system,” and where a new deposit commences, “This is the
beginning of the new system.’’ Now, this is precisely the position
we are in with regard to the Weinheim beds of the Mayence basin.
They have been satisfactorily shown to be identical with the Middle
Limburg beds ; the Middle Limburg beds are part of a continuous
series, gradually merging into those below and those above. They
are called indiscriminately Upper Hocene by one author, Lower Mio-
cene by another; and, belonging partially to both, they can yet be
fully claimed by neither. With the Weinheim beds the case is very
different ; they can be shown, under successive modifications, clearly
to belong to the same system as the beds above, but they have no
relation whatever to those below. They lie unconformably on the
Carboniferous Sandstone ; they form the commencement of a series,
the basis of the whole system. Here, then, we are enabled to
say, “This is the beginning of the new system ;”’ and we have con-
sequently no difficulty, and ought to have no hesitation, in looking
on the Middle Limburg, as well as the Weinheim beds, as the com-
mencement of the Miocene series.

It would, I think, be inconsistent with all analogy to call a bed,
which unequivocally forms the commencement of the whole tertiary
system in the country, the upper bed of an old expiring series, rather

288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Feb. 22,

than the lowest bed of a new series ; the latter being in accordance
with its true position, the former supposition being at variance with
the local facts, and unsupported by satisfactory evidence.

These are the principal reasons which have induced me to refer
the Marine Sands of Weinheim to the Miocene rather than to the
Eocene formation, and not on account of any vague numerical pro-
portion of forms agreeing more with the recent than with the older
beds. No doubt they contain many Eocene forms, but we are not
to assume that all life was destroyed at each successive period of
change. The old forms were doubtlessly washed into the newly
created seas, dead or alive, from the pre-existing Eocene waters ;
besides which, many species may have lived through the change, as
we find species existing through the whole tertiary period, notwith-
standing the many successive changes to which they must have been
exposed*.

Part III,

On THE ANCIENT GEOGRAPHICAL CHARACTER AND CONNECTION
OF THE SEA IN WHICH THE MARINE FAUNA OF THE MAyEeNCE
BasIN WAS DEPOSITED.

One of the most interesting questions connected with the locality
of the Mayence basin, and its marine fauna, is the insulated cha-
racter of its position, and its probable channels of communication
with the then existing ocean. The opinion generally entertained by
the German geologists is, that the region occupied by these marine
formations was at the period of their deposition an imland: lake
(Binnen-See), having no direct communication with the ocean, but
containing a somewhat similar fauna in consequence of the saltness
of its water. The abundant occurrence of Sharks’ teeth of several
species, and the remains of Halianassa Collinii in numerous places,
sufficiently disprove this hypothesis. Notwithstanding the present
difference of levels between the existing sea and the marine beds of
Weinheim, amounting to between 500 and 600 feet, and the com-
plete insulation of the region, these remains are a convincing proof

* Tt must, however, in justice be admitted, that, if this rule is fully carried out,
we must not attempt to apply too arbitrarily the nomenclature of one place to the
circumstances of another, when the physical changes which have disturbed the
continuity of organic life have taken place at different periods. For example, in
Belgium there is no break in the Limburg beds in the continuity of deposition.
In Mayence the new system begins with the equivalent of the Middle Limburg
series. In another country the physical change took place at a later period, viz.
after the Upper Limburg beds or their equivalents were deposited. There we
find a regular sequence of beds from the London clay to the Upper Limburg, and
then it suddenly ceases, until it is overlaid by diluvial deposits. Here, then, we
find that the equivalent of the bed which in the first locality was shown to be the
commencement of a new series, and consequently is called Miocene, proves to be
in another place the termination of the old series. We have no means of avoid-
ing the conviction which forces itself upon us, that we must call it Eocene. Thus,
the same beds which I call Miocene in Mayence, may with perfect propriety be
called Eocene by Prof. Forbes, in the Isle of Wight.—July 12, 1854.—W. J. H.

1854. | HAMILTON—MAYENCE BASIN. 289

that the sea in which the beds in question were formed must, at the
period of their deposition, have been in direct connection with a then
existing ocean. The numerous remains of Sharks also show that
that ocean was not exclusively an Arctic one; and even the Halia-
nassa tells the same story, its remains having hitherto been found in
the Molasse of Switzerland, and at. Malta. On the other hand, the
large Cyprina rotundata, which can hardly, if at all, be distinguished
from the recent C. zslandica, shows that we must not look exclusively
to a warm or semi-tropical connection. |

The numerous volcanic regions, and the evidence of igneous
agency of various periods, by which this district is surrounded,
point at once to the causes which produced the different changes of
relative level by which this connection was broken off. I will here
only allude to a few of them. The great volcanic region of the
Eifel, lymg to the north and north-west of the Hundsrtick, which
forms the N.W. boundary of our district, is one of the recent results
of igneous action. ‘The outpourings of basaltie rocks, which have
elevated and broken up the Brown-cval deposits of the Westerwald,
must have been active agents in modifying the physical configuration
of this country. The basalts of the Fichtelgebirge, and those in
the vicinity of Hanau and of Frankfort, and in the Coal-field of the
Wetterau, have probably been equally effective.

Let us now look at the various tertiary deposits existing in the
neighbouring countries, to see how far any connection between their
areas and that of the Mayence Basin may be supposed to have
existed.

I. Belgium.—From the evidence brought forward in the former
part of this paper (page 279), there can be no doubt as to the great
resemblance between the fossils of the Weinheim sands and those of
the Middle Limburg beds, and particularly the so-called Pectunculus-
bed, constituting, according to Sir C. Lyell, the upper portion of
those Middle Limburg beds.

The large proportion of identical species in these two formations
is alone sufficient to lead to the conviction that some connection must
have existed between these two marine basins. Three species of
Lamna, viz. L. cuspidata, Ag., L. denticulata, Ag., and L. contor-
tidens, Ag., also occur in these beds, which are not only found in the
Limburg beds, but in those near Turin.

II. With the tertiary formations of France, no special direct com-
munication appears to exist, beyond what may be traced through the
tertiaries of Belgium. The two districts are here separated by a
large tract of intervening mountain-ranges, consisting of jurassic,
liassic, and carboniferous rocks, against which the Weinheim beds
appear to have been subsequently deposited.

III. Switzerland.—I greatly regret not having yet had an oppor-
tunity of seeing Prof. Studer’s second volume on the Geology of
Switzerland, in which the fossils of the Molasse are worked out*.

* Since the above was written, the second volume of Prof. Studer’s work has

290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 22,

The collection in the museum at Berne was not, when I visited it,
completely arranged, nor were the localities given with such a degree
of accuracy as to show from what portion of the Molasse the large
collection of Mollusca, classed generally as belonging to it, was
derived. The principal features which struck me were the great
preponderance of Bivalves, and the rather more recent facies of the
whole collection. It is well known that this formation is very
generally extended over the great central valley of Switzerland,
between the Alps and the Jura; it is to be traced in almost all the
valleys of the Jura, forming terraces on the sides of the hills, or
occupying the bottoms; and it also occurs in most of the valleys on
the northern flank of the Jura, opening into the valley of the Rhine
below Basle+ ; and a few miles from Basle, north of the Rhine, at
Lorrach in Baden, is one of the best localities, according to Prof.
Merian, for studying the Molasse formation, where it occurs as a
kind of calcareous rock (formerly extensively quarried), and overlaid
by freshwater limestone. Indeed it is said that this formation may
be traced all round the basin of the ancient sea, and along the hills
of Alsace, where a large species of Ostrea is found attached to the
jurassic limestone, on which it once grew when this limestone formed
the cliffs rising up from the shore of the tertiary sea.

When we look at the physical connection between the formations
of the Mayence basin and the older rocks against which they are de-
posited, it is evident that the hills which constitute the western side
of the Valley of the Upper Rhine, forming the mountains of the
Haardt and the Vosges, had already assumed in a great measure
their present forms and characteristic outlines before the deposition
of the tertiary beds. On the western side of the Rhine the tertiary

reached England, giving the results hitherto obtained respecting the fossil con-
tents of the Molasse. In general, however, the specimens are so imperfectly pre-
served, that it is difficult to make out the species accurately. Yet, from the list
published by Prof. Studer, it is remarkable what a large proportion of the Mollusca
of the older Molasse of Basle, Porrentruy, &c., are identical with the fossils of
the Mayence basin. After describing these Molasse beds, and hesitating as to
whether they should be referred to the Eocene or Miocene groups, showing that
in some places they approach an eocene, in others a miocene facies, Prof. Studer
observes that there is a remarkable analogy, which might almost be called identity,
between the North Jura marine tertiary formation and that of the Mayence basin;
not only in the rock itself, but in its organic remains, singularly like those of the
Mayence basin; and, although many species are difficult to identify, some of the
most characteristic, as Halianassa and Fishes, Cerithia, Natica gigantea, Panopea
intermedia, Corbula pisum, Pectunculus crassus, and Ostrea Collinii, are common
to both formations.

+ It now appears from Prof. Studer’s work, that the Molasse formation must be
separated into two chief divisions: 1. That of the Northern Jura; 2. That of the
Interior or Mittel-land. The former is overlaid by a freshwater formation; the
latter, which assumes a more recent character, is divided into two subdivisions,
—the subjurassic and subalpine zones, and lies between two freshwater forma-
tions. Of these, the fauna of the Subjurassic zone has considerable resemblance
with that of the Marine Molasse of Basle; while the fauna of the Subalpine zone is
compared with that of Bordeaux, Vienna, and the Subapennine formation of the
North of Italy.

1854. | HAMILTON—MAYENCE BASIN. 291

limestones may be traced at nearly the same level, following the sinu-
osities of the valleys, and appearing as beaches of the ancient sea ;
thus agreeing with what we have already seen to be the case in the
valleys of Switzerland. On the eastern side of the Rhine, where
volcanic outbursts of a more recent period are visible, the evidence is
not so conclusive; but even here, tertiary beds of sandstone and
Molasse can be made out in various places, as at Heppenheim, be-
tween Darmstadt and Heidelberg, and further south near Offenburg-

IV. Extending our view to the other tertiary deposits round the
district we are examining, we meet with the interesting formations of
the Vienna Basin. The general character of most of the fossil
remains,—for they are said to belong to two periods,—which have been
found in this formation, to which the name of “Tegel” has been ap-
plied by the German geologists, and a list of the chief of which has
been published by the Imperial Geological Institute of Vienna, ap-
pears to be more recent than that of the Wemheim fossils. According
to Burmeister *, these middle tertiary formations extend in Germany
down the Valley of the Danube from the Lake of Constance to
Vienna, and stretch along the base of the Carpathian Mountains.
This author considers the Tegel formation to be nearly if not quite
contemporaneous with the Molasse and Nagel-fluhe of Switzerland.

The following species are common to the lists published by the
Imperial Geological Institute and by Prof. Studer+ as belonging
to the younger Molasse :—

Conus Mercati, Brocchi. Turritella terebralis, Lam.
Ancillaria glandiformis, Lam. Riepellii, Partsch.
Mitra fusiformis, Brocchi. Trochus patulus, Brocehi.
Columbella curta, Bellardi. Sigaretus haliotoideus, Zam.
nassoides, Bellardi. Natica millepunctata, Lam.
Buccinum reticulatum, Grat. Crepidula unguiformis, Lam.
semistriatum, Broc. Mactra podolica, Hichwald.
mutabile, Linn. Corbula revoluta, Broce.
baccatum, Basterot. Lucina divaricata, Lam.
Rostellaria pes-pelicani, Lam. Cytherea pedemontana, Agassiz.
Ranella marginata, Lam. —— erycinoides, Lam.
Fusus burdigalensis, Grat. multilamella, Lam.
Cancellaria cancellata, Lam. Venus plicata, Gmel.
Pleurotoma asperulata, Lam. Cardinm Deshayesii, Payr.
pustulata, Broce. Arca barbata, Linn.
turricula, Broce. — diluvii, Lam.
Cerithium margaritaceum, Lam. Pecten Solarium, Lam.

scabrum, Desh.

Many other identities will probably be found to exist, when the
synonyms shall have been more carefully examined. Dr. Sandberger
informs me that he was much struck, on visiting the Vienna basin
last year, with the remarkable analogies between it and the upper
portions of the Mayence basin.

V. The next tertiary deposit to which we must allude are the

* Geschichte der Schépfung, fourth edition, p. 275.
+ Geol. Switzerland, vol. ii.

292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 22,

Brown-coal beds, existing in numerous localities on the frontiers of
Saxony and Bohemia. I am unable, however, to give any details of
it; but its existence is worth mentioning in connection with the beds
to which we must now allude.

VI. At Westeregeln, in the neighbourhood of Magdeburg, an
interesting tertiary formation exists, abounding in fossils, which is now
beginning to attract considerable attention. It is of peculiar import-
ance with reference to the correct position of the Mayence basin,
inasmuch as its exact relation to this formation appears from Dr.
Sandberger’s statements to have been satisfactorily made out. These
sands or sandstones of Westeregeln are paralleled with the Septaria-
clay of Celle, Berlin, and Mecklenburg. It is said to overlie the
Brown-coal formation of the Westerwald, which is itself the upper-
most of the two Brown-coal formations of the Mayence basin. It
forms a portion of those tertiary formations which extend through
Northern Germany, from the confines of Holland and Belgium, on
the west, to the Oder, on the east, and the fossils of which are now in
the course of publication by Dr. Beyrich of Berlin. It is a portion
of the same great oceanic deposit which has been already observed in
the vicinity of Cassel, although the exact parallelisms of age have
not yet been fully worked out; but the general resemblance of the
Cassel beds to those of Weinheim is sufficiently clear from the fol-
lowing extract of a private communication which I have received from
Dr. F. Sandberger :—

‘* At Cassel I observed the following section, in descending order.
Ist. Cassel marine beds. 2nd. Clay with calcareous nodules, con-
taining the same fossils as the Wiesbaden beds. 3rd. Quartzose
sandstones, occasionally containing leaves not yet made out. 4th.
Brown-coal deposits separated by layers of clay. 5th. As the basis
of the whole deposit, and immediately resting on the Muschelkalk, a
bed of clay, containing the characteristic fossils of the Cyrena-marls”’
(the lower blue clay of Weinheim).

The following list will give some idea of the fossil contents of the
Westeregeln beds. I have received it from Dr. Sandberger, and it
must be understood as only giving those species which he has already
received ; I believe it, however, to be nearly complete.

Taste VII.

List of Fossils from the Magdeburg Sands hitherto received by
Dr. Sandberger.

(Those marked with an asterisk * occur in the Weinheim beds.)

*Teredo, sp. Astarte Henkeliusiana, Vyst.
Teredina Hoffmanni, Phil. —— vetula, Phil.
*Corbula striata, Lam. ——, sp. (aff. 4. gracilis, Minst.)
*—— pisum, Sow. Diplodonta apicalis, Phil.
Henkeliusiana, Nysé. Cardium porulosum, Brand.

os tenuisulcatum, Wyst.

Tellina donacialis, Lam.

1854.]

HAMILTON—MAYENCE BASIN. 293

Tasxe VIL. (continued).

Cypricardia pectinifera, Sow.
Cardita (aff. C. aculeata, Poli).
Avellana, Phil.

*—— orbicularis, Bronn.

-—— analis, Phil.

Crassatella intermedia, Myst.

Pectunculus (aff. P.pulvinatus,Lam.).

Limopsis granulata, Lam.

Nucula Dechenii, Phil.

Leda Galeottiana, Nyst.
*Pinna margaritacea, Lam.
*Panopea Hebertiana, Bosg.

Pecten Solea, Desh.

Ostrea ventilabrum, Goldf.

, Sp. undeterm.
Anomia orbiculata, Nyst (non
Brocchi).

Bulla apicina, Phil.

——, sp. undeterm.

Tornatella, n. sp. (aff. 7. simulata;

Brand.)
*Natica Hantoniensis, Sow.
*—— glaucinoides, Sow.

Calyptreea, sp. undeterm.

Littorina sculpta, Sow.

Scalaria, n. sp.

Turritella, n. sp.

Planaxis, n. sp.

Solarium plicatum, Lam.

Pleurotoma turbidulum, Nyst.

conoideum, Brand.
—— Volgeri, Phil.
uniseriale, Desh.
*—_— flexuosum, Miinst.
*—— Waterkeynii, Myst.
granulatum, Lam.
*—— Selysii, De Kon.

—— var. semileve, Phil.

*

Pleurotoma multicostatum, Lam.

ventricosum, Lam.
—— attenuatum, Lam.
Borsonia, n. sp.

*Fusus elongatus, Myst.

funiculosus, Lam.

—— plicatellus, Lam.

—— conjunctus, Desh.

» Sp. undeterm.

Pyrula levigata, Lam. var.

clathrata, Lam.

*Cancellaria evulsa, Brand.
——, I. sp.

Typhis, sp.

*Tritonium argutum, Brand.
Chenopus, sp.

*Cassidaria depressa, v. Buch.
Buccinum fusiforme, Desh.
Mitra marginata, Lam.
——, sp.

Terebra, sp.

Voluta semigranosa, Nyst.
—— suturalis,

—— labrosa, Phil.

—— eximia, Beyr.
Cyprea spheerica, Phil.
Marginella ovulata, Lam.
Terebellum, sp.
Ancillaria, n. sp.

—— buccinoides, Lam.
Conus Allionii, Michelotii.
Dentalium acutum, Héé.

, Sp.

Serpula turbinata, Phil.
Nonionina magdeburgica, Phil.
Lunulites, sp.

*Lamna cuspidata, 4g.

* contortidens, 4g.

VII. Lastly, I will only briefly allude to the freshwater deposits
of Bavaria and of Wurtemberg, found in the neighbourhood of Ulm.
These contain nearly the same land and freshwater Molluscs as the
Littorinella-limestone of Hochheim and Wiesbaden; but I am not
aware that they have ever yet been found to rest on or to be as-
sociated with the marine tertiaries. They represent great inland
freshwater lakes, and are therefore not so directly connected with the
objects of this memoir.

Having thus briefly laid before the Society the principal facts con-
nected with those tertiary marine formations which are found in the
nearest propinquity to the Mayence basin, we shall be enabled to
form some opinion as to the real connection between these beds and
the ancient ocean. It seems probable that at some period during the
middle tertiary epoch a communication existed between what now
forms the Mediterranean to the south, and the great northern ocean

294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL socieTy. [Feb. 22,

which extended over the greater part of northern France, Belgium,
Holland, and the north of Germany. The nucleus of the European
Continent was then but a group of detached rocky islands, some of
them consisting of long mountain-ridges or backbones, indicating the
line of subsequent mountain-chains, and more or less connected b
submerged reefs with each other or with other masses of land which
appeared above the surface of the water. That a considerable por-
tion of the Alpine chain has been elevated at a comparatively recent
tertiary period, we know from the late investigations, amongst others,
of Sir R. I. Murchison, whose elaborate paper, on the Geological
structure of the Alps, Apennines, and Carpathians, not only points
out the extraordinary disturbances which have occurred in the Alps,
but shows that the earlier tertiary formations, the nummulitie lime-
stone and the “ Flysch,” have been so tilted as to assume not only a
vertical, but even an inverted position, and that, while they show a
thickness of more than 8000 feet, thus proving the great length of
time during which their deposition was taking place, they have been
raised to the height of many thousand feet above the level of the
sea. But this is not all: the same remarks apply to the Nagelfluhe
and the Molasse formation, also exceeding 6000 or 8000 feet in thick-
ness, and of a more recent date; so recent indeed, that Sir Roderick
- Murchison does not hesitate to refer them to the older Pliocene age ;

and yet they are described as having, both on the northern and southern
flanks of the Alps, been raised into a vertical, and, in some places,
even an inverted position. Thus, admitting even the Molasse to be
of a more recent period than the Mayence beds, we have here suffi-
cient evidence of a great portion of the North of Italy, the Alpine
district, and even the Northern parts of Switzerland, having been
covered by the waters of the sea, not only during the earliest, but
during the most recent period of the tertiary epoch, leaving only the
highest portion of the mountain-peaks as islands.

Again, to the north, we have evidence of considerable elevation and
disturbance, although, perhaps, not to the same extent; nor can we
be at a loss to ascertain some at least of the causes which have pro-
duced these results. The volcanic outbursts, attributable to the ter-
tiary period, which abound in the greater part of the western and
central portions of Germany, point out to us the causes of these disturb-
ances. They belong, however, to different periods ; consequently the
results they have produced are local. But it is not only with pheeno-
mena of elevation that we have to do; evidence of depression is also
there, and that is exactly what we should expect. Elevation in one
spot is in most cases, if not always, accompanied by depression in
another. The very fact of the enormous thickness to which the ter-
tiary formations of the Alps have been accumulated, is a convincing
proof, that, contemporaneously with their deposition, subsidence must
also have been going on, or they could never have attained to such a
thickness. The eruptive phenomena of the Eifel belonging to
various ages, the basaltic outbursts of the Westerwald, the Fichtel-
gebirge, and the Wetterau have all contributed to bring about those

1854. | HAMILTON—MAYENCE BASIN. 295

changes which first produced and then cut off the communication be-
tween the Mayence basin and the German Ocean.

The Mayence beds rest immediately on the older formations of
the New Red Sandstone, the “‘ Rothe-todte-liegende”’ of the Germans.
We may therefore conclude, that during the Cretaceous and earlier
tertiary periods this portion of the country was dry land, sloping gra-
dually to the southward from the mountain-districts of the Hunds-
riick and the Taunus, until it met the southern ocean in which the
“‘Flysch”’ was being deposited, off and around the group of islands
which formed the nucleus of the Alpine chain, now such an impass-
able barrier between the Mediterranean and the North Sea. This
depression or gradual sinking continued, affecting in all probability,
to a certain extent, the neighbouring continent, until it reached such
a point, aided to all appearance by other local depressions, as to
occasion the formation of that remarkable valley of the Upper Rhine
from Basle to Mayence and Bingen, and opening to the eastward
round the Taunus into the German or Northern Ocean.

There, in a bay of this newly opened sea, were deposited those beds
now under consideration, which, while partaking of the quasi-tropical
character of the Mediterranean, also combed many forms peculiar
to that ocean which had long existed to the north of the Hundsriick and
the Eifel, occupying the site of Belgium and the north of France,
and depositing the various forms of the Eocene period. With such a
change as this, however, new conditions of life must have been intro-
duced. The volcanic agency exerted in many places rendered these
waters for a time unfit for animal life. The deposits on the various
coasts were modified and changed, new river-channels were formed,
while old ones were blocked up, and species which could only exist
under the former circumstances necessarily disappeared, while others
adapted to the new conditions were introduced.

As far as has been hitherto observed, the animal whose remains
have been found in the lowest portion of the Marine Sands of the
Mayence beds is the Halianassa Collinit, associated with the nume-
rous teeth of one or more species of Zamna. Now, we do not find
Halianassa Collinii anywhere amongst the Belgian fossils ; but it
has been found in a portion of the Vienna basin, in Switzerland, and,
if I am not misinformed, at Malta; thus showing a connection at
this period between these beds and the southern or Mediterranean
ocean. But this remarkable animal, of which the perfect skeleton
was lately found in the sands of Uffhofen (page 264), does not occur
in the upper beds; it may thence be inferred that soon after the
opening of this channel, and befgre the more torpid and slowly
moving Molluscs had reached a distance which the Sharks, &c. had
rapidly traversed, the subsidence of the Alpine region, indicated by
the vast thickness of the “ Flysch”’ beds, had ceased, and, in com-
pliance with that law of oscillatory movement, which appears in former
periods to have been so universally prevalent on the surface of our earth,
had been succeeded by an upward movement, which extended so far
as to cut off the connection with the Mediterranean, leaving open only
that with the northern and Belgie ocean. This continued for a long

VOL. X.—PARTI. Y

296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Feb. 22,

lapse of time, during which the Marie Sands of Weinheim were
being deposited. But other changes accompanied this gradual eleva-
tion; as we approach the upper portion of these sands, we find
Cerithia more abundant, indicating, if not already a brackish condi-
tion of the water, at least a diminution of depth and the presence of
freshwater streams flowing into the sea at no great distance. And
this is precisely what @ preori we should expect. The closing of the
communication by the Alpine range converted what had previously
been an open passage, like the straits of Gibraltar, connecting one
ocean with another, into a deep land-locked bay or estuary, where
the depth of water would necessarily diminish independently of any
elevation, and the influence of the neighbourimg streams would be
constantly greater in diminishing the saline properties of the water.

But after a time, another change took place. The deposits changed
from an arenaceous to an argillaceous character. The blue clay for-
mation (Cyrenen-Mergel of Sandberger, and lower Brown-coal forma-
tion of former German writers) bears indications of important changes
in the neighbourhood. Volcanic eruptions may have caused the
rivers to bring down a thick and muddy sediment, which was carried
to the northern point of this long narrow estuary ; or, more pro-
bably still, the partial and ever-increasing closing up of the channel
leading to the North Sea may have caused those particles of clay
and mud, previously carried out through the northern straits, to
have been here deposited, containing in some places those accumula-
tions of drifted vegetable matter which have contributed to the forma-
tion of the Brown-coal beds. How the closing up of the northern
channel was brought about, we are not yet in a condition to explain ;
but it may have been occasioned by the elevation of the Fichtelgebirge,
or by some of the neighbouring basaltic outbursts which I have not
yet been able to examine.

At the same time a gradual, but general, elevation of the land
appears to have been going on elsewhere ; inasmuch as the pre-
sumed parallel beds of the Upper Limburg series were also becoming
brackish, resting on the purely marine beds of the Middle Limburg
formation. The analogy, however, is not complete. In Belgium
the succeeding deposits maintain their marine character, whereas in
the Mayence basin the blue clays are immediately succeeded by a
thick deposit of calcareous matter, the fossil contents of which not
only indicate the continued brackish nature of the water, but show
that it was gradually losmg its saline qualities, and becoming more
and more fitted for the existence of freshwater molluscs. During
this period, when all communjcation with the Northern Ocean
appears to have been cut off, the calcareous beds of the Cerithium
and Littorinella limestones were deposited in a great inland lake
having no apparent outlet. Large streams of fresh water, flowing
from the S., the W., and the 8.W., the parents of the present Rhine,
the Neckar, the Maine, and the Kinzig, brought down large acces-
sions of material, to fill up the bottom of the basin, and to raise the
surface of the water, imbedding in it at the same time, in par-
ticular localities, the débris of the terrestrial molluses which had

1854. | HAMILTON —MAYENCE BASIN. 297

lived upon their banks. These remains, in certain favourable spots,
have been heaped together in such abundance as to have obtained. for
those formations in which they are found the name of “ freshwater
limestone.” At the same time, on the western shores of the lake,
between Kreuznach and Diirckheim, it is probable that the saline cha-
racter of the water was maintained by those abundant salt-springs,
which, even in the present day, issue from the neighbouring rocks,
bringing health and wealth to the surrounding population, and
giving evidence of that secret and subterranean activity which in one
form or another has at all periods and in all places modified the
crust of our globe.

We have seen that during this period calcareous rocks were de-
posited to a great extent in this northern portion of the upper
Rhenish lake. From whence was this caleareous matter derived ?—
and why should it have been mainly deposited in this portion of the
basin? It appears to have been owing to one, if not to both, of the
following causes. It may have been deposited from local springs
highly charged with calcareous matter, or it may have been derived
from the material brought down by the many rivers which flowed into
the lake; and its deposition in this particular spot may have been
partly brought about by the greater amount of animal life living in
this still brackish water, to whose existence and growth this calca-
reous matter was subservient ; or partly, perhaps, by some chemical
influence, the result of the action of the salt-springs upon the
water thus charged with calcareous matter. But, that it has in
some places at least owed its origin to calcareous springs of a
local character, is I think sufficiently proved by the structure of
the rock itself. I need only refer to fig. 10. p. 269, where the
hard portion of the limestone rock, evidently formed contempora-
neously with the softer and more sandy beds to the S.E., containing
the intercalated beds with Venus incrassata, is altogether made up
of a congeries of hollow pipes and stems, as if it were the remains of
a mass of incrustations around the delicate fibres of mosses or con-
fervee. A similar structure may also be seen in many other localities,
particularly along the line of limestone cliffs to the S.W., in the
neighbourhood of Diireckheim and Kahlstadt; and, wherever this
occurs, the limestone itself is spongy and cavernous, full of small
irregular cavities, and frequently containing nuclei of a harder and
more solid texture.

Other changes subsequently took place, which we can now hardly
stop to consider. In some parts of this lacustrine basin the calca-
reous beds were covered up by morasses and forests, as in the
Wetterau and the Westerwald. A description of the fossil flora of this
district would be a subject of great interest, for amongst the curious
relics of the period which have been rescued from the Brown-coal
of the Wetterau are perfect specimens of more than one species of
Vine, the fruit itself bemg preserved in the form of petrified raisins*.
These forests and morasses were subsequently converted into

* See Official Report of the 29th Meeting of the Society of German Naturalists
at Wiesbaden, 1853, p. 155.
Y 2

298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [Feb. 22,

Brown-coal, and have been convulsed, contorted, and broken up by
penetrating dykes and outbursts of basaltic and other igneous rocks.
Again the alternate action of subsidence was introduced, and the
northern portion of this Brown-coal became submerged under the
waters of the northern sea, inasmuch as we find the Brown-coal
again overlaid by the marine deposits of Westeregeln and Magdeburg.
But it is almost premature to enter on this question; I have not
myself yet visited the locality.

We have thus faintly attempted to trace the possible history of the
origin of the Mayence basin formations, and of their gradual rise until
the waters in which they were deposited had reached their highest
level. It only remains, in conclusion, to say a few words respecting
their probable drainage and the desiccation of the Rhine Valley.
Assuming that no outlet existed for its waters, the surface-level of the
lake must at last have reached a height at which they would over-
flow the mountain-barrier by which they were enclosed. This spot
appears to have been at the commencement of the narrow gorge near
Bingen, by which the Rhine now escapes from the Rheingau, and
flows through the most picturesque and striking scenery of Northern
Europe, between Bingen and Coblentz. The formation of this gorge
was in the first instance probably owing to volcanic agency. The
mountain-chains of the Hundsriick and the Taunus were already
partially riven asunder, and the long pent-up waters, finding at
length an outlet, rushed with overwhelming force through the
chasm, removing all opposing obstacles, and carrying with them a
large portion of those deposits which had previously formed the
bottom of the lake. The imagination is bewildered in contemplating
the details of this stupendous operation ; but it is not unreasonable to
suppose that something similar, if not indeed of a grander character,
took place during the process of cutting back this mighty channel,
to what we now see in the St. Lawrence, while cutting back its
channel from Lake Ontario to Lake Erie. It is vain to attempt to
calculate the time which must have elapsed during this operation,
when we consider the hard nature of the Devonian schists through
which the waters had to cut their way; but when we add to this,
that a similar lacustrine basin exists between Coblentz and Neuwied,
below which again the river has cut its way through another mighty
gorge, from Andernach to the Siebengebirge, we can only wonder at
the countless ages which must have gone by during this compara-
tively small period of the tertiary epoch, itself one of the shortest of
the many successive ages which the study of the crust of our globe
has brought to our knowledge.

1854. ] SELWYN—-GEOLOGY OF VICTORIA. 299

Marcu 8, 1854.

Neville Story Maskelyne, M.A., Dep. Professor of Mineralogy,
University of Oxford; B. Waterhouse Hawkins, Esq., 8. P. Wood-
ward, Esq., and Charles Wentworth Dilke, Esq., were elected
Fellows.

The following communications were read :—

1. On the GroLocy and Mineratocy of Mount ALEXANDER,
and the adjacent Country, lying between the Rivers Loppon
and Campaspe. By Avrrep Ricuarp Cercit Sevwyn, Ksq.,
Director of the Geological Survey of Victoria.

[Communicated by Prof. A. C. Ramsay, F.G.S. }

Tue whole of the above district is occupied by four different
geological formations—

1. Granite.

2. Metamorphosed palzeozoic strata.
3. Basalt.

4. Auriferous drift.

The extent of country occupied by the first three of the above for-
mations may be seen on referring to the accompanying map* ; [by
which it is shown that Mount Alexander forms part of a granitic
range, extending from the River Coliban, on the east, to the Loddon
on the west, with a breadth varying from four to twelve miles, and
describing an irregular semicircle, with its convexity to the north.
The granite is bounded on all sides by metamorphic rocks; and at
its eastern extremity it is overlaid by patches of basaltic lava, amongst
which the Coliban runs. The basalt occurs also to the east of the
Coliban in still greater extent, overlying the metamorphic rocks along
the course of the Campaspe River. At the western limit of the
granite also, similar basalt forms the lava-plams on the Loddon. |
The fourth is more or less universally distributed over the area occu-
pied by the second.

Granite.—The granite everywhere forms an open forest country,
consisting of high rocky ranges and undulating grassy hills ; enormous
blocks, standing out in bold relief, lie scattered on the summits and
flanks of the hills, often affording the most picturesque scenery.
These blocks are always im situ, and are the result of the decomposi-
tion of the softer portions of the rock. The rock itself is, for the
most part, a coarse-gramed ternary granite (quartz, felspar, and
black and sometimes yellow mica), often very soft, friable, and easily
decomposed. In some few places the granite appears to pass into
Pegmatite, a compound of quartz and felspar. It generally possesses
a large spheroidal or concretionary structure, composed of concentric

* [This map has been published in the First Report of the Geological Surveyor
of Victoria. |

300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [March 8,

Section from the River Loddon over Mount Tarrengower and Mount Alevander to the River Campaspe.

East,

TOATY Adsvdurey: eas-------
ured Barry...

Metamorphosed palzeozoic.

AWS SAY

“(vaeq) Ty peddog-yepy
“TOATY ueqiopn espe \

2
DE
tel
“rey wary paddor-aepat 4 | >
Ze caus TI
: yy
(Sudg jyunoyy 4
10) JepuexoTy JUNO] ~” 8
Sie | 8
Wie

“peow
*peoy osipueg-———

pe

‘aBuey ourdnoi0g.......

*‘yooIQ plojoppon yy

Metamorphosed paleozoic.

Og
*IOMOS UIA, qunoyy__ (7 7:

—e

Granite.

"uoppoT doatTy

"ured wavy

West.

coats. The whole being traversed by
a system of north and south and east
and west joints, causes it to break up
into large, rectangular, slightly-curved
slabs and blocks, affording a good and
easily quarried building material.

Numerous “elvans”’ or dykes occur,
cutting through the granite in various
directions, in long narrow bands ; they
are generally composed of a hard, com-
pact, and very fine-grained granitic
rock, of a reddish colour, and are
evidently of a posterior formation to
the mass of the granite.

I have been unable to discover any
metalliferous veins in the granite, and,
from the general homogeneous cha-
racter of the rock, and the entire ab-
sence of quartz-vems, I should not
anticipate the discovery of gold or
other metals in this district.

Metamorphosed Paleozoic Strata.
—Surrounding the above district on
all sides, except to the south-east,
where the granite is overlaid by the
lava plains of the Loddon, we have a
mass of metamorphosed palzeozoic
strata, striking everywhere true north
and south, and dipping east and west
at angles varying from 45° to 90°.

These strata consist of—Ist. Ferru-
ginous, micaceous, and felspathic sand-
stones and grits, of various shades of
red, grey, and brown; 2nd. Hard and
soft arenaceous and felspathic clay-
slates, and fine arenaceous-banded
flag-stones ; 3rd. Quartz-rock and
fine-grained quartz-conglomerate.

The country occupied by these
rocks consists chiefly of bold, rocky,
scrubby ranges and gullies, and more
openly timbered flats; the highest
points of the ranges being immedi-
ately adjoining the granite boundary.
This is a very marked feature; the
junction of the granite and metamor-
phic rocks being almost invariably at
the base or on the flanks of a steep
rocky range. The paleeozoic strata

1854. | SELWYN—GEOLOGY OF VICTORIA. 301

everywhere for a short distance from the granite exhibit traces of
alteration, beng generally more crystalline, harder, and more mica-
ceous, but very rarely pass ito true mica-schist.

The whole mass of these sandstones, clay-slates, &c., is traversed
by an intense north and south cleavage, as well as by a system of
large joints, both north and south and east and west; the former
generally dipping at right angles, or in an opposite direction to the
cleavage-planes. This system of joints and cleavage renders the true
line of stratification very obscure ; they [the strata] appear, however,
generally to coincide in strike with the cleavage, but are dipping at a
somewhat lower angle ; this can only be detected on a close and very
careful examination.

Coincident with the cleavage, both in strike and dip, and more or
less numerous throughout the whole of the palzeozoic strata I have
examined, are veins of white and reddish quartz, from afew inches to
6 or 7 feet in thickness; associated with these veins, coating the
joints and fissures, we often find much red heematitic iron. In the
quartz, occurring in nests and cavities, I have seen—

1. Gold.

2. Galena (sulphuret of lead).
3. Blende (sulphuret of zinc).
4. Arsenical iron.

5. White iron-pyrites.

1 have heard of platina having been discovered, but have never seen
any.

I have been unable, as yet, to detect any organic remains in these
rocks, and have, therefore, at present no good evidence as to their
actual geological age ; judging merely from lithological character, I
should, however, consider them equivalents of the Cambrian or
Lower Silurian strata of Great Britain, many portions of which, as
seen in North Wales, they precisely resemble.

The total thickness of these rocks in this district is somewhere
about 35,000 feet.

Basalt.—Resting horizontally on Nos. | and 2, in isolated patches
and large tracts, forming table-lands, flat-topped rocky hills, with
steep escarpments, or extensive undulating plains destitute of timber,
are large masses of basalt, composed of augite, magnetic iron, and
felspar, sometimes hard, heavy, and compact, and often cellular and
scoriaceous, especially on the surface, having the appearance of sub-
aérial lava. The vesicles are filled or coated with carbonate of lime
and oxide of iron, in mammillated crystals. On the weathered
surfaces these vesicles are generally empty, the carbonate of lime and
the iron being decomposed, and the rock having externally a very red
and rusty appearance.

This basalt is evidently the remnant of vast lava-streams, which
appear to have flowed down and filled up the then existing valleys of
the country, bringing them nearly to a level with the tops of the
lower ranges. Through these lava-streams the present river-courses
have been subsequently excavated, always exposing, when cutting

302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [March 8,

sufficiently deep, the subjacent granite, or the stratified rocks on
which it rests. On the surface, this lava has generally a spherical
concretionary structure, breaking up into rounded or subangular
blocks ; this structure becomes columnar whenever the lava attains a
considerable thickness, say 100 to 200 feet ; this bemg probably due
to the slower cooling and more perfect crystallization of the lower
portions of the mass. A good example of this may be seen at the
junction of the Campaspe aud Piper’s Creek, where the lava and
subjacent stratified rocks are exposed in almost vertical cliffs from
200 to 300 feet in height.

Auriferous Drift.—This formation, of very late tertiary date,
varies in thickness from a few inches to 100 feet and upwards, and
consists of stratified and unstratified masses of ferruginous clays,
sands, and gravel, interspersed with angular and partially rounded
fragments of clay-slate, sandstone, quartz, &c. It occurs almost
universally distributed in the gullies, on the flats, and over the hills
occupied by the paleeozoic strata, and is in fact formed from the de-
composition, breaking up, and spreading out of the immediately sub-
jacent rocks; the fragments found in it being, with a few local
exceptions, seldom much water-worn, and bearing no evidence of
having been transported from a distance. The lowest stratum or
bottom almost always varies in colour and character with the nature
of the subjacent rock, whether a ferruginous clayey sandstone, forming
ared or mottled ferruginous sandy clay, or a soft felspathic slate,
producing a white pipe-clay, &c.

With respect to the origin and present position of the gold, there
can, I think, be little doubt that the whole of it has been formed
im the quartz-vems which are now seen traversing the paleozoic
strata; and that its present position in the drift is entirely due to the
decomposition, breaking up, and spreading abroad of the quartz-veins,
along with the ordinary sandstones, slates, &c. of the district. Its
general position in the lowest portion of the drift, resting immediately
on the solid rock, is due, Ist, to its great specific gravity, as compared —
with the rest of the materials forming the associated drifts. 2nd. It
has always been supposed that gold-veins are richest near the surface,
and, unlike other mineral veins, gradually become poorer the deeper
they are followed. Such being the case, it follows that the deposits
now occupying the lowest portions of the Drift, formed from those
portions of the auriferous quartz-veins which were first broken up and
distributed during the period of the Drift, would be much richer
than any deposits formed by subsequent denudation from less super-
ficial portions of the auriferous veins, and all experience tends to
prove that such is actually the case.

With respect to the range and extent of this Drift-formation, I can
only state, that every part of the country I have seen which is oceu-
pied by palzeozoic strata (coloured lilac on the Map) is more or less
covered with drift of the same character, derived from rocks abun-
dantly intersected by quartz-veins. The real value of it can, however,
only be ascertained by actual working.

Between the western boundary of the granite and the River

1854. | STEPHEN—AUSTRALIAN GEMS AND GOLD. 303

Loddon, this drift appears to attain a great thickness, forming an
almost level forest-country, extending for many miles, and quite con-
cealing the underlying rocks.

2. On the Gems and Goup-crystats of the AUSTRALIAN CoLo-
nies. By G. Mitner Steruen, Esq., Barrister, F.G.S., V.Pres.
Geol. Soc. of Victoria.

Untit the discovery of the great gold deposits in Australia*, the
colonists considered no other mineral productions than copper and
lead deserving their research ; although specimens of native gold
were publicly “exhibited (and seen by myself) im a jeweller’s shop
in Sydney so far back as 1836, brought by a Bathurst shepherd
periodically from that locality ; Al although in the sister colony of
South Australia a vein of red ferruginous earth, richly charged with
gold (specimen G.), had been found in a copper-mine near Adelaide
in the year 1845, six years before Mr. Hargreaves made his first
communication to the Sydney government.

And yet the colonists (those of South Australia especially, who
were the earliest pioneers in the mining-field) could not be justly
taxed with apathy on the subject of their hidden treasures, inasmuch
as there was little inducement for them to make discoveries, whilst
they found ample employment for their limited capital and scanty
supply of labourers in their highly profitable agricultural and pas-
toral occupations. Indeed, in the colony of New South Wales, and
i Van Diemen’s Land, its offspring, there was a motive directly
operating upon the mind of the landed proprietor (whose flocks and
herds roamed unmolested over tens of thousands of acres) to conceal,
if possible, the teeming wealth of the soil, as his title-deeds or land
grants expressly reserved to the Crown all gold and silver, &c. The
working of coal in New South Wales, moreover, was secured by the
Government as a monopoly for years to the Australian Agricultural
Company !

This obstacle to the advance of mineralogical science appears to
have escaped the attention of some of the numerous writers upon
Australia; but for the honour of the Australian colonists, whose
spirit of enterprise is only second to that of the Americans, it should
not be lost sight of by any writer who enters upon the topic.

As our countrymen at home, as well as the Australian colonists
themselves, are not very well informed as to the extent and variety of
the mineral productions of those interesting colonies, having to trust
much to rumour for their information, and to the doubtful authenti-
city of such specimens as may come under their notice in this country,
I have prepared a brief catalogue, showing the localities of such pre-
cious stones and chief metallifer ous minerals as I have detected in
the course of several years’ residence in four of those colonies. And

* For notices of the Gold-fields of Australia, see Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ix.
p- 74; and supra, p. 302.

304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [March §,

I will add, for the satisfaction of geologists, that on all occasions I
investigated most rigorously, and with a suspicion worthy of the
sceptic, the history of each specimen ; most of them being sent to
me for examination, or brought direct from the various “ diggings,”’
amidst a parcel of quartz crystals (often mistaken for diamonds) and
other shining and coloured mineral substances. And I invariably
satisfied my mind upon the authenticity of the specimen, or at once
rejected it as fictitious. In making this collection, I can claim no
merit, for I was mainly indebted to an extensive acquaintance with all
classes, and latterly to my position as the Vice-President of the only
Geological Society established in Australia, at a time when thousands
were anxious to be informed as to what they were daily finding in
the soil of that terra incognita.

It was thus that I was enabled to announce to the colonists the
existence of ¢in (the oxide), in the form of “‘stream”’ tin and sand,
at the River Ovens, which the energy and enterprise of Mr. Charles
Terry, of Melbourne, by the formation of a company, has made so
richly available to his fellow-colonists ; as the ingot of tin, presented
by that gentleman to me, and now in the museum of this Society,
satisfactorily demonstrates. (See my letter published in the Mel-
bourne ‘ Argus’ of 31st March, 1853.)

It is well to remark, that up to the present time no systematic or
scientific search for the precious stones has been instituted in the
Australian colonies; such as have been discovered having been
found in the tin dishes of the gold-diggers, whilst washing the soil
(sands, gravels, &c.) im quest of gold. Yet, judging from analogy,
and observing that the conditions under which the gems to which I
shall presently refer are found are similar in Australia and the several
countries now supplying them, I feel persuaded that the day is not far
distant when the gems of Australia will be sought for as an article of
commerce! As the observation applies to the condition under which
nearly all the Australian gems have as yet been found, it will simplify
this catalogue by stating that I detected the several specimens therein
referred to generally in association with all the following minerals, viz.
opake and transparent quartz, felspar, garnets, tourmaline, augite,
olivine, titaniferous iron, oxide of iron, iron pyrites, and (in the case
of the specimens from the River Ovens) associated with oxide of tin,
in crystals, small lumps (pepitas), and sand.

None of them were found in existing river-courses, and rarely on
the banks of streams; but, being found in a water-worn state,
together with native gold, both amorphous and crystallized, equally
water-worn, generally in ravines or gullies, there is little doubt that
their present localities are the sites of ancient river-courses and their
tributaries, whither they were borne, and rubbed by the action of
running water*.

* Whilst this paper was going through the press, Mr. R. Jones has kindly
drawn my attention to an interesting account in the Proc. Amer. Acad. 1850,
p- 246, by Mr. Alger, of several large and curious gold-crystals obtained in Cali-
fornia by Mr. Platt under circumstances very similar to those accompanying my
discovery of the Australian specimens.—July 1854, G. M.S.

1854. | STEPHEN—AUSTRALIAN GEMS AND GOLD. 305

Catalogue of Precious Stones and Minerals from Australia *.

A. A blue and white Sapphire, so much water-worn as to have
lost all its crystalline faces but one. This, with some others in my
possession, came from Ballarat, in Victoria.

B. A beautiful Sapphire: hexagonal crystal; in blue and white
bands (as described by Dufresnoy): from the Hanging Rock Diggings,
on the River Peel, in New South Wales.

C. A highly perfect crystal of Spinel Ruby (of fine colour), in one
of its ordinary forms ; a flat triangular crystal, with the edges re-
placed, and the angles depressed: from the Peel River Diggings.

D. A water-worn octahedral crystal of Spinel Ruby ; found in the
same locality.

E. A Rudy of good colour ; from the same locality.

F. Are small Chrysolites ; from the same locality.

G. Are Zircons, obligingly selected by Professor Tennant out of a
parcel of various stones brought to me from the River Ovens, in
Victoria f.

H. A Spinel Ruby, im a similar triangular crystal to C, though of
inferior transparency and colour ; from the River Ovens.

I. Are “ pepitas” of Oxide of Tin; from the same locality.

J. A prism crystal of Tourmaline; from the same locality.

K. A striated fragment of a pale yellow Topaz; from the same
locality.

L. Ovide of Tin, in the form of sand, with gold dust and decom-
posed felspar (called “pipe-clay”) &c., taken as a sample from a
bag received by me from the River Ovens.

M. A Garnet, in a dodecahedral crystal (imperfect) ; from the
same locality.

At Peel River, also, they find dodecahedral garnets, whilst at
Mount Alexander Pyropes and common Garnets are met with.

Sir Thomas Mitchell deposited in the Museum of Practical Geo-
logy a Diamond, said to have been found in New South Wales.
He also brought thence to London some limpid White Topazes tf,
almost as brilliant as those found in water-worn pebbles at Cape
Barren Island in Bass’ Straits, and which I have seen cut and
equalling in brilliancy the celebrated Nova Mina Topaz of the
Brazils.

Very fine hexagonal Beryls, exceeding an inch and a half in
diameter, and in parts highly transparent, are found in South
Australia, at Mount Crawford.

Tourmalines, also, of a very considerable size, are found at En-
counter Bay in that colony, and also in D’ Entrecasteaux’s Channel
in Van Diemen’s Land.

An Emerald in a hexagonal crystal is stated to have been found

* These specimens were exhibited at the meeting of the Society.

t+ Mr. Foord, a very scientific metallurgist and gold assayer in Melbourne,
showed me some Zircons from the same locality, in August 1853.

{ Sir T. Mitchell has lately presented some specimens of Australian Topazes to
this Society.

306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [March 8,

by the Commissioner of Police of South Australia at Mount Re-
markable, and consumed under a blowpipe by a gentleman who
understood its power better than its proper use. The Commissioner
informed me of it one day too late !

Opals with slight play of colours have been shown to me in South
Australia; but they were very remote in brilliancy from the Noble
Opal of Hungary or South America.

Gold Crystals.

Gold is found in the colony of Victoria, under the most interest-
ing forms of crystallization ; and it may be inferred from the fact of
my having collected so many splendid specimens, unassisted by the
researches of others, that still finer specimens will hereafter be ex-
hibited. There are also perceptible differences in the character,—as
to form, colour, and quality,—of the gold, as found at the various
gold-fields.

In purity, ¢.e. in reference to the standard, the gold of Ballarat *,
M‘Ivor, and the River Ovens, all in Victoria, is at the head of the
list ; whilst probably that of Louisa Creek, and some other localities
in New South Wales, is the lowest in the scale.

The characteristic form of Ballarat gold is the ‘ pepita”’ or
“nugget,” often of gigantic size, one having reached the enormous
weight of 1301bs. On the other hand, the gold of the River Ovens
is invariably in very fine scales and dust. At Mount Alexander,
“black”? gold is often met with, being gold coated with a black sub-
stance, which resists all the acids, and cannot be acted upon by the
magnet, or removed from the gold with a knife.

M°Ivor River has furnished fine specimens of groups of gold-
crystals, as also a peculiar kind of dendritic gold, which, from its
similarity to moss-copper, I have termed “‘moss-gold.”” (Specimens
U. and V.; the latter was found at Mount Alexander.)

Gold is also found in New South Wales Diggings (universally, I
believe) and at Mount Alexander, enclosed in, and sometimes
enclosing, quartz; never in granite that I have heard of, but often
in iron-stone. (See specimen No. 1.)

N. A conglomerate of chlorite, quartz, iron-stone, steatite, &c.,
bound together by oxide of iron, having gold distributed through the
mass. It was broken out of a vein of similar substances, about a
foot wide, forming a so-called “ gold-lode,’’ between walls of nearly
perpendicular quartzose rock, at a depth of 90 feet, in my presence,
at Specimen Hill, Mount Alexander, which was a low hill not far
from the summit of the latter. The party digging there had a
crushing machine, and found the yield of gold very satisfactory.

O. Gold from the River Ovens.

P. Gold in red ferruginous earth, found at the Montacute or
“Victoria Gold Mine,”’ in South Australia, about twelve miles from
Adelaide, on a tributary of the River Torrens, in 1845.

* For a notice of the Ballarat Gold Field, see Mr. Wathen’s Paper, Quart.
Journ. Geol.Soc. vol. xi. p. 75.

1854. | STEPHEN—AUSTRALIAN GEMS AND GOLD. 307

Q. A sample of gold from Bendigo, Victoria; one of the richest
gold-fields yet discovered.

R. Three Octahedral crystals of gold; from Ballarat.

S. Three Dodecahedrons of gold; from the same locality *.

T. A Macle-crystal of gold,—two dodecahedrons united. The
faces are very perfect, and one of them is a pentagon, with a mamma
on it. It is from Ballarat.

V. Moss-gold, coloured by oxide of iron; from the M*Ivor River
Diggings, in Victoria.

U. Moss-gold, from Mount Alexander.

W. An interesting specimen of Ramose gold ; fort the M°Ivor.

X. A specimen of gold, resting upon galena in quartz. It was
found near Mount Alexander.

Y. A Cavernous Octahedron of gold, of unusual size; from Bal-
larat.

Z. A Cavernous Dodecahedron of gold, of large size; from Bal-
larat.

1. Gold imbedded in iron-stone; from Ballarat.

2. Gold imbedded in quartz; from Louisa Creek, New South
Wales. Its light colour shows it to be alloyed with silver.

3. A sample of gold, containing the Black Gold; from Forest
Creek, Mount Alexander.

4. A very large crystal of gold (ths of an inch in diameter) which
I selected from a parcel of 10,000 ounces of gold from M°Ivor
River. Its form is so peculiar that I found difficulty in classifying
it, until the eminent crystallographer, Mr. Brooke, F.R.S., expressed
the opinion that it is a dodecahedron, extravagantly distorted.

5. A group of gold crystals, i cubes, elongated octahedrons, and
dodecahedrons, 1 most interesting forms, and surrounding a trans-
parent hexagonal crystal of quartz, being the only specimen, except-
ing No. 6, which I ever saw in Australia, showing crystals of gold
and crystals of quartz in connection. The cube of gold at the base
has reached the extraordinary size of Zths of an inch in diameter, and
has ascending planes, as if passing into the octahedron.

It was sold to me as a “peculiar nugget,” from M°Ivor River,
Victoria.

6. An equally interesting group of fine crystals of gold from the
same locality ; also interlacing an hexagonal quartz-crystal.

These two specimens are peculiarly interesting to geologists. It
will be observed that such of the edges of the gold and quartz
crystals as have been exposed to the contact of rough bodies are
rubbed and destroyed, whilst the edges of the crystals which have
been protected by surrounding crystals are as perfect and sharp as
when formed by nature; thus proving that in bygone ages they

* Whilst in the Australian colonies, I never saw nor heard of any gold crystals
being found there, excepting what I procured myself. But as I showed some to
Messrs. Hopkins, F.G.S., Foord, Hood, and others, many will now be on the look-
out forthem. Since my arrivalin England, however, Professor Tennant has shown
me some dodecahedrons from New South Wales, which he considered properly
authenticated.

308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [March 8,

have been water-borne by a stream of water, sufficiently powerful to
move such a heavy substance, in a water-course which has long been
obliterated by a deposit of from 15 to 25 feet of superincumbent
soil and detritus, from the bottom of which these specimens were ex-
tracted by the gold-digger, in a situation covered with large timber
and in the midst of undulating hills, miles away from any present
body of water.

7. A third group of gold-crystals from the same locality ; in
which ironstone and opake quartz are imbedded.

8. A singular crystal of gold, presenting the appearance of an
elongated octahedron ; but Mr. Brooke considers it to be a Macle-
Crystal, consisting of two octahedrons, so united, that two of their
faces respectively present two elongated planes : from Ballarat.

9. Gold in opake quartz, from Ophir, New South Wales. Its
light straw colour, like the generality, if not all, of the native gold
of that colony, shows it to be much alloyed with silver.

10 to 13. Are four curious instances of ramose, crystallized, and
eccentric forms of native gold, from M‘Ivor River, Victoria.

3. On the Gotp Recions of CALirornia.
By Mr. James S. Witson.

{Communicated by Sir R. I. Murchison, F.G.S.]

Havine explored, during a residence of nearly three years, some of
the richest auriferous tracts of California, I have been requested by
Sir R. I. Murchison, to present through him to the Geological
Society of London an outline of my personal observations.

Sonora Diggings.—The neighbourhood of Sonora was the place
selected for the first operations of my associates and myself in gold-
digging. Several kinds of rock presented themselves, identical with
what I had seen in the mineral districts of South Australia; the pre-
vailing rocks, and that on the surface of which the gold was deposited,
were slates and gneiss.

Sulivan’s Creek Diggings—We commenced working at a place
called Sulivan’s Creek, about two miles south from Sonora. The
diggings at this place were considered to be among the richest in the
southern mines ; but the greater part of the gold found there was
supposed (and with great probability) to have been swept down by
floods from Sulivan’s Gulch, which is a ravine, rich in gold, about
one mile in length, following the strike of the rocks, and having the
gneiss on one side and a white crystalline limestone on the other.

The rock, however, which had originally contained and yielded
the gold, was the gneiss, as a vein of auriferous quartz is traceable in
it, running along the top of the hill parallel with the ravine. Gold
was likewise found in the debris on the gneiss, as well as in the bed
of the ravine; but none on the limestone. These rocks are all

309

WILSON—CALIFORNIA GOLD-FIELDS.

1854.]

‘agers Av[o
met ‘Areyiay, —‘ayeys Avi, *ALV14IO,T,
‘OLS SIBOD *
UIOA ZIILND * :
zi ct oT
“oqeys ago °° | : : "Soy Jo aTeag

“uTaA ZyeNb ywony «°° fi00 MY 3 *Aaroquoyy Jo Leg
‘aqe]s VOT *
“gUOSOUITT *

*UIOA ZIIUNY *
*SSTOUD) *

‘oyag odurp

iS)
=
I
=
iS)
<j
Ay

‘YOO S MOTO]
‘IH S.uosieg

elm

*IOATY SNVISTULIS

ss

*BPVABN VALOIS
r
Z
=
S

ZU RININy
SS

*yoarg 230409

sy,
SNeeee

‘ssurssiq s Aydmyy

(-o2p ‘oztueLy)

‘OAT «= SUTOA-Z]4enb *IOATY
aula snoseaytny oyusut
-YOT VIOUS

‘soupy Usayjnog ay7 Bursiuduoa “pnaofyog waddy fo quand fo dnyy-ye7ayg v9060j}0aH—* | “Sy

SOUT Ieqeuuiy *
*vsodieyl *

"ely ensy *

“yaoIO Joyurl_ *
*‘sSulsSIq s,uvatng *
"B1OU0S *

‘dureg esau

“eIquinjog *

94} JO WOT YON *

*Yao1Q s,uosivg *

310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [March 8,

Fig. 2.—Section across Upper California from the Pacific to the
Sterra Nevada. Length about 70 miles.
E.

We ies 2,2 2
3 ona “ on s 5 as
n Dy Bw a Dy D dz] Shee
SS, S§eae S a5 s 3 d-
am SOD = So "3 a et) Sie oe 4
oS 2 Ss 5 S os ao
Ho Ne Heures) ae [=<] a 3 ic} =3 =|
foore) Sak [7 3 By ° =| mm TO
Bu RON adel ie Sb ane Db 5 gl Howe
cellita: Degietteal bat oyicray ews |e) ¢ Be a sono &
° o . > . os
Be SE OS BS) emcee wanes B nnee gS
SS Srey SF Relea ie & SGa5 8B Sierra Nevada.
t : x \ ' ii Ree
4 : : ‘ ‘ c is :
‘ . :

Granite.

Gneiss.| Z

,
2 131 Oo Ot

a 2 2 S'2i 8 =I
iS S SBS S,Sian 9
= = = ala, an +S
2 a a el ol 3 Sf
> > bm e215 2
8 a go wen :
i = = Ri5tG -a
S) S) oO sgta
ow!,. Le

2 5 A

eRe >

® oe 1

NON N

EF =

aOd 3

5 =) =

) oe

Gold region.

vertical ; and their direction is a few points west of north and east of
south. The original ravine has been filled up, to a considerable
amount, by clay and loose blocks of limestone, &c. (fig. 3).

Fig. 3.—Section of Auriferous Detritus at Sulivan’s Gulch.

Earth and stones with
gold: 50 feet thick.

Gneiss.

Crystalline limestone. Gneiss.

Miners have sunk pits to the depth of 100 feet without penetrating
to the bottom of the debris. It appears to have been filled to its
present level by frequent land-slips, the succession of which can
sometimes be traced, not only by the colour of the different layers,
a likewise by the gold being found in alternating beds of the

ebris.

Diggings on the North Fork of the Stanislaus River.—In the

1854. ] WILSON—CALIFORNIA GOLD-FIELDS. 311

autumn, which is the best season for working in the rivers, the water
being then low, one of my associates, Mr. Wallace, and myself
joined a company on the North Fork of the Stanislaus, that had
been formed for the purpose of cutting a new course for the river, in
order to get the gold that might be in the river’s bed.

The rock-formation was the same as that at Sulivan’s Creek, but
the hills are very precipitous. The boulders in the stream were of
granite, indicating that the surface-rock of the country higher up
was of that description. This was soon afterwards affirmed by a
party who had traced the river to its source, but without finding
gold.

Intermittent Spring.—About half a mile from our camp there
was a small stream joining the river, which evidently flowed from
a spring in the gulley above ; but, having occasion to cross it fre-
quently, we observed that about noon every day it ceased to flow. In
one of my rambles afterwards, I came upon the place from which it
sprung, but it was so filled with fragments of rock, that I could
find no clue to the cause of its intermissions.

Stanislaus River Diggings ; lower down the river.—We worked for
three weeks on the northern branch of the river, but did not think
the indications sufficiently encouraging to proceed with the work.
We therefore removed to another bar, about twelve miles lower down
the river, and in order to avoid the windings of the stream, we took
the nearest track across the country. The first five miles were
amongst hills of porphyritic rocks ; but the remainder of the way
was over slate-rocks and gold-fields.

The company to which we were now joined (forty men in num-
ber) had commenced operations for the purpose of turning the river ;
its bed being supposed to be rich, in consequence of the situation
being a little below Carson’s Creek, and other rich creeks, from
which it was supposed that large quantities of gold might have been
washed ; and the vertical slates running across the bed of the river
were supposed to have many crevices in which the gold would have
been deposited.

While quarrying the hard slate-rock, through which we had
to cut our canal for the purpose of draining the river, we found
a fossil bivalve shell resembling an Orthis? (to which my attention
has since been called by Sir R. Murchison). The position of the
fossil (like that of the rock in which it was imbedded) was on edge ;
and, the fossil having been split through together with its matrix,
there remained a perfect impression on each piece of rock. The
substance of the shell had become soft like chalk.

Having completed our works on the river, we had the mortification
of finding that it was not sufficiently rich to pay for working at the
rates then required by miners, and the company was accordingly
broken up, after having spent three months in fruitless labour on the
Stanislaus.

River-workings ; and Position of Auriferous debris in river beds.
—Our experience taught us that gold is not to be found in the

VOL. X.—PART I. Z

312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [March 8,

middle of a river, unless there be a deep bed of boulders and gravel
for it to rest among ; and even then it is rare.

The current has a tendency, derived from the more rapid motion
of the middle water, to drive all heavy matter towards its margin ;
but gold, being heaviest, resists more or less the force of the water,
and therefore remains towards the lower edge of the river’s bank ; but
sand, being lightest, is driven highest up the bank ; and, as the river
continues to wear its bed deeper, or to work its way into the rock on
one side and leave a ledge on the other, im receding thus, it leaves a
bed of boulders and gravel in which gold may have been deposited.

The river-workings, with few exceptions, having been failures, and
the winter now approaching, the miners left the streams to secure
ground in the “dry diggings ”’ for winter work, and to build cabins
against the inclement season.

Sonora Creek Diggings.—On the breaking-up of our company, I
returned to Sonora to obtain such information as I required to
determine my next proceedings, in which I resolved to be more than
usually cautious, as up to that time I had submitted to the judgment
of others, and had been unfortunate. Nor was my resolve weakened
on arriving at Sonora by finding the people at that place in a state of
excitement in consequence of the discovery of rich deposits of gold
in a spot that I bad selected six months before, but had been pre-
vented from working by my partners having voted in favour of the
other ground at Sulivan’s Creek. It was situated in the broad flat
bed of Sonora Creek, but just at a place where it contracted to enter
a narrower passage. A vein of greenstone crossed the river’s course,
and stood above its slaty bed like a ledge, behind which a deep bed
of drift had collected ; and, as this drift had been brought down by
the stream from the rich country through which it passed, I had con-
jectured that rich deposits of gold might be found beneath it. As
soon as the discovery became known, the entire bank, amounting to
one and a half acres, was claimed, and divided into separate lots, of
ten feet square to a miner, all of which proved exceedingly rich.

Campo Secho, and other diggings and quartz-workings in the
neighbourhood.—I obtained employment at a place called Campo
Secho (Dry Camp) and remained there two months. The diggings
in that neighbourhood were of that description called “ flats’ (nearly
level enough to be termed plains). The one in question (which was
being worked at different points) extends from Table Mountain to
Curtis’s Creek, a distance of about six miles from north to south, and
from one to one and a half in breadth, having a range of hills on the
east side, and Wood’s Creek on the west.

Gold is found in greater or lesser quantity over the whole tract,
but chiefly about the water-courses by which it is intersected.

The western border is composed of chlorite-slate ; and the eastern,
of micaceous slate ; the slates are vertical and in a state of rapid de-
composition. Where the micaceous slate approaches the surface, it
decomposes with a red colour like that of the earth with which it is
covered ; the plates or lamin of the rock become open and earthy

1854. | WILSON—CALIFORNIA GOLD-FIELDS. 313

between, so as to be penetrated by roots, and are easily separated to
a considerable depth; but where the mass of earth is considerable,
or where water remains on the rock, the decomposing slate forms a
bluish-white tenacious clay.

In the middle of the plain one hill rises rather abruptly to a con-
siderable elevation, and has a large vem of quartz running through
its greatest length, from which it has obtained the name of Quartz
Mountain. This quartz-vein can be traced both to the north and
south of the hill. To the south it rises high in another hill close to
Sulivan’s Creek. To the northward it mounts like a wall near to
Table Mountain, under the porphyritic rocks of which it passes, and
again appears with its associated slate at Mormon Camp, running in
the direction of Carson’s Hill. The quartz-vein was being worked at
all the places here named ; but the richest surface-diggings are at
points intermediate, on either side of the line, indicating a greater
waste at such places.

Geological characters of district between San Francisco and the
Diggings.—Having business that required my presence in San Fran-
cisco, I made a detour by the Calaveras in order to include more
mineral country in my route. My first day’s journey brought me
across the above-mentioned Table Mountain.

Table Mountain.—This mountain is a remarkable feature in the
landscape; not from its elevation, which however is considerable,
but from its perpendicular sides, and long, level outline, extending
ten or twelve miles from N.E. to S.W. It is formed of a black por-
phyritic rock, which contains a large amount of iron. Crystals of
felspar of the same colour as the rock are distributed through it,
which become white as they decompose, and which leave their print
in the rock when they have disappeared. In some places the rock is
compact, and at others rises in the form of irregular columns or
palisades. The mountain has no great breadth at any point, while
at some places it is comparatively a mere wall. I found it overlying
the slate-rock, and at some places, where the mountain presented a
perpendicular wall, the slates were also perpendicular, and parallel
to it.

It appeared evident to me that the matter of which the hill is
composed had, while in a state of fusion, been injected and moulded
in the cavities and rents of the rocks which then surrounded it and
stood immensely elevated above its present height. These rocks,
being of a softer nature than the rock of which Table Mountain is
composed, and having their vertical edges exposed, would be more
rapidly decomposed than the intruded porphyry, so that the Table
Mountain would eventually, as it does, look over the hills in which
it once lay embosomed as a liquid mass. The sharp, high crags
of ragged rock which then surrounded it are become low, smooth,
rounded hills, and flats covered with vegetation, while the waste
drifted from them has covered the valley of the San Joaquin with
many feet depth of earth and gravel.

Origin of the Gold Drift, and comparison of drift and quartz-
veins as to their auriferousness.—Thus, we can perceive, how nature

Z 2

314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [March 8,

has been employed, for ages, in a way in which thousands of miners
now expend their labour ; that is to say, in separating the gold from
the rocky and earthy matrix, and washing away the refuse. Thus,
gold may be found in most places over the metamorphic ranges, but
more particularly in ravines where frequent land-slips have occurred
on the steep sides of hills, and rains have washed the greater part of
the earth away, leaving rich deposits of gold behind. According to
this view alone (considering the amount of denudation that has taken
place), it may be understood why the soil is so rich in gold, while
many of the auriferous quartz-veins in the vicinity of rich surface-
diggings are comparatively as poor, and it may reasonably be inferred
that the superficial debris and clay contain more gold than may be
found in the quartz-veins by mining to their utmost depth. See also
Carson's Hill (infra), Sonora, &c., pages 312, 316, 318.

Mormon Creek and other Diggings.—On the north side of Table
Mountain there is a stream running parallel with the mountain, and
called Mormon’s Creek, which has proved rich in some places. At
right angles to this, and parallel with the great quartz-vein, runs a
deep ravine, bearing the name of the Mormons also. This is about
a mile in length, and has been extremely rich. Passing over the hill
at the head of this, I came into another ravine of equal or greater
length and steepness, called Jackass Gulch, trending in the same line
with the former, but falling into the Stanislaus in the direction of
Carson’s Hill. On the other side of the river, another rich ravine
(called Indian Gulch) commences and runs nearly to the top of Car-
son’s Hill.

Carson’s Hill Quartz Mining Works.—After crossmg the river,
by means of a ferry established at this place, I ascended Carson’s
Hill, and witnessed the works being carried on there in quartz-
mining. The hill is composed of chlorite-slate, rises to the elevation
of 500 feet above the level of the river, and is pierced by the quartz-
vein already mentioned, which is easily traced down both sides, but
projects above the summit like a massive wall. A cross-section of
the vein (fig. 4) shows it to be wedge-shaped, being about 20 feet

Fig. 4.—Section of the Quartz-vein in Carson's Hill: from
the N.W. Height 200 feet.

TM

CY
I \\

Micaceous slate. Chloritic slate.
we

. 3 5n6 : ’
Quartz-vein, containing large pieces of slate
and auriferous in its upper portion.

in thickness at the top and decreasing to about one foot at the bottom
of the hill. In its thickest part it imbeds large masses of the slate,

1854. ] WILSON—CALIFORNIA GOLD-FIELDS. 315

which seem to have fallen into the rent, previously to or during the
formation of the quartz-vein.

It was in the highest part of this vem, and on its lower side
(fig. 4), that the gold was first discovered, and it was certainly the
richest portion of the rock ; for, having been tried at different eleva-
tions, it is found to lose all traces of gold as it descends. At the top
of the hill the quartz-vein was in a state of decomposition, and of a
reddish colour ; and, besides gold, it here contained a large amount
of iron and slight traces of copper ; but the lower part of the vein
becomes white, glassy, and hard, and void of all traces of metal.

Looking from the top of this hill, in a north-westerly direction, the
same quartz-vem can be seen cropping out in several other hills.

The line which I subsequently travelled being parallel to the range,
there was little variety to notice; surface-diggings only occasionally
occurred, which were similar to such as I had frequently seen.

Greenstone Vein near Sulivan’s Camp.—After a few days I left
San Francisco and returned to the mines, intending to continue my
researches, commencing with a hill one mile to the eastward of Suli-
van’s Camp. It was altogether of granite, with the exception of a
large vein of greenstone, passing through and dividing the hill into
equal parts.

I traced the vein to the base of the hill, where it entered the gneiss
and passed on through the crystalline limestone and mica-slate. Its
section is wedge-shaped ; and so regularly did it decrease in thick-
ness, in descending towards the base of this hill, and again increased
in thickness in ascending the next hill, which was of slate, that an
approximative calculation of its depth (which cannot be very con-
siderable) might readily be made. It was evident that this vein was
of a much more recent date than the vertical metamorphic rocks
through which it passed in a well-defined course. It also crosses a
large quartz-vein in the slate. The crystalline limestone, a rock
without any particular line of cleavage, was greatly fractured, and the
crevices were penetrated by small lateral veins of the greenstone,
some of which are not more than half an inch in thickness, are ex-
cessively hard, and produce a metallic sound when struck against
another hard substance. It seemed evident with regard to this vein,
that there had been no great amount of disturbance since it was
formed, as is indicated by its close contact with the rocks through
which it passed.

Toulumne River Diggings—The Toulumne is a_ considerable
stream, nearly equal in its volume of water to the Stanislaus. Gold
is pretty equally distributed along its banks, and the workings paid
a good average to the miners. In passing from Jacksonville on the
Toulumne to Curtisville, I traversed a granitic district strewed with
fragments of the slate-rocks, which are no longer seen there in situ.

Curtis Creek Diggings.—The diggings in Curtis Creek were tole-
rably rich, but not extensive ; and the gold found there was com-
monly coated with quicksilver ; indicating the existence of a vein of
that mineral in the vicinity, This is not peculiar to Curtis Creek.

316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL sociETy. [March 8,

Blanket Creek and other Diggings.—Near to Bianket Creek, and
about five miles south from Sonora, I found the remains of a large
quartz-vein, resting apparently on the granite rock. It was about
20 feet long, 3 feet wide, and 3 feet high; with decomposed
gneiss (the remains, probably, of its original matrix) lying against
each side. On examination I could not discover that it anywhere
penetrated the granite. There were no gold-diggings near, though
the place had been well tried, from which fact it might be argued,
that the gold had been removed (or at least the appreciable portions)
long before the quartz-vein was worn down to its granite bed; and
this was the more remarkable, as the remains in question formed a
portion of one of the three great auriferous quartz-veins which traverse
California. It is the most eastern of the three (see Map and Section,
figs. 1 & 2), and passes by Sonora, which is considered the richest
district of the southern mines.

Following the same line southward to Blanket Creek and Canaka
Creek, I observed that the metamorphic rocks are worn very low.
At one spot a few miners had discovered a deposit of gold in what
had been a deep chasm in the crystalline limestone; but, with this
exception, no gold was found so high up these creeks: and in de-
scending, the first that was found in them was in large lumps, the finer
and lighter gold, in all probability, having been washed away.

Coyote Creek.—At Coyote Creek, where I had worked for two
mouths, the rocks had suffered great displacement, possibly in con-
sequence of being in contact with a granite peak that rose high above
the surrounding metamorphic rocks. In one branch of this creek
that passed between the gneiss and limestorie we frequently found
garnets.

Sonora: workings in quartz-vein.—At Sonora I went to examine
a quartz-vein that was being worked for the gold it contained, and
was expected to prove rich. Its situation, on the side of a steep,
high hill, afforded facilities for running levels, and accordingly one
had been cut through the vein about 50 feet below the outcropping,
and a shaft had then been sunk to a considerable depth into the vein,
with the hope of finding it richer, but the gold found up to that time
was so minute as to require grinding and amalgamation to collect it.
The ravine below was very rich, and many large lumps were found
which must have fallen from that same vem. One piece that I saw
there weighed sixty ounces. See also p. 314.

Murphys Diggings.—New diggings having been discovered near
to Murphy’s Camp, which were said to be in a new kind of ground,
I went to see the workings, and found them situated on a hill
formed of tertiary ? calcareous deposits (fig. 5). See also Mokelmne
Hill Diggings, p. 319.

The gold was found in a blue clay, or decomposed slate, mingled
with pebbles of quartz beneath the calcareous deposit. Some of the
miners had to sink 90 feet, and then found the auriferous earth in
what seemed to be an old creek or water-course.

There are several of these hills in the immediate vicinity. One in
particular (which is, in fact, a part of this same hill) seems to retain

1854. | WILSON—CALIFORNIA GOLD-FIELDS. 317

nearly its original height. A high cliff, on the eastern side, exposes
to view seven distinct strata, the upper one of which is composed of
volcanic cinders cemented with lime (fig. 5) ; the others are principally
conglomerates, composed of granite boulders and calcareous deposits.
Some of the boulders are extremely large and smoothly rounded ;
one which I measured was 8 feet in its greatest diameter.

Fig. 5.—Section at Murphy's Deep Diggings. Length about { mile.
N.N.W. Gold-diggers’ shafts, 90 feet deep. S.S.E.

oie and crab

aan bushes.
Section of a
hill i in the

4

4

hel |: emcee il il |

i iil
Mica slate. 5 Mica slate.

Aa

N

1. Volcanic ashes. 5. Shafts, 90 feet deep, piercing cal-

2. Sandy limestone. careous deposits, with boulders in

3. Sandy limestone with boulders. the lower part, and reaching the

4. Limestone with sand and boul- auriferous clay that rests on the
ders ; the beds being more cal- mica-slate.

careous downwards.

Mode of formation of the Auriferous Drift.—To account for
the manner in which the various rocks are arranged in the boulder
conglomerate, I would suppose that the quartz-boulders of the lower
strata belong to the veins of that rock in the neighbouring hills,
which, after being left bare by the wasting of the slate-rock, and rent
by frost or otherwise, rolled down into the creeks and rivers, and as
the sea gradually encroached, these creeks and rivers would become
bays and inlets, round the margins of which ice-banks might be
formed, which at times of thaw and heavy floods would be detached
and carried out to sea, with such attached matter as it could float ;
where meeting with north-west winds and the southward current of
the ocean, they were drifted south and east, until they got stranded
on or against the hills which then formed the sea-shore. But as the
land continued to be submerged, the water penetrated farther among
the hills and at length reached the granite ranges, from whence it
carried out the granite drift while the quartz was “protected by depth
of water.

There are several of these tertiary? hills under which gold is
found; but no gold is found in them, except at their immediate con-
tact with the older rocks ; which may be accounted for in this way.
First, that when quartz is auriferous, it is highly impregnated with
iron also, which on exposure to the atmosphere oxidizes and causes
a disintegration of the rock, by which means the gold is liberated ;
which, if it then be drifted by water, settles in the lower stratum,
and is in consequence less likely to be removed by either ice or water.

318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL Society. [March 8,

Again, if it be so removed, it is evident that the ice-drifted matter
from these hills was never allowed to float far out to sea before it
was thrown back against the beach again. To this I would add,
that the gold found in what is termed the dry diggings is commonly
on or near the western slopes of the hills, and in such places has the
appearance of being abraded and water-worn, while a few samples
that I have seen of the opposite character were found on eastern
slopes, or in otherwise sheltered positions: from which facts it would
appear that the abrasion suffered by the gold scattered over these
broad districts was effected by the waves of the ocean, under whose
action it would be again laid close against the ancient rock.

Comparison between Drift-workings and Quartz-vein-mining.—
When the rage for quartz-gold-mining broke out, it was proposed
by some members of our company that we should join in a work of
that description. This I opposed, from a conviction that it would
not pay so well as the surface-workings. The arguments I made
use of were to this effect :—that in whatever superficial debris or

.earth gold is found, the lower it be in such soil the richer it is, and
always richest next the rock: in gulleys where frequent land-slips
have taken place, successive beds containing gold may be found, but
the lowest is always the richest: the wealth of the gold is not only
in quantity, but likewise in the size of the grains or lumps the de-
posits contain, while the opposite order seems to take place in the
quartz-veins: the richest mines yet discovered occupy the highest
situations, while the same matrix, when traced to lower ground,
seems to contain little or no gold. From these facts I inferred that
the top of the quartz-veins was the richest, and bemg the first to
disintegrate, it was likewise the first to be deposited in the ravines
below, and as the waste progressed, the deposits became poorer,
until in most situations the later waste contained no gold, and by its
continued deposits buried the precious metal deeper below. From
the same train of argument, it follows that the deeper we sink into a
quartz-vein the less productive and more expensive we shall find it.

One of the company (my friend, Mr. Allan), to satisfy himself
practically, examined every quartz-mine then being worked from
Carson’s Hill to the Mariposa, and by his inquiries, he could not
discover that any increase in richness was found by sinking, but
rather the opposite result obtained, and the difficulty of working
increased from the increased hardness of the rock, and the minute-
ness of the gold requiring more perfect machinery to effect a thorough
separation. See also p. 314.

Chinese Diggings.—Mr. Allan and myself being satisfied that
quartz-veins could not be worked profitably, I selected some ground
for our joint operations in what is called the Chinese Diggings, which
fortunately proved to be rich. The place was of that description
known to miners as flat or dry diggings, from being situated on a flat
piece of country bordered by hills, and having no running water,
so that those working there in the summer season either sunk wells,
or carted the earth to the nearest springs they could obtain. The
auriferous earth was from 1 to 6 feet in depth, according to its situa-

1854. ] ‘WILSON—CAUIFORNIA GOLD-FIELDS. 319

tion with regard to the hills, bemg deepest and richest at the open-
ing of the ravines, and in the middle of depressions. It is a tough
whitish clay, intermixed with petrified wood and fragments of quartz
and other rocks. The bed-rock is a coarse-grained slate, with crystals
of felspar (like that of many other places). The rock was decomposed
to a considerable depth, forming a clay that could only be distin-
guished from the best auriferous earth that lay on it by not having a
mixture of quartz-gravel.

I found a small vein of asbestos in this rock that is similar to a
specimen that I had obtained from Van Diemen’s Land, attached to a
fragment of similar rock.

Mokelmne Hill Diggings.—At Mokelmne Hill I found extensive
remains of the tertiary ? formation above-mentioned, under which
mines of extraordinary richness were being worked, at great depths.
This description of mine is known to miners by the general designa-
tion of “volcanic diggings,” probably because the upper stratum of
the series consists of volcanic cinders cemented with lime. See Murphy
Creek Diggings, p. 316.

Volcanic Cinders.—The presence of these volcanic products is oc-
casionally the cause of much speculation, no volcanos being known
to exist in California, nor traces of any that could have been of such
late origin. The course of the prevailing winds, and general drift of
the Northern Ocean, might, however, lead us to look for their origin
in the volcanos of Kamtschatka and the Aleutian Islands.

General Geology of the Region.—Having examined the country
from the Mokelmne to near the Mariposa, and obtained information
from others who had travelled farther north and south, I am enabled
to state that apparently the same arrangement of the strata prevails
throughout the range, and a section at right angles to the line of
the strata at one point will represent the general order of the rocks.
(See Map and Section, figs. 1 & 2.) If, therefore, a section be taken
from the granite hill east of the town of Sonora, and drawn in a

Ime to the Valley of the San Joaquin at a point near to Taylor’s
Ferry, the arrangement is—I1st, gneiss ; 2nd, white crystalline lime-
stone; 3rd, mica-slate ; 4th, chlorite-slate; 5th, a coarse slate, con-
taimmg much felspar; 6th, clay-slate. These all stand vertically
and parallel with the mountain-range, and are traversed by three
principal quartz-veims, running in the same direction, from east of
south to west of north. The first or eastern vein is in the gneiss,
but near to the lime of the limestone. The second or middle vein is
in the miea-slate, but close to the chlorite-slate, and sometimes di-
vides or passes between them ; the third is in 'the coarse slate, but
not so well-defined as the other two..

The Tertiary Rocks.—The tertiary? limestone formation has been
very extensive. Its ancient margin may still be traced in places,
occurring in boulder-conglomerate cliffs, attached to the sides of the
hills formed by the older rocks, about 4000 feet above the level of
the sea, and from 200 to 300 feet above the streams in the adjoming
valleys. The remains of this formation abound in the neighbour-
hood of the Calaveras and Mokelmne. It has penetrated the

320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [March 8,

recesses of the hills and filled them to the same level. Other frag-
ments of these rocks, of an interesting character, occur in Coyote
Creek, in the character of natural bridges, one of which I examined.
The interior consists of two caverns, one on each side, connected by a
dark winding passage, through which the water of the creek passes.
The entire passage through the bridge is 240 feet. The interior of
the caves is lined with stalactite.

The outside of the range bordering the valley of the San Joaquin
is flanked with hills of the same formation, lying in horizontal strata.
Looking toward the head of the valley, from an eminence at the
Stanislaus, I could see them extending southward as far as the eye
could reach, and these hills were easily distinguished by the uniform
level of their summits.

Cinnabar Mines.

Bay of San Francisco.—Being at San Francisco, I went to San
Jose, to visit the quicksilver-mines at the head of that valley. Find-
ing a steamboat at the wharf, bound for Alviso, we went on board
and got under way. Our course lying toward the head of the bay,
we had a good view of the country on each side; and, both sides
having a range of hills running parallel with the bay, the scene was
highly picturesque. The water becomes shallow toward the head of
the bay ; and the low swampy country and mud-banks of the margin
seem to be making rapid encroachment on the water of the bay.
We were landed next morning at a low muddy swamp, on which
the little town of Alviso is built, and we had still nine miles to
travel in order to reach San Jose, across a plain of rich alluvial
deposit. The town of San Jose is situated in the middle of a beau-
tiful valley, well wooded, and watered by streams from the moun-
tains on each side. As we passed along the valley we could not help
admiring the beauty of the country, the greater part of which was
still in its wild state. The trees, which were principally of oak, of
several varieties, were thinly scattered across the valley.

The two mountain ridges of the Coast-range (see Map), which
bound the bay and the valley on each side, meet about twenty miles
above San Jose, and confine the view. I observed this particularly,
as I think it enabled me to determine the cause of the peculiar
character of the climate of the city of San Francisco and its imme-
diate neighbourhood. During the summer season, the mornings are
exceedingly warm until nearly noon, after which time the wind blows
in from the sea, and is felt so extremely cold, that winter-clothing
is found necessary. This daily variation of temperature appeared to
me to be satisfactorily accounted for, by supposing that when the
sun was near the meridian, its rays, refracted from the sloping sides
of the mountains, heat the air, in consequence of which it is rarefied,
and ascends, leaving a deficiency in the equilibrium, to supply which
the more dense and cold air rushes in from the sea through the only
opening, the Golden Gate (as the narrow entrance to the bay is
called). The cold air rushes with considerable force by San Francisco,

1854. | WILSON—CALIFORNIA CINNABAR MINES. 321

and is most acutely felt there, and after passing that point it becomes
diffused.

The Quicksilver Works and Cinnabar Mines.—After travelling
about fifteen miles from San Jose, we arrived at the quicksilver works,
which we found situated in the bottom of a beautiful glen, through
which a clear stream of water continually flowed. We obtained
permission of the Superintendent to witness the process by which
quicksilver is extracted from the Cinnabar. In this I found that they
had abandoned the old method of using retorts, and adopted a mode
by which the process is managed on a more extensive scale, by using
a number of large furnaces, each built somewhat in the form of an
oven, and having a chamber attached, in which condensation of the
mercurial vapour is effected.

We next went to see the mines, one mile and a half distant. The
road led up a rather steep ravine, along one side of which it has been
cut at very considerable expense. On our way we met a number of
mules laden with cinnabar, on pack-saddles, this being found the
readiest method of conveyance to the works.

At the head of the road we found a number of men employed in
cutting a level into the hill, intended to pass through the vein below
the present workings. About 150 feet higher up the hill we could
see the present opening to the mine, to which we ascended by a
steep, winding path. On a terrace formed in front of the opening a
number of men were sorting the ore, while others were employed in
carrying it out of the mine in bags suspended on their backs, by
means of straps passing across the front of their heads ; while in their
hands they each carried a stick, which they used in the manner of a
long staff, but having a socket fixed on it, near to the lower end, in
which they carried a candle to light them through the dark and
rocky passage.

The mine is near the top of a mountain, about 1500 feet elevation
above the level of the sea. The rock is clay-slate, and the cinnabar
is found in a vein with quartz. The vein is vertical, but the slates
lean at a considerable angle eastward. In walking across the hill, I
found two other quartz-veins with apparently the same metallic
character, and I was told afterwards that they had been tested, and
found to contain quicksilver, but they were not included in the com-
pany’s property. The cinnabar is red in colour, different from any
I had before seen, though I feel almost satisfied that it is identical
with a red mineral that I had frequently seen in Australia, but sup-
posed then to be merely an oxide of iron.

Metalliferous Minerals of California.—Other metals exist in
California, but are not thought worth looking for while gold can
be got by digging. I was shown a specimen of sulphuret of silver,
found up the south branch of the Stanislaus, and which was said to
be abundant. It was discovered and identified as silver ore by a
South American woman. I was told likewise of the existence of a
rich lead-vein in the Coast-range, south of the Cinnabar mines.

322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [March 8,

4. On the ConoMANDEL GOLD-pIGGINGs in New ZEALAND. By
Mr. Cuartes Heariey. In a Letter to His Excellency Sir
George Grey ;—communicated by Sir R. I. Murchison, F.G.S.

Tue gold which was obtained here (Coromandel, near Auckland)
during the summer was all dug from either the surface, or from a
depth of 18 inches varying to 4 feet below it, and was taken in some
instances from the gravel of a stream-bed, or in others from a bed of
quartz-grit near the foot of a granite mountain.

Only in one instance had any one sunk a shaft to the bed-rock.
At a depth of 33 feet, a shaft, which I dug, fell in from the looseness
of the surrounding earth. Mr. Stephenson, a digger, however, came
upon the bed-rock at a depth of 27 feet ; but there it was on so steep
an inclination, that but little gold could have been expected to have
been found lodging upon it. Some small pieces, of a more solid
nature than any found elsewhere, were, however, washed from its
surface. (See fig. p. 323.)

The unusually wet summer induced the diggers, who were chiefly
men from Port Philip, men used to a dry climate and firm soil, to
abandon the idea of sinking shafts to the bed-rock. The New Zea-
land diggers contented themselves with digging near the surface, and
when the small stratum of quartz-grit, where Coolahan got his gold,
was exhausted, they left the district.

It cannot, however, be denied, that the limited extent of the Go-
vernment district was a source of discouragement to men, who, in
Australia and California, look to an unlimited field for exploration.
But, had the working been of a systematic nature; had shafts been
sunk by each party to a reasonable depth, there is but little doubt
that rich deposits would have been brought to light.

On the eastern side of the Dividing Range, gold has been found
by various prospecting parties; and in one valley, the Opitonui,
which all concurred in declaring rich, one man, a Canadian, has lately
reported to me, that in prospecting he ‘could pick the gold out of
a stratum ”’ with the point of his knife. How far thisis true, I can-
not say. The man says that he merely waits for the valley being
thrown open to commence work there. The place is so closely
watched by the natives, that it is not practicable for a man to work
there now even covertly.

By a map * that I send herewith officially, Your Excellency will
perceive the extent of the known gold-field. Beyond this, the
Messrs. Ring are reported to have found gold in the direction of the
Aroba mountain, to the eastward of the Thames.

The map only includes such parts of the district as I am personally
acquainted with.

By avery recent examination, I have been enabled to discover the
surface of the bed-rock immediately over the locality whence Coola-
han and others obtained the greater part of their gold last summer ;
and, from the circumstance of its being of quartz of a similar nature
to that to which their gold adhered, I am in great hope of being

* Not accompanying this letter.—Ep. Q. J.

1854. | HEAPLEY—NEW ZEALAND GOLD-DIGGINGS. 323

able shortly to find the matrix, or otherwise “pockets” of a rich
description. In my last day’s prospecting I found some very
angular and sharp fragments of quartz, containing gold, within about
25 yards, and below the quartz-rock in question ; and, from the entire
absence of abrasion on the edges or corners of these fragments, I
am induced to believe that they had not been deposited far, perhaps
not many yards, from the locality of their original matrix. I send
them to you herewith. The annexed is a section of the locality.

Section of the Gold-diggings, at Coromandel, New Zealand.
Length of section about 75 yards.

Cook’s pit
Bryan’s pit.

Stephenson’s pit ; 27 ft.

Nichol’s pit.
)"| Heapley’s pit; 33 ft.deep.

Bed-rock of Fragments of
decomposed decomposing
granite. granite.

a, a. Yellow clay.
6, 6. Blue and yellow clay, not auriferous, underlying the ‘‘ dirt-bed.’?
d, d. Dirt-bed with gold; overlaid by yellow clay.

You will see that, from the position of the denuded bed-rock on
the hill-side, it will be easy to carry off the drainage-water from any
working commencing at the pomt ‘‘f, and hence I purpose tunnel-
ing or “driving” to the nght and left from that point, along the
surface of the rock, following it also downward, as far as the accu-
mulating water will allow. So long as the rock slants steeply down-
ward, there is no probability of much gold being found on its surface ;
but should any hollow or edge be found, gold in large quantities is
nearly sure to be found also ; at least, if the matrix from which the
fragments came lay on the hill above.

From examination of the place, it would appear that the “ dirt-
bed” (d, d) was a deposit arismg from a slip from the surface of the
rock of the hill above; and that, subsequent to its deposit, another
slip from a yet higher part of the hill had taken place, covering the
dirt-bed over with a yellow clay, in which there is no gold. Coolahan’s
party, and others, examined this yellow clay, and found in it no
gold, but were not aware that it was a more recent, and consequently
overlying deposit to that from which they washed their gold, and
that it had slid from an upper level, beyond the matrix.

I purpose, if the weather allows, to commence opening out the

324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [March 8,

surface of the rock tomorrow ; and, having with me some practical
diggers who understand what is termed “ driving,’ I hope to be able
soon to find something of a heavier nature than what has yet been
washed.

One good nugget of pure gold being found would soon bring back
to the place those who have left it; and, the concurrent opinion of
Californian and Australian diggers being that the gold is plentiful
here, could the bed-rock be reached, I have hopes that by adopting
the plan of driving on the hill-sides along the surface, instead of
sinking deep shafts, the water will not be found so much an impedi-
ment, and the work successfully carried on in all seasons. The pro-
spectors who are now here acquiesce in the opinion, and are prepared
to commence tunnelling into the hill immediately.

I am, &c.,
CuaRLes HEApLey.

Coromandel, May 24th, 1853.

[From Mr. Swainson’s * notice of the Coromandel gold district, it
appears that the granite of the Dividing Range is flanked by vertical
schists, and the range is skirted by conglomerates ; that volcanic
rocks abound, the whole district having been disturbed by trappean
intrusions, and the basalts sometimes capping hills that rival the
granitic peaks; that quartz-dykes are reported to exist; that the
clayey banks of the Kapanga River are auriferous, as well as its
gravelly bed, the lowest parts of the deposits being the richest ; and
that the auriferous detritus contains quartz-blocks and fragments of
granite, slate, and trap-rock.—Ep. Q. J.]

5. On the GrotoeicaL Formation and the GoLD-BEARING
Rocks of the Cotony of Vicroria. By Evan Hopkins,
Esq., F.G.S.

[ Abstract. ]
(This communication has been published in full in a pamphlet, entitled “‘ On the

Geology of the Gold-bearing Rocks of the World, and the Gold-fields of Vic-
toria.” Melbourne, 1853, 8vo. With four Lithograph Plates of Sections.)

Wirx this communication, the author laid before the Society, and
explained, a geological section of this south-eastern portion of Au-
stralia, extending from the Glenelg River, on the west, to beyond
Mount Kosciusko, in the Australian Alps, on the east. This section
exhibited the structure of this region as formed of great parallel bands
of schistose and granitic rocks, having a north and south bearing
and a vertical position. Along the line of section first appear the
limestone-beds of the Glenelg Valley, resting on the foot of Mount
William, in the Grampians, which consists of granite, capped by
sandstone formed of the reconsolidated decomposed granite. Mount

* Swainson’s New Zealand, 8yo, p. 91.

1854. | LYELL—GEOLOGY OF MADEIRA. 325

Cole, in the Pyrenees, next in order, consists of hornblendic schists.
The Valley of the Loddon and Forest Creek are on the edges of the
great gold band of argillaceous schists, interlaminated with auriferous
quartz. These schists constitute the author’s ‘‘great auriferous band,”
extending north and south, from the south of Ballarat to the north
of Bendigo and Korong. The granite of Mount Alexander succeeds ;
then the auriferous argillaceous band of the Campaspe Valley and
the M‘Ivor. This is the ‘“ M‘Ivor auriferous band.’ Granite, then
the “Goulburn auriferous band,” the granite of Violet Town, and
the “Ovens River auriferous band,’ succeed in order to the east-
ward, and then the great granitic bands of the Australian Alps, oc-
casionally interlaminated with clay-slate, &c. The eastern flanks of
the Alps are covered by thick sedimentary beds of sandstone, with
thin seams of coal, being the carboniferous formation of New South
Wales.

The auriferous deposits were shown to be derived by decomposition
from the edges of the auriferous slates and quartz-rock, and to exist
under various conditions of depth and material, according to the
conformation of the surface and the bearing and structure of the
gold-bearing rocks. The richest diggings occur along the north and
south extension of the gold-bands. The difference between gold-
diggings in the debris in situ, and in the debris that has been trans-
ported by streams, and so rendered alluvial, was also noticed.

Marca 22, 1854.

Frederick J. Bigg, Esq., Samuel Minton, Esq., Edward O'Riley,
Esq., and Samuel H. Beckles, Esq., were elected Fellows.

The followig communications were read :—

1. On the Groxoey of some parts of MapEirA. By Sir CHARLES
Lye.t, F.R.S., F.G.S.

[Extracted from Letters to L. Horner, Esq., F.G.S.]

Durineé a stay of two months in Madeira, Sir C. Lyell had an
opportunity of examining a considerable portion of the island, and
extracts from his letters to Mr. L. Horner, read at this evening’s
meeting, contained observations on the geological structure of
Madeira and the neighbouring islands of Porto Santo and Baxo. In
nearly all his excursions, Sir Charles was favoured by the company
of Mr. Hartung, a German naturalist resident at Funchal, who
proved a most active fellow-labourer.

Sir Charles agrees with Mr. Smith, of Jordan-hill, in attributing a
subaérial origin to the great mass of the volcanic rocks of Madeira.
Some of the earlier igneous formations were submarine, and are asso-
ciated at San Vincente, in the northern part of the island, with deposits

326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL sociETy. [March 22,

containing corals and sea-shells. These marie strata are elevated at
least 1200 feet above the sea.

A long and complicated series of volcanic eruptions, for the most
part subsequent in date to the above, and which took place in the
open air, built up the island. They have given rise to a mountain-
chain about thirty miles in Jength, running east and west. This chain
m its middle and loftiest portion rises to the height of 5000, and in
some peaks to more than 6000 feet. Its composition is displayed in
the precipitous sides of valleys more than 3000 feet deep, and is seen
to consist entirely of scorize, lapilli, breccias with angular fragments
of volcanic rocks, tuff, scoriaceous lava, and some beds of solid lava ;
the whole being traversed by dikes. None of the fragments of stone
in the breccias of the central region have been rounded by water, and
no marine remains have been found in them; henee Sir Charles infers
that, had there never been any upheaval, Madeira would have acquired
a height of between 4000 and 5000 feet by the simple reiteration of
volcanic eruptions above the sea-level, or by the heaping up of ejected
materials, which have been fissured, and injected by lava in the form
of dikes. Large portions of these mountains, constituting the axis of
the island, are amorphous and unstratified ; but a series of basaltic
lavas, separated by tufaceous partings (many of which have pro-
bably been ancient soils), are seen to dip away in all directions
from the central axis, chiefly towards the north and south, where
the island is only twelve miles in diameter, but also towards the
east and west, where the chain is highest and most dome-shaped.
Under a thickness of about 1200 feet of these lavas, Sir Charles
Lyell and Mr. Hartung discovered, in the ravine of San Jorge, a
leaf-bed, or argillaceous layer full of fossil leaves, both of Ferns and
dicotyledonous plants.

These remains show that the island was clad with a vegetation
analogous in many points to that now existing, long before a consider-
able part of the volcanic eruptions had occurred ; confirming the
opinion derived from the mechanical structure of the rocks, that
the eruptions were supra-marine. The plants, according to Mr. Charles
J. F. Bunbury, who visited Madeira with Sir C. Lyell, consist of
Ferns of the genera Sphenopteris, Adiantum’, Pecopteris, Wood-
wardia, and others, one of them having the peculiar venation of
Woodwardia radicans, a species now common in Madeira. There
are also a profusion of dicotyledonous leaves, some apparently of the
Myrtle family, the larger proportion of them having their surfaces
smooth and unwrinkled, with a somewhat rigid and coriaceous texture,
and with undivided or entire margins. ‘ These characters,’’ observes
Mr. Bunbury, “belong to the Laurel-type, and indicate a certain
analogy between the ancient vegetable remains and the modern
forests of Madeira. In these last, Laurels and other evergreens
abound, with glossy coriaceous and entire-edged leaves, while below
them there is an undergrowth of Ferns and other plants.”

The lavas and tuffs, which dip away from the central axis, increase
in thickness as they recede from it, and become less and less inter-
sected by dikes. Near the axis they are usually but slightly inclined,

1854. | LYELL—GEOLOGY OF MADEIRA. 327

or only at angles of 3° to 7°, whereas at a distance of two or three miles,
they become more tilted, being inclined at angles of 10°, 13°, and
even sometimes 20°. When steepest, they sometimes dip inwards,
but rarely, the inclination bemg usually away from the axis. Sir
Charles infers that all these lavas issued originally from vents, situated
in what is now the central and usually the highest part of Madeira.
They formed, together with the cones of eruption, a flattened dome,
having a slope varying from 3° to 7° or 8°. They acquired their
present steeper inclination during the convulsions attending later
eruptions. He agrees, therefore, so far with the Hrhebung theory
of Von Buch, as to admit an expansive movement operating with its
greatest intensity along the central axis ; but he supposes this move-
ment not to have been confined to one period. On the contrary,
Madeira affords evidence in several regions of great dislocation of the
rocks having been accomplished before other lavas and tuffs were in
existence. Thus the Picos or Cones of Funchal and Camara de
Lobos, with their nearly horizontal lavas and tuffs, about 800 feet
thick, cover unconformably the older volcanic rocks of Cape Giram.
The newest member of these last consists of alternating lavas and
scorize, which are tilted at an angle of 30° and 32°, and are overlaid
by the Funchal series just alluded to.

Near Porto da Cruz also, a great series of slightly inclined trachytes
and tuffs are newer than the central cones of eruption with their
steeply-inclined basalts and tuffs, these last having been tilted, and
having had deep valleys eroded in them, before the trachytic outpour-
ings took place. Other facts are then adduced to prove that different
parts of Madeira have been formed in succession, and a suggestion is
thrown out, that the movements accompanying eruptions extend over
a much wider area than the superficial eyectamenta and lavas ; also
that the subterranean injection of fissures occurs over a wider space
below than the effects of eruptions above ground. If so, each series
of lavas will most commonly be rent, tilted, and sometimes injected
during convulsions accompanying the formation of newer and neigh-
bouring vents and craters ; so that those lavas alone which proceed
from the most modern vents will remain wholly undisturbed so as to
retain their original position.

Sir Charles remarks that the lavas of Madeira, whether vesicular
or compact, do not constitute continuous sheets parallel to each
other. When viewed in the sea-cliffs in sections transverse to the
direction in which they flowed, they vary greatly in thickness, even
if followed for a few hundred feet or yards, and they usually thin out
entirely in less than a quarter of a mile. In the ravines which radiate
from the centre of the island, the basaltic beds are more persistent,
but even here they usually are seen to terminate, if followed for a few
miles ; their thickness also bemg in some cases very variable. Occa-
sionally cones of scorize, made up of ejectamenta, inclined at 20° or
30°, are surrounded and buried by the lavas proceeding from the
central axis.

The general absence of water-worn pebbles in the tuffs underlying
the Madeira lavas is very striking, and contrasts with the frequent

VOL. X.—PART I. 2A

328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. {March 22,

occurrence of gravel-beds under lava-currents in Auvergne and else-
where. Sir Charles supposes that on the flanks of Madeira, as on
the slopes of Etna, or Mount Loa in the Sandwich Islands, there
were no rivers. At Porto da Cruz, however, there are well-worn
pebbles in some comparatively modern tuffs, covered by trachyte ;
and there are also some partially rounded stones in alluvial tuffs, of
relatively modern date, at Camara de Lobos near Funchal. Yet
neither here nor elsewhere in the island do the lavas overlying allu-
vium follow the windings of existing valleys, as in Auvergne. The
Curral and other deep valleys are ascribed to aqueous erosion, chiefly
fluviatile, assisted by subterranean movements.

In one of the letters the sea-cliff section of Cape Giram, 1600 feet
high, was described. Several hundred dikes are there seen, intersect-
ing scoriee, tuff, and lava. In another letter the volcanic cone of
Piedade, near Canical, is spoken of. Its structure has been exposed.
by encroachments of the sea on the coast near the eastern extremity
of the island. Near Canicgal also, and in Porto Santo, thirty-five miles
N.E. of Madeira, ancient sand-dunes occur, containing fossil land-
shells, chiefly of living, but in part of extinct species.

The rocks of Porto Santo are both basaltic and trachytic. Those
of the little island of Baxo, south of Porto Santo, are of submarine
voleanic origin, covered by supra-marine lavas. In the tuffs of the
older series, corals and shells abound, and water-worn pebbles, such
as may have been formed on a sea-beach ; and these are cemented
together by carbonate of lime in the same conglomerate with the
organic remains.

2. On YEDMANDALE, as illustrating the EXCAVATION of some
VaLLeEys in the EasteERN Part of YorksuHire. By H.C.
Sorsy, Esq., F.G.S.

Tue Tabular Hills of the Eastern Moorlands of Yorkshire in their
eastern part, that now under consideration, are very flat-topped ;
gradually rising from the vale of Pickering, on the south, where the
elevation above the sea is about 100 feet, and attaining a height of
about 600 feet at the escarpment six miles north of this, overlooking
Harewood dale. The surface rock of the southern part is coralline
oolite, which, however, has been removed from the northern part,
where the calcareous grit is laid bare. Numerous ravine-like valleys,
whose sides are inclined at an angle of about 30°, have been excavated
in them, chiefly trending N.N.W.; but some are at right angles to that
direction, being respectively nearly in the lines of the dip and strike
of the beds, which, on the whole, lie nearly parallel to the surface.
Many of these have been much modified by the streams now running
in them, and present such appearances as might lead one at first to
conclude that they had been altogether excavated by their action ;
and, indeed, there is nothing in their structure to prove decidedly
that such was or was not the case. The peculiarity of Yedmandale,
however, is, that there appears never to have been any brook or
stream of modern drainage in its upper eastern branch, and that it is

1854. | SORBY ON YEDMANDALE. 329

now in very nearly the same state as when first it emerged from
those conditions of submersion which denuded the district. It is
situated about four miles west of Scarborough. The lower end
opens into the vale of Pickering at Ayton, and it trends to the north-
north-west for about two miles. In connexion with the great pro-
blems of denudation, formation of valleys, and superficial deposits,
it presents a number of facts of such importance in forming a correct
theory for this district, that I shall describe them with some degree
of minuteness.

At the lower end of the valley the sides are inclined at an angle
of about 30°; and it may be seen that there it has been cut out of
the sand and gravel with erratic pebbles found in the vale of Picker-
ing. Here the bottom of the valley is flat, and about fifty yards
broad ; and there is no indication of a brook having ever run in it.
Passing upwards, however, we come to two ravines, trending north,
and down them come streams, which, when arriving at the main
valley, form an excavated course in its flat bottom, gradually vanish-
ing, the water obviously passing away through the coarse detritus of
which it is composed. Above these ravines the flat tract is again
entire for some distance, until we arrive at another brook, which also
vanishes in a similar manner.

Higher up, however, this brook has cut away and removed the
whole of the detritus from the bottom of the valley, and there its
sides are inclined at an angle of 30° from the top to the bottom, as
shown on the plan (fig. 1), where it is marked Sec. 1, and by fig. 2,
Sect. 1, where the.upper dotted line indicates the original surface
before the valley was excavated, and the lower, the probable extent
of the detritus in it, before it was removed by the action of the
brook. Farther up the valley, the brook has not washed away the
whole of the detritus, but has formed in it a small ravine and little
flat alluvial tracts, as shown on the plan. Sect. 2, fig. 3, exhibits the
configuration in this part, where the results of the operation of the
modern brook, and that of the agent that excavated the valley, are
shown by the lower and upper dotted lines.

Here the nature of the detritus at the bottom of the valley is well
seen. It is composed of boulders and pebbles, of a size varymg up
to several feet in diameter, which are but slightly rounded or worn ;
and, in some parts, have been cemented together by the infiltration
of calcareous water. Though many thousands are exposed, and
though I examined them very carefully, I did not find one that could
not have been derived from the immediate vicinity northwards,
being all composed of harder and softer calcareous grit; and I did
not see any of coralline oolite, though it occurs in sztu only a short
distance to the south.

The brook just mentioned comes down the western arm of the
valley, as shown on the plan, and has removed from it all the detritus
that probably extended up it; and, for the whole of its length, which
is about a mile, the section is similar to Sect. 1, the ravine becoming
less and less. It is, however, the eastern branch that claims the
most particular attention. Its form will be best understood from the
plan. Except just at the upper end, the sides are inclined at an

2Aa2

at the bottom is a small,
somewhat undulated
tract, composed of the
coarse detritus, asshown
in Sect. 3. As will be
seen on the plan, this
has been accumulated
in the form of a delta
at the top, at 6, and also
at a, where the ravine
joins the valley, though
a great part has been
removed by the action
of the brook that runs
down it; whence it
would appear that this
coarse detritus was
brought into the valley
down that ravine, and
from the part north of
the upper eastern end.
This is in the form of
an amphitheatre, the
inclination in the centre
being about 14°, pass-
ing quickly on each side
to 30°. Above it is
another small valley, at
a level of about 70 feet
higher, whose sides are
inclined at 30°, and
with a flat tract at the
bottom, as shown on
the plan and by Secz. 4,
which, however, I think,
is not due to deposit at
the bottom, but denu-
dation down to a uni-
form plane of bedding
of the rock. At the
upper end of this is a
very curious absolute
depression, as shown at
d, down to which the
sides of the valley pass,
whilst north of it they
gradually open out into
a wider depression, pass-
ing into the general denuded top of the hills, as shown on the plan, fig. 1.
Still farther north of this is the steep escarpment of the large and deep

\\
Vt

SV
SS
=SS

= A
=
SS

==
caOnMWMWMxsA

i

N

‘apppunuipay fo suorjrag pup unjg@—'g 0} | ‘SSIgq

‘haynd ayy fo ujg— | *Siq

‘O[IUL [ 0} SOYIUL g aTROG

1854. | SORBY ON YEDMANDALE. 331

valley of the Derwent, a portion of which is seen at g, and the bottom

of which is from 200 to 300 feet lower than that of Yedmandale.
Fig. 6 is a section in the line of the centre of the upper part of the

valley, the letters on it corresponding to those on the plan, fig. 1 ; and

ms

y TT
me

it

Longitudinal section.

the dotted line shows the original level of the surface previous to ex-
cayation. At g eis the steep upper part of the valley of the Derwent ;
from e to d the inclination is small, but greater than the dip of the
beds; at dis the above-mentioned absolute depression, the north side
being higher than the south; from d to c is the flat bottom of the
higher valley, coinciding with the plane of bedding ; and from ¢ to
6 is the slope of the centre of the top of the lower; at the bottom of
which, at 6, is the deltoid accumulation of detritus.

Though there are numerous remains of ancient military works in
the vicinity, yet the peculiarities I have described are so connected
together, and of such a kind as cannot be other than natural.

Throughout the whole of this upper eastern branch of the valley
there is no trace whatever of any brook-course. Why this is so, can
easily be understood. The level of the valley of the Derwent being so
much lower; there being so small a tract to drain ; the dip of the rocks
also having a tendency to carry the water into the ravines in which
there are brooks, as previously described ; and the coarse nature of the
detritus at the bottom of the valley, easily account for there being no
stream of modern drainage in it. As mentioned above, the consider-
able streams which do enter the valley soon disappear amongst the
detritus, and, therefore, one cannot be surprised that the small quan-
tity of water that must enter this branch of it should disappear,

332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [March 22,

without forming any surface-course whatever. Supposing that a
stream was to run from e towards 6, there cannot be any doubt
that it would cut a ravine course, would fill up the depression at d,
and, in passing down the steep slope from ¢ to 6, would soon cut
deeply into the part at ec, and, im no long period, produce an
evenly-inclined channel for the whole of the distance. There is, how-
ever, not the least trace of such an action having ever occurred.
The sides of the lower valley pass gradually round at the upper end,
without any such irregularity ; and, I think, no one examining the
valley itself could come to any other conclusion, than that it had
been excavated by the same agent which denuded the district, and
cut away the whole mass of the Tabular Hills to the north and east
of their main escarpment.

Now, if a brook had run down this part of the valley, formed a
gradually-sloping channel, and reduced it to the same state as that
where one does run; if it had removed the whole of the detritus,
and given the valley the form of Sect. 1, fig. 2, there would have been
no certain evidence whatever to indicate or prove that the whole had
not been excavated by it. As it is, however, we must conclude that
nearly the whole was due to a cause acting before there was any such
surface-drainage, and that the brook has merely cut away some of
the detritus left in the valley, which had not been entirely removed
by the denuding agent. Though I am far from inferring that such
has always been the case, for each particular district ought to be
judged of from the facts there seen, and not by any @ priori reason-
ing, yet I cannot but observe that we are thus led to form this con-
clusion for valleys whose form is very much more than ordinarily in
accordance with what would be due to the long-continued action of
such streams. I might easily fortify this deduction by reference to
the phzenomena observed in other valleys in the neighbourhood, but
will not, for fear of being tedious.

If, then, these valleys in the Tabular Hills were excavated by the
same cause that denuded the district, it will be well to examine the
facts that may lead to a satisfactory conclusion, with respect to what
that agent was. As previously mentioned, the general line of these
valleys, in the part under consideration, is north-north-west, being
nearly in the line of dip; there being others of a different character
at right angles to that direction. Though, in the case of Yedman-
dale, there is no very decided evidence of any considerable fault, yet
I think there is good reason to believe that it and the other valleys
are along the lines of this or some other structural weakness.

The deltoid accumulations of detritus in Yedmandale, and the
nature of the rock of which it is composed, clearly indicate that it
was deposited by a current from the north-north-east. If these
valleys were excavated by the denuding agent, we must suppose that
the whole surface was submerged. If so, the above fact would prove
that there then was a considerable current from the north-north-east.
Supposing that a fault extended up the valley, becoming small or
ending in the top eastern branch, and that there was such a strong
north-north-east current, we must conclude that it cut away the
rock on each side of the fault, and gave rise to a ravine-shaped
valley, carrying away the detritus to the south into the vale of

1854. |: SORBY ON YEDMANDALE. 333

Pickermg. The configuration of the parts about e shows that the
top bed has been partly removed, and a small outlier left at /.
From d to ¢ a narrower valley. was cut down to a uniform plane
of bedding, somewhat lower than north of d. The absolute de-
pression at d may be explained by supposing that, in this change
of level of the bottom, an eddy was formed, as would indeed aiaee
necessarily be the case; and the much deeper and larger amphi-
theatre, at and below c, was probably due to a similar cause.
Though the mean direction of the valley below this is straight, yet
it is curved considerably ; but the curves are all situated in parts
where, on this supposition, the currents from lateral ravines would
have given rise to them. After the valley was excavated, it would
appear that the current became less, so that some of the detritus
removed from the upper parts could be accumulated in the valley,
when the chief part of it would be deposited, in a deltoid form, in the
manner and in the places where it is now found.

The north-north-west line of current is very similar to what must
have occurred during the deposition of the northern drift of the
neighbourhood ; and there are some reasons for believing them to
be related to one another. A few small erratic boulders and pebbles
are found on the higher parts of the hills, but no great deposit of
drift, which attains its maximum on the low lands towards the sea-
coast. In those valleys that are protected from the north, no
erratics are found, except just at their lower ends; but they have
been drifted into those opening towards it. This would then lead
us to infer that these valleys existed at the period of the Drift.
However, as already mentioned, their lower ends have been exca-
vated in drift in such a manner as to show that some currents did
pass down them afterwards, so that the surface of the sides and
bottom of the valley was rendered uniform and continuous with the
parts where none was deposited. If such then be the case, it
should appear that both previous to and after the deposition of the
drift, northern currents passed over the district. In my paper on
the contortions in the drift of the Yorkshire coast (Report of the
Geol. and Polyt. Soc. of the W. R. of Yorkshire for 1851, p. 220),
I have shown what I consider to be evidence of icebergs having
been present during the whole period of tke Drift, as well as northern
currents ; yet not of great intensity, or else one can scarcely suppose
that such deposits as it consists of could have been accumulated.
Perhaps, therefore, on the whole, the general phznomena of this
locality may be best explained by supposing that at first very con-
siderable currents, probably due to movements of elevation, pro-
ceeded from some point near to north-north-west, a direction well
agreeing with what would be produced by such as have really oc-
curred ; that these denuded the district and excavated valleys along
lines of weakness ; that afterwards the northern drift was accumu
lated, currents being present that moved in much the same direction,
but with very much less intensity, and which subsequently, to a
certain extent, denuded and cut valleys in this drift. The whole was
then elevated, and the sea, acting at various levels, somewhat modified
the surface ; and streams of modern drainage, being ultimately formed,
filled up some of the original small lakes, and somewhat altered the
configuration of the previously existing valleys.

334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society, [March 22,

3. On Remains of Fisu in Fuints. By Capt. Henry
ALEXANDER, Royal Staff Corps.

[In a letter to the Secretary of the Geological Society. ]

In the year 1850, being in Swaffham, my friend Mr. Rose first called
my attention to the existence of fish-scales im flint. A lithographic
plate of scales, &c. was afterwards presented to me, which I found
to be correctly figured. This plate appears in the Annals of Natural
History (No. ix. 1838); and is one of two plates illustrating a

aper ‘“‘On some new Organic Remains in the Flint of Chalk,”
by the Rev. J. B. Reade, F.R.S. At this period I was residing
at Diss in Norfolk, and understood that only solitary scales, teeth,
and fragments of bone had been discovered. Having mentioned
the circumstance to a friend, Mr. Amyot, also of that town, we
commenced to examine very perseveringly the flints of that neigh-
bourhood, more particularly those collected from the fields and
placed in heaps by the sides of the roads. Many hundreds of these
flint-stones we broke, and at a rough calculation I consider that
about one in forty or fifty yielded fragments of fish, from one inch to
four, five, and six in length. These fragments consist of scales
(cycloid and ctenoid), teeth, fragments of the head, vertebree, fins,
one tail, and various bones. I have found no specimen in which the
head or even a portion of it has remained attached to the vertebral
column.

The tail above-mentioned is small, but perfect (homocercal), about
an inch in length. I have also found the right lower jaw of a fish or
reptile ; a drawing of which, of the natural size, I enclose. Professor
Owen inclines to consider it as belonging to a fish.

This letter accompanies a few specimens of the remains of fishes _
in flint, which are for the acceptance of the Geological Society, if
considered worthy of its notice.

The flints in which I have found the best of my specimens require
but a slight blow to break them. Whether this is owing to their
long exposure to the atmosphere, or that the flints of the Upper
Chalk, to which I presume these belong, are more easily fissured, or
from their having been broken up from their original bed, rolled here
and there, strikmg each other, and receiving numerous fractures
imperceptible to the naked eye, or from whatever cause, they most
certainly (the best of them for producing specimens) break the easiest,
and very often in the direction of the enclosed substance, which,
however, would be the case, if the hammer fell in the right direction,
and when that is the case, it is a fortunate circumstance for the display
of the enclosed remains. The specimens require some little patience
in their examination ; the eye, in fact, requires a little tutoring before
the many different objects in a good specimen are wholly displayed
to the sight. I possess some specimens that have taken me many
weeks before I have discovered that they contain minute teeth, small
but perfect vertebree, scales of various forms and sizes, and some
with the lubricating tubes, &c.

Ipswich, Suffolk, Feb. 24th, 1854.

DONATIONS

°

TO THE

LIBRARY OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY

P)

From January 1st, 1854, to March 31st, 1854.

I. TRANSACTIONS AND JOURNALS.

Presented by the respective Societies and Editors.

American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Memoirs, vol. v. pt. 1.

Proceedings, vol. 11. nos. 30—42, and Index to vol. 7.
Agassiz, L.—Florida coral-reefs, 262.
Mansfield ecoal-formation, 270.
Alger, F.—Gold-crystals from California, 246.
Sigillaria, 263.

Desor, E.—Contorted strata in drift, 282.
Jackson, C. T.—Apatite, 242.

Phosphate of lime, 261.
Warren, J. C.—Eppelsheim fossils, 305.

American Journal of Science and Arts. Vol. xvii. No. 49, January
1854. From Prof. Silliman, M.D., For. Mem. G.S.

Cotta.—Memoir of Von Buch, 1.
Foster and Whitney.—Lake Superior Geology, 11.
Mallet.—Tin-pyrites, 33.
Dana.— Mineralogical notes, 78.
Rose.—Memoir of Berzelius, 103.
Nicklés.—Memoir of Arago, 113.
Artificial silicification of limestones, 119.
Mineralogical notes, 127.
Rogers.—Probable depth of the cretaceous seas, 131.
Earthquake at Manilla, 135.
Tennant.—Kohinoor diamond, 136.
Notices of Geological works and maps, 151.

American Journal of Science and Arts. No. 50, Mareh 1854.
Delesse.—Globuliferous rocks, 168.
Bailey.—-Deep sea soundings, 176.
Fossil Diatomacee, 179.
Mallet.—Beryl, 180.
Hall.—Silurians of Lake Superior, 181.
Marcou.—Geological Map of United States and Canada, 199.
Whitney.—Algerite and Apatite, 206.
Dana.—Mineralogical notes, 210.

336 DONATIONS.

Logan and Hunt.—Composition of Lingule, &c., 235.
Genth.—Meteorite, 239.

Wathen.—Gold-fields of Victoria [from Q. J. G. 8.], 279.
Gimbel.—Agate [from Q. J. G. 8.], 284.

Cameroceras trentonense and Orthis Verneuili, 292.
Warren.—Memoir of Teschemacher, 292.

Notices of works, &c., 295.

Assurance Magazine. From the Institute of Actuaries.

Atheneum Journal for December, January, February, and March.
From C. W. Dilke, Esq., F.G.S.
Notices of Meetings.

Belgique, Académie Royale des Sciences de. Mémoires, tome xxvii.

Mémoires couronnés ; Collect. en 8vo, tome v. pt. 2 ;
tome vi. pt. 1.

Bulletin, tome xx. pt. 1 & 2.

Bengal Asiatic Society, Journal of. 1853, no. 5.
Fleming.—Geology of Punjab Salt Range, 444.
MacClelland.—Irrawaddy River, 480.
Baker.—Raneegunge Iron Mines, 484.

1853, no. 6.

Berlin Geological Society, Zeitschrift. Vol. v. pt. 3.
Roemer, F. and Sir C. Lyell.—Letters on Tertiaries, 494.
Strombeck.—Gault in the Subhercynian cretaceous series, 501.
Khpstein.—Geology of the Dill and Lahn district, 516.
Labecki.— Miocene brown-coal and salt in Poland, 591.
Delesse.—Carbonate of lime in the Fontainebleau sand, 600.
Gutberlet.—Pisomelane in the trachytic porphyry of the Rhone,
603.
Meyn.—North Hanover miocene beds, 606.
Bischof.—Furnace-slags of Magdesprung, 609.

Breslau Academy. Denkschrift zur Feier ihres fiinfzigjahrigen Be-
stehens, herausgegeben von der Schlesischen Gesellschaft fir
Vaterlandische Kultur, 1853.

Canadian Journal. From the Canadian Institute.

for November 1853.
Coral-reefs, 81.
Artificial Diamond powder, 103.

Canadian Journal for December 1853.

Mineral products of Ottawa, 112.
Tin, 118.
Separation of some metallic oxides, 126.

———-— for January 1854.

Variations in the level of the Lakes, 129.

Influence of Agriculture on Climate, 131.
Lower Silurians of Tennessee and New York, 138.

Civil Engineer’s and Architect’s Journal. March.
Chemical Society, Quarterly Journal. No. 24.

Cherbourg, Société des Sciences Naturelles de. Mémoires, vol. i.
livr. 2.

DONATIONS. 337

France, Socicté Géologique de, Bulletin. Deux. Série, tome x.
f. 17-22.

A. Delesse.—Sur la transformation du granite en aréne et en
kaolin, 257.

A. de Zigno.—Nouveau gisement de poissons fossiles dans le
Vicentin, 267.

. Découverte d’une flore jurassique dans les Alpes
Vénitiennes, 268.

Berthaud et Tombeck.—Note sur les terrams des environs de
Macon, 269.

Albert Gaudry.—Note sur les coquilles fossiles de la Somma, 291.

Th. Davidson.—Classification des Brachiopodes en familles et en
genres, 296.

J. Prestwich.—Sur la position géologique des sables et du cal-
caire lacustre de Rilly (Marne), 300.

Paul Gervais.—Sur quelques ossemens fossiles de Phoques et de
Cétacés, 311.

Rozet.—Observations sur une notice de M. Lory relative au Dé-
voluy, 318.

Von Dechen.—Description géognostique du Siebengebirge sur le
Rhin (traduit par M. A. Delesse), 319.

H. D. Rogers.—Lettre relative a la carte géologique de I’ Etat de
Pennsylvanie, 326.

De Franeq.—Note sur la formation et la répartition des reliefs
terrestres, 328.

De Villeneuve.—Note sur les chaux hydrauliques et les ciments,
342.

Hoge’s Instructor, January 1854.

Horticultural Society. Vol. ix. pt. 1.

Journal of the Indian Archipelago, vol. vii. nos. 4, 5. From J. R.
Logan, Esq., F.G.S.

Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society, 33rd Annual Report,
1852-53.

Liége, Société Royale des Sciences, Mémoires. Vol. i. to vol. viii.

Literary Gazette, for Jan., Feb., March. From L. Reeve, Esq., F.G.S.
Notices of Meetings.
London and Edinburgh Phil. Mag. From R. Taylor, Esq., F.G.S.
January (no. 42).

Bouis, J.—Products of the decomposition of rocks under the in-
fluence of sulphurous thermal waters, 68.

February (no. 43).

Delesse, A.—Action of alkalies on rocks, 100.
Perey, Dr.—Detection of gold in lead, 126.
Henry, O.—Nickel and cobalt in mineral springs, 149.

March (uno. 44).

Martin, P. J.—Anticlinal line of the London and Hampshire
Basins, 166.

Davy, E.—Manganese, 218.

Deville.—Alumimium, 236. .

338 DONATIONS.

Montpellier, Académie des Sciences et Lettres de. Extraits des
Procés-verbaux des Séances, 1851-52.

De Serres, M.—Petrifaction of shells in the Mediterranean, 5.
Comparative size of fossil and recent animals, 11.
Temperature of the Montpellier caves, 22.

De Rouville.—Post-tertiary age of the iron ore of Lot, &c., 26.

De Rouville et P. Gervais.—Mastodon angustidens, 26.

De Serres, M.—Les Rochers des Dentelles, Hérault, 30.

Moscow, Imperial Society of Naturalists. Bulletin for 1852 and
1853.
No. 2, 1852.

No. 3; 1852.

Dornging.—Quarry section at Kischenew, Bessarabia, (plate) 186.

Hermann.—Pyroxene, 194.

Kiprijanoff.—Fish-remains in the iron-sand of Kursk, (plate) 221.

Von Qualen.—Coast-ice of the Baltic and erratic blocks, 227.
No. 4, 1852.

Hermann.—Spodumene and Petalite, 338.

Von Qualen and Eichwald.—Fossil reptile from the Permian of
the Western Ural, 472-482.

Kiprijanoff.—-Fish-remains in the iron-sand-of Kursk, (plates)
483.

Eichwald.—Esthland rocks, 498.

Pander.—Choristites species, 499.

for 1853. No.1, 1853.
Von Qualen.—Black earth of Russia, 3.
Eichwald.—Iron-sand of Kursk, 209.

for 18535 VNo. 221853:
Andrzeiowski.—Plutonic rocks of 8.E. of Russia, 289.
Kiprijanoff.— Fish-remains of the iron-sand of Kursk, (plate) 331.
Romanovski.—New genus of fossil fish-tooth, (plate) 405.

Museum of Practical Geology, Arrangement of the Fossils and Rock
Specimens in the Galleries of.

Museum of Practical Geology, Arrangement of the Specimens in the
Vestibule and Hall of the.

Museum of Practical Geology, Records of the School of Mines,
vol. i. part 3.

Smyth, W. W.—Wicklow and Wexford Mines.
Vol. i. part 4.
Hunt, R.—Statistics of Metallic Produce.

Netherlands. Verhandelingen uitgegenen door de Commissie belast
met het Vervaardigen eener Geologische Beschrijving en Kaart
van Nederland. Ist part. From the Société Hollandaise des
Sciences at Haarlem.

Anon.—Geology of Losser, Overyssel, 15.

Miquel, F. A. W.—Fossil plants of the Chalk of Limburg (with
plates), 35. ;

Starmg, W. C. H.—The Marsh-lands of the Netherlands, 59.

Harting, P.—Well-section at Gorinchem, 105.

Normandie, Société Linnéenne de, vol. 9.

DONATIONS. 339

Paleeontographical Society, Memoirs of, for 1853.
Edwards, M. and J. Haime—British Devonian Corals.
Davidson, T.—Classification of the Brachiopoda.
Owen, Prof.—Anatomy of Terebratula.
Carpenter, Dr.—Structure of Shells of Brachiopoda.
Sharpe, D.—Cephalopoda of the Chalk.
Morris, J. and J. Lycett.—Bivalve Molluscs of the Great Oolite.
Wood, S. V.—Bivalve Molluses of the Crag.
Owen, Prof.—Wealden and Purbeck Chelonia.

Paris, Academy of Sciences, Comptes Rendus, deux. sém. nos. 25,
26, tome 37, and nos. 1—8, tome 38, prem. sém.

—. Mémoires, vol. xxiv.
Photographic Society, Journal. No. 13, 14, 15.

Royal Agricultural Society of England, Journal, vol. xiv. part I,
1853.
Johnston.—Agricultural Geology of New Brunswick (with a
map), 1.
Rowley.—Agricultural Geology of Derbyshire (with a map), 17.
Trimmer.—Geology of the Keythorpe Estate, 96.
Way and Paine.—Silica strata of the Lower Chalk, 225.

Vol. xiv. part 2, 1853.
Stevenson.—East Lothian, 275.
Evershed.—Surrey (with a map), 395.
Rowlandson.—Herefordshire (with a map), 433.

Royal Geographical Society, Journal, vol. xxii., 1853.

Sir R. I. Murchison’s Presidential Address, Ixxy.

Strachey.—Western Tibet, 1.

Crauford.—Borneo, 69.

Butakoff.—Sea of Aral, 93.

Rink.—Greenland glaciers, 145.

Allen.—The Dead Sea, 163.

Wadi el Araba, 166.

Lloyd.—Copiapo Mines, 196.

Davis. —Chusan, 242.

Schomburgk.—Samané Bay, S. Domingo, 264.

General Index to the Second Ten Volumes.

——. Accessions to the Library to May 1853.
Royal Irish Academy, Proceedings, vol. v.
Royal Society, Proceedings, vol. vi. nos. 100, 101.
Statistical Society, Journal, vol. xvii. part 1. March.
Stockholm Royal Academy of Sciences, Transactions for 1851.
Bulletin for 1852.
Noticesof Memoirson the Vertebrata, from 1845 to 1850.

Vienna Imperial Academy, Sitzungberichte, vol. xi. parts 1, 2, 3, 4.
Denkschriften, vol. vi.

Vienna Geological Institute, Jahrbuch, 1853. Jarhg. iv. no. 2.
Haidinger, W.—Notice of Leopold von Buch, 207.
Vogl, J. F.—Joachimsthal minerals, 220.
Kner, Dr. R.—Geology of Istria, 223.

340 DONATIONS.

Peters, Dr. C.—Slate-rocks of Upper Austria, 232.

Czjzek, J.—Geology of Lower Austria, 264.

Hochstetter, Dr. F.—Greenstone of Teschen, 311.

Melion, Dr. V. J.—Geology and Mineralogy of Briinn, 321.

Emmrich, Dr. H.—Geology of Eastern Bavarian and neighbour-
ing Alps, 326.

Zekeli, Dr. F.—Gasteropods of the Gosau formation, 394.

Proceedings, &c. of the Institute, 397.

Yorkshire (West Riding), Geological and Polytechnic Society, Re-
ports of the Proceedings, 1852.

Bodington, Dr.—Evacuating coal-mines of inflammable gas, 225.

Sorby, H. C.—-Evidence of direction of currents in the coal-
sandstones, 232.

West, Th.—Cavities in the Craven limestone, 240.

Thorp, Rev. W.—Gravels of Yorkshire and Nottinghamshire,
244.

II. GEOLOGICAL AND MISCELLANEOUS BOOKS.

Names of Donors in Italies.

D’Archiac, A. Histoire des Pregrés de la Géologie de 1834 4 1852.
Tome v. pt. 2. From the Geological Society of France.

D Halloy, J. J.@O. Abrégé de Géologie.

Deslongchamps, E. E. Note présentée a VInstitut des Provinces
sur quelques Brachiopodes nouveaux du Lias.

Dewael, N. Ch. Observations sur les Formations Tertiaires des
environs d’ Anvers.

Fairbairn, W. On the Application of Cast and Wrought Iron to
Building Purposes.

Fossombroni, Conte Vittorio. Considerazioni sopra il Sistema
Idraulico dei Paesi Veneti. From Sign. Pasini.

Hislop, Rev. S. Geology of the Nagpur State.

Hopkins, FE. On the Geology of the Gold-bearing Rocks of the
World, and the Gold-fields of Victoria.

Horsfield, Dr. T. Plante Javanicee rariores, descriptee iconibusque
illustrate, quas in Insula Java, annis 1802-1818, legit et
investigavit Thomas Horsfield, M.D. &c. With Map of the
Island of Java.

Instructions pour ]’Observation des Phénoménes périodiques. From
the Royal Academy of Brussels.

Jukes, J. B. Popular Physical Geology.
The Geology of Charnwood Forest.
Leymerie, A. Essai d’une Méthode éclectique ou Wernérienne de
Minéralogie.
Macartney, Lord. Embassy to China. From T. R. Jones, F.G.S.

DONATIONS. 341

Magnetical and Meteorological Observations made at the Hon. East
India Company’s Observatory, Bombay, in 1849. From the
Directors of the Hon. E. I. Company.

Maritime Conference held at Brussels for Devising a Uniform System
of Meteorological Observations at Sea. August and September
1853. - From the Royal Academy of Brussels.

Martin, P. J. Additional Observations on the Anticlinal Line of
the London and Hampshire Basins.

Mitchell, Sir T. L. Geological Report on the Gold-fields in the
Counties of Wellington and Bathurst, New South Wales, with
MS. Map and Sections.

Nyst, M. Rapport sur Les observations sur les formations tertiaires
des environs d’Anvers par M. N. Dewael.

Our Coal-fields and our Coal-pits. From Prof. Tennant, F.G.S.
Pasini, L. 1 Viaggi di Marco Polo, descritti da Rusticiano di Pisa.
Pictet, F. J. Matériaux pour la Paléontologie Suisse. Part 1.
Pole, Wm. Description of the Prismatic Clinometer.

Quekett, Prof. J. On the Minute Structure of a peculiar com-
bustible mineral from the Coal-measures of Torbane Hill.

Quetelet, A. Mémoire sur les Variations périodiques et non- -périod-
iques de la Température.

Renier, S.A. Osservazioni postume di Zoologia Adriatica del Prof.
S.A. Renier. From Signor Pasini.

Saull, D. An Essay on the Connexion between Astronomical and
Geological Pheenomena.

Seale, R. F. The Geognosy of the Island of St. Helena. From A,
W. Morant, Esq., F.G.S.

Studer, B. Geologie der Schweiz. 2nd vol.

GEOLOGICAL CONTENTS OF PERIODICALS PURCHASED
FOR THE LIBRARY.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. New Series, 1854.

No. 73.— January.
No. 74.—February.
No. 75.—March.
Wright.-—Echinoderms of the Lias and Oolites, 161.
Owen.—ipyornis, 221.
No. 76.—April.
Wright.—Echinoderms of the Lias and Oolites, 312.
No. 77.—May.
Wright.—Echimoderms of the Lias and Oolites, 376.
No. 78. ie.
Egerton.—Fossil Fishes, 433.

342 DONATIONS.

Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, 1854. No. 111.

Boué.—Physical conditions of land and water in geological
times, l.

Memoir of Arago, 51.

Flourens.—Eulogy of Arago, 67.

Gould.—Mollusea and Shells, 74.

Stoker.—China-clays of Cornwall, 91.

Mallet.—Euclase, 103.

Hodgkinson.—Elasticity of Stone and crystalline bodies, 108.

Sedgwick.—Paleozoic rocks of Great Britam [Brit. Assoc.
Meeting], 110.

Delesse.—Crystalline limestone [from Q. J. G. S.], 127.

Memoir of H. HE. Strickland, 131.

Paragenetic relations of minerals, 139.

Murchison.—The Ocean, 152.

Forbes.—Glaciers of Norway, 159, 179.

Frevermann.—Formation of crystallized minerals [from Q. J.
G. S.], 176.

Artificial Diamond powder, 178.

Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. No. 112.

Dana.—Oceanic Chart, 189.

Thomson.—Moa-caves in New Zealand, 268.
Forbes.—Glaciers of Norway, 296.

Nicol.—Notice of Barrande’s Silurians of Bohemia, 310.
Buist.—Hindostan, 328.

Paragenetic relations of minerals, 353.
Goeppert.—Fossil plants in Amber [from Q. J. G. S.], 365.
Smyth.—Oceanic Pressure, 370, 371.

Allen.—Dead Sea, 371.

Rink.—Greenland glaciers, 372.

Dove.—Oceanie currents, 373.

Mineralogical notes, 373.

Geological notes, 375.

Neues Jahrbuch fir Min. Geog. Geol. und Petref. herausg. von Dr.
K. C. v. Leonhard u. Dr. H. G. Bronn. 1854, No. 1.
Barrande, J.—Silurian Crustacea, Pteropoda, and Cephalopoda
of Bohemia, 1.
Gutberlet, W. K. J.—Gold of the Edder and the Schwalm, 15.
Wiser, D.—Swiss minerals, 26.
De Zigno, A.—Jurassic plants im the Venetian Alps, 31.
Letters, Notices of Books, and of Mimeralogy, Geology, and
Fossils.
————~. 1854, No. 2.
Leonhard, K. C.—Artificial Mica, 129.
Braun, A.—Tertiary Flora (with plate), 138.
Leonhard, G.—Geological nature of the “Riesentopfe,” 148.
Letters, Notices of Books, and of Mineralogy, Geology, and
Fossils.

THE

QUARTERLY JOURNAL

OF

THE GHOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

PROCEEDINGS

OF

THE GEKOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Apri 5, 1854.
Robert Etheridge, Esq., was elected a Fellow.

The following communications were read :—

1. On some Mammauirrrovus Deposits in the VALLEY of the
Nene, near PetersoroueH. By JosHua Trimmer, Esq.,

F.G.S.

In the collection of the Marchioness of Huntly there are bones of
the Elephant and other large mammals, which have been obtained
from two gravel-pits near Orton Hall. Some of them have been sub-
mitted, I believe, to the inspection of Professor Owen ; and through
the kindness of the Marchioness I am enabled to exhibit the whole
of them* to the Society.

While making, in company with Mr. Bailey Denton, a rapid ex-
amination of the geology of the Orton estate in its agricultural rela-
tions, I had lately an opportunity of seeing these deposits, which
present some interesting features bearing on my communication,
published in a late number of the Journal+, ‘On the Soils which
cover the Chalk of Kent.”

* The collection comprises remains of Elephas meridionalis ?, Bos primigenius,
and Cervus elaphus. + No. 36. vol. ix. p. 286.

VOL. X.—PART I. 2B

344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL sociETy. [April 5,

I place the Orton gravel on the parallel of the Nar clay and the
mammaliferous deposits of the Thames Valley, which I refer to that
portion of the Pleistocene epoch which I have called* the second
stationary, or second elephantine period, and which I have described
as intervening between the elevation of the erratic tertiaries and the
distribution of the Warp-drift over their denuded surface.

In the Nar clay the shells are wholly marine, although it is pro-
bable that it terminates, on the east, in freshwater deposits similar
to those of the parallel valley of Gaytonthorpe+. In the ancient
wide-spread alluvium of the Thames the shells are exclusively those
of the land and fresh water. The Orton gravel is a fluvio-marine
deposit.

These facts accord with the sketch-map which accompanied the
paper above-mentioned (op. ct. vol. ix. pl. 13, map No. 4.), illustra-
ting the distribution of land and water on the eastern side of England,
during the second stationary, or second elephantine period.

In the Valleys of the Nene and Nar we have the elevated coast-
line of ramifications from a bay which extended more to the west
than the present estuary of the Wash. In the old alluvium of the
Thames, on the other hand, we have evidence of the eastern exten-
sion of land drained by a river of such volume, that there is no diffi-
culty in supposing it to have extended sufficiently to the east to
have been a tributary of the Rhinef.

The foundation-rock of the Orton Estate is Oxford clay, with
beds of impure limestone on its western side ; but, from the imperfect
sections and the rapidity of my examination, I have not yet been
able to satisfy myself whether they belong to the lower part of the
Oxford clay or the upper part of the Great Oolite.

The superficial deposits with which these strata are extensively
covered, are, taking them in the order of their antiquity,

1. The Boulder-clay of the Lower Erratics.
2. The Orton Gravel, reconstructed from erratic materials.
3. The Warp-drift.

I saw nowhere on the estate, or in its vicinity, any gravel of the
upper erratics, in its normal condition, that is, resting on boulder-
clay, or resting on other rocks at higher levels than that clay.

The warp-drift on the Oxford clay is, in many parts of the estate,
more than 4 feet deep; and, though on that clay it partakes much
of the nature of that bed, it contains extraneous fragments to such a
depth, that, except at a section afforded by a brick- field, I could not
satisfy myself that I had seen it in its native state. Even there,
beneath a brown clay-loam, 3 or 4 feet deep and containing de-
tritus not derived from the subjacent stratum, there is a blue clay,
containing, to the depth of about 7 feet, decayed roots and other
vegetable matter, which not only extend through it vertically, but
are interstratified with it im such a manner as to cause suspicion that
the clay has been reconstructed to that depth. Without further

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. ix. p. 295. + Op. cit. vol. vii. p. 26.
t Loe. cit. and Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vii. pl. 7.

1854. ] TRIMMER ON THE ORTON GRAVEL. 345

examination, I should hesitate to affirm that which I believe to be
the case, namely that we have here an ancient marshy surface
beneath the warp-drift.

The boulder-clay contains a large proportion of chalk and chalk-
flints, with other fragments of still more distant origin, imbedded in
a base of brown clay. It forms a ridge extending from north to
south, and therefore in a direction transverse to this part of the
Valley of the Nene. It is based on Oxford clay.

The Orton gravel is spread over the Oxford clay and the oolitic
rock in a direction parallel to the valley, and extends to a height of
20 feet above the level of the Nene.

The two gravel-pits which have yielded mammalian remains,
associated with terrestrial, marine, and fluviatile shells, are situated
near the Hall, and about 176 yards from the road from Peterborough
to Northampton. From that nearest to Peterborough, in a pasture-
field, bones have been obtained, irregularly dispersed, as I was in-
formed by the workmen, through the gravel. They are more abun-
dant in another pit, in an arable field, distant about 460 yards from
the former and about 200 yards from the road.

In the former pit the gravel has been worked to the depth of 10
feet, without reaching the rock.

At the depth of 7 feet, I found Cardium edule and Ostrea edulis,
in the state of large fragments in a very decayed condition.

At the pit in the arable field, the gravel is worked down to the
oolitic rock on which it rests; and the total depth of the deposit, of
which the following is a section, varies from 12 to 14 feet.

Section of the Mammaliferous Gravel of the Nene Valley; from a
gravel-pit near Orton Hall.

. Warp-drift of brown loam, filling indentations in surface of b.
. Gravel.
e. Alternations of sand with grey and brown clay ;—freshwater and land shells.
d. Gravel ;—mammalian bones and marine shells, both near the bottom of the bed.
e. Oolitic rock.
2B2

oa

346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [April 5,

I am indebted to Mr. Rupert Jones for the identification of the
species, which he describes as

Cardium edule. Bithinia tentaculata.
Ostrzea edulis. Paludina marginata.
Unio ? Valvata cristata.
Bulimus lackamensis. piscinalis.

Limneus glaber.

Besides these I found a small Helix and a Planorbis, which have
been unfortunately broken.

From the numerous species of the land and freshwater shells enu-
merated by Mr. Morris* from a deposit about twelve miles north of
this, I have no doubt that the future researches of the Marchioness
of Huntly will add several. species to the above list.

The marine shells (Cardium) from this pit were given me by the
men, from a heap of fragments of bones and bouldered oolitic shells,
and were evidently freshly detached from their matrix. Their posi-
tion in the lower part of the gravel rests on their authority.

At the other pit I extracted the marine shells myself, at the depth,
as I have stated, of 7 feet from the surface.

The prevalent fragments in the gravel are derived from various
oolitic rocks ; they are considerably water-worn, and are mixed with
chalk-flints. There are also fragments of flinty slate, quartzose
sandstone, and other rocks of more distant origin.

This gravel appears to have been formed from the materials of the
denuded boulder-clay, with an increased proportion of oolitic mate-
rials brought down by the ancient Nene. Chalk, which abounds in
the boulder-clay, has nearly, if not entirely, disappeared from the
gravel. The only specimens of it which I could find were small
rolled pebbles of the very hardest varieties, in the sand interstratified
with the clay in the bed d of the preceding section.

2. On the GroLogicaL Structure of part of the BAVARIAN
Aups; with Remarks on the Erratic PH&NOoMENA. By
Dr. ADOLPHE SCHLAGINTWEIT.

[Communicated by Sir R. I. Murchison, F.R.S., F.G.S.]

CoNTENTS.

1. Introduction.
2. General view of the Formations.
I. Lower Alpine Limestone.
II. Lower Lias.
IfI. and IV. Upper Lias and Jura.
A. Upper Lias of Ammergau.
B. Lias and Jura on the Hirschbiihel and Wetterstein.
C. Red Marble of Graswang and Ettal.
V. Upper Alpine Limestone.
VI. Cretaceous Formations.
Orbitulite Sandstones,

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. ix. p. 321.

1854. | SCHLAGINTWEIT—BAVARIAN ALPS. 347

3. The elevatory relations of the rock-masses.
A. Structure of the mountain group of the Zugspitze and the Wetterstein.
B. Structure of the mountains between the Loisach and the Amper.

4. Remarks upon the Diluvial and Erratic Phenomena.
On Polished Rock-surfaces.

Introduction.—The observations a brief account of which I have
now the honour to lay before the Society refer chiefly to that portion
of the Bavarian Alps which includes the affluents of the Loisach and
Ammer, and partly of the Tsar, to the south of Munich*.

The group of the Zugspitze and the Wetterstem, between the
Loisach and the Tsar, forms the greatest elevation in the outer zone
of the Alps from the Lake of Constance to the Salzach. It presents
a peculiar attraction to the geologist from its very complicated and
irregular structure,

The following observations were made in the autumn of 1852 and
in the course of the summer of 1853, more particularly during the
latter period. In my investigations I was especially guided by the
works of Escher von der Linth and Studer, of Schafhaiitl, Emmrich,
Von Hauer, and by the excellent memoir of Sir Roderick Murchison,
which gives such a clear outline of the succession of the sedimentary
strata of the Alps, and of the enormous dislocations and disturbances
to which they have been subjected. :

In the latter part of my paper I have offered some general remarks
upon the diluvial and erratic deposits, and upon the polished and
striated rocks connected with this subject.

§ GENERAL VIEW OF THE FORMATIONS.

I. Lower Alpine Limestone (Unterer Alpenkalk)= Muschelkalh.

This is the Jowest of the formations which are found in the upper
affluent valleys of the River Loisach. It consists chiefly of grey
dolomites, between which, but rarely, occur strata of dark-coloured
grey and brown limestones. Fossils were nowhere found in these
dolomites, neither in these parts of the Bavarian Alps nor in the
eastern portions explored by Prof. Emmrich.

The dolomites of the inferior Alpenkalk, forming the base of the
subsequent fossiliferous strata of the lower Lias, may well be con-
sidered as an equivalent of a portion of the Trias.

Il. Lower Lias.

This formation, which covers a great area in this part of the
Bavarian Alps, consists generally of dark-coloured marls and marly
limestones. In many places very dark slates, not effervescmg with
acids, are met with. Occasionally there appear masses of lighter

* The author and his brother, Dr. Hermann Schlagintweit, have in preparation
a larger Memoir on the subject of this communication, to be illustrated by a geo-
logical map and plates. The map and some of the plates were exhibited to the
Meeting, and are referred to in this paper.

348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [April 5,

coloured and harder limestones, which nevertheless are generally
characterized by a certain amount of aluminous contents.

In different places there are found in this formation very remark-
able and extensive strata of a finely-grained grey sandstone, becoming
brown by decomposition ; it contains little pieces of mica, and either
effervesces but slightly, or not at all, with acids. These sandstones
contain few fossils; I found only some indistinct vegetable impres-
sions and fragments of Avicula and Nucula.

By investigating the superposition and the mutual relations of the
strata, I came to the conclusion that these sandstones were to be
considered as a part of the Lower Lias formation.

These sandstones seemed to me to be very analogous with those
which in the Vorarlberg and in Austria accompany the “ alpine coal,”
according to Escher and Von Hauer. M. Hauer replied to my
suggestions, upon making these comparisons, that he also was inclined
to admit, after the inspection of the specimens I had sent him, such
an analogy, and that in Austria the sandstones accompanying what
was termed alpine coal (Alpenkohle) were now also considered as a
part of the Lower Lias formation, though with a different facies, and
in many respects a different fauna.

All the strata here spoken of, I have laid down on the map under
the name of “Lower Lias,” which was first used by M. Hauer of
Vienna, who admits that these strata must be separated from the
Cassian beds, which form the uppermost part of the alpine Trias and
contain a very different fauna. Other geologists, Emmrich, Escher,
and Merian, are inclined to consider these as an equivalent of the
Cassian strata. They endeavour to infer this from the mode of
superposition in the southern Alps, and from analogy in some
paleontological characters.

According to the recent investigations in the Austrian and in the
Bavarian Alps, it seems that we must consider as Upper Muschel-
kalk the strata of Hallstadt, forming an equivalent of the Cassian
beds of Minster and Klipstein with Ammonites Adon, &e.

The Lower Lias is considered to comprise as contemporaneous
deposits :

a. The strata of Kossen = Gervillia-strata of Prof. Emmrich =
upper Cassian beds of the Swiss geologists.

6. The Dachstein-limestones with Cardium triquetrum (=Mega-
lodus scutatus, Schafhaiutl).

The fossiliferous portions of the alpme Trias not being exposed
in that part of the mountains to which I more closely directed my
investigations, I could not obtain any proofs of the relation of the
Gervillia-beds and their fauna to that of the lower formations.

The strata of the inferior Lias are in many places very rich in
organic remains ; the following is a list of the most characteristic and
generally distributed of these fossils. They have been collected and
determined by myself. Fortunately I was enabled to send specimens
of all of them to M. Hauer, who has compared them with the beau-
tiful collection of alpine fossils now accumulating at Vienna.

Ammonites Roberti, Haver; very distinetly found m this forma-

1854. | SCHLAGINTWEIT—BAVARIAN ALPS. 349

tion in the Lahnewiesgraben ; in Austria it had been met with until
now only in the next higher formation,—the Upper Lias.

Avicula ineequiradiata, Schafhaiitl. Many specimens; this species
is found, though rarely, in the strata of Kossen in the Austrian Alps.

Avicula intermedia, Lmmrich ; differing from the very similar forms,
Avicula inequivalvis and A. Munsteri, by the number of the ribs.

Cardium austriacum, Hauer. In some places found in considerable
abundance. ‘This is the species designated very often as Cardita
crenata. Two lateral teeth in the hinge, which M. Hauer could
clearly observe in some of the specimens, place this species in the
genus Cardium. The true Cardita crenata of St. Cassian seems to
have a very different hinge, although, until now, it has not been quite
clearly made out.

Cardium rheeticum, Merian.

Gervillia inflata, Schafhaitl. In some localities very common, and
very characteristic of this formation.

Lima gigantea, Sow.

Modiola Schafhautli, Stwr.= Modiola texta, Schafh.

Nucula complanata, Phill. In some localities very common.

Ostrea Haidingeriana, Hmmrich.

Pecten Lugdunensis, Mich., according to a determination by
M. Merian; and some other as yet undescribed species of Pecten.

Pholadomya lagenalis, Schafhaiitl.

Pinna Hartmanni, Zieten.

Trigonia; similar, according to Von Hauer, to Trigonia harpa,
Minster, or Trig. Whateleye, Buch; but differing from it, and
probably a new species.

Rhynchonella fissicostata, Swess.

Terebratula cornigera, Schafhaiitl.

Terebratula gregaria, Suess.

Terebratula subrimosa, Schafhaitl.

Spinifer Emmrichi, Swess.

Spirigera oxycolpos, Hmmrich.

Corals are met with in some parts of this formation, especially in
the lower strata, sometimes in great abundance; the species of these
corals, principally Lithodendron and Astrea, have not yet been de-
scribed.

Only in one locality, on the Katzenstein, some fossils have been
found which might seem to indicate a triassic formation ; these
were Terebratula trigonella, Schlotheim, and parts of Crinoidea
very similar to those of Dadocrinus gracilis, H. von Meyer ; but
with these fossils was associated Natica alpina, Merian, belonging
very evidently to the Késsen beds; nor does the position of these
strata give the least evidence of their being different from the Lower
Lias in general.

III. and 1V. Upper Lias and Jura.

A. Upper Lias of Ammergau.—Very well developed and fossilife-
rous strata of the Upper Lias occur near Ammergau, immediately in

350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [April 5,

the north of my geological map. The blue and grey marly limestones
contain numerous and well-preserved specimens of

Ammonites amaltheus, Schlth.

Ammonites Nodotianus, D’ O76. (also found at Adneth).

Ammonites radians, Schlth.

Ammonites Reussi, Hauer. Similar to 4m. Humphreysianus,
Sow., but with very different lobes.

Ammonites Partschi, Stur.

Ammonites tatricus, Pusch.

Inoceramus ventricosus, Sow.

These Lias strata dip with very steep angles, being nearly vertical
to the south, and are evidently in a very irregular position. They
lie conformably on enormous masses of sandy and marly Flysch
rocks, which extend to the north, and contain immediately under the
Lias strata (which in their mineralogical characters are often scarcely
to be distinguished from them) nothig but many specimens of the
Fucus intricatus.

Above the Lias strata is found a small zone of dolomite, dipping
everywhere at 70° and 75° to the south, or south 70° west. Ascend-
ing the slopes of the Sonnenberg, we find a thickly-wooded declivity,
above which begin the sandstones of the chalk with Orditulites, but
dipping with quite an opposite direction to the north.

B. Lias and Jura on the Hirschbiihel and the Wetterstein.
Under the designation of “ Upper Lias and Jura,” T have laid down on
the map two separate zones of strata; the one in the Lahnewiesgraben,
the other on the southern foot of the Wetterstein. In both localities
are found strata of marl and limestone, in general of a red or of
greyish and greenish colour. Amongst the many fragments of fossils
T had collected, there could be determined with accuracy only

Ammonites radians, Schith. In small specimens.

Ammonites tatricus, Pusch.

Aptychus, similar to 4. /amellosus, but recently distinguished from
it by M. Schafhaiitl under the name of 4. subalpinus. They occur
very often in the contorted red marly limestones of the Lahnewies-
graben, but not in the Wetterstein.

According to the order of superposition of the strata, this forma-
tion is evidently situated, as seen in the Gaisthal, between the inferior
Lias and the upper Alpenkalk.

The above-quoted fossils might indicate them to belong either to
the Lias or to a higher Jurassic group. I have comprised these
strata on the map under the collective name of “‘Lias and Jura,”
since I expect that further investigation may possibly lead to a sepa-
ration of these strata into two distinct groups.

If we follow out the distribution of these strata on the geological
map, we find that in the Lahnewiesgraben their eastern prolongation
is stopped by a very remarkable transgressive position of the dolomites
of the Kramerberg, of which we shall speak hereafter. On the
Wetterstein it is very difficult to trace accurately the limits of the
western and eastern prolongation of the band of the Lias and Jura
strata. Large masses of debris and the difficulty of traversing the

1854. | SCHLAGINTWEIT— BAVARIAN ALPS. 351

steep declivities made it impossible for me to lay down the eastern
and western termination of these strata as distinctly as I could have
wished to do.

C. Red Marble of Graswang and Ettal.—Very well developed
strata of this marble, generally of red, sometimes of white or yellow-
ish colours, are found in the valley of Graswang and at Ettal, a
little north from the mountains. Though the structure of the moun-
tains and the position of the strata are here very irregular, as I have
endeavoured more fully to describe in my large memoir, it is quite
evident, by comparative observations in different localities, that these
marbles are generally covered by the white upper A’pine limestone,
which dips generally to the north, and contains the same small coral-
remains which are so very characteristic of it on the Zugspitze and
in other localities. The marbles are clearly underlied by grey and
blue marls and limestones, containing in different places Cardium aus-
triacum, Gervillia inflata, Nucula complanata, and other fossils cha-
racteristic of what we have termed “inferior Lias or Gervillia-strata.”’

The marbles lying thus between the upper Alpenkalk and the
inferior Lias contain very often numerous specimens of Terebratule.
M. Suess at Vienna, who has recently very thoroughly examined the
Brachiopoda of the Trias and Lias formations of the Eastern Alps,
recognised among the specimens I had collected Rynchonella Hor-
nest, Suess, and Rhynchonella variabilis, Schlth.

The Hierlatz-strata of the Austrian Alps, which are characterized
by the same fossils, probably form, according to the recent investiga-
tions of MM. Hauer and Suess, a part of the Upper Lias (=Adneth
strata), though with a very peculiar facies.

V. Upper Alpine Limestone.

This formation consists, in the mountain ranges under consideration,
of a light-coloured, white, or yellowish limestone, which appears in
great masses on the Zugspitze, on the Alpspitze, and on the Wetter-
stein, and forms high and steep escarpments.

These strata here evidently cover all the jurassic deposits ; but as
yet the investigation of the fossils which they contain is not far
enough advanced for determining with perfect accuracy the geological
age of this Upper Alpenkalk. In different places, for instance on
the summit of the Zugspitze, in the Hollenthalkahr, on the Wetter-
stein, there occur in this limestone numerous coral-remains. Prof.
Schafhautl has described and figured some of these corals under the
name of Nullipora annulata*.

I have also been able to collect in the Hollenthal, as well as in the
upper Bainthal, not far from the end of the Plattacher Glacier,
several specimens of Nerinea. According to Von Hauer’s comparison
of these specimens, they seem to be quite identical with the Nerinea
found on the Plassen near Hallstadt.

““The limestone of the Plassen,”’ he writes, ‘is almost certainly
identical with the fossiliferous strata of Stramberg in Moravia, and

* Leonh. and Bronn’s Jahrbuch 1853, p. 303, tab. 6. fig. 1.

352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [April 5,

these latter probably belong, according to the recent investigations of
M. Hohenegger, to the Neocomian formation.”

In the same stratigraphical relations, and with fossil corals iden-
tical with those found in the group of the Zugspitze and the Wetter-
stein, we find the upper Alpine limestone also in the Kahrwendel
range, which extends immediately to the east of the Valley of the
Tsar, as well as to the north of my geological map, where it appears
again in the environs of Ammergau on the Laberberg, and on the
Kofel and Sonnenberg.

VI. Cretaceous Formations. Orbitulite-sandstones.

The cretaceous strata, characterized by numerous Orbitulites, do
not appear within my map, but occur immediately to the north of
it, in the environs of Ammergau. They consist of grey sandstones
with a calcareous and marly cement. The latter is sometimes very
predominant ; and the mineralogical composition of the rocks varies
very much.

In some strata the quartz and hornstone grains are very predomi-
nant, and sometimes attain a considerable size. The rock is then
very hard, and the surface becomes very rough and uneven by the
effects of weathering.

Among the fossils the most characteristic are numerous Oréitulites,
of which there are at least two distinct species. There has been also
found a well-preserved fragment of an Ammonite south of the Rap-
penkopf, which, according to Von Hauer, agrees with no known
species, and is probably undescribed. Different specimens of Ostrea,
Nerinea, and Turbo occurred south of the Rappenkopf and in the
Soile-Alpe.

These deposits seem perfectly to agree, as regards their lithological
and palzeontological characters, with very similar strata observed by
Prof. Emmrich in the Urschelau in the Traun Valley. The latter
contain more numerous and_ better-preserved fossils, and belong
evidently to the Upper Cretaceous formation.

The cretaceous strata are well developed in the basin of the Soile-
and Nebele-Alpe between the Laberkopfen and the Ettales Mandl ;
they occur also on the southern slope of this mountain range in the
Spitzschlaggraben. We find them again on the opposite side of the
Amper, on the Rappenkopf, south of the Kofel, and they are pro-
longed in a westerly direction to the Brunnberg, and probably still
farther. The very complicated structure of the Laberberg and the
Brunnberg makes it difficult to follow out exactly the distribution
of the cretaceous strata. It is evident, by observations on different
spots, that they rest immediately upon the Upper Alpine Limestone.
Generally speaking they seem to have been deposited not quite
conformably upon the older formations, which had in part been
previously disturbed.

By a great general upheaval which took place afterwards, and by
many powerful contortions and faults, the cretaceous strata have
been brought in many places, as in the Rappenkopf and the Soile-

1854. | SCHLAGINTWEIT—BAVARIAN ALPS. 353

Alpe, into very irregular and puzzling stratigraphical relations to the
older formations.

Tertiary Formations.

Proceeding farther to the north in the Valley of the Amper, we find
of later formations the Eocene Flysch with Fucoidea in great de-
velopment, and the tertiary strata of Kohigrub Rottenbuch and the
Peissenberg ; but these do not belong to the subject of this paper.

The diluvial deposits, which cover to a great thickness the large
valleys in the interior of these mountains as well as the elevated
plains of Bavaria, will be spoken of in the last part of this paper.

§ Tur ELevatory Revations or THE Rock-masses (Hebungs-
verhaltnisse.)

In the mountain group under consideration, there is a very im-
portant and extensive system of jomts, which are quite independent
of the stratification.

These joints are especially well developed in the hard upper Al-
penkalk ; but they extend into the liassic marls, as well as into the
dolomites. It is evident, Ist, that these joints, which can often be
followed to great distances, retain very often in the same district a
very regular mean direction ; and 2ndly, that in the same district dif-
ferent systems of joints occur, crossing each other at various angles.

I will mention some more special examples of these phenomena
in the Hollenthal, where they are particularly well developed. Ihad
here also the opportunity, by the mining operations conducted at
different spots, to follow these jomts in the interior of the mountain
masses. The mean strike of the one predominant system of joints
runs from N.E. to S.W. (N. 25°-50° E. to S. 25°-50° W.).
They stand almost vertical, and their sides are, generally speaking,
smooth and somewhat polished. They can be traced to great distances
along the steep escarpments of the mountains, and along the course
of different small rivulets, which especially follow the direction of
these joimts, where they have produced remarkably deep erosions.

Besides this system of joints, I could observe in the Hollenthal
another subordinate system, running from W.N.W toH.S.E. They
are by far less extensive and regular. In some places where both
systems are well developed and exposed, as in the Hollenthalkahr
and the surrounding bare ridges, they are seen mutually intersecting
at very high, sometimes nearly right angles. By these inter sections
many derangements of the rocks are produced.

Attentively following these long joimts, we are soon aware of a cer-
tain connexion which evidently exists between their mean direction
and the direction of many valleys and steep mountain escarpments ;
and we are naturally led to the conclusion that the formation of
many valleys, or many ridges and steep escarpments, which can in
no way be explained by the strike or the inclination of the strata, are
due to the same causes which have produced these long joints and
faults.

354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. — [April 5,

A. Structure of the Mountain Group of the Zugspitze and the
Wetterstein.—The light-coloured upper Alpime limestone forms a
high continuous escarpment, which is visible from a great distance,
and runs from the Wetterstem over the Dreithorspitzen to the western
slope of the Zugspitze towards the Eibsee. In the west and in the
south the upper Alpine limestone reposes in a regular succession
upon the older formations, which dip under it; but on the northern
side of this mountain the arrangement of the strata is much more
irregular. They have been distorted and broken up by many exten-
sive faults; and isolated portions, comparable to enormous ice-floes
in a river or in an arctic sea, have been pressed together by later up-
heavals and by lateral compressions, in the most extraordinary man-
ner. Very often the upper Alpine limestone dips apparently regu-
larly under the dark marls and limestones of the lower Lias; and
these latter are then again covered by the upper Alpine limestone, or
even by the dolomites of the lower Alpe limestone.

These abnormal positions of the strata are very well seen, for
instance, on the little saddle between the Langenfeld and the Osterfeld.
The dolomite which follows farther on in the Bodenlahne, also dipping
to the north-east, must be considered as belongmg to the lower
Alpine limestone, although it seems here to repose upon the Lias ;
but in its eastern and north-eastern prolongation, at Kriim and north
of the Barmsee, it is intimately connected with the dolomites of the
lower Alpine limestones, which there form quite regularly the base
of the lower Lias.

In following a section in a northern direction across the Wetter-
stein, the complicated structure of these mountains is seen in a very
interesting manner.

In the Paiten Valley are laid open the marls of the lower Lias, with
an anticlinal dip, covered on both sides by the upper Alpine limestone.
On the highest ridge of the Wetterstein these strata dip with an angle
of 40° and 50° to the north, 15° west. Along the northern foot “of
the Wetterstem runs a great fault, and the strata of the lower Lias
are then pressed upon and partly over the upper Alpe limestones
in a most irregular manner. A very good example of this structure
is seen on the Kamithor, where the “dark sandy marls, containing
many of the characteristic fossils, are very much conic!

Farther to the north, and separated by another fault, we have the
perfectly distinct upper Alpe limestone, followed by a long and
regular band of the lower Lias, the whole underlied by an eee
mass of the dolomites.

Another fault, running in the same east and west direction, occurs
on the left side of the valley of the Ferchenbach. An observer
might at first think here, that ‘the Lias marls must regularly underlie
the dolomites ; but the great line of fault, entirely separating the
two formations, is most distinetly traceable all along the bare escarp-
ments of the Steoreif. The rocks of the lower Lias then cover, with
various maatieal dips, a broad low mountain ridge, and they are
underlied in a regular succession, on the right bank of the V alley of
the Kankerbach, by the dolomites of the lower Alpine limestone of

1854.] SCHLAGINTWEIT— BAVARIAN ALPS. 355

the Eckenberg. One of the most remarkable of all these faults is
this, which extends on the foot of the high escarpments of the Wet-
terstein, running from east to west, and to the W.S.W. All along
this line we find isolated patches of the lower Lias, enclosed in various
and most irregular manner between the white limestone strata of the
Upper Alpenkalk; I have endeavoured to lay down on the map
these Lias patches as accurately as possible. On these lines of dislo-
cation are seen in different points masses of gypsum, and of a
cavernous dolomitic breccia and a very cellular and evidently altered
limestone (Cargneuile). This phenomenon is perfectly analogous
to the occurrence of gypsum and cargneuile on the long lines of
dislocation in Switzerland, which MM. Studer and Brunner have so
well described.

B. Structure of the Mountains between the Loisach and the
Amper.—The dolomites of the lower Alpenkalk form, on the Brun-
stelkopf and the Schafkopf, with a dip to the 8.S.W., the regular
base of the dark marly limestones of the lower Lias. Farther north,
and more in the interior of the broad dolomitic range, we find several
changes in the dip of the strata, evidently produced by different
upheavals and contortions of the rocks. A most striking structure
of the mountains is disclosed if we follow the line of section more
to the south, through the Lahnewiesgraben, to the Kramerberg.
There are seen large masses of well stratified dolomites, reaching the
summit of the Kramerberg, at 6085 Fr. feet, which clearly rest upon
the strata of the Lias. In examiming the environs of the Kramerberg
solely, it seems at first impossible not to consider these superposed
dolomites as being younger than the underlying marly limestones ;
but, im following attentively the rocks of the Kramer in their western
prolongation, it is quite evident that these strata must be iden-
tical with the dolomites which form generally the lower Alpenkalk
and the base of all the other formations in this mountain. The
dolomitic range, which occupies a considerable breadth on the Kramer,
becomes narrower towards the west. The same strata pass on the
right bank of the Loisach, and farther still, on the Eibsee and on
the Thorlen, they form the base of the Lias and of all the mass of the
Zugspitze.

The dolomite of the Kramer has, therefore, been pushed over the
younger formations along an extended fault, by a very strong lateral
pressure. This supposition is also corroborated by the many violent
contortions and modifications in the strike and dip of the red lias
strata, near the line of junction with the dolomites. The former stand
at very steep angles, often nearly vertical, whilst the dolomites which
follow above them are inclined at angles of only from 30° to 47°.

By the dolomites having been pushed over in so irregular a manner
on the younger formations, we may also account for another remark-
able pheenomenon. It is seen on the map that the upper Lias and
Jura formations, which occur on the Hirschbiihel, become more and
more narrow as we follow their eastern prolongation, whilst the dolo-
mites have been advancing farther to the north. I nowhere succeeded,
in the lower parts of the Lahnewiesgraben, in finding the characteristic

356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [April 5,

red marly limestones of the upper Lias and Jura, or the fossil remains
which accompany them. The dark fossiliferous marls of the lower
Lias are here continued to the limits of Une dolomite, which is seen
immediately restmg upon them.

§ Remarks ureon THE DituviaAt AND Erratic PHH&NOMENA.

The diluvial and the alluvial deposits could not be indicated by
different colours on the map. Mere alluvial and detrital accumula-
tions in the higher parts of the mountains were not separately marked.

It may be of some interest to advert to the two diluvial terraces
in the valleys of the Loisach and of the Tsar. They consist of hard
conglomerates, containing pebbles of the different sedimentary rocks
of the Alps, mixed with erratic pebbles, which go down to the very
lowest visible beds. The terraces attain a height of 120 and 180
feet above the level of the rivers. They show us ; the great thickness
of the diluvial beds with which the Alpine valleys had been covered
before the denudations by the present rivers took place.

One of the most interesting pheenomena which occur in the study
of the Alpine diluvium is offered by the erratic blocks. I have
endeavoured to indicate on the map the highest points on which the
erratic rocks are found, and to ascertain the heights by direct baro-
metric observations.

In the lower parts of these mountains, below 4000 and 3500 feet,
the erratic rocks are seen everywhere scattered about in more or less
abundance.

I may be allowed to mention some points which seem to me of
importance for forming an estimate of the way in which these remark-
able erratic rocks have been transported.

The erratic pebbles in the mountain chains under consideration
generally reach an elevation of 4000 and 4400 Fr. feet, in some
eases even 4600! Even on these highest limits we generally find-
rounded pebbles of 5 to 20 centimetres diameter. Hornblende rocks,
with many massive and schistose varieties, are prevalent ; there are
also found mica-schist and gneiss, as well as some fragments of
granite.

Even on the isolated summit of the Peissenberg, nine English miles
distant from the Alps, at an elevation of 3005 Fr. ft., thick layers
of diluvial boulders occur, with rolled erratic rocks. Further it is
to be remarked, that the erratic rocks are not only deposited on the
surface of the older diluvial boulder beds, but that they are also
disseminated in their interior, and that they are found in their very
lowest beds, down to the surface of the miocene tertiary deposits.

The deep valleys which have been cut through the thick boulder
beds of the Bavarian plateau by the greater rivers, for instance by
the Tsar, afford very excellent opportunities for the study of these
phznomena. In the Valley of the Tsar, in the environs of Munich,
the erratic pebbles in the lower beds are all rounded, and do not
generally exceed the size of the fist. Erratic blocks of very considerable
dimensions are not very common on the plateau around the Tsar and

+

1854. | SCHLAGINTWEIT—BAVARIAN ALPS. 357

the Ammer, which I have more especially examined. In those
localities where blocks of larger size appear in greater number, they
are sometimes more numerous, especially in the upper parts; but
they are always imbedded between the other diluvial boulders, and
are in part rounded, and in part they have preserved fresh angles.
But it would be quite erroneous to suppose that these larger blocks
are necessarily only limited to the upper beds; I have convinced
myself by repeated careful examinations that they also occur, though
generally less numerous, in the lower beds, and I have seen very
large blocks which have sometimes been brought up from consider-
able depths in the excavation of wells.

The occurrence and the distribution of the erratic rocks on this
part of the Bavarian Alps, and plateau bordering them to the north,
seem evidently to show that here at least they must have been
transported, and deposited in the same mode and at the same time
as all the rest of the diluvial limestone and sandstone boulders
amongst which they le, and which cover to so great an extent and
with so great a thickness the Bavarian plateau.

I need scarcely add, that the facts and the remarks which I have
now brought forward relate only to that part of the Bavarian Alps
which forms the subject of this paper. The erratic and diluvial
phzenomena all around the Alps are so extended, and they present
such remarkable differences in various parts of this chain, that they
must, in my opinion, be studied minutely in different districts before
we can venture on general conclusions. But I may be allowed to
say, that, generally speaking, the erratic rocks which occur on the
plains all around the Alps bave been too much regarded as merely
a superficial deposit ; and that, by examining different good sections,
erratic pebbles are found to descend more or less deeply into the
interior of the diluvial boulder beds.

The occurrence and the distribution of the erratic blocks on the
extensive diluvial formations of the basin of the Lake of Constance,
are, according to the minute observations of Prof. Fromherz*, very
analogous to the phenomena which I observed on the Bavarian
plateau.

These very remarkable heaps of enormous and angular erratic
blocks principally occur in Switzerland and on the slopes of the Jura.
Every one who has studied the present physical conditions of glaciers,
and who has seen the great oscillations to which these ice-masses have
been often subjected, even in historical times, will perfectly agree,
that in former geological periods,—when the Alps were surrounded by
large masses of water, when there was a greater amount of moisture
in the atmosphere, and a greater quantity of snow-fall,—the glaciers
may very probably have undergone most considerable changes of
extension. The transport of debris from the central crystalline por-
tions of the Alps may have been in some places, as in the valleys of
the Rhone, of the Aar, of the Inn, &c., particularly favoured by that
greater extension of the glaciers.

It is further very essential to recollect the importance of large

* Leonhard und Bronn’s Jahrbuch fiir Geognosie, 1850, p. 641-656.

358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [April 5,

masses of ice floating about in rivers, or on the surface of lakes, in the
transport of great angular rocks. Even in the present time large
rocks are transported on the shores of the Arctic seas from one point
to another; and the great masses of fine granite blocks which cover
the plains of northern Germany, up to the foot of the Harz and
the Silesian mountains, came very probably on similar icebergs and
ice-floes from the Scandinavian peninsula.

On Polished Rock-Surfaces.

In relation to the erratic pheenomena and their connexion with an-
cient glaciers, I propose to add a few remarks upon the polished and
striated rocks, which have been considered, I think in some instances
with too little hesitation, as general evidences of the presence of
ancient glaciers.

There can be no doubt whatever, that the glaciers have the faculty
of extensively producing by their movement polished and striated
rock-surfaces on their borders. These interesting phenomena can
be traced sometimes at very great distances from the present glaciers.
They are seen very well developed in the environs of the glaciers of
Macugnaga and of Gorner, especially on the lower termination of the
Gorner glacier*.

But there are still many other agencies which can produce similar
pheenomena in a very deceptive way. I will not dwell on the polished
and striated rocks produced by land-slips, so very common in the
Alps; or on the strie resulting from a small amount of sliding of
sedimentary strata one along the other, which I clearly observed in
several quarries: but I will merely call the attention of the Society
to the fact, that the gneiss as well as the granite of the Alps very
often shows a concentric exfoliation ; and that all these concentric
laminze, having very different dimensions and very various degrees of
curvature, offer on their surfaces a fine polish and fine parallel striz,
which are not limited to the superficial surface, but are repeated on
all the laminee in the interior of the rock.

It is quite evident that in such a case the polish and the striz
of the rocks cannot be attributed to the action of glaciers, which could
but have affected the very surface of the mountains, never the interior
laminee of the rock. It seems that these pheenomena are here inti-
mately connected with the process of the concentric exfoliation itself ;
and that a limited sliding and displacement of the different folia or
laminze have taken place, which produced the fine parallel striz and
scratches so generally observed in these instances.

Leopold von Buch+ was the first to show the importance of these
polished concentric laminze in Sweden and in the Alps: guided by his
directions, I have endeavoured more fully towork out the subject in the
Alps, and to represent some of the most characteristic forms of these
concentric exfoliations 011 the three plates now exhibited to the Society.

* Lithographic illustrations of these phenomena (prepared for the Author’s

larger Memoir) were laid before the Meeting.
t+ Ueber Granit und Gneiss; Abhandlungen der Berliner Akademie fiir 1842.

1854.] HORNER—IGNEOUS ROCKS IN CAWSAND BAY. 359

In the vicinity of the Aar glacier, in the Bernese Alps, the rocks
of granite and gneiss offer a curious and instructive exemplification
of these pheenomena.

On the mountains on the left side of this glacier are seen numerous
small systems of these concentric foliations ; the mountains being
covered with little rounded busses (roaches ‘moutonnées). Tn this
instance these roches moutonnées cannot have been produced, as
is indeed the case in other places, by the action of glaciers ; for,
by investigating their structure more closely, and by following the
different ravines which disclose the interior of the rocks, we clearly
see that these rounded bosses are produced by concentric exfolia-
tions, and that the lowest visible laminz are equally well polished
as those on the very surface ot the rocks. An additional proof
of this conclusion is seen in the higher parts of the Aar glacier.
We have there the limits between the granite and gneiss rocks
and the stratified chlorite and mica slates, which latter do not show
any of the concentric exfoliations. As soon as the granite appears,
we find these very remarkable rounded bosses, eien are wanting
farther east in the schists. Had the glacier produced these rounded
rock-surfaces, both formations would equally have been rounded and
smoothed.

In comparing well-preserved polished rock-surfaces resulting from
the action of glaciers, with the polished surfaces due merely to the
process of the concentric exfoliation of gneiss and granite, it is quite
possible to find some distinctive characters. On the polished surfaces
produced by glaciers the strize run generally pretty parallel to the
longitudinal axis of the valley; whilst on the surface of the concentric
layers the strive follow generally the line of the maximum of the
inclination of the laminze. It is also very often to be observed that the
polished concentric surfaces have a somewhat greater lustre, which
may probably have been produced by small exudations of siliceous
matter during the process of concentric exfoliation. These few
remarks will be sufficient to show how desirable it is that the
interior structure of rocks should be examined with the greatest
care, and at different places ; so that we may not confound, in all the
extensive gneiss and granite districts of the Alps, the strie and
polishings of glaciers with other pheenomena, very similar at first
sight, but which have been produced by quite different causes.

May 3, 1854.

John Petherick, Esq., and John Coode, Esq., C.E., were elected
Fellows ; and M. Joachim Barrande was elected a Foreign Member.

.The following communications were read :—

1, On some IntRustvE IGNEous Rocks in Cawsanp Bay, near
Prymouta. By Leonarp Horner, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S.

Severax of the principal features in this locality are described by
Sir Henry De la Beche, in his “ Report on the Geology of Cornwall,
VOL. X.—PART I. 2c

360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 3,

Devon, and West Somerset ;” but the plan of that work was, of
necessity, limited in a great degree to general views. To have entered
into detailed descriptions of local phenomena, in so large a field,
would have required the labour for many years of several observers
in the investigations, and the results would have filled many volumes
of description. The author of that Report has however dwelt
upon many of the more remarkable places where the pheeno-
mena throw light upon important questions of theory ; but, in these
days, when geological researches demand far more minute observation,
when, as our President has on more than one occasion inculeated,
the ground must in many cases be gone over inch by inch, ample
opportunities will long remain for diligent observers to fill-in details
in the masterly outlines of the geology of the West of England,
which have been drawn by the skilful and practised hands of De la
Beche, Sedgwick, and Murchison. A short residence in the neigh-
bourhood of Plymouth enabled me to examine with some care the
portion of the coast Iam about to describe; and believing that an
account of the somewhat uncommon appearances which the rocks
exhibit may not be without interest, and may be the means of calling
the attention of geologists to a more close investigation of them, I
venture to lay before the Society the results of my observations*.

In Cawsand Bay, on the western side of Plymouth Sound, there
occurs an association of igneous and sedimentary rocks which present
phenomena illustrative of some of the great questions of geological
theory. The portion of the coast I am about to describe extends
from Penlee Point on the south-west to Redding Point on the north-
east, a distance of about three miles, in a semicircular line, the shore
being bounded by vertical cliffs, except in a few places near the fishing
villages of Kingsand and Cawsand.

The prevailing rocks are red slates, sandstones, and conglomerates,
belongmg to the Old Red Sandstone or Devonian system. These
sedimentary deposits are associated with a red porphyritic rock,
which presents itself under a variety of aspects.

Near the eastern end of Kingsand, argillaceous schistose rocks stand
out on the shore, bearing W.N.W., with aS.S.W. dip. They exhibit
many varieties of colour, purple, red, green, and yellow; and, ina face
of the rock on which the houses of Cawsand are built, all this diversity
of tint is well exhibited. Interstratified with shining argillaceous
slate are some hard arenaceous beds, undistinguishable in colour and
mineral structure from many found both in the Old and the New
Red Sandstone formations, and, like them on many occasions, they
have stripes and spots of a greyish-white and bluish-green colour.

Proceeding eastward, we comie upon a red porphyry, occupying a
considerable portion of the shore over which the tide flows. When

* These observations were made as far back as the year 1841, and this paper,
so far as concerns the descriptions, was drawn up shortly afterwards, while the
impressions I had received were still fresh, and my notes could with safety be
extended. It was laid aside for revision, but other pressing engagements inter-
fered, and in changes of my residence the paper and the specimens I had collected
were mislaid, and have only recently been recovered.

1854.| HORNER—IGNEOUS ROCKS IN CAWSAND BAY. 361

examined at low water, and looking over its broad surface, the por-
phyry is seen to be traversed in all directions by joints, which divide
the rock into wedge-shaped and polygonal masses of various dimen-
sions. A prevailing series of the joints have a W.N.W. direction,
corresponding with that of the slates on the west, giving the por-
phyry the appearance of being composed of highly inclined beds.
On measuring it by walking in a line perpendicular to its western
side, I counted 1100 paces until I again came to slate eastward, so
that this mass of igneous rock cannot be less than half a mile wide,
and I found it identical im nature on both sides*. In some places it
presents a perfectly fiat surface of great extent, which in one part I
estimated to include not less than 2000 square yards.

The base of this porphyry is a purplish-red felspar, interspersed
with mimute dark green crystals of hornblende and some specks of
mica. Steatite appears to form a constituent of the base, and it is
disseminated through it in white and coloured spots, and seems also
to coat the joints. Under the blowpipe the reddish base changes to
greenish-white, similar to the spots, and is fused with great difficulty.
One of the most striking peculiarities of this porphyry, and which at
first sight gives it the appearance of a red sandstone, is the predo-
minance of white and bluish-green stripes, patches, and spots in every
part}; but all these have a much greener aspect in the rock than
they preserve in hand specimens, after a little while; which may
arise from humidity when in the rock. The surfaces of the joints
are very generally greenish-white ; sometimes it is a mere film, at
other times the change of colour has a depth of three or four inches.
So much do the stripes and patches of the lighter colour give the
rock the appearance of a red sandstone, that it is not until it is
struck with the hammer that we discover that it is not a sedimentary
deposit.

It is well known that the rocks of Cornwall are traversed by nu-
merous porphyritic dykes, provincially called ‘ Elvans.’ They are
often very narrow, but have been seen as much as 400 feet wide ;
many of them may be followed for several miles, and one extends
from the neighbourhood of Marazion to Camborne, a distance of
twelve milest{. They consist of a felspatho-quartzose base, including
crystals of quartz and felspar, and occasionally specks of mica and
hornblende or schorl. As the constituents are mixed, as in other
igneous rocks, in a great variety of proportions, the rocks have many
different aspects, but still they have a common mineral character.

I have examined the extensive series of specimens of Elvans in the
Museum of Practical Geology, but have not found any exactly cor-
responding to the porphyry of Cawsand Bay ; those most resembling
it are the felspar porphyries of Creegbroaze Quarry, Chacewater, of
Pentewan St. Austell, and of Tremore near Bodmin.

The slate rocks on the western side of the porphyry are in many
places very much disturbed and contorted; sometimes they are vertical

* Specimen No.1, from the eastern side. That from the western side has been
unfortunately lost. [The specimens are in the Museum of the Society.]
T Specimen No. 2, western side. + Report on Cornwall and Devon, p. 174.
2c2

362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 3,

or dip at a high angle to the N.E., that is, towards the porphyry
and opposite to the general dip; and as they come nearer to the
igneous rock, both dip and direction are frequently and considerably
changed, their colour becoming more intensely red, and they include
numerous subordinate arenaceous beds of various dimensions, of a
much harder texture, and chiefly composed of quartz*. An actual
junction of the slate with the porphyry I could not find, but close
by the latter there is a conglomerate rock in which the fragments
are rounded. ‘These last consist of the same materials as the hard
quartzose beds in the slate above-mentioned, but they appear to be
mixed up in some degree with the porphyritic matter, and the rock
has some resemblance to the trappean conglomerate found near
Exeter, and at Dunchideock, north of Chudleight.

On its western side, the porphyry rises up from the shore like a
wall, facing the S.W.; on its eastern side it also rises up with a
mural face, and here looking to the N.E. Immediately adjoining
this eastern side we find a conglomerate similar to that on the western
sidet. On the west it is of greater thickness than on the east, and
contains more fragments of slate. On the eastern side the conglo-
merate has an indistinctly-marked bedded structure. It is succeeded,
that is eastward, by red slaty arenaceous beds, very much mottled
and striped with green, similar in appearance to the light patches in
the red porphyry. Frequently there are alternate stripes of red and
green slate in the direction of the laminz, but these green stains
occur in all forms, sometimes shading off, at others bounded by a
sharp well-defined line §.

These last slate rocks are succeeded eastward by others having a
more decidedly argillaceous and shining structure ; still ranging
W.N.W., and dipping at various angles S.W. by W., that is, having
the same direction and dip as the slates westward of the porphyry,
and very much traversed by quartz veins.

I traced the porphyry into the interior of the country; first in
some quarries not far distant from the shore in the road from King-
sand to Millbrook||. It has there the same apparently bedded
structure, the beds being from 15 to 30 inches thick, and bearing
W.N.W. I again found it im situ two miles distant, near the farm
of Trewinnow, presenting the same aspect and with green spots as on
the shore, and in the same line of bearing, with slate at no great
distance on each side of it, so that there is every probability of its
being a prolongation of the great mass on the shore.

Interstratified with the ordinary slate, and traversed, in common
with it, by quartz veins, I found on the shore, under high-water
mark, on the east of the porphyry and very near to it, a schistose

* Specimens No. 3, the red slate; 4 and 5, the hard arenaceous portions; from
the western side of the porphyry and near the eastern end of Kingsand.

+ Specimens No. 6, 7, 8; from the western side of the porphyry.

£ Specimens Nos. 9 & 10, from the eastern side of the porphyry.

§ Specimen No. 11, variegated slate from the eastern side; No. 12, a hard
quartzose bed, interstratified with 11, and similar to Nos. 4 & 5 from the western
side. || Specimens Nos. 13 & 14.

1854.| |§HORNER—IGNEOUS ROCKS IN CAWSAND BAY. 363

rock of a purple colour, and contaming some hard nodular concre-
tions which effervesce slightly with acid*; and in the vertical cliff
near this spot, there is an interruption to the continuity of the ordi-
nary stratification by a mass so much resembling a dyke that I
expected to find it to be porphyry, but it proved to be a schistose
rock resembling that on the shore above, mentioned as being inter-
stratified with the true slate}. It has, however, a cleavage fracture at
a considerable angle to the plane of stratification of the adjoining slate,
and which does not extend into the slate.

The Rey. D. Williams read a paper to the Geological Section of
the Meeting of the British Association at Plymouth, in 1841f, in
which he refers to the part of the coast now under consideration,
stating that ‘from Redding Point to the great mass of porphyry
near the fishing houses, there is one uninterrupted series of varieties
of volcanic ash, sometimes passing into clay-slate, interstratified
among the thick red sandstone beds seen in the east and west cliffs
of the Sound.’ The schistose rock above described may possibly be
what Mr. Williams calls Voleanic Ash, but the term would be alto-
gether inapplicable to the far greater proportion of the rocks in this
locality §.

Farther east the slates and associated arenaceous beds are in a very
disturbed state, both as to direction and dip; highly inclined beds,
dipping 8.S.W., abut against others that are vertical, and these last
bend round into a stratification inclined not more than 10° and
toward N.N.W.|| I tried, but without success, to make a correct
drawing of this singular and not very intelligible disturbance ; the
following rude sketch will, however, give a better idea of it than mere
words can do.

Diagram of the disturbed Slates in Cawsand Bay, near Plymouth.

The nearly horizontal beds are very hard, have greenish-grey spots
and stripes, and divide into sharp angular blocks, both sides of the

* Specimens Nos. 15, 16, & 17. + Specimen No. 18.

£ Report for 1841, Transactions of the Sections, p. 62.

§ Mr. Williams, in the same paper, goes so far as to say that in his opinion the
killas or clay-slates of Devon and Cornwall are volcanic products in a stratified
condition.

|| Sir Henry De la Beche evidently refers to this part of the cliff, and ascribes
the disturbance of the stratification to a fault.

364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL Society. [May 3,

joints being coated with green. In external appearance these beds
strongly resemble the adjoining porphyry, but a stroke of the hammer
reveals their true nature*.

Still farther east, these same hard and nearly horizontal sandstone
beds are cut by a dyke of porphyry (A) six feet wide, but unaccom-
panied by any disturbance of the stratification. This porphyritic
rock has a schistose structure+, which near the sides becomes more
distinct{. Sir Henry de la Beche, in his Report before referred to,
when speaking of the porphyry in Cawsand Bay, says—‘“‘ The por-
phyry has a coarsely laminated structure towards the east, becoming
as much laminated as the slates among which it runs in veins, where
the latter are small ; m such cases changing its common red colonr
for a light brown stained by oxide of iron §.”

Not many yards distant, a second dyke (8), about five feet wide,
cuts across the same beds, and immediately adjoining there is a great
disturbance of the stratification. This dyke|| resembles in mineral
structure very closely not only the dyke a, but even more so the rock
(Specimen No. 15) which I have described as interrupting the con-
tinuity of the strata of slate and as resembling a dyke.

Again, farther eastward, another dyke (c) of somewhat wider
dimensions cuts the same sandstones, and in one part of it presents
a most remarkable schistose structure, at right angles to the sides
of the dyke, so as to make it hardly distinguishable from the quartz-
ose sandstone beds, Nos. 19, 20, & 21**, and the long-continued
action of the blowpipe on a minute fragment does not produce even a
partial fusion++. This is probably the dyke figured in Sir Henry De
la Beche’s Report, p. 279, describing the laminated structure as
cleavage planes.

The dyke c is shortiy afterwards succeeded by another (D) about
five feet wide, having a very distinct slaty cleavaget{. A suite of
specimens, from the great porphyry mass to this fissile rock, might
easily be made, showing the passage from the one structure into the
other, a gradation which may indeed be traced even by the specimens
that accompany this paper, although they were not collected with
that view$§. It is more than probable that the smaller veins are

* Speciwens Nos. 19, 20, & 21. + Specimens Nos. 22 & 23.
t Specimen No. 24. § Report, p. 211.
|| Specimens Nos. 25 & 26. ¥ Specimens Nos. 27 & 28.

*%* «¢ At Newham quarry, near Truro, at the termination of a long dyke, extending
about nine miles from the westward of Penstruthal, where it cuts through granite,
even the porphyritic character becomes lost, and we have a substance not unlike
some arenaceous rocks. lt is white and rather friable—a fine-grained compound
of quartz and felspar. A short distance west, however, the elvan is a well-cha-
racterized porphyry.”—De la Beche, Report on Cornwall, &c., p. 177.

tt “In some experiments on the fusibility of rocks, made jointly with Mr. L.
Llewelyn Dillwyn, at the Cambrian Pottery, Swansea, we found that the Cornish
granites and elvans were melted at a temperature about equal to that required for
fusing malleable iron. The heat required for the fusion of malleable iron is the
greatest which can be obtained in a smith’s forge.”—De la Beche, Report on
Cornwall, &c., p. 191. tt Specimen No. 29.

§§ Compare the Specimens in the following gradation of their respective
numbers, 1, 13. 31, 30, 22, 23, 24, 29, 25, 18, and 26.

1854.] HORNER—IGNEOUS ROCKS IN CAWSAND BAY. 365

branches from the great mass, and that the variety of aspect arises
from the different conditions of their cooling. The igneous rock
composing the dyke p appears to have been injected into several
cracks and fissures of the strata, and portions of the sandstone and
slate are enveloped by it ; without however causing any alteration in
their structure, and without any indication of metamorphic action.
It presents different aspects, as will be seen by the accompanying
specimens*. In one place it closely resembles the dyke a.

Farther eastward, the sandstones and slates are heaved up on the
shore in a dome-shaped mass, the upper part of which has fallen in,
and the beds may be seen dipping to all points from N.N.E. round
by W. to the S., and a little E. of S., presenting a miniature crater
of elevation.

From this part of the coast to Redding Point, there is a succession
of the sandstones and slates, exhibiting great variety in the stratifi-
cation, there being frequent changes in the direction and dip, and
several instances of curvatures and arch-formed elevations.

Having thus described the facts as I observed them, I will now
hazard some suggestions as to the theory of this association of igneous
and sedimentary rocks. That the porphyry is an igneous rock
which has issued in a molten state from the interior of the earth,
and as a submarine outburst, scarcely admits of a doubt. Such
rocks are either spread in a sheet over the sea-bottom and are after-
wards covered by sedimentary deposits, or they have been thrust into
openings between the beds of sedimentary rocks, or into rents that
cross their lines of stratification. The occurrence of a conglomerate
adjoining the porphyry on the eastern and western sides, so nearly
alike as to be almost identical, would not, of itself, contradict the
hypothesis of a sheet of molten rock poured out on the sea-bottom ;
because the outpouring and consolidation might occupy so short a
time that the same causes which collected the lower bed of conglome-
rate might have continued in operation. But while it is conceivable
and even probable that the melted matter might insinuate itself
among the pebbles and sand over which it flowed, it is not so con-
ceivable how it could be mixed with those that would be deposited over
it, as that surface would be cooled and consolidated by the water in
which it was poured out before any sand or gravel could be thrown
down upon it. The disturbed state of the stratified rocks on both
sides of the mass is also adverse to such an explanation. Judging
from that disturbance, and from the identity of mineral structure and
of the general dip of the strata on the east and west of the porphyry,
it seems to be most probable that the igneous rock was poured into
a vast irregular cavity parallel to the plane of stratification, and into
smaller lateral rents, both caused by the force which raised the sedi-
mentary rocks from their original horizontality into their now highly-
inclined position.

* Specimens Nos. 30 & 31. Specimen No. 32 is a detached and rounded

fragment included in Nos. 30 & 31. Specimen No. 33 is from a bed interstra-
tified with the sandstone and slate in the vicinity of the dyke 30 & 31.

366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 3,

As in numerous instances of dykes of igneous rocks, even of mo-
derate dimensions, we see that they have so acted on the rocks they
traverse as to change a soft sandstone into a compact flinty slate, and
an earthy limestone into a crystalline marble, so we might have ex-
pected that a mass nearly half a mile in width would certainly have
produced similar effects; but I did not discover any signs of meta-
morphic action, unless some slight induration of the slate in one or
two places may be so considered.

I would particularly call the attention of geologists who may here-
after visit this spot to the phenomenon of the laminated structure or
slaty cleavage of some of the smaller dykes in the cliff, and especially
that indicated by the letter c in the above description, in which the
lamination is at right angles to the sides of the dyke, and the stone
is scarcely to be distinguished from a quartzose arenaceous rock.

I would also call attention to the existence in the great porphyry
dyke of greyish-green spots and stripes, similar to those so commonly
met with in red sandstones, arising probably from the iron in both
parts being in different states of oxidation. The change from red to
the grey or greenish tint has been ascribed to the presence of decom-
posed vegetable matter*; but it is evident that such an explanaticn
will not apply in the case of an igneous rock.

2. On the May-Hiut Sanpstone, and the PaLmozoic SystEM of
the Britisu Isues. By the Rev. Professor Sepewick, F.R.S.,
E.G.8., &e.

[Abstract. ]

In a former communicationt the author and Professor M‘Coy had
shown that the sandstone of May-Hill contains a group of fossils of
the true Wenlock type, and that it must therefore be cut off from
the Caradoc sandstone, and arranged with the base of the Wenlock
group; also that on the western flank of the Malverns, the upper
portion of what had been called Caradoc sandstone is the equivalent
of the May-Hill sandstone. In the present paper Professor Sedgwick
treated of the Mathyrafal and Glyn Ceiriog sections, on the east side
of the Berwyns, and sections on the western side, together with the
sections of the Pentamerus limestone of Norbury and Linley, on the
flanks of the Longmynd ; the sections of Horderley, the Onny, and
of Caer Caradoc ; mand lastly, the sections of Builth, Llandovery, and
Llandeilo.

From the examination and consideration of these sections, and of
their fossil evidences, the author concludes that in those great phy-
sical regions there is not so much as one continuous unbroken section
throughout which we can ascend in the way of passage from the

* “ On the Colouring-matter of Red Sandstones and of Greyish-white Beds
associated with them,” by John William Dawson.—Quarterly Journal of the Geo-
logical Society, vol. v. p. 25.

t+ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ix. p. 215,

1854. | EGERTON—FOSSIL FISHES. 367

Cambrian to the overlying Silurian groups ;—that there is a physical
break between them exactly on the horizon of the May-Hill sandstone ;
—and that, in exact co-ordination with that break (often distinctly
marked by a discordancy in the position of the beds), there is a great
change in the fossil species ;—thus poimting out the true physical
and palzeontological base of a Silurian system. Professor Sedgwick
appended a corrected tabular arrangement of the Paleozoic rocks*,
in accordance with the above; and concluded with some remarks on
the nomenclature of British geology.

May 10, 1854.
The following communications were read :—

1. Postscript to Paticutuyotoaic Norte, No. 4+.
By Sir P. pe M. Grey HKeerton, Bart., M.P., F.R.S., F.G.S.

Ir having been shown, that, in aecordance with the established rule
of priority in scientific nomenclature, the generic prefix Tetragono-
lepis is applicable solely to those species which coincide in generic
character with the typical species originally described by Broun, which
has been proved to belong to the Pycnodont family, it becomes
necessary to make some provision for the remainder of the spe-
cies hitherto classed under that title, but which undoubtedly belong
to the Lepidoid family. These fishes have been distinguished from
those of the genus Dapedius mainly by the character of their teeth ;
and, although that character is shown to have been subject to occa-
sional variations, nevertheless on taking a comprehensive view of all
the Dapedioid species, it seems to have been sufficiently constant to
warrant the continuance of the separation of the group into the uni-
cuspid and bicuspid species. With this view, and with the sanction
of Professor Agassiz, I now propose the generic prefix Aicumopus
(from aixp), a point, and ocovs, a tooth) for the unicuspid species, the
bicuspid species continuing as formerly under the genus Dapedius.

2. ParicutuyoLocic Notres. No. 6. On a Fossix Fisu from the
Upper Bens of the New Rep Sanpstone at BromsGrRove.
By Sir P. pe M. Grey Ecerrron, Bart., M.P., F.R.S., F.G.S.

[Puate XI.]

Tue second division of the Lepidoid family of fossil fishes, the Ga-
noidet homocerci, is distinguished from the first, or Ganoidei hetero-
cerci, by having the more or less symmetrical form of tail common to
the generality of existing bony fishes, and to those fossil species (with
rare exceptions) found im strata more recent than the Trias.
Although this character, derived from the organization of the

* See also Report Brit. Assoc. 1853, Transact. Sect. p. 55.
+ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ix. p. 274.

368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL societTy. [May 10,

caudal fin, is one of great value and significance in the determination
of various genera of fossil fishes, it is nevertheless necessary, in
drawing general conclusions, to be careful not to assign to it more
importance than it is strictly entitled to; for we find, by the compa-
rison of several genera, that it is not one of those well-defined tren-
chant characters which can be affirmed to exist or not, as the case
may be, but that it is variable in amount, passing from extreme
heterocercy to absolute homocercy by a sliding-scale so gradual, that
it is (at all events in fossil examples) most difficult to define a posi-
tive line of demarcation between the two forms.

The researches of one of the most distinguished naturalists in Eu-
rope, Professor Miiller, tend to show that as much difficulty pre-
vails in determining this point in recent fishes; and in his valuable
paper on the structure and characters of the Ganoidei, communicated
to the Academy of Sciences at Berlin in December 1844, he comes
to the conclusion that heterocercy, anatomically considered, passes
insensibly into homocercy. As a proof of this fact, he instances the
Sturgeon among Ganoid fish ; which, although considered to be hete-
rocerque, is shown nevertheless, on dissection, to have a series of in-
articulate cylindrical spines in the upper lobe of the tail attached to
other unarticulated spines, placed upon, or on the upper surface of,
the chorda dorsalis, of similar structure to those given off from the
under surface. So also in Plagiostomi he finds, on dissecting a hete-
rocercal Shark, a small rudimental fin above the vertebral column,
corresponding in structure to, although of shorter dimensions than,
that proceeding from the lower portion of the column.

As, however, these appearances may be classed with numerous
other anatomical facts now attributed to an arrest or interruption at
various stages of foetal development, attention has naturally been
directed to the evidences afforded by a close investigation of embryo-
logical phzenomena with reference to the organization of the distal
extremity of the vertebral column and its appendages. One of the
most elaborate works hitherto published on this subject is that
undertaken by M. Vogt, at the instigation and with the advice of
Professor Agassiz, on the embryology of the Coregoni, in which it is
clearly demonstrated that the tail of the fcetal fish, in passing from
the embryonic to the perfect state, undergoes a gradual transition
from the heterocerque to the homocerque condition.

In addition to the facts so beautifully detailed and figured in this
publication, I am informed in a letter recently received from Professor
Agassiz, that he has ascertained some further points of high import-
ance in the investigation of the embryology of the genus Lepidotus,
which I trust may soon be made public.

These remarks have been instigated by the examination of a most
singular fossil fish lately discovered by the active and intelligent
collector of the Geological Survey in the upper strata of the New
Red Sandstone at Bromsgrove, and which I now proceed to de-
scribe.

1854.] EGERTON—FOSSIL FISH FROM THE NEW RED. 369

DiereRONOTUS CyPHUS. (From the Bunter of Bromsgrove.)

Gen. char. Head diminutive; body short and deep; back steeply
vaulted ; two dorsal fins; tail homocerque ; scales ganoid.

The singular features (not to say deformities) of this remarkable
fish are so striking and uncommon, that, while on the one hand they
designate it as a new generic form, on the other they leave it in
doubt to what family it belongs. Affinities it has none with any
fossil fish hitherto known. It is difficult for mere words to convey
any idea of its peculiarities. To conceive a small Platysomus with a
diminutive head, and a back exalted into a dome proportionately as

-large or larger than the hump of a Camel, with an angular fin perched
on its summit, and a second fin of similar form behind it, is a consi-
derable stretch of imagination, but yet is inadequate to portray all
the eccentricities of this curious fossil. Unless I am mistaken, its
character is still further complicated by a caudal fin, almost if not
quite homocercal! and this in a fish of the age of the Bunter Sand-
stone! Whether this be so or not, the peculiar characters of the
double dorsal fin will at once arrest the attention of ichthyologists, as
of unusual occurrence in the fishes of the mesozoie strata. Among
the earlier races of fishes of the families Sauroidei-dipterinit and
Ceelacanthi, the occurrence of the double dorsal is the rule and not
the exception; but it is generally associated with a double anal, and
is one of those embryonic features rendered permanent, which we
also recognize in the persistence of the notochord and the various
gradations of ossification in the vertebral elements. The Acantho-
deian genus Diplacanthus, it is true, exhibits two distinct dorsal fins,
but the fins of this family, with the exception of the abnormal genus
Cheirolepis, are membranous, and supported by ichthyodorulites, not
jointed at the base, as in the spines of all bony fishes, but plunged
into the integuments, as in Spznawz and other Placoid genera. In
the remaining families of the Ganoids, there is no instance of a double
dorsal, as far as is yet known, in the Sauroide: and Pycnodonti ; and
only two small genera in the Lepidoidei, viz. Notagogus and Pro-
pterus, from the upper Oolites of Kelheim, in which this peculiarity
obtains.

The occurrence, in an older deposit than the Lias, of a Ganoid fish
having a homocerque tail, forms an exception to the ordinary rule
founded by Agassiz as the result of his past experience in the study
of fossil ichthyology. One single instance came under his notice of
a heterocerque genus above the Lias, but no case of a homocerque fish
beneath that formation. The remarkable genus Dorypterus, found
in the Kupfer-Schiefer of Mansfeld, is described by Prof. Germar
as having a homocerque tail, but there is some doubt of the fact from
the imperfect condition of the only specimen he had examined.

Description.—This fish measures 3 inches in length from the
point of the nose to the fork of the tail, and 12 inch in depth from
the base of the anterior dorsal fin to the insertion of the ventral fin.
The head is very diminutive, and measures only * of an inch in

4
length by 3 in depth. It projects in a remarkable manner from

370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [May 10,

the general contour of the body, reminding one somewhat of the head
of a Tortoise exserted below a high-backed carapace. In form it is
not unlike the head of a Leuciscus of the present day. The mouth
is small, and to all appearance edentulous, but of this fact there is
not sufficient evidence, from the imperfect condition of this part of
the specimen. The orbit is proportionately large. The preopercu-
lum is broad, of a semilunar outline and rough exterior. The oper-
culum and suboperculum are comparatively small.

The junction of the head and neck describes an obtuse angle, from
which point the back rises abruptly for more than an inch, and then
slopes backwards and downwards to the base of the tail. The ventral
line forms a gentle curve from the lower jaw to the tail. No parts
of the internal skeleton are preserved.

The pectoral fins are deficient. The ventral fins are indistinct,
but their position is clearly shown, exactly at the middle distance be-
tween the nose and the tail.

The first dorsal fin is rather mutilated. It contains six or seven
rays, of which the fourth is the longest, the anterior ones being of
graduated lengths. The second dorsal fin is composed of at least
twenty rays, the sixth being the longest. The anterior rays or spines
of both fins are composed of a hard lustrous ganoine, similar to the
outer layer of the scales, and are sharpened at the points. The suc-
ceeding rays are flattened laterally, and are coated with similar
ganoine ; they appear consequently outwardly to be single and entire,
but on close inspection traces of the transverse articulations are
visible beneath the superficial layer. Their extremities appear to have
been dichotomous, but, in consequence of their more delicate and
perishable structure, the only remaining trace of these parts is a
stain on the matrix in which they reposed. The base only of the
anal fin remains. It contains about eight rays, of similar structure
and arrangement to those of the dorsal fin. It is situated nearer
the tail than to the ventral fins.

The caudal fin is forked, and is composed of two very distinct
lobes, connected by a few distant rays, forming the centre of this
organ. The upper lobe consists of twelve rays, with frequent trans-
verse articulations and fimbriated extremities. They converge at the
base, and appear to have been supported by a process or processes
given off from the upper surface of the vertebral column. In the
lower lobe I count eleven similar rays, apparently similarly divergent
from the under surface of the column. The central portion of the
fin is filled up by five or six weak rays, which subdivide at a short
distance from their bases. The scales project slightly over each lobe
of the tail, the extreme ones being in the centre of the upper lobe,
and not on the upper margin, as in a true heterocerque tail.

The dermal investment is of great strength and solidity. The
scales are numerous, and provided with a thick coat of ganoine. They
are also firmly interlocked and strengthened by an unusually large
overlap. The exposed parts, in consequence of the latter provision,
are high and narrow, except in the vicinity of the tail, where they
are more lozenge-shaped. The surface of the enamel is very uneven,

Jos. Dinkel, Lith

NOTUS

~~

DIPTER

1854. ] EGERTON—FOSSIL FISH FROM THE DECCAN. 371

and the free edges of the scales are rudely and irregularly notched.
The mode of articulation is not very well seen, but it appears to have
been by means of a broad central rib, somewhat resembling this
arrangement in the genus Aspidorhynchus, and not by means of a
marginal rib, as in the Pyenodonts. ‘There are fourteen rows in the
dorso-ventral series, and thirty-four m the longitudinal direction.
The lateral duct pierces a row of broad scales extending from the
upper margin of the opercular apparatus to the centre of the tail.

The characters described in the foregoing details show Diptero-
notus to be a member of the Lepidoid family of Ganoids. Its posi-
tion in that family cannot be assigned with any degree of certainty ;
but it may at all events be provisionally arranged near the genus
Lurynotus.

I may add that, having forwarded to Professor Agassiz a drawing
of the tail, together with my reasons for considering it a homocerque
form, he has kindly replied to me as follows :—‘I see no sort of
reason to place it anywhere except among homocerques; it is not
even as much heterocerque as some I have previously referred to that
{homocerque] division.”’

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XI.

Fig. 1. Dipteronotus cyphus, nat. size.
Fig. 2. Caudal extremity, magnified.

3. Pauicutuyouoecic Notes. No. 7. On Two new Species of
Lepipotvus from the Deccan. By Sir P. pe M. Grey Ecer-
TON, Bart., M.P., F.R.S., F.G.S.

[Puate XII. ]

Tue discovery of remains of fossil fishes in the table-land of the
Deccan was first brought under the notice of the Geological Society
in 1851 by Colonel Sykes*. The only specimen he had then re-
ceived sufficiently perfect for description, proved to be a new spe-
cies of the genus Lepidotus. In the course of last year+ further
specimens were received from the same district, but apparently from
a different bed, which indicated a new species of the genus Tetrago-
nolepis of Agassiz, now Aichmodus (vide supra, p. 367).

The specimens described in this memoir were sent to me a few
days since by Colonel Sykes. They are bedded in a similar bitumi-
nous shale to that containing Lepidotus Deccanensis, and are stated
to have been found in the same locality. They are both clearly
distinct from that species and from each other, although they all
possess im common the characteristics of the Liassic section of the
genus Lepidotus.

LEPIDOTUS LONGICEPS, Egerton. Plate XII. fig. 1.

There are two specimens assignable to this species; one much
mutilated, the other very perfect, with the exception of the tail. The

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vii. p. 272. + See ibid. vol. ix. p. 351.

372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [May 10,

length of the latter fish is 93 inches ; of this the head occupies within
a fraction of 33 inches, or more than one-third. The greatest depth
of the body is 3 inches. The form of the head is elongated, and the
rostral portion is more acutely produced than is usual in this genus.
The lower jaw is of equal length with the upper jaw, and they are
both armed with similarly proportioned teeth, of a conical form ;
those in the anterior portion of the jaws being more elongated than
the more remote ones.

The cranial and opercular bones are of considerable thickness, and
are invested with a very compact enamelled casing. Small isolated
granules of shining ganoine are irregularly scattered over their sur-
face. The preoperculum differs from the other opercular plates in
having a more rugged and uneven surface.

The bones constituting the thoracic arch are of considerable sub-
stance, more especially the coracoid bone, which is very strong and
flattened out at its posterior margin. Immediately behind the hu-
meral bones two or three broad irregularly-shaped scales occur,
coarsely notched on their hinder margins, and covered with an un-
usually thick coating of ganoine.

The pectoral fins are about 2 inches in length. The rays com-
posing them are numerous, but not remarkably strong. The ventral
fins are inserted about half-way between the pectoral and anal fins.
The latter fin is situated near the tail. It is composed of ten rays,
the anterior one being fringed with a set of oblique osselets along its
border. The rays have frequent transverse articulations, and are
much subdivided in the expanded portion of the fin.

The dorsal fin, as generally happens in this genus, occupies a re-
mote position, commencing at a point behind the insertion of the
ventral fins, and extending beyond the anterior rays of the anal fin.
It contains twelve rays, corresponding very closely in form and dimen-
sions with those of the anal fin. A similar bordure of fuleral osselets
characterizes the anterior ray. Nothing remaius of the caudal fin
save two or three of the elongated scales, indicating the commence-
ment of its superior lobe.

The scales are for the most part smaller and more rectangular than
those of Lepidotus Deccanensis. 'The dorso-ventral series contain
about twenty, the longitudinal series about thirty. On receding
from the head they gradually lose their rectangular outline and be-
come more and more rhomboidal. A few scales in the vicinity of the
coracoid bone are considerably larger than those in any other region
of the body. Where the outer surface of the scale is preserved, it is
seen to be distinctly radiated, and pectinated on the posterior margin.

In general appearance this species, although belonging to the more
elongated group of the genus, is not so slender as Lepidotus pecti-
natus or Lepidotus Deccanensis. Its most striking feature is the
unusually large proportion of the head to the total length. This
peculiarity serves to distinguish it from all the species hitherto de-
scribed, and has suggested the propriety of the specific appellation.

LevipoTus BREVIcEpsS, Egerton. Plate XII. fig. 2.
The evidence of a second species of Lepidotus among the ichthyo-

1854.] | EGERTON—FOSSIL FISH FROM THE DECCAN. 373

lites recently received by Colonel Sykes is pretty clear, although the
specimens affording it are deficient in many details. One specimen
and its counterpart contain a head and a small portion of the body;
another specimen shows the impression of the trunk as far as the
base of the tail; and its mutilated counterpart contains the base of
the skull and the scales of the anterior and middle portion of the
body. With the exception of a few scattered rays, all the fins are
wanting.

The length of the fish, from the nose to the base of the tail, is 7
inches, the greatest depth being 23 inches. The head measures 2+
inches, or less than one-third of the entire length. It will be seen,
on comparing these dimensions with those of other species of Lepi-
dotus, that this is one of the smaller species of the genus.

In general form it very much resembles the American genus
Ischypterus ; and indeed in size it corresponds pretty nearly with
the larger specimens of Ischypterus fultus. The muzzle is pointed,
but not so acutely as that of the species last described; the
maxillary and facial bones are shorter, but the opercular bones are
proportionately larger. The form of the trunk is remarkable for the
vaulted outline of the back, in front of the position of the dorsal fin.
The opercular bones are more profusely ornamented than those of
Lepidotus longiceps. Although a few similarly isolated granules occur
here and there, these are associated with a surface-ornament of larger
grains, which in some places become confluent. The preoperculum
has, nevertheless, a more even surface than in that species. The
maxillary bones are shorter, and the teeth less elongated. The frontal
bones have a coarsely corrugated exterior, beset with pustuliform
grains of larger size than those on the surface of the opercular bones.
The coracoid bone is less flattened than in the former species. The
scales are small in size, and are entirely devoid of pattern on their
surface ; nor have they any serrations on the posterior margin. In
these respects they afford a good distinctive character from those of
Lepidotus longiceps.

In addition to the specimens enumerated above, from the bitumi-
nous schist, the collection contains a fragment of a large Lepidotus,
apparently from a bed of compact argillaceous limestone, similar to
that containing the specimen of chmodus Egertoni described last
year*, This may possibly indicate another species.

It may be worthy of remark that the genus Lepidotus has the
most extensive geographical range of any genus of fossil fish with
which we are acquainted. It has representatives from England,
several localities im France and Germany, from Switzerland, the
Tyrol, Lombardy, Naples, Greece, the Brazils, and from Central
India. Its stratigraphical range is also extensive, viz. from the Lias
to the Calcaire Grossier, both inclusive.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XII.

Fig. 1. Lepidotus longiceps, nat. size.
Fig. 2. Lepidotus breviceps, nat. size.

* Tetragonolepis Egertoni, Sykes; Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ix. p. 351.

Quart. Journ.Geal.Soc Vol X Pl. Xl

L. breviceps
Lepidotus longic

| FOSSIL FISH FROM THE DECCAN
Jos Dinkel ith ~~ Ford & West. Imp

374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL socreTy. [May 10,

Nore on the Fossiis from Koran, Deccan.

Tue ichthyolites above-described were forwarded to Col. Sykes by
Dr. T. L. Bell, in the summer of 1853; and in a letter dated
July 12th, 1853, Dr. Bell states that these specimens were taken from
the same spot at Kotah* from which those previously sent were
obtained.

The specimens of bituminous shale contain, besides the fish-remains,
some coprolites aud some traces of plants. There are also four
specimens of impure limestone with fish-remains (Lepidotus and
LEchmodus).

Some small pieces of a reddish, friable, coarse sandstone or grit,
containing obscure traces of wood, accompany the above, and are
mentioned as having been obtained about 200 yards further up the
river, where this is the surface-rock, and rests upon limestone. The
specimen sent of the latter is similar to the limestone with fish-
remains above-mentioned, and to that referred to in the former
notices.

Dr. Bell also forwarded with the above several fragments of dark
clay-slates, and of a black micaceous quartzy schist with a coarsely
wrinkled surface and obscure vermiform markings. These specimens,
he observes, ‘‘ were collected fifteen miles N.E. from Kotah, at the
foot of a range of hills, 400 feet high, whose general direction is
parallel to the other hills at Kotah and in the surrounding country,
but with an underlying stratum of clay-slate, which has a dip directly
opposite to that of the underlying strata at Kotah. This clay-slate
is very extensive; I traced it until it was lost beneath the sandstone
range. The layers composing it are extremely fissile and break up
into rhomboidal masses soon after exposure. I observed, while
tracing it, evidence of disturbance in the form of a fault in one case,
and a bend in another, separated from each other by about 800
yards.”

4, Paticutuyotocic Notes. No. 8. On some IcHTHYOLITES »
from the Nummuuitic Limestone of the Moxatram Hits,
near Carro. By Sir Purire pE M. Grey Ecerron, Bart.,
M.P., F.R.S., F.G.S.

[Puate XIII. |

Tue fish-remains contained in the six specimens submitted to
me by Mr. Horner for examination are derived from not fewer than
sixteen individuals.

With the exception of one mutilated tail, the posterior portions of
all are deficient. The cranial bones are for the most part in good pre-
servation; some of the fins are also well shown, more especially those
parts composed of hard spines. The teeth and scales are also in

* See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vii. p. 272, vol. viii. p. 230, and vol. ix.
p. 351. + Loc. cit.

1854. | EGERTON—FOSSIL FISH FROM EGYPT. 379

perfect condition. The anterior portion of the endo-skeleton is
displayed in several of the specimens, together with the dermal appa-
ratus for supporting the dorsal and anal fins. Unfortunately the
precise character of the dorsal fin is not recognizable, nor can the
soft rays of any of the fins be counted with accuracy. The branchio-
stegous rays are also indefinable, both as to form and number ; and
the vomer and palatine bones are not visible.

These deficiencies render doubtful the determination of the family
or genus to which the species is to be referred. Enough, however, is
preserved to afford, if not conclusive evidence, at all events an
approximation to the truth.

There is no question but that all the specimens belong to one and
the same species, and the crowded position of their remains warrants
the conclusion that it was a gregarious species. The characters of
the scales and fin-rays determine it to be a true Ctenoid of Agassiz,
or Acanthopteroid of Miller, and belonging to one of the most
typical families of the Order.

In the absence of the materials above alluded to, the preoperculum,
which is well seen in several of the specimens, is a feature of some
consequence. This bone, as in the true Perches and the Sciznoids,
is serrated on its outer margin ; a character which is not found in any
ot the Sparoid family. These serrations on the posterior border are -
very decided and regular, and have their points directed upwards. At
the angle of the bone are five or six strong diverging spurs, forming
a powerful armature to this portion of the opercular flap. These are
succeeded on the lower margin by a series of sharp points directed
forwards, and diminishing in size until they become obsolete at the
anterior angles.

I have been unable to discover a similarly constructed preoperculum
in any genus of the Percoid family. In Perca the strongest spurs
are at the anterior angle of the lower border, and the serrations on the
posterior angle are small and irregular. In Cyclopoma and Ladraz, the
same. Lates and Holocentrum have a single spur at the posterior
angle. Hnoplosus has fine serrations on the posterior margin, and
those on the lower margin, although stronger, are directed backwards.
In Serranus the serrations are fine and uniform.

In the Scizenoid family the preoperculum is serrated, but not so
strongly as in the Perches. The Labroids have no serrations on the
opercular bones.

It appears hence that the preoperculum in the Egyptian fish,
although more nearly resembling the forms of that bone prevailing
in the family of the Perches than in the Labroids and Scizenoids, has
nevertheless an appropriate form, differing from that found m any
known genus of that family. The operculum seems to have had a
similar outline to that of our common Perca fluviatilis; but, as the
margin is imperfect, it is uncertain whether the posterior angle was
so much produced.

Assuming then that the fossil as regards the preoperculum is more
nearly allied to the Percoids than to any other family, we must con-
sider how far the other details will bear out that assumption. The

VOL. X.—PART I. 2D

376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. {May 10,

dorsal fin is unfortunately incomplete. There is evidence to prove,
however, that it was a continuous fin, the anterior or spiny portion
containing not less than ten rays, and the hinder portion at least
eleven, probably more (fig. 4). The interapophysial plates supporting
the spines are broad and equidistant, with the exception of the three
anterior, which are slender and not bladed. Of these one is unarmed
between the occiput and the fin, and the succeeding two contribute
to the support of the anterior spe. The osselets bearing the hinder
portion of the fin are more closely set. The spines are “compressed
laterally, having a sharp edge to the front. The third from the
front is the longest and strongest, and the second and fourth are
recessed to accommodate its expanded base. They are all more or less
irregularly grooved or striated m the longitudinal direction. The fin,
when fully expanded, had a forward inclination. In many of the
preceding details we find a much nearer approach to the dorsal fin of
the Scizenoids, and especially to the genus Pristipoma, than to any
of the Percoid genera.

The pectoral fins are nowhere preserved. The ventral fins are
thoracic. They consist of one long sharp spine and about eight rays,
supported on pelvic bones of considerable size. The coracoids have
a roughly corrugated surface, but are devoid of the transverse plate
so largely developed in the genus Perca.

The anal fin is one of a formidable character, It has a short strong
fulcral spur at its base, succeeded by a powerful spine of great strength,
backed up by a second spine of inferior size. These are succeeded by
a few soft rays. The bones giving support to this fin are of corre-
sponding strength. The Percoid genus Holocentrum and the Scizenoid
Pristipoma are the only examples I am acquainted with having anal
fins so powerfully armed.

The tail had nine principal rays in the upper lobe and eight in the
lower. The extremities are deficient.

The coincidences between the characters of the dorsal fin with the
Pristipomes are fully carried out in the other locomotive organs.

We come now to the most remarkable feature of this fossil, namely
the dentition. The dentigerous bones visible are the premaxillary
and submaxillary. These are furnished with an outer range of closely
set, regular, strong, conical teeth, with sharp recurved points and
expanded bases, succeeded by ranks of similarly formed, though
smaller teeth. Those of the principal range near the symphysis,
although rather larger than the others, do not project as in Dentez,
Pagrus, and Lethrinus ; nor are larger teeth intercalated as in the
Serrani. Whether the vomer, palatines, and pterygoids were denti-
gerous or not, there is no evidence to determine; but the branchial
arches were decidedly so. In most of the specimens, the osselets
composing this apparatus are seen, owing to the absence of the oper-
cular flap, and in each case they are confusedly mingled with multi-
tudes of conical teeth, of analogous form to those constituting the
true dental series. The form of these teeth is not unlike a miniature
representation of the canine teeth in Ursus.

On comparing the dentition of this curious fish with analogous

Jos. Dinkel. lith

FISH REMAINS FROM THR NUMMULITIC
MOKATTAM, EGYPT.

1854. ] EGERTON—FOSSIL FISH FROM EGYPT. 377

forms, it appears that in this respect it differs materially from the
family of the Percoids; one of the leading characters of that family
being the having dents en brosse, or, as Professor Owen expresses it,
““small, numerous, and closely aggregated teeth, resembling the plush
or pile of velvet.”’ The teeth of some of the Sparoids have a strong
resemblance to the fossil; but the serrated preoperculum forbids its
approach to that family. The dentition of the Scizenoids varies much
in character, almost to the two extremes of dents en pavé and dents
en velours, so that, on the whole, the dentition of the fossil is such as
might exist ina Scieenoid genus. But one of the main characteristics
of the Sciznoids is the prevalence of numerous mucous ducts tra-
versing the bones of the face and jaws, and in this respect the fossil
is irreconcileable with this family. Neither does it appear that the
opercular apparatus was invested with scales, as in the Scizenidee.

I abstain from entering upon a detailed description of the cranial
osteology of the fossil, since the foregoing remarks have rather refer-
ence to the family affinities than to specific differences. I will only,
therefore, further notice, that the lower jaws were shorter and deeper,
the premaxillary bones also shorter and stronger, and the maxillary
bones thicker and broader, than in the Perches. These variations
are in strict accordance with the altered character of the dentition.
The edges of the scales are very finely serrated, their bases are large
and fluted, and the overlap considerable.

Briefly to recapitulate, it appears that the Mokattam fish had a
close resemblance to the Scizenoids, and particularly to the genus
Pristipoma, in the characters of the organs of locomotion, and in the
general form of the trunk; but that in the opercular apparatus and
osteology of the cranium it more nearly approaches the Percoids.
The dentition differs from both, and recalls that of some of the
Sparoids.

Professor Hermann von Meyer has described a fish from the same
locality under the name of Perca Lorenti. Although the specimen
figured is much smaller and less perfect than Mr. Horner’s specimens,
I incline to believe it is one of the same kind, from the following
expression used in describing the teeth—-“der Fisch mit kleinen
spitz-konischen Zahnchen bewaffnet war*.’’

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XIII.

Fig. 1. Head, showing the dentition. Fig. 8. Premaxillary teeth, magnified.
Fig. 2. Preoperculum. Fig. 9. Lower maxillary teeth, mag-
Fig. 3. Anterior part of the dorsal fin. nified.

Fig. 4. Middle part of the dorsal fin. Fig. 10. Branchiostegous teeth, mag-
Fig. 5. Ventral fins. nified.

Fig. 6. Anal fin. Fig. 11. Scale, magnified.

Fig. 7. Caudal extremity.

Note by Mr. Horner.—Being engaged in an inquiry into the
geological structure of the Nile Valley in Lower Egypt, I wrote to
my friend Mr. Jesse, then engaged with the construction of the rail-

* Palzontographica, vol. i. page 105.
2D 2

378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [May 19,

road between Alexandria and Cairo, requesting him to procure for
me as many organic remains as he could from the Nummulite Lime-
stone of the Mokattam range, at the foot of which Cairo is situated.
He kindly complied with my request, and among other specimens
which he sent there were some Ichthyolites. These I was anxious
to have examined by my friend Sir Philip Egerton, our highest
authority in this country in that branch of Paleontology. With
his usual readiness, he has given me the benefit of his opinion; and
I was desirous that his valuable communication should at once be
made known to the Geological Society.—Lronarp Horner.

5. ContrisutTions fo Fossit ENTromoLoey.
By J. O. Westwoon, Esq., F.L.S. &e.

[Communicated by the Rev. P. B. Brodie, F.G.S.]
[Puates XIV. XV. XVI. XVII. XVIII.]

CONTENTS.
Introduction.
I. Fossil Beetle from the Stonesfield Slate.
Il. Large Dragon-fly from the Stonesfield Slate.
III. Supposed Insect from the Lias.
IV. Insect-remains from the Tertiary clay near Corfe.
V. Supposed Insect-remains from the Hastings Sands of Swanage Bay.
VI. Fossil Insects from the Middle Purbecks of Dorsetshire, collected by the
Rey. P. B. Brodie.
VII. Fossil Insects from the Ridgway quarries, collected by the Rev. O. Fisher.
VIII. Fossil Elytron from Durdlestone Bay, belonging to Capt. Woodley.
IX. Fossil Insects from the Lower Purbecks of Durdlestone Bay, collected by
Mr. Willcox. ;

X. Fossil Insects from the Lower Purbecks of Durdlestone Bay, collected by
Mr. W. R. Brodie.
XI. Fossil Insects from the Lower Purbecks of Durdlestone Bay, collected by
the Rev. P. B. Brodie.
Summary, and Explanation of the Plates.

Note.— For the generic and specific appellations, see ‘‘ Explanation of Plates.’’

Tue valuable contributions to our knowledge of fossil entomology
recently published on the Continent, and more especially the admi-
rable work of M. Heer of Zurich, appear to have led several of our
English geologists to take up that branch of Paleeontology with more
energy than at any previous period; the result of which has been
shown not only in the large collections of Lias insects made by
the Rev. P. B. Brodie, which formed the groundwork of his ‘ History
of the Fossil Insects in the Secondary Rocks of England,’ published
nearly ten years ago, but also in the discovery of some traces of
fossil insects in the Hastings series of the Isle of Wight by Professor
Edward Forbes,—a large number of insects in the Wealden rocks of
Hastings and its neighbourhood by Messrs. W. and H. Binfield *,—

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. x. p. 171. <A rich collection of fossil insects,
from the Lias of Gloucestershire, &c., has been made by W. R. Binfield, Esq., to
whom also the Museum of the Geological Society is indebted for a suite of insect

1854. ] WESTWOOD— FOSSIL INSECTS. 379

a few doubtful specimens by W. R. Brodie, Esq., in the Wealden series
of Punfield Bay (Swanage), and in the Tertiaries of Studland Bay,—
and by still larger collections of fossil insects from the Middle and
Lower Purbecks by the Geological Surveyors, the Rev. Mr. Fisher,
Messrs. W. R. Brodie and C. Willcox, Capt. Woodley, and especially
by the Rev. P. B. Brodie*, who, from his attention having been
especially directed to this branch of the subject, has been highly
successful in detecting minute fragments of insect remains in small
slabs of stone, which would to a less educated eye have been passed
over as destitute of any traces of ancient animal life.

Several of these collections having been placed in my hands for
examination and description, i have endeavoured in the five accom-
panying Plates (Pl. XIV.—XVIII.) to give a general idea of the
chief remains contained therein ; but the very fragmentary nature of
the specimens (of which, it will be observed, there is not one entire,
and not a single leg, antenna, or any trophi,—the majority, in fact,
consisting only of elytra or fragments of wings and elytra) will prevent
me from giving more than a very general description. This is the
more to be regretted, smce amongst the fragments of wings there are
evidently portions belonging to forms distinct from any with which
we are now acquainted, and which from their analogy would lead
to the inference that they belonged to some forms of Neuropterous
insects allied to Sialis, Semblis, &c., genera which are more or less
aquatic in their natural habits ;—an inference more strengthened by
the prevalence of great numbers of Libellulideous wings in these col-
lections (the early states of the insects of which family, I need scarcely
observe, are also entirely aquatic), and by the many and great blanks
now existing in the series of the Order Neuwroptera, doubtlessly attri-
butable to the extinction of some of the connecting links.

In the following observations it will, perhaps, be most convenient
to describe the collections according to their localities and owners ;
reserving the general observations which are suggested by their re-
view, including a comparison of the Middle with the Lower Purbeck
insects, as well as of the Purbeck insects of Dorset with those of the
Wiltshire Purbecks +, to the end of the communication.

The reader will bear in mind that in the Plates the lmes drawn
by the side of the different figures represent their natural length ;
the majority of the specimens being of minute size.

I. Fosstr BrEETLE FROM THE STONESFIELD SLATE f.
Pl. XIV. fig. 13.

A fragment of a large fossil Beetle, discovered in the Stonesfield
Slate by Lord Enniskillen, has been kindly placed in my hands for

remains from the Lias of Lyme Regis, A fossil insect has been lately met with in
the Great Oolite of Lincolnshire by Mr. Morris, F.G.S. See also ‘ Catalogue of
British Fossils,’ new edit. p. 116, for fossil insects found in Britain.

* In the Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ix. p. 51, Mr. Brodie has also recorded his
discovery of a coleopterous wing-case in the Kimmeridge Clay of Ringstead Bay,
Dorsetshire. + Termed ‘ Wealden’ in ‘ History of Fossil Insects,’ &c.

+ Four species and numerous relics of insects from the Great Oolite of Stones-
field, &c. are noticed in ‘ Morris’s Catalogue,’ 2nd edit.

380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [May 10,

description by Sir Philip Egerton, and is figured in Plate XIV.
fig. 13. This represents the mesosternum, metasternum, and ven-
tral surface of the abdomen of an insect, which, from its structure,
must have been of heavy aspect and most probably of slow motion,
and which must have lived im dark and obscure situations.

This I infer from the circumstance that the elytra are deflexed at
the sides, forming a groove for the lateral margins of the abdomen,
a peculiarity which implies—Ist, that the elytra, if separate, could
only be raised with difficulty ; 2ndly, that they were more probably
soldered together along their dorsal suture; and, 3rdly, that the
wings were wanting. These are characteristics of several groups of
beetles, amongst which are the Darkling Beetles (Blapside) and the
larger species of the Ground Beetles (Carabide). In these families
short broad forms occur in the genera Blaps and Pimelia, and in
Cychrus.

As to the decided affinities and position of this fossil beetle, we
must take into consideration the form of the two sterna and the
form and number of the segments of the abdomen. The recent
investigations of Coleopterists have proved that these characters,
and especially the latter, are among the best and safest clues to the
natural classification of the Order. Inthe fossil before us, the meso-
sternum is advanced in a triangle between the cavities for the inser-
tion of the middle legs; the metasternum is very short, and is ex-
tended slightly backwards, and divided into two small lobes by an
impressed line ; and its hmder notched edge meets the advanced
wide lobe of the short basal segment of the abdomen. The second,
third, and fourth segments of the abdomen are of nearly equal
width ; but the extremity of the fourth and the remainder of the
ventral surface are abraded. Now the relative size of the sterna
agrees better with the Blapside than with the Caradide; but the
short basal segment of the abdomen occurs in Cychrus, only it is
soldered to the next segment, so as to be but little distinct.

From the appearance of the fossil, I should conceive that the lost
extremity of the abdomen comprised only a single segment ; if so, it
would be even longer than the preceding, whereas in the Blapside,
owing to the large size of the basal segment, the two terminal seg-
ments are very short. The fossil beetle differs, therefore, from both
these tribes, and it is much to be regretted that its fragmentary con-
dition will not allow of its relations bemg more satisfactorily deter-
mined.

A small spiral univalve shell is imbedded in the same slab with
the beetle.

II. LarGe rosstt DRAGON-FLY FROM THE STONESFIELD
State. Pl. XVII. fig. 20.

A pair of large wings of a Dragon-fly found in the Stonesfield Slate *,
at Eyeford, on the Cotswolds, bythe Rev. P. B. Brodie, are represented
* For an account of the Stonesfield Slate of Gloucestershire, see a paper by

Messrs. Brodie and Buckman, Proc. Geol. Soc. vol. iv. p. 437, 1844; see also
Brodie’s ‘ Fossil Insects,’ p. 39, &e.

1854. | WESTWOOD—FOSSIL INSECTS. 381

in Pl. XVII. fig. 20. Two slabs, containing the fossil and its cast, were
found, but unfortunately the surface of the stone is in both so much
abraded that the precise form of the “cells’’ cannot be determined.
This, together with the fact of only one pair of wings, apparently the
anterior, bemg preserved, will prevent its relations being determined,
as the form of the anal angle of the several wings (unfortunately lost
in the specimen before me), and other minute characters presented in
the structure of the head, eyes, and ocelli, are the chief characters
adopted for generic distinction in this family.

The discovery of this and many other fine fossil wings of Dragon-
flies, in the Lias, Oolite, and Purbeck formations, is interesting in
several respects, both geological and zoological. Their presence in
the winged state in a form so identical with those of the existing races
of these insects, implies, of course, an abundance of winged, and, for
the most part, herbivorous insects; whilst the aquatic condition of
their larvee implies a condition of the water identical with that which
is now in existence, as it must have been similarly acted upon chemi-
cally by the curious respiratory apparatus of these larvee. Moreover,
whilst the remarkable fact obtains im the present physical condition of
the insect world, that many of the largest aquatic imsects occur in
temperate climates (the gigantic Nepide forming the only exception),
we find only amongst these fossil insects traces of the Lidellulide,
the great Water-beetles of the families Dyticide and Hydrophilide
never appearing, as far as hitherto ascertained, amongst these fossil
remains.

III. Supposep Insect From THE Lias. PI. XVIII. fig. 2.

In Pl. XVII. fig. 2 is represented a dark-coloured obscure object,
about + inch long, which was found im the Lias by the Rev. P. B.
Brodie. This exhibits a triangular space in front, which has the ap-
pearance of a scutellum together with the closed wing-covers of one
ot the Pentatomide. It is preceded by a small dark space, which
may represent the advanced pronotum; but I dare not pronounce
upon its character with any attempt at precision.

IV. Insect REMAINS FROM THE CORFE Cpe
Pl. XVI. figs. 34, 35.

Four small slabs of white tertiary clay, from the Leaf-beds at
Creech, near Corfe and Wareham, have been forwarded to me by
the Rev. P. B. Brodie, from the collection of W. R. Brodie, Esq.,
of Swanage. Each little slab contains an elytron of a distinct species
of Beetle.

The most characteristic, represented in Pl. XVI. fig. 34, is 4 lines
long; very narrow; flattened, and gradually attenuated to the tip ;
with eight distinct, punctated, longitudinal striz, and a short one
near the base of the suture. This was probably the elytron of some
narrow beetle allied to dgrilus, amongst the Buprestide.

The second elytron is 6 lines long ; of nearly equal width for two-

* These specimens were noticed in Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. ix. p. 51.

382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 10,

thirds of its length, and then gradually attenuated; the surface is
now nearly smooth, but it may probably have been originally punc-
tured and subsequently abraded. This specimen may belong to the
Helopide.

The third elytron, represented in Pl. XVI. fig. 35, is 3 lines long ;
oval ; very convex; marked with seven rows of very deep round
punctures, the lateral rows rubbed down, and bearing a subsutural
row of small tubercles. This belonged most probably to one of the
Curculionide.

A fourth object, which may possibly not be an insect remain, is
2 lines long, very oval and convex, with a granulated surface, partly
abraded. It has, however, somewhat the appearance of the elytron

of a very gibbose beetle of the family of Chrysomelide or Curcu-
lionide.

V. Insect? REMAINS FROM THE HastTinGs SANDS.

The Rev. Mr. Brodie has forwarded me four specimens, found by
Mr. W. R. Brodie in the Hastings Sands of Swanage Bay, which are
of doubtful character. The first has the appearance of an elytron,
2 inch long, and nearly 3 lines wide for three-fifths of its length, and
then gradually attenuated ; the surface smooth, but with a deep
longitudinal, possibly accidental, impression from the base. The
second and third are small dark patches of membrane upon the
surface of the stone, which are traversed by straight longitudinal
veins emitting parallel branches; but as in the larger specimen the
veins radiate nearly from a point, somewhat like the ribs of a fan, I
should rather regard them as vegetable. The fourth has the ap-
pearance of a small semi-oval elytron, 2 lines long ; but the surface is
irregularly longitudinally rugose, like that of the hard seed-vessels
of some fruits.

VI. Foss1z Insects FROM THE MippLeE PurRBECKsS oF DorsEt*.
Pl. XV. figs. 6 to 26.

A large collection of Insect-remains, consisting of 118 small slabs,
of various sizes, some containing many specimens, has been made by
the Rev. Mr. Brodie from the top of the Middle Purbecks of Dur-
dlestone Bay, Dorset. They are chiefly from the ‘ Pecten and Cor-
bula bed,” No. 31 of the stratigraphical list in Mr. Austen’s
* Guide to the Geology of the Isle of Purbeck’ ; but a few are from
the bed No. 58. They are of a hard blue slaty calcareous rock.

The most remarkable of these Insect-remains are represented in
Plate XV. figs. 6-26.

Elytra and Bodies.—The greater portion of these remains con-
sist of small elytra, perfect or fragmentary, or of entire bodies or

arts of bodies of insects.

The following are the chief specimens :—

Pl. XV. Fig. 6. Right-hand figure—the abdomen of a small flat

beetle.

* Collected by the Rev. P. B. Brodie.

1854. | WESTWOOD—FOSSIL INSECTS. 383

Pl. XV. Fig. 8. Left-hand figure—possibly the segment of the
body of an elongated insect.
Fig. 9. Abdomen of a very small broad beetle;—Cocci-
nellide?
Fig. 10. Abdomen of a small beetle.
Fig. 11. Metasternum and abdomen of a small beetle.
Fig. 12. Mesonotum and abdomen of a small beetle ;—
very obscure.
Fig. 13. Larger figure—mesosternum of a beetle ; pro-
bably one of the small Dyticide.
Right-hand figure—abdomen of a small beetle.

In addition to these, there are—the thorax and elytra (in place, but
crushed) of a small beetle ; one and a third of a line long ; of a broadly
ovate form :—the abdominal portion, 3 lines long, of a beetle, without
its elytra, but covered apparently with the wings folded up :—and
two small flattened insects, each a line and a half long, which look
like little beetles, or Cimicide, without wings; the limbs and the
elytra are wanting, and the articulations very indistinct.

A great number of elytra (of which the majority of these fossils
consist) are of very small size, not bemg more than 12 or 2 inches
in length, varying from the narrow form of an Agrilus to the oval
form of a Chrysomela, and with the surface plain, simply striated,
punctate-striated, or deeply punctured.

Pl. XV. fig. 8, right-hand figure, and fig. 13, two upper figures,
represent several of these small elytra.

The finest pair of elytra is represented in Pl. XV. fig. 7, of the
natural size. The base and apex in these elytra are unfortunately
wanting, both in the specimen ana its cast. The surface is abraded ;
it has, however, evidently been finely punctured, and bears several
plain narrow longitudinal coste. It may have belonged to a broad
species of Prionus or Buprestis, both of them lignivorous beetles.

Wings.—The wings, although numerous, and presenting many
distinct types, are, like the foregoing, unfortunately in general only
fragments of smgle wings, and unaccompanied by any portions of the
bodies to which they belonged ; so that we can judge only by ana-
logy as to whether these insects possessed one or two pairs of these
organs.

‘It is remarkable that there is only one fragment of the wing of a
Dragon-fly ; this is the middle portion of a wing quite similar to
that from the Lower Purbecks figured in Pl. XV. fig. 5.

The chief types exhibited by the other wings are given in the fol-
lowing figures :—

Pl. XV. Fig. 6. Upper figure—the small wing-cover apparently of

one of the Cicadelline.
Lower left-hand figure—the extremity of the
upper surface of the closed wing-cover of a
Reduvius?
Fig. 14. A slab containing a number of fragments of
wings, and magnified figures of five of them
beneath. Of these, * and © are probably por-

384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [May 10,

tions of wings of small Trichoptera ; % is the
upper wing of one of the Cercopide; + is
part of the wing-cover of a small Blattideous
insect ; and } is part of the wing of a Grass-
hopper.

Pl. XV. Fig. 15. The wing of a small Dipterous insect, apparently

allied to Simulium.

Figs. 16 & 17. Portions of the wings of Neuropterous
insects, apparently allied to Corydalis.

Fig. 18. The lower wing of a species of the Cicadelline.

Figs. 19, 20, 23, 26. Apparently portions of wing-covers

of various species of Blattide.

Fig. 21. Wing of a small Dipterous insect, allied to Chi-
ronomus or Cecidomyia.

Figs. 22 & 24. Portions of wings of Neuropterous insects
of doubtful family.

Fig. 25. A remarkable spotted wing-cover, apparently of
some curious Cimicideous insect.

Among other fragments of wings, there is also one, 43 lines long,
with a few slight longitudinal veins, one of them next the costa being
forked: this may perhaps be a portion of the under wing of a small
Nepideous insect.

VII. Foss1z Insects FRoM THE DorRCHESTER QUARRIESS.
Pl. XVI. fig. 3. Pl. XVIII. figs. 9 & 14.

Twelve specimens of fossil insects from the Ridgway Quarries
near Dorchester, from the bed No. 106 of the Rev. O. Fisher’s Sec-
tion ||, have been forwarded to me by the Rev. Mr. Brodie ; and, being
from a distinct bed, it has been thought advisable that they should
be noticed separately.

Pl. XVIII. Fig. 9 represents a small insect, destitute of legs, an-
tenne, or wings, and which may possibly be
the immature state of a Naucoris, or an allied
Nepideous insect. The centre of the abdo-
men is longitudinally impressed ; and there is
aslight depression on either side, parallel with
the lateral margin.

Fig. 14 may possibly be an insect closely allied to
fig. 9; it is, however, far less clearly defined,
especially in the anterior half of the body.

There is another insect similar in size to the two preceding, but
so slightly indicated that it cannot be described.

Pl. XVI. Fig. 3 represents a portion of one of the slabs, in which
it will be seen that a great mass of elytra, of
different sizes and forms, have been deposited ;
and it is to be observed, that in the original
the large dark-coloured elytron has ten, very

§ Collected by the Rev. O. Fisher, F.G.S.
|| Large Sheet. 1852, Dorchester, Foster.

1854. | WESTWOOD— FOSSIL INSECTS. 385

fine, longitudinal, plain striz ; and that the
striee of the large central elytron are punc-
tured.

Several of the other slabs also contain a great number of small
elytra, of different sizes, and sculptured variously ; but few of these
are well defined. One, however, of larger size than the rest, is of a
broad semi-oval form, 33 lines long, with a narrow, plain, lateral, di-
lated margin, and with nine longitudinal strize, and one short, sub-
scutellar, punctured stria.

In a few of the specimens of elytra, it is also to be observed that a
portion of the original tegument of the elytra still exists, black and
shining in appearance, and extremely brittle and friable in texture.

The only fragment of a wing dmongst these Dorchester fossils is
one, } inch long, which is a part of a rather narrow delicate Neuro-
pterous wing; the narrow costal portion of which has short oblique
veinlets; and the disc has a submarginal straight vei, emitting
straight, oblique, longitudinal veins, similar to the extremity of fig. 33
in Plate XVIII.

VIII. Fosst. Exrytron rrom DurDLESTONE Bay.
Pl. XIV. fig. 11.

Plate XIV. fig. 11 represents, of the natural size, a very fine ely-
tron found in the Lower Purbecks, Durdlestone Bay, Dorset,
and kindly sent to me by Captain Woodley for examination. It is
broad and flat, very finely punctured, of a brown colour, with part
of the sutural edge finely reticulated with black, each reticulation
being punctured; and it has three, smooth, plain, narrow, longitu-
dinal costze on the disc.

This specimen appears to be very nearly related to the fossil elytra
from the Middle Purbecks represented in Pl. XV. fig. 7, above-
described.

IX. Fossiu Insects anp Isorops rrom THE LOWER PuRBECKS*.
Pl. XIV. figs. 9,10, 12, 14-2]. Pl. XV. figs, 1,2,4,5. Pl. XVI.
figs. 1-19, 21.

An extensive suite of fossil insects, amongst which are some of the
finest I have hitherto examined, has been forwarded to me, through
the Rev. Mr. Brodie, by Mr. Willcox, by whom they were collected
from the Purbeck insect-beds near Swanage. They consist of sixty
small slabs of various sizes, some containing a considerable number
of insect remains. The most remarkable specimens are represented in
the lower part of Plate XIV. by figs. 9,10,12, 14-21, and in Plate XV.
by figs. 1, 2,4, 5, and by the whole of Plate XVII., excepting fig. 20.

Tsopods.—P\. X1V. tig. 12. This is the most interesting of the
whole of the series of fossils from the Lower Purbecks, not only on
account of its being so far perfect as to show the general form of the

* Collected by C. Willcox, Esq.

386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL sociETy. [May 10,

body, but also from its belonging to the Crustacean order, Isopoda,
which are very rare in the fossil state, and from its close relationship
with the species of Isopod discovered in the “ Insect limestone” of
Wiltshire by Mr. Brodie, and figured in his work upon the Insects
found in the Secondary Rocks of England, pl. 1. figs. 6-10, under the
name of Archeoniscus Brodiei, applied to it by M. Milne-Edwards.

Two specimens, of one of which a cast is also preserved, were found
by Mr. Willcox ; and, as they are represented, in Pl. XIV. fig. 12, of
the natural size, it will be seen that they are larger than the ordinary
specimens of 4. Brodiei, althongh the individual figured in Hist.
Foss. Insects, pl. 1. fig. 7, is of equal size.

The tegument of the body, which remains in a few parts of the
fossil, appears to have been a thin shell, somewhat like that of a
shrimp. Neither antennze nor legs are visible ; and I cannot detect
any trace of the eyes. There appears to have been an elevated ridge
down the middle of the body, terminating at the base of the large,
transversely oval, anal plate; and several of the articulations pre-
ceding the latter are much shorter and less distinct than the anterior
segments; the terminal plate, moreover, exhibits no traces of the
lateral caudal appendages, except a slight thickening and elevation of
the basal lateral angles.

Insects.—Of entire insects or portions of their bodies there are but
very slight traces to be found in this collection. Pl. XV. fig. 1 re-
presents a part of the articulated elongate abdomen of a small insect,
which seems most like a part of some Tipulideous specimen; and
Pl. XVII. figs. 8 & 18 represent two small abdomens, which seem
more like those of Hemipterous or Homopterous, than Coleopterous
insects.

Of the elytra of Coleoptera there is a very extensive series, con-
sisting generally of single detached specimens, but occasionally of the
two elytra conjoined. Pl. XIV. figs. 14 & 15 are pairs of elytra of
two small beetles, which were about + inch long.

Pl. XIV. figs. 16-21 and Pl. XVII. figs. 1-6 represent single elytra
belonging to insects of different families. Of these the largest,
Pl. XIV. fig. 17, must have been part of a beetle about 1 inch long,
Several of these are also remarkable for the very distinct manner in
which they are spotted and striped, especially the striato-punctate
forms in Pl. XIV. fig. 19 and Pl. XVII. figs. 3 & 5; the first and
last of which seem to have belonged to the Buprestide, and the
other to the Harpalide.

I will not, however, pretend to assign all these elytra to their fa-
milies; the forms and markings vary so infinitely in every Coleopterous
family of any extent (many of the families containing several thousand
distinct species in each), that the attempt would be very hazardous.

Pl. XVII. fig. 1, as well as fig. 7, and possibly fig. 9, seem to me
to have rather doubtful claims to be considered as insect remains.
It is possible that they may be of vegetable origin; but the first
looks like an elytron, the irregularity of the surface of which may
have been caused by abrasion; and fig. 9 may be a strongly granu-
lated or tuberculated elytron, of which a portion of the mer margin

1854. } WESTWOOD—FOSSIL INSECTS. 387

has been abraded ; but I know of no insect to which fig. 7, if belong-

ing to an Annulose animal, can satisfactorily be referred.

Of naked-winged insects there is a considerable collection of interest-
ing fragments, amongst which those belonging to the Libel/ulide are
pre-eminent, as usual, for their size. Pl. XV. fig. 4 represents a
portion (near the extremity) of one of the wings of a Libellula of
very large size. Fig. 5 is one of the wings of a Dragon-fly with very
small meshes, and with the characteristic triangle occupying a higher
position than in the typical Libellula. Pl. XVII. fig. 21 is a por-
- tion of a wing, drawn of the natural size, which, from its general
character, is evidently Libellulideous ; but I know no species with
such an arrangement of veins; and, compared with the ordinary
types of the family, this fossil insect must have been quite gigantic
in size.

Pl. XVII. Fig. 12 represents one of the wings of a Neuropterous
insect, allied to Salis or Panorpa ; and fig. 16,
one allied to Raphidia.

Fig. 19 appears to be one of the narrow elongate teg-
mina of a Grasshopper ; and figs. 10 and 13,
tegmina of Blattide.

Fig. 11 seems to be a portion of one of the upper wings
of a Homopterous insect.

Figs. 14 and 15 are a wing and wing-cover of a small
Cimicideous insect.

Pl. XV. Fig. 2 appears to be a portion of a wing of a Tipulideous
species. ;

Pl. XVII. Fig. 17 represents a number of fragments of delicate tegu-
ment covered with minute punctures and
traversed by straight and somewhat radiating
veins, which appear like portions of the hind-
wing of some species of Butterfly, entirely
denuded of scales. A fragment of larger size
will be noticed amongst the Rev. Mr. Brodie’s
Lower Purbeck insects.

X. Fossin Insects FROM THE LOWER PurBeEcKsS, DURDLESTONE
Bay, Dorser*. Pl. XIV. figs. 1-8.

A small collection of insect-remains, 22 in number, collected by
W. R. Brodie, Esq., of Swanage, Dorset, has been communicated to
me through his cousin the Rev. P. B. Brodie. A few of the more
interesting of these are represented in the upper part of Pl. XIV.
As in the other collections, the greater portion consist of single
elytra.

Pl. XIV. figs. 1, 2, 3, are three of the best-marked specimens,
the others being of small size. The first of them appears to belong
to one of the Hlateride ; the second is Helopideous ; and the third
is Curculionideous.

Pl. XIV. fig. 4 appears to me to belong doubtfully to an insect :

* Collected by W. R. Brodie, Esq.

388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [May 10,

it may indeed possibly represent a spotted elytron, with a fragment
of a wing ; but I cannot regard it as such with any degree of cer-
tainty. Fig. 6 seems to be the short coriaceous upper wing, or
wing-cover, of some Cercopideous insect among the Homoptera.
Figs. 5 & 7 may also be portions of the wing-cover and wing of a
Grasshopper. But all these (figs. 4, 5, 6, 7) have somewhat of a
vegetable character.

Pl. XIV. fig. 8. This is the most interesting specimen of all the
insect-remains yet discovered amongst the Lower Purbeck series. It
is, in fact, the wing of a gigantic Ant, which, in its perfect state,
must have measured at least 2 inches across the expanded wings ;
and it is most nearly allied to some of the exotic forms of which
Myrmica is the type in our temperate regions.

The discovery of such an insect is of the highest importance in
respect to the question of the geographical range of the insects im-
bedded in the Lower Purbeck series.

The wing of a second species of Ant (Pl. XVIII. fig. 21), closely
allied to the foregoing, but differing from it generically, occurs in
the Rev. Mr. Brodie’s collection, and will be subsequently noticed.

Mr. W. R. Brodie has also sent me a slight sketch of an insect
with four wings of equal size, which he found in the stratum marked
No. 116 in the list in Mr. Austen’s ‘Guide.’ This is about the size,
and has somewhat the appearance, of the common Panorpa. It is
now, I believe, in the Museum at Cambridge.

XI. Fossiz Insects FROM THE LOWER PURBECKS OF DURDLE-
STONE Bay*. PI. XV. fig. 3; Pl. XVI. figs. 1, 2, 4-33, 36-38 ;
PESXSViTM: figs. 1, 3-8, 10-13, 15-43.

By far the largest collection of insect-remains from the Lower
Purbecks is that formed by the Rev. P. B. Brodie, who has placed
in my hands his entire series, consisting of 350 small slabs of stone,
of various sizes. Upon many of these only a single fragment of an
msect occurs ; but upon a considerable number the remains are very
numerous, the fragments being crowded together, and often lying
upon one another. Of this condition a slight idea may be obtained
from Pl. XV. fig. 14, and Pl. XVI. fig. 3.

The representation of the more interesting of these fossil remains
is given in Pl. XV. fig. 3, Pl. XVI. figs. 1, 2, 4-33, 36-38, and
Pl. XVIII. figs. 1, 3-8, 10-13, 15-43.

With the exception of the Dragon-flies, of which there are as
many as thirty-four fragments of single wings (from which, however,
it is impossible to affirm either a moderate or tropical climate and
geographical range), and of the large Ant wing, PI. XVIII. fig. 21,
it is worthy of remark, that the whole of these remains, not fewer in
number than 700 or 800, are those of minute insects not more than
a fourth or a third of an inch in length.

A few of the more remarkable elytra, which I have selected for
illustration, belong to Beetles half an inch long or thereabouts ; and

* Collected by the Rey. P. B. Brodie, F.G.S.

1854. | WESTWOOD—FOSSIL INSECTS. 389

there are half a dozen, at the most, of Beetles which were not more
than an inch or 15 lines long.

Bodies of Insects.-—Mr. P. B. Brodie’s collection of Lower Pur-
beck fossils presents to us very few specimens of the entire bodies
of insects ; none, in fact, in which the antennee and limbs are pre-
served. The bodies or abdomens of a few minute insects alone
occur, the most perfect of which are represented in the upper part
of Pl. XVIII. Of these, fig. 1 represents the under side of the
thorax and abdomen of a beetle, probably Carabideous: fig. 12, the
head and body of a minute Haltica or other Chrysomelideous
beetle: fig. 16 appears to be the prothorax of some small beetle:
figs. 6, 10, 18, & 19 appear to be the abdomens of minute beetles :
fig. 17, the abdomen of a small Cimicideous or Homopterous insect :
fig. 11 may be the scutellum and closed wings of a beetle deprived
of elytra, or those of a Cimicideous insect : figs. 7, 8, 13, & 15 appear
to be portions of the thorax of various insects: there are several
specimens like fig. 7; it appears indeed to be reproduced in the
front part of fig. 13.

In addition to the above, there are the bodies of three minute in-
sects of an oval flattened form, about one-eighth of an inch long,
resembling Pl. XVIII. fig. 12. There is also a small object, 1 line
long, which looks like the head of a beetle with the two excavations
for the base of the antennee and the transverse labrum. There are
several mesonotums and metanotums of minute beetles, and a few
minute abdomens of beetles, and several objects that appear like the
articulations of small annulose animals in a greater or less state of
dislocation.

Llytra.— As above stated, elytra, generally of minute size, and
rarely appearing in pairs, constitute the greater portion of this suite
of insect-remains. The most interesting and best defined of these
are represented in Pl. XVI., which, with the exception of figs. 3, 34,
& 35, is entirely occupied with them.

Pl. XVI. fig. 1 represents one of the commonest occurrence. The
extremity,which terminates in an obtuse point, is here broken off. This
specimen is about 4 lines long, and is marked with ten plain fine strize.
I presume it to be Carabideous. Pl. XVI. fig. 2 is a small object,
which may possibly be an elytron ; it is convex and smooth. Figs.
8 & 9, although approaching fig. 2 im form, are, on the other hand,
evidently elytra of some short and very convex beetle, such as
Coccinella or Scymnus. Fig. 4 is a minute elytron, interesting on
account of the fossil still retaming a small black portion of the: ori-
ginal tegument of the beetle: it seems to have belonged to a small
later. Fig. 5 is the largest elytron of the series, and appears to
have belonged to the same family as fig. 4. Figs. 6, 23, 29, & 32
represent elongated elytra, pointed at fie tip, with the outer margin
slightly agamiaal and the dise marked with dark cloudy spots : faeces
appear to have belonged to species of Agrilus among the Buprestide.
Figs. 11, 22, 31, 36, 37, 38 are interesting on Ae tanit of the original
light- coloured spottings on a dark gr ound being still visible. Figs.
15 & 24 are pale coloured, with small dark spots on the interstices
of the striz. Fig. 13 is also one of the commonest elytra; it has

390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [May 10,

a flattened lateral margin, and as many as eighteen very fine longitu-
dinal plain strize ; it may have belonged to a Helopideous or Diape-
rideous beetle. Figs. 10, 12, 17, 30, & 33 deserve notice on account
of the deep punctures or other rugosities which are still retained
in the specimens; figs. 10 & 30 may be Carabideous, and fig. 33,
Curculionideous. Fig. 19 is a fragment of a very fine elytron, re-
markable for having the deep lateral impression similar to that of
the elytra which are so common in the Stonesfield Slate, upon the
relations of which I commented in Mr. Brodie’s work, p. 122. The
other elytra do not appear to merit any particular mention.

Wings.—The remains of insect-wings likewise constitute a very
large portion of the series of Mr. P. B. Brodie’s specimens. Of
these the finest and largest are the remains of wings of Dragon-flies,
of which there are thirty-four fragments. In no instance is there a
perfect wing.

In the arrangement of the veins, especially those of the character-
istic triangle, they agree with that m Pl. XV. fig. 5. In one spe-
cimen, however, the outer side of the triangle, instead of being
vertical, or nearly so, as in that figure, is very oblique, so that the
outer angle is very acute, as in Aschna (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.
vol. vy. pl. II. fig. B). There is also considerable difference in the
size of the cells of the wings ; in some specimens these are very smail,
whilst in one they are very large and quadrangular: this specimen
must, I apprehend, have belonged to a very large species of Agrion.

Other Neuropterous wings occur also, but always fragmentary.
Pl. XVIII. fig. 24 represents a wing of an insect allied to Sialis ; to
which also figs. 35 & 37 may be allied. Figs. 25, 28, 31 are pro-
bably portions of wings of insects allied to Phryganea. Figs. 22, 23,
26, 32, 33, 34, 38, 40, 41, 42, & 43 appear to be Orthopterous ;
some of them, as figs. 22, 32, & 43 (of which there are a great number
of specimens), being probably the wing-covers of Blattide ; as well
‘as figs. 23, 26, & 33. Fig. 21 is a wing of a gigantic species of Ant,
closely allied to, but differmg from, fig. 8 of Pl. XIV. in the position
of the cells.

Pl. XVIII. figs. 27 & 30 appear to be portions of the hind-wings
of some species of Butterfly; still they have very much of a
vegetable aspect. The surface is covered with minute punctures,
which may be the cells for the insertion of the quills of the coloured
scales which are all removed, supposing the spectmens to be Lepi-
dopterous. If such should prove to be really the case, by the
discovery of more characteristic specimens, it will form an inter-
esting addition to our knowledge of fossil entomology. M. Boisdu-
val has, however, described, in the Annales de la Société Entomolo-
gique de France, a fossil Butterfly under the name of Cyllo sepulta,
which has given rise to a remarkable controversy between himself
and M. Alex. Lefebvre, published in the same work.

Pl. XVIII. figs. 4 & 29 may possibly be the wing-covers of Cimi-
cideous insects much abraded. Figs. 3, 5, 36, and Pl. XV. fig. 3,
are portions of the wing-covers and wings of Cercopideous insects.
Pl. XVIII. fig. 20 is the wing of a Tipulideous insect.

1854. | WESTWOOD —FOSSIL INSECTS. 391

The Museum of Practical Geology in Jermyn-street also possesses
a fine series of fossil insects from the Purbecks. This series agrees
m general characters with the Rev. Mr. Brodie’s collection, but com-
prises several specimens of Dipterous insects in a much more perfect
condition.

In the British Museum also there are a few fossil insects from the
same formation ; and there are several other specimens in the Cam-
bridge and Dorchester Museums.

SUMMARY.

The microscopical examination which I have been compelled to
make of so many hundreds of fossil insect-remains, for the most part
in a fragmentary condition, from the Lower Purbecks of Dorset,
although beyond measure tedious from the unsatisfactory results
afforded by the nature of the specimens, has still enabled me to arrive
at some results, and to form a general comparison of these insect-
deposits with those which I similarly investigated whilst preparing
the plates of Mr. P. B. Brodie’s work on the fossil insects of the
Wiltshire Purbecks, &c.

If we take into consideration the small, and even minute size of
the great majority of the insects, and indeed of the whole of the
Coleoptera, which have been passed under review, the idea, that we
have before us the wreck of an Insect Fauna of a temperate region,
is at once raised ; for although it would be rash to assert that a mass
of remains of the existing tropical insects might not be accumulated
in which a large quantity of minute beetles and flies would not be pre-
sent, yet I cannot conceive any process, either arising from currents
of water, or chemical dissolution of insect matter, which would carry
off or destroy the many gigantic forms of insect life always occurring
in the tropics.

The fossils before us show abundant evidence of the presence of
numbers of Lignivorous species, such as the H/ateride and Bupres-
tide ; but we nowhere find amongst them traces of the great Lamel-
licorn and Longicorn beetles. Herbivorous insects also occur in consi-
derable numbers ; but we do not meet with the gigantic Grasshoppers
and Locusts of tropical climates. It has indeed been suggested that
the remains may be those of insects living in a temperate climate and
carried by currents to a tropical region; and Prof. KH. Forbes has
instanced the fact that he found shells of a temperate type, natives
of the upper parts of the great range of the Atlas Mountains in
Africa, brought down by currents and resting in the lower regions
among shells of a tropical character. But, in order that the analogy
should hold good, it seems to me necessary that we should find
amongst the remains, not a single specimen or two (as in the case
of the wings of the large Ants above-mentioned), but the remains of
a great majority of tropical species mixed up with a smaller number
of temperate forms. I must leave geologists to discover or to suggest
the action which could have brought together and deposited such
great masses of insect-remains as we find in many of the slabs of
stone in these collections, and of which Pl. XVI. fig. 3 will afford
anidea. Entomologists, however, are perfectly well aware that sudden

VOL. X.— PART I. 2E

392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [May 10,

inundations or the rapid rising of rivers are sure to bring with them
the most abundant entomological harvest, insects being floated down
such currents in vast numbers, and congregated together in masses
on the banks, as thick as bees in a hive, or ants in an ant-hill.

The circumstance also that such vast numbers of elytra have
been preserved, whilst the equally hard thorax, head, antenne, and
legs have entirely disappeared, is worthy of remark. I must admit
that I can offer no solution of so curious a fact, especially as the
wings, notwithstanding their great delicacy, have left their impress
on the stone as clearly as any of the harder elytra. We here, how-
ever, see another instance in which nature had from the earliest time
adopted processes which we look upon when first applied in art or
manufactures as wonderful novelties. We see, in fact, that the modern
discovery of ‘natural printing,” as it has been termed, whereby the
most delicate objects leave their mark upon the hardest materials, when
in contact under heavy pressure, has been anticipated in these fossil
imprints of wings of some of the smallest and most delicate insects.

It has been suggested that the discovery of quantities of detached
elytra in a small slab might possibly be accounted for on the suppo-
sition that the imsects to which they had belonged had been devoured
by some bird or other insectivorous animal, and had passed through
the stomach undissolved, owing to the presence of an asserted che-
mical substance in the elytra, which has been termed <“‘elytrine.”
I believe, however, that the term in question does not imply a distinct
substance in the elytra of beetles, but was given in consequence of
the experiments in which it was developed having been made upon
elytra. All the parts of the outer integument of a beetle have, in
fact, the same chemical composition, and consist of the substance
now known by the name of ‘chitine,” which is analogous in com-
position to horn. Moreover entomologists are well aware of the fact
that other parts of a beetle are of as solid a nature as elytra; they
know, for example, that one of the best beetle-traps is a toad, the
excrement of which generally contains entire specimens of some of
the rarest ground-beetles.

With the exception, then, of the winged giant Ants, and of some
of the fragments of gigantic Dragon-flies’ wings, there seems to be
such a general conformity with the Purbeck insects of Wilts*, that
I may almost reiterate the whole of my observations published in the
introductory part of Mr. Brodie’s work. But, if the general con-
ditions of insect-life were so similar in the two districts, as indicated
by the remains in the Wilts and Dorset Purbeck formations, the mode
of destruction of such insect-life must have been very different ; since
we found abundance of specimens of insects in a tolerably entire state
of preservation in the former, whilst in the latter scarcely anything
but fragments of wings or elytra, or a few segments of the abdomen,
occur. This indeed is the more remarkable, because, from the
tubular horny structure both of the leg-joints and antennee, it would
have been quite reasonable to have expected to have found them lying
detached amongst the masses of elytra, &c. of the beetles and other
insects to which they belonged. This dislocation and partial de-

* The discovery of closely allied fossil Jsopoda in both the localities is espe-
cially to be noticed.

Fig. Probable relations.
Ue lytronyecsssessese: Elateridze) ......<.
2. Elytron ......---0+- Helopideous ......
ou bilytronuenescssekes Curculionideous..
45) Kilytroni? eceeeecn Eidodassnadsacauy
5. Wing-cover and |Grasshopper ?

wing ?
6. Wing-cover?...... Cercepideous ? ..
Uc MIRWVES De ccspoooacbe Grasshopper? ...
er AWLIT es Bueabaa soba Giant Ant .........|_J
Os IDIOM godasecall oooosdsoagaco0do0000

Us JIKTO E seoodeooal| “secadooodqoo goonteod

Wile TRIS RHROYN oA saeduonee Buprestidz ......

4p | 1BOXS AY Sgouoaseeneeod Archeoniscus

13. Part of body ......|/Beetle..............
WASH My iramiMitedi(nn\ldsesscsecesscscescas
LS wblytrayumitedy ees|inessercsseseseocts se:

NG, IDIKARHOIN soaaqqocesun|| SoobacosaBe. ceeceeeee

I 7/a, -LBIKVGIROD eneeecdeud | cooccooeaucacudbecbAc

es IDI ABON Sogoodaesccl)/. cocosoosoaas0nd00nE6e
19°, Elytron\.:.....2.... Buprestide ......

20. Elytron ............ Harpalide .........

21. Elytron ............ Tentyride .........

Fig. 1. Elaterium Pronzeus, W.

as

. Wing
. Wing

1854.]

WESTWOOD—FOSSIL INSECTS.

393

struction of the insects appear to be so general, that we may almost
renounce the idea of any chance discovery of perfect insects, even of
fragments sufficiently distinct to allow us to form a satisfactory
opinion on the general entomology of the Dorset Purbeck period.

In like manner, there is also so great a general coincidence between
the insects of the Lower and those of the Middle Purbecks, including
those from the Ridgway quarries (judging, as well as I am able, from
the comparative paucity of materials which I have examined), that I
can come to no other conclusion, than that the insects discovered in
all these different strata belong to one general insectal fauna.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIV. XV. XVI. XVII. XVIII.
Puate XIV.

1
2. Helopium Agabus, W.
3. Curculium Syrichthus, W.
8. Formicium Brodiei, W.

seeesceee

CO

( Upper left-hand|

figure—wing-
| cover.
Right-hand figure
—abdomen.
Lower left-hand

|
| figure—wing-

| cover.

;

Formations and
Localities.

Lower Purbecks,
Durdlestone Bay.

Lower Purbecks,
Durdlestone Bay.
Lower Purbecks,
Durdlestone Bay.
Lower Purbecks,
Durdlestone Bay.
Stonesfield Slate ...

Lower Purbecks,
Durdlestone Bay.

Specific names,

Fig. 11. Buprestium Woodlei, W.
12. Archzeoniscus Ed-
wardsil, W.

13, Blapsium Egertoni, W.

PLATE XV.

Tipulideous ...... 7) cobAenosadocddecdidanni:
Tipulideous ...... t Soodaosadcoddsobadca30e!
Cercopideous ...... Lower Purbecks,
Libellulidz......... | Durdlestone Bay.
Dragon-fly ......... I boedeseteaaatebeneectons
Cicadelline......... }
BGetlebiaecmses sees |

+ Middle Purbecks,
Reduvius ? .......+- Durdlestone Bay.

|

|
|

Collected by

W. R. Brodie, Esq.

C. Willcox, Esq.
Capt. Woodley.

C. Willcox, Esq.
Earl of Enniskillen.

C. Willcox, Esq.

|
|

|

Fig. 19. Buprestium Teleas, W.

Page.

387

386

20. Harpalidium Anactus, W.
21, Tentyridium Peleus, W.

C. Willcox, Esq. {
Rey. P. B. Brodie.
be. Willcox, Esq.

Rev. P. B. Brodie.

bho

394

Fig.
7. Elytra, united

.-.| Buprestidee

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Piate XV. (continued).

Probable relations.

Formations and
Localities.

\ Middle Purbecks,

J

Specific names.

Right-hand figure| Diaperide ..........
—elytron.
8.2 Left-hand figure|...............-000 ond
segment of body
of insect ?
9. Abdomen ......... Coccinellide ?......
10. Abdomen .........
11. Part of body ...... Beetles .......
12. Part of body ......
Twoupperfigures|Beetles ...........+.
—elytra.
13 Large figure— |Dyticide ?.........
“) part of body.
Right-hand figure|Beetle...............
—abdomen.
SCAVVAN 2 Tivenstsclsinos Trichoptera ......
OMWaneieecceeses Trichoptera ......
Ae ee WAN Desa steceeins Cercopide .........
+ Wing-cover ...|Blattide ............
OWANG) cusses = Grasshopper ......
15. Wing nasnaspeanucdas Dipterous .........
MOS AWAN Rese cccsccss'jer Neuropterous......
AP AoNVAN DEER ecciaseeetia: Neuropterous......
18. Lower wing ...... Cicadellinz.........
19. Wing-cover ...... Blattide .......06...
20. Wing-cover?...... Blattide ............
21. Wing .........eeeeee Dipterous .........
22 NV IND asscselastcsssias Neuropterous......
23. Wing-cover ...... Blattide ............
24. Wing ....ee..ssonees Neuropterous......
25. Wing....... se eeeeee Cimicideous ......
26. Wing-cover ...... Blattide ....... 50006
Fig. 2. Corethrium Pertinax, W.
3. Cercopidium Mimas, W.
4. Libellulium Agrias, W.
5. ZEschnidium Bubas, W.
6. (Upper left-hand figure)
Cicadellium Dipsas, W.
7. Buprestium Gorgus, W.

peridium Mithrax, W.

14% Chccopidiin Telesphorus,
W.

15. Simulidium priscum, W.
16. Termitidium ignotum, W.

Pirate XVI.

Lower Purbecks,

Durdlestone Bay.

Lower Purbecks,
Ridgway.

Lower Purbecks,

IS pHlytroniecs. esses: Carabideous ......
De HAV LLOM lense sees ceoscescsssssacon nascar
3. Slab with insect- |..........cccscsceseeeee
remains.

4. Elytron ............ Elateride ......... a)
5. Elytron .........+6. Elateride ...... eee
6: Hlytron’<....-....-: Buprestide......... |
Ma LilytrOnerscecoceres|ssastececrssassneseceres
8. Elytron ....... ..---(Coccinellidz ?......
92 Elytron sn te<.cacces Coccinellidz ?......
10. Elytron ............ Carabideous ......
VIR El ytron eeccec esses Buprestidz

Collected by

Rey. P. B. Brodie.

| Durdlestone Bay.

[May 10,

Page.

382

Fig. 8. (Right-hand figure) Dia-| Fig. 17. Panorpidium tessellatum,
W.

18. Cicadellium Psocus, W.
21. Cecidomium grandzvum,

26, Blattidium Molossus, W.

Rey. P. B. Brodie. -

Rey. O. Fisher.

Rey. P. B. Brodie.

Durdlestone Bay.

388

1854. ]

WESTWOOD—FOSSIL INSECTS.

Prats XVI. (continued).

Probable relations.

|

Formations and

Localities.

‘ Lower Purbecks,

Tertiary, near
Corfe.

Lower Purbecks,

Durdlestone Bay.

Specific names.

11745. DINAH) Naoogge0c06de|sobgoddooccaxHoGooGaGos
13. Elytron.........- Helopideous ......
14, Elytron.........---|..+.0 pdognadencononosad
Gs JON Aa condcooo0eda| bodcbeondonquedd pobadD
16. Elytron........ seeelssccecveceseess doxsodeed
7/6 JBI nxt Godoceaqod0| boooeqodocdodacdaong6oud
Soil ytrO nM sectetteseclis| seeiscerinecseccaseeicecat
NOME lytroneesecdeceualacesdeecsssitieessscscicses
ZAD5 IDI AAO) loéooc0050000 bocobooabdesesuocoudedod
Zale LDIKYERAs3o540090000 boonoodHADSosu00G0000b00
22. Elytron........... Buprestide.........
23. Elytron.........++ Buprestide.........
Zito LINAGRO6,5q¢e000000 booeKobodccosooodD0KC0be
25. Elytron..........++|+++ pdodonsoepcesoboKb0Gd
Zoe Blytrayunitediecs|scsc-s-che-secncececeses
Zale JOUSABROYD 500060500 baoduoeadqbcaccsadeGncoE
738) LINGO eoco0566000||EobbcaD60b0cNNbOdod00
29 Bilytronssons sess: Buprestide........
30. Elytron.........- ..|Carabideous ? ......
31, Elytron............ Buprestide.........
32. Elytron.........+« Buprestide.........
393. Hlytron.........+-- Curculionide ......
34. Elytron..........+ Buprestide.........
35. Elytron.........0+ Curculicnide ......
36. Elytron............ Elateride .........
37. Elytron........ .---(Mlateridg .........
38. Elytron............ Buprestide.........
Fig. 4. Elaterium Triopas, W.

5. Elaterium Barypus, W.

6. Agrilium Strombus, W.

11. Buprestium Stygnus, W. 29.

13. Helopidium Neoridas, W.

Fig. 22. Buprestium Stygnus,
var.?, W.
23. Agrilium Stomphax, W.
Agrilium Cyllarus, W,

Puate XVII.

MERE y GONE enceeciese| veessiscneele conpecobesas
Po ANMIROINE ” soogesoob| pasacoObdapaccosoa600000
Gp JOINER, Gopoaoq0n00c Harpalide .........
AMEN trOMcccees ses ces Telephoride ......
Gy, DINO noneinaccoaKs Buprestide.........
GroBilyGrOMYe receeecteine|eeocsseessiacseincecclesees
To. \WIN 2 Godddde5s4ed lode pocdbonceosodcendc0e
8. Abdomen ......... Hemipterous ?

OS Hlytronlineicesescecs|accsasceacsnses=eesctele

. Wing-cover

Blattidee

sree eee eeaee

11. Upper wing Homopterous

DEWAN Ove ceteclostelssictele Neuropterous ......
13. Wing-cover Blattide..........
Ae Wil Oc erecteecteeresciet Cimicideous ......
15. Wing-cover Cimicideous ......
16. Wing .......... ..-«-|Raphidiide.........
77) NMA Goonqab005Geade Lepidopterous

18. Abdomen. ......... Hemipterous ?

19. Wing-cover Grasshopper ......
20. Wings «..cescerec. Dragon-fly .........
21 pWANEieecsesesscssces Libellulide.........

Fig. 3. Harpalidium Nothrus,
W.

4, Telephorium Abgarus, W.
5. Buprestium Bolbus, W.

1

Fig. 12. Panorpidium tessellatum,
var. ?, W.
15. Cimicidium Dallasii, W.
16, Raphidium Brephos, W.

|
|
|

Lower Purbecks,

Stonesfield Slate,
Lower Purbecks,

Durdlestone Bay.

Durdlestone Bay.

[Eyeford.

Collected by

Rev. P. B. Brodie.

W. R. Brodie, Esq.

Rey. P. B. Brodie.

Fig. 31
32.
36.
37.
38.

C. Willcox, Esq. ;

Rey. P. B. Brodie.
C. Willcox, Esq.

Durdlestone Bay.

Specific names.

3995

Page.

388

381

389

. Buprestium Valgus, W.
Agrilium Cyllabacus, W.
Ctenicerium Blissus, W.
Ctenicerium Hylastes, W.
Buprestium Dardanus, W.

380
387

Fig. 17. Cyllonium Boisduyalia-

num, W.

19. Gryllidium Oweni, W.
21. Libellulium Kaupii, W’.

396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 10,
Prate XVIII.
Probable relations OTS OD Collected by Page.

Fig. i Localities.

1. Part of body ...... Carabideous ...... Lower Purbecks, Rev. P. B. Brodie. | 389
Durdlestone Bay.

2, Part of body? .../Pentatomidee? ...) Lias ..........00cceeee Rev. P. B. Brodie. | 381

St), WWI "eédengactiads Cercopideous ......

4. Wing-cover ...... Cimicideous ...... ;

Bb) NMI GoonSdocnsodaud Cercopideous ...... Lower Purbecks, (Rev. P. B. Brodie. | 389

6. Abdomen ......... Beetle .wvesentkees Durdlestone Bay.

De nOrebe: ScSeaqcadod Hostoesacboboded soaasoe

Soe Uhoraxsy..s..: Godel bqsosoadaceectooaceageGs

9. Body ...... seceessee/ NEPIGEOUS coes..eee Lower Purbecks, |Reyv. O. Fisher. 384
Ridgway.

10. Abdomen ......... Beetlemescrsceonce

be nee and Gimicideous tisvs--- "| fuower Purbecks, Rev. P. B. Brodie. | 389

125 B OdYircrcectose sexes Chrysomelideous Piisllesione Bay.

IIS};. TATED: Geoecadgaaed boaccacoowecebadocGdden

14. Body ....... posodaat Nepideous ......... Lower Purbecks, _| Rev. O. Fisher. 384
Ridgway.

DD NOTAKaeswecoeoscclbeccseccccescenstasoes

16. Prothorax ......... IBECtleycossncoeew see

17. Abdomen ......... Cimicideous ......

18. Abdomen ......... Beetleceacsesosente

19. Abdomen ,........ IBeetlencacesccacsees

PO SINVIL Desc tere seetccc eee Tipulideous.........

3. \WATINES soodba6dae --.../Giant Ant ......... |

22. Wing-cover ...... Blattide ...... seeces

23. Wing-cover ...... Blattidze .......0.... |

24. Wing Soalnanisessa(ests Neuropterous ......

DOIN Pteweslaciieice tees Phryganeide ...... |

26. Wing-cover ......|Blattidee ............

27. Hind-wing? ...... Lepidopterous r| 389

So WANs nese asos0sae! Phryganeide ...... f :

29. Wineiosves se60° Cinmicideous padoee Sa id een EO AGISGIEID ATE)

30. Hind-wing? ...... Lepidopterous ? ... ee atone ay: L} 390

BILE WATER cscccosdssoc608 Phryganeide ...... |

32. Wing-cover ...... Blattide ............

33. Wing-cover ...... Blattide .......... sl.

Shs \WAIIYES Coon adenooucden Orthopterous ......

DOs WANG Teesneeosctene --|Neuropterous......

OLEVIN ONoccncencsacccs Cercopideous ...... |

SaNVANE Koewccceccecesse Neuropterous......

SOG END neato accesses Orthopterous ...... | |

SOSPNVIN Eeesseesccseshe Neuropterous ......

AOSIWAN Biiserecsececcsces Orthopterous ...... |

ATER WING es. seseentess Orthopterous ......

OT ENVAN eee nenccenecees Orthopterous ...... |

43. Wing-cover ...... Blattide ............ J

Specific names.
Fig. 1. CarabidiumDejeanianum, W.| Fig. 23. Blattidium Nogaus, W. | Fig. 31. Phryganeidium Pytho, W.

3. Cercopidium Hahnii, W.

5. Cercopidium Sch efferi, WwW,
9. Nepidium Stolones, W. |
21. - Myrmicium Heerii, W. |

24. Sialium Sipylus, W.

26. Blattidium Achelous, W.

27. Cyllonium Hewitsonianum,
Ww.

33.
36.
39.

Blattidium Symyrus, W.
CercopidiumSignoretii, W.
Agrionidium Adina, W.

Quart. Journ. Geo, Soc. Vol.X. Pl. 4s

\
}

f 13)

ton LESTE y ld. [E 5

5

beck: &

( Lar

Quart. Journ Geo, Soc. VolLX PLI15.

ML a

SS ERR

Fossil Insects (Furbech )

Quart. Journ Geo. Soc Val_X P16.

Fosail Inscets ( Jerwary [ 34. 35.) &Frbeck.)

Quart, Journ. Geo, Soc. Val X. HL.17.

rol

eee SER,
e yeh

sev unre

D)

¥

ssil_ Insects (Aadeck & Storestidd. [Fig 20]

Fo

Quart Journ Geo Soc. Vol X P1138

Fossil Insects (Rarbeck & lias (Hig 2] )

1854.] DELESSE—PEGMATITE. WOODWARD—H/PPURITIDE. 397

6. On the PEGMATITE of IRELAND. By M. A. Dexesse.
[Abstract *.]

Tue author observes that the Pegmatite of the Mountain of Mourne
in Ireland is very remarkable for its cavernous structure. This
structure is especially found in pegmatites which contain topazes ; it
is therefore probable that the cavities in the pegmatite are owing to
the separation of fluoric gases, the fluor of which is subsequently
fixed in the topaz and mica.

The Irish pegmatite is also very remarkable for the presence of
fayalite and of ferruginous peridote; for peridote is the characteristic
mineral of rocks of igneous origin which have not an excess of quartz.

M. Delesse remarks, in conclusion, that cavernous pegmatite is
formed under circumstances markedly different from those under
which granite properly so called is produced.

May 24, 1854.
SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING.
Sir R. I. Murcutson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

1. The President announced that Prof. E. Forbes, in consequence
of his appointment to the duties of Professor of Natural History at
Edinburgh, had been compelled to resign the Office of President of
the Society, and that the Society was now called upon to elect a
President in his room; also to elect a Member of Council in the
room of the Rev. Mr. De la Condamine, deceased.

2. Scrutineers were appoimted, who, after the Ballot, reported
that William John Hamilton, Esq. was unanimously elected Pre-
sident; and that Joseph Prestwich, Jun., Esq. was unanimously
elected a Member of Council.

3. Resolved, that the thanks of the Society be given to Prof.
E. Forbes, retiring from the office of President.

[It was also resolved, that Mr. Prestwich be requested to under-
take the duties of Secretary until the next General Meeting. |

ORDINARY MEETING.

Edward Bretherton, Esq. and William Ferguson, Esq. were elected
Fellows.
The following communications were read :—

1. On the Structure and Arvinities of the Hrepuririp”,
By S. P. Woopwarp, Esq., F.G.S.

[ Abstract. ]
[The publication of this paper is postponed. }
Teste fossils were regarded by the author as bivalve shells, forming

* This communication is printed in full in the Bulletin de la Société Geologique
de France, 2 ser. vol. x. p. 568.

398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 24,

a distinct family, related most nearly to the Chamide and the Car-
diade.

The Hippurite was shown to have its valves articulated by a hinge
essentially like that of the Radiolite. The internal ligament or
cartilage is divided into two portions, situated at the sides of the
first or most anterior of the three inflections of the outer shell-wall ;
this ligamental inflection is very prominent in the Hippurites cornu-
vaccinum, but obsolete in H. bioculatus. 'Two prominent straight
teeth are developed from the upper valve, parallel with the hinge-
margin, in H. dioculatus and H. radiosus, transverse to it in H. cornu-
vaccinum. The anterior tooth supports a curved horizontal muscular
apophysis, shaped like the adductor impression in the lower valve ;
the posterior tooth has a long vertical process, sometimes more pro-
minent than itself, which is received by the cavity between the first
(or ligamental) and second (muscular) inflection, which corresponds
to the muscular ridge in Diceras and Cardilia. 'The third ridge in
the lower valve of the Hippurite, which meets a corresponding in-
flection of the upper valve, was compared to the siphonal ridge of
certain bivalves, which divides the inhalent from the exhalent current
of water.

In a series of specimens of Radiolites Heninghausii, presented by
Mr. Pratt to the British Museum, there was evidence that the wmbo
of the upper valve was marginal when young; and the ligamental
inflection, though obsolete externally, was always manifest inside the
upper valves which had lost their inner shell-layer.

The Radiolites Mortoni (Mantell) was shown, by specimens from
the chalk of Kent, exhibited by Mr. M. Wright, to have possessed
a thin internal layer with grooves, rather than sockets, for the teeth
and muscular process close to the side, there being no projecting
ligamental plate; the interior (of the lower valve) was divided into
water-chambers by thin concave plates, as in the various foreign
species.

The difference between the shell-structure of the upper valves of
Hippurites and Radiolites was compared to the difference between
Rhynchonella and Terebratula, and held to be, in this case, only of
generic importaice.

The genus Caprotina, D’Orbigny, was shown to include certain
species (e. g. C. 4-partita) which could be compared to Radiolites,
the hinge-teeth supporting plates for the attachment of the shell-
muscles ; the anterior tooth bemg further connected with a plate
which divides the umbonal cavity of the upper valve in two. The
first and fourth lobes of Caprotina were held to represent the internal
cartilage (“accessory apparatus”) of Radiolites.

Evidence was adduced to show that the fixed (or dorsal) valve of
Caprinella and Caprinula was always turned away from the spiral
valve, with more or less of a sigmoid flexure, and not as in the
restoration given by M. d’Orbigny.

The genera Requienia (R. Lonsdalei) and Monopleura (M. im-
bricata) were considered to be more nearly related to Diceras and
Chama.

1854. | WESTON—ISLE OF SHEPPEY. 399

2. GrotocicaL Notices of the Iste or SuEppry, and of its
Out.iER of Bacsnor Sanp. By Cuartes Henry Weston,
Esq., B.A. Cantab., F.G.S., and Barrister at Law.

(Received January 2, 1849.)
[Abridged.]

Tue north-western and southern parts of the Isle of Sheppey are low
and marshy, as well as a portion of the north-eastern coast from
Sheerness to Scrap Gate. From this point the cliff begins to rise,
and from Minster to Warden attains a considerable height. The
highest points must be at least 200 feet above the level of the sea.

The elevated coasi-line shelves off towards the interior of the Isle,
leaving such parts low and marshy ; but from some circumstances
connected with the cliffs near Warden and the inclination of the
strata near Scrap Gate, I strongly suspect that this depression toward
Elmley Isle is rather the result of an actual sinking of the strata in
that direction, than the effect of mere denudation. I had not time,
however, to substantiate this as a fact.

The extent of the marsh and low ground on the north side from
Sheerness to Scrap Gate is about two miles. At Scrap Gate there is
a kiln for the manufacture of draining tiles, showing the existence of
clay intermingled with sand, as well as the absence of lime. To these
points we shall have occasion to refer.

From Scrap Gate the coast-line begins to elevate itself towards the
S.E., and attains its greatest height at a pomt about 14 mile distant.
On its first emergence it is composed of a stratum of ferruginous-
coloured clay ; but before reaching East End Lane Preventive station,
another stratum of blue clay is seen coming out from under the super-
incumbent ferruginous clay rising in the same direction. At the ter-
mination of the cliff at Warden (the southernmost extremity), this
bed of blue clay forms the floor of the sea*.

After examining the coast-line, I proceeded on the following day
along a great part of the edge of the cliff, and examined its upper
surface. I commenced at Scrap Gate, and before reaching the East
End Preventive station, I found, to my great surprise, the commence-
ment of a bed of ferruginous sands (see fig. p. 400). This bed
extended itself towards the S.E. for about 13 mile, crowning the
highest parts of the cliffs. It lay conformably upon the stratum of
ferruginous clay, but its limits I did not trace beyond the Ensbrook
Preventive stationt.

I was not before aware that this development of ferruginous sand
existed in the Isle of Sheppey ; and yet, in analogy with various other
elevated portions of the London Clay on whose tops outliers of the
Bagshot Sand are confessedly found, this deposit might have been
expected in this locality, which forms part of the highest ground of
the Isle, and where the upper portion of the London Clay has also
evidently been attained.

* The clay of the cliffs sometimes separates in conchoidal forms, and some-
times, while stratified and divisible into laminz, it exhibits a sort of cleavage at
right angles to the laminz, pointing to the monohedral symmetry of slaty structure.

+ IL visited the Isle of Sheppey in April 1848, and then first saw this bed of
sand.

400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [May 24,

Thus on the high ridge of London Clay
at Highgate we have an outlier of the
Bagshot Sand, and the same formation
is also to be seen at Hampstead, and
particularly on the sides of the road
descending towards Hendon.

Thus also, when upon the London
Clay at Edgeware, if we ascend to Harrow
Weald, we first find brick-kilns upon the
higher level, showing the commencement
of a superjacent arenaceous deposit, and
then afterwards, fully developed upon
the high summit of Harrow-on-the-Hill,
we find another acknowledged outlier of
the Bagshot Sand*.

The discovery of this ferruginous bed
of sand leads to an interesting inference
when considered in connexion with the
distinction of colour, which has been pre-
viously noticed as existing between the
upper and under portions of the subjacent
argillaceous formation. Two causes, ap-
parently distinct and unconnected, seem
to have been simultaneously in opera-
tion—the one producing an earthy, and
: the other a metalliferous deposit. Thus,
: while aluminous matter was being pre-
cipitated, there was an outpouring of
iron, dissolved most probably in water
containing carbonic acid gas. But this
ferruginous solution was not simply co-
extensive with the formation of the alu-
minous stratum; it continued in opera-
tion even when the alumina had given
place to silex, although a substance che-
mically and essentially so diverse. The
origin of the ferruginous impregnation
was therefore independent of those causes
which produced the earthy deposits.

The same circumstances occur in other
places. Thus near Bath they are to be
seen in the transition of the clay of the
Upper Lias into the sand of the over-
lying Inferior Oolite; while near Wey-
mouth they are equally to be noticed in
the passage (e contrario) from the Oxford
Oolite into the superjacent Kimmeridge
Clay.

N.W.

Scrap Gate.

East-End Lane
Station

; } London Clay.

Bagshot Sand.

London Clay.

1. Ferruginous clay....

Ensbrook
Station
2. Blue clay .

Section of part of the N.E. Coast of the Isle of Sheppey, showing the supposed Outlier of Bagshot Sand on the

* The geognostic position of these kilns and
that at Scrap Gate in the Isle of Sheppey appears
to be identical.

Warden
Station
Sea level.

S.E,

1854. | PRESTWICH—LONDON CLAY. 401

That at some former period the ferruginous sand of Sheppey, though
now limited in extent, was coextensive with the London Clay beneath,
seems evident from the existence of the kilns at Scrap Gate, and of
others which appeared to me to be on the Warden end of the cliffs.
These clearly show, that although the arenaceous deposit does not
exist in such localities as a distinct mass, yet there is, in the necessary
loamy state of the brick clay, evidence of a transition state between
the London Clay below and the commencement of some sandy bed
above.

I do not attempt to prove the identity of the Sheppey sand with
that of Bagshot. My wish is to bring those facts which I observed
under the notice of others, who may have an opportunity of minutely
investigating the subject. The discovery of fossils, or of lithological
characteristics, or actual sequence, must be added to the present
order of superposition before we can really prove that the high lands
of Sheppey bear an outlier of the Bagshot Sand formation, in common
with the other elevated portions of the London Clay.

The accompanying woodcut gives an approximate section of the
cliffs on the N.E. coast of the Island.

Above the bed of ferruginous sand, and over the surface of the
highest parts of the Isle of Sheppey, rounded pebbles are found, not
deposited en masse, but detached and scantily scattered over the sur-
face. Hence the boggy nature of the Island in wet weather, the London
Clay coming up to the surface almost uncovered. These pebbles,
both in their shape and mode of deposition, are precisely similar to
those which are found in some localities N. of London, as at Muswell
Hill and Mill Hill; and they appear to be quite distinct from the
beds of gravel found in various parts of the valley of the Thames.

3. On the Tutcxness of the Lonpon Cuay; on the RELATIVE
Posrrion of the Fossitirerovus Berns of Sueprey, Hicueate,
Harwicu, Newnuam, Bocnor, Se.; and on the PROBABLE
OccurRENCE of the Bacsuot Sanps in the Isux of SHErrry.
By Josera Prestrwicu, Jun., F.R.S., F.G.S. &e.

§ 1. Thickness of the Clay.

Havina frequently had my attention directed by Mr. Searles
Wood to the question of the exact position in the London Clay of
the peculiar and remarkable fossiliferous beds of Sheppey, and of
the thickness of the London Clay itself at that place, I have, with
that special object in view, made a further examination of the Island,
and now beg to lay before the Society the result of these observa-
tions. I have availed myself of this opportunity to determine also
more correctly the importance of the London Clay in other parts of
its range, and to settle approximately the position of the strata of some
other localities, well known for their fossils—separate lists of which
I give at the end of this paper.

This question of the thickness of the London Clay remains nearly

402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 24,

in the state in which it was left by Phillips and Conybeare in 1822.
The impression likely to be conveyed by the observation on this
subject in their valuable work * is one which would suppose its
development to be more irregular, and in places considerably greater,
than will, I believe, prove to be the case. They state,—‘‘ The actual
thickness of the London Clay in Sheppey may be estimated, by
adding the height of the cliff to the depth of the wells, at 530 feet.”
They then proceed to say that ‘it may be supposed to be much
thicker in Essex,”’ estimating it at ‘‘ High Beech to be about 700
feet thick ;”” and further, they report it to have been pierced at
Wimbledon to the depth of 530 feet, without passing through it.
They then give a number of lesser measurements, but without stating
whether or not the upper beds have been denuded.

In the following estimates I have deemed it necessary to take only
such lines of section as afford a definite upper horizon—the one
obtained by the superposition of the Bagshot sands. The base of
the London Clay I have ascertained in all cases practicable by means
of well-sections.

The fine and complete coast sections in the Isle of Wight show
that the total thickness of the London Clay at Alum Bay is 193
feet, and at White Cliff Bay 363 feet. The Artesian well at
Southampton affords another exact measure of 320 feet. Passing
over to the London Tertiary area, there exist no definite measure-
ments in the neighbourhood of Hungerford or Newbury; taking,
however, into consideration the dip of the beds and the height of
the hills, I do not think that the entire thickness of the London Clay
there exceeds 200 to 250 feet, which increases, as it ranges westward
towards Basingstoke and Odiham, to 330 feet +. In the neighbour-
hood of Reading and Wokingham, judging from a well commenced
at Bear Park, the London Clay cannot be less than 370 to 400 feet
thick ; whilst at Chobham, where it is overlaid by 265 feet of Bag-
shot sands, it was roughly estimated by the well-digger at 400 feet.
In the north part of Windsor Forest it has been found about 350
feet thick, and if to this we add the height of the ground to where
the Bagshot sands set in, it will also give us a thickness of about
400 feet. At the foot of Hampstead Hill, in the Tottenham Court
Road, and Regent’s Park, the London Clay is from 70 to 140 feet.
thick ; at the Lower Heath, 285 feet. If to this we add the depth
from the top of the hill, and take off 25 feet, as the thickness of the
capping of gravel and Bagshot sands, it will give, in round numbers,
a total thickness of about 420 to 440 feet to the London Clay at that
spot (see fig. 1, p. 404).

- With regard to the exceptional thickness of 530+ and of 700 feet,
assigned to the London Clay at Wimbledon and High Beech by
Phillips and Conybeare, there are, I believe, errors in both instances.
In the first case, the Mottled Clays beneath the London Clay are
sometimes so largely developed, that in places not far distant (as at
Chertsey and Chobham) there frequently is no sufficient mass of

* Geology of England and Wales, p. 33.
+ Well-section at Dogmersfield, Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. x. p. 97.

1854. ] PRESTWICH—LONDON CLAY. 403

interstratified sands to afford a water supply, so that wells have been
carried through the London Clay, and then passed almost at once
into the Mottled Clay, in consequence of which works have been
given up and abandoned. This may have occurred at Wimbledon ;
and possibly no line of demarcation having been drawn between the
two clays, they were put down together as one mass of London Clay *.
We know the thickness of the London Clay to be 230 feet deep at
the Asylum at Garrett, and 210 feet at Mortlake ; if to these we add
the height of the Wimbledon Hill above those places, it will hardly
give a thickness of 400 feet to the London Clay at Wimbledon. The
line of section (fig. 1, p. 404) between Hampstead and Wimbledon,
which takes the evidence afforded by wells at intermediate stations,
shows a structural result in conformity with the foregoing obser-
vations.

The other case, at High Beech, arises from an error, originating
apparently with the Trigonometrical Survey ¢, in which that spot is
stated to be 750 feet high. Phillips and Conybeare, knowing the
height of the ground at a well at Epping to be 340 feet above high
water mark, and the thickness of the clay to be 392 feet, added to
the latter the additional height of the ground at High Beech, or of
300 feet more,—giving an estimate, therefore, of about 700 feet.
I find, however, by observations with the aneroid barometer, that
the height of High Beech above the sea level can hardly exceed 440
feet ; and further, I find that the hill is capped by a thin covering of
gravel and Bagshot sands, amounting together probably to about 20
or 30 feet. In the valley of the Lea, to the west of High Beech,
the depth to the base of the London Clay is about 50 feet § at
Waltham Cross, 40 feet at Waltham Abbey, 122 feet at Sewardstone,
and 80 feet at Turkey-street, Enfield, whilst at Northaw the chalk is
at the surface in the valley to the east of the village. Again, at
Loughton, a few miles east of High Beech, a well has traversed the
London Clay, and reached the Chalk at a depth of 320 feet. Now, if
we run a line of section (fig. 2, p.404) from Northaw, across the valley
of the Lea, through High Beech, to Loughton, and take a calculated
thickness afforded by the several above-mentioned well-sections
(though our line does not exactly pass through any of them), we
may approximate very closely to the thickness of the London Clay
at these places, and conclude that at High Beech it cannot exceed
430 to 440 feet. At Hunter’s Hall, near Epping, and at a height,
according to Conybeare and Phillips, of 410 feet above the Thames,
the Lower Tertiary sands were reached at a depth of 350 feet. If

* Allowing for this, the reported thickness still seems 100 feet too much.

+ Mr. Mylne informs me that the Chalk has recently been reached at Mr.
Beaument’s, on the east side of Wimbledon Common, at a depth of 465 feet.
—J. P., Jun., Sept. 1854.

{ Vol. ii. p. 306. Langdon Hill, Essex, is given at 620 feet ; but this hill surely
cannot exceed about 400 feet above the sea level.

§ Lam not quite satisfied as to the exact correctness of these measurements, since
in some of the wells the Mottled Clay has, I suspect, been included in the thick-
ness of the London Clay. Making, however, these corrections where they seem
necessary, these numbers cannot be far from the truth.

404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [May 24,

we connect this well with others in the valley of the Lea, and add to
it the extra height of the hill at High Beech (deducting the gravel
and the Bagshot sands, and judging the beds to be almost level), it
will still give about 440 feet as the thickness of the London Clay.

Figs. 1, 2.— Outline Sections of the London Clay.

[The vertical dotted lines in figs. 1, 2, 3, & 4 mark the position of well-sections. |
Scale.—Horxiz.1 inch to6 miles. Vert. 1 inch to 2000 ft.

Fig.1.—From Cheam to Hampstead.

Wimbledon
Paddington

Common.
Kensington

Valley.
Union.

: The Thame

London
Tertiaries.

Fig. 2.—From Northaw to Loughton.

Sins Pes :
Sy US Bal =| oe NO s 5
oO 8 3 ° mea a)
ee os yh may
a 2h e226 Bagshot 2
eae FS Ess BIN 1G
o4 wir OPA Sands.

Lower
London
Tertiaries.

Sea-level.

Z. London Clay.
ce. Chalk.

A section from Havering-atte-Bower to Brentwood, at both of
which places we have traces of the Bagshot sands, passes two points
where the lower sands have been reached, and gives an average
thickness of 450 feet to the London Clay. Warley Parsonage and
Brook-street are both situated about 20 to 40 feet below the level of
the Bagshot sands, which cap the summit of the hill at Brentwood,
and at the former place the London Clay was found to be 390 feet
thick, and at the latter about 400 feet.

Proceeding eastward, we approach the Sheppey and Southend
district, and here the London Clay seems to expand. As the strata
are apparently not much disturbed, and there are a considerable
number of well-sections, we can form a tolerably approximate
estimate, although we have no section which traverses this deposit
at the points where the series is complete. I will first take
an east and west section through Sheppey (fig. 3). At Cowling,
near Gravesend, the chalk is at the surface. At Sheerness, 94 miles
eastward from this place, three Artesian wells give respectively a
thickness of 347, 356, and 347 feet to the London Clay. At Queens-
borough (two miles south of Sheerness, and on the same level,—and at
the same distance from Cowling), the London Clay is 280 feet deep;

PRESTWICH—LONDON CLAY. 405

1854.]

*[aad[-vag

1

OE *spurs joysseq

—
eS) Dix

J
n
o
Q
S
=I
=
°
o

“Kaddays JO d[s}
"hingsaqung 07 ‘ybrajiny mau ‘obpiug apjqng woig—' fF *3tq

“SOMUBYT, IOAN “spurg joysseg M'N

—)
° Om

*AINgiI9}UeD
SITE uvalg
*fauoavig
*IDALI O[BMG
“Aqaeyy
*puayynog jo
“M 9a BUD
“ysrophey J
“ACN o[tor
‘oSpug oe

‘[aAg|-vag -. ==

aso eed OUL ANGI EEN S| “8TBMS 9} ‘spuus jJoysseg *AeMpa *puelia}s *SUI[AO
. 0} aoue.jug = e tates puelia}sO I[MO9
: eo 35 .
. cS ee 3
ET = Go
ON eee
n

*addoayg Jo ast
apn bv ADOU SAUD) YIOYD 24? OF ‘PuasaanLy ADIU ‘Huynoy mL ~—C ‘Oly

°¥99J 000G=YOUI [ F[VOAIA —*saTIUL Q=YoUT T :[eUOZIAOF[—‘aTvos

“spag snolafyisso yy
qunpsodun asou spn fo amos fo uowpsod ay, pun ‘injg uopuoTy ayz fo suorsuaunp ay, Burnoys suoyoag auning—'p *e ‘s81q

406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 24,

our section passes between these two places, and at a point, therefore,
where we may estimate the London Clay to be about 320 feet deep *.
A rough measurement by the aneroid barometer gave me 160 feet
as the height of the ground at Minster Church (where a Nautilus
was found at a depth of 16 feet, which shows the London Clay to rise
to the surface, a bed of gravel excepted), and 180 feet as the height
of the hill at ‘The Chequers,” the highest point in the Island.
Between these two places a thick bed of light yellow sand sets in, and
attains, with the overlying gravel, a thickness of 20 to 30 feet.
This bed, which possibly belongs to the lower part of the Lower
Bagshot sands, does not extend much further +. As our section now
runs parallel with the shore, we may take the dip of the strata along
this part of the line from that of the beds in the corresponding
portion of the cliffs, or as nearly level along their strike west and
east for a distance of about two miles; further on, the strata rise
slightly eastward. Passing over the bare London Clay’ at the east
end of the Island, and crossing the entrance of the Swale, we reach
Herne Bay, where the London Clay still continues to rise eastward,
at an inclination which, about 13 mile beyond this town, brings up
the Lower Tertiary sands to the sea level. It would appear, there-
fore, that the centre of the Isle of Sheppey, from Minster to East
Church, lies in the deepest part of the curve formed by this line of
section ; and, after deducting 30 feet for gravel and sand, it would
seem that the thickness of the London Clay is here about 470 to
480 feet.

We will now take a line of section (fig. 4, p. 405), intersecting
the former one in the centre of Sheppey, and prolonged in one direc-
tion south-east to Canterbury, and in the other north-west, crossing
the Thames to the cliffs at Southend, and thence to the neighbourhood
of Rayleigh. On this line we have a well-section on Blean Hill,
where the chalk has been reached at a depth of 160 feet. At
Graveney we find the Thanet sands at the surface. The London
Clay sets in in the adjoiming marshes ; and at Harty, on the opposite
shore of Sheppey, attaims a depth of 133 feet. Thence, crossing
the former line of section (fig. 3, p. 405), near East Church, this line
reaches the shore at East End, the dip continuing apparently
without much diminution as far as this pomt{. The cliff between
East End and Ramsley, like the hill to the east of Minster, also
exhibits, at its highest points, sections of the sands which I refer

* The curve giving this depth is determined by taking the London Clay at its
known outcrop, near Sittingbourne, again at King’s Ferry, where it has been
ascertained to be 200 feet deep, and continuing this line direct through Queens-
borough and Sheerness.

tT In 1847, I noticed the extension of the Bagshot sands over the top of
Langdon-hill to the hills at Rayleigh near Southend, and therefore nearly oppo-
site Sheppey. They are more important at the former than at the latter place,
attaining near Rayleigh and above Benfleet a thickness of 30 to 40 feet. I have
not been able to find any fossils in these sands. It is therefore possible that they
may belong to some drift bed, but the probabilities are, however, in favour of their
belonging to the Bagshot series.

t In the bed of the Thames I have marked the probable prolongation of the
slight anticlinal formed by the chalk at Cliff, Gravesend, and Purfleet.

1854. | PRESTWICH—LONDON CLAY. 407

to the Lower Bagshots; they are from 5 to 20 feet thick, and are
overlaid by 5 to 10 feet of gravel.- It is difficult to measure the exact
height of these clay cliffs, owing to the continual fall of their upper
portion, and to the broken and sloping surface which they conse-
quently present. The mean of several observations with an aneroid
barometer, and of an approximate measurement with a tape line, gave
about 130 feet as the height of the cliff at the Coast-Guard station,
East End.

Thence, passing over to Essex, we reach the London Clay cliffs of
Southend. A few miles north of this town there are several deep
Artesian wells. One at the Union at Rochford traverses the London
Clay toa depth of 330 feet, before reaching the Lower Tertiary sands.
In another, at Stroud-green, the London Clay is 390 feet deep, whilst
at Rayleigh it is 400 feet deep. Allowing for the difference of level,
and connecting these several well-sections, the London Clay will be
420 feet deep at the point of intersection with our plan. At a short
distance from this spot, and nearer Rayleigh, the hills which there
attain a height, by aneroid barometer, of about 180 to 200 feet, are
capped by 20 to 30 feet of Bagshot sands. Descending into the
valley of the Blackwater, at Battle-bridge, an Artesian well has been
sunk through 350 feet of London Clay to the Lower Tertiary sands.
Connecting together the different poimts determined or estimated on
this line of section, we come to about the same result as in the pre-
vious instance, viz. that the London Clay at Sheppey is probably
from 470 to 480 feet thick, and that it is about the same on the
opposite coast of Hssex.

At Foulness Island, in Essex, there are Artesian wells through the
London Clay 400 feet deep. Beyond this place the London Clay gra-
dually rises, its base coming apparently within 20 or 30 feet of the
surface at the river level at Colchester, and at the sea level at Walton
and Harwich ; whilst at Ipswich the Lower Sands come to the surface.

From the foregomg observations it would appear that the London
Clay gradually expands as it ranges from west to east, at first rather
rapidly until it attains a thickness of from 300 to 400 feet, and then
very gradually until, in the neighbourhood of London, it averages
from 400 to 440 feet thick *. In the Isle of Sheppey, and on the
opposite Essex coast, however, it reaches its greatest development,
being there apparently as much as 470 to 480 feet thick. As the
regularity of this development does not agree with opinions I have
frequently heard expressed on this subject, I may mention in
explanation, although probably hardly necessary, that the London
Clay was not spread over a denuded land surface, but was a con-
tinuation of a series of marine and estuarine deposits, which had
previously filled up and smoothed over the irregularity of the old
chalk surface. The lenticular shape of this large mass of clay (for it
thins off again eastward as it ranges through Belgium) is very
striking, and has an interesting theoretical bearing.

- * Tam now ofcourse speaking of it apart from the local diminution of its thick-
ness produced by denudation, which necessarily gives it at present a very variable
thickness.

VOL. X.—PART I. 2F

408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [May 24,

§ 2. Position of the Fossils.

The organic remains of the London Clay are distributed in groups
marking particular zones. Of these zones we may take as types—
Sheppey, Highgate*, Copenhagen-fields and Primrose-hill, and —
Bognor. In consequence of the debris masking the surface of the
Sheppey cliffs, and from the circumstance of the fossils always being
sought for amongst the shingle on the beach, where the sea leaves them
after washing away the clay, their exact position in these cliffs has
not yet been determined. One fact, however, is apparent ; the fossil
seeds and fruits, which constitute so peculiar a feature in the organic
remains of this locality, are found in the greatest profusion here where
the cliffs are capped by the Bagshot sands; the inference, therefore,
is, that this singular flora belongs mainly to some of the highest beds
of the London Clay, probably chiefly to the upper 50 to 60 feet. At
least, I presume that it may be owing to the absence of these highest
beds, which alone are wanting at Southend, that the fossil fruits and
seeds are so much scarcer there, though well-preserved specimens of
shells and crustacea, similar to those found at Sheppey, abound.
Otherwise there is a general community of species, which induces me
to include them in one zone, whilst the position of the beds, as deter-
mined in fig. 4, p. 405, shows them to be nearly in the same horizon.
The few fossils found at Brentwood (in the railway cutting) and at
Egham Hill belong to this zone.

The Highgate fossils belong to a rather lower portion of the
London Clay ; they occur chiefly near the level of the road at the
Archway in beds of sandy clay, which are about 110 to 130 feet
below the outlier of Bagshot sands capping the hill. The faunas of
Newnham + and of Clewet’s-greent near Basingstoke agree very
closely with that of Highgate, whilst the position of the beds is also
similar §. There is, however, a greater admixture of some of the
forms which prevail in the lower zones.

The Chalk-farm, Primrose-hill, and Copenhagen-fields fossils form
another zone, about 100 feet still lower in the London Clay. The
fossils of Kew and Brentford belong to this zone, whilst further
westward these beds are probably represented by the fossiliferous
beds of Cuffell, near Basingstoke || ; but here again there is a greater
community of species in the several zones.

The Harwich and Bognor group of fossils belongs to the lowest
part of the London Clay, as do also the fossils of the lower strata at
Potter’s-bar near Barnet, of Sherfield and Old Basing near Basing-

* That different beds of the London Clay are characterized by peculiar groups of
fossils was a fact first noticed in the neighbourhood of London by Mr. Wetherell,
in 1836, in an interesting paper published in the Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag.
vol. ix. He there shows that the Highgate fossils are many of them peculiar to
that spot, that the fossils of Primrose-hill and Regent’s-park constitute another
group on a lower level, and considers that the beds at Islington and west of
Herne Bay form a third level.

+ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. iii. p. 371. t Ibid. p. 370.

§ Some fossils found at the railway station of the Crystal Palace indicate the
occurrence of these beds near the summit of the Norwood hills.

|| Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. iii. p. 369.

1854. | PRESTWICH—LONDON CLAY. 409

stoke, and part of the sections at Pebble-bill near Hungerford, and
of Clarendon-hill near Salisbury *.

At Alum Bay, in the Isle of Wight, where the London Clay is
not so thick, its paleeontological divisions are less marked, and similar
fossils are more generally prevalent throughout its entire mass.

Confining ourselves to the London district, it would appear, that,
although a great proportion of the fossils range at intervals vertically
throughout the London Clay, yet their development is very dif-
ferent in different zones, being abundant in some and scarce in others,
whilst each zone is further marked by a few characteristic species,
thus forming distinct, although nearly related groups ;—that plant
remains occur sparingly throughout the mass of the London Clay,
but that their chief development is in the uppermost, or perhaps
superadded, beds in the eastern area, in which also are entombed the
great bulk of the reptilian and fish remains ;—that a profusion of
molluscs indicating waters of a more moderate depth characterise
its second descending stage ;—that deeper-sea forms prevail in the
third stage in the eastern area, but are replaced by a shallower water
fauna, more nearly allied to the fossils of the second stage, as we
proceed westward ;—and that the same change takes place also in the
fourth and lowest stage, many of the forms of the upper divisions
being common to it in the westward area, where the sea was evi-
dently shallow, whilst eastward we have indications of the maximum
depth of the London Clay sea, with a very scanty fauna of deep-sea
forms.

It must not, however, be supposed that the fossils are dispersed
either vertically or horizontally with any uniformity as to numbers:
although, as before mentioned, certain zones are characterized by
certain groups of organic remains, yet the fossils tend to occur in
greater or less abundance in certain beds. This is especially the
case in the lower zone, which is frequently almost totally unfos-
siliferous ; the third zone, likewise, is often marked by the absence
of fossils, and so again with the upper zone; the fossils appear more
permanent in the second zone. These zones are necessarily artificial,
as no actual division exists, and the organic remains and mineral
characters are continuous; but they serve to mark the distinct con-
ditions of the fauna and flora at particular periods, and show the
prevalence generally of like forms on the same levels; they are not,
however, to be taken, by any means, as constant, but merely as local
centres for convenient reference and grouping.

The following table shows this general order of succession, and
the position of the several fossiliferous zones. The divisions are not
given as very definite; they may vary 50 feet either one way or
the other, according to the thickness of the London Clay itself in
different parts of its area; but they will serve to show generally the
relative position of the beds at the different places named. Only
the principal localities are given.

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. p. 235, 236, and vol. ili. p. 367.
2 Be

410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [May 24,

General average thickness.

Westward Eastward

ates mule ae Fossiliferous localities.
Ree : t “0 150. Cliffs of Sheppey and of Southend; Brent-
irst (uppermost). wood-hill ; Egham-hill.
Second. 80 100 Margaretting-street, near Chelmsford; High-

gate Archway*; Wandsworth Common ;
Railway station, Crystal Palace; Newn-
ham; Clewet’s-green.
Third. 100 =.140 Cliffs between Herne Bay and Whitstable ;
Colchester; Chalk-farm; Primrose-hill;
Copenhagen-fields; Islington; Whetstone;
Hornsey ; Colney Hatch; Kew; Brentford;
Cuffell.
Fourth. 50 90 Harwich; Walton; Cliff east of Herne Bay(?);
Potter’s-bar (?); Hedgerly; Old Basing;
—_—_ —-—— Sherfield ; upper part of Pebble-hill and of
300 480 Clarendon-hill ; Bognor.

A question arises, whether the upper beds of the London Clay in
Kent and Essex may not represent some portion of the Lower
Bagshot or Bracklesham sands of Berkshire and Hampshire, or
whether the 200 to 300 feet of London Clay of the latter district
represents, in mass as well as in time, the 460 to 480 feet of the
former district. I am inclined to take the latter view, and to
consider the eastern district to have derived its superadded features
from its proximity to the sources of the river supply of the period,
and to the greater depth of the sea in that area (or to a more rapid
subsidence of the bed of the sea), so as to allow of a larger accumula-
tion of sediment, and to result in a greater depth of strata.

§ 3. Lists of Organic Remains.

As no separate and complete lists of the fossils of Sheppey, High-
gate, and other localities mentioned in the text have been published,
I have endeavoured to determine with some accuracy these different
faunas. There are, fortunately, several special collections of great
value to assist an inquiry of this nature; Mr. Wetherell, who has
materially assisted me in this inquiry, having for many years zealously
collected all the fossils found at Highgate and its vicinity (the road
at the Archway on Highgate-hill, the railway cuttings at Primrose-
hill, Copenhagen-fields, Hornsey, and Whetstone, &c.); whilst Mr.
Bowerbank, on his side, has amassed a like unrivalled series of the
Sheppey fishes, reptiles, crustacea, and plants. The collection of Mr.
Edwards from both these places, although subordinate to his admirable
collection of Bracklesham Bay fossils, is very important. More re-.
cently Mr. Lunn has formed a valuable collection of the Southend
fossils. My own attention has been chiefly turned to such less im-
portant localities and sections, asfrom theirdistance ortemporary nature
have-not come within the examination of such assiduous collectors.

Further, the valuable publications of the Paleeontographical Society

* The beds at Finchley and at Haverstock-hill would seem to occupy a position

intermediate between these second and third zones. The zones may possibly
be multiplied.

1854. | PRESTWICH—LONDON CLAY. 411

have, during the last few years, advanced most materially, and given
an unusual completeness to most branches of Tertiary paleontology *.
The Report also by Professor Agassiz, in 1844, on the fossil fishes of
the London Clay is a monograph of the greatest value, and presents
us with a research such as few other strata have undergone+. The
Crustacea yet offer a rich and almost unexplored field; Professor
M‘Coy has, however, described a few species{. Mr. R. Jones has
commenced an examination of the Foraminifera and Entomostraca,
which will, it is hoped, be continued.

[Parts of these lists will be found more complete than the rest, in consequence
of some groups of fossils and some beds having been the object of more
especial research than others. Many species will probably be found to have
a greater range. The prevalence, however, of certain fossils at certain levels
is the essential and prominent feature. An asterisk marks the common and
characteristic shells ; I cannot at present safely apply it to the other groups. ]

First Zone.—Isle of Sheppey Fossils (cliff-section).

AVES.
Halcyornis Toliapicus, Owen. Lithornis vulturinus, Owen.
(Larus, Kon.) —— (?) Emuinus, Bowerbd.
REPpTILIA. | \
Chelone breviceps, Owen. Emys Delabechii, Beil.
—— convexa, Owen. —— levis, Bell.
cuneiceps, Owen. —— testudiniformis, Owen.
—— latiscutata, Owen. Platemys Bowerbankii, Owen.
longiceps, Owen. Bullockii, Owen.
— subcarinata, Owen. Trionyx pustulatus, Owen.
— subcristata, Owen. Crocodilus champsoides, Owen.
Emys bicarinatus, Bell. Toliapicus, Owen.
— Comptoni, Bell. Palzophis Toliapicus, Owen.
PISCEs.
Acestrus ornatus, 4g. Auchenilabrus frontalis, 4g.
Acipenser Toliapicus, 4g. Bothrosteus minor, 4g.
Aitobatis irregularis, 4g. Brachygnathus tenuiceps, 4g.
subarcuatus, 4g. Brychetus' Mulleri, 4g.
Ampheristus Toliapicus, Kén. Calopomus porosus, 4g.

* The following very important monographs on the Eocene fossils have already
been published :—

Professor Owen and Professor Bell, ‘On the Chelonia of the London Clay,” 1849.

Mr. F. E. Edwards, “‘ On the Cephalopoda of the Eocene Formations,” 1849.

Professor Owen, ‘‘ On the Crocodilia and Ophidia of the London Clay,” 1850.

Milne-Edwards and J. Haimes, ‘‘On the Corals of the Tertiary Formations,” 1850.

Mr. Charles Darwin, ‘“‘ On the Fossil Lepadide of Great Britain,’’ 1851.

Mr. Thos. Davidson, “‘ On the British Tertiary Brachiopoda,” 1852,

Professor E. Forbes, “On the Echinodermata of the British Tertiaries,’”’ 1852.

Where the London Clay is spoken of in these monographs it is generally under-
stood to include the Bracklesham sands and the Barton clays. [I restrict the
term to the lower deposits of London and of Hampshire. ,

+ Report of the Brit. Assoc. for the Advancement of Science, 1845, p. 279. This
has been further revised and added to by Sir Philip Egerton in Mr. Dixon’s
‘Geology of Sussex,’”’ and in the edition just published of Morris’s Catalogue.
I avail myself of the assistance afforded by this latter very valuable work, which
has reached me as this paper is going through the press, in the final revision of the
lists in the text.—J. P., August 1854.

+ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2nd Ser. 1849, vol. iv. p. 161.

412

Carcharodon angustidens, 4g. C. Toli-
apicus & C. heterodon, Ag.

— subserratus, 4g.

Ccelocephalus salmoneus, 4g.

Cceloperca latifrons, 4g.

Ccelopoma Colei, 4g.

—— leve, dg.

Ccelorhynchus rectus, 4g.

Cybium macropomum, 4g.

Elasmodus Hunteri, Eger.

Eurygnathus cavifrons, 4g.

Glyphis hastalis, 4g.

Goniognathus coryphenoides, 4g.

—— maxillaris, 4g.

Gyrodus levior, 4g.

Halecopsis levis, 4g.

Hypsodon oblongus, 4g.

—— Toliapicus, 49.
Labrophagus esocinus, 4g.
Lamna compressa, 49.
elegans, 4g.

Hopei (Odontaspis), Ag.
verticalis (Odontaspis), Ag.
Laparus alticeps, 4g.
Loxostomus mancus, 4g.
Megalops priscus, 4g.
Merlinus cristatus, 4g.
Myliobatis acutus, 4g.
canaliculatus, 49.

— Colei, 4g.

Dixoni, 4g.

—— goniopleurus, dg.

—— gyratus, dg.

—— heteropleurus, 4g.

—— jugalis, 4g.

—— lateralis, dg.

nitidus, dg.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

[May 24,

Myliobatis Oweni, 4¢.
punctatus, dg.

striatus, dg.

Toliapicus, 4g.
Myripristis Toliapicus, 4g.
Notidanus serratissimus, 49.
Otodus macrotus, dg.
obliquus, 4g.
Pachycephalus cristatus, dg.
Percostoma angustum, dg.
Periodus Keenigii, 49.
Phalacrus cybioides, 4g.
Phasganus declivis, 4g.
Phyllodus irregularis, 4g.
—— marginalis, dg.

——- medius, 49.

— planus, 4g.

—— polyodus, 4g.

—~- Toliapicus, 4g.

Pisodus politus, Owen. P. Owenii, Ag.
Podocephalus nitidus, 4g.
Pomophractus Egertoni, dg.
Pristis bisulcatus, 4g. (?)
Psaliodus compressus, Eger.
Ptychocephalus radiatus, 4g.
Pyenodus Toliapicus, dg.
Rhinocephalus planiceps, 4g.
Rhipidolepis elegans, 4g.
Rhoncus carangoides, 4g.
Rhynchorhinus branchialis, 4g.
Scizenurus Bowerbanki, 4g.
crassior, 4q.

Scombrinus nuchalis, 4g.
Sphyrzenodus crassidens, 4g.
—— priscus, 4g. Dictyodus, Owen.
Teratichthys antiquitatis, Kén.
Tetrapterus priscus, 4g.

Mo.uvsca.

Cephalopoda.
Belosepia sepioidea, Blainv.
*Nautilus centralis, Sow.
ox imperialis, Sow.
regalis, Sow.
urbanus, Sow.
*—— (Aturia) zic-zac, Sow.
Gasteropoda.
Acteon simulatus, Sow.
Ancillaria.
Aporrhais Sowerbii, Mant.
laria, Sow.
Buccinum junceum, Sow. ?
*Bulla attenuata, Sow.
Cancellaria quadrata, Sow.
Cassidaria nodosa, Brand.
Buceinum,Brand.; C.carinata,Desh.
—— striata, Sow.

Rostel-

*Cerithium Charlesworthii, n.s. §
Corbula.
*Conus concinnus, Sow.
Cyprea oviformis, Sow.
Dentalium nitens, Sow.
*Fusus bifasciatus, Sow.
coniferus, Sow.
Murex cristatus, Sow.
spinulosus, Desh.
*Natica labellata, Zam.
*Pleurotoma prisca, Sow. Murex, Br.
rostrata, Sow. Murex, Brand.
*Phorus extensus, Sow.
Pyrula tricostata, Desh. ?
angulata, Edw.
*Rostellaria lucida, Sow.
Scalaria reticulata, Sow., non Brand.
*Solarium patulum, Sow.

4] I give this name to a beautifully sculptured Cerithium, figured, but not de-
scribed, by Mr. Charlesworth in 1849, amongst some illustrated Barton specimens

(card fig. f).

At Barton it is an extremely rare species, but it is very common and
characteristic at Sheppey and Southend.

1854. | PRESTWICH—LONDON CLAY. 413

Solarium canaliculatum, Lam. Cytherea obliqua, Desh. Venus tenui-
Terebra striata. striata, Sow. ?
Triton. Tsocardia sulcata, Sow.
*Turritella imbricataria, Lam. Modiola, n. sp.?
Voluta nodosa, Sow. *Nezera inflata (Nucula), Sow.
: 5
LSneIEE a ORIGED. Nucula amygdaloides, Sow.

Bowerbankii, Sow. ?
Ostrea.

*Pectunculus decussatus, Sow.
Pinna arcuata, Sow. ?

Arca.
*Astarte rugata, Sow.
*Avicula papyracea, Sow.

Car Aen Sow. Syndosmya splendens (Tellina), Sow.
: Beate *Teredo antenaute, Sow.
Cardin MitCls PS020: Teredina personata, Lam
*Cryptodon Goodhallii (Zucina), Sow. P : i
Cypxina planata, var., Sow. (?) Brachiopoda.
nana, Sow. *Terebratulina striatula, Sow.
ARTICULATA.

Crustacea. Zanthopsis Leachii (Cancer), Desm.
Archeeocarabus Bowerbanki, M‘Coy. B. gibbosus (?), Schlot.
Basinotopus Lamarckii (Inachus), OIL ey 6 Ceinaae Unne

ean: culatus (?), Kon.
Hoploparia Bellii, ‘Coy. unispinosa, M‘Coy.
gammaroides, ‘Coy. Annelida.
Zanthopsis bispinosa, M‘ Coy. Serpula.
hispidiformis (Brachyurites), Vermicularia Bognoriensis, Mant.
Schlot. (Vermetus, Sow.)
EcHINODERMATA.,
Astropecten armatus, Ford. Goniaster marginatus, Ford.
(?) Colei, Ford. tuberculatus, Ford.
——— crispatus, Ford. Hemiaster Bowerbankii, Ford.
Ceelopleurus Wetherelli, Ford. Prestwichii, Ford.
Goniaster Stokesii, Ford. Pentacrinus subbasaltiformis, Mill.
ZOOPHYTA.
Graphularia Wetherelli, M.-Edw. Paracyathus brevis, M.-Edw.
Trochocyathus sinuosus (Zurbinolia), caryophyllus (Turbinolia), Lam.
Brong.
PLANTS.
Lycopodiacee. Leguminosites, Bowerd., 18 species.
Lycopodites squamatus, Brongn. Xulionosprionites, Bowerd., 2 species.
Conifere. Maivacee.

Callitrites, Endl. (Cupressinites, Bow.), Hightea, Bowerd., 10 species.
4 species.

Frenelites, Endl. (Cup., Bow.), 4 sp. alien Nipacee. :

See (Cup., Bow.),5 sp. Nipadites, Bowerd., 12 species.
Aurantiacee ? Proteacee.

Wetherellia variabilis, Bowerbank. Petrophiloides oviformis, Bowerd.
Cucurbitacee. Sapindacee.

Cucumites variabilis, Bowerb. Cupanoides, Bowerb. (Amomocarpum,
Leguminose. Brongn.), 8 species.

Faboidea, Bowerd., 25 species. Tricarpellites, Bowerd., 7 species.

Mr. Bowerbank has in his collection 1 or 2 new species of Turtles, 10 or 12 new
fishes, about 14 undescribed species of Crustacea (10 Zanthopsis, 4 Hoploparia,
and Archeocarabus ?), and probably as many as 300 to 400 undescribed fossil
seeds and fruits, including Palmacean fruits, a few cones, fruits of Potentillas, and
1 Cocos, with seeds of 2 or 3 species of Anana.

In consequence of the Sheppey shells occurring so generally in the state of
pyritous internal casts, it is often difficult to determine the species. The number
I believe to be greater than given above. It is to be observed also that the Sheppey
shells have not yet been worked out with the same care as those of Highgate.

414

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

[May 24,

Seconp Zone.—Highgate Fossils (Road-cutting at the Archway).

g REPTILiA.

Vertebra of Palzeophis ?

Small Reptilian teeth ?

Pisces.

Carcharodon.
Ccelorhynchus.
Lamna elegans, 4g.

Myliobatis Dixoni, 4g. ?
Notidanus.
Otodus obliquus, 4g.

Mo.uuvsca.

Cephalopoda.

Belemnosis plicata, Edw.

Beloptera Levesquei, D’ Ord.

Belosepia sepioidea, Blainv.
*Nautilus imperialis, Sow.
Sowerbyi, Weth.
zie-zac, Sow.

Gasteropoda.

Acteon crenatus, Sow.
*, simulatus, Sow. Bulla, Brand.
Ancillaria.
Aporrhais Sowerbii, Mant. Rostellaria
Margerini, Kon.
Buccinum junceun, Sow.
*Bulla attenuata, Sow.
*Cancellaria leviuscula, Sow.
*Cassidaria nodosa, Brand.
* striata, Sow.
Cerithinm concinnum, Charlesw.
Cyprzea oviformis, Sow. Ovulum re-
tusum, Sow.
*Conus concinnus, Sow.
*Dentalinm nitens, Sow.
Eulima subulata, Sow.
Fusus bifasciatus, Sow.
*—__. coniferus, Sow.
*—— curtus (Murex), Sow.
— complanatus, Sow.
interruptus (Murex), Sow.
—— porrectus (Murex), Brand.
(F. rugosus, Sow.)
*___ trilineatus (Murex), Sow.
—— tuberosus (Murex), Sow.
Hipponyx.
*Melania.
Mitra pumila, Sow.
*Murex coronatus, Sow.
cristatus, Sow.
frondosus, Sow. (non Lam.)
— minax, Brand.
—— spinulosus, Desh.
*Natica labellata, Lam.
noides, Sow.
—— Hantoniensis, Sow.
sigaretina, Sow.
Odostomia.
*Phorus extensus (Z’rochus), Sow.
Pyramidella.
*Pyrula angulata, Edw. MSS.

N. glauci-

Ringicula turgida, Sow.
*Rostellaria lucida, Sow.
—— macroptera, Lam.
(Strombus amplus, Brand.)
Pleurotoma acuminata, Sow.
*— colon, Sow.
*——. comma, Sow.
fusiformis, Sow.
—— plebeia, Sow.
— rostrata, Sow.
semicolon, Sow.
— Waterkeynii, Nyst.
— Volgeri, Phil.
Scalaria reticulata, Sow.
undosa, Sow.
Skenea?
Solarium canaliculatum, Lam.
* patulum, Sow.
Sigaretus canaliculatus, Sow.
Triton fasciatus, Edw.
Typhis muticus, Sow.
Turritella imbricataria, Zam. (Turbo,
Brand. 7. conoidea, elongata, brevis,
Sow.)
scalaroides, Sow.
Volvaria ?
*Voluta nodosa, Sow.

Lamellibranchiata.

Anatina?

Astarte rugata, Sow.

Arca impolita, Sow.

Anomia lineata, Sow. 4. striata,

Sow. ; dA. tenuistriata, Desh.

*Avicula media, Sow.

—— papyracea, Sow.
*Cardium nitens, Sow.

Cardita ?
*Corbula globosa, Sow.
cardiiformis, Edw. MS.
*Cytherea obliqua, Desh.

Cryptodon Goodhalli, Sow.
*Lucina.

Modiola depressa, Sow.
elegans, Sow.
subearinata, Sow.
Neera inflata, Sow.
Nucula minima, Sow.
trigona, Sow.
Ostrea.

*

N. similis, Sow.

1854. ]

Panopea intermedia (Mya), Sow.?
(Corbula dubia, Desh.)
*Pecten corneus, Sow.
*Pectunculus decussatus, Sow.
Pholadomya ?
Pinna affinis, Sow.
arcuata, Sow.
Sanguinolaria compressa, Sow.
*Solen aftinis (Cultellus), Sow.

*Syndosmya splendens (Tellina), Sow.

PRESTWICH—LONDON CLAY. 415

Teredina personata, Lam.
*Teredo antenautz, Sow.

Brachiopoda.
Lingula tenuis, Sow.

Bryozoa.
*Flustra.
Eschara, undet. sp. °
Cellepora, undet. sp.
Crisia, undet. sp.

ARTICULATA.
Crustacea. Annelida.
Archeeocarabus ? Serpula heptagona, Sow. ?
Basinotopus. crassa, Sow.

Zanthopsis nodosa, M‘Coy.
—— Leachii, Desm.

Cirripedia.
Scalpellum quadratum, Dix.

Vermicularia Bognoriensis, Mant.
Ditrupa incrassata (Dentalium’, Sow.
(D. strangulatum, Desh.)

ECHINODERMATA.

Ccelopleurus Wetherelli, Ford.
Ophiura Wetherelli, Ford.

Pentacrinus Sowerbii, Weth.
Hemiaster ?

ZOOPHYTA.
Graphularia Wetherellii, M.-Hdw. Pennatula, Weth.

FORAMINIFERA.
Cristellaria. Robulina. Rotalina.
Dentalina. Rosalina. Truncatulina.
PLANTA.

A species of Nipadites and a few other rare fruits resembling those of Sheppey.

In Mr. Wetherell’s collection there are, besides, a considerable number of new
and undescribed shells, especially of the genera Fusus and Pleurotoma; also a
few undetermined species of bony fishes.

Tuirp Zone.— fossils from Primrose Hill, P.; Copenhagen Fields,
C.; Whetstone, W. (railway cuttings) ; Islington, 1. (canal
tunnel) ; Haverstock Hill, Hav. (?) ; Hornsey, Ho. ; Holloway,
H. (general surface sections and wells) ; Hampstead Well, Ha.§

ReEpri.zia.
Trion yXeececcessnecneceee Be

AVES.
Sternum of a small Wader, Owen P.

§ The well on the Lower Heath, Hampstead, traverses the lower 285 feet of
the London Clay, but the exact position of the fossils was not noted; only the pro-
bable position of a portion of them is therefore given in this list. Some others,
not placed, are given at page 419. For particulars of the well and list of fossils,
see Mr. Wetherell’s paper, Trans. Geol. Soc. 2 ser. vol. v. p. 131.

416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [May 24,
PIscEs.
Lamna elegans, 4g. ....... SoooH gl al Notidanus............... Kensal Green.
Otodus obliquus, 4g. .,....+ P.W. Aitobatis .....6. Cree eice " be
Myliobatis:scencecsusshesasnseces W.Ha.
Motuvsca.
Cephalopoda. Sigaretus canaliculatus. P.Ho.W.
Belosepiay s<.-casce-ceae W. Triton fasciatus, Edw... P.W.
*Nautilus centralis, Sean P.C.H.W. URTV II. Soeceececenat seanee P.W.
* regalis, Sow. ...... P.H.W.Ho. Turritella? scalaroides.. C.P.Ho.W.
Sowerbii, Weth.... P. —— imbricataria, Lam. P.Ho.
—- urbanus, Sow. ... P.W. Typhis muticus, Sow.... P.W.
zic-zac, Sow. ...... P.W. Voluta elevata, Sow. ... P.
* protensa, Sow. ... P.W.
Gasteropoda. tricorona, Sow. ... P.W.
Acteon simulatus, Sow. P.Ho.W. +___ Wetherellii, Sow... P.C.H.W.Ho.
crenatus, Sow. ... P.H.W. ’ :
*Aporrhais Sowerbii, Ma. P.C.Ho.W. Lamellibranchiata.
Buccinum junceum, Sow. P.Ho.W. Anomia lineata, Sow.... P.C.W.Ha.
BUlIMUSie ese eecoceasesectes P Arca impolita, Sow. ... P.C.Ho.W.Ha.

*Bulla attenuata, Sow... P.
*Cassidaria striata, Brand. P.C.W.Ho.

nodosa, Sow....... RP:
Cancellaria leviuscula . P.
Chemnitzia? ............ ips

Cerithium Charlesworthii..P.W.Ho.
Cyprza Wetherellii, Edw. P.

*, oviformis, Sow. ... P.W.Ho.

Dentalium anceps, Sow. P.W.Ho.Ha.

acuticosta, Desh.? Hav.

Eulima subulata, Sow... P.

Fusus carinella, Sow. ... P.C.H.W.

curtus, Sow. ...... P.C.Ho.W.

* bifasciatus, Sow... P.

*——. interruptus, Sow.. P.
P
1

— coniferus, Sow. ...
trilineatus, Sow.... P.
tuberosus, Sow. ... P.W.

*Natica labellata, Lam... P.H.Ho.W.
Murex cristatus, Sow.... P.Ho.W.
Nerita globosa, Sow.?... [ee
Phasianella? ............ P.

Phorus extensus, Sow...
*Pyrula Smithii, Sow. ..
* angulata, Edw. ... P.W.

— tricostata, Desh.... P.
*Pleurotoma acuminata.. :

—— plebeia, Sow. ...... P.C.H.W.

IRISSO aos aeaneceee eee [eh
*Rostellaria iucida, Sow..

—— macroptera, Lam.. P.
*Scalaria reticulata,Sow.? P.C.W.
*Solarium patulum, Sow. P.Ho.W.

P.W.I.C.Ho.

nitens, Sow. ...... P.Ha.
Astarte rugata (var.)... P.Ho.W.
Avicula media, Sow. ... P.Ho.W.
arcuata, Sow....... P.W.Ha.
*Cardium Plumsteadiense P.Ho.C.I.
nitens, Sow. ...... C.
*Corbula globosa, Sow... P.Ho.
Regulbiensis, Mor. W.Ha.
*Cryptodon angulatus.... P.C.W.Ho.I.
(Axinus, Sow.)
Goodhalli, Sow....P.C.Ho.W.Ha.
*Cyprina planata, Sow... P.W.

lsocardia sulcata, Sow... P.Ho.W.
IDOE! Bosooasssécnncouec P.H.
Modiola elegans......... Ps

*Nucula amygdaloides... P.C.W.Ho.H

minima, Sow.? ... P.
*— Bowerbankii, Sow. P.C.H.W.Ho.
Wetherellii, Sarai P.W.Ha.

*Nezra inflata, Sow....... P.C.H.Ho.W.
Ostrea.c cic emacs. P.W.
Pecten duplicatus, Sow. P.H.W.Ha.

*Pinna affinis, Sow. ...... P.C.Ho.W.

*Pholadomya margari-

tACCA,\ SOW ee ecee ene. P.W.Ho.
*Syndosmya splendens... P.C.Ho.W.
Teredo antenautze...... P.C.W.H.T.
Brachiopoda.
*Terebratulina striatula.. P.W.C.
Bryozoa.

Flustra crassa, Desm.... P.

«

1854. | PRESTWICH— LONDON CLAY. 417

ARTICULATA.
Crustacea. Hoploparia Bellii, M/‘Coy...... P.W.H.
@ythere,) 3 wispsiecsuessene ose esccw: c. Zanthopsis Leachii, MCoy ... f Ha.C.
(Bairdia) subdeltoidea, Miin. C, Avcheeocarabus................-+++- 15
(Cythereis) angulatopora (?), Annelida.
IB PSBooo0adacobooundecodudssonbod0B00C C. Ditrupa plana (Dentalium), Sow. P.H.
horrescens, Bosg. ...... C. incrassata, Sow....-.....000. W.H.
—— (Cytherella) HUME) Roem. C. — Serpula prismatica, Sow. ......... BeEe
—— —— ovata (?), Roem.......... C. trilineata, Sow..........000... P.

Vermicularia Bognoriensis...... P.Ho.W.

ECHINODERMATA.

BourgueticrinusLondinensis, Ford. C. Pentacrinus Oakshottianus, Ford. P.
Cainocrinus tintinnabulum, Ford. Ho.C. -——— subbasaltiformis, Mill. C.Ho.P.Ha.
Hemiaster Branderianus, Ford. ... Hav. Sowerbii, Weth............. 1.Ha.

ZOOPHYTA.
Dasmia Sowerbii, M.-Edw. ... P-.\W.Ha. Stephanophyllia discoides, /7.-2. Hav.
Graphularia Wetherellii, 1. iz P.H.Ha. Turbinolia Prestwichii, M.-Edw.. Hav.
Leptocyathus elegans, M.-Edw. Hav. Websteria crinoides, M.-ELdw. ... Hav.
Mopsea costata, M.-Edw. ...... H.

FoRAMINIFERA.

Cristellariane.escc sauces eee Hav. Nodosaria Badenensis, D’Orb... C.
Dentalina acuta, D’Ord. ....... co, Ce longiscata, D’ Orb. ........+ C.

Adolphina, D’Ordé........ . C.Hav, TUStICA, JONES ...000...2006-- C. Hav.
— consobrina, D’Orb.......... C.Hav. Quinqueloculina (Miliolites, pars) C.Hav.

pauperata, D’ Oro. ......... C.Hay. Robulina ..........s0.seceseceeeees C.Hav.
Glandulinayscessesedisasensusen C. Rotalina (Rotalia) ......s...65... C.
Globulinavecncscscwecstessacsserecess C. Spirillinayeecsaeescceeeeeseee C.Hav.
Globigerinapeeesssse-eescssseenesces C. Textularia carinata?, D’Ord. ... C.Hav.
Marginulina Wetherellii, Jones.. C.Hav. —— levigata?, D’ Orbe! C.
Nodosaria affinis, D’Orb.......... C.H. Triloculina (Miliolites, pars) ...C.H.Hav.
— bacillum, Defr. ............ C.-Hav. Truncatulina ....c.0s-scssescees.- Pp,

PLANTS.

A very few specimens of Nipadites, and of fruits and seeds similar to C.P.W.Ha
thoseloniSheppeyjrwasaeeeatsesee seeceee waeeC ec acnacesedcenencratccesenes Foe alee

Mr. Wetherell’s collection contains a beautiful series of Crustacea from this
zone, most of them new; also several new and undescribed shells.

Some of the clay at the railway cutting at Copenhagen Fields was found by
Mr. R. Jones to be rich in Entomostraca and Foraminifera; the other zones have
not been submitted to so careful an examination, which may account for the
comparative poverty of the other lists. From a recent examination of specimens
in Mr. Wetherell’s collection, Mr. R. Jones has observed that the clay at Finchley
yields a very similar group of Foraminifera to that obtained from the clay at Co-
penhagen Fields.

As there is no place in the London Tertiary district where the
beds of the fourth or lower zone have afforded the opportunity of so
thorough an examination of their organic remains as at Bognor, on
the Sussex coast, I have added a list of the fossils found there. This
list is chiefly taken from the ‘Geology of Sussex’ of the late Mr.

418

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

[May 24,

Dixon, of Worthing, whose valuable collection from this locality was
the result of many years’ careful and continued research.

Fourtu Zone.—Bognor Fossils (from the rocks and clays exposed
on the shore at low tide).

ReEPTILIA.

Chelone declivis, Owen.

Crocodilus Spenceri ?, Buckl. (Dixon) t.

PISCEs.

Lamna subulata, 4g.

Cephalopoda.

Nautilus imperialis, Sow.
*—— regalis, Sow.
*—— Sowerbii, Weth.

*. centralis, Sow.

Gasteropoda.

Acteon simulatus, Sow.
*Aporrhais Sowerbii, Mant.
Buccinum ?
*Cassidaria nodosa, Brand.
striata, Sow.
Fusus tuberosus, Sow.
—— nodusus, Sow.
*Infundibulum trochiforme, Sow.
Calyptrea, Lam. IT. tuberculatum,
L. spinulosum, I. echinulatum, Sow.
Trochus apertus, T. opercularis,
Brand.
Littorina sulcata, Pils. ?
Natica Hantoniensis (NV. striata), Sow.
.—— microstoma, Sow.
* labellata, Lam.
*—_. patula, Desh.
% sigaretina (Ampullaria), Sow.
—— subdepressa, Mor.
Pleurotoma prisca.
Pseudoliva semicostata (Buccinum),
Desh.
*Pyrula Smithii (Murex), Sow.
Solarium bistriatum, Sow.
*Turritella imbricataria, Lam.
scalarioides, Sow.
*Voluta denudata, Sow.

ARTICULATA.

Crustacea.
Hoploparia Bellii, M‘Coy.
*Zanthopsis Leachii, M‘Coy.
Cirripedia.
Scalpellum quadratum, Dix.

Otodus obliquus, 4g.

Mo.uuvsca.

Lamellibranchiata.

*Anomia lineata, Sow.

*Cardita Brongniartii, Sow.

bs quadrata, Sow.
Cardium Plumsteadiense, Sow.
Corbula globosa, Sow.
Cultellus affinis, Sow.
Cyprina planata, Sow.

(?) nana, Sow.

Cytherea obliqua, Desh.

suberycinoides, Desh. ?

*Modiola elegans, Sow.

simplex, Sow.

*Ostrea elephantopus, Sow.

cariosa, Desh.

* tabulata, Sow.

*Panopea intermedia, Sow.

puella, Sow. ?

*—— corrugata, Sow. ?

*Pectunculus terebratularis, Lam.

* decussatus, Sow.
Pinna margaritacea, Sow. ?

affinis, Sow.

Pholas Pechellii, Sow.

Pholadomya Dixoni, Sow.

— Konincki, Nyst.

margaritacea, Sow.
—— virgulosa, Sow.

*Teredo antenaute, Sow.
Teredina personata, Desh.
Thracia oblata, Sow.

Brachiopoda.
Lingula tenuis, Sow.

Annelida.
*Ditrupa plana, Sow.

Serpula flagelliformis, Sow. ?
*Vermicularia Bognoriensis, Mant.

Note.—To complete the enumeration of the described organic re-
mains of the London Clay, I annex a list of those species, not

t This species is now merged in Prof. Owen’s C. champsoides and C. Toliapicus.
I have no means of knowing to which of the two this Bognor specimen belongs.

1854. | PRESTWICH—LONDON CLAY. 419

embraced in the above lists, found in other localities of the London
Tertiary district (see some local lists in Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.
vol. ii. p. 369-371).

MamMALIA.

Coryphodon eocenus, Owen. Off the coast between Harwich and St. Osyth.
Hyracotherium leporinum, Owen. Cliff W. of Herne Bay.

ReEprivia.

Chelone crassicostata, Owen. (Testudo plana?, Kon.) ... Harwich.
—— planimentum, Owen. (C. Harvicensis (?), Woodw.) Harwich.

Mo.uuvsca.

Gasteropoda.

Cyprea Prestwichii, Edw. Cuffell, near Basingstoke.

Bulimus ellipticus, Sow. Ha.

Fusus angusticostatus, Mell.? Cuffell, near Basingstoke.

bulbus, Brand. (Ff. bulbiformis, Lam.) Newnham, near Basingstoke.
Marginella bifidoplicata, Charlesw. London Clay (Stratum No. 4), Alum Bay.
Pleurotoma elegans, Mel/. Cuffell.

Scalaria semicostata, Sow. Ha.

Turritella sulcifera, Desh. Cuffell and Newnham.

Lamellibranchiata.
Astarte donacina, Sow. Old Basing.
Ostrea Bellovacina, Desh. (var. pulchra, Sow.) Newnham, and Clewet’s Green.
Nucula compressa, Sow. Ha.
striata, Lam. Ha.

ENTOMOSTRACA AND FORAMINIFERA.

Cythere barbata, Sow. .........secee- Hay jRotalinay 4 isprecescsesteeseecnenres Ha.
Dentalina soluta (?), Reuss.......... Ha. Cristellaria Wetherellii, Jones. ... Ha.
elegans (?), D’ Orb. ........+... Ha.
PLANTA.

Petrophiloides (Proteacez), 5 sp., Bowerd. Herne Bay.

Nore. (See page 403.)

My friend Mr. R. W. Mylne has just informed me that, from actual survey, he
finds the height of High Beech to be 393 feet above the level of Trinity high-water
mark at London Bridge.—J. P., Oct. 28, 1854.

JUNE 7, 1854.
Thomas Wynne, Esq., was elected a Fellow.

The following communications were read :—

420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [June 7,

1. On some Fosstu REeptit1an and MAMMALIAN Rematns from
the Pursecks. By Professor Owen, F.R.S., F.G.S.

Tue fossil remains which form the subject of the following descrip-
tions were kindly transmitted for my examination by W. R. Brodie,
Esq., and Charles Willcox, Esq., of Swanage, by whom they were
discovered—the mammalian fossils exclusively by Mr. Brodie—in
certain members of the Purbeck formation at Durdlestone Bay, near
that town.

I propose to commence with the reptilian fossils, and first with
those transmitted by Mr. Willcox, to whom I owe opportunities of
describing many rare and interesting remains from the rich locality
which he has so successfully explored.

Cass REPTILIA.

NUTHETES* DESTRUCTOR, Owen.
The specimen (figs. 1, 2, 3, & 4) on which this genus and spe-
cies is founded is a portion of the left ramus of the lower jaw, with
seven more or less perfect teeth, of a Pleurodont Lizard, ailied to the

Figs. 1, 2, 3, & 4.—Part of the left ramus of the lower jaw, with
teeth, of NUTHETES DESTRUCTOR, Owen.

Fig. 1. Fig. 2.

Outside, nat. size. Inside, nat. size.

A\
ba
pa Be i:

Magnified view of two of the teeth (d, c).

Monitors of the modern genus Varanus. The length of the frag-
ment is 1} inch; the depth of the outer wall (fig. 1) is 6 lines, that

End view, nat. size.

* Abbreviated from vovOérnrns, monitor, in reference to the affinities of the
fossil to the modern lizards so called.

1854. | OWEN—PURBECK FOSSILS. 421

of the inner wall (fig. 2) is from 3 to 4 lines. The exterior surface
of the bone is smooth and polished, but impressed by very fine, lon-
gitudinal linear markings, and perforated by nervous or vascular
foramina along the alveolar wall: it is traversed near the lower mar-
gin by a line answering to the suture dividing the dentary from the
angular piece in the jaw of the Varanus. The ramus is compressed
(fig. 3), scarcely 2 lines across at its thickest part, but it has been
slightly crushed.

The enamelled crowns of the teeth are moderately long, slender,
compressed, pointed, slightlyrecurved, and with a well-marked serrated
margin both before and behind (fig. 4, magnified): they are thickest
towards the anterior part, as in the Megalosaurus, and. closely re-
semble, in miniature, the teeth of that great carnivorous reptile.

The present fossil differs, however, from the Megalosaurus in
having the inner alveolar ridge of the jaw not more developed than
in the modern Varani, and in not exhibiting any rudiments of
alveolar divisions ; the bases of the teeth, which are anchylosed to
the outer wall, being completely exposed on the inner side of the jaw
(fig. 2.) In the two largest teeth, d, e, which are 2 lines in diameter at
their base, that base is excavated on the inner side through absorp-
tion caused by pressure of the matrix of a successional tooth. A
young tooth, c, straighter and more conical than the rest, which has
thus displaced its predecessor, is rising up between the two old teeth
above described. The first and second teeth, a & 4, in this fragment are
fully formed, are entire, and show well the normal characters of the
crown. At the opposite end of the series was the crown of a young
tooth which had not risen above the outer alveolar wall. The crowns
of the teeth are of a dark grey colour, marked with transverse bands
of lighter grey.

The entire of this interesting fragment gives evidence of a carni-
vorous or insectivorous Lizard of the size of the Varanus crocodilinus,
or great Land Monitor of India*. The specific name relates to the
formidable adaptation of its teeth for piercmg, cutting, and lacerating
its prey.

In a block of the laminated marly bed of the Purbecks, contain-
ing shells (Cyclas and Planorbis), transmitted by Mr. Willcox, are
imbedded some fragments of bony scutes, and the major part of a
tibia and fibula of a small Saurian reptile (fig. 5), agreeing in size
with the species indicated by the above-described portion of jaw.
The length of the portion of tibia preserved is 13 inch, and the im-
pression of the shaft extends 3 lines longer: about the same length
is indicated of the fibula by the bone and its impression. The dia-
meter of the shaft of the tibia is 1} lme; and the proportion of the
length to the breadth of both bones is greater than in any known
recent form of Lizard or Crocodile. The species to which the bones

* See my ‘Odontography,’ p. 265. pl. 68. fig. 3; fig. 3’ gives a magnified view
of the crown of a tooth of this species, showing its resemblance to the fossil. The
specimen above described was obtained at the Feather Quarry, and from the divi-
sion of the Chert-beds marked J. 81-84. in the stratigraphical listin the Rev. Mr.
Austen’s ‘ Guide to the Geology of the Isle of Purbeck,’ 8vo. Blandford, 1852.

422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SociETY. [June 7,

of the leg in the present slab belonged must have been characterized
by unusually long and slender hind-legs.
The scutes, as shown by their impressions on the matrix (fig. 5),

Fig. 5.—Sladb of stone from the “ Feather Quarry,’ Purbeck, with
Cyclas and Planorbis, and containing fragments and impressions
of square reptilian scutes, and the tibia and fibula of a small
reptile (Nuthetes?). A fish-scale also is seen in the middle of the
slab, lying against one of the scutes. Nat. size.

were subquadrate, about 8 lines by 5 or 6 lines; smooth on the in-:
side ; impressed by minute circular pits on the outside ; and present-
ing more the character of the bony scutes of Crocodilia, than of those
of any of the modern Lizards that possess dermal bones.

Macetxiopvus Broptiet1, Owen.

Of the specimens discovered by W. R. Brodie, Esq., in the fresh-
water shelly “dirt-bed”’ of the Purbecks, at Durdlestone Bay, I pro-
pose first to describe those that are referable to the class Repéilia.

The characters of the Lacertian order in this class are unequivocally
shown in the specimen, marked f 7, in Mr. Brodie’s collection, and
represented in fig. 6, of the natural size in outline and magnified
in tint. It consists of a right superior maxillary bone, containing eight
nearly entire teeth, and showing the places of attachment of thirteen
or fourteen such teeth ; which teeth are anchylosed to the bottom of
an alveolar groove and to the side of an outer alveolar ridge. The

1854. | OWEN—PURBECK FOSSILS. 423

crown of these teeth is broad, laterally compressed, with an almost
semicircular contour, and slightly pointed where unworn, as at a, fig. 6;

Fig. 6.—Part of the right side of the upper jaw, with teeth, of the
Macexiopus Bropie1, Owen. (Nat. size, and magnified.)

a, b. Two of the teeth magnified.

but some of them exhibit the summit either worn away or broken off,
as at 6: the enamel is marked by very fine longitudinal ridges, which
give a subcrenate character to the unworn margins of the crown.
The third tooth in the present specimen exhibits the minute germ of
a successional tooth entering the cavity on the inner side of its base.
The eighth tooth is represented by the apical half of the crown, which
has not arisen to the level of the outer alveolar groove: the tooth
which this germ was in course of succeeding has been shed or broken
away. The third and sixth teeth are less advanced than the second,
fourth, and fifth teeth.

The inner part of the alveolar groove, from the second to the
seventh tooth inclusive, terminates internally in a free smooth convex
surface, which has formed the outer boundary of a wide and extended
palatal vacuity, as in modern Lizards. Beyond this the upper jaw
expands to join the palatine bone. This structure, with the unequal
development, and the evidence of the succession, of the teeth, toge-
ther with their mode of implantation, gives unequivocal proof of the
saurian nature of the fossil in question. From the resemblance of
the teeth of this small Lizard to the blade of a spade, I propose to
call the genus which it represents Macellodus (uaxehda, a spade,
ddovs, a tooth), and the species, in honour of its discoverer, Brodiei.

The specimen was obtained from a part of the Purbecks, marked
K. 93. in Mr. Austen’s ‘ Guide,’ and called the “ dirt-bed, containing
shells*,” high up the cliff, at Durdlestone Bay, Isle of Purbeck.

To the same species belong some at least of the organic remains
in the specimen marked K. 7. in Mr. Brodie’s collection.

This is a block from the Purbeck formation of a laminated marly
character, from the lower part of the so-called ‘ dirt-bed, containing

* The specimens of this deposit sent with the bones contain Physa Bristovii?,
Valvata, Limneus, Cypris, and vegetable remains.
VOL. X.—PART I. 2G

424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 7,

shells.” In it are imbedded some dermal bony scutes, portions of
ribs, the neural arch of a vertebra, and parts of the dentary elements
of the rami of a lower jaw with teeth—one (fig. 7) containing thir-
teen teeth, the other (fig. 8) four teeth; in both figures the natural
size is given in outline. The teeth are anchylosed to an exterior
alveolar wall, and have short, broad, subcompressed, rounded, obtuse
crowns (4, 6). The hinder teeth show a little increase of size, are
more obtuse and compressed, and are slightly expanded. Some of
the anterior teeth (fig. 7, @) are a little pointed. The enamel is

Fig. 7.—Part of the left side of Fig. 8.—Part of the lower jaw,
the lower jaw, with teeth, of with teeth, of the Macr..o-

the Macetitopus Broptet, pus Bropier, Owen. (Nat.
Owen. (Nat. size, and mag- size, and magnified.)
nified. )

a, b. Two of the teeth magnified. 6. One of the teeth magnified.

polished, but is marked by fine longitudinal grooves as it approaches
the summit of the crown, like those in the upper jaw of the Ma-
cellodus ; from which character, and from the progressive acquisition
of a similar spade-like shape of the crown, as the teeth recede from
the apex of the jaw, I conclude that the present is the lower jaw of
the same species. The teeth are separated on the average by a space
equal to the antero-posterior diameter of the crown; but some are
closer together, others wider apart. The dentary bone (fig. 7) con-
taining them exhibits a wide posterior notch for articulation with the
angular and surangular elements. The outer surface of the dentary
element is smooth and convex. The teeth are much smaller in pro-
portion to the jaw than in the Nuthe¢es, figs. 1 & 2, and evidently
belong to a distinct genus of Lizard.

The dermal scutes are subquadrate, smooth, and slightly concave
on the inner surface ; they are impressed with small round pits on
the outer surface, as in the existing loricated reptiles ; but the teeth
in the portions of jaw in the same block are anchylosed to the jaw,
not lodged in distinct sockets as in the Crocodilia. In a specimen
of two of these scutes in natural juxtaposition, one slightly overlaps
the other. The neural arch of the vertebra in the same block ex-

1854. | OWEN—PURBFCK FOSSILS. 425

hibits long diapophyses, as in the lumbar and anterior caudal verte-
bree of most modern Lizards, a moderately long spine, and a circular
neural canal: the exposed surface of the arch is fractured, and the
zygapophyses have been removed. ‘There is no trace of the verte-
bral body, which has most probably been detached from the sutural
connection with the arch, before this became imbedded in the present
matrix.

~ In modern Lacertilia the neural arch anchyloses with the centrum
at an early period, but in the Crocodilia it retains its sutural union.
On the supposition of the neural arch being separated from a sutural
union and not broken away, that arch would accord with the croco-
dilian characters afforded by the subquadrate scutes; the size of the
two parts also supports their reference to the same animal. The
presence in the same block of the Lacertian jaws and teeth leads to
a suspicion that they belong to the same reptile; but similar croco-
dilian scutes are associated, in another block of Purbeck clay, with
jaws and teeth of an animal to which they could not have belonged.

The length of the portion of the dentary bone containing the
thirteen teeth is 17 millimetres, or 9 lines.

The breadth of the neural arch across the diapophyses, and in-
cluding them, is 20 millimetres, or 10 lines; the long diameter of
one of the scutes is 17 millimetres, or 9 lines; its breadth is 6 lines,
or 13 millimetres.

Fig. 7 a is a magnified view of one of the anterior teeth, and fig. 70
of one of the hinder teeth in the dentary bone, fig. 7.

As the anterior teeth in this specimen present nearly the same
degree of resemblance to those figured in my ‘ Odontography*,’
that have been referred to the Hyleosaurus, as the teeth of the
Nuthetes do to those of the Megalosaurus, it became equally neces-
sary to consider the question of the relationship of the Macellodus
to vs Hyleosaurus, as being possibly the young of the latter Wealden
reptile.

The teeth of the Macellodus that most resemble those of the
Hyleosaurus do not present so long and cylindrical a base, so
angular an expansion of the crown, or the mode of abrasion of the
crown by two sloping facets meeting at an angle of 80°, which is
peculiar to the presumed Hyleeosaurian teeth : moreover, the cor-
respondingly enlarged representations of the spade-shaped teeth of
the Macellodus have not yet been met with in the Wealden strata
that have yielded the teeth and other remains of the Hyleosaurus.

The large Saurian teeth that come nearest in shape to the typical
and most numerous teeth of the Macellodus are those of the Cardio-
don of the Forest Marble of Wiltshire (Odontography, pl. 75 A.
fig. 7 a), and of the Paleosaurus platyodon of the Magnesian
conglomerate (op. cit. pl. 62 A. fig. 7): but the differences which
will be seen on comparing the enlarged figures of the teeth of
Macellodus, figs. 7 & 9, with the above-cited figures, are not recon-
cileable with the supposition that they might be due only to a differ-
ence of age of individuals of the same species.

* Vol. i. pl. 62 A. fig. 8 a, d.
262

426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 7,

GONIOPHOLIS CRASSIDENS, Owen ; Brit. Assoc. Report, 1841, p. 69.

In some of the blocks of Purbeck stone transmitted by both Mr.
Willcox and Mr. Brodie are imbedded portions of jaws, teeth, and
other parts of the Swanage Crocodile (Goniopholis crassidens).

I shall not, however, dwell on the remains of this well-known
reptile of the Purbecks, but proceed at once to the description of the
most novel and interesting fossils of the present collection, which
have been obtained exclusively by Mr. Brodie.

Cuass MAMMALIA.

At first sight the specimens appeared, as their discoverer had sup-
posed, to differ only in species from the similarly-sized jaws of the
Lizards with which they were associated; and it was only after a
careful removal of the matrix that concealed their most characteristic
features, that I became satisfied of their relationship to the Mammalian
class.

SPALACOTHERIUM * TRICUSPIDENS, Owen.

The first of the specimens indicative of the little insectivorous
mammal, for which the above name is proposed, is a left ramus of
the lower jaw, indicated by nearly the whole of the posterior half,
and by the impression of nearly the anterior half of the bone: it is
represented, of the natural size in outline, and magnified in tint, at
fig. 9. The posterior half contains four teeth, which at first sight

Fig. 9.—Left ramus of the lower jaw, with teeth, of the Spauaco-
THERIUM TRICUSPIDENS, Owen. (Nat. size, and magnified.)

a, b, Proximal extremity of jaw. c. Oblique view of a molar tooth.
d, Crown of the same, seen from above.

appeared to have simple long slender pointed conical crowns, with a
basal ridge. The portion of jaw containing them extended back-
wards beyond the dental series ; and, instead of showing the com-

* From omdXaé, a mole, & Onpiov, a beast.

1854. | OWEN—PURBECK FOSSILS. 427

pound structure which that part of the jaw exhibits in the Lizard
tribe, continued undivided, with the convex surface as it were bifur-
cating to include a smooth depression, the lower division or ridge, a,
answering to that gomg to the condyle and angle of the jaw, and the
upper one, 4, to that going to the coronoid process, in the ramus
of the jaw of the Moleand Shrew. This character first led me to
endeavour to ascertain more of the characters of the fossil; but
before meddling with this delicate and brittle but most precious
evidence of the Purbeck fauna, I committed it to Mr. Dinkel’s care,
for a drawing of the part of the natural size, and a magnified view
of so much as was exposed of the largest of the teeth. Having
received these drawings with the specimen, I proceeded to expose
more of the crowns of the teeth, when they were found to be tricuspid,
the inner part of the crown being produced into a point both before
and behind the longer cusp which formed the chief outer division of
the crown, and which alone had been exposed on first view. I next
proceeded to examine into the mode of implantation of these teeth,
and found them fixed by a fang divided externally into two roots, in
a distinct forked socket in the substance of the jaw. The multicuspid
crown, the divided root of the tooth, its complex implantation, and
the undivided or simple structure of the ramus of the jaw, all con-
curred, therefore, to prove the mammalian nature of this fossil.

Fig. 9 is an oblique view of the anterior side of the crown of
the first of the four teeth, showing that the basal ridge bends up and
is lost upon the side of the accessory cusp. Both the posterior and
anterior cusps project upwards on a plane more internal than the
middle or chief cusp ; and the crown of the tooth, viewed vertically,
gives the contour represented in fig.9 d. The four back teeth repre-
sented in fig. 9 progressively decrease in size to the hindmost, which
seems to be the last of the series. The sharp multicuspid character
of so much of the dental series as is here preserved repeats the
general condition of the molar teeth of the small insectivorous Mam-
malia in a striking degree: one sees in them the same fitness for
piercing and crushing the tough chitinous cases and elytra of insects.
The particular modification of the pointed cusps, as to number, pro-
portion, and relative position, resembles in some degree that of the
Cape Mole (Chrysochlora aurea), but accords more closely with
that of the extinct Thylacotherium of the Oolite (Trans. Geol. Soc.
2nd Ser. vol. vi. pl. 6. fig. 1) than with any of the existing types of
insectivorous dentition.

The minor antero-posterior extent of the crown is considerable as
compared with the proportion of that diameter with the height of
the crown in the true molars of any of the modern Moles and Shrews,
except the Chrysochlora. 'The impressions of the inner side of some
teeth anterior to those in place show plainly the tricuspid character of
the crown, and indicate also a greater number of such molars in the
fossil than in any of the recent mammalia, with the exception of the
marsupial Myrmecobius ; of this further and more important affinity
of the Spalacotherium to the Thylacotherium, the followmg speci-
mens yield more decisive evidence.

428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [June 7,

d 7. The specimen so marked is a portion of the so-called ‘ dirt-
bed,’ from the Purbecks at Durdlestone Bay, having imbedded in it
the right ramus of the lower jaw of the Spalacotherium, wanting the
ascending branch, but containing one incisor, a canine or canine-
shaped premolar, and ten succeeding molar teeth. It is represented
of the natural size in outline, and magnified in tint, im fig. 10.

Fig. 10.—Right ramus of the lower jaw, with teeth, of the Spaua-
COTHERIUM TRICUSPIDENS, Owen. (Nat. size, and magnified.)

a. Oblique view of the molar tooth No. 8. c. Laniariform tooth (=first premolar ?).
&. Crown of the same, seen from above. z. Incisor.

The incisor, 7, is the smallest of these teeth, and has a subquadrate
or very obtusely-conical crown, convex externally. The canme or
canine-shaped premolar, c, is more than twice as long and broad as
the incisor, with a subcompressed, sharp-pomted conical crown, a
little inclined backwards; it appears to have been inserted by a
divided root, like the similarly-shaped and proportioned first pre-
molar in the Mole. The two succeeding teeth, 1 & 2, are one-third
smaller than the canine, with subcompressed, conical crowns, at the
fore and back part of which the base is slightly produced: each is
implanted by two distinct fangs. The third and fourth teeth have
a similar form and complex implantation, but are somewhat larger,
and the basal cusps are more developed: in the fourth tooth this
development gives a distinctly tricuspid character to the crown, the
middle cusp, representing the crown of the preceding teeth, being the
largest and highest. The six following teeth, 5 to 10, repeat the
same unequal tricuspid form, with increased but varying size; the
middle teeth, 6, 7, 8, being the largest, and the last tooth, 10,
diminishing in size in a greater ratio than the penultimate one, 9.
These last six molar teeth are so close together that it was difficult at
first to persuade oneself that they were not so united as to constitute
fewer and more complex molars. The lateral cusps incline inwards
and project from a plane more internal than the longer middle cusp.
The inner side of the crown presents a wide longitudinal groove at
the base of the middle cusp, between the inwardly inflected lateral
cusps: the base of the crown presents externally a well-defined narrow

1854. | OWEN—PURBECK FOSSILS. 429

cingulum or ridge ; beneath which the two fangs, or the two external
fangs, descend into the substance of the jaw.

In the state in which this most instructive portion of the Spalaco-
there was presented to me, the matrix concealed all save the large
middle cusp of the molar teeth, which teeth then seemed to be wider
apart, and presented a more lacertine aspect. By the careful appli-
cation of a fine needle and graving tool, 1 succeeded in displaying the
lateral cusps and grinding surface of the crown, and the other teeth,
as shown in the enlarged view given in fig. 10.

Fig. 10 a gives a magnified view of the antepenultimate molar, 8,
viewed obliquely from behind ; and fig. 10 4 is an outline of the crown
of the same tooth, viewed vertically: these figures accurately repre-
sent the mammalian and insectivorous characters of the teeth.

So much of the jaw-bone as is preserved in this specimen, fig. 10,
corresponds in size and shape with the portion and impression of the
opposite (left) ramus, fig. 9; and shows the same vertical contrac-
tion or decrease of diameter behind the molar series, prior to the ex-
pansion of the jaw into the ascending ramus. The horizontal ramus
has suffered an oblique fracture since its fossilization across the
alveolar series, with a very slight depression of the fore part contain-
ing the four anterior teeth: a second fracture crosses the contracted
part of the jaw behind the last molar in place. There is not any
clear evidence of a smaller molar tooth behind the last in place,
marked 10. Between the large laniariform tooth, ce, and the fore end
of the ramus of the jaw, there is space for three incisors like the small
one preserved, 7, and also for a small canine, which tooth is demon-
strated in one of the specimens (a 7) in Mr. Brodie’s collection.

The specimen marked e 7 in this series is the anterior half and an
impression of most of the remaining part of the left ramus of the
lower jaw, with its inner surface exposed, showing the large canine

Fig. 11.—Inner aspect of a left ramus of the lower jaw, with teeth,
of the SPALACOTHERIUM TRICUSPIDENS, Owen. (Nat. size, and
magnified.)

a. Two molars, numbered 4 & 5. ec. Premolar or canine ? tooth.

or canine-shaped premolar, c, and five following teeth in place, a frag-
ment of a sixth molar, and impressions of four succeeding molars.
The crown of the canine-shaped tooth is long, subeompressed, shghtly
recurved, pointed, with a posterior basal tubercle. The adjoining

430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [June 7,

tooth has a compressed, pointed crown, scarcely half the height of
the canine and two-thirds as broad at the base, with a ridge along
the inner side of the base, and a more developed posterior basal tu-
berele: it is divided by a small interval from the canine. The second
molar, with a slight imerease in size and a similar shape, has the fore
part of the basal ridge developed into a low point, and the hinder
tubercle is relatively larger and more pointed. The third tooth is
larger than either of the two preceding, but resembles them in form.
The fourth, with the same antero-posterior extent, has a lower crown,
the middle cusp being relatively shorter, but both the anterior and
posterior ones are larger, and now begin to assume the character of
independent cusps; their bases almost meeting upon the inner side
of the base of the middle cusp. The fifth molar, with a slight in-
crease of size, shows a still further development of the accessory cusps,
which now are inclined backwards, or project from a more internal
plane than the middle cusp. The impressions of the succeeding teeth
show that their middle cusp was longer in proportion to its basal
breadth ; and thus agree, like the foregoing teeth, with the teeth simi-
larly marked in fig. 10. The canine-like tooth seems to have a bifid
fang; the three succeeding premolars, implanted each by two fangs,
in this respect, as im their general form and proportions, resemble the
four premolars of the lower jaw of the Mole. The ramus of the jaw
very closely resembles in shape that of the Mole, but is larger than
that of the Talpa europea, being 1 inch 3 lines, or 32 millimetres
in length, that of the Mole bemg 1 inch, or 25 millimetres. The
crown of the laniariform tooth is relatively longer, and the fourth
tooth counting therefrom is of a different form, being of much
smaller size and of a more simple structure than is the corresponding
tooth which forms the first true molar of the Mole. The greater
number of molar teeth indicated in the present and displayed in
other specimens of the Spalacotherium decisively demonstrate not
only its specific but generic distinction from the Mole, or any known
existing insectivore; the marsupial Myrmecobius being the sole
mammal, with incisors and canines, that resembles the Spalacothere
in the excessive number of the molar teeth. Fig. 11 @ is a magni-
fied view of the teeth 4 & 5, showing the meeting of the accessory
cusps on the inner side of the crown.

In the specimen marked a 7 in Mr. Brodie’s series, and represented
in fig. 12, the tooth, 4, that immediately precedes the large canine-
shaped tooth, c, is preserved ; it is also canine-shaped, but about half
the size of that tooth. There is a trace of a small incisor in the
crushed and broken anterior end of the jaw in front of the above
teeth. This specimen the more inclines me to the belief that the
larger canine-shaped tooth is the first premolar, as in the Mole; but
it appears to be implanted by a simple expanded base in the present
specimen : the crowns of the three succeeding teeth, and the fractured
bases of the crowns of the four or five following molar teeth are
shown in this mutilated portion of the right ramus of the lower jaw
of the Spalacotherium. Fig. 12a is a magnified view of two of these
teeth, from which the middle and hind cusps have been broken away.

1854. | OWEN—PURBECK FOSSILS. 431

Fig. 12.--Portion of the right ramus of the lower jaw, with teeth,
of the SPALACOTHERIUM TRICUSPIDENS, Owen. (Nat. size, and
magnified.)

a. Two molars, without the middle 6. Canine tooth 2
and hind cusps: magnified. ec, First premolar ?

In the same block of Purbeck “ dirt-bed”’ are imbedded part of a
vertebra, a fragment of the jaw with a few teeth of the Macellodus,
and three of the small subquadrate and externally pitted dermal
scutes. There is also a beautifully clear impression of the dentary
bone, with six or seven of the anterior minute teeth, and a row ot
fine vascular pits or foramina, of the Macellodus.

In regard to the Spalacotherium, sufficient evidence, it seems to
me, is afforded by Mr. Brodie’s fossils, described in the foregoing
pages, to satisfy the most scrupulous paleontologist as to the mam-
malian and insectivorous character of the species. The portions of the
jaws and teeth on which the genus and species are founded, show
precisely the same dark charred colour as the reptilian fossils with
which they are associated ; and there can be no doubt of the mamma-
lian and lacertian remains being of the same date, included, as they
often are, in the same block of matrix. There is no satisfactory
evidence of the marsupial character of the jaws of the Spalacothe-
rium: from the great number of the tricuspidate molars, one might
be inclined to infer its affinity with the recent Myrmecobius ; but,
although the molar teeth are not so numerous in any placental Insec-
tivore, they manifest so much variety in number and shape, in the
existing species, that a further deviation from the common type in
regard to number would not be a very violent departure from the
characters of the true Insectivorous order. .The-straight uninflected
angle of the lower jaw of the Thylacotherium has led me to view
that genus as more nearly allied to the placental than to the marsu-
pial Insectivora ; and the Spalacotherium has closer affinities with
the Thylacotherium than with any known existing Insectivora. Ina
comparison with these, the Spalacothere most closely resembles, as to
the shape of its teeth, the iridescent Cape Mole ( Chrysochlora aurea) :

432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 7,

the last five molars of this species have tricuspid crowns, with the an-
terior and posterior smaller cusps on a plane more internal than the
middle one, but the smaller cusps are given off nearer the summit of
the crown. These teeth also resemble the molars of the Spalacothere
in their small antero-posterior extent, but they are fewer in number
and are placed farther apart in the Cape Mole, which also is restricted
to the number of ten teeth im each ramus of the lower jaw, incisors
and canine inclusive.

The Spalacothere has nearer affinities, as has been already inti-
mated, to the Thylacothere of the Stonesfield Oolite than to any
known existing species of Insectivore, and from the present evidence
I should place it in the same natural family of the Insectivorous order
of Mammalia.

Touching the wider question of the successive appearance of the
grades of animal life on this planet, the present acquisition from the
Purbecks in no way affects the question as it was left by the long-
contested but finally settled evidence of mammalian life at the period
of the deposition of the oolitic slate at Stonesfield. ‘

Between that period and the oldest of the tertiary deposits, where
hitherto mammalian remains have next presented themselves in the
order of appearance, the interval is immense; the lapse of time
having sufficed to allow of the deposition of the oolitic strata from
the Great Oolite upwards, of the Wealden and Neocomian beds, and
of the formation, by more or less minute marine animals, of the major
part, if not the whole, of the carbonate of lime of which our Chalk
downs and cliffs consist. The chief interest in the discovery of the
Spalacotherium is derived from its demonstration of the existence of
Mammalia about midway between the older oolitic and the oldest
tertiary periods.

Both the Oxford oolitic slate and the Purbeck marly shell-beds
give evidence of insect-life ; in the latter formation abundantly, as
was shown in Mr. Westwood’s paper read at a former meeting of
the Society*. The association of these delicate Invertebrates with
remains of plants allied to Zamza and Cycas is indicative of the same
close interdependency between the insect-class and the vegetable
kingdom, of which our power of surveying the phenomena of life on
the present surface of the earth enables us to recognize so many
beautiful examples. Amongst the numerous enemies of the insect-
class ordained to maintain its due numerical relations, and organized
to pursue and secure its countless and diversified members in the air,
in the waters, on the earth and beneath its surface, bats, lizards,
shrews, and moles now carry on their petty warfare simultaneously,
and in warmer latitudes work together, or in the same localities, in
their allotted task. * No surprise need therefore be felt at the disco-
very that mammals and lizards co-operated simultaneously and in the
same locality at the same task of restraining the undue increase of insect
life during the period of the deposition of the Lower Purbeck beds.

The placental Insectivora are far from being the highest of the
Mammalian class, but at the same time they are not the lowest: if

* See above, p. 378.

1854.| §BLANFORD—SECTION AT WEST INDIA DOCKS. 433

they have small unconvoluted brains, they are unguiculate and
claviculate ; some are fitted for flight (Vespertilionide), some for
swiftly burrowing in the earth (Talpide), some for swimming and
diving (Soricide), others for rapid course over the dry land (Ma-
croscelide).

All that can be legitimately inferred as to the grade of mammalian
structure now brought to light from the oldest of the Wealden epochs
is that it displays the mammalian modification which we know to be
best adapted to profit by a co-existence with the insect population of
the same period.

2. On a Section lately exposed in some Excavations at the
West Inpia Docks. By W. T. Buanrorp, Esq.

[Communicated by the President. |

AN excavation lately made to jom two portions of the West India
Docks has exposed a section of the deposits in the valley of the
Thames to a depth of above 30 feet, showing beds of peat with stems
of trees, and, below these, gravels containing organic remains. The
thickness of the different beds varies considerably, but their general
succession and their measurement where best exposed are shown by
the accompanying diagram, p. 434.

The two beds, ¢ & d, vary in character and thickness; stems of
trees, most of which le horizontally, though some of the smaller ones
are vertical, are scattered throughout the peat ; and this deposit is in-
terspersed with specks of blue phosphate of iron. Throughout the
clay, c, are sparingly scattered the following species of freshwater
shells :—

Bithinia tentaculata. Limnzeus pereger.
Limneus palustris. Ancylus fluviatilis.

At the bottom of the bed of peat at one place a considerable num-
ber of land and freshwater shells of the following species occur (the
bivalves having both valves together) :—

Helix nemoralis. Bithinia tentaculata.
H. rotundata. Ancylus fluviatilis.
Clausilia laminata. Pisidium amnicum.
Succinea putris. Unio.

Valvata piscinalis.

This bed, d, rests on the very uneven surface of the underlying
clays, sands, and gravels (e, f, g), which are much false-bedded, and
in some places evidently deposited by currents of considerable strength;
beds of sand and small rolled pebbles, dipping at a considerable angle,
lie between other beds which are horizontal, though thinning out at
short distances. Towards the bottom these are exclusively of pebbles,
much larger than those in the upper part, and mainly composed of
chalk-flints, some of which are very much rolled, others very little ;
many broken, and with the edges but little rolled. Pebbles of dif-
ferent kinds of sandstone and of vein-quartz also occur.

434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 7,

Without much change in general character, these gravels become
mixed at the bottom with shells in great numbers. These appear to
be always broken, and the few fragments of Ostrea which occur are
equally comminuted with the more fragile Cyrene (mainly C. cunei-
formis) which form the main bulk of the shells. I also found two
fragments of Pectunculus. Rolled pieces of clay of various sizes
abound in the bed. This clay is dark and much resembles some of
the bands in the Woolwich beds.

Section exhibited by Excavations in the West India Docks.

Present surface...

ft. in.

Level of water
in the Docks.

a&b6. Clay, gravel, soil, &c. (‘‘ made

earth ’’) . 11 11

e c. Brown and blue clays with a few
freshwater shells ...... RECDECONOIO TS 4 6

=|d d. Peat, with stems of trees and shells
= TN/ONE PlACE) cc sscceccsacassorossscescesss 1s

e e, Clay of variable character passing
downwards into Sand ........seeseeeere 2 0

JS f. Sand and gravel; the latter very fer-
ruginous at the top. The sand
prevailing in the upper part. The
gravel much coarser towards the
DOttOM) <ecevecc-vaccasescncccsnvensencrens 13 6

g. Pebbles and rolled clay, with broken

* shells; also (g*) patches of green

& sand with plant and insect re-
mains,

At the bottom of the excavation occur some patches of greenish
sand, g*, intercalated with the pebbles; these patches are a yard or
more in thickness in places, but seem to be in isolated masses, only
extending for a few feet and then abruptly cut off. They contain

1854.| PRESTWICH, LONDON CLAY AND BRACKLESHAM SANDS. 439

thin bands of twigs, leaves, and seeds of plants, with beetle remains,
lying inclined at an angle of about 15° towards the north.

Borings in the vicinity have been made ; and at a few feet beneath
the bottom of the excavation a hard calcareous rock was reached. con-
taining Cyrene.

A similar deposit of peaty and argillaceous matter, with stems of
trees, occurs at the excavations now making for Victoria Docks*, about
a mile lower down the river. I have also seen something like it at
Woolwich ; and it is probably continuous over all this part of the
valley of the Thames. At Victoria Docks a similar shelly bed occurs,
containing most of the shells above enumerated, with one or two
additions, viz. :—

Limneus auricularis. Helix rufescens.
Neritina fluviatilis. : Planorbis nitidus.

3. On the DistincTivE PuysicaL and PALZONTOLOGICAL Fra-
TURES of the LonpoN Cray and the BrackLESHAM SANDs;

and on the INDEPENDENCE of these two Groups of STRATA.
By Joseru Prestrwicn, Jun., F.R.S., F.G.S.

§ 1. On the difference of the Species, and of the physical structure.

Tue fact of the London Clay proper having been considered, until
within a comparatively recent period, synchronous with the clays
and sands of Bracklesham and Barton, gave rather naturally greater
weight and prominence to the resemblances than would attach to the
differences, in the character of the fauna of these several beds. Not
that the differences were overlooked, but they were, owing to this
presumed synchronism, referred to changes dependent upon geogra-
phical distribution, depth of water, and variations of sediment; and
their true value was in consequence hardly sufficiently allowed. This
supposition, which levelled the distinction of age, led to the union of
the three distinct faunas of the above-named deposits ; and conse-
quently, both here and abroad, the comparison of this associated
group with the continental tertiary faunas almost necessarily caused
the three, as a whole, to be considered synchronous with that deposit
with which it possessed a majority of fossils, 7. e. the Calcaire gros-
sier ; whilst by a natural reaction the differences in the faunas thus
wrongly parallelled were inevitably referred to such causes as had been
used to account for the anomalies arising from associating together

* The following is the section at Victoria Docks :—

Brown clay, with some land and freshwater shells ................ 6 0
IPE paqsoscodotocbcoodaccaccadoKccscadcooconbonooadosccocodconboboeaeuqNcKs 4 0
Sandy clay and sand, with roots of trees ..............0ceseeeenen ees 5 0
Gravels and sands, false-bedded, unfossiliferous, about ........... 20 O

Blue clay, apparently unfossiliferous.

436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [June 7,

the clays of London, the sands and clays of Bracklesham, and the
clays of Barton, under one name of London Clay.

Although I had endeavoured, in 1847, to prove that these three
deposits were not synchronous, but in a definite order of superposi-
tion, still, owing to the circumstances named above and to the
confusion produced by the difficulty of unravelling organic remains so
long mixed up together, the extent of the differences between the strata
of London and of Bracklesham were not then fully developed, and the
evidence in support of these views has not been considered sufficiently
conclusive by some foreign geologists who yet adhere to the former
views on this question. One of the objects of this paper is to confirm,
by a further inquiry into the organic remains of these two deposits,
the distinction before pointed out, and with the lists given in the last
paper*, to enable more especially our foreign colleagues to judge of
the extent of these distinctions, and to afford them specific fossiliferous
zones for comparison with their own rich and attractive tertiary
series. So late as 1850, one of the most able of the French natu-
ralists, in comparing the corals of the English marine eocenes with
those of the Calcaire grossier, is led, by adopting the old meaning of
the “‘ London Clay,” to a theoretical difficulty in the explanation of
the range of species, which, by taking the more restricted meaning,
would not exist, and which restriction the work itself, in fact,
directly corroborates by the distinctive determination of the London
and Bracklesham species. Thus M. Milne-Edwards, after remarking
on some points of resemblance between the English fauna and that
of the ‘“ Calcaire grossier,”’ observes nevertheless, that ‘‘ most of the
corals found in the environs of Paris have not been met with in the
Eocene strata of the London Clay, and many of the corals belonging
to the last-mentioned deposits have not been discovered elsewhere +;”’
and then states, that, as “at the present period similar differences to
those existing in these French and English Eocene series exist at
small distances in the same zoological region, and appear to depend
principally on the depth of the sea and the nature of the bottom,
by analogy we are therefore led to suppose that in the Eocene ma-
rine fauna they are only indicative of some such local peculiarities t.”

M. Hébert, who has so thoroughly studied the French Tertiaries,
still considers that the differences existing between the fauna of the
Calcaire grossier and that of the London Clay proper, are to be
accounted for by such causes as above-named, and is_there-
fore unwilling to admit any difference of age in these deposits §.
Whilst the distinguished paleontologist, M. A. d’Orbigny, writing
in 1852, and speaking also of our three English groups taken
together, observes that ‘‘ the identity of the London Clay and of our
‘tage Parisien’ (2. e. the Glauconie grossiére, Calcaire grossier, and

* See above, p. 411-19.
. t Monog. Palzon. Soc., vol. for 1850. Brit. Foss. Corals, p. 12.

{ M. Agassiz also seems to refer the differences in the fishes to similar causes.
Rep. Br. Assoc. 1846, p. 52.

§ Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, 2nd ser. vel. ix. p. 350, and Comptes Rendus, for
1850, p. 852. M. Hébert considers the Basement-bed of both alike.

1854.| PRESTWICH, LONDON CLAY AND BRACKLESHAM SANDS. 437

Sables moyens) is now too well known, too palpable to all those who
will but look at their respective faunas, to require further proofs
from us. Of this it is easy to judge by the great number of similar
species found in both districts*.”’

I merely mention these facts to show how very important differ-
ences, which if seen alone could not fail to attract attention, can,
when associated by long usage with a certain amount of resemblances,
be overlooked when correlating the whole with other strata in which
the resemblances are the positive and the differences the negative
pheenomena.

Since the publication of my paper+ ‘On the probable age of the
London Clay,” &c., in which lists of the fossil shells of this deposit
and of the Bracklesham and Barton beds are given, the valuable
publications of the Palzeontographical Society and Dixon’s ‘ Geology
of Sussex’ have rendered practicable a comparison of the other
portions of the fauna, whilst the continued researches of Mr. Edwards
on the Bracklesham Molluscs, and the additions made by Mr. Wethe-
rell and Mr. Bowerbank to those of the neighbourhood of London
and of Sheppey, have materially extended the list of these fossils, at
the same time that it has rendered necessary a revision of some
supposed identical species. The result of these additions to our
knowledge has been not only to confirm the distinction of the
faunas of these three tertiary deposits, but also to place this distine-
tion in a still stronger light, so much so as to warrant our assigning
to the London series a more definite and separate position than
before. In the same paper (p. 377) I expressed an opinion that
“we had in this country an important and large development of
strata of the age of the lower portion of the French series, and that
to an extent which would constitute them the type of the period
rather than a subordinate variation thereof{.’’ Of this fact I now feel
so assured, as I also am of the sufficient difference existing between
the London Clay and the Bracklesham beds, that I would suggest
that they should be considered as independent groups, and that the
London Clay, with its basement bed, the Woolwich and Reading series
and the Thanet Sands, form of themselves a distinct and separate stage
in the Tertiary series. To this the term of “the London Tertiary
group,” or merely the London Tertiaries, should be applied, as

* Cours élém. de Paléon. et de Géol. vol. ii. p. 753.

+ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. iii. p. 354.

+ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. iii. p. 377. M. Alcide d’Orbigny has since
made a somewhat similar division of the Lower Tertiaries in France; 7. e. he has
separated from the “ Calcaire grossier” the beds beneath it, forming of the
upper division his ‘‘ Etage Parisien,” and of the lower his “ Etage Suessonien.’’
The London Tertiaries, however, include only part of this lower division: the
upper and more important part I am inclined to group with the Bracklesham
series, which is the true equivalent of the “ Calcaire grossier.’”” M. Dumont, in his
classification of the Belgian series, also groups together the “ Sables et Argiles
Yprésiens,” these representing, as I shall show in the next paper, the London
Clay and Lower Bagshot Sands, which latter I should, however, rather place in
the Bracklesham series.

438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 7,

serving to designate the oldest division of the Tertiary series in this
part of Europe ;—a series as much marked by its Reptiles and
Fishes, as the overlying group is by its Mammals and Molluses ; whilst
the absence of Nummulites in this lower group constitutes of itself an
important distinguishing feature.

In the first place, the physical features and lithological character
of the two groups will be observed to be extremely well defined.
The London Clay is persistent over a large area, and everywhere
maintains throughout its mass a nearly uniform mineral character.
Between this deposit and the overlying Bagshot and Bracklesham
series there is no decided passage. It is true that there is uo
marked unconformability—no eroded surface—nothing in fact to
indicate that the London Clay had been elevated and existed as dry
land before it was submerged and covered by the Bagshot Sands,
but merely that, owing to some extensive alteration in the distribution
of land and water, the drainage from other lands and from new rivers
overspread the former sea-bed : for it is evident, from the completely
changed nature of the Bracklesham series, from the prevalence
throughout its mass of vast beds of sands with subordinate green
sands and shifting clays, and the entire cessation of the repetition in
that series of the mineral character of the London Clay, that the
debris forming each deposit was derived from two distinct and separate
sources. Further, the immediate change was probably not marked
by any very violent action within this area, as the overlying group
does not show at its base coarser materials, nor exhibit a more
trenchant divisicnal plane, than prevail in the beds throughout their
mass generally. Here and there in the Bagshot area, a band of rolled
flint-pebbles occurs at the base of the sands, but this is an exceptional
case; on the contrary, the admixture of the upper surface of the
London Clay with the first 2 or 3 feet of sands—a necessary con-
dition of a muddy clay sea-bottom—gives rise at places to some ap-
pearance of a passage between the two deposits. In the last paper*
it was shown that the London Clay is thickest in Kent and Essex, and
becomes much thinner as we proceed west and south-west ; but this
I do not believe to arise from the wearing down of the London Clay,
or from any unconformability of the strata, so much as from the larger
original accumulation of the London Clay in those areas, owing, as
I before stated, to the nearer proximity to the river mouth.

With respect to the paleontological evidence, although the Lon-
don Clay forms but the upper division of the London Tertiary series,
and the Bracklesham beds are the lower part only of the overlying
series, still, as these two deposits constitute by far the most important
members of each series, offer the best known organic remains, and
present the nearest like terms both in physical and zoological condi-
tions, I will take their two faunas as the fittest for comparing the
life of these lower and middle Eocene periods.

Mammalian remains are very limited in number. Prof. Owen, in

* Loe. cit.

1854.| PRESTWICH, LONDON CLAY AND BRACKLESHAM SANDS. 439

his valuable work on British Fossil Mammals, mentions only two
mammals from the London Clay, and one from the Bracklesham
sands* ; they are distinct species.

The remains of four species of Birds are found in the London
Clay, but the Bracklesham series offers in this class no terms for
comparison.

The Reptiles+ constitute an important and well-characterized group
of 21 species, of which number two only have been identified among
the 7 Bracklesham species; and one of these, the Chelone longiceps,
must be received with a doubt, owing to the imperfect character of
the specimens upon which the determination rests. In the families
occurring in the two deposits there is a marked concordance.

The Fishes of the London Clay are equally characteristic and still
more abundant, amounting to as many as 83 species; whilst in the
Bracklesham sands 28 species have been recognised{. Of these,
although several of the genera, as Myliobatis, Avtobatis, Otodus,
Lamna, are well represented in both, only 10 species are common to
the two deposits. It will be observed, that a great point of re-
semblance in the two groups is the abundance of cartilaginous fishes
of the Shark and Ray tribe, and that the distinctive feature is the
presence in the London Clay of a considerable number of Ganoidei,
an order which is entirely wanting in the Bracklesham series.

Of the Mollusca we find a larger proportion common to the two
periods. In 1847 the known species altogether numbered only 283,
and of these 43, or about 15 per cent., were considered common to the
two deposits. Mr. Edwards has had the kindness to furnish me with a
list, which is appended to this paper, of the Bracklesham (see p. 450)
and London Clay species in his collection, and has also greatly assisted
me with his opinion as to the species common to the two series§. The
total number of determined species now amounts to 540, of which
316 are peculiar to the Bracklesham beds, and 168 to the London
Clay, while the number common to both does not exceed 56 species,
or under 10 per cent., a proportion which may possibly be further
reduced when a larger number of species are accurately determined.
Of the Cephalopoda there are 10 species in the London Clay, and but
8 in the Bracklesham beds: of these 4 are common to the two series.
Of Gasteropoda there are, on the contrary, but 138 species in the
former deposit, and 232 in the latter: of these 37 species are common.
Nearly the same proportion holds good in the Lamellibranchiata, of
which there are 70 species in the one, and 127 in the other; of these
14 are found in both. Of Brachiopoda there are 2 species, of which
one isin common. There are 4 species of Bryozoa in the Brackle-
sham beds, and 4 in the London Clay ; they are all distinct, but one

* It is not until we get higher in the Middle Eocenes that mammals become
numerous.

+ Mon. Paleeont. Soc., vol. for 1850-51; Owen and Bell, ‘‘ Fossil Reptiles of the
London Clay.”

£ Agassiz’s ‘ Poissons Fossiles,” and Trans. Brit. Assoc. for 1844, p. 307.

§ I am also indebted to Prof. Forbes and Mr. Morris for their aid in the critical
discussion of this subject.

VOL. X.—PART I. 2H

440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL Society. [June 7,

of the former, the Lunulites urceolatus, has been recognised by Mr.
Rupert Jones in the Woolwich beds beneath the London Clay.

Of the Crustacea, which form so remarkable a group in the Lon-
don Clay, comparatively little is at present known. Prof. M‘Coy
has described 7 species, but the number of determinable species in the
collections of Mr. Wetherell and Mr.. Bowerbank amounts to at least
20 or 30, all or most of which appear to be peculiar to the London
Clay ; but it must be observed that very few crustacean remains have
been found at Bracklesham, and these have not been satisfactorily
determined. It is doubtful whether there are species in common.
Mr. R. Jones has determined 9 species of Entomostraca from the Lon-
don Clay, and 6 from the Bracklesham Sands; 2 species are common.

Mr. Darwin mentions only one species of Cirripedia from these
Eocene strata, and that one is peculiar to the London Clay.

The Annelids number 11 species, of which two only are in common.

The Eocene Echinodermata have been thoroughly examined by
Prof. E. Forbes, and it seems that although 17 species occur in the
London Clay, it is doubtful whether any one species passes upwards.
The Bracklesham Sands, however, contain but one species.

The Corals, as now very fully determined by Mr. Lonsdale and
M. Milne-Edwards, give an equally definite result: 26 species are
described, of which it seems that not one is common to the London
Clay and the Bracklesham Sands, there being 10 species found in the
former, and 16 in the latter deposit.

The Foraminifera yet require further examination: 23 species are
found in the London Ciay, and 8 in the Bracklesham beds, and of
these it is doubtful whether any one is in common; but the great
and marked feature is the total absence of Nummulites in the former,
‘and their presence in such abundance in the overlying deposits of the
Bracklesham Sands.

With regard to the Plants, the London Clay is so exceptional
in the mineral conditions which have preserved its remarkable
and abundant flora, that no part of the Bracklesham series offers
a fit term of comparison, and we cannot therefore take into con-
sideration the many hundred species of fruit and seed remains
which are peculiar to the London Clay. Mr. Dixon, however, in his
list of the Bracklesham fossils, quotes the Lycopodites squamatus and
Cucumites variabilis, both of which are Sheppey species, whilst his
Pinites Dixoni is peculiar to Bracklesham. These 3 species consti-
tute at present all the known Bracklesham flora.

In these comparisons some allowance must necessarily be made for
differences of conditions and habitat, but the equality is sufficiently
maintained not to affect the general conclusions.

The lists of the organic remains of the London Clay contained in
the last paper, and that of the Bracklesham Sands appended to this
paper, give the following results*.

* As many of the new species of Molluscs, although undescribed, have been
specifically determined by Mr. Edwards, I have included them in the numbers

given in this table, and which are therefore so much in excess of the numbers given
in the preceding lists. No additions are made to the other portions of the fauna.

1854.] PRESTWICH, LONDON CLAY AND BRACKLESHAM SANDS, 441

Table showing the distribution and number of species in the London
Clay and Bracklesham Sands, and the number of species common

to these two deposits*.

Class of the Organic Remains.

Number of species.

MamMaALtIA.
Hachydermatair ele site terltetoieie/ orale

-AVES.

Vulturide and Struthide?..........
ale yonid we iyi. oinrsvenc vel stevie ation
JATIN UT peeeento alee AIeora Wid ero bit eto

REPTILIA.
Crocodiliar eis ho: Bi ee) oe reas tae:
LO) CTO DEAS eras RUN SRMG e Siuine 5 Spencers
@hlrelomiage ss ee eee case ea Sea

PISCES.

Malacoptemlapodes/ aye cise. oy
abd ominalesiny.. «ai 1)
Pharyngognathi malacopterygil ......
— acanthopterygil......
Anacanthini thoraciet ..)).00) 0. 0).
EACATAt MO LET Us rercie) ots cir yeis ere) steve elles
Ganoideria ace teen oP Ree Stig sit
Volocepballies icra cost so sya ayer) cheba
PAR OSEOUM ae yelar seta cys) helt csctore bisa

Mo.uuusca.

Cephalopoda dibranchiata ..........
—_—— tetrabranchiata ........
Gasteropoda opisthobranchiata ......
[ouihesorantiis 6 Genero 6 6 nde
prosobranchiata ........
Lamellibranchiata monomyaria ......
—— dimyaria..........
Brachionpodayer soci. emjel amore +) ele
IBIRVOVATE poe cos ooo OF smn ean ols

ARTICULATA.

Crustacea entomostraca ............
malacostraca 2. ..22.2.-.
Wirnipedianarcismom ceteitact yaar ats:
IATIITENTC a Merete eee ee ees

London

Clay.

[Palen

—
Om bo

to
=

a I

iN) [—=H8S)
DOr Got or

bo COIN Go esl

i)
|
rs

[Stes Besse |

Bracklesham | Common to

Sands. the two series.
1 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
i
1 0
2 0
4 2
7 2
0 0
1 0
3 1
0 0
0 0
2 i
0 0
4 ]
18 7
28 10
5) 1
3 3
13 3
0 0
PAS) 34
19 5)
108 9
1 ]
4 0
372 56
6 2
2? 2
0 0
5 2
15 4

1

* T have re-arranged this list in conformity with the classification adopted in
the last edition of Mr. Morris’s Catalogue, which has appeared since this paper was

read.—J. P., Sept. 1854.

2H 2

442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [June 7,

TABLE (continued).

Number of species. |
6) ic Remains.
Uines ofthe: Organic ave London | Bracklesham | Common to

Clay. Sands. the two series.
EcHINODERMATA.

Crinoideat sie see Sao hee rose oncle 5 0 0
Ophiuroidea). (ie ieee wets cl stein sweats 1 0 0
INSECLOLDEA:, asherese ante ere letters edad ake 6 0 0
CHIN OLA Ga} kik es ected ouaiahsrcke betes te aD ] 0

17 1

ZOOPHYTA. = =
Toate Waria.. sere» o-csoiecssalsievmeeustelchetoneets ii 15 0
Allcyomariasys/:) + a)s'4 ei)! -la etaieletorele/aels 3 1 0

10 16

FoRAMINIFERA. = —_
Stichostegia jy. cevecyecp-teleiersiefeim aver tel. 13 0 0
ele osteoias rye itiel sccresctetat ase exerehetet setae 4 6 0
Binallostegia iajen (critter aleneie eeter 4 0 0
Weathistegiaaaslatst cette ieptectetateut. 2 3 2

23 y

PLANTS. — =
See'pp. 413 8 454 Tn ace 106 3 2

Admitting certain differences of condition, it is still evident that
there is a well-marked and maintained distinction between the orgauic
remains of the London Clay and of the Bracklesham Sands—a distine-
tion which has become more apparent as the fossils have become
better known. This fact being established with regard to the more
important marine member of the London Tertiaries, we will now (in
order to include the whole series, and at the same time to enable us
to embrace a wider range of conditions than that afforded by the
London Clay only) take the entire group of the London Tertiaries,
which will give us the estuarine, freshwater, and terrestrial, as well
as the marine conditions of that period, and briefly consider its rela-
tions, not only to the overlying Tertiary group, but generally also to
the underlying Cretaceous series.

Taken in conjunction with the Basement bed of the London Clay,
the Woolwich and Reading series, and the Thanet Sands, the organic
remains (the plants excepted) of the London Tertiaries present the
following total number of species* :—

* Among the species ranging upwards are several which miss the Bracklesham
Sands, but reappear in the Barton Clays: thus in the Molluscs we have the Pleu-
rotoma colon, P. comma, Murex frondosus, Cancellaria leviuscula, Fusus inter-
ruptus, Natica sigaretina, Cultellus affinis, and Scalaria undosa; in the Annelids,
the Ditrupa inerassata and Serpula crassa; whilst in the Echinodermata, the
Ophiura Wetherellii and Hemiaster Branderianus are both quoted by Prof. Forbes,
but with a doubt, from the neighbourhood of London and from Barton: in the
Zoophytes, the Graphularia Wetherellii is the only one mentioned by M. Milne-
Edwards as occurring at Highgate and Barton.

1854,] PRESTWICH, LONDON CLAY AND BRACKLESHAM SANDS. 443

Number of Species ranging

species. upwards.
Marimmraliaetceretiee a Spent talos sis aban oes 6 0
INVESEG. Ero crlcrenaenorn abate i statis 4 0
Hie ptiliay yvsvens eed seasieietec auiielerotele te 23 2
Piscess we eines ee Lith. eee OA: 10
Molhasca nee Geis: Sega 280 68
Axticulatargnnt, coe se ahh iil) Rael ira 5
Mchinodermatay vain aiieles ee, WA!
Zooplayitapy veiaiaetevsto ee stele arate LO 1pf
Pe Eoraminiteras wen cet cee ee eS 2

485 88

§ 2. On the Amount of Relation of the London Tertiary Strata to
the Cretaceous Series.

In viewing the London Tertiaries as a group, and comparing them,
as usual, directly with the underlying Chalk, it is to be observed that
we are not comparing like terms of the two periods. That a great
and. essential difference existed between these periods must be ad-
mitted, but it is a question how far that difference is widened by the
comparison being instituted between the deep and open sea deposits
of the Chalk, and the littoral, shallow-sea, and fluviatile deposits of the
Tertiary period, instead of between strata deposited under like condi-
tions during those two periods. As an indication of how these dif-
ferences tend in many respects to lessen in force when we have an
approach to more equal conditions, may be instanced the Thanet
Sands and their equivalent in Belgium—the Lower Landenian system
of M. Dumont. In these beds no mammalian remains have been
found, and, with the exception of Calyptrea, Glycimeris, and Saai-
cava, the other genera, amounting to twenty-one in number, are such
as lived in seas of little depth during and before the Cretaceous
period; the species it is true are different, but they still—those of
the Lower Landenian especially—present a facies so closely resembling
that of analogous groups of certain lower cretaceous strata, that
some eminent palzeontologists and geologists are inclined to consider
the Belgian beds as more Cretaceous than Tertiary. Where more
shallow-water conditions again prevailed during the later Cretaceous
periods, as at the time of the deposition cf the Calcaire pisolitique,
the fauna which then flourished presents forms so closely resembling
those of the overlying tertiary strata, that the opinions of some of the
most able geologists of France have been, and still are, divided, as to
which of the two periods this deposit should be referred*. I menticn
these facts, not as attempting to ignore the value of the distinction
drawn between the Cretaceous and Tertiary periods, but for the purpose
of suggesting whether that distinction is so extreme as we have con-

* The shells were at first all referred to tertiary species. A closer examination
has however detected specific differences, although it is apparent that, with respect
to the genera, the analogy must be strong to have given rise at all to such an
opinion. The question is still under discussion.

444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 7,

sidered it in this part of Europe. Admitting the infra-position of the
London Clay to the Bracklesham Sands and the Calcaire grossier, we
are thereby carried back to another and equally important Tertiary
period, one stage older than the group formerly placed at the base
of the Tertiaries ; whilst in the Thanet Sands we have a further reces-
sion, for only nine species out of the thirty-one found in this deposit
range up into the London Clay, and, as before mentioned, the general
aspect of the fauna is less distinctly tertiary *. Not only so, but Sir
Charles Lyell mentions the occurrence in the Lower Landenian of
Orp-le-Grand of a Cardiaster, a genus hitherto only met with in cre-
taceous strata, and further states that in the same beds at Tournay
the Ostrea lateralis occurs. In supporting the view of these beds
being intermediate between the Cretaceous and Tertiary, Sir Charles
observes that no Baculites, Belemnites, and Ammonites are found
in them, but justly suggests that the same may be said of the true
cretaceous stratain many other regions. The Pholadomya Koninchii
of the Thanet Sands can hardly be distinguished from a cretaceous
species, and Mr. Flower has recently shown me a specimen of the
Ostrea lateralis from those beds at the Reculvers, apparently iden-
tical with the Ewogyra conica of the Gault and Chalk.

At the same time, the physical changes which commenced during
the latter part of the Cretaceous period would seem to have been con-
tinuous with those which introduced the Tertiary epoch. A rise of apor-
tion of the sea-bed, accompanied by the destruction of a portion of the
already-formed chalk, and the wear of its flints into pebbles, preceded
the commencement of the Maestricht beds; and a very analogous
change, but rather more strongly defined, marks the commencement
both of the Thanet Sands and of the Woolwich and Reading series,
each successive change being marked, not by a total change in litho-
logical structure, but rather by a somewhat gradual diminution in the
chalk-like and calcareous character of the strata, and by a successive
increase of arenaceous and argillaceous ingredients. The changes inthis
respect, taking each stage separately, are on the whole of a like order,
and are as steps in the same direction. The divisional planes between
these stages are, however, abrupt, and indicate more or less consider-
able alterations in the sea area of these periods.

The adaptation of this area at the Thanet Sands period to the ex-
istence of the numerous shallow-water burrowing Lamellibranchiates,
whatever the duration of the intervening time, would necessarily
unfit it for the deeper sea Cephalopoda, Brachiopoda, and other
families which prevail in our Cretaceous series. But if we compare
thé Panopee, Pholadomye, and other associated genera of the former
deposit with the similar groups which flourished under like conditions
at an early date of the Cretaceous period, then, although the interval.
is infinitely greater, a close analogy of forms becomes apparent}.

* It may be a question hereafter, when the fossils of the Thanet Sands have
been more thoroughly investigated, whether these strata may not form a separate
division in the Tertiary series, bearing probably the same relation to the Woolwich
beds and London Clay as these latter do to the Bracklesham Sands.

+ So marked in some instances is this likeness, that of the two specimens of tae

1854.] PRESTWICH, LONDON CLAY AND BRACKLESHAM SANDs. 445

We have therefore, in viewing the tertiary strata in relation to the
underlying Chalk, to take into consideration that the existence of
certain classes of fossils in the former of necessity implies the non-
existence of other classes found in the latter deposit; and this, even
should the two have been in consecutive and uninterrupted se-
quence in time. To estimate exactly the value of the differences ex-
isting between these strata, we should consequently look to those por-
tions of them where the terms are nearly alike. To a certain extent
this is practicable in the instance of the Maestricht beds and the Cai-
caire pisolitique, but we are not yet sufficiently well acquainted with
the molluscs of the latter to reason positively on the subject. We can
however analyse the character of the fauna of the London Tertiaries,
and see how far any resemblances to forms which flourished during
any of the Cretaceous periods can be traced.

The somewhat Cretaceous facies which exists, as before observed,
im the Lower Landenian and the Thanet Sands fossils is to be recog-
nised in some portion of the fauna of the London Clay itself. Thus
amongst the Echinodermata, the Hemiaster, a common cretaceous
genus, has three species in the London Clay, and but one in the
Barton Clay ; whilst the prevalence of Crinoids, amongst which is
a species of Bourgueticrinus, hitherto considered a chalk genus, and
three species of Pentacrinus, and the new Cainocrinus of Forbes, are
features more resembling those prevailing in Mesozoic than those
usual in tertiary strata. The two genera of Asteride (Astropecten
and Goniaster) which occur in the London Clay are common in the
Cretaceous strata, the Oolites, and Lias.

The four genera of Crustacea described by Prof. M‘Coy are all
extinct ; and one of them, the Hoploparia, of which two species are
abundant, is a well-known form commun in some of the Lower Cre-
taceous beds.

The Fishes present some very marked characters, one of which is
the prevalence of Pycnodontide. This extinct family, so well deve-
loped in the Cretaceous series, has also ten species in the London
Clay. The extinct genus Hypsodon is represented by two species in
the Chali, and by the same number in the London Clay, above which
it does not range. The Notidanus is another common chalk genus
which is often found in the London Clay. The genus Otodus, of
which also several species occur in the Chalk, is a very common form
in the London Clay. This genus, however, as well as the last, ranges
higher, although both become scarcer. Altogether the eighty-three
species of fishes belong to twenty-three families, of which eleven
existed during the Cretaceous period; several of the genera do not
extend upward beyond the London Clay, whilst others appear in
much diminished numbers. The cretaceous affinities of some of the
families of fishes found at Sheppey were, I find, made the subject of

Venus (Cytherea) ovalis, figured in the ‘ Mineral Conchology,’ one is from the Green-
sand of Blackdown, and another (as probable) from the Lower Tertiary sands of the
neighbourhood of Faversham. It would seem also that the Pholadomya Koninckit,
which is now considered a tertiary species, was, | am informed by Mr. Morris,
originally figured with the inference of its being a cretaceous specimen.

446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 7,

remark by Agassiz in his ‘ Poissons Fossiles.’ At the same time,
notwithstanding the presence of so many old forms, the London
Clay shows, in another portion of its fish-remains, a close analogy with
the ordinary families and genera existing at the present day—some
in warmer climates, but a not inconsiderable number identical with
those frequenting the existing coasts*.

The Corals of the London Clay and of the Bracklesham Sands
belong chiefly to different families ; the latter are closely related to the
forms prevalent in the Paris Basin ; whilst the former, with a certain
amount of resemblance to some of these species, exhibit marked dif-
ferences and divergent relations. Of the Twurbinolide there are
four genera in the London Clay, three of which belong to that
section, the “ Cyathine,”’ which has several representatives in the
Chalk and Gault especially. Of the section Turbinoline there are,
on the contrary, one species in the London Clay and seven in the
Bracklesham Sands. The Hupsammide furnish also four genera ;
the species which occurs in the London Clay, the “ Stephanophyllia
discoides,” is of the flat lenticular form peculiar to the Cretaceous
section of this genus. The other three genera occur in the Brackle-
sham Sands. The Pennatulide and Gorgonide, of which there are
three species in the London Clay and one in the Bracklesham Sands,
are however distinctly Tertiary families.

The Mollusca present a more decided tertiary facies, but still even
in this respect the Bracklesham group exhibits features more marked
than the London Clay. Amongst the Lamellibranchiata of the latter
there are but few genera which are not of older date, 26 out of the
31 commencing in the Cretaceous or Oolitic series; in the Brackle-
sham Sands there are in addition to these 4 more Tertiary and 15
older genera. Amongst the Gasteropoda there is a far larger in-
troduction of new genera; for of the 44 genera in the London Clay,
16, and of the 59 genera in the Bracklesham Sands, 27 make their
first appearance in the Tertiary period. The common occurrence of
Cephalopoda is a feature to be noticed.

With regard to the distribution of the species in the tertiary strata,
if we take the 56 species of the lower London tertiaries, in addition
to the 224 species of the London Clay, we have together 280 species,
212 of which do not pass into the overlying strata. Of the 109
genera peculiar to the Bracklesham Sands, there are about 11 which
do not descend lower in the English series.

It is doubtful whether there are any extinct genera peculiar to the

* Although the abundance of fishes is a very striking feature in the London
Clay, it must not be overlooked that these strata may owe much of their supe-
riority in this respect to their very favourable mineral conditions; for in the more
open, non-concretionary, and coarser arenaceous sediment of the Bracklesham
beds and Calcaire grossier, the fishes, owing to their perishable character, might
have been removed before they could be fixed by fossilification ; whereas in the
fine calcareo-argillaceous sediment of the London Clay, the segregating action
of the carbonate of lime, setting in as soon as the fish-remains became imbedded
in the sediment at the sea-bottom, would quickly and effectually stop the progress
of decay, by enclosing them in those concretionary masses of argillaceous lime-
stone in which they are now chiefly found.

1854.] PRESTWICH, LONDON CLAY AND BRACKLESHAM SANDS. 447

London Clay, with the exception possibly of the Teredina, which
however is probably only a subgenus of Teredo.

Unlike the succeeding Tertiary period, the number of Mammalia
in the London Tertiaries is very limited. One genus (Macacus) isa
form now existing, whilst the Hyracotherium and Coryphodon are
extinct and peculiar to the London Clay. The Lophiodon is a genus
which, scarce in this period, becomes numerous in the overlying
group. No mammalian remains have hitherto been found in the
lowest division of the London Tertiary group,—the Thanet Sands.

The remains of birds are too few and too fragmentary to have much
specific value ; nor, as bones of birds are found in the Wealden, are
they of importance with respect to their presence as a class.

The large proportion of Reptiles is a peculiar feature; they
mostly belong to families and genera which have a prolonged vertical
range from the Wealden strata upwards. Although the peculiar and
characteristic Cretaceous genera are absent, the prevalence neverthe-
less of Reptilian forms and the scarcity of Mammals are not without
a certain significance.

§ 3. General Considerations.

It will be seen from the foregoing examination, that the relationship
of the London Tertiaries with the Bracklesham Sands is maintained
by several specific identities, and is therefore one comparatively of no
distant degree; still the generic differences of the fauna which are
so marked in the tertiary strata of the age of the Bracklesham and
associated series, as compared with the cretaceous strata, are cer-
tainly less prominent in the strata of the London Tertiary group.
Although it is true that with one or two exceptions there are no
species in common to the two latter series, yet the facies of the fauna
often presents poimts of strong resemblance, and a not inconsider-
able number of genera are common to the two periods*. It is to be
observed also, that m the London Tertiaries not a single recent
species is found with the exception of the Terebratulina striatula,
which species however is common also to the Cretaceous period.

Taking all these facts into consideration, I hold the distinction
between the London Clay and the Bracklesham Sands not only to
be sufficiently evident upon physical grounds, but to be equally well
based on the independent character, in the main, of their organic
remains. All the phenomena point to an original difference in the
direction of the seas and position of the land. The London Tertiary
group seems to have resulted in that order of changes, which, com-
mencing with the elevation of a portion of the Chalk area at the end

* We know how difficult the separation of the cretaceous and tertiary deposits
is in some parts of Southern Europe, where the strata of these two periods present
similar lithological characters, and exhibit like conditions of life. Might we not
therefore expect to find similar or even greater resemblances in these possibly
still lower strata of the London Tertiaries, were the mineral character assimilative
instead of divergent, and were the terms of comparison alike, instead of being
in the strong contrast in which they occur in this more northern part of Europe ?

448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 7,

of the Maestricht period, was followed by subsequent depressions
which led to the transgressive accumulation of the Lower Tertiaries
from north to south. This elevation, I believe, laid dry the Chalk
in some direction southward, and would therefore induce one to look
to the north for a more uninterrupted succession of the Upper Creta-
ceous and Lower Tertiary strata. I am now speaking with reference
only to that part of the north of Europe over which the Paris, Belgian,
and English Tertiaries extend. I have before shown the probability
of the existence of dry land to the south and an open sea to the north,
during the Thanet Sands period, and of more insular conditions during
the Woolwich and Reading series period ; and now with respect to the
London Clay, the evidence tends in the same direction. With one
exception, which proved unimportant, I have never found any
transported rock-fragment in the London Clay that would enable me
to infer the direction of the land and its main rivers during that
period. If, however, we take the evidence afforded by the organic
remains, we shall obtain some peculiar results. If, for example, we
look to the Molluscs and the Plants, we at once perceive a want of
accordance between them; we find in the former an absence of that
group of markedly tropical forms which seem to have flourished in
the later sea of the Bracklesham period. The prevailing genera
are, on the contrary, mostly such as could live in colder regions.
Taken altogether, it rather indicates a moderate than a tropical
climate, and yet the flora is, as far as we can judge, certainly
tropical in its affinities. It is interesting to observe at this early
Tertiary period the same evidence of those climatal conditions
dependent upon latitude which become more strongly marked as we
approach our own period; for these differences in the fauna and
flora arise, I believe, from the circumstance that the London Clay was
deposited in a sea open to the north, and therefore with an in-set of
cold currents determining the existence of a group of molluscs, such
as we might expect to find inhabiting waters of moderate tempera-
ture ; whilst, judging from the quantity and extent of detritus, there
probably existed to the south an extensive continental area, through
which flowed a large river which brought down the sediment
forming the London clay, and all the marvellous remains of plants
and of land and freshwater remains entombed in it—remains which
seem to point to a vegetation of hot or even tropical climates, and to
a land fauna in keeping with such a temperature. If this were the
case, then we should have during the London-Clay period a conti-
nental area stretching southward of England and the north of
France, and a sea spreading to the northward of this land; while
the subsequent accumulation of the Bracklesham Sands took place
after the submergence of that land and the immigration of a marine
fauna from more southern seas, into which some few only of the
forms of the older sea were continued,—geographical conditions which
I hope, in a subsequent paper, to show to be in perfect accordance
with the limited range southward of the London Clay and the
correlation of the Bracklesham Sands with the wide-spread deposits
of the Calcaire grossier and other associated beds of the Paris Ter-
tiaries.

1854.| PRESTWICH, LONDON CLAY AND BRACKLESHAM SANDS. 449

We thus see that, while the London Tertiaries form a group
distinctly separable from the Bracklesham series (which belongs to
the Paris group), with which however it possesses a certain com-
munity of species and a generally analogous facies, although in many
of the classes of organic remains there is nothing, or almost nothing
in common, yet the former maintain almost unimpaired their
Tertiary attributes. Still the one or two cretaceous species which
have been found in the London Tertiaries, combined with the more
antique cast of some of the fishes, corals, and echinoderms, and a cer-
tain cretaceous facies in some of the molluscs, may form a link con-
necting them distantly with the Cretaceous period. But many inter-
mediate links are yet wanting, probably of the Tertiaries, and
certainly of the Cretaceous series; for it must not be forgotten that
in England the Tertiaries repose upon the Middle Chalk, to which
belongs the chalk with flints of Gravesend and the neighbourhood,
usually termed the Upper Chalk, but which I have elsewhere* shown
to be the middle beds of that deposit. To have just terms of
comparison, we need a Cretaceous series with a varied marine
estuarine and fluviatile fauna, such as flourished during the succes-
sive Tertiary periodst+. We have already in the Maestricht beds
a change in the fauna—a dying-out of many old forms, and the
appearance of many genera common in the Tertiary series, and I
look forward with much interest to the important addition likely to
be made before long by M. Hébert to our knowledge of the molluses of
the Calcaire pisolitique, which beds carry us probably still higher in
the series. Still in these we want the mud-banks, the river-courses,
and the brackish water estuaries of the Tertiary seas.

In some respects the London Tertiaries, taken as a whole, are how-
ever even more tertiary (meaning by that, that they present, in many
of the generic forms, a closer approach to those now existing in our
climate) than the Bracklesham Sands ; for, with a greater per-centage
of older forms, they nevertheless contain a large, and probably a larger,
proportion of forms such as now flourish on the land and in the sea in
these latitudes. The greater number of the common fishes frequenting
our seas have their types at this early Tertiary period,—the Reading
plants are such as our existing woods might furnish the analogues of, —
and the Molluscs, the Lamellibranchiates especially, have many repre-
sentative forms in our present seas. In considering all these singular
vicissitudes, and in contemplating the extent to which certain more ™
northern influences operated in giving to a large portion of the fauna
of the London Tertiaries an aspect much more closely resembling that
of the present day than is found to exist in many more recent
deposits, the question suggests itself—of how far that law, enunciated
by Prof, E. Forbes, and according to which the distribution of Molluscs
in depths of southern seas is equivalent to their appearance at lesser
depths or at the surface in parallels of latitude of more northern seas,

* “The Water-bearing Strata of London,” p. 139.

+ Can those singular and anomalous beds beneath all the known Tertiaries at
Mons, and which contain freshwater shells, belong to any such Upper Cretaceous
period ?

450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 7,

may by analogy be applied geologically in accounting for any abnormal
condition in the vertical succession of organic remains such as here
occurs? Can it be that such a group of generic forms, allied to and
closely resembling those found in the same zoological province at the
present day, had a yet older existence in more northern provinces ;—
that generic forms of temperate regions have travelled from the north,
and have been gradually spread further south, giving, when they
encroached upon the more southern forms, a more recent aspect to
the faunas of such various geological periods than prevailed in those
of the same localities when changes in the distribution of land and
water brought back for a time the southern forms which had been
temporarily displaced ’—a view almost unavoidably suggested by the
fauna of the London Tertiaries as compared with that of the Brackle-
sham and associated beds, and confirmed by the independent physical
' evidence which we have of seas open to the north during the former,
and to the south during the latter period.

APPENDIX.

List of the Fossil Shells from the Eocene strata of Bracklesham
Bay, Sussex. By F. E. Epwarps, Esq. *

(The species in italics occur also in the London Clay.)

Mo.uuvsca.

Bulla attenuata, Sow.
—— Defrancii, Desh.
—— Edwardsii, Sow.
—— elliptica, Sow.
expansa, Sow.

—— extensa, Sow.

—— lanceolata, Sow.

—— Sowerbyi, Nyst.
uniplicata, Sow.
Cancellaria costulata, Lam.

Cephalopoda.
Aturia ziczac, Sow.
Beloptera belemnitoidea, Blainv.
Belosepia Blainvillii, Desh.
—— brevispina, Sow.
— Cuvieri, Desh.
sepioidea, Blainy.
Nautilus centralis, Sow.
imperialis, Sow.

Gasteropoda.

Acteon crenatus, Sow.

simulatus, Brand.

sulcatus, Lam.

——, n.sp. 1.

Adeorbis planorbicularis, Desh.

Ampullina depressa, Sow.

-—— pachycheila, Sow.

patula, Lam.

Ancillaria buccinoides, Lam.

canalifera, Lam.

fusiformis, Sow.

obtusa, Sow.

Aporrhais Sowerbii, Mant.

Bifrontia bifrons, Lam.

disjuncta, Desh.

Laudinensis, Desh.

marginata, Desh.

Borsonia biplicata (Fasciolaria),
Sow.

Buccinum stromboides, Lam.

evulsa, Brand.
quadrata, Sow.
striatulata, Desh.
Cassidaria ambigua, Brand.
coronata, Desh.

——— nodosa, Brand.

, i. Sp.

Cerithium angulatum, Brand.
calcitrapoides, Lam.
— cancellatum, Sow.
?—— concinnum, Charlesw.
Cordieri, Desh.
cornucopiz, Sow.
cristatum, Desh,
echidnoides, Lam.
elegans, Desh.
giganteum, Lam.
incomptum, Sow.
margaritaceum, Brongn.
-—— marginatum, Sow.
— muricoides, Lam.

MELT TT

Cerithium mutabile, Lam.
—— papale, Desh.

— semicoronatum, Lam.
— semigranulosum, Lam.
turris ?, Desh.

—— unisulcatum, Zam.
—— variabile, Desh.

, Sp. new or not ident. 6.
Conus corculum, Sow.
deperditus, Lam.

—— diversiformis, Desh.
—— pyriformis, Sow.

—— velatus, Sow.

Cyprza Bowerbankii, Sow.
— globularis, Edw.
inflata, Lam.
tuberculosa, Desh.

Daphnellajuncea(Buccinum), Sow.

Delphinula Warnii, Desh.
?Dentalium acuticnsta, Desh.
—— costatum, Sow.

-—— eburneum, Lam.

— nitens, Sow.
Emarginula obtusa, Sow.
Eulima subulata?, Mont.
Fasciolaria uniplicata, Lam.
Fissurella Edwardsii, Sow.
Fusus acuminatus, Sow.
bulbus, Brand.
carinella, Sow.
errans, Brand.
— Gothicus, Desh.

— incultus, Sow.
— leviusculus, Sow.
longevus, Lam.
Now, Lam.
—-— parvirostrum, Sow.
porrectus, Brand.
—— pyrus, Brand.
regularis, Sow.
~—— rugosus, Lam.

— scalaris, Lam.

— undosus, Sow.
unicarinatus, Desh.
, Sp. new or not ident. 3.
Globulus ambulacrum, Sow.
conoideus, Sow.
— hybridus, Lam.

— labellatus, Lam.
-—— ponderosus, Desh.
scalariformis, Desh.
—— Willemettii, Desh.
Hipponyx cornucopiz, Defr.
Infundibulum trochiforme, Sow.
Littorina sulcata, Pilk.

Marginella bifidoplicata, Charlesw.

eburnea, Lam.
ovulata, Lam.
Melania costellata, Zam.
—— marginata, Lam.
——,n.sp. l.

1854.] PRESTWICH, LONDON CLAY AND BRACKLESHAM SANDs. 45

Mitra labratula, Zam.

? parva, Sow.
porrecta, Edw.
Murex asper, Brand.
minax, Brand.
Natica epiglottina, Lam.
Hantoniensis, Sow.
lineolata, Desh.
— obovata, Sow.

— similis, Sow.

—— spheerica, Desh.
turgida, Sow.
Nerita tricarinata, Lam.
Niso terebellatus, Desh.
Odostomia, n. sp. 2.
Oliva, n. sp.

Orbis patellatus, Lam.
Parmophorus? elongatus, Lam.
Patella striata, Sow.
hls Bb Is

Phorus agglutinans, Lam.
extensus, Sow.

, n. sp. 1.

Pileopsis squameformis, Lam.
Planaria?, n. sp. 1.
Pleurotoma acutangulosa, Desh.
amphiconus, Sow.
— attenuata, Sow.
— curvicosta, Sow.
— dentata, Lam.
exorta, Brand.
—— gentilis, Sow.

—— granulata, Lam.
inarata, Sow.
inflexa, Lam.

— obscurata, Sow.
plebeia, Sow.

?——- prisca, Brand.
transversaria, Lam.
, Sp. new or not ident. 8.
Pseudoliva obtusa, Desh.
ovalis, Sow.
semicostata, Desh.
Pyrula levigata, Lam.
— nexilis, Lam.
tricostata, Desh.
Ringicula ringens, Lam.
Rissoa.

Rostellaria ampla, Brand.
arcuata, Sow.
lucida, Sow.

Rotella minuta, Sow.
Sealaria acuta, Sow.
interrupta, var., Sow.
reticulata, Brand.
semicostata, Sow.
spirata, Vyst.
tenuilamella, Desh.
, u. sp. lL.

Sigaretus canaliculatus, Sow.
Skenea.

4

9)

4

2

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Solarium canaliculatum, Lam.

patulum, Lam.
— plicatum, Lam.
—— pulchrum, Sow.
— spectabile, Sow.
—— spiratum, Lam.
trochiforme, Desh.
——,n. sp. 2.
Strepsidura armata, Sow.
turgida, Brand.

Terebellum fusiforme, Lam.

Triton argutus, Brand.
expansus, Sow.
Trochus, n. sp.

Turbo plicatus, Desh.
Turritella abbreviata, Desh.
—— bicincta, Sow.
carinifera, Desh.
— contracta, Sow.
fasciata, Lam.
— imbricataria, Lam.
intermedia, Desh.
marginata, Sow.
multisuleata, Lam.
nexilis, Sow.
sulcata, Lam.
—- sulcifera, Desh.
terebellata, Lam.
Voluta angusta, Desh.
athleta, Brand.
Branderi, Desh.
calva, Sow.

—- cithara, Lam.
crenulata, Lam.
horrida, Edw.
— humerosa, Edw.
maga, Edw.
muricina, Lam.
nodosa, Sow.
recticosta, Sow.
—— Selseiensis, Edw.
Solandri, var., Edw.
—— spinosa, Lam.
uniplicata, Sow.

Lamellibranchiata.

Anomia lineata, Sow.
Arca Branderi, Sow.
duplicata, Sow.
—— interrupta, Lam.

7 De spy le

Avicula media, Sow.
Cardilia leviuscula, Sow.
Cardita acuticosta, Lam.
elegans, Lam.
—— mitis?, Lam.

—— planicosta, Lam.
——, n. sp. 2.

Cardium alternatum, Sow.
—— hippopeum, Desh.
—— ordinatum, Sow.

Cardium porulosum, Lam.
semigranulatum ?, Sow.
——, n. sp. 1.

Chama calcarata, Lam.
gigas, Desh.
Clavagella coronata, Desh.
Corbula costata, Sow.
Gallica, Lam.

— globosa, Sow.

—— longirostris, Desh.
—— pisum, Sow.

—— plicata, Sow.

rugosa, Lam.

—— striata, Lam.
Crassatella compressa, Lam.
—— plicata, Sow.
rostrata, Lam.

, n. sp. 2.

Cypricardia carinata, Desh.
—— oblonga, Desh.

—— pectinifera, Sow.
Cyrena, n. sp.

Cytherza elegans, Lam.
—— lucida, Sow.

nitidula, Lam.
obliqua, Desh.
striatula, Desh.
suberycinoides, Desh.
—— sulcataria, Desh.
trigonula, Desh.

, 1. sp. 2.

Diplodonta dilatata, Sow.
Gastrochzena corallium, Sow.
Goodhallia ? granulosa, Edw.
Kellia ? compressa, Edw.
Lima expansa, Sow.
Limopsis granulatus, Lam.
Lithodomus Deshayesii, Sow.
Lucina immersa, Sow.
mitis, Sow.

— serrata, Sow.

,n. sp. 9.

Mactra depressa, Desh.
filosa, Edw.
semisulcata, Lam.
Modiola elegans, Sow.
Neera argentea, Lam.

) 1. Sp. 2.

Nucula bisulcata, Sow.
minima, Sow.

—— ovata ?, Desh.

— serrata, Sow.

similis, Sow.

striata, Lam.

Ostrea dorsata, Desh.
elegans, Desh.

— elephantopus, Sow.
—— flabellula, Lam.
inflata, Sow.

—— longirostris, Lam.
picta, Sow.

?

[June 7,

1854.| PRESTWICH, LONDON CLAY AND BRACKLESHAM SANDS. 453

Ostrea radiosa, Desh. Tellina canaliculata, Edw.
tenera, Sow. concinna, Edw.
Panopza corrugata, Sow. dis-stria, Edw.

Pecten corneus, Sow. —— donacialis, Lam.
plebeius, Lam. —— filosa, Edw.

—— 40-radiatus, Sow. —— lamellosa, Edw.

—— reconditus, Sow. —— lunulata, Desh.

—— squamula, Lam. —— obovata, Edw.

—— 30-radiatus, Sow. —— plagia, Edw.

——,n. sp. l. —— reflexa, Edw.

Pectunculus globosus, Sow. —— rhomboidalis, Edw.
pulvinatus, Lam. —— scalaroides, Lam.

Pinna margaritacea, Lam. speciosa, Edw.

Psammobia compressa, Sow. —-— tenuistriata, Desh.

Sanguinolaria Hollowaysii, Sow. —-— textilis, Hdw.

Solen Dixoni, Sow. —— tumescens, Edw.
obliquus, Sow. Teredo antenaute, Sow.
vagina, ? Lam. Thracia sulcata, Sow.

Solenocurtus Parisiensis, Desh.

Spondylus rarispina, Desh. Brachiopoda.

Syndosmya splendens, Sow. ? Terebratulina striatula, Sow.

ANNELIDA.
?Serpula flagelliformis, Sow. Serpula ornata, Sow.

heptagona, Sow. we SPaize

To this list of the shells by Mr. Edwards I now add lists of the
other organic remains, which, with the exception of the Fishes, had
not been sufficiently studied to admit of special enumeration at the
time my former papers on the London Clay and the Bagshot Sands

- were published*. .

MamMatia.
Lophiodon minimus, Cuv.
ReprTILiA.

Chelone convexa, Owen? Paleophis porcatus, Owen.
longiceps, Owen? —— typheeus, Owen.
trigoniceps, Owen. Trionyx, sp.

Gavialis Dixoni, Owen.

PISCES.

AEtobatis convexus, Dir. Edaphodon eurygnathus, 4g.
irregularis, Ag. leptognathus, 4g.

—— marginalis, Dix. Elasmodus Hunteri, Owen.
rectus, Dix. Galeocerdo latidens, 4g.

—— subarcuatus, Ag. Lamna elegans, Ag.
subconvexus, Dix. Myliobatis contractus, Dix.

Carcharodon angustidens, Ag. Dixoni, Ag.

Celorhynchus rectus, Ag. —— Edwardsii, Dix.

—— sinuatus, 49.
Edaphodon Bucklandi, 49.

irregularis, Div.
striatus, Ag. ; sp. Dix.t

* These I have taken chiefly from the list given by the late Mr. Dixon in his
“Geology of Sussex,’ and from the publications of the Paleontographical Society
before referred to. JI am indebted to Mr. Rupert Jones for the list of Ento-
mostraca.

+ Mr. Dixon figures this specimen as M. Toliapicus, but he states that it differs
from Agassiz’ species in being punctated instead of striated or plicated. I hesitate,
therefore, to admit this identification.

454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [June 21,

Naisia apicalis, Miinst. Platylemus Colei, Diz.

Otodus lanceolatus, 4g. Pristis contortus, Dia.
obliquus, Ag. Silurus Egertoni, Diz.

Periodus Kenigii, Ag. Sphyrenodus gracilis, Dix.

BryOZOA.
Cellepora? petiolus, Lons. Idmonea coronopus, Defr. ?
Eschara Brongniarti, M.-Edw. ? *Lunulites urceolatus, Lama.
CRUSTACEA.

Cythere (Cytherella) Munsteri, Rem. | Cythere (Cythereis) striatopunctata,
(Cythereis) cornuta, Rem. Rem.
—— (——) horrescens, Bosg. *—__. (—_) plicata, Miinst.

(——) lichenopora, Bosg. Macrura, 2 or 3 species undet.( Divon).
EcHINODERMATA.
Echinopsis Edwardsii, Ford.
ZOOPHYTA.

Astrocenia pulchella, M.-Edw. Porites ? panicea, De Blainv.
Balanophyllia desmophyllum,M.-Edw. Siderastreea Websteri, Bowerd. (Astrea
Dendrophyllia ? sp., Lons. Ameliana, Detfr. ?)
Diphelia papillosa, M.-Edw. Stereopsammia humilis, 1.-Edw.
Oculina conferta, M.-Edw. Stylophora emarciata, Lam.

? dendrophylloides, Zons. monticularia, Schw.

raristella, Defr. Turbinolia Dixoni, .-Edw.
Paracyathus crassus, M.-Edw. —— sulcata, Lam.

FoRAMINIFERA.

Alveolina elongata, D’Orb.? (Dixon). _ Biloculina, sp.
—— fusiformis, Sow. Quinqueloculina Hauerina, D’ Grd.
Nummulites levigatus, Zam. Rotalia obscura, Sow.

scaber, Lam. Triloculina cor-anguinum, Lam.

variolarius, Lam. (NV. radiatus,
Sow. in Dixon).
PLANTS.

Cucumites variabilis, Bowerb. Pinites Dixoni, Bowerbd.
Lycopodites squamatus, Brong.

* These species occur in the Lower Tertiary Sands.

JuNE 21, 1854.
The following communications were read :—

. On the CorreEwaTIon of the Lower TerTIARIES 0f ENGLAND
ee those of FRANCE and BELGium. By Joseru Prestwicn,
Esq., Jun., F.R.S., F.G.S.

[Abstract.]
[The publication of this paper is postponed. ]
In this paper Mr. Prestwich treated of those Tertiary beds which,
commencing immediately above the Chalk, are in England limited
superiorly by the Bracklesham Sands ; in France, by “the Calcaire

ln

1854. | PRESTWICH—LOWER TERTIARIES. 455
al

grossier; and in Belgium, by the Systéme Bruzellien of M. Dumont;
and he endeavoured to show the exact correlation of the several divi-
sions of these lower tertiaries, and claimed for the ‘‘ London Ter-
tiaries,” as a group, a distinct and separate position beneath that of
the Paris group, of which latter the Calcaire grossier may be taken
asthe ceutre and type. The chief points of importance are—that the
Lower Bagshots are the equivalents of the Lits coquillers ; and that
the well-known Sable de Bracheux, with its marine fossils, corre-
sponds with the lower part of the Woolwich series.

The author first poimted out that the known equivalents among
the Tertiary beds in question are—

1. Calcaire grossier, France = Bracklesham Sands, England =
Systeme Bruxellien, Belgium.

2. Lits coquilliers, France = Syst. Ypresien supérieur, Belgium.
(The zone of Nummulites planulatus.)

3. Lignites of the Soissonnais = Fluviatile beds of Woolwich and
Lewisham.

Mr. Prestwich then described in detail the grouping of the tertiary
strata in France, Belgium, and England respectively ; and, having
pointed out the local differences and peculiarities exhibited by these
deposits, he entered upon a detailed comparison of the different
divisions of the tertiaries of the several districts.

Beginning with the lowest tertiaries, Mr. Prestwich dwelt upon the
correlation of the Thanet Sands of the South-east of England with
the Lower Landenian of Belgium, and showed that this series is
wanting in the Paris Basin. The Woolwich and Reading series of
England is the Upper Landenian of M. Dumont in Belgium ; and
its lower, middle, and upper divisions are, according to the author,
the equivalents, respectively, of the Glauconie inférieure et Sables
inférieurs, lignites et argiles plastiques, and the grés et pou-
dingues of the Soissonnais; whilst at Paris the middle division only,
the argile plastique, is represented, and lies immediately on the
Chalk.

The series next in ascending order is the London Clay, which
Mr. Prestwich regards as a clearly defined group, with well-marked
testaceous types. This, in Belgium, forms the Lower Ypresian of
M. Dumont ; and has recently been found by the author near Dieppe,
but is wanting in the Paris and Soissonnais districts. In fact, the
London Clay dies out southward towards Lille, thus indicating the
limits of this old sea on the shore of a southern continent.

This area having been subsequently depressed, the whole region
was occupied by the sea in which the Bagshot series was deposited.
The lower portion of this group is represented—by the sands below
the Bracklesham beds in Hants,—by the Lower Bagshots of the
London district,—the Upper Ypresian and the Panisilian combined,
in Belgium,—and by the Lits coquilliers (which the author here
defined), in the Soissonnais district. The middle portion is repre-
sented by the Bracklesham beds in Hants,—the middle Bagshots in
the London district,—the Systeme Bruwellien of M. Dumont,—and
the Calcaire grossier of the Soissonnais and Paris. In the last-named

VOL. X.—PART I. 21

456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [June 21,

locality (Paris), the calcaire grossier rests on the argile plastique,
and this on the Chalk, as the equivalents of the Lower Bagshots and
the Thanet Sands are here wanting.

2. On the ORNITHOIDICHNITES Of the WEALDEN.
By S. H. Becxuzs, Esq., F.G.S.

[Puate XIX. |

In two former papers communicated to the Geological Society* I
observed that certain large trifid bodies, presenting a resemblance
to the casts of the impressions of birds’ feet, were numerous in the
cliffs to the east and west of Hastings; and I suggested, from cer-
tain uniform peculiarities which these gigantic tridactyle impressions,
or rather casts of impressions exhibited, that they might be really
foot-marks of birds.

Up to the date of my first notice, my discoveries of these colossal
casts were limited to the east of Hastings and Bulverhithe, but my
continued. investigations enabled me to announce in my second com-
munication that I had successfully traced them through the entire
section of the Wealden rocks exposed on the coast, from Cliff’s-end
on the east of Hastings to Pevensey Sluice on the west.

Although these tridactyle casts were collectively numerous, they
occurred for the most part on detached blocks of sandstone, and
never on a surface sufficiently large to admit of three or four con-
secutive marks; and, although their number and regularity of form
afforded good presumptive evidence of their being organic in their
origin, yet these circumstances were insufficient to establish a truth
where sequence of arrangement, distinct evidence of a phalangeal
structure, or some other organic characters were indispensable ;
hitherto, therefore, these trifid bodies were not supposed to fulfil the
necessary conditions of footmarks.

The uniformity of character, however, in the casts that I first
examined had such an obvious connexion with a definite cause, as to
convince me that they were either of organic origin, or the result of
a uniform crystalline action; I knew of no mineral law by which to
account for them, and I adopted the alternativet+.

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. vii. p. 117; and ibid. vol. viii. p. 396. The oc-
currence of similar bodies found by Mr. Saxby, in the Isle of Wight, is alluded to
by the late Dr. Mantell in his “Geol. Isle of Wight,” &c. p. 247. Mr. Tagart’s
Specimen (see Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. p. 267) is in the Museum of the
Geological Society ; and a similar example is in the British Museum. In the
Society’s Collection there is also a large slab of Purbeck limestone, the surface of
which is shaly and covered with coarse fucoidal (?) markings. In this shaly por-
tion are two large, trifid, packydactylous foot-marks, resembling those from the
Wealden, each measuring 12 inches in length.

+ With the extensive accumulation of these natural casts in my collection, I
felt much surprise that men of real science should still pronounce them mere
accidental concretions. The cause, whatever it was, so uniformly produced the same
effects, whether in clay-rock, sandstone, or shale, as to be inconsistent with our
idea of an accident. To reject these trifid bodies as organic phenomena, because

\ PPG ya.

ad

ae

PG

Foot-prints at Bexthull.

(7 inch to 6 feet.)

hoot prints . West of Galley Tall.

from the same band of Rode as Lug. 7.

SOUTH

Linch to F feet.

FOOT-PRINTS IN THE WEALDEN ROCKS ON THE BEACH NEAR HASTINGS.

Printed by Malby & Sons.

Achilles lith.

NORTH

Quart Jourm. Geol. Soc. Vol. x. Pl. XIX.

(% of original Jize.)
Natural Cast of Foot-print.

from the Clit West of Hastings .

-suog 9 Aq ew Aq pony
if

TE SeTEPY

“SONLLSVH UVAN HOVAG AHL NO SMOOU NACTIVAM AHL NI SLNTUd-LOOd

IF WALA re
yf e bag SY Boy fo Pug UPS au MOA,

TA oye) FO ISOM syd. JOOy

- sbuncny J0 28aff 29) 4p WoL
‘yuiad-jooy Fo ysey [Banjzeyy

(axap qruabrso 40 %)

XIX TILK TOA (209 009 wenop 4.c0nG}

HINO S' an

Tepeg ye syurtd-qooy a

(9244 9 02 your 2)

ligiitie Gore

1854. BECKLES—-WEALDEN FOOT-TRACKS. 457

No subsequent details proved unfavourable to my opinion, and I
have watched with intense interest the successive exposure of these
wonderful phenomena, until I have at length obtained such evidence
of their bemg organic, as seems to establish the existence of a class
of animals of stupendous bulk, and having tridactylous feet, during
the Wealden epoch.

Geological position of the Ichnites.—I now have the gratification
to announce the occurrence of the Ornithoidichnites of the Wealden
in large numbers on the upper planes of strata of arenaceous clay or
shale exposed at intervals from Bulverhithe to Cowden*.

This shale or soft sandstone constitutes the lowest member of the
“ Horsted group” of Dr. Mantell, in this locality. It is to be seen
to the east of Bulverhithe, with a dip to the east ; and, although it
does not, I believe, appear at the top of the cliff, it is superior to it
in geological position. It is next observed to the west of Galley Hill,
whence it is no doubt prolonged subterraneously to Bexhill, where it
again appears and rises abruptly into the low cliff or bank, and
occupies a conspicuous and almost vertical position (see fig. p. 458);
the strata having been here the scene of violent disturbance. Dip-
ping to the west, it suffers an undulation which brings it to the sur-
face at half a mile, and again at the distance of a mile to the west, or
about three-quarters of a mile to the east of Cowden. At each of the
above points I have found the characteristic [chnites, while the inter-
vening spaces, which are occupied by the upper members of the same
stratigraphical series, have not as yet furnished these fossil footmarks,
but have supplied organic remains which do not seem to extend to
the subordinate beds+.

The relative position of the beds is shown in the accompanying
section (p. 458) of a portion of the cliff at Bexhill. In this, No. 3
represents the shale in question, and No. 5 the ledge having the three
impressions to which I shall hereafter alludet.

Character of the Ichnites.—The impressions are all tridactylous

they may not happen to come immediately within the types of existing organiza-
tion, would be a singular disregard of all those researches which are daily reveal-
ing the wonders of former epochs.

* T obtained a separate cast some time since between Cowden and Pevensey
Sluice ; I anticipate, therefore, that I shall find them zm si#u in this direction ; if
I do, it will probably be in the Cowden clays. The casts to the east of Hastings
(Quart. Geol. Journ. vol. viii. p. 396, &c.) occur on a band of sandstone subordi-
nate to, or perhaps constituting a part of Mr. Webster’s “‘ M. M.” or lowest strata.
If Dr. Mantell and Dr. Fitton have given the correct order of superposition, strata
several hundred feet thick must be interposed between the footprints to the east
of Hastings and those to the west of it. Their present elevation or level, how-
ever, is nearly the same.

+ In the shale containing the footprints at Bexhill and half a mile to the west
of it, I have found the same description of shells, while in the sandstone occupy-
ing the intermediate space, I have seen no trace of these, but at least five varieties
of Unionide, both of large and small species.

+ The occurrence of these impressions in bed No. 5, and of one cast in a
course of hard stone in the Cowden clays, which are superior to the ‘‘ Horsted
group,” warrant the supposition that the footprints exist more or less in all of
these beds.

212

458

Section of a part of the Cliff at Bewhill.

Scale 1 inch to 80 feet.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SociETy. [June 2],

Cliff eens}

g
=)
Ss
o

ies)

Beach ....

Surface
exposed
at low
water,

a

fn
6. Sandy beds with Unionide.

. The footprint bed.

4, Carbonaceous bed.
3. Shaly sandstone

5, Clay beds with three footprints.

4

and pachydactylous ; the inner toe always
the shortest ; the middle one always the
longest, and all of them directed forward ;
there are no satisfactory distinct pha-
langeal impressions, but in many examples
the distal extremity of the terminal joint
is distinctly traceable.

The impressions are disposed in tracks,
and the toes of every two successive marks
turn alternately right and left.

The impressions differ in size and pre-
sent a variety in form; the stride also va-
riesin length. The impressions or marks,
however, composing a single track or
line are uniform in size, and also uniform,
or nearly so, in distance from each other ;
they pomt also in one general direction.

The marks do not occur in a right line,
as in the case of the tracks of gallinaceous
birds and in certain fossil footprints from
the Connecticut Valley, but the two rows
ot tracks made by the right and left foot
are immediately to the right and left of
the line of direction, and the axis of the
foot is turned inwards a few degrees to-
wards that line. In this respect, but in
this only, these impressions present a
striking resemblance to the fossil foot-
prints of the Herpedactylus rectus, and
coincide with the habit of some recent
birds.

The best of the natural casts of these
impressions in my collection have a hemi-
spherical or heel-like prominence, which
is lateral and always on the side of the
outer or longer lateral toe*. In impres-
sions this peculiarity is not so obvious, as
this part of the surface in usually concealed
by adherent portions of the rock; but even
in these instances, sufficient evidence exists
to prove that the character is uniform.

It is important to add that, while my
former evidence was derived from casts
standing in relief on the under-plane of
the overlying deposit, the present is fur-
nished bymarks on the upperandrippledt

* Probably the expansion of the proximal
phalanx. See also Quart. Geol. Journ. vol. viii.
pp- 396, 397, figs. 1 & 2.

+ Where the surface had evidently been only

recently excavated, I observed well-defined ripple-
marks associated with the footprints.

1854. | BECKLES—WEALDEN FOOT-TRACKS. 459

surface of the substratum, or that deposit on which the animal
walked ; the majority of the marks, however, are not intaglio, or in
the condition of clean impressions, but retaim the whole or parts of
the natural casts. The overlying sandstone having been worn down
by attrition, and not undermined as when casts only are exposed,
those portions of it remained which filled the trifidal indentations in
the surface of the subjacent layer.

Series of Footprints No. 1. (Pl. XIX. fig. 1.)

The most instructive locality is contiguous to Bexhill, where, on
an area of 400 square yards, sixty impressions were found on
the surface of the rock at low water; they are disposed in tracks,
directed for the most part either to or from the present beach,
that is north or south; whilst some have an easterly direction.
These impressions vary in size from 8 to 24 inches; but, although
they must have been produced by at least six individuals, they might
probably be referable to only two species of animals, five series being
perhaps varieties in size rather than form, and belonging to the same
species of animal at different ages of growth, while a single impres-
sion differed from the others both in form and size.

The diagram in the accompanying plate (Pl. XIX. fig. 1), drawn
on a scale of 4th of an inch to a foot, illustrates the surface of the
rock, and shows the direction and disposition of the footprints.

The longest lme, aa, has a northerly direction, and is composed
of twenty-eight consecutive marks of the smallest size, the footprints
being respectively about 8 inches long, and separated by intervals
of about 17 inches, sometimes a little less; this track is crossed
obliquely by a shorter line of eight marks, 6 6 (directed towards the
N.N.E.), of the same size, and also having a stride of 17 inches.

A third track of twelve marks, ec, each about 15 inches long
(or nearly twice the length of the smallest), and about 19 inches
apart, runs in a line almost parallel with track aa; but it points
in an opposite direction (to the south), and is separated from it by
an interval of 16 feet and a half at one extremity, and 11 feet 2 inches
at the other.

Two consecutive marks, dd, the size of the last, but differmg in
the length of the stride, which is 3 feet 6 inches, form part of a line
crossing aa at right angles. A single print e, also of the size of
the last, occurs near the line ¢ c, but points in a contrary direction.

Three consecutive prints, f/f, each 12 inches long, run parallel to
part of the line ec; and are met by two others gg, also 12 inches in
length, and parallel to ¢ ec, but pointing in an opposite direction.

One print, /, 21 inches in length, at right angles to ee; and two
others, 77, each 24 inches long, at a distance from ¢ ¢, and pointing
to the north, complete the number that exhibit a more or less general
similarity in form.

The solitary print 4, crossing the line a a, has narrow toes, and is
an exceptional form.

The slab of soft shaly sandstone exhibited to the meeting dis-

460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL Society. [June 21,

plays six of the footmarks from Bexhill ; the five consecutive marks
are the first five of the line aa, and the sixth mark is the single
ichnite (/) crossing the track aa, at right angles between the fourth
and fifth marks. In consequence of a fissure which passed longitu-
dinally through the inner toe of the fourth mark and the outer toe
of the fifth, the former was divided in two and the surface of the
latter destroyed, in their transit from Bexhill to St. Leonard’s ;
fortunately, however, the impressions were deep, and the integrity of
both prints was preserved. Such was the incoherence of the stone,
from the quantity of absorbed salt water, that a large amount of
manual labour proved insufficient to remove it without producing the
fractures now observed on its surface, and it was only after a slow
process of drying that it acquired sufficient cohesion for its removal
to town.

Series of Footprints No. 2.

The next place that contributes to the evidence is half a mile to
the west of Bexhill and opposite to the Tower No. 47. Here tracks
of impressions were so distributed over a surface of many :hundred
square yards as to yield neither in numbers nor interest to the pre-
ceding series. I have not had an opportunity of seeing this spot
entirely free from loose sand, but tracks consisting of 2, 3, 5, 7,
and 8 impressions were distinctly traceable, and some of them, con-
tinuing into lines of much greater length, no doubt traversed this
extensive area in every direction.

One track deviated from a right line; but, with the exception of
two extraordinary consecutive impressions, the ichnites here presented
no new feature, either in form, size, or stride*. The important ex-
ceptions were almost of incredible dimensions ; the largest, of which
I obtamed a specimen, measuring nearly 27 inches in length by
nearly 24 in breadth, with a stride of 42 inches. The distal extre-
mity of the ungual joint of the outer toe of each impression was
more pointed than that of the inner, and turned inside of its axis,—
peculiarities that I have observed in the best casts.

In my collection is a fine natural cast from Galley Hill; a portion
of the middle toe is wanting, but the cast measures 23 inches from
the tip of the heel to the tip of the outer toe ; so that, by analogy,
the extreme length of this splendid specimen must have been 27
inches, or of the size of those to the west of Bexhill.

Three disconnected impressions occurred some time since not far
from Bexhill, on a ledge too narrow for two consecutive marks ; one
of these impressions measured 28 inches in length by 25 inches in
breadth between the extremities of the lateral toes, proportions that
greatly surpass in magnitude those of the most colossal footprints of
the Triassic epoch+.

* In some impressions, particularly in a series to the west of Bexhill, the toes
appear to be connected by intervening stone which suggests the idea of a web-
footed animal; but this peculiarity is susceptible of other explanation.

t The Brontozoum giganteum, or colossal biped that produced the largest triassic
footprints, is supposed to have been four or five times the size of the large African

1854. | BECKLES—WEALDEN FOOT-TRACKS. 461

Series of Footprints No. 3.

The locality next in importance occurs to the west of Tower
No. 49. On an area not so large as either of the former, twenty-five
impressions were disposed in three tracks; one track of eight im-
pressions pointed obliquely to the beach ; a second of twelve emerged
from the beach, and passed in the direction of the sea; and a third
of five marks, lying between these two, pointed in the direction of
the beach; all of these impressions, and the stride in two of the
tracks, show a correspondence to the line of prints cc in Pl. XIX. fig. 1;
but the third track was characterized by the wide space of 3 feet
6 inches*. All of the impressions were yielding fast to ceaseless
tidal attrition, but were sufficiently distinct to be convincing when I
last saw them.

Series of Footprints No. 4.

Plate XIX. fig. 2. shows four impressions from the west of
Galley Hill, reduced to a scale of 4th of an inch to a foot. The coin-
cidence of a long heel in one of the marks (a character correspond-
ing better to lizards) and the singular approximation of the four
impressions suggest that these footprints had been produced either
by a four-footed animal, or by a biped having a breadth of body that
enabled it to step at a great distance from the line of direction; but
the two smaller impressions are on the same side, and the axis of the
fore-foot is not parallel to that of the hind-foot. The absence also
of certain other essential quadrupedal characters proves that these
tracks were bipedal, and that they must have been produced by two
individuals.

Had these impressions been the first and only series that I had
seen, I must have regarded them with much suspicion. ‘Their enor-
mous proportions, the prolongation backwards of the heel of only
one specimen, which has all the appearance of being a distinct
character, and a roughness of outline resulting from unequal abra-
sion, seemed to divest these marks of all true organic pretensions ;
fortunately, however, two good casts in my collection came from this
spot, and the larger specimen corresponds in size and relative propor-
tions to two of these marks.

In the same locality four or five disconnected footprints occur, but
too widely separated to be illustrated by a single diagram.

At Bulverhithe, where I have obtained many casts, a few impres-

Ostrich, yet the superficial measure of this gigantic foot could not have been one-
third of that of the stupendous Wealden biped.

* The distance between impressions of the intermediate size seems to range from
19 inches to 24 in some tracks, and from 42 inches to 46 in others; while in the
case of larger impressions, it appears to be uniformly from 42 inches to 46 inches.
The shorter intervals were produced, perhaps, by the ordinary pace of the smaller
animal, while the longer show probably the stride of the same individual when it
walked fast, and the stride of the larger animal when it walked at a moderate
pace. The legs of the adult or larger animal, supposing it to have been a biped,
were probably 9 or 10 feet long.

462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 21,

sions may be seen 7m situ on much disturbed surfaces ; but they are
solitary and do not add to the evidence.

Conclusion.—These are the data by which I have been conducted
to the important conclusions which I venture to embody in this
communication.

The same strata, however, will no doubt reveal additional evidence
when those parts shall be exposed which are now concealed by de-
tritus. But although fresh facts may throw new light on the natural
affinities of the creatures that produced these interesting pheenomena,
and may even multiply their genera and species, little can be wanting
to prove that the tridactyle impressions and casts of impressions in
the Wealden were produced by the feet of animals, and that those
animals were bipeds.

The sum of the preceding facts, and the inferences that seem to
result from them, are as follow :—

Ist. That, from the number and arrangement of certain large
trifidal bodies occurring in the Wealden formation, and from their
general uniformity of character, position, and direction, bzpedal
animals having tridactyle feet of enormous proportions lived during
the Wealden epoch*.

2ndly. That the alternation of right and left footsteps proves the
animals to have been biped.

3rdly. The numbers and position of the toes seem to ally these
animals to birds ;—while, however, it may be regarded as undeter-
mined whether these gigantic creatures were birds, or reptiles with
ornithic characters.

It is necessary to remark that the striking evidence afforded by the
continuous lines of tracks is not impaired by the want of continuity
in the single tracks ; which is partly occasioned by the laminations
of the rocks, and the distribution of the tracks over the different
layers. The tracks 66 and dd, in Plate XIX. fig. 1, for example,
are suddenly terminated by the lines // and mm, which represent

* That a uniserial or quasi-bipedal track may be produced by a quadrupedal
animal, we have strong evidence afforded by the recent uniserial tridactylous
footprints found by Mr. E. Hopkins on the sand and mud-banks of the Magda-
lena River in South America, briefly noticed in Report Brit. Assoc. 1845, Trans.
Sect. p. 52. These prints Mr. Hopkins, after careful investigation, discovered to
have been made by a pachydermatous quadruped, the ‘‘ Dante” or Tapir. The
impressions are all trifid and pachydactylous; some of them 14 inches long, and
4 feet asunder; others 6 inches long, and 22 inches apart; and they occur in
single rows, with the toes of the footsteps pointed outwardly and alternately to
right and left. Interspersed amongst these peculiar footprints were the ordinary
tracks of birds and tortoises,

In a note with which Mr. Hopkins has favoured me, he observes, ‘‘ [t was diffi-
cult at first to conceive how a guadruped could produce such angular steps ; but,
on minutely examining the impressions on the mud-banks, we detected a double
marking in each print. Some of these animals are as large as mules; and I saw
many of them afterwards, and watched the variable impression they made when
walking on sand-banks, mud-banks, up-hill, and down-hill. The double impres-
sion could not be detected on the sand-banks ; it was only on the mud that we
could detect that the Dante in walking places the hind-foot in the exact place
occupied alternately by the fore-foot.””—[August 24, 1854.]

1854. | . BECKLES—WEALDEN FOOT-TRACKS. 463

the edges of the layers, while the track aa, which runs in the direc-
tion of these lines, and remains on the same layer, is continued over
the whole of the exposed surface.

Some impressions, moreover, even on the same laminee, are such
obscure memorials of the originals, that it is easy to infer that tidal
erosion may have obliterated others, by which these were probably
prolonged into tracks ; a deduction warranted also by the condition
of some entire lines, which, although well defined, conta some
marks less vividly expressed than others, but which will probably
disappear, and leave those that are more forcibly developed as the
solitary representatives of a former track.

Impressions of the phalanges and integuments might have proved
incontestably that these trifids were organic, or have led to the de-
termination of the class of animals that produced them; but how far
the absence of these anatomical details affects the evidence before us,
may be inferred from the fact that all the resources of argument
were exhausted before the persevering investigators of the footprints
of the New red sandstone of Connecticut obtained that structural
proof which the scepticism of many men of science rendered ne-
cessary.

The occurrence of the footprints along what was no doubt the
muddy shores of the estuary in which the Wealden was deposited,
points out a habit that rendered a great expanse of foot indispensable
to an animal of such implied massiveness of structure.

The natural casts in my collection present at least six varieties in
size, and I have had the gratification to see in situ tracks of im-
pressions corresponding to each of these casts except one.

I have not observed an indication of a hind-toe to any of the foot-
prints that occur to the west of Hastmgs*.

The magnitude of the footprints harmonizes well with the osteo-
logy of the Wealden. Our experience of the colossal Ornithoid-
ichnites of the Connecticut Valley prepared us for what might prove
almost incredible developments of organic life ; and, if there was a
period in geological history, antecedent to the appearance of mam-
malia, when we might have expected such phzenomena, it was the
zera that ushered in those stupendous saurians which were probably
contemporaneous with the gigantic authors of these interesting
relics.

Lastly, I would remark, that in using the word Orunithoidichnites,
I intend rather to convey an intimation that the trifidal bodies are of
organic origin, than to determine the aftinities of the animals that
produced them: I adopt the term, therefore, provisionally and most
cautiously. Although the evidence seems to connect the footprints
with the class Aves, yet I am not aware that it is such as positively to
exclude animals of a different organization. Descriptions having for
their object the establishment of the class of the animals might be
premature and fruitless in the present state of the evidence, and only
hamper an attempt which is simply intended to prove their existence.

* See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. viii. p. 396. figs. 1 & 2.

464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [June 21,

I shall leave, therefore, to future inquiry the solution of the interest-
ing problem of the natural affinities of these wonderful bipedal forms,
contented if I have fortunately been instrumental in placing their
significant memorials in the catalogue of Palzeontology.

3. On the GroLoGy of portions of the TurKo-PERSIAN FrRoN-
TIER, and of the Districts adjoining. By WitutiAM KenNnetr
Lortvs, Esq., F.G.S.

[Communicated by the Foreign Office, by order of the Earl of Clarendon. |
[ Abstract. ]

THE geological researches detailed in this memoir were made in the
years 1849-52, during the progress of a joint commission appointed
by the English, Russian, Turkish, and Persian governments for the
demarcation of the Turko-Persian frontier.

The line of country investigated durmg the Survey bears in a
N.N.W. direction from Mohammerah, at the head of the Persian
Gulf (Lat. 30° 26’ N.), to Mount Ararat (Lat. 39° 42' N.); a
direct distance of rather more than 600 geographical miles.

The first 250 miles, from Mohammerah to near Mendali, is an
arid and deserted waste, infested by plundering parties of Arabs and
Kurds, but capable for the most part of extensive cultivation.

From Mendali to Zohab (50 miles) the exterior tertiary chain of
low gypsiferous ridges, which everywhere skirt the west flank of the
Zagros, is crossed; and at the latter place the nummulitic limestone
and cretaceous rocks are first reached.

From this point to near the Lake Zerribar (60 miles) is a succes-
sion of regular, saddle-formed, limestone anticlinals, with alternate
synclinals, contaming disconnected portions of the gypsum series,
and underlaid by older blue schists.

The remainder of the frontier exhibits a lofty range composed of
igneous rocks, which, bursting through the stratified deposits, con-
stitutes the axis of the vast barrier ridge nearly as far as Bayazid, at
the south foot of Mount Ararat, a distance of 270 miles.

Other traverses were made as far south as Shiraz (Lat. 29° 36’ N.),
and many valuable sections obtained, which are referred to in the
memoir.

In the first place the author gives a general section across the
great Zagros range, as illustrative of the general arrangement of the
rocks in the southern district. Thus the plain of the Tigris and
Euphrates consists of red sandstone and variegated marls, bordered
by hills of conglomerate, which are succeeded by higher hills of the
same, capped by gypsum and underlaid by nummulitic rock. The
latter forms still higher escarpments to the eastward, which are also
surmounted by disturbed gypsum beds, and are based on cretaceous
rocks. These in their turn crop out beyond the nummulitic rocks
on the high lands eastward, and are succeeded by a crystalline lime-
stone, obscure in its relations; and this by clay slates and mica
schists, which are perforated by the granitic axis of the chain.

1854. | LOFTUS—TURKO-PERSIAN FRONTIER. 465

Further northwards similar rocks occur, but the igneous eruptions
have greatly altered and contorted the sedimentary deposits. Some
of the sections in this more northerly region are pointed out by the
author as throwing much light on the age of the disturbing forces.

The several geological formations described by Mr. Loftus are as
follows :—

I. Recent Deposits.

1. The alluvial deposits consist, 1st, of narrow tracks of fluviatile
clay, sand, and gravel, now forming along the rivers and canals, and
containing recent land and freshwater shells; 2ndly, of marme
sands and marls, of greater extent, reaching into the desert at some
distance from the rivers, and containing marine shells and corals of
recent forms. This marine alluvium is represented by Colonel Raw-
linson and Mr. Ainsworth as increasing at the rate of a mile in thirty
years, at the head of the Persian Gulf.

2. Lacustrine deposits are very rare in the southern portion of the
tract referred to in this paper, one patch only of soft limestone with
Planorbis and Limneus occurring in the mountains of Lauristan.
Calcareous tufa forms an important feature, however, in the northern
district, near Lake Van and elsewhere.

3. Limestone gravel, with a few sandstone and quartz pebbles.
Enormous accumulations of this gravel, sometimes passing into a
conglomerate, abut against the hills skirting the plain, particularly
at Dizful, &c., where they are deeply ravined by the streams from
the hills. The pebbles are derived from the adjacent mountains.

Il. Tertiary Deposits.

A. The gypsum series. This presents in descending order,—
1. Fine gravel, passing into
2. Friable, red, calcareous sandstone.
3. Variegated marls, frequently saliferous ; with vast deposits of
gypsum, and thin beds of impure limestone.
The approximate thickness of the whole is not less than 2000 feet.
The gravel and sandstone are unfossiliferous; the marls locally
contain fossils, viz. masses of crushed shells resembling Cyrene. But
at Kirrind, where some of the lower portion of the series is exposed,
the marls and sandstone have no gypsum, and are fossiliferous, con-
taining,—

Jaw and teeth of a small Natica. Cardium.
Reptile. Mytilus? Cardita.
Remains of Crustacea. Astarte, 2 sp. Pinna.
Balanus. Modiola. Arca, 2 sp.
Cerithium. Pholas ? Anomia.
Murex. Lucina. Flustra.
Oliva. Nucula ? Serpula.
Calyptreea. Chama. Astrea.

Bitumen and naphtha springs occur in the gypsiferous series, but
are very rare in the next succeeding series—the nummulitic rocks.
The gypsiferous series was traced by Mr. Loftus for nearly 700

466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 21,

geographical miles, along the range separating Persia and Turkey, and
probably it extends from the Caucasus to Beloochistan, continuous
with similar rocks found by Captain Vicary, in Scinde*. [Gypsiferous
rocks abound also in the Punjaub+, and Northern Persiaf.] Mr.
Loftus points out that in Persia and Scinde the gypsiferous marls lie
beneath and conformable to the associated sandstones, but that
in Asia Minor§ Mr. Hamilton describes the gypsum marls as lying
unconformably upon the sandstone ||; and he adds that, as a distance
of 750 geographical miles intervenes between Persia and Asia Minor,
perhaps such a difference in the course of deposition may be due to

hysical differences in the land and water condition of the several
localities at the period in question. The gypsum deposits underlie
the valley of the Tigris and Euphrates, occasionally protruding in
bosses and ridges between the rivers, and rising up on either side of
the adjoining plains.

B. The second tertiary group—the nummulitic series—forms an
important feature in the Zagros Range, and has been traced for 800
geographical miles—from Shiraz to Mount Ararat. The nummulitic
deposits are conformable with the gypsiferous series; but these
groups are lithologically distinct, and have no fossils in common.

The nummulitic rocks are not less than 3000 fect thick, and
at Mangerrah they consist of (in descending order)—

1. Compact grey and yellowish limestones, with Cerithium, Os-
trea, Pecten, and Echinodermata. Flint in the upper layers.

2. Red chert conglomerate.
3. Yellow and red sandstones, with thin bands of pebbles.
4. Compact, greyish, fossiliferous limestone, passing into
5. Grey nummulitic rock, with layers of grey marl.
Nos. 4 and 5 contain
Nummulites perforata (small variety). Alveolina subpyrenaica.
Assilina exponens. Fragments of Echinoderms.

Orbitoides dispansus.

These deposits are also well seen in a magnificent section near
Kirrind, where the following series (in descending order) is exhi-
bited :—

. White marble.

. White marls and limestone.

. Limestone and red sandstone breccia.

. Red chert gravel.

Yellow sandstone, with slight traces of vegetable remains.

Yellowish calcareous marl, abounding with fossils, the lower
part with Alveolina subpyrenaica in particular.

. Compact grey limestone.

This is succeeded by unfossiliferous red marls with chert pebbles.

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. p. 261. + Ibid. vol. ix. p. 194.

t Grewingk’s Geog. Orog. Verh. N. Persiens, 1853. § Q. J. G. S.vol. v. p. 373.

|| [In another district of Asia Minor Mr. Hamilton has described gypsiferous
beds conformable with the red and yellow marl and sandstone. Trans. Geol. Soc.
2 ser. vol. v. pp. 590 & 592.—Ep. |

1854. | LOFTUS—TURKO-PERSIAN FRONTIER. 467

Amongst the fossils from the bed No. 6 are :—

Nummulites Biaritzensis. Pecten.

Orbitoides dispansus. Ostrea, 4 smooth species.
Operculina granulosa ? ——., | plicated.
Alveolina subpyrenaica. -, 1 vulselliform.
Several undetermined Zoophytes. Anomia.

Clionites, 2 sp. Nerita, 2 sp.

Spines of Cidaris. Natica, 2 sp.
Echinus. Turbo?
Temnopleurus. Trochus ?

Teredo, in wood? 2 sp. Cerithium ?
Corbula. Purpura.

Tellina. Pleurotoma, 3 sp.
Corbis ? Fusus.

Lucina. Pyrula.

Venus. Rostellaria.
Cardium, 2 sp. Strombus, 3 sp.
Cardita. Voluta, 2 sp.
Tsocardia ? Seraphs.

Arca. Cypreea, 3 sp.
Pectunculus. Oliva.

Nucula. Pileopsis.

Chama. Nautilus.

Modiola. Crustacean remains.
Mytilus, 2 sp. Teeth of Shark.
Perna. ——- Gyrodus.
Spondylus.

The nummulitic rocks, like all the rest of the rocks of the range,
are greatly disturbed. They rise from beneath the beds of the
gypsum formation in elongated saddles of compact crystalline lime-
stone, running parallel to each other, and having a qui-quaversal
dip. Frequently, when much elevating force has been exerted, huge
masses of the limestone stand isolated, with lofty precipices on all
sides, bearing on their summits acres of pasturage and springs of
delicious water, to which the native chiefs and their adherents can
retire in safety, and, with a handful of men, defy the whole power of
the Persian Government.

Mr. Loftus describes in detail the altered conditions of much of
this series, and explains the great clefts or “Tangs”’ (as they are
termed in Persian) which pass through the elongated limestone
saddles. These tangs are very numerous, and are the most peculiar
feature of the nummulitic rocks. All the great rivers which fall into
the Tigris from the east rise in the interior of the Zagros ; and, as
their course is generally from north to south, they cross the ridges
of the great chain diagonally. The manner in which this effected
is very remarkable. Instead of flowing in a S.E. direction along the
trough which separates two parallel limestone saddles, and by this
means working out their channel in the soft rocks of the gypsiferous
series, or of the alluvium, and afterwards rounding the end of the
saddle, at the point where the extremity of its visible axis dips under
the overlying deposits, each of these rivers takes a direction at right
angles to its former course, and passes directly through the limestone
range by means of a “‘Tang.”’ On reaching the next parallel gypsum

468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL sociETy. [June 21,

trough, it follows for a space its original S.E. course, and again
. passes through the next chain in the same manner, until it reaches
the plains of Assyria and Susiana. The Tangs are not situated at the
lowest or narrowest portion of the range, but most frequently divide
it at its highest point, and expose perpendicular sections of 1000
feet and upwards. Thewidth of the Tangs varies considerably ; some-
times they are exceedingly narrow, and at other times, a mile or more
across. One of these Tangs, which forms the pass between the plain
of Denever and that of Chambatan, is 10 miles in length and 13 in
breadth ;- it has three salient and two re-entering angles on the N.W.
side, with corresponding bays and projections on the other.

“Tt is quite out of the question,” observes the author, “to suppose
that the rivers themselves have been in the least degree instrumental
in cutting these cross clefts; for if so, we should expect to find a
lacustrine deposit in each trough, between the limestone saddles.
But there are no such deposits. Moreover, if the rivers had been
pent up in troughs, they would certainly have forced their passage
through the soft gypsum rock, rather than through the massive cry-
stalline barriers.”

The “ Tangs” are, in the author’s opinion, due to tension at right
angles to the axis of the chains in which they occur, and were pro-
bably produced instantaneously by the cooling of the once heated
mass; whilst longitudinal fractures of the limestone, which also
occur, following the axial lines, were probably caused by the resist-
ance offered by the overlapping of the numerous beds, during their
elevation from an horizontal position.

As there are no fossils common to the nummulitic and the gypsi-
ferous series, so there are none common to the nummulitic and the
cretaceous rocks next succeeding, although in this case there is some-
times a gradual transition in lithological characters.

III. Secondary Rocks.

1. Mr. Loftus refers to the Upper Secondary series a group of
limestone and marls, with cretaceous fossils, chiefly exhibited by
sections in the Bakhtiyari Mountains. In descending order, these
appear as—

1. Bituminous marls (sometimes wanting.)

2. Cream-coloured, fissile, fossiliferous limestone, with flints.
3. Blue shaly marls.

4. Limestone with Hippurites.

The bituminous marls afforded at one place a group of Terebra-
tule, closely resembling Terebratula carnea of the Chalk, together
with some Plant-remains, and a small bivalve like a Nucula. The
cream-coloured limestone, in the plain of Bishiwah, abounds with
crushed specimens of—

Turrilites: resembling 7. tuberculatus. Pecten.
Ammonites ; one was 24 ft. in diameter. Turrited univalve.
A. planulatus. Fuci.

Belemnites.

1854. | LOFTUS—TURKO-PERSIAN FRONTIER. 469

At other places tne limestones were found to contam—

Kilgird Range. Dehbid ? Imam Meer Achmet.
Ammonites. Rhynchonella. Ammonites.
Small plicate Ostrea. Exogyra. Voluta.
Venus. Corals. Tellina.
Turbinate and turrited Univalves. Gryphza.

a Serpula.

2. To the Lower Secondary series Mr. Loftus refers the masses of
highly crystalline, fetid, blue limestone, much contorted, which is
seen in some of the mountain passes to be overlaid by the cretaceous
rocks.

IV. Paleozoic.—In the Bakhtiyari Mountains Mr. Loftus found
some limestone blocks, not im situ, which contained specimens of
Orthis, probably of Devonian or Upper Silurian age, together with
a small Nucula, and a few other indistinct fossils.

V. Metamorphic Schists.—Associated with the altered blue lime-
stone just mentioned, and in juxtaposition with the igneous rocks
along the axis of the Zagros Range, from Senna nearly to Mount
Ararat, are metamorphic schists, clay-slates, &c., which, like the
altered blue limestone, afford no data as to their exact age.

VI. Granite.—The central axis of the chain is formed of granite
rocks, rising to the height of 13,780 feet at the summit of Kuh
Elwend (the ancient Orontes). .

As to the date of the eruption of the granitic chain, Mr. Loftus
observes that there is every reason to regard it as posterior to the
formation of the nummulitic and gypsum series, and subsequent to
the accumulation of the comparatively modern gravel conglomerate
on the western skirts of the whole chain.

VII. Trap-rocks.—Porphyry, trap-porphyry, and serpentine occur
on the skirts of the granitic chain.

Part II. of the Memoir comprises the notes made by Mr. Loftus
during his travels in the northern part of the frontier. Owing to
a severe illness in the mountains, and other causes, these notes are
not so systematically arranged as those made in the former part of
the journey. The rocks met with along the northern frontier are
similar to those previously described, except that there is a great
abundance of the products of recent volcanic outbursts, with much
tuff or travertine. Mr. Loftus points out some interesting phe-
nomeha connected with the deposition of the latter. The volcanic
rocks are in force especially at Selmas, Lake Van, Abagha, and
Mount Ararat ; and the travertine of Derik, and near Khoiand Lake
Van is described in detail. In this second part there are full deserip-
tions of the Lakes Urumia and Van, which, like many others of
the localities referred to, are illustrated by water-colour sketches,
taken by Mr. H. A. Churchill, who accompanied the Commission.

470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [June 21,

4. On the Grotoey of the NreicHBpourHoop of NAGpur,
Centra Inp1a. By the Rev. Messrs. Srepaen Histor and
Rosert Hunter.

[Communicated by J. C. Moore, Esq., F.G.S.]
[ Abstract. ]

In the first place the authors describe the physical features of that
portion of the Nagpur district to which this Memoir particularly
refers, and give a full account of the geological observations already
made in that and the neighbouring territories.

In pointing out the general geology of the district, they show that
the basis of the country is gneiss, quartz-rock, mica-schist, and granite,
on which reposes a sandstone very much interrupted, but stretching
far and wide. It is without fossils at Nagpur, but fossiliferous else-
where ; and, according to the authors, of the Jurassic age.

Near Nagpur this sandstone is overlaid by a thick mass of tra
rock, an isolated patch of which forms the mass of the Sitabaldi Hill.
This trap is compact below and vesicular towards the top, and is
surmounted by thin patches of a nodular trap. Between these two
trap-rocks is found a thin clay or cherty bed full of the remains of
freshwater shells and other fossils. In some places (as in the Takli
plains) the freshwater bed rests immediately on the sandstone, in
which case the vesicular trap is wanting, and the overlying trap is
sometimes present and sometimes absent. Sometimes a single thin
sheet of trap is present without any sedimentary deposit.

The extent and relations of these several formations and of the
superficial deposits having been pointed out, the authors proceed to
describe their characters and contents, and to offer some observations
on their respective ages.

The superficial formations are the black soil (Regur), sometimes
20 feet deep; and the red soil, which is occasionally 50 feet thick,
and sometimes contains bones and freshwater shells. Hach of these
rests on a brown clay, which has an underlying conglomerate, with
occasional mammalian remains.

The next oldest formation appears to be the laterite or lateritic
grit, which seldom exceeds in thickness 10 feet in this district, and,
as usual, is unfossiliferous. Diamond mines have been opened in it
to the east of Nagpur. And in connexion with this subject,
Mr. Hislop remarks that the diamond matrix probably throughout
India is not sandstone in the several localities where the diamonds
are found, but an overlying breccia or conglomerate, frequently
resting on sandstone, but also occasionally on limestone or gneiss.

The next series of rocks is the trappean—with the enclosed sedi-
mentary deposit.

The upper trap is from 15 to 20 feet thick, and of very great
extent.

The freshwater deposit ranges from 1 inch to 6 feet in thickness,
and varies in colour and composition ; sometimes cherty, sometimes
argillaceous. Its fossils also are as variable im their distribution.

1854.] HISLOP AND HUNTER—-GEOLOGY OF NAGPUR. 471

Occasionally it appears to be repeated more than once in the escarp-
ments of the trap hills.

This thin deposit has an enormous range; it has been traced more
or less interruptedly to a distance of 1050 miles in a direct line, from
Rajmahal (on the Ganges) to Bombay, and of 660 miles from the
N. to the neighbourhood of Padpangali, near the mouth of the
Godaveri.

From the collections made by Messrs. Hislop and Hunter and
their friends from this deposit*, the authors mention the following
fossils :—

Small bones, probably Reptilian.

Remains of a freshwater Tortoise.

Fish-scales, both Cycloid and Ganoid, in great numbers.

Insects, found at Takli: Mr. Hunter enumerates about ten species

of Coleoptera.

Entomostracans ; five or six species of Cypris.

Mollusca, land and freshwater, in great numbers. The following
genera are enumerated :—

Bulimus. Paludina.

Succinea. Valvata.

Physa. Limnzeus (Camptoceras).
Melania. Unio.

Plant remains: Mr. Hunter enumerates
Fruits and Seeds, about fifty species.
Leaves, exogenous, six forms.
, endogenous, three or four.
Stems, exogenous, few species ; some specimens six feet in
girth.
——-, endogenous.
Roots, six or seven kinds.
Chara, seed-vessels.

Of the age of this deposit it is difficult to speak. The flora appears
to have some resemblance to that of the London Clay. With two
exceptions, all the species of the Molluscs are extinct ; and two of
the genera (Valvata and Physa) have disappeared from the plains
of Central and Southern India; whilst the P/anorbis and Ampullaria,
now so common in India, are altogether absent from this deposit.
As an isolated and probably lacustrine formation, though evidently
possessing a high antiquity as compared with the superficial deposits
of the district, its age cannot at present be predicated with any
certainty.

The underlying or vesicular trap is 100 feet thick in the Sitabaldi
hill; but it dies out towards Takli, where the freshwater bed rests
on the sandstone. Near Nagpur, Mr. Hislop observes, this lower
trap appears to have been forced up beneath the overlying mass of
freshwater deposit and upper trap, and to have either filled up and

* An extensive series of organic remains and of rock-specimens, from this
deposit, the fossiliferous sandstone, and other formations, has been presented to
the Society by Messrs. Hislop and Hunter. The fossils, however, have not yet been
worked out.

VOL. X.—PART I. 2K

472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [June 21,

scattered the superincumbent rocks, or to have raised them horizon-
tally above the level of the plain, forcing itself between the sandstone
and the freshwater deposit. This thin fossiliferous band, when not
tilted up altogether, is often entangled in this lower trap and much
altered in lithological character.

The authors notice the apparent absence of craters throughout the
great trap district of Central India. Nor is any spot known where
either of the two trap-rocks could be said to have come up from
below.

The upper trap appears to have flowed along for immense distances,
fillmg the great ancient lake or lakes, and forming flat and arid
plains ; and the Jower trap, as above stated, appears to have been
perhaps nearly as co-extensive in its subterranean intrusions and
superficial outbursts. Thus both traps are regarded by the authors
as of more recent date than the freshwater formation.

Sandstones and shales of variable character, but possibly referable
to one and the same formation, occur in four districts, viz. :

Ist. In the vicinity of Nagpur the sandstone occupies a compara-
tively narrow and irregular stripe along the eastern border of the |
great trap region, under which it is seen to pass.

2nd. Isolated patches on the south appear to connect the Nagpur
sandstone with the extensive sandstone district of Chanda, above and
below the junction of the Wardha and Pranhita Rivers, extending to
Kota, near the junction of the latter river with the Godaveri.

3rd. To the east of Nagpur there are some outlying patches east-
ward of the Wein Ganga River.

4th. To the north-west, at the distance of thir yor forty miles
from the Nagpur sandstone, there is a broad tract of sandstone around
the Mahadewa hills.

The exact relations of these several areas of sandstone and shale
are not yet quite settled ; but the following is the descending order
of the series according to the observations of the authors.

1. Soft ferrugimous sandstone; sometimes hard, with iron bands,
and affording millstone. This contains fragments of the underlying
sandstone, large plant-remains and numerous leaves.

2. Fine and coarse argillaceous sandstones, rich with plant remains.
These have afforded

Labyrinthodont reptile* (from Mangal).

Fishes ; Lepidoid scales.

Crustaceans ; Estheria.

Plant-remains.

Fruits and seeds ; numerous and undescribed.

Leaves ; Conifer, Zamites, Poacites, and Ferns (Pecopteris, Glos-

sopteris, Teniopteris, Cyclopteris, Sphenopteris).

Roots, exogenous and endogenous.

Acrogens: Aphyllum?, Equisetites?, Phyllotheca, Vertebraria?.

The thickness of Nos. 1 and 2 together, near Nagpur, is about
300 feet; and in the Mahadewa Hills it is estimated by Lieut. Sankey
at 2700 feet.

* See the next following paper.

1854. | HISLOP AND HUNTER—GEOLOGY OF NAGPUR. 473

3. Red shales, 50 feet thick, and green shales, 30 feet. In the

former of these there were observed at Korhadi
Reptilian foot-tracks.
Worm-tracks.
Phyllotheca ?

4. White and coloured limestones and marbles (dolomitic), with
chert. Not less than 100 feet thick.

In Southern India these limestones (No. 4) are 300 feet thick,
and are succeeded by another series of sandstone, termed by Dr. Carter
the “ Tara sandstone.’’

All these sandstones, shales and marbles are much disturbed and
often changed by the plutonic rocks in the district treated of in this
memoir. Beyond the Nagpur district to the N.W. at Chota Barkoi,
according to Lieut. Sankey *, the sandstone proper is succeeded down-
wards by

Bituminous shales, with fossils; and

Sandstone ;
and at another locality, near the foot of the Pachmahari Hills, by

Indurated clay-stone.

Green shale.

Bituminous shale, with fossils.

Mr. Hislep compares this sandstone formation with the sections
of the neighbouring regions published by Newbold + and Malcolmson ¢
and supplied to him by Dr. Bell, and he finds that often the posi-
tion of the shale with reference to the limestone seems to vary ; and
that these shales, sandstones, and limestones appear (from Dr. Bell’s
Sections) to be pore nraeiied at Kota to the 8.E., where the shale
and limestone have yielded fossil fish of the genera Lepidotus and
Aichmodus, associated with plants and Teleosaurian remains §.

From a general consideration of the character and fossils of the
sandstone formation, the authors regard it as lacustrine in origin, like
the Bengal coal-field, and of the Lower Jurassic age.

The metamorphic and plutonic rocks are also noticed in detail.
The latter probably belong to several epochs; and the authors consider
it probable, that, whilst one granitic outburst raised and broke up
the old sandstones previously to the formation of the tertiary fresh-
water deposits, the pegmatite of Nagpur was protruded at a date even
subsequent to that of the traps which had covered and again disturbed
these lacustrine beds.

5. Description of the Cranium of a LAasByrINTHODONT
Rerrite (Bracuyors LAticers) from MANGAuLI, CENTRAL
Inpta. By Prof. Owsn, F.R.S., F.G.S.

[Abstract. ]

Tus fossil was obtained by the Rev. Messrs. Hislop and Hunter
in the sandstone at Mangali, about sixty miles south of Nagpur,

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. x. p. 55. t+ Journ. As. Soe. vol. viii. p. 167.
t Trans. Geol. Soc. 2 ser. vol. v. p. 541 e¢ seg.
§ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. viii. p. 233.

2K 2

474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 21.

as mentioned in the foregoing paper. It consists of a considerable
portion of a skull, wanting chiefly the tympanic pedicles and the
lower jaw. It is embedded in a block of bright brick-red compact
stone, with its upper surface exposed. The skull is broad, depressed,
and of an almost equilateral triangular form.

The breadth of the occiput is 4 inches 9 lines ; and the lateral bor-
der of the skull measures, in a right line, 4 inches 6 lines. The muz-
zle is rounded and obtuse. Most of the cranial bones are impressed with
radiating grooves, the intervening ridges being in some parts broken
up by communicating grooves into tubercles. The orbits are entire
and situated in the anterior half of the skull. Portions of small,
conical, pointed teeth form a single series along the alveolar border
of the upper jaw.

In investigating the structure of the occiput, the Professor suc-
ceeded in developing two well-defined occipital condyles, not so close
together as in the great Labyrinthodon salamandroides, but separated
as in Trematosaurus and Archeyosaurus.

After a detailed description of the several parts, as far as the
abraded and otherwise mutilated condition of the fossil would allow,
Professor Owen states that it allows so many characters of the skull
of the labyrinthodont batrachians to be determined as can leave no
reasonable doubt of its true nature and affinities ; and he gives it the
appellation of Brachyops* breviceps, im reference to the shortness
of the facial part of the skull anterior to the orbits.

6 Additional Observations on the occurrence of Pires and Fur-
ROWS i” CALCAREOUS and NON-CALCAREOUS Strata. By
JosHua Trimmrr, Esq., F.G.S.

[ Abstract. ]

‘Tue author considered that, for the full understanding of the views
he has taken on the origin of sand-pipes and furrows in and on the
surface of strata, some further remarks were required; and offered
these additional observations in support of some positions he has
taken in former papers on the subject, and which, from their not
having been fully elucidated, appeared to require some explanatory
remarks in their defence.

* From Bpayts, short; dy, face.

PROCEEDINGS

OF

THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

POSTPONED PAPER.

On the Insect Bens of the Purseck ForMaTION in WILTSHIRE
and DorsETsHIRE. By the Rev. P. B. Broprz, M.A., F.G.S.

[Read June 15, 1853*.]

Pror. E. Forsss, in a valuable paper+ in Jameson’s Edinburgh
Journal, was the first to divide the Purbeck Series in Dorsetshire
into upper, middle, and lower, and to define the varied conditions
under which the whole was accumulated. In this memoir he pointed
out that this Series consisted of alternations of freshwater, marine,
and brackish water deposits, differmg as much in their lithological
as in their zoological characters, giving us also a new and more
enlarged view of the distribution of freshwater and marine life during
this portion of the Oolitic period.

At the time when I first (now nearly thirteen years ago) laid before
this Society an account of the occurrence of Insects and other new
fossils in the Purbecks in the Vale of Wardour, I was induced to
consider the Insect and Isopod limestones as belonging to the lower
part of the lower Purbecks. Since then, however, the subdivisions
of Professor Forbes, and the joint investigations of my friends the
Rev. Messrs. Austen and Fisher, have led me to examine the few
available sections in the Vale of Wardour again, and to pay a visit
to Durlstone Bay, in order to institute a more careful comparison
between these two distant portions of the formation,—the result of
which I now proceed briefly to describe.

Vale of Wardour.

The upper Purbecks are entirely wanting in the Vale of Wardourf,
but the middle and lower are tolerably well developed ; although these

* For the other Communications read at this Evening Meeting, see Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ix. p. 317 e¢ seq.

+ Read at the Meeting of the British Association at Edinburgh, 1850.

¢ For a general Section of the Vale of Wardour, see ‘ History of the Fossil
Insects in the Secondary Rocks of England,’ pl. 11, and page 1 e¢ seg. See also
Trans. Geol. Soc. 2 ser. vol. iv. pt. 2. pl. 7 & pl. 10a.

476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

form a very reduced equivalent of the more enlarged and perfect
system in Dorsetshire. It is extremely difficult to get good conse-
cutive sections in Wiltshire, and allowance must be made for faults
and denudation ; but the following section, in descending order, taken
at different points, makes the order of succession clear and definite.
It was drawn up by my friend the Rev. O. Fisher, and with his
permission I subjoin it here, as it tallies in most respects with a
section which I had made in the same direction, and gives one or
two beds which I did not detect.

Adjoining Quarries on the south side of the River Nadder, near

Teffont Mill.
MIDDLE PURBECKS. ft. in
1. Brownish-yellow clay ...........00++« Si cuctcesetornsatcsaecnctesees sesalete
2. Indurated sand, in layers .............0--scecsscececnseserseees pesneccee sae 240
3 Whitish) sandstone. ..c-cdscssancseceseosenessverscs-tec-nenspcescetietassara 0 6
4. Brown earth, with comminuted shells.........-:-c.sceeeceeceeeetteenees Daan:
5. “ Beef”’ (fibrous carbonate of lime)....... apecuotes See Racepcu erences 0 2
6. Laver of oysters ......-00...6 asodu9D Saat CObOTRDAOCOSLOCONODONNRE eestRee as 0 6
7. White earthy limestone, with many Archeonisci (A. Brodiei) and
Corbul@ ..serececeeee pagoosadadouKecn Igo HAR Sod ECOREEOOIO0S SINC ROCA CCU SCO 0 6
8. Hard blue limestone*, splitting into laming.............02....sseeeees 0, 2
9. Thinly laminated white marly limestone and clay (‘ biscnit’’), con-
taining Arche@oniscus and Fucoids .........0cceeeeeeeececeeeeeecees 0 6
LON Wihiteisand stone te wencdssecteccmsesecen cceen csacieeemccmcccesm act eaner cette ts 0 OF
11. Reddisk-brown coarse laminated sandstone, with Ostreaand Cyrena 0 5
(The contrast of colour here is remarkable.)
12. Thin-bedded, white, soft limestone ...............ccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 1 8
13. Shale, with Cypris fasciculata, and Fish scales. This forms the
bottom of the old quarry.
Proceeding to a newer quarry on the east, the above section
is repeated as far as No. 13; and is presumed to continue as
follows :—
14. Shale, with scales of Fish and Cyclas major? on the under side.
15. Clay, with Ostrea and lenticular bands of chert, containing Cyrena
OL Cy clasiersncns-nicsescecteceaescecscconsectes ener ecesseanee emcee teees 0 4
16. Cinder, with large Ostrea; marly at the top, sandy at the bottom,
With Cardiuwm and Trigonie ........0...seccocecsccccnceseecscessecens 1 10
17. Taminated sand‘and Clayi.c-t-s.ceces"-caceaessseeenacs see teens en eee 0 7
18. Very hard fine-grained sandy rock ..............2...scseceteeeesccncerees 1 0
UGS Ditto; NOt SOmNelecccecceceewn cee ceecdeesee seuss costlet ce eeet eens wcemmnecenene 0 8
20. Sandy rock, with casts of Cyrena or Cydlas ....0....ccecccsceeeee eres 0 6
21. Fine white limestone, like the Swanage ‘“‘freestone”’ ..........+2++ 1 0
22. Ribbon clays and sands, with compressed shells ..........0+0-.-0000- 1 0
23. Hard crystalline limestone, with comminnted shells, Cypris and
Cy clas acecccescsceoenencens SCOR ROS SAE COSCET Con COREE EHcsoadescoDcaeosa = 6
Nos. 21 and 23 may be observed in two small quarries where
there is a lime-kiln, towards Teffont ; and then follow—
24. Brown sand, full of crushed Bivalves and Serpul@........+...s.s.000+ Doe
25. Blue and grey laminated clay with limestone nodules, and thin
“beet ’* and crushed (Bivalves’ c..sses-cn-ceersese sete hen cde aseeeeeeee 10

* On the rising ground opposite this quarry, and about parallel witb Nos. 8 and 9,
in a partial excavation, many years ago I observed thin slaty limestone, containing
traces of Insects, Arch@oniscus, and Leptolepis Brbdiei.

BRODIE—- PURBECK INSECT BEDS. 477

This is the lowest of the Middle Purbecks; and the Lower are—

LOWER PURBECKS.

26. Hard gray marly limestone, having a conchoidal fracture ; identical ft. in.
in appearance with the upper Insect beds of Ridgway. Cypris

PUnDECKENSISIs COMMON este ee ee eas eee eee eee 6
Zenit Dedy ee ei Am AONE Fas ib AAS Se ae Mess UR ee Ne iy ORGS
28. Laminated clay and soft and hard marls........0.........sceeceeeeseeees 1 6
29. Hard marl with conchoidal fracture .......0...0..2...sceseecececeseeees 0 8

Bottom of quarry.

In my earlier examination of the Vale of Wardour, some of the
quarries where the above appear were not worked, being only partial
excavations for stone ; and several others then open are now entirely
closed. I had then never observed the “ Cinder”? anywhere in situ,
which forms so good a line of demarcation in Dorsetshire, occurring
towards the lower part of the Middle Purbecks. A violent storm
had fortunately exposed it at the time of Mr. Fisher’s visit, in a lane
leading from Chicks-grove to Teffont, and hence the connexion of
the Purbecks in Wiltshire was determined with greater accuracy. It
therefore appears evident that the Isopod and Insect limestones (pro-
perly so called) overlie the “ Cinder.’”’ At the eastern end of the Vale,
where they first emerge from beneath the Green-sand, they seem to be
much less expanded than they are towards Teffont, a little further to
the west, and although Archeoniscus is tolerably abundant through-
out, the Insects are scarcer, and not so well preserved. There is no
doubt a certain general agreement in mineralogical character between
the Purbecks in Wilts and Dorset ; but in the former case, where the
whole series is so much reduced in bulk, it is extremely difficult to
make a very correct or close comparison. The forthcoming Memoirs
of the Geological Survey will no doubt give an accurate account of
them, while a closer investigation of the Mollusks and Cyprides and
other fossils by Professor E. Forbes will form a complete and valuable
history of the Purbeck formation in Great Britain.

Dorsetshire.

The Section at Durdlestone Bay, near Swanage, is now so well
known that it is unnecessary to repeat it here. I shall, therefore,
merely refer for details to Professor Forbes’s paper above-mentioned,
and to the Rev. J. H. Austen’s ‘ Guide to the Geology of the Isle of
Purbeck*,’ in which a full account is given of the strata and their
fossil contents}. The richest depositary of Insect remains at Durdle-
stone Bay, on the coast, is in the lower Purbecks, while in Wiltshire
(with one exception) they are confined to the middle division.
During a late visit to Swanage, I discovered a small wing in a band

* Published as a small pamphlet, 8vo, by Shipp, Printer and Publisher, Bland.
ford, and Penney, Swanage.

+ Of course the important and earlier papers by Dr. Buckland, Mr. Webster,
and Dr. Fitton, on the Dorsetshire Purbecks, published in the Geological Trans-
actions, must not be forgotten, for nothing was previously known of the compli-
cated coast sections in Durdlestone Bay and other places, nor of the interesting
organic remains which their investigations brought to light.

478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

of hard blue limestone, somewhere about No. 31 in Mr. Austen’s
list of strata*, towards the upper part of the middle series ; and it is
worthy of remark, that this layer, and the superior and inferior
beds connected with it, especially those designated ‘‘ Pecten Beds,”
bear a close lithological and zoological resemblance to the Isopod and
Insect limestones and associated strata at Dallards in the Vale of
Wardour, and their position accords pretty nearly with that of the
latter. Mr. Fisher has favoured me with the following Section of
the above in descending order, about 200 yards south of a small
stream, not far from the Preventive Station :—

ft. in.

Two or three bands consisting of pinkish shelly limestone, with Cor-
bula, Ostrea, and Cyrena .........6 Saintes of iced ross seaaeacemsceeenee Tigo
Clayigeccws aces feeinseseeterceitecs costmeccccnesssteenca-ccestentedeanceepececaenaas Ue

Hard shelly limestone, } yellow on the outside, with Ostrea and Bulla... 0 8
Clay, passing from dark blue at the top to yellow, with a little “ beef”

(fibrousscarbonate/ofslime)) Mtecsscnsceseoste-ososs ness csaaeseres seeeeers 2 4
Thin band of hard shelly stone, Cypris, Cardiwm, &C. .......02..s00000 0. 22
Hard marly limestone, breaking into rhomboidal fragments, with In-

SECLMEMAINS ee wortessensudencarhcscecctesscceaacesstteasces ee reeeeeereee 0 3
Ditto, with lenticular masses of Cordula, and ime a Sedrsoeeuecticeon 0 6
Brown and blue clay, with shells and shelly rubble ..................00. 2-0
Marly: shale tyivsccor.caswcnteecsss skies ce nncnessanscerhente-aedssnesead ten taaeee 0 5
Hard calcareous cream-coloured and blue marl, splitting into rhom-

boidal fragments ; lower part shaly, contains Insects............... 0 10
Coarser and shelly stone, with Cypris .......0.......scesseeeceseecenerencene 0 4
Blue shialyaclayjeacactaces sacesctest eoeesa tienes seer cnseastescseeseecee ee -eades 0 8
Coarse’ shelly/stone.cessesscces sence deepeeaesecetceereseees sacs teeeaechaeenereeee 0 5
Coarse shelly stone and blue clay.

Woraler. se 10 9

The strata containmg Insects in these “‘ Pecten beds” are some-
what slaty in their texture, varying in colour and hardness ; the blue
slaty limestone, which so closely resembles one of the Insect bands
in Wiltshire, passes into a yellowish-white fine-grained stone, the
prevailing colours being blue, white, and yellow; it has a very uneven
fracture. Traces of mimute plants occur throughout, consisting of
broken carbonized stems and rounded bodies which look like seed-
vessels. I requested my cousin Mr. W. R. Brodie, who resides at
Swanage, and is a most zealous and indefatigable collector, to examine
the above more closely, and he informs me that he has since found
a number of wings and elytra; and he has been kind enough to give
me a small but interesting collection, from which Mr. Westwood has
made a selection for description and figuring.

The inferior Insect-beds+, which consist of two or three distinct

* Mr. Austen describes these as “ blue and cream-coloured indurated marls ; ”’
they were probably deposited in brackish water.

+ In order that the Section may be quite clear to the general reader, I subjoin,
from Mr. Austen’s ‘ Guide,’ a copy of that portion of the Section which includes the
richest Insect beds, beginning with the highest of the ower Purbecks :—

ft. in
94. Marly limestone, with thin band of shells............c0c....ceeeeeeseee 1 0
Q5ssRubbly marlstoney 23; feteese suc deswacte sucess cove we oUeeccta. ceeaeaeeestatt 2 0

96. Cream-coloured marly limestone ......e:ecsscceeeseceeeeeee staet leet 2 0

4

BRODIE —PURBECK INSECT BEDS. 479

strata, occupy a rather central position in the lower Purbecks in
Durdlestone Bay, and are well described in the Section in Austen’s
‘Guide’ above referred to. There are two or three white earthy
limestones, like chalk more or less indurated, in which relics of
Insects are most abundant. The middle one of these is the richest,
especially for groups of elytra and wings, but they are by no means
confined to this portion of the formation, having been noticed (as
before observed) im the “ Pecten beds” above, and again lower
down at No. 128 in Mr. Austen’s List, near the second chert beds,
where they are associated with Archeoniscus. Few or no other
fossils, except small fragments of carbonized plants, occur in the
white Insect-beds at the top of the lower Purbecks. In these I have
only seen one small Fish, which was discovered by Mr. W. R. Brodie,

ft. in.
Gio SOs Ainehy 1SATEL cocacacqcennonccesconocoudadsoogéoaoGabasooooHabaqgaes60c0n 0 4
Ostn@herty, ban dieecteccrectecna ccc sectercemec ec ececse cece ee rece core 0 4
Co Wid hy MiNGSICIN, cot aecossoocoubantanqboodssqdbudeqcoudaqcnadéncoooodoodasocu 13833
LOOSSRubblydimestonexerscesccsoeeer cess eecsceece eee secesec este cate nO
HONE Marlyaiimes tonegumesesasceectee see eacerssacreceterr-esssencsansceeece 0 8
102. Rubbly blue marly limestone................ Goaneo0dQb00aR09000000000000 3.0
LOSS eRubbly white marly limestone wees een sete ce seesioen =e feeeeces on ceaeee 4 0
104. Marly limestone, with vegetable remains, wings, elytra, and bodies
of Jnsects, abundant in patches ...... Geant teu cece tu bees cas See ay WD
LOSSES latygmarlycwecse cota rcecr cca ek crosecen cece ene eee on eee eee 16
106. White marly limestone, with a harder band in the centre, con-
taining Jnsect and vegetable remains ......se..ecseseeeeeeeeceeees 4 0
107. Blue slaty marl ....... BOAO U RBH SOR CHE ooab soudccordaebodaredcnaccRbagsEouo 16
HOSteElardemanlvalim estonescsameecceectescecenosctitccsseinasetcoscceoceciesese: 0
TOO Subluerslatypmarliimcevececessesocctsentccscccsacecetececense ces cseceicenes 16
110. Laminated sandy marl, with traces of Vegetables, Fish-scales,
Serpule, small Cardium, and a cherty band with Melania.
111. Marl, with Cyprides and shells (Leda) .........-0cseecececeeeeeeecesees 1 6
INAS IRIN INETARY See 550c50apada ce bbuacaubodnod sadoSodaanbondsedsqecodonGO00000CCe 4 0
113, Marly limestone, containing /nsects and a branching Plant ...... 200
114. Blue laminated shales and marl and gypsum .............-+seeeeeees 3.0
[The beds here are hidden by the fallen cliff. ]
115. Slaty marl.
116. Cream-coloured marl, full of shells (Cardium), with vegetable and
WASCCLMCMOULS mance nm oasncsee ee ec eee aecseresceaceenconee sence cee 2 6
117. Cherty band, full of shells, chiefly univalves, and Cyprides. A
smalliCandeumiapundants pacsine:. cost -didees cecosdensace easiadsne ests 4
SSE latyacolouredymanlsie.sse-peccse seasons scaeadeesaar ers deme ee ase aasena cs 1G
119. Indurated marls, elytra of Insects, Cyprides, and Univalves ...,.. 3 0

120. Bluish marl.

121. Indurated marl, with many Bivalves.

122. (Cliff disturbed.)

123. (Ditto, and contains blocks from several beds.)

ZAC MCMPLISuSHAles mew sctsiaaas. siisleaceviossinele sits tan naccisecaaaceseneratees caeets aa
125. Indurated marl and shales alternated ; with vegetable remains and

CARCI ONS CUS beecetase painters eos iaaciacins dee ase aceer es ee an een 6
126. Band of white marl, vertically cracked .................ssccseseeeseceos }
127. Hard band, containing Arch@oniscus .........0.0cseceeeenencevence 0 5

128. Blue and brown indurated marl, with a large species of Archeo-
niscus, Cyprides, Estheria, and shells.

The whole of the above were deposited in brackish water; and it is worthy of
remark, that here we have the greatest number and variety of Insect remains.

480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

and he liberally presented it tome. I forwarded this specimen to Sir
Philip Egerton, who states, that it most nearly resembles the curious
genus Nothosomus, but it is too imperfect to warrant any decided
opinion upon the subject, as the tail and dorsal fin are deficient. He
is inclined to think that it will ultimately prove to be a new genus.

The position of the strata containing Insects at Ridgway near
Weymouth is not exactly the same as at Durdlestone Bay (Nos. 103
to 119, Mr. Austen’s List), though it agrees pretty nearly with the
latter. In the neighbourhood of Dorchester they are somewhat
harder, but the prevailing colour is much the same, and no insect
remains have as yet been observed there higher than the lower
Purbecks.

Observations on the Organic Remains.

No Archeoniscus has yet been met with at Durdlestone Bay higher
(I believe) than No. 58 in Mr. Austen’s list of the strata, not far
above the ‘“‘ Cinder”? in the middle Purbecks, where the brackish-
water series commences in a bed of shaly blue and brown marl, in
which I found the claw of an Astacus. In all probability, that
portion of the series from Nos. 55 to 70 (middle Purbecks), which
immediately reposes on the ‘“Cinder,’’ most nearly corresponds
with the Section at Teffont from Nos. 10 to 15. At Dallards there
are grits and shaly stone associated with the Insect limestone, con-
tainmg Ostrea, Cyclas, Cypris, and numerous scales, teeth, and
coprolites of Fish and Saurians. The first appearance of drcheo-
niscus is in the basement-beds of the lower Purbecks ; occurring in
the Cap at Chicks-grove, in the Vale of Wardour, where I pro-
cured some of very large size, associated with Ophiopsis breviceps,
Egerton (Survey Mem. Decade 6. pl. 6), and a few elytra. At
Ridgway, near Weymouth, the same stratum, undistinguishable from
the Cap in Wilts, contains numerous fragments of Archeoniscus
and Fish; but the former has never yet been detected there entire.
This crustacean appears to be limited to the ‘‘ Cap;” here at least it
has not been observed higher up in the Section. It occurs again,
abundantly and in clusters, towards the lower division of the middle
Purbecks, accompanied by a few elytra, in Durdlestone Bay (Nos. 125
& 127, Mr. Austen’s List), and again in No. 58 higher up; in
both cases, in bands of blue shale and marl, more or less indurated,
both of which were deposited in brackish water. The Archeonisci
vary in size, but the prevailing species appears to be the 4. Brodiei
(M. Edwards), though it is probable that another species will ulti-
mately be determined.

With respect to the general character of the Insect remains in the
lower Purbecks in Dorsetshire, it appears, from Mr. Westwood’s
investigations*, that they agree closely with those which mark the

* Those who are aware of the imperfect and fragmentary state in which most
of the Insect remains occur in various formations in this country will understand
the difficulty of the task which Mr. Westwood has undertaken in elucidating their
true characters, and will duly appreciate the result of his labours. The beauty
and accuracy of the plates require no comment.—[Aug. 14, 1854.—P. B. B.]

BRODIE—PURBECK INSECT BEDS. 481

middle Purbecks in Wiltshire, although the Cyprides and shells in
the former are quite distinct from those in the latter. The Insects
in the middle division especially bear a near resemblance to those in
the Vale of Wardour, and consist chiefly of wings and elytra. These
are from the “ Pecten beds,’’ Nos. 31 e¢ seg. Many of them indeed
are identical, some few agreeing with species in the lower beds, and
some (apparently) with those of the Lias, and a few may be new.
The elytra and wings are generally detached, rarely collected together
im masses, lying in different portions of the stone, and not in par-
ticular layers. They are, however, remarkable for their beautiful
state of preservation, the elytra usually retaining their elytrine or
chitine, and the wings their most delicate nervures and colouring.
In this they present a contrast to the insect relics in the inferior
strata. They are occasionally mingled with Corbula, Cyclas, and
Cypris. 'The wing-covers of beetles are tolerably abundant, but of
small size. I have observed only one perfect Beetle, a few minute
but peculiar larvee, abdomens, and only one entire dipterous (pro-
bably) insect. The detached wings consist chiefly of Gry/lus, Acheta,
Blatta, and Libellula, most of which seem to be identical with spe-
cimens figured from the Vale of Wardour (see “ Fossil Insects,”
plates 2, 3, 4, 5, 6). One very beautiful wing resembles the Hphe-
mera of the Lias (2bzd. pl. 10. fig. 14). In the lower beds (from
Nos. 94 to 128 in Mr. Austen’s Section, some of which he denomi-
nates ‘“ Insect beds,’ and which form the top of the lower Purbecks,
see note, p. 478), elytra are very abundant, grouped together in
clusters, especially in one particular stratum at Durdlestone Bay and at
Ridgway near Dorchester. As many as sixty or seventy elytra and
several wings and bodies have been counted on one small slab. The
elytra generally retain their delicate sculptured markings, and some-
times the colour. They are mostly small, though a few larger spe-
cimens have been met with; some are of great size, much larger
than any I ever procured in the Vale of Wardour, and rather more
so than the largest elytra from the Stonesfield slate. A few attached
elytra occur, but perfect beetles are extremely rare, only three or
four having been noticed. At Ridgway a very peculiar pupa is
rather characteristic, and a small beetle, allied to Notonectis, which
is an aquatic species; and this possibly may account for its being
found entire, while all the terrestrial ones are disjomted and imper-
fect. The grouping together in masses is one distinctive feature in
the insect remains from the lower Purbecks in Dorsetshire; the
wings too are usually broken, and portions of Insects are scattered
about in all directions, and the whole appear to have been carried
down a stream of some violence, and deposited at a considerable
distance from their original habitats. At any rate they must have
been exposed to some very destructive agency before they were im-
bedded in the mud of the waters in which they floated. In this
respect they differ from those in the Vale of Wardour, and in the
Lias generally. The smaller number of entire insects (scarcely any in
fact) is to be noted.

At Ridgway the masses of elytra have one uniform direction ; as

482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

if indicating the course of the current. This is not so much the case
at Durdlestone Bay. Some gigantic wings of Neuroptera, rarely
perfect, are rather prevalent ; there are also wings of Gryl/lus and
other Orthoptera, associated with some Blatte, Homoptera, and
other families. A very large collection of Insects has been made from
the Dorsetshire Purbecks* by the officers of the Geological Survey,
and by Messrs. W. R. Brodie, Austen, Fisher, and Willcox. I am in-
debted to the kindness and generosity of Mr. Brodie for the greater
part of the specimens in my cabinet, and I have to thank the last-
named gentleman for the loan of his valuable collection of insect
exuviee, which also were sent to Mr. Westwood for examination.

P.S.—I cannot conclude without referring to the interesting and
important discovery of Mammalian and Reptilian remains near
Swanage, by Mr. W. R. Brodie and Mr. Wilcox, which have been
lately described by Professor Owen. These consist of two small
lizards (Nuthetes, from No. 84 of Mr. Austen’s Section, and Macel-
lodus, from No. 93) and a small Mammal (Spalacotherium, also from
No. 93+), most closely resembling the Thylacotherium of the Stones-
field slate. Professor Owen considers both the Mammal and the
Reptiles to have been insectivorous; and although the presence of
insects would have led to the inference, as I have elsewhere observed f,
that some insectivorous animals must have existed contemporaneously,
it is extremely interesting to be able to prove the fact; and we are
greatly indebted to the zeal and energy of the discoverers for bringing
these remains to light.—[August 14, 1854. ]

* Not long after Prof. Forbes’s discovery of a few insect wings in the Hastings
Sand in the Isle of Wight, Mr. W. R. Brodie sent me a fragment of a wing from
the Hastings sand at Swanage Bay, north of the town. Since then, Messrs. W.
and H. Binfield have detected numerous insect remains throughout the Wealden
Series near Hastings. See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. for May 1854.—[Aug. 14, 1854.
—P. B. B.

+ This bed occurs in the ‘‘ Marly middle freshwater series” of Prof. E. Forbes,
and is the basement-bed of the Middle Purbecks.

t Fossil Insects, p. 112.

483

DONATIONS
TO THE

LIBRARY OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

From April 1st, 1854, to June 30th, 1854.

I. TRANSACTIONS AND JOURNALS.
Presented by the respective Societies and Editors.

AMERICAN Journal of Science. 2nd Series, vol. xvii. No. 51, May
1854. From Prof. Silliman, M.D., For. Mem. G.S.
Agassiz.—Animals in geological times, 309.
Shepard.—Meteoric iron, 325.
Willet.—Meteoric iron, 331.
Grey.—Conistonite, 333.
Hunt.—Algerite, 351.
Dana.—Homeceomorphism of minerals, 430.
Damour.—Descloizite, 434.
Blake.—Ancient lake in the Colorado Desert, 435.

Almader quicksilver nme, California, 438.
Delesse.—<Action of alkalies on rocks, 450.
Dana.—Prosopite, 452.

Notices of works, 453.
Assurance Magazine, No. 15. From the Institute of Actuaries.
Athenzeum Journal for April, May, and June. From C. W. Dilke,
Hsq., F.G.S.
Notices of the Meetings.

Bengal, Asiatic Society of, Journal. No. 6. 1853.
Hannay.—Gold-fields of Upper Assam, 511.
Sherwill.—Geology of the Sikkim Himayalas, 540.

se NO /ulsoor
Sherwill.—Geology of the Sikkim Himalayas, 611.
Fleming.—Geological map of the Punjab Salt Range.
No. 1. 1854.
Fleming.—lron-ore in the Punjab, 92.
No. 2. 1854.
Haughton.—Geology of Singhbhoom, 103.
Piddington.—Nepaulite, 170.

——_———. No. 3. 1854. -

Oldham.—Geology of the Rajmahal Hills, 263.
Piddington.—Silt in suspenson in the Hooghly, 283.

Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club. Vol. iii. no. 4.
Tate, Gi—Anniversary Address, 125.
Cambridge Philosophical Society, Transactions. Vol. ix. part 3.
1853.

484 DONATIONS.

Canadian Journal. From the Canadian Institute. February 1854.
Geology of gold, 160, 173.
Separation of nickel from cobalt, 172.
Fossil human skulls, 172.

————-. March 1854.

Chemical composition of fossil shells, 195.

Langton, J.—Address on importance of scientific studies, 201.
————. April 1854.

Billings, E.—New Cystidea, 215.
————. May 1854.

Scadding, H.—Vesuvius, 237.

Billings, E.—New Cystidea, 250.

——-—.. June 1854.
Scadding.—Vesuvius, 261.
Hunt and Logan.—Composition of Lingule, &c., 264.
Billings, E.—New Cystidea, 268.
Coal in Canada, 292.

Chemical Society, Quarterly Journal. No. 25.
Civil Engineer’s and Architect’s Journal. May 1854.

Comptes Rendus, 1854. Prem. sér.
Deville.—Lithologic studies, 401.
Duvernoy.— (Rapport) Mystriosaurus, 543.
‘Duméril.—(Rapport) Mystriosaurus, 665.
Gaudry.—Mount Pentelicus and fossil bones at its foot, 611.
Aymard.—Fossiliferous rocks of the basin of the Loire, 673.

Copenhagen, Det Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Skrifter :
Nat. Hist. and Math. 5th Ser. vol. i., 1853.
Rink, H.—On the geography and geology of North Greenland,
37, 71.

Oversigt, 1853.
Queestiones, 1854.

Dijon, Académie des Sciences, Mémoires. 2 sér., tom. ii.
Perrey, A.—Earthquakes in 1851, 1.
Earthquakes in 1852 and former years, 79.

Dublin Geological Society. Vol. vi. part 1.
Haughton, Rev. Prof.—Newer Paleozoic rocks of Menai Straits, 1.
Jukes, J. B. and A. Wyley.—Geology of N.E. part of county
Wicklow, 28.
Triphook, T. D.—Geology of Skull, county Cork, 44.
Haughton, Rev. Prof.—Carboniferous limestone fossils, 47.
Jukes, J. B.—Anniversary Address, 61.

France, Société Géologique de, Bulletin. Deux. sér. tome x. f. 23-28.

De Keyserling.—Note sur la succession des étres organisés, 355.

Paul Bouvy.—Notice sur le tremblement de terre du 15 Mai,
1854, de Vile de Mayorque, 359.

Terquem.—Meémoire sur un nouveau genre de mollusques acé-
phalés fossiles (Hettangia) (Pl. VII. et VIII.), 364.

D’Archiae et Jules Haime.—Description des animaux fossiles du
groupe Nummulitique de l’ Inde, 378.

DONATIONS. 485

J. Barrande.—Sur la formation de Grauwacke en Saxe et dans
les contrées limitrophes, de M. Geinitz, 384.

Th. Davidson.—Découverte de deux espéces nouvelles d’Obolus
dans les couches Siluriennes supérieures de l’ Angleterre, 389.

H. Aucapitaine.—Note sur la perforation des roches par les mol-
lusques du genre Pholas, 389. ; ,

Rozet.—Note sur les terrains trachytique et basaltique des Etats-
Romains, 392.

Paul de Rouville.—Sur l’age du minerai de fer superficiel, dit
Walluvion, des plateaux calcaires du sud et du sud-ouest de
la France, 397.

J. Barrande.—Sur le systéme Silurien de la Bohéme.

J. Durocher.—Sur le gisement et lorigine des eaux sulfureuses
Pyrénéennes, 424.

Recherches sur Vabsorption de eau atmosphé-
rique par les substances minérales, 431.

J. H. Blofeld.—Note sur Vile Sainte-Héléne, 434.

Hébert.—Note sur Page des sables blanes et des marnes 4 Physa
gigantea de Rilly, 436.

France, Société Géologique de, Bulletin. Deux. sér. t. x. f. 29-33.
Hébert.—Note sur lage des sables blancs et des mames & Physa
gigantea de Rilly, 449.
A. Viquesnel.— Observations géographiques et géologiques faites
en 1847 dans la Turquie d’Europe, 454.
V. Raulin.—Sur l’Oxford clay du département de l’Yonne, 485.
L. Maillard.—Note sur Vile de la Reunion (Pl. [X.), 499.
Charles J. Jackson.—Sur les mimes de cuivre et de houille de la
Caroline du Nord, 505.
Deshayes.—Note sur quelques fossiles rapportés, par M. Morelet,
du Yucatan (Amérique centrale).
A. Leymerie.—Sur quelques localités de Aude, et, particuliére-
ment sur certains gites épierétacés, 511.
Note sur le massif d’Ausseing et du Saboth (Haute-
Garonne), 519.

t. x. f. 34-40.
J. Durocher.—Extrait d’un Mémoire sur la constitution géolo-
gique de la Suede, de la Norvége et de la Finlande, 529.
Orges.—Sur le nouvel ouvrage de M. Bernhard Cotta, intitulé :
‘Le sol de l’Allemagne’ (Deutschlands Boden), 532.

Terquem.—Observations sur les Pleuwromya et les Myopsis de
M. Agassiz (Pl. X.), 534.

J. Cornuel.—Notice sur la cause des mouvements de rotation et
de translation de la terre, ete., 549.

A. Delesse.— Recherches sur la Grauwacke métamorphique, 562.
a Sur le Pegmatite de l’Irlande, 568.

Schlagintweit.—Sur la structure orographique et géologique du
Mont-Rose, 588.

Albert Gaudry.—Note sur Stonesfield, prés Oxford (Angleterre),
591.

Haida ad. MSs

A. Gaudry.—Sur la géographie géologique de Vile de Chypre, 10.

Sur les environs du Bosphore de Thrace, 13.

P. Harting.—Sur la constitution géologique des environs d’Am-
sterdam, de Gorinchem et de Vile d’Urk, 21.

J. Thurmann.—Résumé des lois orographiques générales du

systeme des Monts-Jura, 41.

486 DONATIONS.

Franklin Institute of Pennsylvania, Journal. 3rd series, vol. xxvii.
No. 4, April 1854.
Turnbull, Dr. L.—Magnetic iron, Wisconsin.
No. 5, May 1854.
Turnbull.—Iron ores, Wisconsin, 347.
Gore.—Aluminium and silicium, 353.
Deville.—Aluminium, 554.
Horticultural Society of rondo Journal. Vol. ix. part 2, April
1854.

Indian Archipelago Journal. Vol. vii. nos. 6-12 (June to Dec. 1853)
in one part. From J. R. Logan, Esq., F.G.S.

Lille, Société Nationale des Sciences, de Agriculture et des Arts,
Mémoires pour 1849.
Literary Gazette for April, May, June. From L. Reeve, Esq., F.G.S.
Notices of Meetings.
Liverpool Literary and Philosophical Society, Proceedings. No. 7,
1854.

Smith, J. P. G.—Earthquake on Nov. 9, 1852, 137.
Symonds, H. E.—Aérolite in Corrientes, 207.

London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, 4th series.
No. 45, April. From R. Taylor, Esq., F.G.S.
Hunt, T. S.—Composition and metamorphoses of rocks, 233.
Deville’s lithologic studies, 300.

No. 46, May 1854.
Wood, 8. V.—Sand-tubes in Crag, 320.
Logan, W. E. and T. S. Hunt.—Chemical composition of fossil
shells, 335.
Herapath, W. B.—Artificial tourmalines, 352.
Barlow, Rev. J.—Silica and its applications, 375.
Linth, Dr. F. A.—Meteorite from New Mexico, 378.
——_——. No. 47, June 1854.
Forbes.—Colour in fossil shells, 437.
Phear.—Geology of parts of Suffolk and Norfolk, 447.
Liebig. Nickel and cobalt, 461.
Connell.—Columbite and tantalite, 461.
Our Friend. Nos. 1-5.

Paris, Académie des Sciences, Comptes Rendus. Prem. ser. nos. 9—
22, tome 38.

Paris, Muséum d’ Histoire naturelle, Archives. Vol. vii. part 1, 1853.
Duvernoy.—Fossil Rhinoceroses.

Part 2, 1854.

Photographic Society, Journal. Nos. 16, 17, 18.

Royal College of Surgeons, Catalogue of Library. Part 2, 1840,
vol. iti. 1849-53.

Royal Society, Address of the President, the Right Hon. the Earl
Rosse, November 30, 1853.

Philosophical Transactions, vol. exliii. pt. 3, 1853.

——

—

DONATIONS. 487

Royal Society. List of Fellows, 1853.
Proceedings. Vol. vi. no. 102.
————. Vol. vi. no. 1.

—-——. No. 2.

Forbes, E.—Depth of primeval seas, indicated by remains of
colour in fossil Testacea, 21.
Hooker, J. D.—Trigonocarpon, 28.

No. 3. :
Society of Arts, Journal. Nos. 50, 74, 75.
Statistical Society, Journal. Vol. xviii. pt. 2, June 1854.

Vaud. Société Vaudoise des Sciences naturelles, Bulletin., Vol. iii.
nos. 25-28, 1852-3.
Renevier.—Nummulitic formation, 97.
Ph. Delaharpe.—Fossil plants, &c., at Lausanne, 105, 173, 189.
Bischoff.—Analysis of an erratic block from Lausanne, 107.
Morlot.—Hot springs and earthquakes, 108.
Block of conglomerate at Villeneuve, 111.
Ph. Delaharpe and C. Gaudin.—Fossil bones from Mormont,
near La Larraz, 117, 168.
Renevier.—Geology of the Vaudoise Alps, 135.
Morlot.—Erraties of Switzerland, 177.

Breslau Academy. Denkschrift zur Feier ihres fiinfzigjahrigen Be-
stehens, herausgegeben von der Schlesischen Gesellschaft fir
vaterlandische Kultur, 1853.

Beniert, C.—Shattered pebbles in the coal-formation of Lower
Silesia, 221.

Hensel, H.—Fossil and recent mammals of Silesia, 239.

Goppert, H. R.—Paleontology in Silesia, and fossil Cycads, 251.

Caen. Société Linnéenne de Normandie, Mémoires. Vol. ix. 1853.
Deslongchamps, E. E.—Notice of paleontological and geological
works of the Linnean Society of Normandy for 1849-52,
pp- xl. and Ix.
Living and fossil Crocodiles, 103.
Marine marl used as manure, 179.
Moriére.—Sand-bed of Sate Opportune, 184.
Deslongchamps, E, K.—Leptzna and Thecidea.

Litge, Société Royale des Sciences, Mémoires. 8 vols. 1843 to 1853.
Vol. 1. 1843.

Lesoimne and Nagelmakers.—Coal-mines of Saarbruck, 75.
De Koninck.—Bembix and Orthis from Cretaceous formation of
Belgium, 205.

————. Vol. ii. 1845-46, & vol. ii. 1845.

a Olivet O—40e
De Koninck.—Productus, 71.
Bosquet.—Maestricht chalk Entomostraca, 353.

Vol. v. 1848, vol. vi. 1850, and vol. vii. 1851.
VOL. X.—PART I. 2)

488 DONATIONS.

Liége, Société Royale des Sciences, Mémoires. Vol. viii. 1853.
De Koninck.—Davidsonia, 129.
Hypodema, 140.

Munich, Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences. Vol. vi. part 1, 1851.
Wagner.—Fossil fishes from the lithographic stone of Kelheim
(with plates), 1.
A new species of Ornithocephalus (with plates), 127.
Cave-bones from Muggendorff (with plates), 193.

————. Part 2, 1851.
Wagner.—Ichthyosauri of the Lias of South Germany (with
plates), 485.

————.. Part 3, 1852.
Wagner.—Fossil reptiles from the lithographic stone and the
Upper Jurassic limestone (with plates), 661.

————. Vol. vii. part 1, 1853.
Fuchs.—The forms of iron, 3.
Wagner.—Fossil reptiles from the lithographic stone and green-
sand of Kelheim (with plates), 239.

Royal Irish Proceedings. Vol. v. 1853.
Haughton.—Original fluidity of the earth, 127.
Kane.—Analysis of waters from the Dublin mountains, 349, 382.
Apjohn.—Alkalies in the Dublin granites, 379, 418.

Vienna, Academy of Sciences, Transactions. Vol. vi. ]854.
Reuss.—Clytia Leachi of the chalk, 1. (pt. 1.)
Unger.—Fossil fern, and structure of the fern-stem, 137.
Schabus.—Euclase, 57. (pt. 2.)

Hockstetter.— Rhomboidal cale-spar, 89.

Bulletin. Vol. xi. for 1855.

Reuss.— Cretaceous beds of Gosau and St. Wolfgang, 4.

Jordan.— Crystallized oxide of zine from a furnace, 8.

Schabus.—Form of crystal of oxide of zine, 9.

Kenngott.— Mineralogical notices, 12, 290, 378, 604, 750, 977.

Grailich.— Uni- and bi-axial mica, 46.

Von Hauer.—Etna lava of 1852, 87.

Heckel.—Cav. A. de Zigno’s colJection of fossil fish, 122.

Schauroth.—Fauna of the German Zechstein, 147.

Unger.—Fossil flora of Gleichenberg, 211.

Heckel.— Fossil fish from Chiavon, 322.

Hawranek.—Chemical composition of a marl and hippurite lme-
stone from Gosau, 372.

Haidinger.—Mausite and pseudomorphs, 393, 397.

Zerrenner.—Some metals im Olahpian gold-sand, 462.

Zeisczner.—Geology of Kotterbach and Poracz, 619.

Partsch.—Meteorites in the Siebenbiirgen, 674.

Littrow.—The general level of the sea, 735.

Heights of the eastern central Alps, 742.
Ettingshausen.—Fossil flora of Tokay, 779.
Reuss.—Gasteropods and Rudistes of the Gosau formation, 8&2,

923

Seuss.—Thecidea, SU
Unger.—Fossil plants in the Taurus, 1076.

DONATIONS. 489

II. GEOLOGICAL AND MISCELLANEOUS BOOKS.
Names of Donors in Italics.

De Verneuil. Notice sur la structure géologique de l Espagne.

Ehrenberg, Prof. Bericht tber die zur Bekanntmachung gerigneten
Verhandlungen der K. Preuss. Akad. der Wissenschaften zu
Berlin in Monat Feb. 1854.

Emmons, E. Natural History of New York. Part 5. Agriculture.
3 vols. From the State of New York.

Fournet, J. Recherches sur la distribution et sur les modifications
des caractéres de quelques animaux aquatiques du Bassin du
Rhone.

Graves, L. Essai sur la Topographie géognostique du départe-
ment de l’Oise. Several Members of the Society.

Hall, J. Natural History of New York. Part 6. Paleontology.
2 vols. From the State of New York.

Henfrey, A. Botanical and Physiological Memoirs edited by. From
the Ray Society.

Howard, Luke. Papers on Meteorology, relating especially to the
Climate of Britain.

Linth, A. E. v. d. Geologische Bemerkungen tiber das Nordliche
Vorarlberg und einige angrenzenden Gegenden.

Magnetical and Meteorological Observations made at the Hon. E. I.
Company’s Observatory at Bombay in the year 1850. From
the Directors of the Hon. E. I. Company.

Murchison, Sir R. I. Siluria: the History of the oldest known
rocks containing Organic Remains. 2 copies. -

Nicol, Prof. J. Notice of J. Barrande’s ‘ Silurian System of Central
Bohemia.’

Puggaard, C. Deux vues géologiques, pour servir 4 la description
géologique du Danemark.

Roemer, Dr. F. Dorycrinus, ein neues Crinoiden-geschlecht aus dem
Kohlen-Kalke Nordamerikas.

Die Kreidebildungen Westphalens.

Thiolliere, Victor. Description des Poissons fossiles provenant des
gisements Corallien du Jura dans le Bugey. Livy. i.

Villa, G. B. Sulla constituzione geologica e geognostica della Brianza
e Segnatamente sul Terreno Cretaceo.

: a de) | p's sl ay MN: Bi Hh ‘i i? 2 Line ight ;
Privaerniney PAcoeiana AYA TANG. 14

iri E my Sey ies :
’ y id v

rey

rate en boii oa nese
tt? a>54) hy w wi 8

'
‘
se Kye

os, ou ungael Tabane: iiss rellan nf yin wns
s)

4. WYANEM Dace 14 yet 4158 a ee Ae it

‘ rag white ; \
Bay wig toate pct ae sath batA: ei rf Aa: casutge

es i tii Toe my? Le, at 4:
ee ee ret dd a) vik ep or bait
fy bay | 5 ik re Bi mihi by , 4 if is a & ‘Wy, Pubalt Levies res

ey Sai ith 8 ia "4, ROT nynley hy sorte b
" j sciodswsnibonrdiat tanta at Biridli ‘ated gh: ig encistrebiall

Ps ay aang hy ; Leche ICMR miytbieer iaitploup gir aise

¢ | Vive Ms ata.
i : Rene Wine soi

ins ae

os

ia Ae @
te yee Net MPs ke yy atsiiay. wort Chis ons rt) ora as. Z
als Pet ard ban Seta sab stint:

i) i de ae esa man ie eas Pars ny

cee Re fageruaih
Peek apie On recs srt
ie Mt SHYT « A’ a Piri bars ‘3 mater

wank seed La

Ni

4 Res, ; 4

) Bo Gietey 4 jabs és abn vent

xi
KK, iter
nr Vie ehirka ;

i
oe 8 ye
hae ay nanVO
Tey are i as

al aay)
Sh sonst i ae itteeer
ik thd eae

“al tl siteumgnene

THE

QUARTERLY JOURNAL

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

EDITED BY

THE ASSISTANT-SECRETARY OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

VOLUME THE TENTH.

1834.

PART II. MISCELLANEOUS.

en |

CONTENTS OF PART IT.

Alphabetically arranged—the names of the Authors in capital letters.

Page
Aix-la-Chapelle, Ro—EMER on the Cretaceous Sands of ............ 19
Amber, GoEPPERT on the Fossil Plants found in................ J
Auriferous Sand of Transylvania, ZERRENNER on some Metalsin .. 27
BaRRANDE. On the Silurian Cephalopoda of Bohemia .......... 21
On the Silurian Crustacea, Pteropoda, and Cephalopoda of
EOS MEY Ds ouSG opppOddKOD co DOUUinmOdON boCdObiOo bo cooKoUoOOS 5
Bohemia, BARRANDE on the Silurian Crustacea, Pteropoda, and
Cephalopodaiotinryselmcirrer ioctl lieth ete recicicior 5, 21
BREITHAUPT. On some Pseudomorphs ...... elahersreeliomtueiohe viele 10
Cephalopoda of Bohemia, BARRANDE on the Silurian............ 5, 21
Cretaceous Sands of Aix-la-Chapelle, RozMER on the............ 19
Davsree’s Description Géologique du Dép. du Bas Rhin, noticed.. 11
WOKVCLINUS ROK MER OD (ate claltalicvojelere wicieleroheie stteieiat clic che kerersien eke 18
Duvernoy. On Fossil Species of Rhimoceros............-..+4. 28
ETTINGSHAUSEN. On the Gosau Flora, near Salzburg .......... 4
Fluor-Spar, KEnnGort on the Specific Gravity of .............. 12
GorprErRT. On the Fossil Plants found in Amber .............. 1
Gosau Flora near Salzburg, ErrINGSHAUSEN on the ............ 4
GREWINGK’S Geology of Northern Persia, noticed .............. 27
Hornes. List of Fossils of the Vienna Basin, by................ 16
Humite of Monte Somma, ScaccHi on the ..............+..00. 1]

Jurassic Plants in the Venetian Alps, ZiGNo on the Discovery of.... 13

Kennoorr. On the Specific Gravity of Fluer-Spar ............ 12
orsiig Oli Apion sins Game SqGHON Go nbOadlb dbtion oboboed ote 12
Lower Rhine, DauBréx’s Geology of the, noticed .............. 11
Monte Somma, Scaccui on the Humite DY ORDO Bo Soa: 11
Muxuier. On Crystals of Strontian .............2.000seeeeeee 12
Persia, GREWINGK’s Geology of Northern, noticed .............. 2
Plants. fossil, im) Amber, GORPPERT) OW) ./</5 «ole «1clslcis/eielalelersiera piste eis ]
, Din Godlbmacs Wisco Onenecgacoomobdo can oonccode 20
——, —~—, in the Venetian Alps, ZIGNO On ......-. eee eee eee 13

——, —, near Salzburg, ETTINGSHAUSEN OM ........-+..005, 4

iv

Page
Pseudomorphs; BREITHAUPT ON SOME) 2.66. oe = -lee)>m cele nee 10
Pyromeiine; WOBELINOM) seta eeptsere eel eleo chsicl-/atelsceteaeie ae 12
Roemer. ~On Wayornus) iD. . es che fe oUt eee. 6 «0 18
——. On the Cretaceous Sands of Aix-la-Chapelle .............. 19
Rhinoceros, DuvERNoy on Fossil Species of .............20-005 28
Scaccur |On the Humiteiot Monte Sommay fo. 2-1 taseee ties at
Salzburg, ErrrinGsSHAUSEN on the Gosau Flora, found near ...... 4
Silurian Cephalopoda of Bohemia, BARRANDE ONn..........+..04 21
Crustacea, Pteropoda, and Cephalopoda of Bohemia, BARRANDE
OME soo dsuouosomordocoomoUdcoOdGadonduoooeds5 406 dc75858 5
Strontian;, Minin on! Crystals Of (Vejsrs se che ==) siete lee anette eal 12
Taurus, UNGER on a Tertiary Plant-bed im the .................. 20
Transylvania, ZERRENNER on Metals occurring in the Auriferous
Sandi Of < ~~ craps pik sate hea ekth teeitaey- oat" ordain a cl kel tae ete a7,
UncerR. Ona Tertiary Plant-bed in the Taurus ................ 20
Venetian Alps, Z1GNo on Jurassic Plants found in the............ 13
Vienna Basin, List of Fossils of the, by HORNES ................ 16

ZERRENNER. On some Metals occurring in the Auriferous Sand of
"ETAMSYLVatita ee ee sc ce ape cee ere ee CLT ROO am 27
Zigno. On the Discovery of Jurassic Plants in the Venetian Alps.. 13

TRANSLATIONS AND NOTICES

OF

GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

On the Fossit Puants found in AMBER.
By Professor GorrpERt.

{Berlin Academy, Bulletin, 1853, pp. 450-476; and Leonhard u. Bronn’sN. Jahrb.
f. Min. u.s.w. 1853, pp. 745-749. |

Since Prof. Goeppert recognized the Taxodites dubius, of Stern-
berg, which occurs abundantly in the plant-bed at Schosnitz, Silesia,
as the Taxodium distichum, Rich., now living in the southern parts
of the United States and in Mexico, and found also some fossil Planes
from Schosnitz to be identical with living species, thus pointing out
the identity of some tertiary plants with the living, he has had the
opportunity of examining a collection of 570 specimens of Amber,
containing plant-remains, belonging to M. Menge, of Dantzic, and
30 specimens bequeathed by M. Berendt. With these the author has
been enabled to raise the number of the species of plants in the Amber
Flora from 44 to 163; of which only Libocedrites salicornioides
and Taxodites Europeus occur fossil out of the Amber; and 30 are
identical with existing species. The constitution of the Amber Flora,
as at present known, is shown in the following table*.

Number of Number identical with

Species. existing Species.
PLANT# CELLULARES.
Ue Winer Sern okcesencocpeouoncssneeoceLcac 16 4, certainly; perhaps, all.
NT, AIS Gdoabcleseunodcaccdesechnsaseeeeacees Pa: Sa

EK. and W. coasts of
Arctic America).

IV. Musci hepatici : } 39 specimens. 11 HW

Jungermanniez

6 or 7 (with species on the
HUM NC MEN eS ssaeeiats caver odes accssasiamens 12 /

> 2) nvaptay re aplye ~
Wee Witisclfrondosl: seme Neen ccecn-.cncse 19 spe ane certainly; perhaps,
PLANT VASCULARES.
III. Cryptogame (Acotyledones).
Filices.
Pecopteris Humboldtana, Gopp.
& Behr.

* For the lists of genera and species, see the works above referred to.
VOL. X.—PART II. j B

2 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

Number of Number identical with

Species. existing Species.
IV. Monocotyledones.
Cyperacee.
Carex eximia, Gopp. & Menge.
Graminez.
Fragments.
Alismaceze.
Alisma plantagmoides, Gdpp.
& Menge.
V. Gymnosperme.
Cnipressinere tieccesscssesceen- accent 20 2
Abietinese fos joncsbacseetoda cons eseteos 31* 1
Gmetaceretr en nese strc. cssnereanser 1
VI. Monochlamydeez.
Met wlacece yc oissesescesecescsaas nee 2
Wulpullterde eaevescarcecencislescaacnsce 10
Salicmeze...... SO shu eScauaauadachogsens 3
VII. Corollifiore.
PI CIME LES: sb bilde se bies hid «od ealo aoe neleae 22 3
Vacemere...s.sarcecontcct aos. sseegtery re
Primula cea stares <.-bsccesegscesbes 2
WVerbascer cs jscscy oes trick cacecrers 2 1
SOlanere Mis wnschaneilsancapecassce oe ]
Scrophularinez ....-.c.cse.-.-0nens 1
IGmicereas ets: sechicaeteteiesac emesis 1
VIII. Choristopetale.
AG OnaINt Here a. cmececessaeeecsescaeecest
Crassitlacere yy cetpsceq-cense ceases 1 1

The whole Flora as yet known consists of 24 Families, 64 Genera ;
comprising 163 speciest.

The following are the general results of Prof. Goeppert’s re-
searches.

A considerable number of tertiary species of plants (especially
Plante cellulares) are still living.

The flora of the Amber being destitute of tropical and sub-tropical
forms, it is to be referred to the Pliocene period.

The remains only of forest-plants have been preserved in the
Amber.

This flora much resembles the present, especially m the Cellular
plants ; the Cupressinee, however, are now almost wholly wanting in
our latitudes, and the Abzetinee and the Hricinee are not abundant.
The four species, of Thuia, Andromeda, and Sedum, which are iden-
tical with the living, are indeed northern forms; on the other hand,
the Libocedrus Chilensis is found on the Andes of Southern Chili.

The flora of the northern parts of Europe, Asia, and America is at
present less rich in species of Cupressinee and Abietinee, than that
of the Amber; although it possesses some of the species found in
the latter: nor are the existing northern species of Conifere so rich

* Of these, eight (the species determined from the fossil wood) afford Amber.
+ The number of species may probably be raised to about 180, by additions from
about 50 specimens of which the relations are barely determinable.

GOEPPERT ON THE FOSSIL PLANTS FOUND IN AMBER. 3

in resinous products, as were the trees of the Amber- flora, with which
the Damara Australis, of New Zealand, can alone in this respect be
compared ; the branches and twigs of this tree being stiff with white
resin-drops.

If we take into consideration the enormous extent which the
forests of

Abies alba, Abies ovata,
nigra, Larix Dahurica,
balsamea, — Sibirica, and
Sibirica, Pinus Cembra,

at present attain in North America and Northern Asia, we are led to
infer a similar extension in former times of the Amber-forests through-
out the northern regions; to which, indeed, the wide distribution of
amber in the late tertiary deposits of North America, Holland, North
Germany, Russia, and Siberia to Kamtschatka bears evidence.

If we judge from the proportion which the fir-forests bear to the
rest of our northern flora generally, we shall infer, from the preva-
lence of the Conifere in the Amber, the existence of a very rich
flora contemporaneous with the latter, and of which but a small part
has as yet been presented to our notice. Germany contains 6800
species of Cryptogame, according to Rabenhorst, and 3454 species
of Phanerogame, according to Koch. The proportions are—

Tue German Frora. Tue AmBer FLorA.

Classes. Species. Classes. Species.
(Cini UKOSANTES: Sandoo55onheasobodbeone. 8 (el)! aoksee 6 60
Families. Species. Families. Species.
JO SEINE ROENTNED | Goecaacadecéeonosodes 135 DADA nce et 20 102
Cupuliferze ............ HBp0 9000030906 £4 OAs pbdec ts 10
1 SAVORS! Goonbbaceqddbdengonaucoansonce 305 DORs sees sae 24
Proportion of trees and plants ... { Be } a= lisa Ot ae tee {*3} Oat

Amber is never found isolated in large or small masses in the bitu-
minous wood of the Brown-coal with resin-ducts of a single row of
cells, which never contain yellow masses of resin, but only dark-
brown transparent resin-drops, as in the Cupressinee, or the Cupres-
sinozylon of Goeppert. ‘The compound resin-ducts of the Abietinee
alone are filled with amber.

It is probable that the amber and its plant-remains have been
drifted to the places in which they are now found. The author
knows of no well-authenticated instance of the occurrence of amber
in the Brown-coal formation itself; it occurs in the drift-beds above
it, where, however, it does not appear to have originally belonged.
Scheerer has found it in Norway; von Brevern, at Gischiginsk in
Kamtsechatka ; Rink, in Haven Island, near Disco Island, Greenland ;
and in these instances it is generally in drift-beds. The supposition,
however, that it belongs to the Drift-period, is difficult to substan-
tiate, the flora of that period being as yet but little known. The

4 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

stomach of the fossil Mastodon found in New Jersey contained twigs
of Thuia occidentalis (found in the Amber-flora) ; and in the Erie
Canal, in New York State, at a depth of 118 feet there have been
found freshwater shells, together with portions of Abies Canadensis,
which still grows in the neighbourhood, and leaves of which are
recognized (though with some doubt) in the amber. The fossil wood
of the Drift-beds of Siberia, also, is nearly related to that of the
present day*.

The height at which amber is found at the Castle on the Riesen-
gebirge near Helmsdorf is nearly 1250 feet [German] above the
sea level, and at Grossman’s Factory near Tannhausen at 1350 feet.

The amber is not derived from one species of wood only (Pinites
succinifer), as Prof. Goeppert formerly thought, but also from eight
other species, including the Pines Rinkianus, in which Vaupelt ob-
served the amber of Disco Island.

It is probable that all the Adietinee and perhaps the Cupressinee
have furnished their share of the resinous matter (at first consisting
of various specifically different resins) that afterwards by fossilization
became amber ; and this is supported by the author’s experiments in
the formation of amber from resin by the wet process, as in his expe-
riments on the formation of coal from recent plants.

In form the amber is either like drops, indicative of a former
semi-fluid condition, or as the casts of resin-ducts and cavities. Large
nodular masses occur, which must have been accumulated in the lower
part of the stem or the root, as in the Copal trees.

(T. BR. J.J

On the Gosav Friora, near SALZBURG.
By Dr. ConstTanTINE voN ETTINGSHAUSEN.

[Jabrb. K. K. Geol. Reichsanstalt, 1853, No. 1. p. 168.]

Tue fossil flora of the Gosau marls of Aigen, near Salzburg, presents
several analogies with that of the Gosau-formation of the Wand,
near Wiener-Neustadt. Remains of Geinitzia cretacea, Endl., and
of Flabellaria longirhachis, Ung., are plentiful at both localities.
There are also found at Aigen some species, as Pterophyllum creto-
sum, Reich., and Cunninghamites oxycedrus, Sternb., which hitherto
have been met with only in the chalk-beds of Niederschona near
Freiberg. The Dicotyledons, which make their first appearance in
the chalk-period, are here represented by some new and particularly
interesting forms. Our knowledge of the Cretaceous flora, as yet
so little examined, is therefore much increased by means of this
locality, the discovery of which we owe to M. Lipold.
i

[* See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vi. Part 2. Miscell. p. 66.—TRaAwst. ]
{+ See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vi. Part 2. Miscell. p. 33.—TRANSL. ]

TRANSLATIONS AND NOTICES

or

GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

On the SiuurtaAn Crustacea, Preroropa, and CEPHALOPODA
of Bouremia. By M. J. BARRANDE.

[Leonhard u. Bronn’s N. Jahrb. fiir Min. u. s. w. 1854, pp. 1-14.]

In a letter to Professor Bronn, M. Barrande gives the following
interesting account of the subject-matter of the Second Part of his
great work on the Silurian Formation of Bohemia, on which he is
at present actively engaged. This forthcoming volume will treat of
the remainder of the Crustaceans, and the Molluscs belonging to the
Pteropod and Cephalopod Classes.

Crustacea.—Already, as a supplement to the First Volume, says
M. Barrande, I have some new Trilobites, two species of which are
quite distinct from any yet described,—Ampyx gratus and Bronteus
Clementinus. The latter is distinguished by having as many long
spines as there are ribs on the pygidium, {have also materials for
completing the description of some of the as vet imperfectly known
species, as T’rilobites mutilus, Homalonotus Bohemicus, and others.

The other crustacean fossils belong to families very different from
those of our existing seas. Firstly, some very imperfect remains,
which I refer to the genus Hurypterus; and, secondly, fragments of
different species of Péerygotus, which have much resemblance to those
portions figured and described by Mr. Salter in the Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc. vol. viii. p. 386. pl. xxi. Thirdly, of the forms which in a
former letter I referred to as Ceratiocaris=Leptocheles*, M‘Coy, I
distinguish three species, and am acquainted with the whole animal, —
its two flaps and the tripartite caudal extremity (Jahrb. 1853, p. 342).
This animal, which I have noticed as occurring in France, the United
States, and in England, appears likely to be a characteristic fossil
of the Third Silurian Fauna.

Fourthly, the family of Cytherinide has already supplied me
with upwards of 30 species, with individuals from 2 to 60 and 80

[* Thus given in the original. The genera Ceratiocaris and Leptocheles are
very distinct, according to Prof. M‘Coy’s descriptions and figures. Dithyrocaris
may probably include the forms alluded to. See also Prof. J. Hall’s Paleont. New
York, vol. ii. pl. 71.—Transt. ]

VOL. X.—PART II. Cc

6 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

millem. in length. This family thus presents its greatest develop-
ment as to size at this the earliest period of its Eeteaee Fifthly,
there also occur various fragments of large Crustaceans, which I
cannot as yet refer to any known genus or even family.

Pteropoda.—The Class of Pteropods in the Silurians of Bohemia
affords a somewhat large number of forms, belonging to two genera,
Conularia and Theca (Pugiunculus) ; of the former I enumerate about
17 species, and of the latter 20 species. It is very difficult to obtain
perfect specimens of Conularia, particularly of the larger species oc-
curring in the schists. I have, however, succeeded in getting suffi-
cient to show the specific characters. The figure of a fragment of C.
grandis occupies the whole of one of my plates. I have found, more-
over, that the surface-ornament of the shell is subject to considerable
variations in passing from the young to the adult state. In the case
of C. proteica, portions of which are very well preserved in the lime-
stones of my Upper Division, very many species might easily be made
out by any one studying singly the several individuals found even in one
locality, much more specimens from different localities. Appearances
resulting from the difference of the inner and outer layers of the
shells may also easily mislead. The genus Pugiwnculus was so
named by me in 1847 (Jahrb. p. 554), not being then acquainted with
the name Theca, established for it by Sowerby and Morris a short time
previously *, and which therefore has the priority. Since then this
form has been recognized as an apparently characteristic fossil in
most of the Silurian regions. I have recognized it in the Primordial
Fauna of Bohemia, as well as in that of the United States. It occurs
also in the Second Silurian Fauna of Bohemia, England, Portugal,
France, the United States, New Zealand, &c. It is continued aiso
into the Third Fauna; and MM. Sandberger have described two spe-
cies of this genus in the Devonian Fauna of the Rhenish district.

T may here remark that I have discovered an operculum | Deckel}
with this shell, in the first instance with 7’. striatula; and I have
hereby been enabled to recognise the true nature of certain similar
but disconnected bodies which I had met with. These covers of the
Theca are easily known by their triangular outline}, corresponding
to the transverse section of the Theca itself, the form of which is that
of a more or less elongated [three-sided] pyramid.

Cephalopoda.—The Cephalopods, as a Class, are, as I have else-
where said, the richest in species of all the Classes of animals that
have formerly existed in the Silurian basin of Bohemia. Although I
am not quite prepared with the descriptions of all the species, I be-
lieve their number may be estimated at from 280 to 290; whilst of
Trilobites I have described only 253 species. The large number of
the species of these Cephalopods is in strong contrast with the small
number of their genera, I know of but ten genera in the Bohemian
basin.

{* Strelecki’s New South Wales, 1845, p. 289.—Transt. ]

[t+ Figures of the Theca andits operculum (together with illustrations of various
Cephalopodous shells, are given in a plate in the Jahrbuch, accompanying the ori-
ginal.—TRANSL. |

BARRANDE ON THE SILURIAN CRUSTACEA, ETC.

Ny

NAvTILIDA. Gomphoceras.........00s00.00. 16
Naitilusi eres otreeee acoee 5 Phragmoceras .........++4+++ 12
Mituibesije Bee eats 4 ENSISOUSIENS ooocncosednaccodo0nc 6
NGYTOCCLAS iacche veo eceneeencns 4
Mrochocerasissceteeseseseeece 22 AMMONITIDA.
Orthocerases cecvyaseee cscs 130 Goniatitesnce vente eee 6
@yrtOcerasiccesccsesseen- corse: 80 —

Total... 285 species.

Were I, however, to proceed according to the method of some
paleontologists, I could easily double the number of genera. ‘Thus,
in Cyrtoceras there are species with a dorsal siphuncie, others with a
ventral, and others again with a central siphuncle ; which would be
sufficient with some authors for the establishment of three genera.
But I believe that science would gain nothing from such minute sub-
division ; and since no better generic characters present themselves,
I keep these forms together. The same holds good of the genera
Gomphoceras and Phragmoceras, ia which the position of the siphuncle
is subject to considerable variation. For similar reasons to the above,
I keep together, under Orthoceras, all the straight forms, whatever
position the siphuncle may take, and no matter whether it be cylin-
drical or swollen between the septa. Indeed I should much rather
be disposed to lessen the number of the genera of these Cephalopods ;
since most of the above-mentioned ten types afford transitions one
ito another; that is, there are species combining characters that have
been hitherto ascribed to different genera. Thus, among my Ortho-
cerata, there are several species, all the specimens of which are
slightly curved towards the point, the rest of the shell being quite
straight. Other species present when in fragments the aspect of
Orthoceras, but in a perfect condition they have the form of a flat-
tened arch. Lastly, there are others which are always very short
and conical, like the phragmocone of a Belemnite, and are straight on
one side and arched on the other. Should these forms be arranged
with Cyrtoceras, on account of their curvature; or, regardless of this,
should we leave them with Orthoceras, with which they agree in
other respects—in general aspect, the circular section, the central
sipbuncle, round aperture, &c.? This is a question which I can-
not answer, and which I leave to better judges. At all events, these
species form a transitional group between the genera Orthoceras and
Cyrtoceras. Another instance :—among my species of Trochoceras
there are some with a high and turreted spire, and there are others
having similar general characters, but with so flattened a spire that
we should be inclined to connect them with Lituites or Gyroceras,
if their habit were not clearly that of the turreted forms.

I could enumerate many such examples, where one genus presents
a transition into another ; but reserving these for my Second Volume,
I will confine myself here to the extraordmary resemblance of the
forms among, and, so to speak, the perfect similarity between, the
Nautilus and Goniatites of my Silurian rocks. In the Nautilus, the
siphuncle is subeentral; in the Goniatite it is dorsal; but, if we ex-
cept this character, there are species of both types presenting a similar
aspect in the general form, as well as in the ornamentation of the

8 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

shell, the curvature of the edge of the septa, &c. Both genera have
species with individuals measuring more than 25 centim. in diameter,
—a size that could be scarcely expected for the period of their first
appearance on the earth’s surface. This agreement between Nautilus
and Goniatites is of double importance, since it proves the transition
not only between these two genera, but also between the two families
of Nautilide and Ammonitide ; and it is worthy of notice that this
transition existed at a time when the latter family was represented
only by a single genus, and whilst the former presented its greatest
development both in genera and species.

M. Barrande proceeds (p. 5-12) to review the several genera of
the Cephalopods of the Bohemian Silurian rocks, succinctly deseri-
bing the characteristics of each type, with notices of some of the
species, and outlines (in an accompanying lithograph plate) of some
of the most interesting forms. The geological distribution of these
Cephalopods is exhibited im the accompanying Table.

Table of the Distribution of Cephalopoda in the Silurian Rocks

of Bohemia.
Lower Division. Upper Division.
Stages Stage Stage |Stage|Ntage|Stage|Stage
A. B. Cc. D. E. G, 136
Genera. Azoic. |1st Fauna. |2nd Fauna. 3rd Fauna.
AMIN GUt US: eee ee Mirae a nteers rcea ee =
Qe Lrtuitess pee vse esle eceetterse Melons nse = |— ee
SiC ames gM eoullooesodecd lboadaccob00d lsacgaaooobed|ooos5c Ss |—
Aa Mrochoceras.seleacseesen sechec cece: teeeec eee == |=—=
Oi Orthoceras’ veclceceecneeleeaeseee aces ——— |=——
I 1 Sf SS= | |
Hs —
ae
——
OC aaa
is)
eae |
Gs Cyrtocerasinecs|sendecses|easseeeenses - ——
oS _— |
igs} —
Ss —
Lo
4 |Gomphoceras || csescciss|scseeeeerees|saesieeercers —
8) |Phrazmoceras) |< nace |oteseeconese|sncccsuncees == |——
QO) |ASCOCENAS sesecclaes ceceoe Hames seecees|eecteddwodec _—
10 Goniatites!»..23lscecess| atone cen cenkl ccoeeuines ae | Sate —

This tabular view, says M. Barrande, shows, what I have else-

BARRANDE ON THE SILURIAN CRUSTACEA, ETC. 9

where pointed out, that the Class of Cephalopods is not repre-
sented in the First Fauna of Bohemia; and this is the case
wherever this fauna occurs,—in Sweden, Norway, England, and
the United States. It is mm the Second Fauna that the Cepha-
lopods first appear; and even in this we have, however, as yet
discovered only badly-preserved fragments of a rare species of Ortho-
ceras (without referrmg to those species of Orthoceras and Cyrto-
ceras occurring in the “ colonies*”’ of the Stage D, and belonging to
the Third Fauna, in which they again appear). In Russia, Scandi-
nayia, and North America the Second Fauna is more richly stocked
with Cephalopods than in Bohemia; and there exists a rather large
number of Orthocerata with wide excentric siphuncles,—a group
which is wanting in the Silurians of Bohemia, England, France,
Spain, and Portugal. The entire absence of limestones in my Stage D
may well explain the nearly total absence of Cephalopods in my
Second Fauna. For as soon as calcareous deposits come in at the
base of my Upper Division, the Molluscs also appear, and are soon
developed in such a richness of form, that in this respect no other
country can be compared with Bohemia. In my Stage E, eight
genera appear together, all respectively in their greatest development.
Three of these, Nautilus, Gomphoceras, and Ascoceras, are limited
to this Stage ; five, Lituites, Trochoceras, Orthoceras, Cyrtoceras,
and Phragmoceras, pass upwards into Stage F', where the two latest
genera, Gyroceras and Goniatites, then come in ; all the older types,
as shown by the diminution of the number cf their species, having
already lost their vital force. In fact the seven genera of Stage F,
taken altogether, scarcely afford 1th so many species as the eight
genera in Stage E. This decrement goes on in Stage G, where there
are only three genera, Gyroceras, Orthoceras, and Cyrtoceras, with
but few species. Lastly, in Stage H, only the depauperated remains
of Orthoceras and Lituites present themselves.

The transition between my calcareous Stages takes place in a
nearly imperceptible manner, and without the traces of any revolu-
tion, so that it is difficult to comprehend the sudden disappearance
of so many forms of Cephalopods from this ancient sea of Bohemia ;
and we are thus led to accept the existence of a natural law deter-
mining the duration of the different animal forms, independent of the
physical disturbances which continually at one place or another con-
vulse the whole surface of the earth.

The succession of specific forms of Cephalopods is very evidently
seen in Bohemia, whether we regard them as a whole, or look at the
several genera. The Cephalopods, therefore, could be employed,
equally as well as the Trilobites+, for distinguishing the different
Stages, each of which has its own particular characteristic species ;
there being only very few species that are continued through several
Stages. As my researches in this Class are not yet finished, I cannot
accurately lay down the number of species in the several Stages ; but
at another time [ will return to this subject.

[* See Quart. Journ Geol. Soc. vol. viii. Part ii. Miscell. p. 37.—TRawnsz. |
[ft See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. viii. Part ii. Miscell. p. 31.—Transu |]

10 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

Finally, the Silurian Formation of Bohemia has supplied 42
additional species of Crustacea, 37 Pteropoda, 285 Cephalopoda,
altogether 364 species, the description of which will be given in
my Second Volume. (T. R. J.]

Psrupomorpus. By A. BreirHavrt.

[Hartmann’s Berg- u. Hiittenminn. Zeit. 1853, pp. 401, 402, 404. Leonhard u.
Bronn’s N. Jahrb. f. Min. u. s. w. 1853, pp. 837 & 843; and 1854, p. 76.]

Native Silver and Silver-glance for Red-Silver-Ore.—The combina-
tion +R with Ro, in which the prism is much lengthened, very tre-
quently observed in red-silver-ore, has been pretty certainly found in
the purest native silver, in the Sauschwart mine, at Schneeberg. The
crystals are hollow, with the prismatic walls sometimes broken
through. Diminution of the space occupied is here very observable.
The author has also seen the peculiar form of red-silver-ore in the
silver-glance of Schneeberg: the mine is unknown.

Copper-pyrites for Nadel-erz.—At Lohna, near Schleiz, in the
Principality of Reuss-Schleiz, copper and silver mines have been
worked to a considerable extent at some early period, but all records
are lost. In the grey hornstone and hard grauwacke there occur nadel-
erz [plumbo-cupriferous sulphuret of bismuth,=patrinite], fahlerz
[grey copper], and copper-pyrites; and in the clefts, kupfer-lasur
[blue carbonate of copper, =chessylite] and malachite ; and there are
also solid masses of authracite. The nadelerz has altogether the
appearance of that from Beresofisk, Siberia, and, according to Plattner’s
blow-pipe researches in its composition, it yields a very little iron and
2 to 25 ounces of silver in a hundredweight [English]. The acicular
crystals consist partly of nadelerz, and partly of this and copper-py-
rites,—most, of copper-pyrites, with a distinct and very considerable
diminution of the space occupied: in this respect, similar to what we
see in the tourmaline and the mica that takes place in the granite of
Kursdorf, near Penig, in Saxony.

Iron-pyrites, Red ochre, and Acicular Iron-ore for Barytes.—At
Przibram in Bohemia some very interesting pseudomorphs have lately
been found, occupying the place of barytes and indeed of its combi-

nation oP; P © IP & with and without « P, the impressions of

which in the cavities are quite sharp. First of all there is a thick
coating of iron-pyrites ; on that, a very thin one of red ochre [Roth-
eisenerz]|; and lastly, a thin coating of velvetty acicular iron-ore
[Nadel-eisenerz]. On the last there is a cale-spar in rhombohedrons
—ZR, but only in very small isolated crystals.

Picrophyllite and Green-earth for Augite.—Breithaupt saw Picro-
phyllite in the form of augite; it is nothing more than decomposed
augite. Green-earth for augite occurs in the melaphyre of the Fassa
Thal, Tyrol, and at Tek6r6 in the Siebenbiirge, in the same rock

(T. R. J.J

SCACCHI—HUMITE: DAUBREE—BAS-RHIN. WI

On the Humire of Monte Somma. By M. A. Scaccut.

{Poggend. Annal. supplem. vol. iii. p. 161 ef seg. Leonhard u. Bronn’s N. Jahrb.
fiir Min. u. s. w. 1853, p. 76. ]

Humire belongs to the rectangular prismatic system*. The crystals
are remarkable for exhibiting three typical forms; each of these
being distinguished by definite faces, almost all of which are dif-
ferent from those of the other types. This fact is of the more im-
portance, inasmuch as the sometimes very numerous faces of the
erystals belonging to one and the same typical form can be derived
by very simple laws from the proportional length of the axes of the
primary form. ‘This is not, however, the case with the faces of the
crystals of different types, which can only be derived from the same
primary form by more or less complicated laws. (The author’s in-
teresting crystallographic details illustrative of this subject, could
not be understood without the aid of very many figures.)

The Humite crystals are only found among the loose blocks of
Monte Somma, in granular limestone, and in a peculiar rock, of gra-
nitic structure, consisting of whitish olivine, mica, and magnetic iron.
In the limestone the crystals of humite occur on the surface of geodes,
or slightly covered by the limestone, and nearly always accompanied
by zeilanite and crystals of green mica. In the latter rock, it is
mostly associated with zeilanite, idocrase, garnet, and small yellow
crystals of augite. More rarely humite is met with in many other
rocks, in company with the above-named substances. Its colour is
very variable, mostly brown, reddish-brown, yellow or white. Spe-
cific gravity, 3°2; hardness, that of felspar. Before the blow-pipe it
isunchanged. The pulverized mineral is easily decomposed by heated
hydrochloric acid.

The author also remarks, in comparing the crystals of humite with
those of olivine, to which they have much similarity in their geo-
metrical properties, that an agreement in the chemical composition
of the two minerals may readily be conjectured. (T. R. J.]

Description Géologique et Minéralogique du Département du Bas-
Ruin. Par M. A. Dausrér, Ing. des Mines, &e. pp. 500. 8°,
Strasbourg, 1852. With five coloured Lithograph Plates of
Sections, &c., and a large coloured Lith. Map.

Tue Geological Map issued with this work is on a scale of 5554559
and is a reduction from the larger map+ on a scale of gy ho, which
was prepared by M. Daubrée, in 1840-48, by direction of the Council
General of the Department, and at the instance of the Director-
General of Bridges, Roads, and Mines, who in 1835 recommended

[* In Brooke and Miller’s Mineralogy, 1852, Humite is described as “ oblique,”
and reasons are offered for this view of the crystallographic nature of the mineral

in question.— TRANSL. |
+ This is published in six sheets, printed in colours. The smaller map may be

also had separate.

12 GEGLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

local geological surveys, and the execution of topographico-geological
maps of Departments, as necessary adjuncts to the large geological
map of France made in 1823-40.

M. Daubrée has here published the reduced geological map of
the Department, and numerous diagrams, plans, and sections, with a
comprehensive explanatory text. This is preceded by a short Intro-
duction, comprising a general notice of geological pheenomena and
their relations. The work itself is divided into four parts. The first
treats of the physical constitution of the Department ; the second,
which is much more extensive, is devoted to the geological constitution
of the district, —the relative disposition of the several geological groups
of rocks, and the organic remains and the substances useful to man
that they contain. The third part comprises a classified account of
the minerals found in the Department. And in the fourth part the
author gives historical, statistical, and technical notices of the pro-
ducts of the mines, bogs, and quarries of the districts.

(Tr Res

On the Speciric Gravity of Fituor-Spar. By M. Kenneorr.

[Miner. Notitzen, Vienna, 1853, vol. ii. p. 10 e¢ seg. Leonhard u. Bronn’s N.
Jahrb. f. Min. u. s. w. 1854, p. 72.]

From sixty experiments on fluor-spar, made without regard to the
colour of the specimens, the form of crystal, locality, &c., the result
arrived at by the author was that the mean specific gravity of fluor-
spar is 3°183. [T. R. J.]

On Crystats of StrronTtan. By A. MiLuer.

[Verhandl. Nat. Gesell. Basel, 1852, vol. x. p. 103 e¢ seg. Leonhard u. Bronn’s
N. Jahrb. f. Min. u. s. w. 1854, p. 75.]

Tue author notices some crystals of sulphate of strontian, remarkable
for their size and beauty, which were found in the chamber of an
Ammonites Bucklandi, from the Lias of the Schén-thal on the bank
of the Ergolz. The interior of the chamber was coated with druses
of calc-spar. The forms of the strontian crystals were like what very
commonly occur in barytes. [T. R. J.]

PyrRoMELINE. By Von Kose tt.

[Erdmann’s Journ. vol. lvii. p.44. Leonhard u. Bronn’s N. Jahrb. f. Min. u. s. w.
1853, p. 836.]

Tuts is a product of decomposition; probably of nickel-arsenic-glance.
It occurs as an earthy, mountain-green substance, incrusting or filling
small fissures in a quartzose rock, obtained in 1825 from the Frieden’s
mine, near Lichtenberg, in Bayreuth. Pyromeline is a hydrated
sulphate of oxide of nickel, with some arsenious acid. The author
furnishes no quantitative analysis. [T. R. J.J

TRANSLATIONS AND NOTICES

OF

GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

On the Discovery of Jurassic Puants in the VENETIAN ALPS.
By Cav. ACHILLE DE ZIGNo.

[Leonhard u. Bronn’s Jahrb. f. Min. u. s. w. 1854, pp. 31-35;
with a lithographic plate of sections. }

In the Venetian Alps, above the series of dark grey limestone and
reddish sandstone, which are referred to the Trias, and under the
white limestone with Neocomian fossils, reposes a thick series of cal-
careous strata, sometimes crystalline, sometimes compact, and fre-
quently oolitic in structure, and occupying precisely the place of the
jurassic rocks of the other countries of Europe.

Order of the Strata in the Val At some places the lower part of
@ Assa (Rotzo), in the Vi- this series is composed of slaty clay,
Ee he Val Banere | Brown) of ereenish) in’ colour. of

(Pernigotti), in the Veronese. sandstone-conglomerates with py-
roxenic elements, and of greyish

violet limestones with crystalline

Agra veins. In the Cadore district,

Callovian and Oxfordian. along the valley of the Boite, and

in the Agordo district, we easily

Bathonian. find the rocks which occupy the

(with the plant-bed). place of the Lias, although the

aA ‘| absence of ‘fossils prevents us at
Bajocian.

present from referring them with
certainty to a determinate position.

In the great valleys of the Piave,

Trias (not seen). Brenta, Astico, Agno, and the

Adige, we do not observe the above

conditions; but, on the contrary, crystalline limestones in consider-
able force here form the base of the Jura and Lias.

In the rocks in question fossils are very rare, and the few traces
which I met with consisted of some casts, referable perhaps to Trochus
and Chemnitzia, and having indeed much resemblance to the liassic
species of other countries. he crystalline limestone in the upper part
contains some subordinate beds of compact limestone ; and this group,

VOL. X.—PART II. . D

Dolomite (Lias).

14 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

which as a whole I regard as nearly representing the Lias, corresponds
with the Dolomite of Signor Pasini.

Above this formation in our Alps we have oolitie beds, alternating
to a considerable extent with grey compact limestone; the latter
affords numerous fossils, the characters of which, however, it is diffi-
cult to determine, as they are not easily separated from the matrix.
These mostly belong to the genera Pholadomya, Gervillia, Isocardia,
and Nucula. Pasini has found casts of Nerinea; and I have observed
the Terebratula spheroidalis, which is characteristic of the Lower
Oolite, to which formation we must refer this group from its position
and its fossils. In my opinion, Pasini’s series of upper and lower
oolitic beds are comprehended in this one group, which represents
the étage Bajocien of D’Orbigny.

Following the series upwards, we perceive that this formation is
covered by another compact argillaceous limestone, of a grey colour,
and often containing shells. Upon this rests a dark grey marly bed,
in which, at Monte Spitz, near Rotzo, fine impressions of plants have
long since been found. The Abbé Dal Pozzo* mentions the discovery
of these fossil plants in the year 1764, when slabs were quarried from
the grey limestone to cover the walls of the churchyard. _ It is sin-
gular that these remains have never been critically examined, although
the Abbé Fortis} mentioned them. They escaped the notice of Mar-
zari and Maraschini; and Catullo and Pasimi, when writing on the
subject, dismiss them with a few words. Having made several visits
to this locality, I have been enabled to collect a considerable number
of specimens, to study their position, and to observe how this plant-
bed passes under Monte Spitz, is continued above Mezzaselva and
Roana, and comes out in a long zone in the lower neighbouring
valley of the Assa.

Having recognized by means of some fossils that the lower group
of the oolitic system occurs at some points in the valleys of the Vero-
nese, and that there also (Vajo del Paradiso) a bed with vegetable
remains rests upon it, I requested Dr. Massalongo to institute a search,
and he soon favoured me with some specimens of fossil plants from
the beds of the Pernigotti hill, near S. Bartolamio.

Although the plant-bearing rock of this place differs mineralogi-
cally from that at Rotzo, yet it evidently occupies the same geological
horizon, and contains some species identical with those of Spitz.

By working at both places, I collected altogether about 700 speci-
mens, representing a flora with the following genera :—

Equisetites. Cycadites.
Calamites. Zamites.
Pecopteris. Otozamites.
Tzeniopteris. Brachyphyllum.
Sagenopteris. Araucarites.

I shall soon publish my work on these fossils, with illustrations of
all the species, in forty 4to plates. I have noticed the discovery itself

* Memorie storiche dei Sette-Communi Vicentini.
+ Mémoires pour servir a l’histoire naturelle de 1’Italie.

~

DE ZIGNO—JURASSIC PLANTS. 15

in several journals last year. In the meantime, with the view of esta-
blishing my priority in their discovery, and lest any unforeseen delay
occur in the publication, I will here offer a general notice of the spe-
cies (the figures of which are for the most part already executed).

Calamites, sp. Val d’Assa, Vicentin, 1853.

——, sp. Pernigotti, Veronese, 1853.

Equisetites Veronensis, de Z. 1852. Vald’Aosta; Pernigotti.
crassinodis, de Z. 1852. Pernigotti.

—— elongatus, de Z. 1852. Pernigotti.

Pecopteris, 2 new species. Rotzo and Val d’Assa, 1853.
Teeniopteris, n. sp.; 2 feet (Ital.) long. Rotzo, 1853.
Sagenopteris Phillipsii, Sternd. Pernigotti, 1852.

, 2 new species. Pernigotti, 1852.

Cyclopteris, n. sp. Val d’Assa, 1853.

Cycadites platyrhachis, de Z. Val d’Assa; Pernigotti, 1852.
Zamites, 2 new species. Pernigotti, 1852.

Pterophyllum, n. sp. M. Durlo, 1853.

Nilssonia, a very fine new species. Val d’Assa, 1853.
Otozamites Beani, de Z. Rotzo and Val d’Assa, 1852.

nov. spp. Rotzo and Val d’Assa, 1852; and Pernigotti, 1852.

CycaporpTeris, nov. zen., de Z.*

Char.—Frons pinnata vel bipinnata, pinnis vel pinnulis integris coriaceis, mar-
gine induplicatis, uninerviis, in rachide decurrentibus.

Of this genus there are five species, three of which I have described
and figured, but not yet published :—
C. Ungeri, de Z.

C. gracilis, de Z. > Pernigotti and Rotzo.
C. ornata, de Z.

In these above-mentioned localities also occur

Rhabdocarpus, 1 species.
Araucarites, 2 species ; one specimen more than 2 feet long.
Brachyphyllum, 2 species.
and many other plants of which the genus, and even the family, is
doubtful, as

Tympanophora, Pinnularia, &c.

The study of this fossil flora has shown my classification of this
group of rocks to be correct, as made in 1845 on stratigraphical evi-
dence, when I recognized as Neocomian the strata lying above these
plant-beds, and assigned all the rocks between the Tagliamento and
the Adige to their geological place. Very slight traces of coal and
a yellowish bed of marl cover the leaf-beds, and terminate this series
of deposits, which in my opinion occupies with us the place of the
Great Oolite.

This view is confirmed by the occurrence of a yellowish rock with
Terebratula insignis, and a white, red, and yellow variegated marble,
which is the commencement of the superincumbent red ammonite-
limestone. The latter I assigned in 1846 to the Oxfordian series : it
is characterized with us by

* Atti dell’ I. R. Accademia di Padova, 1853.
D 2

16 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

Terebratula diphya, V. Buch. Ammonites viator, D’ Orb.
triquetra, Park. —— Zignoanus, D’ Orb.
— bicanaliculata, Schlot. anceps, Rein.
resupinata, Pusch. — athleta, Phil.
Aptychus latus, Mist. — Hommairei, D’ Orb.
—— lamellosus, Voltz. Spatangus carinatus, Goldf.

With this group (which, together with the yellow bed with Ter. insig-
nis, appears to me to represent collectively D’Orbigny’s Ca//ovien and
Oxfordien) terminates the series of the jurassic rocks of the whole of
the Venetian, Lombard, and South Tyrol Alps.

From this short notice it is easily seen, that the jurassic plant-beds
of Rotzo in the Vicentin and of Pernigotti in the Veronese are above
the Lower Oolite and just at the place which corresponds to that of
the Great Oolite, or the Etage Bathonien of D’Omalius and D’Or-
bigny, and therefore contemporaneous with those of Mamers and
Scarborough. In each locality* we find a predominance of land-plants,
and among these Cycadee and Conifere especially abound. The
peculiar character, however, is marked by the Hquisetacee.

This discovery enriches the fossil flora of the Oolite with an import-
ant number of species, and adds to our knowledge of the geology of
the South of Europe. [T. R. J.]

Fosstis of the VieNNA Basin. By Dr. Hornes.

[From Catalogue of Duplicates published by the Vienna Imper. Geolog.
Institute, 1854.)
Tue following list of tertiary fossils from the Vienna basin has been
prepared from the duplicates of the Imperial Geological Institute of
Vienna, by Dr. M. Hornes.

Numerous duplicates having been obtained in collecting these
fossils from various localities in the Vienna basin, it was considered
desirable to arrange several collections for distribution or exchange ;
this list represents the contents of these collections. It is true it
does not contain all the species of the region, but only such as were
sufficiently abundant to supply materials for the collections. At the
same time, this will be sufficient to show the chief typical forms.

The collections were chiefly intended for distribution amongst the
national provincial museums and educational institutions ; others for
being forwarded to foreign countries. Some are for sale, and for
this purpose the sum of £2 10s. has been fixed on as the price of the
whole collection of 120 species.

1. Conus fusco-cingulatus, Bronn. 6. Ancillaria glandiformis, Lam.
2. —— Mercati, Brocchi. =

3. ventricosus, Bronn. 8. Cyprea pyrum, Gmelin.

4. Dujardinii, Desh. 9. Ringicula buccinea, Desh.

5. Oliva flammulata, Lamk. 10. Voluta rarispina, Lam.

* Teeth of a small species of Pyenodus have been found at Rotzo and at Per-
nigotti.

HORNES—VIENNA BASIN FOSSILS.

. Mitra fusiformis, Brocehi.
. — recticosta, Bellardi.

. Columbella curta, Bellardi.
. — subulata, Bellardi.

nassoides, Bellardi.

. Terebra fuscata, Brocchi.
. Buccinum ventricosum, Grateloup.
. —— reticulatum, Linné.

costulatum, Brocchi.

. —— semistriatum, Brocchi.

mutahile, Linné.
baccatum, Basterot.

. Purpura exilis, Partsch.
. Cassis texta, Bronn.

25. Rostellaria pes pelecani, Lamk.
26. Murex trunculus, Linné.

27. —— polymorphus, Brocchi.
28. subclavatus, Basterot.
29. Ranella marginata, Lamk.

30. Pyrula rusticula, Basterot.

31. Fusus Stitzii, Partsch.

32 clavatus, Brocchi.

33. —— bilineatus, Partsch.

34 burdigalensis, Grateloup.
35. Fasciolaria polonica, Pusch.
36. Cancellaria inermis, Pusch.
37 cancellata, Lam.

38. Pleurotoma asperulata, Lam.
39. granulato-cincta, Minster.
40. —— cataphracta, Brocchi.
41. —— rotata, Brocchi.

42, Coquandi, Bellardi.

43. ramnosa, Basterot.

44 pustulata, Brocehi.

45. —— brevirostrum, Sow.

46. turricula, Brocchi.

47. Cerithium bidentatum, Defrance.
48 papaveraceum, Basterot.
49. margaritaceum, Lamh.
50. —— minutum, Serres.

51 Bronnii, Partsch.

52. —— plicatum, Lamk.

53. —— pictum, Basterot.

54. rubiginosum, Kichwald.
55. —— scabrum, Desh.

56. Turritella terebralis, Lam.

57. —— Riepellii, Partsch.

58. vermicularis, Brocchi.
59. —— Archimedis, Brocchi.
60. Vindobonensis, Partsch.
61. Turbo rugosus, Linn.

62. Trochus patulus, Brocchi.

63. coniformis, Lichwald.

64 Basterotii, Partsch.

65. Vermetus gigas, Bivonna.

iby

. Sigaretus haliotoideus, Lam.
. Natica compressa, Basterot.

multipunctata, Lam.

. —— glaucinoides, Sow.

Josephinia, Bronn.

. Melanopsis Martiniana, Fer.

Dufourei, Fér.
Bouei, Fér.

. Helix vermiculata, Fér.
. Crepidula unguiformis, Lamk.

Calyptreea muricata, Brocchi.

. Dentalium elephantinum, Broechz.
. —— Bouei, Fer.

. Mactra podolica, Hichwald.

. Crassatella dissita, Hichwald.

. Corbula nucleus, Lamk.

revoluta, Brocchi.

. Tellina complanata, Linné.
. Lucina scopulorum, Brong.

divaricata, Lamk.

- — columbella, Lamk.
. Donax Brocchii, Defrance.

88. Cytherea pedemontana, Agassiz.
89. —— erycinoides, Lam.
90..—— multilamella, Zam.

91 Deshayesiana, Basterot.
92. Venus Brocchii, Desh.

93. —— ——.

94, —— ,

95. —— glabrata, Dujard.

96. —— plicata, Gmelin.

97. --— gregaria, Partsch.

98. —— marginata, Hornes.

99. Venericardia Jouannetti, Basterot.
100. —— rhomboidea, Bronn.

101. —— intermedia, Brocchi.
102. —— Partschii, Goldf.

103 scalaris, Sow.
104. Cardium Vindobonense, Partsch.
105. —— Deshayesii, Payraudeau.
106. Arca Nox, Brocchi.

107 barbata, Linné.

108. —— pectinata, Brocchi.

109. —— diluvii, Lam.

110. Pectunculus polyodonta, Bronn.
111. —-— pulvinatus, Brongn.

112. —— cor, Lamk.

113. Chama gryphina, Lamk.

114. Congeira subglobosa, Partsch.
115. Pecten solarium, Lamk.

116. —— flabelliformis, Brocchi.
117. —— Malvine, Dudois.

118. —— Sarmenticius, Goldf.

119. Ostrea cymbularis, Minster.
120. Explanaria astroites, Goldf.

[W. J. HL.

18 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

On Dorycrinus. By Dr. Ferp. Rormer.

[Wiegm. Arch. 1853, Jahrg. 19. pt. 1. pp. 207-220, with a plate (X.) ; Leonhard
u. Bronn’s N. Jahrb. f. Min. u. s. w. 1854, p. 253.]

Tue Dorycrinus, a new genus of Crinoids, is established by Dr. F.
Roemer on specimens from the Carboniferous Limestone of North
America, sent with others (of Actinocrinus, Amphoracrinus, Platy-
crinus, &c.) to Europe by Dr. Krantz, from the neighbourhood of
Warsaw on the Mississippi, in the northern part of the State of
Uhinois.

The only described species is the D. Mississippiensis (F. Roemer).

The most striking character of this Crinoid is the presence of six
strong tapering processes or spines, sometimes 23 inches in length,
which radiate upwards and outwards from the upper half of the
calyx: the latter is about 12 inch in height.

The generic characters are as follows :—

Calyx spheroidal or subcuboidal, perforated by a single excentric
lateral opening (mouth), and bearing some long spines on its sur-
face.

Basal pieces three, unequal, forming a flattish disc; the larger two
equal, the suture connecting them leading towards the mouth.

Radial pieces of first, second, and third order five ; radial pieces of
third order axillar, each bearing two distichal pieces of first order,
and these again two distichal pieces of second order. The last
emarginate on their upper border, and forming, with the next pieces
above them, the apertures leading into the calyx for the supply of
nutriment to the bases of the arms (lost in the fossil state).

Inter-radial piece of first order single, inserted between two radial
pieces of first order on that side ef the calyx on which the mouth
is ; inter-radial pieces of second order seven, three irregularly six-
sided placed on the side on which the mouth is, one regularly
hexagonal on each of the four remaining sides, placed between the
two neighbouring radial pieces of first order. Inter-radial pieces of
third order thirteen, five on the side on which the mouth is situated,
two on each of the four other sides of the calyx, between two
neighbouring radial pieces of third order. :

Top of the calyx: the upper half of the calyx above the places of
the arms is composed of numerous pieces. Six larger pieces, five
of which are placed above the arms and around the circumference
of the top of the calyx, and one at the highest point of the calyx
‘excentrically and over the mouth, are produced into subulate spines
2 inches long.

Mouth oval, lateral, surrounded with several small pieces, and placed
under the isolate spine and between two of the other peripheral
spines, which are thicker than the others.

Column cylindrical, articulated, perforated by a cylindrical canal, the
surfaces of the joints with fine radial marking.

The relations of Porycrinus are best shown in the accompanying

ROEMER-—AIX-LA-CHAPELLE SANDS. 19

tabular arrangement of the genera which form with it a natural
group or family.
Base of the calyx formed of four basal pieces .... Melocrinus.
( Mouth at the summit, and central Actinocrinus.

[ Plates of the calyx top

allisumilar ieee as ee Amphoracrinus.
Base of the Mouth | Plates of the calyx top
calyx formed 1 1 Feed ee G
Er a ea ateral, 2 ssimilar, five larger

: excen- ones above the arms
pieces. : :
tric. and an excentric one
over the mouth pro-
g | duced intolong spines Doryerinus.

The author remarks, also, that some other Crinoids bear spines,
such as Acanthocrinus (from the Posidonomya-schist of the Hartz),
Jahrb. 1850, p. 679. t. 6, B.

[T. R. J.]

On the CRETACEOUS SANDs of A1x-LA-CHAPELLE.
By Dr. Ferp. Rormer.

[Neues Jahrb. f. Min. u. s. w. 1854, pp. 167, 168. Ina letter to Prof. Bronn,
Jan. 1854.]

In the past autumn I had the advantage of a renewed examination
of the Aix-la-Chapelle district. With regard to the age of this cre-
taceous formation, I have not found occasion to offer any essential
modifications of the opinion I published several years since (Jahrb.
1845, p. 385-394), even after seeing the large collections of organic
remains since made chiefly by Dr. Jos. Miiller and Dr. Debey.
Indeed I feel convinced now, as I did then, that all these Aix creta-
ceous deposits belong to the étage senonien of D’Orbigny, and that
none of them are so low down as the horizon of the planer.

Passing over the many assertions of the occurrence of the Gault,
the Neocomian (Lower Greensand), or indeed of the Wealden at
Aix-la-Chapelle,—assertions which entirely rest on mere lithological
similarities, and are destitute of paleontological support,—I need
only notice the opposite view, according to which the Sand of the
Aachen-Wald and of Lonsberg, or at least a portion of it, should be
paralleled with the well-known fossiliferous beds of Blackdown, in
England.

It is not denied that at first sight this latter parallelism attempted
by Dr. Jos. Miller appears to have much value. The condition of
the fossils of the Aix sand in one locality fortunately discovered by
Dr. Miller, in the neighbourhood of Vael, is similar to that of the
Blackdown fossils as to their metamorphism ; and a suite of Gaste-
ropoda and Acephala is very nearly analogous to a series from Black-
down.

20 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

These very analogous or apparently identical species (although as
yet no critical comparison of specimens from the two localities has
been made) are, however, only such as have uot a greater distribu-
tion ; whilst, on the other hand, species of more general range, and
which hence have a greater importance in the determination of age,
are not common to both localities, but are peculiar to one or other
of the two. Neither Cardium Hillanum, Exogyra conica, nor Am-
monites varicosus, which are frequent at Blackdown, have been found
in the Aix sand, whilst, on the other hand, Inoceramus Cripsi (a
small specimen of which I recognized among the fossils from Vael
in Dr. J. Miiller’s collection), Belemnitella mucronata, and many
other upper chalk fossils, which are well known to occur in the very
fossiliferous bands in the Aix sand, have not been met with at
Blackdown.

In short, I regard the Blackdown beds, which are perhaps on the
horizon of the quader-sandstone of Saxony and Bohemia, as being
decidedly older than perhaps a part of the Aix sand; and this last
must be placed in the étage senonien of D’Orbigny.

I have attempted to give more exact proof of this and other views
relating to the cretaceous formation of the Aix-la-Chapelle district
in a detailed report to the Supreme Prussian Mining Court, and
which I intend to prepare for the press. Lastly, we may look for-
ward to a speedy and important enlargement of our knowledge of the
numerous and valuable organic contents of the Aix cretaceous beds,
since Dr. Debey * is preparing for publication the results of his long-
continued researches on the plant-remains of the Aix Sand, and Dr.
Jos. Miiller will soon have ready a new part of his work + describing
the animal remains of this formation.

[T. R. J.]

On a Tertiary PLant BEp iz the Taurus. By Prof. F. UNGER.
[Sitzungsberichte d. K. Ak. d. Wissensch. M.-N: Cl. Band XI. 8. 1076-1077.)

In the summer of 1853 M. Theodore Kotschy discovered a fossil
plant-bed on the south slope of the Cilician Taurus, in a lateral valley
of the lower part of the Cydnus valley, west of the great pass, at a
height of about 4000 feet above the sea.

Eight species of plants have been distinguished by M. Unger ;
who remarks that all these plant-remains belong to the eocene period,
and agree with the fossil flora of Sotzka and the plant-bed of southern

Steiermark.
(T. R. J.]

* See also Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. vii. part 2. Miscell. p. 109.
+ Monographie der Petrefacten der Aachener Kreide-formation. 4to.

TRANSLATIONS AND NOTICES

OF

GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

On the StLuR1IAN CEPHALOPODA of BOHEMIA.
By M. J. BaRRANDE.

[Leonhard u. Bronn’s N. Jahrb. fiir Min. u. s. w. 1854, pp. 5-12.]

Tue following notices of the Silurian Cephalopoda of Bohemia form
part of a memoir by M. Barrande, a translation of the chief portion
of which appeared in No. 38 of the Journal, Miscell. pp. 5-10.

M. Barrande enumerates ten genera of Cephalopods as occurring
in the Silurian rocks of Bohemia, viz.

Nautilus. Gyroceras. Orthoceras. Gomphoceras. Ascoceras.
Lituites. Trochoceras. Cyrtoceras. Phragmoceras. Goniatites.

The author’s tabular view of the distribution of these genera in
the Stages D, E, F, G, and Hi of this formation is given at p. 8,
Journ. No. 38, Miscell.

1. Nautilus.—Although this genus has long been known to occur
in the Silurian formation, I do not know of any of its species occur-
ring at a lower level than the base of my upper division (Stage E).
Here it makes its first appearance; but it then disappears, and is
not found throughout the higher limestone groups.

This Silurian genus has afforded me the opportunity of observing
the development, so to say, of three species from the embryonic con-
dition up to maturity. The embryo (fig. 2 a), which I will now de-

ieee Zant scribe, has the form of a little hook, having a

a diameter of about 10 millim., with its two extre-
mities distant from each other by nearly the length

eS) of a third of the circumference of the whorl. We

can distinguish in individuals of this age, besides
Nautilus Bohemicus, the body-chamber, another division of the shell

Barrande. which represents the air-chambers. The crystal-
a,b, young stagesof .. ae 5
growth. line condition, however, of the limestone prevents

us from recognizing in this second division the septa which without

* The illustrations in the original form a lithographed plate (Taf. 1), fig. 1 of
which is the Zheca noticed at p. 6 of Journ. No. 38, Miscell. The remaining
figures are here reproduced as woodcuts, and retain their original numbering for
the sake of uniformity of reference. —TRANSL.

VOL. X-——PART LI. E

22 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

doubt once existed there. In the next stage of growth (fig. 2 6) one
whorl is complete. As the shell increases, there is added gradually
a second and a third whorl.

In N. Bohemicus and N. Sternbergi, when the third whorl is at-
tained, the diameter reaches 20-25 centim.; and this appears to be
the full growth of the shell. In the third species which afforded me
the opportunity of studying this development, the diameter of the
shell does not surpass 7—8 centim.

It is a singular fact, that we must recur to the Silurian rocks and
to the relics of the earliest species of Nautilus to discover the deve-
lopmental forms of a genus, which presents itself in so many species
throughout all the geological formations, and which even exists in
our present seas.

Among the other cephalopodous genera of Bohemia, Trochoceras
is the only one that has afforded me embryonic individuals, but I
have not yet been able to collect a perfect series of the transitional
forms from the embryo to the adult. Such also is the case with
Orthoceras; sometimes we meet with very fine and almost needle-
like casts of the shell, which, however, have no decided specific cha-
racters about them.

2. Litwites.—In comparison with the northern species, the Bo-
hemian Lituites are all very small, and their straight portion has
barely a width of a few centimetres in the tangential direction. Two

Fig. 3. of these, in which I found the mouth well preserved,
exhibit an in-bending of the two opposite lateral
margins, as in Phragmoceras and Gomphoceras.
We see here that the aperture consists of the same
parts as those which some years since I pointed
out in these two genera, namely the main opening,
fig. 3, a, the siphuncle, c, and the fissure, d, which
Mouth ofa Lituite. unites them. As I have not seen the northern
Lituites, I do not know whether they possess a similar conformation,
or, like Orthoceras, have an uncontracted aperture.

3. Gyroceras.—Four or five species of Gyroceras occur in this
district ; and nearly all are provided with lateral processes of the
shell, which mark the stages of its
periodical growth. The species that
best exhibits this ornamentation is
my G. mirum, fig. 4, a, 6. It is
very difficult to obtain specimens
with the processes of the shell per-
fect ; but I have succeeded in
working out a great part of the
last whorl. It is not, however, on
account of the ornament that I have

Gyroceras mirum, Barrande. named this species as above ; but
the mouth of the shell appears to me very wonderful, being neither
round nor elliptical, as in other allied forms, but half-closed by a
bending-back of the shell on itself. Looking at the mouth of this
shell, one might think that for half of its extent it had been closed

BARRANDE—SILURIAN CEPHALOPODA OF BOHEMIA. 23

by a septum, the direction of which is symmetrical and inverse to
that taken by the septum at the base of the body-chamber. On
first examining these specimens, I was inclined to think that half
the aperture was closed by a loosened septum ; but further observa-
tions in eight or ten individuals showed that it could not be an acci-
dental condition ; and, lastly, I found a specimen in which the whole
circumference of the mouth could be traced with certainty. This
semiclosure of the orifice of the shell in Gyroceras appears therefore
to be analogous to the contraction of the mouth im Phragmoceras,
Gomphoceras, and Lituites, above mentioned; but it is peculiar, in
that it is not the lateral margins that are bent towards each other,
_ o these genera, but only the inner (under) margin is pressed
ck.
4, Trochoceras.—I have before mentioned (Joc. cit. p. 7) that
some few turreted species appear to form transitions betweenthis genus
; and Litwites and Gyroceras. I mvst, however, add,
Fig. 5. that there is always a certain absence of symmetry
sufficient to distinguish the new type, and on which
it depends. So also with some other species, the shells
of which do not form a complete whorl, and which
without this [want of?] symmetry would readily be
referred to Cyrtoceras. The position of the siphuncle
in Trochoceras is very variable,—sometimes dorsal,
sometimes central, and sometimes intermediate. Most
of the Bohemian species have strongly ornamented
shells; in contrast to the Cyrtocerata, which are mostly
inornate.
5. Orthoceras.—This genus supplies nearly half
the Silurian species of Cephalopods in Bohemia. The
species of Orthoceras, however, are
Fig. 6. characterized with difficulty. I hope,
however, to conquer this by means of
the numerous specimens I have col-
lected, by which I can recognize the
chief elements of several specificforms,
such as the circumference of the
mouth of the shell, the body-cham-
ber, the air-chambers, the siphuncle,
the shell, and its ornamentation.
Without this it would be easy indeed
to confound very distinct species, frag-
b C) ments of which in rock-specimens
(especially the chambered portions),
Onoenn OnthGcenes! and destitute of the outer shell, pre-
Elongate form. Short form. sent very similar features. Thus we
still have grouped under the name
of O. regulare species which would probably prove very distinct, were
we acquainted with all their characters.
I will not now enter upon the classification of the Orthocerata ;
but I may remark that the species belonging to my Third Stage may

| D4

24 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

be arranged by the general form of the shell into two chief groups ;
viz. 1. the elongate tapering forms, with an apex of only 2° to 15° Z
(fig. 5 a, 6); 2. the proportionately short forms resembling the
phragmocone of the Belemnite in shape, the apex of which forms
an angle of at least 16°, and even of 70° (fig. 6 a, 6), which latter
proportion gives but little length to the shell. In fact, the Bohe-
mian species which has such an apex is at the most only 6 to 7 centim.
in length.

In the elongate species the siphuncle is very seldom marginal ; it
is sometimes central, and sometimes intermediate. In the short
species, on the contrary, it is nearly always marginal, as in the
phragmocone of the Belemnite ; the central position being quite an
exception.

I believe I have said on another occasion * that we do not find in
Bohemia, either amongst the Orthocerata of my “ Third Fauna,”
nor the few species of my ‘‘ Second Fauna,” the large and generally
excentric siphuncle which characterizes many species of the “Second
Fauna”’ in Sweden, Russia, and North America. The Orthocerata,
therefore, as well as the Trilobites, can furnish general characteristics
for the distinction of the different Silurian Faunas.

6. Cyrtoceras.—I have already indicated that the species of this
genus can be divided according to the position of the siphuncle

IS <7.

Cyrtoceras.

a. Siphuncle dorsal: 6. Siphuncle ventral. e. Siphuncle central.

(fig. 7)—dorsal, ventral, or central—into three groups, which have,
however, so little difference in external aspect, that one must see the
siphuncle itself to be able to determine the place of a species. The
shells of the Cyrtocerata of the Third Fauna have in general but
little ornamentation, although in a few cases it is sufficient to cha-
racterize the species. The other elements for specific distinction are
of the same nature as those which I have already mentioned in the
case of Orthoceras. The species belonging to the group with central
siphuncle have generally a circular cross-section, wherein they ap-

* [See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. viii. Miscell. p. 33.—Ep.]

BARRANDE—SILURIAN CEPHALOPODA OF BOHEMIA. 25

proximate to Orthoceras, and form a transitional group between the

Fig. 8.

Q

Cyrtoceras heteroclytum, Barr.

two genera. The mouth in nearly all
my species of Cyrtoceras is analogous
to that of Orthoceras, i.e. it is not
contracted, but corresponds in shape
to the cross-section of theshell. Still,
I have met with a small number of
species in which the body-chamber is
swollen in the middle and again nar-
rows towards the mouth, such as C. he-
teroclytum (fig. 8 a, 6); nevertheless
the mouth preserves the same shape as
the transverse section of the shell.

Thus there is a transition from Cyrtoceras to Phragmoceras ; and
these genera also approximate in their style of curvature.

7. Gomphoceras.—This genus differs from Orthoceras chiefly in
the contraction of its mouth to a small aperture (fig. 9a, 6). All the

Fig. 9.
4, b

aN

Gomphoceras.

species known to me are but slightly
elongate, and therein they approach the
second division of the Orthocerata above
described. Like these also the Gom-
phoceras has an inclination to curve,
especially in the chambered portion:
fig. 9 a shows one of the sides nearly
straight, and the other somewhatarched.
This analogy, however, does not extend
beyond the external form; for in the
Bohemian Gomphocerata the position of
the siphuncle is very variable. Some-

times we find it in the centre, often between the centre and the convex
or dorsal border, sometimes between the centre and the ventral or
straight border. In respect of external ornamentation this genus
has but little variety, since most of the species are marked merely by
the lines of growth. Nevertheless they are easily distinguished by
the form of the mouth, the position of the siphuncle, &e.

8. Phragmoceras.—For a long time I held a conviction that this
genus totally differed from Gomphoceras on account of the curvature

Fig. 10

and especially the constant
position of the siphuncle on
the concave or ventral bor-
der. Circumstances have
changed my views, for in
1851 I discovered, to my
great astonishment, a Phrag-
moceras very well character-
ized by the contraction of its
mouth and the curvature of
its shell, but possessing a
dorsal siphunele. Since then

Phragmoceras Broderipii, Barr. I have obtained many spe-
cimens with this anomalous position of the siphunele ; and, although

26 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

they all belong to one species (P. perversum), they serve to establish
(from the position of the siphuncle and the slight curvature of the
shell) an evident transition from Phragmoceras to Gomphoceras.
Fig. 11. Fig. 12. The Bohemian species of
Phragmoceras have but
little ornament on the shell.
They are chiefly character-
ized by the general form
and the manifold conditions
of the mouth of the shell.
Thus P. callistoma (fig. 11)
has three notches on each
Phragmoceras callistoma, Phragmoceras Loveni, side of the larger aperture
Barrande. TEES, of the mouth; and P. Lo-

vent (fig. 12) has only two notches on each side.
9. Ascoceras.—The form of this singular Cephalopod (fig. 13) pre-
sents some slight analogy to Ptychoceras among the Ammontide.
In Ascoceras the shell is bent quite back
Fig. 13. upon itself, as in Ptychoceras. In the
former, however, the chambered portion
(fig. 13 yyy) is very short, and con-
tains only 3-7 chambers, and the reflected
portion, instead of merely running back
parallel to the body-chamber, a /3, lies
close to it, and indeed is recessed in it ; so
that the whole forms a cylindrical body,
covered by one shell, instead of there
being two distinct and parallel branches,
as in Ptychoceras. The shell, covering
at the same time both air-chambers and
body-chamber, hinders one from recog-
nizing the nature of this fossil so long as
the shell is perfect; but when this is
partly removed, the two enclosed parts

Ascoceras. can be distinguished.
a, outline. 7 7
Picea ae The siphuncle, passing from the body-
ot By the body-chamber. chamber to the air-chambers, can be easily
* A e =e A . . a
Soilecelog the aipHuncie: seen at the extremity of the fossil (0) ;

still it was not possible to detect how the
several chambers communicated one with another. The mouth (a)
is always nearly circular and without contraction, as in Orthoceras.
Nearly all the species have a somewhat ornamented shell, which,
together with the difference of general form, serves for specific di-
stinction. They are generally small im size, not exceeding 5-10
centimetres in length.

10. Goniatites.—This genus, the solitary representative of the
Ammonitide, has furnished at least six species, all of which belong to
the Nautilini group of MM. Sandberger. I have already pointed
out* the great analogy existing between these Goniatites and the
Nautili of my Stage E. It is also worthy of remark that all the

* [Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. x. Miscell. pp. 7 & 8.—Ep.]

GREWINGK—NORTHERN PERSIA. i

Goniatites I have yet found are confined to my Stage F, and to a
few localities.

The state of preservation of these fossil remains often leaves much
to be desired, since they lie in a more or less argillaceous limestone
where the shell has disappeared. Their ornamentation, therefore, is
not easily recognized, and exhibits in well-preserved fragments much
uniformity. The dorsal position of the siphuncle leaves no doubt as
to the generic relations of these cephalopods, which from the form of
their septa might readily be confounded with the Nautilide. One
species, which I term G. Bohemicus, has a diameter of 25 centi-

metres. [T. R. al

On some Mrratus occurring in the AuRiFEROUS SAND of TRAN-
SYLVANIA. By K. ZerrEenNER.
{Sitz. Bericht. d. math. nat. KJ. d. Wiener Akad. vol. xi. pp. 462-464. Leonhard
u. Bronn’s N. Jahrb. 1854, p. 68.]

In the washing of at least 15,000 cwts. of the auriferous sand of
Olahpian in the Siebenbiirgen there were found only three very small
grains of platinum—a flattened morsel of native copper (observed else-
where only in the gold-washings at Goroblagodatski in the Ural),
—native lead in rather larger quantity, occurrmg sometimes as small
scales and grains in the gold-sand of the Tiskur range, and since
1839 it has been occasionally met with in the Bogolowsk district of
the Ural, in the Leontjewskoi mine, and in the auriferous sand of
Velika, near Pozega, in Southern Slavonia, in somewhat larger
grains, ;', Loth [15 ounce] in weight ;—cyanite and felspar-porphyry
occur as ingredients in the Olahpian gold-sand. Ie ds

The Groutocy of NortHerNn Persia. By Dr. C. Grewrnck.
8vo, pp. 148. With Woodcuts and Geological Map. St. Peters-
burgh. 1853. Die geognostischen und orographischen Verhilt-
nisse des nordlichen Persiens.

Tuts work is the result of M. Grewingk’s examination of the geo-

logical specimens collected by Dr. F. Buhse, in his travels in 1847-49,

and forwarded by him to the author, and of the collection made by

M. Woskoboinikow, together with the examination and collation of

the accounts of these and other earlier travellers. This first attempt

of a general view of the geological conditions of Northern Persia is
illustrated by a coloured lithograph map, sketched by the author
according to the latest geographical information.

The geographical description of the district occupies pp. 2-30 ;
the geological notices of the several localities, with full references to
numerous authorities, occupy pp. 31-119; and the general view of
the geology of the whole region is given in pp. 120-148.

The formations recognized by the author are—

Granite and quartziferous porphyry. et

Diorite, serpentine, diorite-porphyry, porphyritic breccia.

Diabasic porphyry, melaphyre, and breccias ; amygdaloid, dolerite,

and basalt.

Andesite, porphyritic trachyte, pearlstone, tuffa, and breccias.

28 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

Lavas. (In treating of these the author enumerates the earth-
quakes and hot-springs of the district.)

Travertine and alluvium.

Diluvial and tertiary formations. (The latter with gypsiferous
marls and nummulitic rocks.)

Cretaceous formation.

Jurassic formation. (Including Hippurite-limestone.)

Coal formation.

Silurian formation. (T. R. J.]

On Fossit Species of Rutnoceros*. By M. Duvernoy.

[Archives du Muséum d’Hist. nat. tome vii. livr. 1, 1853. Comp. Compt. Rend.
vol. xxxvi. 1853, and Leonhard u. Bronn’s N. Jahrb. 1854, pp. 243-248.]

M. Duvernoy’s memoir consists of four parts, and an introduction.
In the latter the author enumerates the sources of the materials of
his essay, and briefly reviews the Cuvierian species of fossil Rhinoce-
roses and the subsequent labours of Blainville, Lartet, Laurillard, and
Gervais. The essay itself treats successively of—the recent Rhino-
ceroses and their osteology,—the miocene species,—pliocene species,
—and those of the diluvium and caverns. :

The fossil species described and illustrated (with eight plates) m
this memoir are thus arranged by the author :—

Miocene. From the valleys of the Aller and of Haute-Loire
(Gannat and Randan); and from the basin of the Garonne
(Simorre, Sansan, &c.).

1. Rhinoceros incisivus, Cuvier. From Sansan.
R. Schleyermacheri, Kaup.
R. Sansaniensis, Lartet.

. R. minutus, Cuvier. From Moissac, dep. Tarn et Garonne.

. R. brachypus, Lartet. From Simorre.

. R. pleuroceros, Duv. n. sp. From Gannat.

. R. Randanensis, Duv. n. sp. From Randan.

. Acerotherium typus, Duv. From Sansan.

A. incisivum, Kaup.
R. tetradactylus, Lartet.
7. A. Gannatense, Duv. n. sp. From Gannat.

PLIOCENE.

1. Rhinoceros leptorhinus, Cuvier. From North Italy, Mont-
R. de Montpellier, Marcel de Serres. _[/pellier, &c.
R. megarhinus, De Christol.

2. R. protichorhinus, Duv. From Clacton, Essex.
R. leptorhinus, Owen.

Dituvium and Caverns.

1. R.tichorhinus, Cuvier. From Siberia, France, England, &c.

2. R.Lunellensis,Gervais. From Lunelvieil, near Montpellier.

3. Stereoceros Galli (vel typus), Duv. (=Elasmotherium,
Fischer, according to Kaup and Laurillard.) From
the Rhine valley. [T. BR. J.]

* [See also M. Giebel’s paper, Q. J. G. S. vol. viii. Miscell. p. 9 e¢ seq]

Ao Oo bo

ALPHABETICAL INDEX

TO THE

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

[The fossils referred to are described, and those of which the names are printed
in italics are also figured. ]

Abbey Wood, sections near, 101, 107.

Acton Scott flags, 66.

AXchmodus, Sir P. Egerton on the
genus, 367.

Aischnidium Bubas, 394.

Age of the Farringdon gravels, Mr.
Sharpe on the, 176.

Ageglestone, the, near Studland, 126,

Agrilium Cyllabacus, 395.

—— Cyllarus, 395.

—— Stomphax, 395.

—— Strombus, 395.

Agronidium Aina, 396.

Albion coal-measures, Mr. Dawson and
Mr. Poole on the, 42.

Alexander, Capt., on the remains of fish
in flint, 354.

Alfred’s Hill, sands of, 177.

Alpine limestone, the lower, 347; the
upper, 351.

Alps, Bavarian, M. Schlagintweit on
the geology of the, 346.

Alzey, tertiaries near, 262.

Ampullaria subdepressa, 155.

Analysis of coals from Albion mines, 43.

Anniversary Address of the President,
xxii. See also Forbes, Prof. E.

Annual General Meeting, i.

Ants, fossil giant, from Purbeck, 388,
390.

Archeoniseus Edwardsii, 393.

Archiac, Vicomte d’, and M. J. Haime,
British Devonian corals, noticed, lix ;
fossils of the nummulitic rocks of
India, noticed, 1, Ixiv.

Archiac, Vicomte d’, History of the
progress of Geology, noticed, lii, Ixxvi.

Artisia, 36.

Auricula pygmea, 159.

Auriferous drift in California, 312,314,
317; Victoria, 802; New Zealand,
323 ; N. Wales, 247.

Auriferous quartz in Australia, 301,
306; California, 314, 316; Cornwall,
247.

Auriferous rocks of Cornwall, 247; New
Zealand, 222; North Wales, 242;
Victoria, 3802, 324.

Austen, R. G., on the palzozoic rocks of
the Boulonnais, noticed, liii.

Australia, gems and gold-crystals from,
303; gold rocks of, 302, 324.

Aveline, W. T., and J. W. Salter, on the
Caradoc sandstone of Shropshire, 62.

Award of the Donation Fund, xxi;
Wollaston Medal, xix.

Badbury Hill, sands of, 177.

Bagshot Hill, section at, 85.

sand in the Isle of Sheppey, Mr.
Weston on the, 399; Mr. Prestwich
on the, 406.

Ballarat, gold and gems from, 805.

Baphetes planiceps, 207.

Barrande, J., on the Silurian system of
Bohemia, noticed, xxix.

Basalt of Victoria, 301.

Bavarian Alps, Dr. Schlagintweit on
the, 346.

Baxo, Sir C. Lyell on the geology of,
328.

Beckles, S. H., on the ornithoidich-
nites of the Wealden, 456.

Beetle, fossil, from Stonesfield, 379.

Beetles, fossil, from Purbeck, 382.

Belgian tertiaries, 4955.

Belgium and Mayence, comparison of
the tertiaries of, 289.

Bell, T. L., on the geology of Kotah in
the Deccan, 374.

Bellerophon nodosus, 73.

, sulcatinus, 74.

Bexhill, coast-sections at, 174, 458;
foot-tracks in the Wealden rocks at,
456 ; fossil insects at, 174.

Bigsby, J. J., on the geology of Rainy
Lake, South Hudson Bay, 215.

Binfield, W. R. and H., on the occur-
rence of fossil insects in the Wealden
strata of the Sussex coast, 171.

Bird-remains from Counter Hill, 157.

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS.

Bituminous limestones of the Joggins
coal-measures, 15; shales at the
Joggins, 10.

Blackheath, section at, 104.

Blackwall, sections at, 152, 434.

Blanford, W. T., on a section lately
exposed at the West India Docks,
433.

Blapsium Egertoni, 393.

Blattidium Achelous, 396.

— Molossus, 394.

Nogaus, 396.

Symyrus, 396.

Bognor, fossils from, 418,

Boughton, section at, 109.

Boulder-deposits in the Isle of Man,
214; at Rainy Lake, 221; in the
Bavarian Alps, 356.

Brachyops laticeps, 474.

Bracklesham beds, fossils of the, 450;
and the London Clay, compared, 485.

Brodie, P. B., on the insect-beds of the
Purbeck formation in Wilts and
Dorset, 475.

Bromley, well-section at, 151.

Bromsgrove, fossil fish from the New
Red Sandstone of, 367.

Brown-coal clay of the Mayence Basin,
271

Buch, I. von, notice of, xxii.

Buckman, J., on the Cornbrash, noticed,
xli.

Buprestium Bolbus, 395.

Dardanus, 395.

Gorgus, 394.

— Stygnus, and var., 395.

Teleas, 393.

-— Valgus, 395.

Woodlei, 393.

Calamites, 34.

California, Mr. Wilson on the gold
regions of, 808; quicksilver mines
in, 320.

Candona Richardsoni, 162.

Canterbury, section near, 110; swallow-
holes near, 222.

Cape Breton, coal-seams at, 28.

Carabidium Dejeanianum, 396.

Caradoc sandstone of Shropshire, Mr.
Salter and Mr. Aveline on the, 62.

Cardium Laytoni, 157.

Castlebear Hill, well-section at, 94.

Castle Hill, section of, 83; fossils from,
84.

Cawsand Bay, Mr. Horner on some
intrusive rocks in, 359.

Cecidomium grandevum, 394.

Central India, fossils from, 371, 471,
472,473; geology of, 55, 470.

Cercopidium Hahnii, 396.

Mimas, 394.

Cercopidium Schefferi, 396.

Signoretii, 396.

Telesphorus, 394.

Cerithium Bowerbanki, 159.

gracile, 159.

Lunnii, 159.

Cerithium limestone of the Mayence
Basin, 266.

Chalk, Mr. Prestwich on some swallow-
holes in, 222; sand-pipes in the, 231,
241, 474,

Chambers, R., on the drift of Scotland,
noticed, xlvi.

Chelmsford, well-section at, 154.

Chenendopora fungiformis, 194.

Cheney Longville, section at, 70.

Chesham, section at, 90.

Chiswick, well-section at, 147.

Chonetes comoides, 202.

Church Preen grits, 68.

Cicadellium Dipsas, 394.

Psocus, 394,

Cimicidium Dallasii, 395.

Cinnabar mines in California, 320.

pune Common, well-section near,

Al.

Claremont, well-section at, 146.

Clarendon Hill, section at, 85.

Classification of the lower palzozoic
rocks, noticed, xxxviii.

cher beds of the Joggins coal-measures,

Coal, analyses of the Pictou, 43.

, at Oomrait, India, 55.

——., fossil shells in the, 21, 39.

—— measures, Cape Breton, 28; Nova
Scotia, 1, 42.

——., Prof. Owen on a fossil reptile in
a seam of, 207.

seams at the Joggins, 13.

Colney Hatch, well-section at, 145.

Committee, Report of the Library and
Museum, ii.

Coniferous tree, erect, in the coal, 26,
34,

Copenhagen fields, London Clay fossils
from, 415.

Corbula Arnouldii, 155.

Regulbiensis, 157.

Corethrium Pertinax, 394.

Corfe, fossil insects from, 381.

Cornwall, Mr. Pattison on auriferous
quartz in, 247 ; porphyritic rocks of,
361.

Coromandel gold-diggings, New Zea-
land, 3822

Council, Report of, i.

Counter Hill, fossils from, 104.

Cressage shales, 64.

Cretaceous rocks of Persia, 468; the
Bavarian Alps, 352.

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS.

Cretaceous series, Mr. Prestwich on
its relation to the lower tertiaries,
448.

Croydon, section at, 99.

Crustacean tracks in the Lingula flags,
208.

Crystallized gold from Australia, 303.

Ctenicerium Blissus, 395.

Hylastes, 395.

Cumming, J. G., on the superior limits
of the glacial deposits in the Isle of
Man, 21.

Curculium Syrichthus, 393.

Cwm-eisen gold-works, 244.

Cyllonium Boisduvalianum, 395.

—— Hewitsonianum, 396.

Cyrena-clay of the Mayence Basin, 265.

Cyrena cordata, 158.

——~ intermedia, 155.

Cythere Kostelensis, 161.

—— Wethereillii, 161.

Cythereis angulatopora, 162.

— plicata, 162.

Cytheridea Mulleri, 160.

Dapedius, Sir P. Egerton on the genus,
367.

Davidson, T., classification of the Pal-
liobranchiates, noticed, lxii; obser-
vations on the Chonetes comoides,
202.

Davidstowe, auriferous quartz at, 248.

Dawson, J. W., on the coal-measures
of the South Joggins, Nova Scotia,
1; on the structure of the Albion
coal-measures, Nova Scotia, 42.

_ Deccan, fossil fish from the, 871; geo-
logy of parts of the, 55, 470.

Delesse, A., on the pegmatite of Ire-
land, 397 ; on the structure of rocks,
noticed, Ixxv.

Dentalium, fossil, from Herne Bay, 155.

Description of a fossil mammal from
Purbeck, by Prof. Owen, 426; plant
by Dr. Hooker, 199; of some fossil
fish by Sir P. Egerton, 567 ; insects
by Mr. Westwood, 378 ; palliobran-
chiates by Mr. Davidson, 202; rep-
tiles by Prof. Owen, 207, 420, 473 ;
of some fossils from the Woolwich
and Reading series by Mr. Morris,
157; of some of the Farringdon fos-
sils by Mr. Sharpe, 194; of some
Silurian fossils by Mr. Salter, 73; of
the entomostraca of the Woolwich
and Reading series by Mr. R. Jones,
160.

Diamond sandstone of India, 470.

Diamonds from Australia, 305.

Dianchora? guttata, 197.

Diaperidium Mithrax, 394,

Dieppe, Woolwich clay near, 129.

Dipteronotus cyphus, 369.

Diss, fish-remains in flints near, 334.

Dogmersfield Park, well-section at, 97.

Dol-y-frwynog gold-works, 245.

Donation Fund, Award of the, xxi.

Donations, vi, 57, 225, 3835, 483.

Dorchester, insect-remains from near,
384, 481.

Dorsetshire, insect-remains from, 381,
481; Rev. Mr. Brodie on the Purbeck
insect-beds of, 477.

Dragon-fly, fossil,from Stonesfield, 380;
from Purbeck, 383, 390.

Drift deposits of California, 317; of
Rainy Lake, 221; of the Bavarian
Alps, 356; of the Isle of Man, 211;
of the Isle of Wight, 51; of the Nene
Valley, 343; of Victoria, 302; of
Yedmandale, 329.

Druid sandstones, Mr. Prestwich on
the, 123.

Durdlestone Bay, fossil insects from,
885; fossil reptiles and mammals
from, 420. ‘

Edwards, F. E., list of Bracklesham fos-
sils, 450.

Egerton, Sir P., Palichthyologic Notes,
No. 6, 867; No. 7,371; No. 8,374;
Postscript to Palichthyologic Note,
No. 4, 367.

Egypt, fossil fish from, 374.

Elaterium Proneus, 393.

—— Triopas, 395.

—— Barypus, 395.

Elevation of the Bavarian Alps, M.
Schlagintweit on the, 3853; of the
Himalaya, Captain Strachey on the,
250.

Elvan rocks of Cornwall, 361.

England, tertiaries of, compared with
those of France and Belgium, 455.
Entomostraca, fossil, of the Woolwich

and Reading series, 160.

Epsom, section at, 98.

Erect Calamites, 385; trees in the coal-
measures, 26.

Erratics of the Bavarian Alps, 356.
See also Drift.

Ewhurst, section at, 97.

Excavation of Valleys, Mr. Sorby on
the, 328.

Farringdon fossils, description of some,
by Mr. Sharpe, 194; gravels, Mr.
Sharpe on the age of the, 176; table
of the fossils from the, 159.

Fern-leaf, fossil, from Counter Hill,
156.

Fernham, fossiliferous gravel of, 178.

Fir-cone, fossil, from the Reculvers,
156.

Fish, fossil, from Mokattam, Egypt,374;

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS.

from the Deccan, 371; from the
New Red Sandstone, 867.

Fish-remains from the Woolwich and
Reading series, 156.

Fish-remains in flint, 334.

Flint, fish-remains in, 384,

Foot-tracks in the rocks at Hastings,
456.

Forbes, Prof. E. (President), Address
on presenting the Wollaston Medal
to Dr. Griffith, xix; Address on pre-
senting the Donation Fund Award to
Mr. 8. P. Woodward, xxi; Anniver-
sary Address, xxii. Notices of De-
ceased Fellows: Baron Leopold von
Buch, xxii; Mr. H. E. Strickland,
xxv; Mr. C. Stokes, xxvi; Mr. A.
Robertson, xxviii; Mr. H.W. Taylor,
xxviii; M. Barrande’s work on the
Silurian system of Bohemia, xxix ;
the Silurian rocks of Bohemia, xxx;
their classification, and their fauna
compared with that of the British,
American, and other Silurian strata,
xxxi; M. Barrande and Mr. Salter
on the metamorphosis of Trilobites,
Xxxvli; geology of the British Isles,
XxXvil; classification of the lower
paleozoic rocks, by Profs. Sedgwick
and M‘Coy, xxxvii; and by the
Geological Surveyors, xxxviii; Prof.
Ramsay’s researches in the Permian
and New Red rocks, x1; Prof. Mor-
ris’s researches in the ooclites, xl;
Prof. Buekman’s researches in the
eornbrash, xli; Mr. Skarpe’s re-
searches in the Farringdon sands,
xlii; Mr. Prestwich’s researches in
the Woolwich and Reading series,
xlii; Prof. E. Forbes’s and the Mar-
chioness of Hastings’ researches in
the fluvio-marine series of the Isle
of Wight, xlii; Mr. Trimmer’s re-
searches in the superficial deposits,
xlvili; Rev. Mr. Thorpe’s researches
in the gravels of Yorkshire and Not-
tinghamshire, xliv; Prof. Phillips’s
researches in the Yorkshire drift,
xlv; The Duke of Argyll’s researches
in the crystalline rocks of the High-
lands, xlv; Prof. Harkness’s re-
searches in the Silurians of South
Scotland, xlv; Mr. R. Chambers’s
researches in the drift of Scotland,
xlvi; the researches of Mr. Willson,
Mr. Kelly, Mr. Medlicott, Prof.
Haughton, Mr. Jukes, Mr. Wyley,
and’ Dr. Griffith, in Ireland, xlvii;
Geology of British Colonies and Pos-
sessions, xlviii ; papers on India, W.
Indies, Labuan, Canada, Nova Sco-

tia, Arctic coasts, and Victoria gold-
fields, in the Journal of the Society,
xlvili; geology of the W. Indies,
xlix; researches in India, by Dr.
Fleming, Capt. Young, Dr. Kelaart,
and the Rev. Messrs. Hislop and
Hunter, xlix; Count d’Archiac’s and
M. J. Haime’s work on the fossils of
the nummulitic rocks of India, no-
ticed, 1; Dr. Hooker’s Himalayan
Journals, noticed, }; geological sur-
veys of the Colonies, li; progress of
geology abroad, li; M. d’Archiac’s
‘Progrés de la Géologie,’ noticed, lii ;
M. C. Ribeiro’s researches in Portu-
gal, lili; MM. De Verneuil’s and Col-
lomb’s researches in Spain, lii; Mr.
Austen’s researches in the palzeozoic
rocks of the Boulomnais, lii; MM.
Steininger’s and Sandberger’s re-
searches in the Devonian rocks of the
Rhenish Provinces, liv; M. Hébert’s
researches in the calcaire pisolitique,
liv; Mr. Prestwich’s researches in
the Rilly limestone, lv; M. Sand-
berger’s researches in the Mayence
tertiaries, lvi; organic remains, lvi;
Prof. Morris’s Catalogue of British
Fossils, noticed and analysed, lvi;
British fossil plants, lvi; amorphozoa,
lyi; foraminifera, lvii; zoophyta, lvii;
bryozoa, lvii; echinodermata, lvii;
annelida, lvii; cirripedia, lvii; crus-
tacea, Ivili; imsecta, lviii; pallio-
branchiata, lviii ; monomyaria, lviii ;
the publications of the Paleontugra-
phical Society, lviii; MM. M.-Edwards
and J. Haime on British Devonian
corals, noticed, lix; Mr. D. Sharpe
on the mollusca of chalk, noticed, lx ;
MM. Morris and Lycett on the great
oolite mollusea, noticed, Ixi; Prof.
Owen on the Purbeck and Wealden
chelonia, noticed, lxi; Mr. S. Wood
on the crag mollusca, noticed, 1xi;
Mr. Davidson on the palliobranchiata,
noticed, Ixii; MM. -d’Archiae’s and
J. Haime’s monograph on nummu-
lites, noticed, lxiv; their species, lxiv;
the history of their study, lxv; their
zoological relations, Ixvi; their geo-
logical value, Ixvii; discovery of a
land-shell in the coal, Ixviii; disco-
very of labyrinthodont reptiles in the
coal, lxix; permian paleontology
(Germany), lxix; Dr. Hornes’ mono-
graph on the miocene mollusca of
the Vienna Basin, noticed, lxix ; re-
searches in fossil botany, Ixx; by
Goppert, lxxi; by MM. Ettingshausen,
Heer, and de Zigno, Ixxii; by MM.

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS.

Dawson, Poole, and Tate, Ixxiii;
petrological inquiries, Ixxiii; Mr.
Sorby on slaty cleavage, noticed,
Ixxiti; on the evidence of the drift
currents in sandstone, noticed, lxxiv ;
on the structure of limestones, no-
ticed, Ixxv; M. Delesse on granites
and the rocks of the Vosges, noticed,
Ixxv; M. d’Archiac on petrological
changes, noticed, Ixxvi; Mr. Tylor
on changes of the sea-level, noticed,
Ixxvi; text-books, Ixxvi; conclusion,
Ixxvii; the manifestation of polarity
in time, the relation between the
paleeozoic and the neozoic faunas

* being that of polarity, Ixxviii.

Formicium Brodiei, 393.

Fossil animal remains from the Joggins
coal-measures, 37.

fish from the Deccan, 371; from

the New Red Sandstone of Broms-

grove, 367.

insects in the Wealden, Messrs.
Binfield on the discovery of, 171;
Mr. Westwood’s description of some,
378.

—— Isopods from Dorset and Wilts,
385, 480.

plants, foreign researches in, no-

ticed, Ixx; from India, 471, 472;

from Madeira, 326; from Reading,

Dr. Hooker on the, 163; from the

coal, Mr. Dawson on the, 30; Dr.

Hooker on the, 201.

reptile from Central India, 473;
from Nova Scotia, 207; reptiles and
mammals from the Purbecks, 420.

Fossils from Acton Scott and Cheney
Longville, 67; Bishopstone Ravine,
111; Boughton, 109; Bracklesham,
450; Castle Hill, Newhaven, 84;
Counter Hill, 104; Horderley, 66;
Minton, Bogmine, &c., 69; near
Woolwich, 102; New Cross, 104;
Richborough, 113; Shineton and
Harnage, 64; Sundridge Park, 100;
Upnor, 108 ; the Farringdon gravels,
189; the Hoar Edge grits, 65; the
lower greensand of Furze Hill, Far-
ringdon, 178.

from the mammaliferous gravels

at Orton, 346; Pentameruslimestone,

70; Trinucleus shales, 68; the Vic-

toria Docks, 485; Wenlock shale, 71;

West India Docks, 482; Woolwich

and Reading series, 155.

of the Bracklesham series, 450;

Mayence tertiaries, 274; London

Clay, 411.

, oolitic, from the Farringdon gra-

yels, 180; of the Bavarian Alps, 349.

Fossils, secondary, from Nagpur, 472;
from Persia, 468.

, Silurian, description of some,

by Mr. Salter, 73.

, tertiary, from Nagpur, 471; from
Persia, 465.

France, tertiaries of, 455.

Furrows and sand-pipes, Mr. Trimmer
on, 231, 474.

Furze Hill, Farringdon, lower greensand
of, 178.

Sheen silica in the mottled clays,

23.

Gems from Australia, Mr. Stephen on,
303.

Geology of California, Mr. Wilson on
the, 808; Nagpur, MM. Hislop and
Hunter on the, 470; part of India,
Lieut. Sankey on the, 55; parts of
Madeira, Sir C. Lyell on the, 325;
Rainy Lake, Dr. Bigsby on the, 215;
the Bavarian Alps, Dr. Schlagintweit
on the, 346 ; Himalaya, Capt. Stra-
chey on the physical, 249 ; Mayence
Basin, Mr. Hamilton on the, 254;
Merioneth gold-district, Prof. Ramsay
on the, 242; Mount Alexander dis-
trict, Mr. Selwyn on the, 299 ; Turko-
Persian frontier, Mr. Loftus on the,
464; Victoria, Mr. E. Hopkins on
the, 324,

Glacial deposits in the Isle of Man,
Rey. Mr. Cumming on the, 211.

scratchings in the Alps, 358; in
the Isle of Man, 213.

Gold-bearing quartz in Cornwall, 247 ;
rocks of California, 308; of New
Zealand, 322; of North Wales, 242;
of Victoria, 299, 324.

Gold-crystals from Australia, 303.
Gold diggings in California, 808; New
Zealand, 322; Victoria, 299, 324.

Granite of Mount Alexander, 299.

Gravels and sands of Farringdon, 176.

Gravels, mammaliferous, of the Nene
Valley, 343.

Green sand in the Woolwich and Read-
ing series, Mr. Prestwich on the, 122.

Grey-wethers of Wiltshire, 125.

Griffith, Dr. R., reply to the President
on the awarding of the Wollaston
Medal, xx.

Gryllidium Oweni, 395.

Gypsiferous rocks of Persia, 465.

Halsted, well-section at, 154.

Hamilton, W. J., on the geology of the
Mayence Basin, 254.

Hampshire district, Woolwichand Read-
ing series in the, 80.

Hampstead, London Clay fossils from,
Al5.

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS.

Hanwell, well-section at, 94.

Harpalidium Anactus, 393.

Nothrus, 395.

Hastings, Marchioness of, researches,
noticed, xliii.

Hastings, discovery of fossil insects at,
171; ichnites on the rocks at, 456;
section of the coast at, 174.

sands, fossil insects from the, 382.

Haverstock Hill, fossils from, 415.

Headon Hill, Mr. Prestwich’s correc-
tion of his list of shells from, 1388.

Heaphy, C., on the Coromandel. gold-
diggings in New Zealand, 322.

Hébert, M., on the calcaire pisolitique,
noticed, liv.

Helopidium Neoridas, 395.

Helopium Agabus, 398.

Herne Bay, section near, 111.

Hertford, section near, 92.

Hertfordshire pudding-stone, Mr. Prest-
wich on the, 125.

Heterocercal fish, Sir P. Egerton on, 368.

Highclere, section at, 96.

Highgate, fossils from, 414.

Himalaya, Capt. Strachey on the phy-
sical geology of the, 249.

Hippuritide, Mr. Woodward on the,
397.

Hislop, S., and R. Hunter, on the geo-
logy of the neighbourhood of Nagpur,
470.

Historical sketch of the Joggins coal-
measures, 15.

Hoar Edge grits, 62.

Hoddesden, well-section at, 146.

Holloway, fossils from, 415; well-sec-
tion at, 144.

Homocercal fish, Sir P. Egerton on, 368.

Hooker, J. D., Himalayan Journals, no-
ticed, 1; on a new species of Volk-
mannia, 199; on the fossil plants
from Reading, 163.

Hopkins, E., on the geological forma-
tion and gold-bearing rocks of Vic-
toria, 324.

Horderley flags, 65.

Horner, L., on fossil fish from Egypt,
377; on some intrusive igneous rocks
in Cawsand Bay, near Plymouth, 359.

Hornsey, fossils from, 415; well-section
at, 145.

Hoxton, well-section at, 144.

Hunter, R., and 8. Hislop, on the geo-
logy of Nagpur, 470.

Hydrate of alumina in the Woolwich
and Reading series, 84, 123.

Hydrobia Parkinsoni, 160.

Websteri, 160.

Hymenocaris vermicauda, tracks of, in
the Lingula flags, 210.

Ichthyolites from Bromsgrove, 367;
from Mokattam, 374; from the Dec-
can, 371.

Igneous rocks in California, Mr. Wilson
on, 315, 319; in Cawsand Bay, Mr.
Horner on, 859; in Victoria, Mr.
Selwyn on, 301.

India, fossils from, 371, 470, 473; geo-
logy of parts of, 55, 249, 470.

Insect-beds of the Purbecks, Rev. Mr.
Brodie on the, 475.

Insect-remains from the Hastings sand,
382; from the lias, 881; from the
Purbecks, 882; from the Stonesfield
slate, 879; from the tertiary clay at
Corfe, 38]; in the Wealden, 171,
382.

Ireland, the pegmatite of, 357.

Tsle of Man, glacial deposits in the, 211.

Isle of Sheppey, Mr. Prestwich on the,
404; Mr. Weston on the, 399,

Isle of Wight, Mr. Prestwich on the
tertiaries of the, 137; Mr. Trimmer
on the superficial deposits of the, 51;
tertiaries of the, noticed, xlii.

Isleworth, well-section at, 146.

Tslington, London Clay fossils from, 415.

topes fossil, from the Purbecks, 385.
480.

Joggins, Mr. Dawson on the coal-mea-
sures of the, 1.

Jones, T. R., on the entomostraca of
ue Woolwich and Reading series,

60.

Jurassic rocks of the Bavarian Alps,
349,

Kamptee, coal deposits of, 55.

Kembridge, section at, 82.

Kensington, well-section at, 147.

Kinley grits, 68.

Kotah, Dr. Bell on the geology of, 374.

Labyrinthodont reptile from Mangali,
India, 473; in Pictou coal, Prof.
Owen on a, 207.

Lake La Pluie, geology of, 215.

Lambeth, well-section at, 14].

Lava rocks of Victoria, 301; of Ma-
deira, 327.

Leighton shales, 64.

Lepidoptera, fossil, from Purbeck, 387,
390.

Lepidosteus, fossil remains of, 156.

Lepidotus breviceps, 372.

longiceps, 371.

Lias, fossil insect from the, 381; of the
Bavarian Alps, 347.

Libellulium Agrias, 394.

Kaupii, 395.

Library Committee, Report of, iii.

Lignite in the Woolwich and Reading
series, 123.

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS.

Lima Farringdonensis, 198.

Lingula flags, auriferous, in Merioneth-
shire, 243; Mr. Salter on crustacean
tracks in the, 208. .

List of the organic remains of the
Bracklesham series, 450; the Bognor
rocks, 418; the London Clay, 411;
the Mayence Basin, 274; the Wool-
wich and Reading series, 117. See
also Table.

Lithological structure of the Woolwich
and Reading series, 121.

ae Coxwell, fossiliferous gravels of,
178.

Littorinella-limestone of the Mayence
Basin, 268.

Loftus, W. K., on the geology of the
Turko-Persian frontier, 464.

Logan’s, Mr., section of the coal-mea-
sures at the Joggins, 39.

Longlane flags, 65.

London Clay and Bracklesham Sands,
compared, 435 ; fossils of the, 411;
Mr. Prestwich on the, 401.

district, Woolwich and Reading

series in the, 84.

Tertiaries, Mr. Prestwich on the,

437.

, well-sections at, 142, 143, 149.

Lopholepis Hagenovii, 196.

Lower Loudon Tertiaries, Mr. Prest-
wich on the, 77.

Lyell, Sir C., on the geology of some
parts of Madeira, 325.

Macellodus Brodiei, 422.

Madeira, Sir C. Lyell on the geology
of, 325.

Magdeburg tertiaries, 292.

Mammalian remains from the Purbecks,
420; from the Valley of the Nene,
343.

Mammaliferous deposits near Peter-
borough, 343.

Mangali, fossil reptile from, 473.

Manon Farringdonense, 196.

macropora, 195.

peziza, 194.

—— porcatum, 196.

Map, geological, of the Mayence Basin,
256 ; of Upper California, 309.

Marine sands of the Mayence Basin, 260.

Marlborough Downs, Druid sandstones
of the, 128.

Mayence Basin, Mr. Hamilton on the
geology of the, 254.

May Hill sandstone, Prof. Sedgwick on
the, 366.

Medal, Award of the Wollaston, xix.

Merioneth gold district, 242.

Metamorphic rocks of Mount Alexan-
der, 300.

Microscopical structure of wood from
the Joggins coal-measures, 27, 37.
Mineral character of the Joggins coal

deposits, 10.

Minerals from Australia, 305.

Mitcham, well-section at, 139.

Modiola dorsata, 158.

Mitchelli, 158.

Modiole in the coal, 39.

Mokattam, Sir P. Egerton on fossil fish
from, 374.

Moorlands of Yorkshire, 328.

Morris, Prof. J. (and J. Lycett), Mol-
lusca of the great oolite, noticed, lxi;
Catalogue of British Fossils, noticed,
lvi; description of some new species
of fossil shells from the Woolwich
and Reading series, 157; on the
structure of the oolites, noticed, xl.

Mortlake, well-section at, 147.

Mount Alexander, Mr. Selwyn on the
geology of, 299.

Murphy’s gold-diggings, 316.

Muschelkalk of the Bavarian Alps, 347.

Museum Committee, Report of, iii.

Myrmicium Heerii, 396.

Nagpur, Central India, MM. Hislop and
Hunter on the geology of, 470.

Nautilus Farringdonensis, 198.

Nene Valley, mammaliferous gravels of
the, 343.

Nepidium Stolones, 396.

Nettlebed, section at, 89.

Newbury, gravels near, 129; section
near, 87.

New Cross, fossils from, 104; section
at, 104.

Newhaven, section at, 83.

New Red Sandstone, fish from the, 367.

New Zealand, Mr. Heaphy on the gold-
diggings in, 322.

Norfolk, fish-remains in the flints of,
334 ; sand-pipes in, 236.

North Wales, Prof. Ramsay on the
gold-district of, 242; Prof. Sedgwick
on the paleozoic rocks of, 366.

Notting Dale, well-section at, 96.

Nova Scotia, fossil reptile in coal from,
207; coal-measures of, 1.

Nucula varicosa, 75.

Nummulites, zoology and geology of,
noticed, xiv.

Nummulitic limestone, fossil fish from
the, 874; rocks of Persia, 466.

Nuthetes destructor, 420.

Nymph stone, the, at Silchester, 124.

Onny, River, section at, 70,

Oomrait, coal at, 55.

Organic remains of the Woolwich and
Reading series, Mr. Prestwich on the,
113,188. See also Fossils.

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS,

Ornithoidichnites of the Wealden, Mr.
Beckles on the, 456.

Orpington, section at, 100.

Orton, mammaliferous gravels at, 343.

Ossiferous sand of the Mayerce Basin,
272.

Owen, Prof., description of the cranium
of a Labyrinthodont reptile from
Mangali, Central India, 473; on a
fossil imbedded in a mass of Pictou
coal from Nova Scotia, 207 ; on some
fossil reptilian and mammalian re-
mains from the Purbecks, 420; Pur-
beck and Wealden Chelonia, noticed,
Ixi.

Pachmurrra, coal-deposits of, 56.

Palzozoic system, Prof. Sedgwick on
the, 366.

Paludina lenta, 160.

Panorpidium tessellatum, 394.

tessellatum, var., 395.

Patella, fossil, from Sundridge, 155.

Patmore Heath, section at, 92.

Pattison, S. R., on auriferous quartz in
North Cornwall, 247.

Pebble Hill, section at, 85.

Peel River, gems from, 305.

Pegmatite of Ireland, 397.

Pentamerus limestone, 69.

Permian paleontology, noticed, Ixix.

Persian frontier, Mr. Loftus on the
geology of the, 464.

Perwick Bay, coast-section at, 213.

Peterborough, Mr. Trimmer on mam-
maliferous gravels near, 343.

Phryganeidium Pytho, 896.

Physical features of the Woolwich and
Reading series, 78.

Physical geology of the Himalaya, 249.

Pictou, fossil reptile in the coal of, 207 ;
coal-measures, 42.

Pinner, section at, 95.

Pipes and furrows, Mr. Prestwich on,
241; Mr. Trimmer on, 237, 474.
Plants, fossil, from India, 471, 472.

See also Fossil plants.

Plicatula inequidens, 197.

Plymouth, Mr. Horner on some igneous
rocks near, 309.

Poacites, 36.

Polished rock-surfaces on the Bavarian
Alps, 358.

Poole, H., Journals of the Exploratory
works at the Albion coal-mines, Nova
Scotia, 42.

Porphyritic rocks of Cornwall, 361.

Port Hood, coal-seams at, 23.

Port St. Mary, coast-section at, 213.

Porto Santo, Sir C. Lyell on the geology
of, 328.

Precious stones from Australia, 305.

President, Anniversary Address of the,
xxii. See also Forbes, Prof. E. :

Prestwich, J., on some swallow-holes
on the chalk-hills near Canterbury,
222; on the correlation of the lower
tertiaries of England with those of
France and Belgium, 454; on the
distinctive physical and palzontolo-
gical features of the London clay and
the Bracklesham sands, and on the
independence of these two groups of
strata, 485; on the lacustrine lime-
stone of Rilly, noticed, lv; on the
origin of the sand and gravel pipes
in the chalk of the London tertiary
district, 241; on the structure of the
strata between the London clay and
the chalk, part ii., 75; on the thick-
ness of the London clay, on the re-
lative position of the fossiliferous beds
of Sheppey, &c., and on the proba-
ble occurrence of the Bagshot sands
in Sheppey, 401; on the Reading
and Woolwich series, noticed, Ixii.

Primrose Hill, fossils from, 415.

Proceedings at a Special General Meet-
ing, 897; at the Annual General
Meeting, xix.

Productus giganteus ?, 206.

— horridus, 206.

longispinus, 206.

Psammobia? Condamini, 158.

Pudding-stone of Hertfordshire, Mr.
Prestwich on the, 125.

Purbeck, insect-remains from, 382, 480;
Prof. Owen on reptilian and mamma-
lian remains from, 420.

Quartz, auriferous, in Australia,301 ; in
California, 314, 316; in Cornwall,
247.

Quicksilver in California, 320.

Radiolite, Mr. Woodward on the, 398.

Rainy Lake, Dr. Bigsby on the geology
of, 215

Ramsay, A. C., on the geology of the
gold-bearing district of Merioneth-
shire, North Wales, 242; on the
palzozoic rocks, noticed, xl.

Range of the Woolwich and Reading
series, 78.

Raphidium Brephos, 395.

Reading and Woolwich series, 75.

, fossil plants from, 163; sections
near, 87, 88.

Relations of the London and Hamp-
shire tertiary systems, 137.

Reptile, fossil, from Central India, 473 ;
in the coal of Pictou, 207; in the
coal of the Joggins, 22.

Reptilian remains from the Purbecks,
420,

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS,

Report of Council, i.

Report of Library and Museum Com-
mittee, iii.

Rhine Valley, Mr. Hamilton on the an-
cient drainage of the, 298.

Richborough, fossils from, 113.

Ridgway, fossil insects from, 384, 481.

Ripple-mark in the Cape Breton coal-
measures, 23 ; in the Hastings sand-
rock, 458.

Robertson, A., notice of, xxviii.

St. Leonard’s, fossil insects at, 173;
section at, 174.

aed Plains, Druid sandstones of,

28.

Salter, J. W. (and W.T. Aveline), on the
Caradoc sandstone of Shropshire, 62 ;
description of some Silurian fossils,
73; on the tracks of a crustacean in
the Lingula flags, 208.

Sand-pipes, Mr. Prestwich on, 241; Mr.
Trimmer on, 281, 474.

Sands and gravels of Farringdon, Mr.
Sharpe on the age of the, 176.

Sandstones of the Joggins coal-mea-
sures, 11.

San Francisco, Bay of, 320.

Sankey, Lieut., on the geology of some
parts of Central India, 55 ; noticed, 1.

Sarsen sandstones, 1238.

Schlagintweit, A., on the geological
structure of part of the Bavarian
Alps, with remarks on the erratic
phenomena, 346.

Sectional list of the coal-strata of the
Joggins, 2.

Section across California,310; at Gayton-
thorpe, 239; at the Victoria Docks,
435; at the West India Docks, 483;
general, of the Caradoc sandstones,
73; near Dartford, 235; of Mount
Alexander, 3800; of the auriferous
rocks in Merioneth, 243; of the
Hastings coast, 174; of the insect-
beds in Wilts, 476; of the main-coal
at Pictou, 47; of the Mayence ter-
tiaries, 265; of the Purbeck insect-
beds in Dorset, 478.

Sections at the trial-pits of the Albion
coal-mines, 47 ; of sand-pipes in Nor-
folk, 236; of the Isle of Sheppey,
400, 405; of the London clay, 404 ;
of the valley of Yedmandale, 331.

Sedgwick, Prof. A., on the May Hill
sandstone and the palzeozoic system
of the British Isles, 866; on the
palzozoic rocks, noticed, xl.

Seed-vessel, fossil, from Counter Hill,
156.

Selwyn, A. R. C., on the geology and
mineralogy of Mount Alexander, 299.

Serpula, fossil, from Sundridge, 156.

Shales of the Joggius coal-measures, 10.

Sharpe, D., mollusca of the chalk, no-
ticed, Ix ; notes on some of the Far-
ringdon fossils and descriptions of
some new species of the zoophytes
and molluscs, 194; on the age of the
fossiliferous sands and gravels of Far-
ringdon, 176; noticed, xlii.

Sheppey, Isle of, fossils of the, 411;
Mr. Prestwich on the, 404; Mr. Wes-
ton’s notice of the, 399.

Shropshire, Caradoc sandstone of, 62.

Sialium Sipylus, 396.

Sibdon flags, 65.

Sigillaria, 30.

Silica, soluble, in the Woolwich and
Reading clays, 128.

Silurian fossils, description of some, 732.

limestone at Rainy river, 221.

—— rocks of Bohemia, noticed, xxxi.

Simulidium priscum, 394.

Siwalik Hills, physical geology of the,
253.

Sonning Hill, section at, 89.

Sonora, gold-diggings at, 308, 312,316.

Sorby, H., on slaty cleavage, deposition
of sandstone, and structure of lime-
stones, noticed, Ixxiii; on Yedman-
dale as illustrating the excavation of
some valleys in the eastern part of
Yorkshire, 328.

Southwark, well-section at, 14].

Spalacotherium tricuspidens, 426.

Special General Meeting, 397.

Stanislaus river diggings, 311.

Stephen, G. M., on the gems and gold-
crystals of the Australian colonies,
303.

Stigmaria, 30.

Stokes, C., notice of, xxvi.

Stonesfield, insect-remains from, 379.

Strachey, R., on the physical geology
of the Himalaya, 249.

Striated rock-surfaces in the Bavarian
Alps, 858 ; in the Isle of Man, 212.

Strickland, H. E., notice of, xxv.

Strophomena bipartita, 74.

Structure of wood in the coal, 37.

Sullivan’s Creek diggings, 308.

Sulphate of lime in the Woolwich and
Reading series, 123.

Sundridge, fossils from, 100.

Superficial deposits of the Isle of Wight,
51.

Sussex, insect-remains in the Wealden
ofa lives

Swallow-holes near Canterbury, Mr.
Prestwich on some, 222.

Swanage, fossil insects from, 382; fos-
sil reptiles and mammals from, 42.

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS.

Switzerland and Mayence, comparison
of the tertiaries of, 289.

Table of the fossils of the Cerithium-
limestone near Mayence, 282 ; of the
Cyrena-clay of the Mayence Basin,
280; of the Littorinella-limestone
near Mayence, 284; of the London
clay of the Bracklesham beds, 441 ;
of the Mayence freshwater limestone,
281; of the Magdeburg tertiaries, 292;
of the marine sands of the Mayence
Basin, 274; of the ossiferous sand
of the Mayence Basin, 285.

Tables of the distribution of the species
of the Farringdon fossils, 180, 189.

Tabular Hills of Yorkshire, 328.

Taylor, H. W., notice of, xxviii.

Telephorium Abgarus, 395.

Tentyridium Peleus, 3938.

Termitidium ignotum, 394.

Tertiaries, lower, Mr. Prestwich on their
relation to the cretaceous series, 443.

—— of England, France, and Belgium,
compared, 454,

Tertiary deposits in England, xlii, 75,
211, 348, 399, 401, 438, 485, 454 ;
of California, 319 ; of Mayence, 260;
of Persia, 465.

——- insect-remains, 381.

Tetragonolepis, Sir P. Egerton on the
genus, 367.

Thorp, Rev. W., on the gravels of York-
shire and Nottinghamshire, noticed,
xliv.

Tolland’s Bay, Isle of Wight, super-
ficial deposits at, 53.

Tracks of a crustacean on the Lingula
flags, Mr. Salter on the, 208.

Trial-pits of the Albion coal-mines, sec-
tions at the, 47.

Trimmer, J., additional observations on
sand-pipes,474; on pipes and furrows
in calcareous and non-calcareous
strata, 231; on some mammaliferous
deposits in the Valley of the Nene,
near Peterborough, 343; on the su-
perficial deposits of the Isle of Wight,
51.

Trinucleus shales, 68.

Turko-Persian frontier, geology of the,
464,

Twyford, well-section at, 95.

Under-clays at the Joggins, 13.

Uniones in the coal, 39.

Upnor, fossils from, 108; sections at,
107

Valleys, Mr. Sorby on the formation of,
328.

Vegetable remains from Counter Hill,
156

Verticillipora anastomosans, 195.

Victoria Docks, section at the, 435.

Victoria, gems and gold from, 305; gold
district of, 299 ; Mr. Hopkins on the
geology of, 24; Mr. Selwyn on the
geology of part of, 299.

Vienna and Mayence Basin, comparison
of the tertiaries of the, 291

Vienna Basin, miocene molluses of, no-
ticed, lxix.

Volkmannia, Dr. Hooker on a new
species of, 199.

Volkmannia Morrisii, 199.

Waltham Cross, well-section at, 145.

Siandswors, well-sections near, 139,

40.

Watford, section near, 91.

Wealden rocks, insects in the, 171, 378,
382 ; ichnites in the, 456.

Websterite in the Woolwich and Read-
ing series, 84, 125.

Weinheim, tertiary beds near, 261.

Well-sections in the London tertiaries,
139.

Westbourne Grove, well-section near,

West Ham, well-section at, 152.

West India Docks, Mr. Blanford on a
section at the, 433; well-section at
the, 152.

Westminster, well-sections in, 148.

Weston, C. H., geological notices of
the Isle of Wight, and of its outlier
of Bagshot sand, 399.

Westwood, J. O., contributions to fos-
sil entomology, 378.

Whetstone, London Clay fossils from,
415.

Wickham, section at, 86.

Wilson, J., on the gold-regions of Cali-
fornia, 308.

Wiltshire, Mr. Prestwich on the Druid
sandstones of, 125; Rey. Mr. Brodie
on the Purbeck insect-beds of, 475.

Winchmore Hill, well-section at, 145.

Wollaston Medal, Award of the, xix.

Wood in the coal, structure of, 37.

Wood,S.,mollusca of the Crag, noticed,

]xi.

Woodward, S. P., reply to the Presi-
dent on the awarding of the Dona-
tion Fund, xxi; on the structure and
affinities of the Hippuritide, 397.

Woolwich and Reading series, Mr.
Prestwich on the, 75.

, fossils from, 102; section near,
101.

Yedmandale, Mr. Sorby on, 328.

Yorkshire, Mr. Sorby on the formation
of valleys in eastern, 328.

END OF VOL. x.

O44 2 9

ie

oe uty |

oI ’ 2 * :
‘hye! ac.) hiepeden, ven ne uli :
‘ af (Set pie Of 01, ; ‘
Loy tsi ‘ : rey | fat i pert LG Victor, ROvhek Fy

eetons Groot Magpie, RAR, tee idintodee ut, RG

ona ving of the Mageuce lieing. anny. a a4)
ce sane tine Deiat logy, at pee of 2
dived od wd ite Rawiloe We Ctabo. eit

: iy Waves Vin Kroaiinte
J ; fer i. ond > apeg we
’ 4 “7
i” Sats > Ae
oa =i iver | i F te er
é
‘ t \ lator
Le \ 2 :
: j = = \ Lor . Ta
/ ee elApiringhy: & 7 «zee inh tle
. Md: Jobinttew Genii,
. i . lnm slo a ‘wurws a
r ; . i Chale aes ey TA son Wee
ae 4h 4 4 e ee Satan Big
ti t, Br pal Viehebasy Wi ith gay cise Tie Gt Cand
bio. Fee
gy :. i ma wine
B : 6
i ’ hen
cS ~ i
ee Be
1 }
‘
wat Wesiewas
a Ole me
4 é - aft i
ee
e@* :
ies Se °
, ; :
a taf ‘ F
oT
j eT Vee }
é ia <i
. 1 Wittaling, i. 7
pacer Wee caret
,
i iat
age
; 4 vVilgn
t _ ae
Ly .
i
or ¥
ole ieee
th i] 7 5
ak
7 5

Rf

q

eer

a et id

tee

Hy mde
oh
Ih ut

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES
“UII
3 9088 01350 1549